Actions

Work Header

Little Bird With a Purpose (Lucanis Dellamorte)

Summary:

When you clip a bird's wings, you're forcing it into compliance. Not all birds come quietly.

She wasn't always Juno De Riva, she had a different name altogether when she was still with her mother and father. Things change, and sometimes people don't come back when you expect them to. What else can a caged bird do, but sing?

Joining the flock would not be a simple task, but it's what she needed to do to survive. If the Fifth Talon found no use for Juno, she had no doubt he would cast her out onto the street, or worse.

When Matteo De Riva suggests Juno aim higher, to try to marry the heir apparent to the First Talon house, would she be able to use her skills to catch his eye?

Or would she remain a caged bird forever?

Notes:

I've finally finished Veilguard, so go into this fic knowing that I know what you know, but Rook doesn't, yes?
She's also not really Rook just yet, but we'll get there. For now, she's just Juno.
This chapter is about establishing a setting and dynamics, so Lucanis is mentioned by name only.
Bare with me, he will be here shortly. Like, probably next chapter.
I'm writing with the intent for you to start building theories, also, so let's hear em!

Also, feel the need to specify: the more adult tags really wont come into play until the character has come of age.

Chapter 1: Little Bird in the Crow's Nest

Notes:

Hi Birdies! I've finally finished Veilguard, so go into this fic knowing that I know what you know, but Rook doesn't, yes?
She's also not really Rook just yet, but we'll get there. For now, she's just Juno.
This chapter is about establishing a setting and dynamics, so Lucanis is mentioned by name only.
Bare with me, he will be here shortly. Like, probably next chapter.
I'm writing with the intent for you to start building theories, also, so let's hear em!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Dearest Ran,

 

If anyone ever told you that life in Antiva was easy, they were either rich or an idiot. Maybe both. For the average citizen of Antiva, life was tough, and if you happened to be an elf-- even tougher. Everywhere north of Thedas was shit show, but anywhere near Tevinter has a knack of being particularly cruel to elves.

 

If you were lucky, you worked your ass off for little pay, maybe found a tavern or cafe to perform if you had experience as a bard. The unlucky ones? Slaves. Maybe just cooking, cleaning, farming... maybe matters related to the bedroom.

 

But the worst place for elves? The Crows. Everyone had heard the stories across the north. Crows buying out slaves and orphans and putting them into their facilities-- depriving them of food, having them fight each other, making perfect assassins. Elves were especially popular simply because of how much the human magisters found them appealing-- beauty is an ultimate tool to manipulate your enemies, after all.  Elves think for a moment they have found salvation, a glimpse of freedom, and then they're thrown into the training grounds. Prove your worth or starve.

 

It doesn't make much sense to me, hearing all these stories told to me time and time again, how I wound up in a Talon household under the protection of the Fifth Talon rather than in one of the training facilities. It had to do with whatever deal Papa had struck with Fifth Talon, Matteo De Riva. He told me him and mama had something "important" to do, and then dropped me off at the De Riva estate, promising to return when I was able to hold my own.

 

Whatever that means.

 

Papa might trust Matteo De Riva, but I know the reputation of the crows, you don't become a crow unless you're okay with killing people for a living, and you don't become a Talon without killing A LOT of people.

 

So he can stick me in this room, adorned with the deepest purple silks and lush curtains, but I will not hand over my trust to the Talon so easily. I just have to stay alive long enough to prove to Papa that I can survive-- that I can fight.

 

I don't have to be a crow to do that, but I may have to be amicable with them.

 

Wish me luck.

 

-Juno

 

Once the quill was resting back on the desk, it felt like I could breathe again. I had cycled through the stages of grief when I was on my way here with Papa already. Now that he was gone and I was left under Matteo's roof, all I felt was empty. Lonely.

 

Writing to Ran always helped that feeling. I may be stuck in Antiva now, but letters could cross borders I couldn't on my own. Ran was my best friend, always had been. We were both born within the same year, our parents were good friends-- Mama always joked that we'd wind up together, though I can't say we ever took that too seriously. Ran was just used to the same life I was, constantly moving, traveling to new places-- we could connect in ways kids who lived in one spot their whole lives couldn't.

 

That's part of what makes this home feel so lonely. The kids who live here are a bit older, and their whole lives have been spent in this estate that's got rooms bigger than any home I've ever even temporarily lived in. They don't seem the type to even know what a bedroll is, let alone have ever used one. They have their baths drawn for them, their food prepared by several members of staff, hell, I bet they even have someone who tastes it for poison.

 

Not that they need it... I've heard by the time they're full crows, they're immune to most, if not all, poisons. Would I have to become immune to poisons to survive here? Is that what Papa means by me holding my own?

 

Regardless of how intimidating and foreign they feel,  I do need help getting this letter sent, so I have to talk to at least one of them. With my heart beating in my throat, I let my feet drag me to the courtyard where I know the De Riva closest to me in age was sparring. It does not go unnoticed that Viago, the youngest of the De Riva's, looked considerably different than his other siblings. Every De Riva seemed to have thick curly hair, always seemingly perfect despite the humidity in the air this time of year, and the deepest brown eyes that were typical of most in the Tevinter Imperium.

 

And then there was Viago, whose sleek black hair could flow freely without the weight of heavy curls; and whose blue eyes pierced through every one of your defenses the moment he casts a glance at you. If looks could kill, Viago De Riva was a weapon from his stunning physique alone-- but it was quite clear to anyone looking from the outside in: Viago was not Matteo De Riva's son.

 

And yet somehow, he seemed to have earned the Fifth Talon's favor despite Matteo having multiple children who seemed to mimic his genetics effortlessly.

 

Watching Viago fight, it was a bit more obvious why he would no doubt be next in line for the Fifth Talon position. The seventeen year old could dodge blows faster that I had even thought possible, sliding both his arms up and over his older brother Leonardo's shoulder and flipping him onto his back to the ground in an instant, knife to his throat.

 

Leonardo was 25. How embarrassing for him.

 

"Careful now, brother," Leonardo's dark brown eyes catch mine, someone finally noticing my presence in the courtyard. "We have an audience." Leonardo grins as Viago spares a glance back in my direction, deciding to sheathe his dagger and help his older brother to his feet. "It looks like our elven guest came to spectate. Curious how crows work, little bird?"

 

Something about him referring to anything but my name ignited a fire in me. As if I even wanted to be here, let alone in a crow's nest. And why did he have to point out my race? What is it with the North and their fascination with elves?

 

"And if I was?" I counter, resting my hand on my hip. "Would I be learning from the best?"

 

Leonardo's grin shifted then, something prideful and gross, a hand to his chest, "But of course! I'd be elated to--"

 

"Excellent!" I clap my hands together and turn to Viago, a tilt to my head as I offer my best smirk. "When can we start, Viago?"

 

The two other De Riva boys in the sparring area, Javier and Arlo, do little to hide their laughs, causing Leonardo's face to flush. From what I could tell, Javier was about 20 and Arlo around 23. Had to be hard to see two younger brother's gut laughing at your expense, and the youngest barely managing to hold back his own smirk.

 

"I'm afraid Leo cannot speak for me, Juno. I have my own training to attend to, no time for pupils." Viago adjusts his leather gloves and turns to face his older brother, giving me a glance over his shoulder. "You are welcome to observe, however."

 

"Scared?"

 

It came out before I could even hold it back. Curse my mouth, it works faster than my mind. I swear I saw Viago's ears twitch at this, his shoulders tense in response to my taunt. "There is no reason for me to be fighting our guest, it's impolite." Viago rolled his neck, a few satisfying pops coming from his throat. "And it would be quite a short fight."

 

"On the contrary," A voice comes from a balcony above, and Matteo begins to descend a staircase into the courtyard, "I think if our guest is issuing the challenge, there's even more reason to oblige. Hospitality, Viago, you'd do well to learn it."

 

Matteo De Riva was intimidating, to say the least. His figure towers over my own, and his eyes never seemed to catch any light unless it was in the dark, like they glowed. He mostly walked around with his hands clasped behind his back, a confidence to him that was enough to back most into a corner. If it was him I was facing, I'm not sure I could win.

 

But Viago? He didn't fight the way I knew how to. I learned from the best.

 

"Father, you cannot be serious." Viago looked over my figure. "She's... a child."

 

And somehow, that made me want to fight even more. There was only a year gap between us, did he even know that? Was he just assuming from my height?

 

"Deadly serious, son." Matteo dragged his eyes over my form, a chill sent straight up my spine. "Get out your weapon, child. I know you still have it on you."

 

Damn. He's perceptive. I guess my illusion isn't enough for a well trained rogue's eyes. I pull the glimmer spell from my thigh, my holster now visible to everyone in the courtyard. If I had to fight to make sure I wouldn't just be the "child elf" or "little bird"-- then bring it on.

 

"Well now, looks like we have quite the rogue here. So stealthy!" Leonardo chuckles, still seemingly mocking me, as he crosses his arms.

 

"No," Matteo's eyes widen, his smile only seeming wicked on his lips now. "Look at that knife again. She's no rogue."

 

0/0 illusion, Juno.

 

I raise my other arm, swiping my hand over the hilt of the blade, my mage orb appearing in my free hand. "How perceptive, Fifth Talon."

 

"What IS that?" Arlo takes a small step back, looking at me like he's finally thinking I might bite.

 

"That," Matteo steps towards me, circling me like prey as he observes my weapon. "Is a mage knife. An art quite new to the world, even newer to Antiva." My lightning orb sparks in my hand as I hold my ground under Matteo's eyes. "You must have had quite the powerful mage teaching you this skill."

 

It was a statement, but almost sounded more like a question, waiting for me to spill more information. Yeah right.

 

"Orlais is where trends start, after all." I offer this, and nothing more. His dark eyes look me over once more, before he turns to his youngest son.

 

"Draw your weapon, Viago."

 

"Father--"

 

"That's an order."

 

Viago's brow furrows, frustrated that things had gone this far. He clearly didn't think I stood any chance in this.

 

Maybe I didn't. But I'm just doing what Papa told me to do. I'm holding my own.

 

"Show us what you're made of, mage." Matteo steps away from the sparring floor, and I roll my mage orb around in my fingers, magic pulsing through my finger tips. "Begin."

Viago made it very clear he wasn't about to make the first move, which was partly annoying and partly moving.

 

His mistake.

 

I throw my dagger at him, which he dodges quite easily. It's only when he sees the small smirk on my face as the mage orb in my hand pulses that he realizes the knife itself is enchanted, and he rolls out of the way just in time for my knife to come flying back to my grip.

 

"Woah," Arlo calls from the sideline. "Magic knife. Cool."

 

I flip the knife a couple times in my hand as Viago finally unsheathes a second knife, calculating how to get me damaged without harming me TOO much.

 

Always a gentleman.

 

I give a quick slash, the arcane magic sending lightning flying from my knife towards Viago, stopping right before reaching his boot. That's right rogue, this was never going to be as simple as knife to knife. What will you do now?

 

Hand to pocket, out with a smoke bomb. Of course.

 

To the outside, it probably truly looked like a storm took over the arena with lightning flashing throughout the smoke. I didn't have the perception of a rogue, but the lightning flashes here and there were enough for me to keep a relatively close eye on Viago's movements.

 

He was fast, really fast, and he could recover from a roll in an instant.

 

The smoke was just starting to settle as I felt his presence behind me, dropping my body to the ground just as he made a swipe with his daggers. I guess we'd have to have a little knife to knife, after all. I rose up, throwing my orb to the ground to create a spell circle for a more direct storm surge. My blade meets one of Viago's, and he brings his second up to bring down on me, but my mage orb flies up, knocking his knife back before he can land a blow. I enchant the orb to flow with the mage knife, letting my mana flow through to make each swipe full of sparks.

 

I wasn't used to close quarter combat, but if my teacher taught me anything, it's that anything can be an advantage if the stakes are high enough. I might be hedging my bets, but I have to use what I have to my advantage-- and if I knew anything about Antivans, it's that they REALLY liked elves.

 

Our daggers clashed together a few times, just quick swipe after swipe as I tried to fight off his surge of attacks. I could see from the look in his eyes he was actually taking this fight a bit more seriously, but not quite giving me his all.

 

Coward.

 

When both his knives came down at the same time, I took my window of opportunity, swiping his daggers up and out of the way with as much force as I could manage, stepping into Viago's space and wrapping a leg around his. I rise up onto my toes with the leg that's still on the ground as I swung my body around behind him. It caught him off guard just long enough to use my lightning to stun him and use my body weight to pull us to the ground, flipping him below me before we hit the ground.

 

I hear the breath get knocked from his lungs, and I let the storm surge around us, bringing my knife up just to move some hair from his forehead. "Would you call this child's play?" My knife scrapes against him lightly, not scarring his skin but definitely dragging across him enough to make a scraping noise. "Can the little bird play with the big boys now?"

 

"You tell me, little bird," Viago manages to reach into his vest, and in a move I wasn't prepared for, swipes at my arm with a small throwing knife. "How resistant are you to poisons?"

 

The burning that courses through my arm is enough to have me falling back, stumbling as I clutch my arm. "You POISONED me!?" I choke on my own words as the sting turns to a pulsing in my arm. It felt like there were bugs in my blood burrowing their way to the surface by any means necessary.

 

"That's enough!" Matteo's voice thunders over the courtyard, and he snaps while pointing to one his middle children. "Javier, take her to the infirmary and get her an antivenom before the paralyzing agents set in. Viago," He looks over his youngest son, who's shoulders stiffen at the call of his name. "Excellent job. That was quite the show."

 

Javier reaches my side, helping me place my knife back in the holster on my thigh before scooping me up in his arms quite effortlessly. All of the De Riva's seemed quite lean from looks alone, but I supposed I've learned very quickly there's a bit of muscle behind the dark clothes after all. My vision was blurring, whether it was from the pain or from tears, or perhaps both, I was unsure. I was practically seeing double of the man carrying me into the De Riva estate.

 

"I've never seen that style of fighting anywhere before, the mage knife, the orb and uh... Whatever that leg thing was." Javier notes, trying to (I'm assuming) get my mind off the burning pain in my body.

 

"Dancing." I answer.

 

"Sorry?"

 

I chuckle and clutch at my arm again, "It was dancing. Salsa. Then ballet." Javier shoves a door open with his foot and places me onto an empty bed, striding over to retrieve something from glass enclosed shelves across the room.

 

"You're telling me you were dancing while in combat?" There's an unmistakable clattering of vials, though he's far enough across the room that my blurry vision cant see what exactly he's doing. "Is that typical of Orlais as well?"

 

"Couldn't tell you," I scoff. "I'm not from Orlais."

 

"Buy you said--"

 

"My teacher. She's in Orlais." I let a small smirk play on my lips, my forehead starting to sweat. "Though I'm not sure she's from there, either."

 

"You're just full of secrets, aren't you, little bird?" I can see now he's flipped the vial and is filling a syringe with antivenom.

 

"Must we all refer to me as 'little bird'? Have I not proven capable of holding my own?" I suck in a breath as Javier brings the needle to my skin, quick to administer the antivenom before it can fully get through my system. He holds pressure to the injection site for a few moments after, rubbing in circles to get the antivenom flowing faster.

 

"You act as though it's an insult, but if you think about it," He lifts his fingers up to see if any blood comes from the injection site, offering a smile as his eyes meet mine again. "Being called a bird in a crow's nest isn't an insult at all. It simply means you're part of the flock."

 

"Isn't a group of crows called a murder?" I reply lazily with a chuckle, still sweating from the effects of the poison.

 

"I was trying to put it a bit more... delicately." Javier crosses the room once more to put away what was left of the antivenom and dispose of the needle. "But I suppose you don't prefer it that way. My apologies, you have indeed proven you can hold your own, as you say." He crosses his arms and leans against the desk at the back of the room. "Whether or not Viago would actually be willing to teach you after all that, I cannot say." He stroke his chin thoughtfully with a smile. "Though it was truly a sight to see him get knocked down a peg."

 

I tip my head back and close my eyes, fighting the spinning foggy feeling in my head. "I hardly knocked him down a peg, he had the upper hand, in the end."

 

"Most don't get ANY upper hand." I keep my eyes closed, but I can hear the tone in Javier's voice shift. "I've only ever seen the First Talon's grandson get Viago pinned, and he's in a whole other league than any of us. I'd say that little dance move really shook him up." Javier chuckles again, and as I hear footsteps coming down the hall, I open my eyes once more to find the spinning has halted.

 

"Leave us, Javier." Matteo is quick to dismiss his son, waiting until Javier is fully out of sight before turning his attention to me. "You are quite adept with a mage blade, Juno. I admit, knowing your father, I expected you to have taken after him. But no ordinary rogue could hide their blade for that long... That was an illusion spell."

 

That unsettling feeling still crept in and lingered under my skin while his eyes raked over me. Like he was analyzing every purchase he could of my form. Was he simply looking for more hidden weapons, or was he determining if I was good enough to be trained as a crow?

 

"You'll have to forgive me, I have not yet grown to feel comfortable enough here to not carry my blade." I drag my fingers over the holster, finally able to unclench my fingers from my skin. "Mama said protecting myself comes before manners."

 

Matteo's eyes narrow as he watches my fingers carefully. "And just who exactly is your mother? Your father never seemed one to hold... " He searched carefully for the word. "Attachments, to anyone."

 

"Just a dalish elf." I respond. "A mage, gone from her clan." I feel my mouth twitch as I hold back another smile. "Clearly she was enough to hold Papa's attention."

 

"Clearly." He agrees, bringing a hand up to his chin to stroke at his beard. "With your father's looks, and that unique fighting style... you could be quite the asset to the crows." He steps towards the bed, and I feel my back straightening out as I fear what may happen if he steps to close. "Would you like that, little bird? To fly with the crows?"

 

I fear the look in my eyes as I was once again called a little bird may have looked too hostile, but judging by the eerie grin that fell upon Matteo's lips, he was quite pleased with egging me on.

 

"Yes, sir." I answer, quietly, more resigned than I expected. This was bound to happen, anyways. There's no way I could stay at a Talon estate and not, at the very least, be drafted into crow training. Nobody seemed to have any clue how long I'd be here, so learning their skills, if nothing else, would help me prepare to travel with my Papa again one day.

 

"Good girl," Matteo tilts his head as he inspects my facial features. "Your training wont be identical to the boys, but I'm sure we can find some teachers for the more... feminine persuasions of an assassin." The Fifth Talon steps towards the door. "Rest up for tonight, you'll start your training tomorrow."

 

"Sir?" I call out before he can step out the infirmary door. "My apologies, I stepped into the courtyard today looking for assistance and instead caused a scene." I reach into my pocket and pull a folded piece of paper out, holding it up. "I have correspondence to send out to my friend, do you have a carrier on the estate... or?"

 

Matteo raises an eyebrow, taking the paper from my hands. "I will send this out... We'll get you a messenger bird for the future." He looks over the paper in his hands. "Do I need to worry about the contents of this letter compromising our security here?"

 

"No sir," I lean my hands forward on my knees. "That letter is being sent to my teacher's son in Orlais. He's only 16 as well, no affiliations with anything." I give him my best reassuring smile. "Just writing him to let him know I'm okay."

 

Matteo holds my gaze for a moment, before turning on his heel. "Indeed. Rest well, Juno."

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 2: Little Bird Learning

Notes:

Thank you for your patience through the first chapter.
Now that we've established the setting, it's time to introduce the star of the show.
Bring in the House of First Talon boys.

Art included at the beginning of this fic is actually the first ever drawing I did of our Little Bird, Juno!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Dear Juno,

 I'm most pleased to receive correspondence from you, it feels like it had been far too long. I know you had said the last time you left Orlais with your parents that you'd be traveling for some time, and writing may be hard, but I never anticipated you'd wind up in Antiva, let alone staying with the notorious crows.

Do they all live in one estate? Admittedly, I don't know the same tales of the crows that you do, just what mother has spoken of times long past. Are you safe there? Are you surrounded by assassins? Are they kind to you?


It may earn the ire of your father, but if you need Mother and I to rescue you, you need only say the world and we will cross the border to Tevinter to bring you home.


Orlais is quite quiet now, I would argue much safer a place than anywhere near the Tevinter Imperium. The disbanding of the Inquisition seems to have quelled the worries of the Chantry, though I imagine Divine Victoria would've much preferred to keep that power under her rule for at least a bit longer. It seems the Inquisitor had "bigger fish to fry", the last I heard, they were traveling as well. It's strange how all the biggest heroes always seem to vanish after saving the entire continent. Perhaps it's a lesson in being humble?


I digress, that is all to say: you haven't missed much in Southern Thedas. I don't think mother will want to stay in Orlais much longer either, to be honest. She's always been keen on wrapping up "loose ends" and moving forward in the pursuit of more interesting endeavors, likely dangerous ones.


No telling what that means for my health in the future...


I don't suppose there's room for more in the crow's nest? Somehow trained assassins seems less intimidating that whatever trouble my mother can conjure up.


I eagerly await your next correspondence.


PS: I shall have a selection of nuts and dried meats for your carrier bird next time. Seems he likes to scream until he receives what he wants.


Yours,
'Ran.


It had taken some time to receive a letter back from Ran, at least two weeks. It's hard living in an echo chamber, though I suppose it was more like being in the Orlesian Courts like Ran has-- You do not speak out against the authority. Hell, you don't speak if he's speaking. Period.


 When every time you open your mouth, you are met with the greatest scrutiny-- it's hard to speak at all. 'Yes Sir' has become the most common phrase in my vocabulary. I'd need time to even think of a reply to my friend, every day for the last two weeks has been filled with trials and tests to see where the most important instruction must occur.


 The answer, is apparently, basically every aspect of myself need instruction desperately. I am a most helpless would-be assassin who 'does not even know how to use her feminine wiles properly'. I suppose I had always known that seduction was an important piece of being a crow, Papa had told tales of men using poison on their lips to kill women, but I suppose I did not fully grasp just how much Crows were expected to engage rather than just living in the shadows.


 Apparently, more so the women than the men, because I have never once seen a "seduction master" teaching Viago.

 

Speaking of Viago, he's been most apologetic since that duel. Apparently, the dose of poison he gave me should've only affected me for a few hours at most-- It kept me in bed for two days, almost paralyzed, in fact. I like to hang that above his head, when I get the chance, just to see the look on his face. Viago wears his heart on his sleeve and emotions on his face when his guard is down, he's going to regret giving me an opportunity to notice that.


 "Miss Juno? Your next instructor has arrived." An attendant calls from outside my bedroom door. With a weary sigh, I rise from my vanity, placing Ran's letter down to return to later. I give a polite nod to the attendant as she walks me out to the gardens, where my instructor waits at the gazebo at the head of the event space. This area seems mostly unused, which makes sense since Matteo De Riva did not seem the type to host parties, but it was quite breathtaking, regardless.


 A large tiled dancefloor in the center, tables in the grass to the sides, each edge of the space lined with beautiful flowered hedges. Verandas covered in Ivy offering secret rendezvous points, a raised stage to the far right for a band, soft orange and yellow lights to fill the space with a romantic glow. Every space in Antiva, especially Treviso I've learned, can be quite romantic with the right lighting. Though, I imagine if you grew up here, perhaps the long winding canals and energetic marketplace aren't quite the enigma they are to outsiders.


 "Miss Juno, I'd like to introduce you to Andarateia Cantori, of the Seventh Talon Household." The attendant makes sure I step up to the gazebo before dismissing herself, leaving me with the very stunning, very young, master of seduction I was told would be coming to train me.


 I was not anticipating her to be around my age.


 "A pleasure to finally meet you, Juno, I've heard much about you." Andarateia sticks out a gloved hand, offering one of the most genuine smiles I had seen from any of the Crows since I moved in. "You can call me Teia."


 It was just nice to be called something besides 'Little Bird' for once. That name had been haunting me for two weeks.


 "Quite a pleasure, Teia," I release her hand and she gestures over to a table in the center of the gazebo, where we both take a seat. "I'll be honest, I wasn't sure what to expect when they told me I'd be getting lessons in seduction, but I certainly wasn't expecting someone my age."


 She raises a brow at me, pouring some tea from an odd looking kettle, "Would you preferred to talk sex and seduction with someone three times your age?"


 "--Absolutely not. No." She laughs at my quick response, and I raise the cup she has just poured to my face. "What I meant to say was; Thank you."


 She laughs to herself as I take a sniff of the drink in the cup in front of me. Everything had to be smelled now-- they had already started micro dosing poisons into me both with and without my consent. Blah blah, build immunity, blah blah.


 And this was NOT tea. How very strange. It smelled both good and also somehow horrible? Like warmth but also maybe like something that should not be warm.


 "Gods," I choke, placing the cup back down and pinching my sensitive nose to try and make the smell dissipate from my senses. "What is this?"


 "You've never had coffee?" She takes a sip of her own cup, a relaxed smile falling on her face as her eyes flutter shut for a moment.


 Wow, she has long eyelashes.


 "Is it supposed to smell like that?" I stare back down at the cup, wondering if she had truly poured us the same drink, considering the look on her face.


 "Not everyone drinks it straight," She sits up a bit, leaning forward to reach across the table and spoon what appears to be sugar into the cup. As she places a hand on the table to reach a small container of cream, I notice her nails have been colored a lovely deep shade of blue. Nail lacquer certainly existed, but I had never spent money purchasing it. Looking closer at her, I actually noticed she took the time to put on rouge and eye products as well. Every part of her image appeared carefully crafted, and quite stunningly so. Teia was a beautiful woman. "Try it now," she waves a hand at the cup, leaning back into her seat and watching me expectantly.


 I look down at the cup, now a more tan in color, more like breakfast tea with cream. The smell was less apparent as I brought the cup to my lips, still warm, but without that invasive scent of agony. I wasn't expecting the noise that came from my throat as I managed to swallow, but it appears I was able to illicit another laugh from the seduction master across from me.


 "Much better. I couldn't smell it at first, but there's almost something... sweet about the scent? Like it was masked before."


 "Hazelnut," She nods, "I do not take my coffee without it. It makes it significantly less bitter."


 Bitter! Yes, that's the word for the invasive agony scent.


 "This is lovely, thank you."


 "To business then?" She asks and I give a disarmed shrug. There was no getting around it, I suppose. She places her cup down, leaning forward with her elbows on the table, interlocking her fingers. "Unlike you, Juno, I was raised by Crows. As... unsettling as it can be to have to rely on your body, your looks, or your charm to complete a contract, often, it can be the only thing that saves you from a dagger in your heart." Teia rests her chin on her hands, a much more serious look on her face than she had been carrying this entire time. "There is no expectation for you to rely solely on your prowess rather than your skills with your weapons, but information and infiltration is just as important as being able to take down a target. Sometimes, it takes one to get to the other."


 I give a solemn nod. She wasn't wrong, you could go into a contract completely blind, that was one of the first things I learned in training these past two weeks. Sometimes, to find a target, you have to learn about the target, and sometimes that took getting closer to those in their inner circle or personal lives, by whatever means necessary.


 It's not like I doubt that seduction is important, I am simply just stunned that it's being taught to a sixteen year old. I may be, by this nation's standard, old enough to marry-- but I do not claim by any means to yet be an adult. It has felt an odd thing to insist be taught to someone the same age as your children. But, you know, you don't speak out against the Talon so. Seduction 101 it is.


 "I will not teach you anything you are not comfortable learning," She speaks again, noticing my elongated silence. "But from what I hear, you already carry some skills that would be easy to... elevate your charm." Her brown eyes bore into me, and she tilts her head just a little, expecting me to catch on to something unsaid.


 What skills did I possess that anyone here could know about? Magic? Perhaps she was referring to...


 "Dancing?" I respond, unable to hide the surprise in my reaction.


 Her smile is absolutely captivating as she holds my gaze, "Precisely, body language is the biggest trick to seducing anyone. As simple as a brush of the arm, the tuck of hair behind your ear, or perhaps," Teia drags her eyes down for only a moment before her eyes meet mine again, "Holding your gaze with intention."


 Gods, she was doing this on purpose? I'm practically sweating in my leathers under that intense look.


 "Point taken," I respond, watching as she shifts back to a neutral smile. "I haven't been the best at disguising my true feelings, admittedly, but that's not to say I couldn't learn."


 "With your looks, Juno-- You wont have to learn much at all," She raises her cup and drags her eyes over my figure. "I'm sure you well know, but there are few men in Antiva, hell, all of The Tevinter Imperium, even all of Northern Thedas-- who can resist the looks of an Elf. Let alone one who clearly did not grow up in the North." She takes a sharp breath as her eyes catch on my hair.


 "That obvious?" I ask.


 "You may sound a bit like you grew up in Antiva," She stands up now, crossing the table to inspect me. "But you have fairer skin, almost like lightly browned butter, and your eyes and hair are far too bright to be Antivan. You look more like you hail from Ferelden than anywhere in the North." She leans her hands down on the arms of my chair, bringing he face down close to mine. "It will do you well," She enunciates each word, her curly hair nearly brushing my cheeks as she leans down. "Everyone loves foreign delicacies. Especially the rich bastards we're hired to kill."


 "Yes, I've heard that a few times," I bring my eyes up to hers, she seems to be inspecting my face. She looks over my lips, my eyes, my cheeks.


 "Purple is your color," She states, standing up to round the table once more. She retrieves a bag from the space beneath her chairs, pulling a few small trinkets and brushes out. She picks her chair up and brings it closer to mine, sitting back down and leaning forward once more. "Let me show you how easy this is, yes?" Teia reaches for a small brush, opening a small silver box to reveal an array of eye cosmetics. She swipes her brush into a lavender colored pigment before turning to me expectantly. "Close your eyes, give me just a moment, and hold deadly still."


 I comply, giving her access to my face. Makeup was fairly foreign to me, I admit to letting Ran's mother occasionally try to put a lipstick on me, something about needing to 'embrace being a woman', but Mama usually wiped it off before too long. 'Women have no need for makeup' she'd argue. Pretty rich coming from the woman who always seemed to cover Papa in her own lipstick.


 There's a bigger brush that dances across my cheeks, and then a smaller thinner brush, this one with a sort of creamy substance that brushes over my lids. Finally, the familiar sensation of a lip color being place on my top lip, and simply a line down the center of my bottom lip.


 "Open your eyes," Teia commands, appraising her work as she comes back into my vision. "Purple certainly makes the green of your eyes stand out. How lovely," She compliments, retrieving a small hand mirror off the table to hand to me.


 "Oh," I say, catching sight of myself. Teia did more than I thought, there were at least three shades of purples around my eyes, and a deep purple eyeliner below my eyes. The rouge used on my cheeks was almost cool toned, but matched my complexion quite well. Finally, my lips were a more subtle purple, almost a mauve/grey mixture, like a waxy plum. "Why just a line on the bottom lip?" I ask, tilting my head to see more of my face.


 "More elfy," She responds with a shrug. "Or at least, it looks more elfy to me." She taps her chin thoughtfully before reaching back into her bag. "One more thing, give me your hands." I watch as she uncaps a small bottle, bringing a small brush into the liquid to my nails. Ah. This was the nail lacquer. It was lovely, also a deep purple, but with some sort of pearlized affect that had it shifting colors in the light. "This is your color now, no one else may have it." She smiles as she moves over each nail quickly.


 "What exactly does that mean?" I chuckle, finding myself rather enjoying 'embracing being a woman' this time around.


 "It means that everyone who meets you from here on out, will look at this color and think only of you." She recaps the lacquer as the finishes painting. "And it means that you may hold your head confidently high knowing that you look absolutely captivating whenever you wear this color." She taps the table right in front of my finger, "This shade of the color, especially. Like wild storms, like lightning, like raven feathers caught in the sunlight; an ethereal purple that glows like magic. This is your color, Juno. Wear it with pride."


 Our attention is drawn to the opposite side of the courtyard where the foyer doors open to the outside, Viago leading two strangers into the gardens. His eyes seem to meet Teia's across the yard, and he turns to his guests, saying something quietly before turning back to approach the gazebo. "Andarateia," He practically purrs. "How lovely to see you again."


 Oh. That's why he's here. Giving me more ammunition by the minute.


 "Always a pleasure, Viago." She eyes over the other two gentlemen before her eyes widen and she gives a small bow with a hand on her heart. "Illario, Lucanis, this is most unexpected. Greetings to the house of the First Talon."


 Lucanis? I had heard that name before...


 Right, Javier said that Lucanis was the only one to ever truly get the upper hand on Viago. That he was 'in a league of his own'.


 "The First Talon had some business with my father," Viago starts up the steps to the gazebo to meet us, nearly halting in his tracks as his eyes meet mine. "--Juno." His eyes flicker over my face, inspecting Teia's work. I couldn't tell if he was appalled or impressed, honestly. "I-- You.." He swallows, turning his attention back to Teia. "Your work?"


 Teia gives a satisfied smile, "She didn't need much, she's quite the lovely elf, actually."


 I could almost hear the snapping of the neck of one of our guests as he turned his attention right over to me. He was the leaner of the two gentlemen, probably also around my age, maybe a year or two older. His hair was chopped rather short, longer on top than on the sides, and blended well with his beautifully tan skin. It had very clearly been swept back with some sort of hair wax, but overall there was nothing incredibly remarkable about him. Handsome, but not in the same captivating way someone like Viago was, with defined features and eyes that see into your soul.


 "So this is the little bird I've heard so much about," He finishes hurrying up the steps to meet me, and I rise from my chair to meet him. If nothing else, he had quite lovely teeth, pretty and pearly. "Illario Dellamorte." He introduces himself, holding a hand out to me, but rather than shaking mine when we meet, he brings my knuckles up to place a soft kiss atop them.


 I must've not been able to hide my alarmed feelings well, because I felt a small kick on my leg from Teia behind me. I swallow back my fear and bring my hand up to brush some hair from my face, tucking it behind my ear.


 See? I learn things.


 "My name is Juno," I can see that Illario's eyes catch on my ears, my golden jewelry swaying as my hair is brushed over it. "Quite lovely to meet you, Illario." I pull my eyes from him, uncomfortable with how fixated he is on my ears, and bring my attention over to the second stranger. "Hello."


 Now this man. He was striking.


 I can't quite put my finger on exactly what it was about him. Whether it was the way the he carried himself with such confidence, or the fact that it felt like all my breath left my lungs when he looked at me, I was unsure. Perhaps it was the way his eyes reminded me of the warmth of the coffee I had drank earlier, or the prominence of his cuspids as he smiled, or how clearly amused by Illario's forward nature he was. Perhaps it was his longer hair, swept back in a manner that looked much like waves frozen in time.


 Whatever it was, maybe everything, I nearly lost the feeling in my knees. He was handsome in ways Viago would never be.


 "Perhaps we give our fledging some space, Illario?"


 Oh gods, even his voice was as smooth as velvet.


 I prayed to whatever entity would listen that this man couldn't hear my very audible gulp as he climbed the stairs to stop beside Illario, patting his shoulder.


 "She seems to be getting lessons from Teia, I don't think she's quite ready for your..." He narrows his eyes as he searches for the words, "Eager prowess, just yet." His eyes catch on mine, and he seems just as surprised as Viago, but quickly lets the surprise fade from his face as he dips his head towards me. "Lucanis Dellamorte. You'll have to forgive my cousin, he is a connoisseur of all things shiny and beautiful, and it appears you may have to run far to not wind up a part of his.... collection." He chuckles as his cousin elbows him in the side, but he is unphased as he smiles at me. He was not incredibly taller than me, but something about how he looked down at me sent my heart racing.


 "That is quite alright," My body works on its own, bringing a polite smile to my lips and bringing my lids halfway down my eyes under his gaze. "I could always use some practice, I have only just started learning seduction tactics from Teia today." I wrap my arms behind my body, clasping my hands behind my back and straightening out my posture. "I'm quite sure Viago would prefer I not practice on him, though admittedly he still does owe me quite a debt."


 I turn my gaze over to Viago, who gives me a warning glance as I feel my teeth poke out from my lips as I grin.


 "Viago poisoned me in combat all but two weeks ago, before I even started training--"


 "YOU started that fight," Viago interjects, his hand clenching at his side so he doesn't wag a finger in my face. "And might I remind you, you were using magic." The last words is almost a hushed hiss, he's not truly angry, that much I can see, but he clearly doesn't want to look bad in front of Teia.


 "What's a few sparks between friends?" I shrug, causing Viago to roll his eyes.


 "A mage?" Lucanis brings his gaze between Viago and I, "It's been a while since we've inducted a mage."


 "You are certainly becoming more interesting by the moment," Illario adds, finally pulled from whatever stupor he was in. "Range fighters aren't typical assassins, but I've heard they can be more stealthy than rogues if they're casting the right spell."


 "She's not a ranged fighter." Viago pinches the bridge of his nose, "Actually, no. I'm going to stop talking before I implicate myself any further."


 "Even I've heard word of your skills, Juno," Teia seems to enjoy the flush coming to Viago's cheeks. "Though, I'm unsure how to further instruct you without seeing you work. Perhaps a demonstration is in order?"


 Viago holds up his hands, "Absolutely not-- I am not-- No!"


 "Aww, I didn't mean to fluster you, Viago. My deepest apologies," From the outside looking in, Teia and I probably were grinning like mad men as we watched Viago's wide range of emotions on flagrant display. "It appears I have no willing sparring partner, Teia, I'm afraid I cannot showcase the mage blade for you today."


 "Mage blade?" Lucanis raises an eyebrow, "I haven't heard of this. Enchanted weapons?"


 "Something more," I answer, dragging my fingers over my hip, where a brand new holster for my blade resides, a gift alongside my training uniform from Matteo. Lucanis' gaze shifts down to my thigh before dragging back up to my eyes. "More like a conduit for magic than something magic simply resides in. Perhaps, would you like to spar with me and see for yourself, Lucanis?"


 Illario thumps the back of his hand into his cousin's chest, "Yes, perhaps you should be the one to spar with the little bird, Lucanis." He makes it sound like a joke, and judging by the paling of Viago's face, he seems to think this is a terrible idea.


 "Lucanis, I don't thin--"


 Lucanis holds a hand up to Viago without pulling his gaze from me. "Just for demonstration purposes, yes? Then I will refrain from being too... rough."


 Who was taking seduction classes again? Are we sure it wasn't him?


 "By all means, be as rough as you'd like," I take a step towards him, still holding his gaze as I lean in. "I'm sure its nothing I can't handle," His jaw tightens, flexing the muscle in the most delicious way. "I have been poisoned with zero warning, after all." I throw over my shoulder and watch as Viago throws his hands up before turning to take a seat at the table.


 "By all means, Juno, fight the future First Talon, but once he kicks your sorry ass, I expect you to let go of the poison." He crosses his arms, mumbling something about how every crow needs to build up immunity anyways. Teia covers her mouth with her hand to hide a laugh.


 "You're so kind for your concern, Viago." I breeze past Lucanis and descend the stairs to the dancefloor. "Will here work just fine?"


 "Don't damage the dancefloor!" Viago warns, and I close my eyes for a moment to stop myself from rolling my eyes.


 "Obviously, Viago," I roll my shoulders and stretch out my legs, "The only thing I damage is pride, apparently." He just makes it too fucking easy, and the reaction is always priceless. It's honestly a wonder Viago hasn't killed me in my sleep yet.


 "Any warnings for me, Viago?" Lucanis jokes, his sleek black hair jostling as he turns his head back while descending the stairs.


 "Now now, Lucanis," Teia interjects, "I just finished explaining to Juno about how not every job has intel right away, you need to earn it."


 Lucanis scoffs, shaking his head with a smile, "Alright, going in blind. That's fine."


 "Viago didn't think so." I joke.


 "I'd prefer to make judgements for myself, Viago and I have much different skills." He carefully unbuttons a cape, tossing it to the stairs and begins rolling up the sleeves of his dress shirt halfway up his arms. "I don't poison on the first date."


 "This house is fucking prison." Viago grumbles.


 Lucanis chuckles to himself, flexing against his rolled up sleeves and unfastening the covers to his knife holsters. For a moment, I think he may be doing exactly as Viago did and allowing me the first move, but just as he readies himself-- he disappears.


 Oh, this is a rogue.


 I'm quick to pull my blade from it's holster, dragging my hand down the hilt to summon the matching orb. The silence that falls over the courtyard is palpable, but his footsteps aren't entirely silent, his dress boots had silver embellishments, and I hear the slight clinking on the dancefloor behind me.

Elf ears, bitch.


 I bring the orb above my head, bringing forward a storm around me. Lucanis evades a spark, rolling out of the way and pulling himself out of stealth. He's quick to rise back up, knife in hand to clash blades-- though he appears to mostly be inspecting the blade against his.


 "How interesting," His eyes look over to the orb in my hand. "Doesn't seem like much of a conduit." I use my full strength against the blade to make him back off, bringing the orb down to flow with the knife, becoming a one handed weapon in an instant.


 "I'm just getting started, have you no patience?" I make a quick slash, lightning coming out much like a whip from my blade. "Don't tell me you've lost interest already?"


 "On the contrary," Lucanis avoids a few more slashes, I can't keep up with his agility or speed for sure. "This is quite thrilling for me. I hardly get to spar anymore."


 I detach my orb for moment, using it to send out three deliberate chains of lightning towards Lucanis, "In that case, I'm delighted to pleasure you this evening."


 Teia's laugh was audible this time.


 I see Lucanis swipe his tongue across his teeth while grinning, clearly holding back from letting the conversation drift in that direction much further. He disappears from sight again, but I could tell from his stance he was about to leap.


 Time for a lesson in dancing.


 "Don't you know it's rude to drop in on a woman without warning?" I rise onto my toes to clash my blade against his, his stealth fading once again as he engages in combat. He takes a few more slashes as he finds his footing on the ground again.


 Now or never, he's in my space.


 Break his strike. Step into his space. Use your free hand to grab his collar. Lock a leg around his waist, tucking it back around his leg. Pull his collar to you first, and then lean back. Exaggerate contact on his hips, just for fun. His hand rushes to find my waist, quick to stop me from falling-- but I wasn't falling. Pull him closer, lean back more, feel his breath on your neck. What were we doing again? Right.


 Plant the other foot, use the force and position to push his body up, twisting it over your planted leg. Lucanis? Meet Ground. Ground? Meet Lucanis.


 Or, that was the plan, anyways.


 I, unfortunately, was the one who became acquainted with the ground. Just as I thought I had him, Lucanis managed to wrap his arms around my neck in just a way to be able to leverage his own velocity against me, planting a foot and flipping me over in the process.


 "Maker," Illario jumps a bit at the scene, "Don't kill her, Lucanis!"


 I groan as the breath returns to my lungs, and as I go to push myself up, I feel the telltale sensation of a knife at my throat.

 

 If this was the death that awaited me, the fade could have me-- I was ready.


 Lucanis was above me, knees locking me in and holding my legs tightly. His arm rests on the ground beside my head, keeping me from turning my head to the left. His hair fell forward, masking his face from everyone but me, and boy what a view I had. His silver dagger had the tip just barely pressed to my throat, only ever having to use one hand to take me down. But the most satisfying part? The most deliciously sinful part?


 His flushed cheeks, his dilated pupils... His bedroom eyes and daring grin.


 "You," He whispers, "are trouble."


 "Actually," I laugh as I let my head rest back on the tile, "I've heard I'm quite thrilling."


 "Another win for Lucanis," Teia rests her hands on her hips, "Though I suppose none of us are really surprised about that."


 "Those moves, though?" Illario whistles, "You sure you even need to teach her, Teia?"


 At the sound of the other's calls, Lucanis removes his knife from my throat, steadying himself before reaching out a hand to help me up. I gratefully take his hand and notice it barely takes him any effort to pull me to my feet.


 Noted.


 "Didn't even need to poison me," I joke. "Impressive."


 "Sorry--" Viago makes a perplexed face, "I know the little bird who just got her feathers pulled isn't still going on about a MINISCULE amount of poison. She couldn't possibly still be on about that after such a humiliating loss!"


 I tip my head back while I laugh, tilting my head over to look at Viago up in the gazebo. "Sorry Viago, I was just informed I'm trouble, I just needed to live up to the name!" I holster my mage blade, snapping the top over the handle. "No more comments on the poison from here on out, on my father's honor!" I raise a hand over my heart, and this seems to quell Viago's taunts for now, his attention turning to Teia up in the gazebo as she pours everyone a cup of coffee.


 "Do you think he actually believes you?" Lucanis unrolls his sleeves as he approaches, his dark eyes practically glowing under the warm orange lights decorating the garden. "Should any of us, for that matter?"


 "He might be quite disappointed to know-- my father has no honor."


 His breathless laugh would echo in my mind for days to come.


~-~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 3: Little Bird Bruised

Notes:

This might be just a bit shorter than the last chapter, but it still scratches the itch for me.
Thank you so much for the words of encouragement while I flesh this story out.
Things will likely pick up the pace from here.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


My Dear Ran,

 I've had the week from hell, you'll have to excuse me for how much longer it took me to write you this time. Would you believe me if I told you I lost more than a few fights very painfully fast in the past three weeks? I really thought that with both of our mother's teachings under my belt, I'd have been a better mage by now, but I have repeatedly gotten my ass handed to me in combat. By ROGUES, none the less? What is the world coming to?
 

You asked if every Crow lives in the same house... Are you stupid? Do you even know how many Antivan Crows there are? There's like eight Talons, and an army of fucking crows that work for each one.

The only reason I am here and not in some glorified orphanage training ground is because Papa had connections and refused to let me sleep on a wooden cot. The answer is no, they don't all live together and frankly, only the ones who were born into Talon families even really live in the estates.

 Well, most of them, anyways.

 You also inquired whether or not they were kind, which is the only other question I will choose to answer. I've met quite a few up and coming recruits, not yet sworn into the crows, who are perfectly kind. Well, apart from them occasionally poisoning me or pointing a dagger at my throat. All water under the bridge, anyways. One of my instructors has become a master seduction expert and she's not even a full Crow. Even Viago is essentially a poison master. I guess there are particular trials you have to go through to be sworn in, and they have not yet taken those. But, some of these recruits in combat move like lightning, Ran. It's both fascinating and terrifying to watch. And to fight. I have no idea how they have yet to be sworn in.
 

As for those who are sworn in, I am not sure I have enough information to be able to answer that. Leonardo De Riva seems tame, not unkind but certainly full of himself. Arlo De Riva seems a bit obsessed with weapons and combat, to the point where I'm not sure he thinks about much else apart from killing people. The Fifth Talon...
 

All I see in him is darkness, Ran. I've no doubt he clawed his way to the top of the crows to become Fifth Talon. I do not understand how Papa could have this man as a contact. When he heard I fought the First Talon's son (an agreed upon sparring session, might I add), he hit me across the face so hard my chair toppled over with me in it. When I finally was able to stand, he told me not to worry about it bruising, because "purple is my color".

 I think people in this household report my every move to Matteo, because there is not one conversation I have that he does not hear about somehow. Every word I speak must be thought through now, less I risk his fury from my next grand mistake.
 

I am not ready to go yet, Ran, though my heart does warm at the thought of being back with you and your mother in Orlais. I have no idea where it was my parents were headed, but the only place they know to find me is here, and they put me here for a reason. I'm beginning to think Papa knew something about Matteo De Riva that I did not, but I fully intend to find out.
 

As much as I miss you, my friend, I do not think the crow's nest is any safer for you than being with your mother. Hold on for me, and I shall endeavor for you just the same.

 

With bruised ego and face,

 

-Juno

 

 "Maker's breath!"

 

 "Hello to you to, Viago" I retort, placing my quill down as I finish signing my name at the bottom of the letter.

 

 "What has happened to your face, Juno?" Viago bounds the room in an instant, pulling my chin to inspect the deep blue and purple spot on my right cheek.

 

 It's damaged, you fucking idiot.

 

 No, don't say that. Don't take it out on him.

 

 "Turns out, I'm terrible with the cosmetics Teia gave me," I chuckle as I rise from the chair at my vanity to cross the room to the window. I pull a small whistle from my pocket, watching as my messenger bird bristles awake in a tree out in the courtyard and finds his way over to perch on my windowsill.

 

 "That's bullshit," I can practically hear him cross his arms without even looking at me. For someone who claims to be annoyed by my very existence, he sure is acting all protective.

 

 What would he even do if I said it was Matteo? Yell at him? Start a fight? As if.

 

 "I shouldn't have fought Lucanis, okay?" I give a shrug as I scatter some nuts on the sill for my bird and begin folding and rolling my letter for him to deliver with the small tube attached to his leg.
 

"Lucanis did this?" Viago once again invades my space just as I finish sending off my messenger bird, "I did not even see him actually hit you, was this when he flipped you? Why was this bruise not there earlier this week?"

 

 "It wasn't Lucanis!" I snap, holding my hands up to give myself an added barrier between us. "What do you want me to say, Viago? Do you really have to think hard about how this happened?" I shake my head, sure that I was once again, not hiding my emotions very well. "You know damn well I'll suffer even more if I speak out about it. I learned my lesson, I do not put my hands on a Talon's son-- end of story."

 

 The recognition that flooded his features, then the remorse, the anger, the guilt-- It was all waves that crashed over Viago. It's good to know I'm not the only recruit who sucks at not getting emotional.

 

We can't all be Adarateia, I suppose. 

 

"Then I am quite afraid to give you some more bad news, Juno." Viago places a closed fist on his hip as he drags a hand through his hair. "Lucanis and Illario both wrote to me over the week. They are quite curious about you. I expect that they will drop in whenever and however they like."
 

Fear, elation, dread, excitement-- How was I supposed to feel about this?

 

 Both Illario and Lucanis seemed kind, like good connection to have within the crows not just because of their status, but because they were friends with Viago and Teia, and Viago and Teia were good people.

 

 Matteo's threat was quite clear; I am not worthy to be around the First Talons in any capacity. How on earth could I justify being seen with them again after such warnings?
 

"I suppose," I take a deep breath, "Do your best to keep them away from me, and I will do my best to make myself scarce." I reach a hand up to my cheek, wincing at the contact. It was only now I felt a small cut across my cheekbone in the center of the bruise, likely where a ring scraped across my skin. "I already know he's watching, that he has people listening... I cannot be around them, Viago."
 

Viago seems frustrated at this answer, but is lost in thought, clearly angry thoughts by the look on his face. "If I know they're coming... If I have enough heads up, I will have Arlo take you out of the estate. Perhaps he can take you to the market, get your mind off of everything." He lets out a frustrated sigh, finally brining his other hand down to rest on his hip as he eyes my bruised skin once more.

 

"I don't think I can get you out of training, so I can only hope they don't have the audacity to interrupt your lessons once more."

 

 My laugh breaks the tension in the air, and I pull my dress cape off the bed to reattach to my training uniform, "Something tells me that they absolutely do have the audacity, Illario especially." Once I've made sure that the window is closed, I turn to Viago and a silence settles between us before I raise an eyebrow expectantly. "Well, are we going to the infirmary?"


 Annoyed disbelief this time, classic Viago. "You cannot possibly expect me to dose you with poison when your face looks like that."
 

"So you're okay with secretly micro dosing poison into my food, but a bruised cheek is where you draw the line?" I shake my head and breeze past him, "I have a regimen to keep, Viago, so either you poison me, or I do it myself."
 

"You don't even know how much to inject!" Viago hurries to catch up, matching my pace to the infirmary. "I'm just saying, with a weakened body it will take longer for wounds to heal--"
 

"This weakened body is going to throw you down the fucking stairs if you don't stop fretting over me like--Like you're my father!" It feels weird coming out of my mouth, comparing Viago to a dad, even to MY dad, but I still say it. And I still suffer the awkward silence afterwards.

 

 Viago seems to be trying to figure out what to do with his hands now that we've both stopped in the hallway to address that comment.
 

"I was not fretting," He starts, trying his best to get a nonchalant look on his face. "As your instructor and teacher in all things poison, I was simply expressing that your body may not even build immunity if it is trying to heal elsewhere."
 

"Sure, dad."
 

"I take it back, let it fucking kill you," Viago storms into the infirmary, throwing open the doors with his usual faux rage.

 

 I've learned a few more things about Viago since last week. The first is that Viago has loved Andarateia from the very moment the Seventh House took her in. The second is that Viago is actually the illegitimate son of the king of Antiva. The third is that he is one of many illegitimate children of the king, but the only one to choose becoming a Crow rather than facing exile. And finally, I learned that because of this, Viago is very much weak when it comes to forming attachments.

 

 All that to say, Viago is never truly mad at me. He can call me 'Mierdita' all he wants, I know we're friends. He always seems to get over any teasing pretty quickly.

 

 "You'd have no fun in this house without me around, Viago," I smirk, taking a seat at the bed located in the back of the room, rolling my sleeve up to prepare. My arm was littered with tiny pin pricks, small yellowing bruises around injection sites and very visible veins after three weeks of venoms and anti venoms. But hey, at least its not making giant fucking bruises on my face, right?

 

 "I'd have significantly more peace and quiet," He retorts, preparing a syringe whilst looking back at my arm to make sure no injection sites were festering or infected. "And I probably wouldn't worry so god damned much."

 

 I could continue to tease him, but honestly, the fear is once again bubbling up in my throat. Taking poison is supposed to get easier over time, but that doesn't make it any less scary. Would you trust a 17 year old with your life time and time again? To be able to recognize how much poison is too much poison?

 

 I'm always sweating before he even injects me, if I can even go without fainting before he even get the needle in. No wonder he's choosing to poison foods every now and then instead, he's trying to keep me conscious.

 

 "If you start to get woozy, I need you to tip your head back this time," He instructs, cleaning my arm with some antiseptic. "You will have identical bruising on your cheeks if you faceplant the floor again."

 

 This one isn't like fire in my veins, or the bugs crawling out of my bones or even the one that gave me chills like all my organs had turned to ice.

 

 This one made the room spin immediately. I had heard the phrase "made the room spin", but I never understood it until now. It's not like you're spinning in a circle, its like the walls are warping into a spiral in front of you. Closing you eyes brings you no relief, instead of spiraling walls you see a constant flickering white light. It's like my heart can't slow down, my eyes can't stop hallucinating and my brain can't keep up with either to function properly.
 

I know Viago is speaking, but its very hard to grasp the words coming out of his mouth.
 

"Juno-- ay back." Every other word, focus. "Lay back!" His arm comes down rough on my shoulder, tipping my torso back and making me fall back onto the bed. Even my head hitting the pillow feels like it jostles my brain out of my skull. Do I keep my eyes open? Do I close them?
 

"I'm so--" The world is suddenly muffled, like every wall around me has closed in and I can only hear everything like I'm locked inside a closet. "--ti-venom. Too much--- ry, Juno."

 

 There's so much sweat on my neck, it's all I can focus on that doesn't make me feel like I might throw up. There would be a stain on this pillow from my neck, if not every part of me.
 

"Give it a moment, okay?" There's Viago, every word, but still muffled. Less flashing in my eyes, less spinning, but still wrong. Wrong enough that it hurts to keep my eyes open, like it's impossible to focus my vision.
 

"You cannot be in here!" Someone has entered the infirmary, and sounds like is getting a firm talking to from Viago, although there are only harsh whispers.

 

 "Your father is with Caterina, they are requesting your presence."

 

 I can hear his boots cross the floor this time, Viago's back at my side, his hand is on my hand. I open my eyes, but my vision remains blurry. "Do not move from this spot, do you understand?"

 

 Its all I can do to give a nod of my head before squeezing my eyes shut again. Viago takes off, but I can hear him push the intruder out the door with him.

 

 I try to focus on breathing, on anything other than how sick this was making me. The entire world was sending me hurling around, and yet my body knew we were stuck in one spot-- that this was all just hallucination. It somehow made it worse.

 

 "Hello, little bird." I open my eyes, but there's still nothing but blurs, should I be scared? Did I recognize that voice? Only so many people called me by such a name. I groan and shut my eyes once more, turning my head away.

 

 "Javier?" I ask, but the laugh I hear is nothing like his.

 

 "Illario," The response comes. "Here to visit you, specifically. You should feel honored."

 

 "No!" I gasp, trying to push my body away from the sound of his voice, "You cannot be seen with me, we-- I -- I'm not even supposed to TALK to you, please!" I nearly fall off the bed entirely, unable to see anything with the dim lighting and blurred vision.

 

 "Woah, woah, it's okay, it's okay," His hand lands of my shoulder and I am unsure if I violently flinched or just imagined the feeling altogether, "Why would you not be able to talk to me?"


 I cannot find the right answer to say. If Illario got upset by Matteo's orders, would he try to do something about it? Did Matteo have the right to stand against anyone in the First Talon House? Did Illario have the right to try and change the Fifth Talon's orders? It was all too complicated, and the easy answer, the safest answer-- was to not let him know the truth.

 

 "I am not worthy," I choke out, and it feels disgusting coming from my mouth. Like I've lowered myself, like I've placed him on a pedestal, like I've.. like I've said elves are lesser. "You are of the First Talon House, Illario. I am not even a legitimate to the Fifth Talon House-- You d-" I tilt my head back as I choke on words once more. "You degrade yourself by speaking to me."

 

 Gods, I fucking hate Northern Thedas. Mama would strike me across the face if she heard me say such things.

 

 "Little bird, you wound me!" His hand comes up from my shoulder to my cheek, then up to my ear, tracing a line all the way up to the tip. "While it is true that I may be in line to be the next potential First Talon, you must not forget that at the moment, we are not even yet Crows." I feel him flick at a leaf charm on my ear cuff, it tapping against my ear in response. "You being an elf doesn't bother me, your family or standing does not bother me. We don't have to be anything more than a man and a woman."

 

 Why did he say it like that?

 

 His hand disappears from my ear, and I'm not even sure how to respond to his words. Would Matteo take this the wrong way again? Would he strike me again?

 

 When panic fully sets in, its like going through a tunnel. Everything fades away, the spinning, the blurs, the lights behind my eyes, Illario, his voice, any sensation of his hands upon me... All that is left is darkness and silence.

 

 And then suddenly, not.

 

 I can tell my eyes are closed, but the lights seem brighter than before even with them shut tight.

 

"Who put this mark on your face?" His voice is back, and I let out a sigh, having forgotten it was there temporarily.

 

"It is punishment," I respond. "I deserved it."

 

"Why?" He presses, and I bring my arm up over my eyes, trying to push down the anger and shame associated with the mark on my face.
 

"It is none of your concern."
 

There's an unsettling silence once again, and I worry he has left the room altogether until I hear him pipe up once more, "What do you want, Juno?"
 

What?
 

"Do you want to be lesser than me? Do you want to feel unworthy when you speak to me? When you speak to Lucanis?" Tears are hot in my eyes, burning at the corners and threatening to spill.
 

No.
 

"No," Its firm when I say it in my head, sounding so sure, but when it comes out of my mouth it's more like a whine, a cry for help. "I just want to get to know you-- To," I breathe in sharply, "To be able to see you and Lucanis, and have fun with Viago and Teia, too." The tears finally fall freely, and I keep my eyes shut so I don't have to see the pity on his face. "I want to be worthy."
 

"You are worthy."
 

But that was not Illario's voice.
 

When I force my eyes open, instead of only Illario in front of me, I see Lucanis at his side as well. I can feel the heat rise to my cheeks, something about him hearing all that was even more shameful than having said it to Illario.
 

"Becoming a crow means carving a path for yourself," Lucanis gently pats his hand on mine, his thumb stroking over my knuckles. It's soothing, and it's a kindness, but it's also touching, and that's dangerous. "Not every Talon was born into the role, and not everyone born into a Talon family is deserving of becoming Talon."
 

"Lucanis," I start, but he shakes his head at me, kneeling down to meet my line of sight when I cast my gaze to the floor.
 

"Did you know that Teia is being looked at to be successor to the Seventh Talon?" He asks quietly, "Teia was taken in by my grandmother after she was caught stealing in the streets and captured."
 

His fingers brushing across my knuckles feels like the only thing in the world now. No poison, no hallucinations, no pain.
 

"Teia is being looked at to be successor already, when my own grandmother hasn't even thought about choosing," He chuckles, and its low and quiet but soft and alluring. "That will make her the youngest Crow to ever ascend to Talon. What I mean to say, is that no matter your background, no matter the shape of your ears-- Crows are family. We do not pick and choose who to stand by based on things you cannot change. The strength of your character, how high you climb-- that's how I choose who gets my respect, who is worthy of my time."
 

I wipe at my eyes once more, making a vow to never let him see me cry again. I'm sure later I will claim it's the effects of the poison.
 

"Then I will become someone worthy," I press my lips together as I finally meet his gaze, unprepared for how soft and compassionate he looked compared to the bedroom eyes he had given me all but a week ago. Lucanis seemed to be a man of many layers, but I now know my assessment of him was in fact correct; Lucanis was a good man. A kind man. "I will climb and climb until everyone else needs to look up to see me, and I know you'll be there beside me," I look up to Illario, who also has dropped his facade for a more empathetic gaze, "Both of you."


 "I look forward to it."


~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 4: Little Bird and The Truth

Notes:

I wasn't sure at what point in the story I'd really establish what you're about to learn...
But I think this might be the right moment, a lot is going to happen very quickly, and I don't want it to get lost in the action.
In this house, we love Viago De Riva. That is all.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Juno,

 

I have no pleasantries to exchange at the start of this letter. One cannot write about themselves being struck and then insist on staying in the house of the perpetrator! If your parents knew you were being treated that way, they would ---

 

"Young miss?"

 

What, a girl can't even read a letter in peace anymore?

 

"Come in," I call to the door, placing Ran's latest letter down on my vanity. "Am I being called upon?" I ask as the attendant makes her way inside.

 

"You are indeed, miss, The Fifth Talon has called everyone for supper."

 

How interesting. Since I've been here, Matteo has not once had his meals with his children, let alone me. The most I'd seen the man consume was wine or coffee, and now we're all sitting down for what, family dinner?

 

I don't buy it.

 

"Right, off I go then." I respond, starting out and letting her shut the doors behind me. The attendants within the estate were all nice enough, but I still don't know who's reporting back to Matteo. I cannot be caught off guard again. So everyone's at an arm's distance apart from Viago, until I find the rat.

 

"What do you suppose the occasion is?" I hear some voices ahead of me in the hall, and as I round the corner I can see Javier and Arlo following the same path to the dining room.

 

"Perhaps it is time for me to take my oath," Javier suggests, seeming to slow his pace at the thought. "He called for us when Leonardo was preparing, it's not out of the realm of possibility."

 

"Leonardo and I both had time to pick a contract first. If it was coming, you would know, brother." Arlo pats his younger brother's shoulder sympathetically. "I'm sure you have more time."

 

What exactly happens during the oath that Javier wasn't looking forward to? Was there more to this than I was aware?

 

Before I can get too lost in my thoughts, Viago meets me at the dinner table, pulling out a chair for me before taking a seat in between myself and what was clearly the head of the table where Matteo would sit. Matteo had yet to arrive, so we're left taking guesses at who should sit where and why exactly we were invited to dinner in the first place.

 

"One big happy family," Javier jokes, wiggling his eyebrows at me as he sits across from my seat. "Don't suppose our fledgling has any idea what all this is about?"

 

"Afraid not, Javie, I'm as clueless as you."

 

"How unfortunate for you, that's a debilitating condition." Arlo chuckles at his own joke, getting lightly punched in the arm by his brother. "Judging by who's missing, probably something Leo did."

 

"Great," Viago rolls his eyes, "Why am I always getting punished for his mistakes?"

 

My latest information gained was that Leonardo seemed to be the least liked amongst the siblings, mostly because of his unwavering loyalty and kiss ass-ed-ness to Matteo. It wouldn't surprise me by any means if Leo was the person who had been spying and reporting my movements and conversations to the Fifth Talon. He was exceptionally stealthy, and almost silent when he moved, making it nearly impossible to tell when he entered a room.

 

"The only person I've seen making mistakes lately is you, Viago," Leo, as quiet as ever, steps into the room. "I don't recall giving anyone too high a dose of poison lately."

 

Viago visibly tenses, clearly bothered by this. I had very specifically not brought this up the past few days, I really didn't want to see him beating himself up over it anymore than he already had. "She's small, she's not human and she was not raised ingesting poisons like all of us were-- I'm doing the best that I can!"

 

"You can make a baby bird into a crow when she's paralyzed every other day, Viago. Your best isn't cutting it." Leonardo takes a seat opposite Viago, the other side of the head of the table. "Keep this up and you'll be out the running for future Fifth Talon in no time-- Not that I ever considered you much competition."

 

I can sort of see why no one really likes Leo.

 

"I think Juno has been excelling quite quickly, actually." Arlo gives me a smile. He was sworn in not that long ago and would soon be taking his second ever contract, he had expressed this when he had been assigned to be my close combat teacher, so getting a compliment from him was nice. Like I wasn't so many leaps and bounds behind everyone else. "I'm eager to see her get her first mission someday, not quite ready for a contract, but no reason she can't join an intel team."

 

Leonardo snorts, calling an attendant over to start pouring wine for the table, "Viago going on intel at 16 was an exception, not a standard. Let's not fool ourselves, Arlo."

 

Javier didn't seem to like how Leo said this, and I see his brows furrow, "I will have to agree with Arlo on this, brother, even in tactics and history, Juno is learning quite quickly--"

 

"She still has a lot to learn, she clearly doesn't seem to understand the hierarchy to the Talon Households--"

 

"And how would you know that, Leonardo?" I ask, and the speed at which he meets my eyes gave me all the information I needed to know, "Unless perhaps, you've been watching me?"

 

The muscle in the side of his neck flexes as he searches for an answer, refusing to let me read anything from his expression, "I have better things to do that watch a kid all day." He counters.

 

I knew it was you, motherfucker.

 

"Do you? Perhaps I'll ask to shadow you for a day." I challenge, and Leo swirls his wine in his glass before glaring up at me.

 

"I'm not interested in raising fatherless hatchlings."

 

"That is taking it too far, Leonardo--" Javier holds up a hand, attempting to stop the incoming argument.

 

"You know nothing of my father," I want to say it through my teeth, but I wont give him the satisfaction. "But it doesn't take a master spy to see yours is more interested in me than you."

 

"You little bi--"

 

"That is enough incessant squabbling," Matteo's voice silences the room, somehow even silences Leonardo, as he steps to take his place at the head of the table. "I did not call you here to take digs at each other like petty children. That includes you, Leo."

 

I can see Leo's knuckles whiten with how hard he's gripping his wine glass.

 

Good. Shit head.

 

"You will all be excused from lessons this week," Matteo waves his hand, calling in the maids to serve dinner. "Leonardo and I will be traveling for a few days, leaving after dinner, and I'd prefer you be spending your time focusing on one thing rather than stretching yourselves thin."

 

Leo managed to put an arrogant look back on his face as he sipped his wine. Antivan culture was a bit different than what I was used to-- Mama would've never served teenagers wine with any meal, but here it was the norm. Or maybe that was just the norm for crows?

 

"Viago," Matteo picks up his fork and knife, carving into the roasted bird placed in front of him. This was apparently the signal for everyone to be allowed to finally start eating. "You will be reading documents from the 3rd Talon poison master, who has experience with proper doses for... smaller bodies."

 

"Yes sir," His answer is immediate, but certainly somewhere between annoyed and defeated in tone. While neither myself or the Dellamortes had told anyone about the accidental over dose, word had apparently still made its way around.

 

Fucking Leonardo. Fucking rogues.

 

"Juno," Matteo had not cast his eyes over Viago the entire time he gave him orders, but he took no time making his gaze meet mine over the table. Sometimes, it feels like he enjoys the way it makes me freeze like a spooked halla. "You will be reading up on the Crow Oath traditions and ceremonies. Expect your books to be delivered in the morning."

 

Every clattering of silverware stopped. No one touched a wine glass, nobody even moved. A complete stunned silence.

 

"Father," Even Leonardo looks nervous, "I hardly think it's time for her to be sworn in."

 

"Don't be foolish, Leonardo." Matteo continues to hold uncomfortable eye contact with me as he chews. He swallows, pointing his knife towards me, "She needs to learn what making the oath means, what you give up and what you gain."

 

"I haven't even been sworn in yet," Javier pipes up, and it's very evident that once again, these men are trying to protect me. "You can't possibly be thinking of promoting her at 16?"

 

"No," The Fifth Talon brings a napkin up to dab at his lips, finally pulling his gaze from me to look over at Javier. "She has done nothing to earn a promotion yet," Ouch. "But she will be expected to attend your ceremony."

 

"Mine?" Javier's face rarely carries an expression apart from calm and collected, maybe amusement, he'd always been a jokester-- but right now? He looked scared.

 

"You have a month, Javier. Start making contact to get a contract mission." Matteo raises his wine glass in Javier's direction. "I have grand expectations for you, son. We will discuss this further upon my return."

 

I can't gain any insight from the tone of the room right now, it's just eerily quiet. Even Viago looks like he's had the life sucked out of him. At the very least, I'd be able to read up on the oaths and ceremonies tomorrow.

 

Most of dinner is quiet, or is only a call and response game with Matteo. It felt more like a table of soldiers delievering reports than a family dinner. In some ways, I guess it was. Every interaction between Matteo and his children makes me wonder if my own father truly cared for me. How could he knowingly leave me in this environment? Did I do something wrong? Was this punishment? Was there something I was supposed to gain from this?

 

Or perhaps, his goal was always to leave me here, forever. Perhaps his only responsibility to me was making sure I'd be able to stay alive without him. Perhaps he knew more about mama's condition than I did.

 

I don't think I can eat anymore...

 

"You're all dismissed," Dinner came to a close when Matteo decided everyone was finished eating, regardless of the fact that none of us had touched our food for ten minutes. "Apart from you, Juno. We're due for a discussion."

 

Viago looked from his father to me, waiting for me to give him some kind of hint if I wanted him to stay. I barely shake my head, just enough for him to know I can handle this, but I expect he'll still check in on me after.

 

Ever since the bruise on my cheek, he was quick to find me after any 'talk' I had with Matteo. Thankfully, there hadn't been any additional bruises in the past few days.

 

The Fifth Talon gestured for me to once more take my seat, and I reluctantly sat back at the table. "Tell me, little bird, I gave you a simple rule not too long ago. Do you happen to recall that rule?"

 

Fuck.

 

"Keep my hands off the First Talon Household," I respond, swallowing a lump threatening to spill out of my throat. If he stood now, would he make it to me faster than I could make it for the door?

 

My face had just barely gone from purple to a simple brown bruise, would he really make it come back?

 

"Relax, Juno," Matteo begins pouring himself what would be his third glass of wine. "I do not bring this up to scold you. I am aware that your most recent contact with them was under the effects of poison." He lets out a sigh, his sharp eyes assessing my reactions. "It has become quite evident that it is the First Talon boys who cannot keep their hands off of you."

 

He makes it sound like I'm being passed around, like everyone's taking turns copping feels. Sure, Illario flicked my earring around and Lucanis pat my hand, I wouldn't exactly call that erotic by any means.

 

"You must understand," He takes a long sip of his wine, so much so that I think he's downed the glass in a single sip, "That the First Talon Household gets what they want. Always. So if it is decided that they want you, they will take you. If not by the youngest's doing, then by the First Talon. If Caterina thinks she can get you to settle down and become a breeder for the first household, she will take you in an instant."

 

Become a WHAT?

 

"But the moment she finds out who you really are, you won't even be allowed to remain with this household, do you understand? You and I both know that you were born to be a crow. It's in your blood, just as it was in your father's."

 

My fists clench under the table. We didn't ever discuss that, but of course he knew. How else would Papa know this man if it wasn't by working together in some capacity?

 

"I owe your father a great debt, and I do not intend to disgrace him by letting you become some mistress and miss out on your true calling."

 

Everything about this conversation felt suspicious. Matteo had never directly discouraged me from becoming a crow, but he had never encouraged it either. Everything was spoken about so vaguely and it was expected that anything I wanted to know, I would have to find out myself. This much information, expectations, all at once? It felt like a trap.

 

"Let me give you a preview, little bird. To become a crow, to be sworn in-- you swear your life to your Talon. You pledge your undying loyalty, to be sworn in, you make a promise to not fail your Talon, or otherwise take your own life. Every contract is do or die," Matteo rises from his chair, his footsteps sound like thunder in the empty dining room as he approaches my chair, leaning over the back and bringing his head down beside mine, his lips nearing my ear. "Your father couldn't be bothered to uphold his oath, and instead chose to slaughter every part of the flock who came to finish his job." Matteo chuckles, his hot breath sliding against my ear and causing a creeping humidity towards my ear canal. "There is no crow in all of Antiva who doesn't pale when they hear his name. The ultimate traitor. Do you think the First Talon should be tainted with that legacy? That betrayal?"

 

I have to close my eyes, every word sends vicious magic energy surging through me. What does he even know about my Papa? Who was this man, who cannot even raise his own children properly, to speak poorly of my father? There was electricity under my skin, it crackled like static, stung like poison.

 

"You will become someone so strong, so powerful under the De Riva name, that history will forget your father and his betrayal." Matteo finally pulls away from the back of my chair, allowing me to release the breath I had been holding. "So if you decide to continue to let those boys play their games with you, above all, I hope you remember that until you are fully a De Riva, until you are sworn to this household-- you are nothing more than your father's failures."

 

His exit from the dining hall is swift and soundless, and the only noises I can hear are the cracking of my own knuckles, still gripping my legs tightly under the table.

 

Fuck him. What a despicable bastard. He leads you around like a stray dog begging for food, has you saying thank you for fucking scraps of a compliment, and then turns right around and stabs you in the back anyways? Leaves you to bleed?

 

That was all his elaborate way of telling me not to get any ideas of grandeur, that I will be stuck in the Fifth Talon household or I will have no household at all. Like I didn't already know that I had to keep my identity a secret? Everybody thinks I'm some damn orphan who was pawned off in some deal, they don't even question when I'm not introduced with a last name. I know what he thinks of my pedigree, or what he KNOWS of my pedigree, like I'd subject myself to anymore of that shit.

 

I cant even talk about Mama here. If they knew...

 

They'd just try to kill her faster than she's already dying.

 

"Fenedhis," I curse, kicking the leg of my chair to push it in after I stand. "Fenedhis, fenedhis, fenedhis!" Every step to my room is another curse under my breath.

 

I can make friends, but I cant be honest with them. I can be a crow, but I cant be a crow unless I swear my undying loyalty to Matteo De Riva. I can be friends with the Dellamortes, but I cannot let them become so friendly with me that they want me, or else wise be forced to give up my training and become a "breeder"?

 

How much of this was bullshit and how much of this was truth? Would Viago know? Was this why Javier was so hesitant to take his oath? Was this why the room went dead silent when Matteo wanted me to learn about the ceremony? Does nobody want to swear loyalty to Matteo?

 

It's all too much at once, and too much to think about before bed. I'd have at least some of the answers tomorrow when the books describing the ceremonies were dropped off, and at least for now I knew Matteo was out of the house for a few days, Leonardo along with him.

 

These next few days were how I could be sure that Leo was in fact the spy, and come up with someway to get it to stop.

 

"Juno," My feet skid to a stop in my bedroom doorway, Viago's voice startling me out of my thoughts. As if things weren't complicated enough, Viago waited at my vanity for me, my unread letter in his hands. He looked hurt, or perhaps angry? Confused. "Who exactly are your parents?"

 

It seems like every decision I think I have will be made for me.

 

I can hide the truth from some, but not Viago. If anyone could understand, I would hope it would be him. If he didn't, if he was just as repulsed, would he tell everyone? Would he make Matteo make me leave? Would he tell Teia? Javier?

 

Lucanis?

 

"How much do you know about Teryn Loghain?" I ask, turning around to shut the door and waiting with my hand on the handle until he responds.

 

"I know he hired crows to finish off the wardens during the fifth blight, but that contract was a rather famous failure in our history. It's part of why the 'do or die' is emphasized now." I can see Viago reading back over my letter, and honestly, I'm surprised he was willing to invade my privacy so easily. "I thought that I'd be able to find something in these letters you're writing that would tell me what the Talon is doing to you, in case I was missing something, but what I find instead is-- " He sighs, quoting the letter, "If your parents knew you were being treated that way, they would return to Antiva and remind the crows what humiliating defeat at their hands tastes like."

 

I hold my breath, hoping maybe he will find the answer in the context clues, but it's like he still can't grasp it even when the answer is right there.

 

"My mother killed seven crows in a single battle, and when one lone crow remained, she kept him alive and recruited him," Viago's eyes now widen-- he was finally getting it. "They went on together to kill an arch demon, end the blight and then my mother became Ferelden's Warden-Commander."

 

"Your mother--"

 

"Was the god damned Hero of Ferelden," I have to stand my ground this time. He needs to know the truth and make his decision now, I can't spend the whole week waiting to see if I'm a dead elf walking. "And my father was of the Eighth Talon Household-- Zevran Arainai."

 

"Mierda," Viago seems to lose his will to stand, falling into the chair at my vanity. The silence is palpable, and my palms are humid and sweaty.

 

The truth was not just hard for Viago, it was hard for me, too. Because as much as I cannot stand Matteo De Riva, I have no other home. I could go see Ran, sure, stay with him and his mother, but she's never seemed the sort to really want more attachments, and another kid hanging around might just be a burden. Hell, I was left here because I was a burden. I can't keep up with my parents, and they shouldn't have to slow down to protect me.

 

They need a cure for Mama, and they won't stop moving until they find one.

 

"My full name," I offer, looking for any sign that Viago still saw me as his found family "Is Juno Tabris-Arainai. Though most of my life, it has just been Juno Tabris, so that nobody could find Papa."

 

Viago slowly shakes his head, "Does Matteo know?"

 

It was the first time I had heard him refer to the Fifth Talon by name, I was unsure what to think of that. Is he detaching himself from the Talon? Is he so stunned he forgot to call him father? Did he also not care for Matteo? Was he unable to form any sort of bond with the Fifth Talon because he is... well, the way he is?

 

"Yes, he met with Papa when I was dropped off," I clear my throat and move to my bed, taking a seat and placing my folded hands in between my legs. "He does not know who my mother is... I'd prefer it stays that way."

 

"Does anybody else know?" He asks, its more sharp than the last question, almost more irritated.

 

"No," I shake my head, my eyes threatening to water up at the sudden feeling of interrogation. "Nobody knows. Matteo... said that if the First Talon family found out, I'd be banished at best, but I imagine it's more likely I'd be killed, or they'd use me as bait to find my father."

 

Viago puts a hand over his mouth, seemingly lost in frustrated thought at my vanity. I can hear my heart beating in my chest, and fight of flight is enhancing every sense I have.

 

"You can never tell anyone," Viago's eyes meet mine, and I can suddenly find the word to describe the look on his face. Grim. "Not Teia, Not Javier, Not Illario--- Definitely not Lucanis. If Caterina finds out you are of House Arainai, she will use you as an example of what happens to traitors who dare show their faces again."

 

"I know," I mean to say it firmly, but it's a whisper, it hurts.

 

"And you cant leave out god damned letters in your bedroom from--- Who even IS this?" Viago picks up the letter once more to view over the signature, "Family? A boyfriend?"

 

"His name is Kieran," I stop before he can make anymore accusations. "We grew up together, he's not a boyfriend, not technically family." Do I leave out that he once had an arch demon soul inside him?

 

Yes, definitely. I do not think Viago could take many more surprises right now.

 

"Start burning your letters when you're done reading them," Viago rubs his hands over his face, overwhelmed and likely annoyed with me. "I'm sure you've picked up on this by now, but nothing is secret under Matteo's roof. He may be gone for the next few days, and Leonardo with him, but that doesn't mean word cannot get back to him."

 

"Yes, Viago..." I have to let my eyes close, I have to blink, the tears are burning me at this point. "I'm so sorry, I was told not to tell anyone from the start... I never wanted to keep secrets from you." I lean forward, putting my head in my hands to try and hide my reddening face, "You have treated me with nothing but kindness since I came here, and I've been so grateful for you watching over me."

 

His hand is warm when it falls upon my shoulder, so different that the Fifth Talon's. I do not feel my skin crawling, or electricity crackling deep inside my bones. I just feel comfort.

 

"He can make us take oaths, take his last name, poison ourselves..." Viago takes a seat beside me on my bed, and I pull my face from my hands to meet his words with earnesty. "But I have walked my own path since birth. I got to decide who I was when my birth father disowned me. Taking Matteo's last name will not make you or I the same as him. You can be whoever you want to be, regardless of your birth parents, or anyone's opinions on them, your Talon Household, or your last name."

 

The crash of fight or flight hits like a ton of bricks, its like the weight of the universe fell upon me. All I can do to keep myself afloat, to let him know how much his words mean to me, is let my head fall on his shoulder. I don't have words to give back, if I open my mouth I will cry like an infant. So I let my arms find purchase around his torso, and I dig my face as deep into his collarbone and let myself cry.

 

"I won't let them hurt you, Juno...No matter what."

 

 

 

 

Juno,

 

I have no pleasantries to exchange at the start of this letter. One cannot write about themselves being struck to the point of bruising and then insist on staying in the house of the perpetrator! If your parents knew you were being treated that way, they would return to Antiva and remind the crows what humiliating defeat at their hands tastes like.

 

You'll be damn lucky if Mom doesn't drop an arcane bomb on that estate. What are you thinking even still hanging around there? You dont need to do this! Come to Orlais! Come stay where I know you'll be safe, or I will come get you myself.

 

You could have a life here, Juno. I started at a bard school, it's not such a bad life, you know. Even if you want to live off my income and never wield a weapon again, I'd let you. Just stop letting yourself get hurt, please.

 

If this is about regaining your father's honor, you don't need to do that for him-- He's done enough for the world, anyone who still speaks ill of him can choke on their words. May the darkspawn rise up and drag their sorry asses underground.

 

You are YOU, Juno. You are not your father, you are not your mother, and you are not living in their shadow. Why can't you set your own course for your life?

 

Please write me soon, so if nothing else, I can know you are at least alive.

 

-Kieran

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

 

Chapter 5: Little Bird With Questions

Notes:

Don't worry my little birds, mother has come to feed you.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


 Kieran,

You're always so dramatic, you know?

I'm fine. No one has laid a hand on me since the first warning, and I have no intentions of letting anyone else do anything to bruise me.

Papa and Mama aren't here, okay? That's what it boils down to. They left me here, and I need to do what I can to survive. I don't expect you to understand, when you're living the cushy life in Orlais, but I hope at the very least you can understand that I'm not the kind of girl to give up over one tiny bump or scrape.

This has never been about Papa's honor, or anyone's legacy-- I'm just going to keep going down this path and see where it leads me, there's too many unanswered questions to say for sure I know what I want. So for right now, I'm going to search for answers.

I think I have the perfect lead.

Do not come here, I'm fine. I've always been just fine.

Good luck in bard school, Ran. Don't forget us little people when you're playing for the king.

Love always,

Juno

 

 

 My head ached. The first night Matteo was gone, all of us snuck down to the wine cellar and cracked open a bottle, passing it around until our eyes were heavy and our faces hot. Most of the night was just spent cracking jokes at Leo's expense (easier when he wasn't there to defend himself) and planning out the rest of the week we'd be free of Matteo's watchful eyes. It was so so needed after such an emotional night of crying my eyes out to Viago.

 I don't quite recall at what point in the evening we had made our way to bed, but I remember Javier had carried me up himself, making sure I was thoroughly tucked in before collapsing onto my bed laying the opposite direction.

 Much to my surprise, Viago was also asleep on the chaise lounge across the room. Arlo must have been the only one with enough clarity to make it back to his bedroom before passing out.

 The scratching of my quill on the parchment is likely what awoke Viago, I heard him groan while he stretched before he even was able to mutter a 'good morning'.

 "No--" It's almost a whine when it falls out of his mouth, he brings a hand to his temple and struggles to stand. "No words, coffee first."

 "Good morning, Viago." I tease, earning another groan from him as he passed by my chair, ruffling my hair on the way by. Javier was still curled up on my bed, snoring up a storm. It must be nice to have such a deep sleep.

 I decided, after sending off my latest letter, that it would behoove me to prepare for the day by heading to the bathhouse with a fresh set of clothes. Since I wouldn't be training, there wasn't much need to wear my uniform, and I was free to wear the clothes I brought along from home. I settled on a deep red top from Auntie Morrigan and some simple leather pants, but keeping my uniform boots with me for the day, as it seems most in Antiva wore shoes rather than simple foot wraps, elves included.

 The bath house was the one place where I knew it was unlikely I'd be disturbed, as I was the only female on the estate. From what I understood, Viago's mother stayed with the King, and Javier, Arlo and Leonardo's mother had passed shortly after Javier was born.

 I poured a bottle of bergamot and vanilla oils into the bath before sinking in, hoping to get the smell of sweat off my skin and let the scent soak into my scalp.

 From what I learned last night, Javier did not, in fact, want to be sworn in to the Crows. He especially did not want to swear his loyalty to Matteo, and did not feel Matteo even wanted him to be sworn in. Arlo was sworn in shortly before I arrived, and as he describes it, he just "rolls with the punches".

 It sounds like the only person in this estate that ever truly cared for Matteo's approval was Leonardo, which comes as no surprise considering he was the eldest son.

 But, also from what I've learned, there's whispers that Matteo does not want Leonardo as his successor.

 "Everything is a power grab," Javier explained, pointing the lip of the bottle at me, "Matteo took in Viago because Viago has royal blood. In his mind, if he has the king's son, he has the king's favor."

 "He'd push Viago ahead of his own first born to succeed just for recognition from the king?" I had asked, and Javier, Arlo and Viago has all laughed in response.

 "Matteo would kill any one of us if it pushed him farther up the ladder," Arlo replied, snatching the open wine bottle from Javier and stealing a swig. "Leonardo included. The only thing that matters to him is getting to where Caterina is."

 "Matteo wants the crows-- all of them." Viago added, his head lolling back on his neck. "Each son he takes out on the way is just collateral damage."

 Every word I could remember from last night was important-- all catalogued in a corner of my mind that was dedicated to unraveling Matteo De Riva. I don't know if there's anything I could ever do to remove him of his position of talon, but I'll be damned if I don't have ammunition the next time I'm alone in a room with him.

 When my fingers were pruned and oils and perfumes thoroughly soaked into my skin, I pulled myself from the baths and dressed myself in my casual clothes for the day. I made my way back to my bedroom, a smile on my lips as I saw Javier missing from bed, mysteriously now made, and a steaming cup of coffee left at my vanity.

 The De Riva boys were really too kind for their own good. Amazing how trauma can shape someone into more of a man than their abuser.

 When my coffee was gone, my layers of golden jewelry on and my cosmetics painted onto my skin, I was finally prepared for the day-- and just on time, from what I could hear.

 Our guests were already here.

 Another decision made over wine last night; invite over our dear friends from the First and Seventh households. We'd do our recquired studying before Matteo and Leonardo came home, but there was a mutual agreement over a few things for the next week:
 1. Fuck Matteo.
 2. Although unproven, Leonardo is likely our rat.
 3. We could prove that this week, with enough planning.
 4. We should probably enjoy this time without them while we can, as Javier will be forced out into a contract shortly after and then we'd be planning for his ceremony immediately following.

 "Our little bird finally coming home to roost!" Javier, somehow the least affected by last nights shenanigans despite arguably drinking the most, is pleased to see me coming down to greet our guests at the main staircase.

 "Hello, Juno." Illario gives me a warm smile, which I return in kind.

 "Good to see you in good health." Lucanis added with a nod.

 "What the fuck are you wearing?"

 Oh, Viago.  Sulking at a side table sipping his coffee. Someone didn't sleep well.

 I look down at my top and give a shrug, "Clothes? These are clothes, Viago. Would you prefer I not wear clothes?" Viago chokes on the sip he was taking and is quick to cover his mouth with his arm.

 "That is not what I meant and you--" He coughs again to clear his through. "And you know it. Idiot."

 "Jerk."

 He's distressed by my rebuttal, but turns his attention back to his drink, "Lucanis, Illario, would you like a cup of coffee?"

 "Why don't we take coffee out in the sitting room rather than the foyer, yes?" I offer, starting down the hall to the large sitting room. Two couches opposed eachother, as well as a few armchairs, all gathered around a lowered center table for tea.

 "My little bird's all grown up, Juno went from hiding in the corners to inviting guests to the sitting room," Javier brings a hand to his chest. "I've never been prouder older bother."

 "Thanks." Viago spits out sarcastically and rolls his eyes, taking a seat on the couch opposite me, leaving the rest of our company to decide where they would be sitting. Much to my chagrin, Lucanis took a seat on the couch across the table, leaving Javier and Illario to sit on either side of me.

 Was it too much to ask to get a smidgen of attention from him?

 "When you stop being... you, so much, I'll make sure to compliment you, Viago." Javier adds, placing his arm up on the sofa behind me and offering me a smile. "It's just nice to see Juno so relaxed."

 "How could I not be, when all my favorite people are here?" I ask, standing only to take the serving tray from the maid as she delivers the coffee kettle to the sitting room. I prepare 5 cups, simply topping off Viago's cup that he had yet to remove from his grasp-- only Andraste herself knows how many cups he's had so far.

 "Did you not invite Teia?" Viago raises an eyebrow, and I'm sure he's thinking he's being very smooth and very casual about it...

 He's not.

 "She had some business this morning, she should be here at some point, don't fret, Viago."

 "I was not fretting," Viago looks around, trying to play off his unsubtleties, "Do I appear as though I was fretting?"

 Lucanis let out the same breathy laugh that reverberated in my mind for days after the first time I met him, it brought goosebumps to my skin as I handed him his coffee. "Not at all, Viago, none of us could tell how you're waiting with bated breath for Andarateia to show up."

 Gods, I could drink the look on Viago's face right now.

 "Do not encourage her, Lucanis." Viago starts, but Lucanis simply ignores him by closing his eyes to sip his coffee.

 "She just says words, it's your reactions that make them so entertaining, Viago."

 He just gets it.

 "Nobody blames you for finding Teia so lovely, Viago," Illario comments with a shrug. "You don't become a master in seduction by being harsh on the eyes."

 "That explains so much about why you have no experience in the tactic, Illario!" Viago is smiling, but it's sharp, and it's sarcastic, and it's just as hilarious. "Thank you for putting that into perspective for me."

 And for the first time in a long time, I just feel... normal.

 Like this could be anywhere. Orlais. Ferelden.

 And for a moment in time, we aren't spies and assassins in training, we're just young and friends and the world isn't falling apart around us.

 And I laugh, it bubbles up and out of my throat and shakes my shoulders, and I realize it's been so SO long since I've laughed so freely and so genuinely.

 I missed it.

 "I will forgive you for such words since you seem to have tickled Juno so much with them," Illario composes himself, sitting up straighter to asses me as I laugh. He is grinning alongside me, and even that feel genuine. Part of me wishes Matteo would never return.

 "Sorry," I wipe at my eyes and take a seat, leaning into Javier's arm. "Sometimes I forget we're all people, past the uniforms and knives."

 "You certainly aren't getting out enough if that's the case," Illario counters. "What on earth are you doing cooped up here all the time? Are these knuckleheads not taking you to see Antivan nightlife?"

 Viago places his empty cup on the table, rubbing at his temples, still clearly fighting a hangover, "I can barely keep track of her during the day, why on earth would I bring her out at night?"

 "You make an excellent point," Javier raises an eyebrow, "Juno, would you like to see the night market with me tonight?"

 I hadn't really gotten a super fair assessment of Javier yet. My instincts said to trust him, but my lingering fear of anyone with Matteo's blood still lingered. The fact that Viago didn't immediately argue the suggestion is a good enough sign, I suppose.

 "That sounds fun," I respond, "I'd like that."

 We probably managed to pass an hour by just talking, getting tales of intel missions Illario and Lucanis had been on in the days prior. When the attendant came to the sitting room, announcing Teia's arrival, most of the gang had followed Viago out to the foyer to greet her.

 The only people remaining in the sitting room was myself and Lucanis.

 "I see your face has healed," He breaks the silence, and when I meet his gaze it's like something in my starts alight. "And no new bruises, as far as I can tell."

 "No, no new bruises," I fidget with my hands, feeling my skin warm under his gaze. "I've stayed out of trouble, mostly."

 "That doesn't sound like you at all," Lucanis teases, the corner of his mouth raising up into an endearing grin.

 "And yet you come over anyways," I lean forward on my knee, unable to stop myself from the thrills of flirting with Lucanis Dellamorte.

 "I can handle trouble in small doses," He places his coffee cup down, his eyes dragging down the deep red top I had chosen to wear. "Thank goodness you are quite small."

 "Thank goodness, indeed." My ears could hear the group making their way back to the sitting room, but I still had things left to say to Lucanis, things I didn't want others to hear. "Will you come to the gardens with me? I have questions."

 "By ourselves?"

 "Questions for you," I specify, "Questions I'd prefer Viago does not hear me ask." I stand from my spot, making my way to the second door of the sitting room and not waiting for an answer.

 He'd follow. He'd be too curious not to.

 "Viago's fury is yours to handle if he does not approve," Lucanis jokes as he meets me at the door. I reach out and grab his arm, stopping him before he exits. I look out to this side of the hallway, empty. I pull him to the back door, keeping an eye out to make sure we weren't being followed in any capacity.

 I'm quick to find a secluded veranda in the garden, ivy strewn across the tops and making it so anyone on the rooftops wouldn't have eyes on us.

 I needed to not be interrupted until I got all my answers.

 I place two ice wards on either side of the veranda, if anyone stepped into the circle, they'd be frozen for a short period of time. Ice magic was not my specialty, but the basics were simple enough.

 "Who exactly are we hiding from?" Lucanis asks, now more concerned than curious.

 "I don't know," I take a deep breath, trying to decide on what to ask first. "Lucanis, in your household, are all your conversations reported back to the first talon?" I lean towards him, his back meeting the wall of the veranda. "And I mean ALL of your conversations, even the smallest things."

 "I-I don't believe so. Not that I know of."

 "Would you know?" I counter, and his eyes narrow a little at this.

 "Of course I would, no one knows stealth better than me. I can find anyone, spies included." He shakes his head a little as he reads over my expression. "What is going on, Juno?"

 

 I bring my thumb up and bite it between my teeth for a moment. Here was safe, right? No one would get this back to Matteo?
 

"The Fifth Talon is having me followed. Everywhere, at every moment." I take a sharp breath in, remembering the most paralyzing moments. "I think I'm even being watched when I'm sleeping."

 "By who," Lucanis' eyes darken at this, his entire mood seems to shift. "How do you know it's under Matteo's orders?"

 "He knows about a conversation I had with Teia when we were the only ones around, he knew that Viago had given me too much poison and..."

 "And?" He's expectant, impatient. Did he not believe me, or was he pissed?

 "He knew that you and I had... dueled," I cant find it in me to hold his gaze anymore. "He was very adamant that I not lay a hand on you anymore."

 "Is that why he struck you?"

 It seems I did not have to explain that part, it had always been obvious.

 "Yes," I whisper. "I don't know for sure, but I think it may be Leonardo who is watching me but-- I just don't know. I need to try and catch him, both in the daylight and at night."

 "And what will you do if you catch him, little bird?" Lucanis crosses his arms and looks down at me over the tip of his nose. "I do not think that would make him stop if his goal is to keep tabs on you."

 "I'd fight him just for even a few nights of peaceful sleep." I bring my hand up through my hair. Well, that was one question down. "I have more, if you don't mind."

 "Go ahead."

 I shift my weight from leg to leg, unsure how to tackle the next question I had. Perhaps that one could wait.

 "What would happen if a Crow did not complete their contract and gave up on it?"

 Lucanis seemed eerily quiet for a moment, "They can give the contract to someone else to complete if they are physically unable, but if they cannot find anyone to fulfill the contract, they are expected to die at their own hand. Quickly. Lest someone need to do it for them."

 That cemented what I already knew-- Papa should've died by Crow standards.

 "And if they had... family? A paramour?"

 "We're only contracted to kill specific individuals. We don't go after anyone we don't want to-- especially someone who has no crimes to speak of. It used to be relatively common but," Lucanis searches for the words. "Since I lost my parents and Caterina took over as First Talon, most of us choose not to kill unnecessarily, or without reason. We're no angels, but neither are our targets."

 Okay, so Matteo was all talk with that. One truth, one lie.

 "Sorry, just a couple more questions," I clear my throat, not excited to ask this. "This was just something I was told, so I'm sorry if this comes off as rude. Does... Does Caterina take recruits and turn them into... breeders? For the First Talon household?"

 "... what?"

 "Yeah, now that I've said it out loud, it sounds fucking stupid." I take a step back and groan. "Matteo has really gotten in my head."

 "Matteo said this? To YOU?"

 "Specifically, he said that if Illario or ... well, you, uh. Wanted me, that you would have me, and that I would not be able to become a crow, and I would simply be domesticated and used to make more heirs."

 Lucanis waited, as if there was some punchline coming or I'd tell him I was kidding at any moment. The silence made me itch.

 "That's the dumbest fucking thing I've ever heard," Lucanis pinched the bridge of his nose with a sigh. "I really was not anticipating going into this-- but there's a history between the Fifth House and the First House. Specifically, between Matteo De Riva and my mother."

 Woah. WOAH.

 What does THAT mean?

 "Before he was Fifth Talon, he was just a crow. From what I've been told, he was supposed to be sent out on a contract in Ferelden with about 6 or 7 other crows, maybe 16 years back? He was worried that in the time he'd be away, my mother would become betrothed to the man my grandmother hand selected for her. He negotiated his way out of the contract somehow, another stepped in to fill his shoes that day, and everyone involved with that contract died in Ferelden." Lucanis tapped his foot, seemingly lost in his thoughts. "Some good it did him anyways, my mother still didn't want him, and yet he blames Caterina. And even worse, he drags you into this drama? It's just strange, with how much the man wants power, you would think he'd be doing anything to get his family involved with the First Talon house."

 That's a pretty good point, based on what everyone was saying last night, Matteo is power hungry. So why would he not be pushing for union between the two houses? Does he have something bigger in mind?

 "I'll look into it... One last question," I step into Lucanis' space and wrap a fist around his collar, wanting to make sure I can get a good read on him when I ask him this question. "Can I trust you and your cousin? Or will you report me to Matteo as well?"

 "Little bird," Lucanis shakes his head at me, sounding like a disappointed father, "I have no allegiance to Matteo De Riva, and never will."

 "And Illario?"

 "Illario is harmless," Lucanis gives me the grin I had come to know so fondly. "Take all his words with a grain of salt, he thinks he's far more charming than anyone else does."

 "Good to know," I respond, still not stepping back. I unfurl my fist and drag it down the lapel of his jacket, pulling my eyes from his. "I'd hate for you to be without a little trouble in your life."

 "You and me, both." Lucanis' hand finds mine, wrapping around it gently. His touch felt very different, different from Viago and very different from Matteo.

 There was electricity under my skin once more, but it felt less like it was going wild and more like it was reaching out Lucanis, aching for contact. The static through my body made me feel weightless, like my stomach was floating but would drop at any moment. It was addicting, exhilarating and heated.

 And it came to a shattering conclusion when a ward was activated, and the tell tale sounds of ice magic pierced through the air.

 "Juno... why is my foot frozen to the ground?"

 "Looks like magic."

 Nice, Teia.

 I took a deep breath before slowly pulling away from Lucanis, biting my lip as I took one last look at his expression, letting it sink in, and pulling down the wards around the veranda. "You know, I was trying to catch a bug, and it's looks like I caught one," I bend over to inspect Viago's boot, wrapped in thick ice and stuck to the ground. "I wasn't exactly aiming to catch a fly on the wall, though."

 "Unfreeze. My. Foot."

 "Oh, definitely don't do it now," Lucanis jokes, earning Viago's ire as he rounds the corner of the veranda. "Viago seems to have misplaced his manners."

 "Just to be clear," Teia clears her throat, "I sent him over here. I just really wanted to see him walk over the magic circle."

 "Oh, you don't have to trick him, I'll hit him with spells for free if you're the one asking, Teia."
 

"You two bring out the worst in each other," Viago closes his eyes, bringing his face to the sky since he was still unable to move from that particular spot. "Every time I'm in the same room as the both of you, I age ten years."

 Lucanis raises a hand up to pat Viago's shoulder, and for a moment, Viago seems glad to have someone's sympathy.

 "We can tell." 

 Lucanis wouldn't let Viago hold that delusion.

 I love that about him.

Chapter 6: Little Bird in the Market

Notes:

Listen, I'm not saying I'm getting better at this, but I am saying that for once it didn't take me until 2am to write the full chapter.
Who is she? A queen who will actually sleep tonight? Slay.
This chapter is important, so I hope you enjoy reading it as much as I enjoyed writing it.

Side note: We all got that dialogue where Lucanis talked about the knife, right? Can't say I blame him.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


 

I'm unsure at what point Javier became less my spy tactics teacher, and more a good friend, but he has quite the way of growing on you expeditiously.

 His decision to take me to the night market, and to purchase the pinchitos, certainly had my favor for him skyrocketing.
 

"They only make these during the night market, you know," Javier waved his chicken skewer at me, "The stand is filled with another vendor during the day-- Not as good. Nightlife in Treviso is truly where you see the city shine."
 

"Do you come here often?" I ask, taking in all the sights around us. The night market was a bit more interesting, blue and orange flamed lanterns dotted the area and there seemed to be a street performer around every corner. There were puppet shows, bards and even magicians. There were many unique stands, along with the expected fruit, weapons and clothing stalls. There were tarot and palm readers, pottery dealers and fine arts-- it would've felt out of place in an outdoor market if this wasn't Antiva.
 

"Not as often as I used to," Javier admits, his eyes watching one of the puppet performances but clearly not absorbing the story. "Leo used to take me here, actually."

 "Truly?" I swallow the bite of chicken I had been working on, "He doesn't seem the type to..." What were the right words to say here? "Want to participate in extracurricular activities."

Nailed it.

 Javier takes a deep breath, a solemn expression dancing across his features, "Yes, well... He hasn't always been so caught up in titles. He used to be much more carefree, much more interested in having a life outside of the Crows." Javier chucks his empty skewer into a trash barrel and wipes his hands on his pants. "We used to be quite close."

 "What happened?" I follow Javier as he move through the space in the market, back towards the vending stalls. Javier seems to contemplate whether or not he wants to tell me whatever he's alluding to, and I throw out the rest of my skewer before grabbing onto his arm. "Javier, I only ask because he scares me," This seems to make Javier's expression soften, and he shakes his head in defeat. "If there's any good in him, any at all, I'd like to know of it."

 "I fear there may be none left, Juno," Javier places his hands on his hips, "Leonardo hasn't been the same since... well, since Viago was brought home to the estate." Javier gestures towards the stands, leading us over to look at a jewelry display. "Before Viago, there was no question that Leo would be the successor for the Fifth Talon when the time came. All he had ever wanted was to succeed Father, he craved Father's approval." Javier picks up a small pendant, raising it up to hold it beside my face, thinking a moment before putting it back down. "When he realized it was more likely that Viago would become successor, Leo lost himself. I'm not sure he's known peace since that day."

 I drag my eyes across the jewelry, my heart aching, "That's not Viago's fault, he had no where to go--"
 

"Please do not misunderstand," Javier interrupts, holding another jeweled peace up to my face, giving me a sympathetic smile. "Nobody blames Viago, not even Leo. It's just what Father does, he pits us against each other to see who comes out on top. His love is conditional, and can change in an instant."
 

Javier holds a few more stones up to my face, it surely was a strange way to see what I thought of each piece. Was I supposed to react to trinkets when he's being so open with his heart?
 

"Is that why you don't want to take your oath?" I respond, quietly, never knowing who is listening. "Is that why you're nervous?"
 

Javier quickly plucks something off the table, raising it to the vendor.
 

"15 gold."

 Javier pulls some coin from his pouch, handing it to the vendor before filling the void in his pouch with the purchased jewelry. Javier looks me over, then looks around, then gives me a nod to follow him towards one of the bard performers in the street.
 

He leans against a wall, around the corner from a lantern so as to slip into the shadows.

 I see. He wanted the music to drown out his words to listening ears, and if they can't see his lips, they cant read them.

 "I am no killer, Juno. I never have been, that's why Leonardo no longer cares for me, either," He doesn't whisper, but he isn't loud. Javier had mastered not letting his voice carry, clearly. "When you are raised in the Talon's Estate, you aren't offered a choice. Even if you're marrying out, moving away-- you're still a spy. There is no 'getting out' once you've been sworn in."

 "Is that what you want?" I look up to Javier, his hazel eyes seem to glow with the reflections of the lights of the market. "Do you want to get out?"

 "That is merely a dream," He responds, bringing a hand up to pat my head. "An impossible one." His thumb strokes over the top of my head, and I can tell talking about this is hard for him.

 I can't imagine carrying the weight of knowing that no matter how hard you fight, you'll never escape the expectations. I suppose a part of me understood, having parents that have already done more for the world I could hope to achieve.

 "You could try," I whisper, placing my hands behind me on the stone building. "I could help you... I know good people in Orlais."

 Javier pulls his hand from atop my head, shaking his head, "I think we both know we are watched far too much for that to be possible. Not with how the crows watch over the new recruits. Besides, if I leave, who will look after your sorry ass?"

 "Javie, please," I hold up a hand to dismiss the thought. "That's why I keep Viago around."

 Javier's laugh is genuine, and he looks up at the sky while he nods.

 "You two are good for each other, despite what he may say, I think you remind him to hang onto the humanity he has. I hope that continues as he succeeds the Fifth Talon. It gives me hope for the future of the Crows."

 There's a comfortable silence between us as we listen to the bard songs, and I try to compose the right things to say in my mind.

 Javier did not want to be a Crow, he didn't want to kill people, how could that be a bad thing to anyone? Was there really no way to get him out? Was there truly no moment he could just... slip away?

 But I should know better than anyone, if you betray the crows, there is no returning to Antiva. Do or die. But was that the same for recruits that weren't sworn in? Would they be hunted down, or was it not a loss in the long run?
 

"If you left before your ceremony, would that be the same crime as you leaving after?" I turn to face him, looking up at his face, surprised by my question. "If you left the estate, left Treviso, would they come after you?"
 

Javier seemed speechless for a moment, "If I leave Treviso before being sworn in, I will still have nothing. No money, no family--"
 

"You will ALWAYS have family," I bring a hand up to his bicep, making sure to squeeze his muscle to get my point across. "There is no oath or vow or ceremony that could take away the fact that you are loved, and you do not need Matteo's approval, you are a better man without it."

 Javier's cheek flush a little at this, but his eyes close, and I can tell I've stuck a chord.

 "I'm not pushing you, Javie, but I can say with confidence that if you decided to go, I would stand between you and any person who tried to bring you back, and I would not be alone." I let my hand slide down his arm, taking his hand in mine and stroking my fingers over the top of his knuckles. "Your capacity for being loved is not restricted by what you can do for Matteo. You are a good person, Javie. As long as you know who you are, and what makes you happy, it doesn't matter how Matteo sees you, because I see you, and I care for you."
 

He gives a small nod of his head, clearing his throat to fight back his emotions. He and Viago might not be related by blood, but they certainly share a similar emotional capacity.
 

"Thank you, Juno," He lets out a breath he had been holding, "Maker, you are going to take men to their knees with words alone. Teia might be able to retire early," Javier chuckles at his own joke, patting me on the back to get us moving again. "Do you have any shopping to do before we head home, little bird? Anyone you'd like to buy something for, perhaps?"

 He wiggles his eyebrows at me and I narrow my eyes, "I have no idea what you mean by that."

 "Come now, surely one Dellamorte has caught your eye, if not both. They seem to both have eyes on you at all times."

 "Should I be worried about that?" I slow my pace as we reach a new section of the market, my eyes caught on the confectionaries.

 "No no, they're nothing you can't handle," Javier brings a hand up to his chin, taking interest in the stall I stopped at. "Teia mentioned Illario perhaps got off on the wrong foot with you, but find solace in the fact that he's just simply an idiot."

 "I gathered that much," I laugh, pulling coin from my pouch and calculating out a few different purchases. "Do you think he tries to be that creepy?"

 "I'm almost positive Illario thought he was being mysterious and charming, whatever he did. Poor fool has barely talked to women, let alone won their affections over Lucanis."

 I feel myself stumble over my own footing at these words.

 "Is uh," Did I really want to ask this? Yes, I suppose I did. "Is there a lot of women with affections for Lucanis?"

 "Oh, I'm sure there are," Javier gets a very sly grin on his face, one that I'd like to punch off. "I've seen him turn down more than a few dances at gatherings, but in comparison to Illario, Lucanis is far FAR worse with matters related to the heart." Javier calls the vendor over to purchase some truffles I had just been looking over as well. "He tried to give Viago a knife once as a gift, very clearly expressing interest-- Viago had no idea. Not that Viago has ever had eyes for anyone but Teia."

 Sorry, what?

 Viago was my competition?

 "Fret not, little bird, you take the air from Lucanis' lungs whenever you enter a room. It's audible, and honestly a little embarrassing."

 Was it suddenly hotter in this area of the market?

 "I'd like a small bag of these chocolate covered espresso beans, please." I choose not to respond to Javier, who's clearly enjoying trying to get a rise out of me. "Could I also get a box of the chocolate butterfly pastries? Thank you."

 "Espresso beans? Has coffee grown on you that much?"

 Keep your face neutral. Don't blush. Don't let him figure it out.

 "Ohhhh, it's a gift." Javier gives an approving nod, "I see, and why this particular item, Juno?"

 Because every one of you eggheads drinks coffee, Javier.

 ... and maybe because Lucanis smells of it, just a bit. But not the overwhelming bitter kind Teia served me, his was more rich. A layered scent, like the cakes that were made by soaking cookies in espresso that Viago made me try.

 "Make that two bags of the espresso beans, please," I hand over some extra coin to the vendor as she prepares my order. "I'm just buying gifts for my friends, Javie. I'm not buying anyone knives."

 "Shame," Javier grabs my pile of confections before it can be handed to me, keen to carry my items for me. "He seemed to think it was a great gift, he'd probably really like to get one someday."

 I roll my eyes and breeze past Javier, looking over another booth, "I thought I could make men fall to their knees with my words alone, why do I need to bring a knife into it?"

 "Is that the goal then, to make Lucanis fall to his knees before you?"

 Now that, that is a nice thought.

 "I don't like how long you're taking to answer-- never mind, forget that question." Javier shakes his shoulder as if letting his invasive thoughts leave his body, "Stick with espresso beans, I'm sure he'll enjoy it."
 

"You sure? I could talk about bringing men to their knees a bit more--"
 

"Nope! We're done with that," Javier groans and gestures to the canals, "Shall we head out then?"

 I glance back to a stall behind me, giving Javier a smile "You go, I'll catch up in just a moment."

 Javier rolls his eyes, starting off to the Gondola, "Just make sure it's sharp and not a decorative knife!"

 Men.

 I hustle back to an artisan booth, seeing the two exact items I had been searching for, "Could I please have the map of Southern Thedas, as well as this silver compass?" When I opened the compass cover, I couldn't help but smile at the etching inside the cover.
 

He might not go even if he gets these, but I want him to have the choice.
 

Javier does not need to be a crow if he doesn't want to be.
 

I tuck my purchases into my inside pocket of my jacket, paying the vendor and hustling back to the gondolas to get a ride home with Javier.
 

"Soooo, is it silver? Any encrusted jewels? How fancy is it?"
 

"I did not buy a knife, Javie," I scoff, looking out to the canals to watch the lights reflect off the ripples of water. "Do you suppose Viago will be waiting at the gates to scold us for being out so late?"
 

"No," Javier crosses his arms, "He will be in the foyer, sipping on a coffee he made to be sure he'd be awake long enough to scold us."
 

"Care to make a wager on it?" I raise my eyebrow, challenging my counterpart.
 

"Fine, I win, you show me the knife you picked out."

 "Fine, but if I win, you show me the brooch you purchased." I counter. I didn't have a particular interest in Javier's love life, but if he's buying jewelry for someone, than that has to be the biggest force stopping him from leaving Treviso behind. I'd have to talk to them.
 

"Deal," Javier leans back in his seat, the Fifth Talon Estate coming into view as we round a bend in the canal. It was too dark to see much past the front gates, but I held onto hope Viago would not let me down.

 That was my mistake. Can't count on Viago for shit.

 "Looking a bit like Viago's not anywhere outside, Little Bird. Are you prepared for another difficult loss?" Javier teases as we approach the front door. "Tell me, would you prefer I wait til we're alone to gloat about this?"
 

"I'd prefer you not gloat at all, though I imagine that's asking for the impossible." I feel my breath catch in my throat as we open the door, both of our eyes darting around the foyer.
 

Looks like Javier was wrong too. Figures.
 

"A tie," I shrug, "Seems Viago must've gotten tired waiting around."

 Javier sighs, placing my purchases down on a side table, "Well, that certainly makes our wager a bit less interesting."

 "Perhaps," I tap my chin performatively, "But perhaps you were wrong all along, Javie, and you would've never gotten the reveal you were hoping for." I reach into my jacket and pull the folded map and compass from my pocket, presenting it to him.

 Javier's brows furrow as he takes the map, unfolding it and falling into a stunned silence as he looks it over. Wordlessly, he clicks open the face of the compass, revealing a halla and a blackbird etched into the top. Javier clicks the compass shut, swallowing down his emotions as he gives a small nod. He tucks his gifts into his own jacket pocket before looking down at me.

 And then he surprises me.

 Javier reaches around and pushes me forward into his arms, beding down slightly to rest his cheek on top of my head.

 It's a different hug from Viago's, but it's just as warm, and its easier to wrap my arms around Javier's waist since he's so much taller. He doesn't need to say anything, the hug said enough.
 

He plants a quick kiss on top of my head before pulling away, "You're far too good for this world, little bird," Javier thinks for a moment before continuing. "I need you to close your eyes."
 

"I'm pretty sure it's in the Crow manual to never take your eyes off your opponent," I joke, "But I suppose I can comply, for you."
 

"We are not opponents, Juno," I feel his hands fiddling with something on my shoulder, the collar of my jacket, perhaps? "We are family."

 Oh.

 I don't know why that makes me want to cry.

 "And your family will always have your back, even when you close your eyes."

 "Even when you walk away." I add, giving him my best smile.

 "Open your eyes, you smooth talker." Javier jokes, his hands leaving my jacket. I pull my shirt forward to be able to see what he'd done.

 Double oh.

 On my collar was a onyx brooch, carved delicately into the shape of a flying crow. In the center, where the outstretched wings met on the crows back, was a deep purple amethyst lined in silver.

 It was purple, MY purple.

 "It reminded me of you," Javier gave an approving nod of the brooch on my jacket, "Though admittedly, I did walk over to that booth knowing I'd be buying you a gift."

 I guess Teia was right about that, no one would be able to see the color and not think of me.

 "Thank you, Javie," I get a little choked up on my own words. "For this, for today, for... for everything."

 "I don't know how often we'll get days like this, but... I'll happily take you to the night market any time you'd like." Javier ruffles my hair, bringing his hands to his hips after. "Now take your presents and get upstairs, lest we wake Viago and face his wrath."

 "Goodnight, Javie." I smile as I collect my things and hustle upstairs, happy to have these days of peace in Matteo's absense.

 I push open my bedroom door, quick to place my purchases down on my nightstand as I searched for the oil lantern that usually was usually resting on the same surface.

 The answer came as the room was lit by a faint orange glow, and when I turned to face the chaise lounge by the window, I could see the culprit.

 "You were supposed to be home four hours ago," Ah, there he was, coffee cup and all. "Where have you been?!"

 "You know Viago, you can just say you missed me." I chuckle, turning my back to him to retrieve something from my stash of purchases.

 "You could've been kidnapped for all I knew!" I chuck a bag at him, and his reflexes kick in just in time to grab it before it makes contact with his face. "What is this?" He unties the ribbon holding the bag closed, bringing it up to his nose to sniff it. "Oh, chocolate covered espresso beans? I haven't had these in quite some time."

He's got a very short attention span.

 "I had to make a few extra stops, sorry to keep you up, Viago." I offer, earnestly. I really didn't want to have a back and forth this late at night. Viago was surprised by this, almost like he didn't believe I was giving him a gift.

 "Yes, well..." He reties the bag and looks me over before heading to the door. "Get some rest, it's late."

 "Goodnight, Viago." I sing at him, and he stops before closing the door entirely.

 "This isn't like the... knife thing, right? This isn't supposed to mean anything? I can never tell anymore."
 

Oh god. No. No.
 

"No Viago, it's just a gift," I roll my eyes before turning to meet him at the door, "Actually, Viago, just checking here... You're not interested in Lucanis, right?"

 Yeah, the look on his face was my answer.

 "Did you hit your fucking head with Javier? Be honest."
 

"Just checking! Goodnight Viago."
 

"Goodnight, idiot."

 "Jerk!" I counter before he's able to close my door entirely. I shake my head with a laugh, fully prepared to lay down for bed before I spy a new letter on my vanity.

 Viago must have grabbed it from my bird for me. The real question is did he read it? Did he sit here to make sure no one else could read it?

 He really is very sweet.

 

Juno,

I had a long talk with Teia the other day, and she informed me that I may have gotten off on the wrong foot with you. Admittedly, I'm not much good with words, and I've never been the best at making friends, but that's no excuse. If I caused you any discomfort the day we met, or any of the days following, I sincerely apologize.

I will give you more space from here out. Please know that all of my actions were just in eagerness to get to know you, it's not often that I get to interact with other recruits, they tend to keep most of the Talon houses away from regular recruits, so it's rare to meet new people.

I hope you can find it in you to forgive me, and that we may continue to get to know eachother in days to come. You are truly an interesting person, and I'd be glad to help you get to know Treviso's charms outside of the Fifth Talon Estate.

You needn't reply if you don't want to, but you are more than welcome to send me mail whenever you wish.

Deepest regards,

Illario Dellamorte

Chapter 7: Little Bird With Hope

Notes:

I'm back again tonight, and I have Lucanis fluff for you.
The next chapter should actually take place immediately following where this left off, this chapter was just getting a bit long.
Juno, give that man his candy already!

As a small note: I just want to say thank you so much to everyone who has been leaving me comments and encouraging me. Sometimes I need to be reminded that I love writing, and getting to interact with people who love the same things I do makes it all worth it.

Meg made this tea time art, and it seemed pretty fitting for this chapter. I love the flowery vibes, it gives Ouran and Mulan and also has a reference to something that happens a little later-- 10/10. This art is everything, and it's like PERFECT banner size.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Illario,

 

I appreciate you taking the time to clarify your intentions. Admittedly, I am also not close with many people my age, so I was not at all sure how to respond to you in the moment.

 

I ' d like to get to know you, as well. I stopped by the night market last night with  Javier and picked up a box of pastries that would go quite well with some coffee, if you and Lucanis found yourselves with enough time to stop by today, I would be delighted to have you over.

 

On another note, if you ever have the time to show me the training regimens that the First Talon house goes through to prepare, I would be very interested to train with you. Javier has mentioned that First Talon house is in a league of their own, I'd like to see it for myself.

 

You may also write to me whenever you like, it makes my world a little less lonely.

 

Hope to hear from you soon,

 

Little Bird

 

 

I contemplate scratching out the nickname altogether, but decide against it. Javier said that it's a term of endearment, and I guess I should take that to heart.

 

When I send off my second messenger bird of the day, I cant help the way my heart aches to watch it fly away. That sort of freedom is probably the one thing I miss the most. I try so much to just keep moving, so I don't focus on everything in my life that's missing, that left. It hurts to think about my parents, out searching for some cure for the calling. It hurts that keeping me with them was enough of a risk that they chose to leave me behind. It hurts not knowing when I'll see them again, or in Mama's case, IF I will ever see her again.

 

Kieran seemed to be exceptionally mad in his last letter, and I sent off a reply but the waiting game between letters is always hard. I had my doubts he would stay mad, but I think when you're in a low place it's just easier to drag yourself down lower than think of anything positive.

 

And then there's whatever is going on in this house with Matteo, and him dragging me into it too. Every day it seems more and more like he's just addicted to using people for power, and I'm being dragged along for the ride. I'm not going to fall for some speech about how he's looking out for my best interests-- I'm no fool, but I still haven't gotten any handle on  why it matters whether or not I'm close with Lucanis and Illario. Does this really all tie back to the fact that Matteo was in love with Lucanis' mother, or is something bigger afoot?

 

"You know," A voice calls from my doorway, pulling me out of my doom cloud by the window. Arlo is leaning against the door frame, he must've opened that door up damn near silently or I must have been FAR gone in my thoughts, because I'm positive it was closed before. "You're filling the house with smoke from thinking too hard."

 

My eyes roll so hard it almost hurts, "So sorry to disturb you with my spiraling." I quip.

 

"There's a cure for that, you know," Arlo taps the door frame with his palm, like some carriage salesman trying to show the sturdiness of the frame. "I happen to be an expert in unspiraling people."

 

Riiiiight.

 

"You're a weapons expert, not a therapist." 

 

"First of all, those things are not mutually exclusive," Arlo wags a finger at me, "Secondly, there is no problem that a good knife cannot solve."

 

Yeah, well, tell that to Lucanis. I think he'd disagree from personal experience.

 

I suppose this was the biggest difference between Javier and Arlo-- Arlo definitely seemed like he was made to be a crow. Not in the whole 'I love murder' kind of vibe, but in the 'I really love the perks of the job' kind of vibe. Maybe part of that was already being sworn in? Maybe he sees the field through the trees that the rest of us are blind to.

 

"Alright, tough guy, I'll bite, what do you have in mind?"

 

"You are going to LOVE this," Arlo bounces a bit on his heels, "Right this way, let's head to the sparring grounds."

 

I pad after Arlo, I wasn't exactly in sparring clothes, but I'm sure I could manage if he wanted to go toe to toe today. I haven't had the best track record, but maybe clashing daggers could take my mind out of the muck for a while.

 

"Is it really fair to pit a full fledged crow against a recruit?" I ask as we descend the stairs, noting that Arlo was humming to himself.

 

"Oh, we're not sparring--" Arlo chuckles, "You wouldn't last five minutes in a ring with me, and besides, this is supposed to raise your confidence, not destroy it."

 

"Fenedhis," I mutter.

 

"What was that?" Arlo looks over his shoulder at me, his curls bouncing as he tips his head back.

 

"What was what?"

 

"Did you say something?"

 

"I did not."

 

"Hmm," Arlo cocks an eyebrow as he holds open the back door for me, "Anyways, I'm sure you'll recall in our teachings that every good crow carries their primary weapon and a secondary weapon-- For you, your primary is...?"

 

"My knife, and my secondary is the mage orb." I thought I was free from lessons this week?

 

"Right, but the best crows, the ones who can get the job done no matter what? They always carry some back ups," Arlo reaches into his vest pocket as we reach the sparring grounds, some crude dummies made of hay and wood set up around the circle. "Nothing too heavy, won't do much damage in just plain old hand to hand-- but that's not what you use em' for." Arlo hands me a small, rather thin blade. The handle is much shorter than the rapiers or blades we typically dueled with, and the entire blade felt weighted differently, like the handle itself weighed more than the blade.

 

To my surprise, he fished another 6 knives out of his various pockets.

 

Did he just... carry these around all the time? Or just today?

 

"Any idea why the knife feels the way it does?" He asks, flipping one over in his hands.

 

"Using the hilt to drive into someone's face?" Arlo seems surprised by this answer, grabbing the hilt of the knife to take a practice jab with the hilt.

 

"Out of the box thinking... Good, but no," Arlo holds his hand out for me to hand him back the knife, "Allow me to demonstrate." He shoos me out of the training circle, and I hurry past the dummies to get a good view of whatever he was about to show me.

 

I can't say we've exactly pulled me out of the chaos of my own mind, but seeing Arlo in his own element certainly was something.

 

His eye catches mine, and he gives a smirk before sliding down into a combat position. It's quick, when he starts moving, almost like a flurry of arms, but it's impressive none the less.

 

These were throwing knives.

 

You would think he's trained in dancing, with the flow of his movements. One over the head, one thrown from the chest, one knife grabbed by the blade and hocked sideways-- he rotated on his heel and used the momentum to toss another blade; It was mesmerizing.

 

Arlo certainly made knives look as cool as he thought they were.

 

When his last blade dug into the hay target, he looked at me expectantly, and I stifled a laugh at his bravado, instead choosing to clap for the show.

 

"Thank you, thank you!" Arlo gives a small bow, waving me back down to the circle. "See, the weight being in the handle makes the knife flip more while it's in the air, a lot of people prefer to throw from the blade for that reason-- but the experts can do it either way," He retrieves the throwing knives from the targets before passing them to me, "You can't become an expert in one day, but you can certainly have some fun throwing them."

 

I feel the corner of my mouth tug as I take the stack of knives, "Is this what you do when you're upset?" I ask, watching Arlo's eyebrow rise back up for a second time.

 

"You're too perceptive for your own good," He grabs my hand, having me hold the knife by the blade, pinching my thumb and the meat of my lower finger to show me where to put pressure to hold the knife. "Not everything you think has to be said out loud, you know."

 

"I'll take that as a yes."

 

"You'll be taking yourself to an early grave if you pick at scabs, little bird," Arlo sighs, adjusting my hand on more time. "Now then, when you go to release the knife, when you let go--- spread out all your fingers so the knife doesn't nick you on the way out." He gestures opening his hand completely while doing a throwing motion. "Got it?" I give a nod and he pats me on the back before jogging out of the training circle. "Lets see it then, Juno, show me what you're made of!"

 

I look around at the dummies, there was probably about 12 in total. 2 in the front and back, with 4 to the left and right of the center of the circle. There was a distance of probably 15 feet to each target, maybe 18 on the dummies further back. Easy.

 

Up, over my right shoulder, holding onto the blade with only my thumb and index finger, step forward as I throw, open palm as the blade leaves my hand.

 

It's so satisfying to watch it spin, almost hypnotizing. It smacks into the target, hanging from an angle, but having hit none the less.

 

"Excellent!" Arlo calls out, "Keep going!"

 

It actually felt REALLY good to throw something. Like it was forbidden, especially because that something was a sharp weapon. I think I see the allure.

 

I take another two blades to throw over my shoulder like the previous, smacking into two targets, then I crouch to throw a blade to the right, twisting my torso and using the momentum to throw it spiraling horizontally. It comes almost as second nature to sweep my leg, much like I was used to in dancing, and rotate around once more to throw at the targets that were once to my left. With my remaining blade, I lift my hand up to the right, choosing to toss down and at an angle as I made a leap toward a target. My blade hits first, and then I use my foot to kick back off the target before landing.

 

Yeah. Yeah, that felt good.

 

"Look at you GO!" Arlo claps from the sidelines, "So focused! No training dummy could escape your eyes," He thinks for a moment before giving a nod, "Go again, your arms aren't sore enough yet."

 

And so I do, I throw and throw, seeing just how many dance steps I can bring into my movements, just for fun. I try throwing from the handle, I try more diagonal throws, I even try throwing two from one hand just to see what it felt like. I retrieve the knives a few times before finally putting my hands on my hips and looking out over the dummies, knives piercing out of their imaginary bodies. It felt pretty cool.

 

"Not bad, tiny protege! Not bad at all." Arlo calls. I laugh through my nose, retrieving Arlo's knives as he comes to join me back in the circle. "Just goes to show, it's not the size of the weapon, it's how you use it."

 

I put my tongue in my cheek, and Arlo is quick to narrow his eyes at me.

 

"Stop that," He scolds, "You and Javier have to get your minds out of the gutter."

 

"But it's so comfy in the gutter!" I joke, handing Arlo back his stack of knives. "Prudes don't make fun company, Arlo."

 

"You don't seem to be complaining, eh?" Arlo tucks his knives back into his various pockets, giving me a pat on the head when he has a free hand. "Don't see any more smoke coming out of that head of yours."

 

"Yeah," I guess he was right. I did feel a lot better. "I suppose you were correct, knives can solve most of my problems, though I'm not sure that's exactly the brotherly lesson you were hoping it to be."

 

Arlo shrugs at my teasing, "Not everything has to be a lesson." He tips his head towards the courtyard and begins walking, "Sometimes things can just be done out of kindness," He heads over to the gazebo and leans on his elbows on the railing, waiting for me to meet him at his side and do the same before continuing. "Not every response has to be calm and collected, sometimes you just want to throw shit, and if that helps; I say throw shit."

 

"It helps," I nod, gazing out over the gardens behind the gazebo. I really hadn't spent too much time over there, not much time to stop and smell the roses, but it certainly looked beautiful from a distance. "Maybe this is specific to me-- but do you ever feel like you're losing everything?" I let out a sigh, fumbling to find the right words. "It's like things felt simple and peaceful before, but at any moment tides can change, people can leave-- how do you roll with the punches then? How do you let yourself get close when you could lose everything in an instant?"

 

Was it the losses that made me upset, or was it the fear of continuing to lose? Was it the hurt of being left behind, or was it the possibility of it happening again? At the core of it, it's just fear. Fear of attachment, fear of caring, fear of loving... or maybe just the fear of letting myself get attached knowing I've got a track record with losing it.

 

Arlo furrows his brow, looking over my face quietly before looking back out to the gardens. "You know, once a rose bush is planted, it does not need to be replaced," Not sure how horticulture is relevant, but I'll go along with it for now. "As the seasons pass, the pollinators fly away, the bush is stripped of all leaves, the flowers die and they fall off. All that's left of the bush is the bare bones, mangled twiggy messes." Arlo stands on his toes for a moment, reaching over the edge of the gazebo to pluck a rose from the bush below. He lifts it to my face, a lovely pink tea rose, and twirls it in his fingers to show off all the petals. "And every year, when the spring comes back around, new leaves grow, new flowers appear, and the pollinators that rely on these roses to live-- they find their way back. As long as the bare bones can survive the harshness of the winter, new growth will always bloom."

 

Arlo takes the rose and tucks it behind my ear, giving me proud grin. I suppose I could let him have that, that was indeed quite the speech.

 

"It's okay to not know what will happen today, tomorrow, years down the road--" Arlo looks back out upon the garden, clutching on to the railing and leaning back, "There's hope in the mystery."

 

"Thank you," Is all I can manage to get out, and I feel Arlo nudge me with his elbow.

 

"Don't let that smoke start pouring out again," He jokes.

 

"Well now I'll be thinking too hard about how to write down the poem you just read me!" I blink away a few tears and Arlo's deep laugh is drastically different than Javier or Viago's, it reminds me that he truly is about 6 years older than Viago. Amazing what time can do for testosterone.

 

"Well, you better take notes, I'm not doing it again. You get a problem next time, you throw knives." Arlo reaches into his pocket and hands me a throwing knife, though this one isn't part of his set. In fact, it's shiny, it looks brand new. "I'm not going to spend my salary buying you a full set, but I think one knife can help you give yourself your own therapy."

 

"Was it that obvious I've been going through it?"

 

"You don't live in this household and not 'go through it'," Arlo pats my shoulder, turning around to leave. "But yes, you cry when you get drunk."

 

Damn. Guess that's the piece of the wine night I didn't remember.

 

"Arlo," I call after him as he starts down the steps of the gazebo. His thick eyebrows are raised as he peers back over his shoulder, I guess he was really expecting this conversation to be done now. "Thank you."

 

It's just a small smile, his mouth barely tilts up at the corner, but I see it. He waves a hand at me before tucking it into his pocket and heading inside.

 

I twist the small silver knife over in my hands, admiring the diamond shaped bezel where a deep purple stone laid in the handle, giving it the added weight. To think, something so beautiful was also so deadly.

 

Now I was truly starting to sound like Arlo.

 

I probably shouldn't let anyone know Arlo gave me a knife, they might get the wrong idea.

 

The sound of the courtyard doors opening a second time caught my attention, and I tuck my knife into the bag on my hip before turning to face the doors. I suppose it had been at least an hour or two since I sent that message out, but it didn't make it any less surprising that Illario and Lucanis showed up.

 

"I found some strays outside," Viago closes the door to the house behind him, "You know, Juno, if you keep feeding them, they'll keep coming back."

 

"That's the goal, Viago," I shake my head as I meet the trio down the steps of the gazebo. "Good to see you, gentlemen."

 

"Always a pleasure, Juno." Illario appears to be smiling wider than usual. If I had to guess, it was a big relief that I chose to write back to him. I wouldn't say I was ever angry with Illario, he was just a lot, but not in a bad way. Matteo was a lot in a bad way, Leo was a lot in a bad way-- Illario was just a lot in his own way.

 

"Do you suppose she thorns?" Lucanis spots the rose in my hair, a devious sparkle in his eyes.

 

"She's certainly prickly at times," Viago jokes, leaning against the gazebo and crossing his arms.

 

"No one knows pricks better than Viago."

 

He started it.

 

"Mierdita."

 

"I take it you got my letter then?" I turn my attention to Illario with a smile, clapping my hands together.

 

"I did! Coffee sounds wonderful, and then afterwards, perhaps we can go over some training, like you mentioned." Illario tucks his arms behind his back, almost looking like he's puffing out his chest in his bright blue vest. "I have just the exercise in mind!"

 

"You called company over... to train?" Viago drops his arms, his tone dripping with judgment.

 

"You know what's crazy, is I do not recall inviting you whatsoever." Before he opens his mouth to argue again, I point a finger at him. "If you would like coffee and pastries, then you drop the attitude."

 

Viago throws his hands up, his eyebrows raised as he steps back off the gazebo. "Alright, fine. I'll go ask the maids to put a kettle on."

 

"Could you also grab the packages off my nightstand?" Viago waves a hand at me over his shoulder, and I run a hand through my bangs. I look back over to Lucanis and Illario, sweeping my hand behind me to the table set up in the gazebo. "Care to take a seat? I don't imagine it will take long to prepare."

 

"It must be nice to get a whole week off," Illario comments, heading up to pull out a chair for me before taking a seat beside me on the left. Lucanis seems to ponder for a moment before taking a seat on the right side of me.

 

Interesting.

 

"Well,  I still have assignments, I just don't have instructions this week," I tap my fingernails on the table, actually unsure what to do with my hands without a mug or wine glass in front of them. "Matteo has asked me to learn about the Crow oath and ceremony, since Javier will be sworn in soon."

 

Illario and Lucanis seem to catch each other's eyes, both surprised by this statement.

 

"Is it expected that you will be next, or is this simply informative?" Lucanis asks.

 

"I... I don't think I'll be next, I think Matteo just wants me to understand the "give and gain", as he put it." I look over both of their faces before feeling small discomfort and moving my hands to my lap. "Matteo has big expectations for Viago, he would never put me before him. Perhaps he just expects I be in attendance for Javier's ceremony."

 

Lucanis seems to accept this answer, "The Fifth Talon has quite the history of putting recruits through trials at a young age. Please forgive our reaction, it comes from a place of concern."

 

I feel my mouth twitch, not quite a smile, not quite a frown. "Yes, I've heard Viago has already been sent out on intel missions, which isn't common for our age."

 

"Viago is not exactly who we meant," Illario tugs at the collar of his dress shirt, looking around the courtyard, almost like he was looking for someone. "Leonardo was quite notoriously sworn in at 17, meaning he completed his first contract at 17. That is not just uncommon, it was unheard of at the time."

 

I suppose that could explain quite a lot about his attitude.

 

"What age did Viago come to the Fifth Talon Estate?"

 

But I think I already knew the answer.

 

"He was probably.. 9 at the time?"

 

Which would make Leo 17 when he arrived.

 

Which means it was so much more than just a competition to become successor for Leo. He had to kill someone when he was still just a kid. He had to give his life to his father when he was still a kid.

 

I feel like that could make anyone jaded.

 

"Pardon," The maid arrives with a serving tray, setting out cups and platters before dismissing herself back to the house. Viago returned shortly after, my box of pastries and small package of chocolate covered espresso beans in hand. I rise to meet him, taking both packages and trying to very discretely slip the back of espresso beans into the pouch attached to my belt.

 

"I picked these out last night," I open the small box and display the chocolate butterfly pastries, grabbing a set of serving tongs to dish everyone out a pastry to their plates while Viago worked on pouring coffee. "Javie and I went to the night market together, it was quite wonderful."

 

"Javie?" Illario remarks, "I can't believe he got a nickname before I did!"

 

"I can't believe he got a nickname before I did," Viago agrees.

 

"What do you mean, dad? You have your nickname--"

 

"Choke."

 

I snort, taking my seat back at the table and watching Viago observe either boy flanking me before taking a seat beside Illario, across from Lucanis.

 

"The whole point of this was for me to get to know you both better, you know, nicknames come after that." I reach for the sugar container, my hand brushing against Illario's as it met at the silver crock. "Sorry," I laugh, gesturing for him to go first.

 

"Perhaps you are right, I was getting ahead of myself again," Illario is quick to grab two spoonfuls of sugar to mix into his coffee, handing me the spoon after. "Is there anything in particular you would like to know-- about us, that is?"

 

"I suppose I hadn't thought that far ahead," I think for a moment while spooning some sugar into my drink. "How about this, we can each ask something, and each one of us will answer? That way, you can learn more about me as well."

 

"Anything we want?" Lucanis asks, bringing his coffee cup up to his smirking lips.

 

Don't know why he's smirking, but over the lip of a cup like that does things to my brain.

 

"Within reason," I add, "I'd much prefer to not speak in length about my past."

 

"Fair enough."

 

"I'm not very good at this kind of thing," Viago leans back in his chair. "I'm just here for coffee and snacks."

 

"You're answering too, Viago, so answer poorly if you must." I stir some cream into my coffee and smile as I see it reach the desired color, "I'll start, an easy one; what do you like to do in your free time?"

 

I look over to Lucanis on my right, and he seems a bit embarrassed to answer, but eventually speaks up, "I enjoy cooking, I've been learning recently, actually."

 

"Oh! I enjoy cooking as well," I offer him a smile, hoping I can get him to talk a bit more. "I've made quite a few mean stews in the past, I like adding dandelion greens and spindleweed, they bring an earthy tone that really brings out spices."

 

"I've been learning to make fideuà recently, It's very similar to paella, but uses noodles instead of rice. Just as much saffron though, so still expensive." Lucanis grins a little as he describes subtle differences between the two dishes-- one has meat, one just has seafood. One is soft and creamy, the other has a crispy top. Both are served straight out of the skillet they are cooked in.

 

He looks like a different person when he talks about cooking. Like he wasn't raised to be an assassin his whole life. He just looks like a very handsome teen, impassioned by creating dishes. It's charming.

 

As he reaches the end of his lesson, he seems to realize that he had been talking for quite a bit, and his cheeks flush. "Cooking," He clears his throat. "I like to cook."

 

"You cannot expect me to follow that up," Viago gestures to Lucanis with his pastry.

 

"Just pick something Viago."

 

Viago shoves the rest of his pastry in his mouth with a shrug, scratching at his neck, "Reading, I guess. I read a lot. Tactics, history, plays." He answers, reaching back into the pastry box to grab another. I chuckle as I finally dunk mine into my coffee and take a bite-- delightful.

 

I feel like I could melt. I haven't had chocolate in so long.

 

"Enjoying yourself?" Lucanis asks, looking me over. I only realize now that I did slump over a bit in my seat when I took a bite, I probably looked like I had met the Maker.

 

"Sorry," I cover my mouth while I chew the pastry. "It has been quite some time since I've had good chocolate." I place the pastry down and take a sip of my coffee, loving the way the sweetness of the chocolate mixes with the coffee on my tongue. "Illario," I turn to face him, still clutching my cup in my hands. "What about you?"

 

"I like to paint," Illario leans back in his chair, once again seeming like a proud bird puffing out it's plumage. "Treviso has quite the selection of famous artists, I've been getting a variety of lessons since I was a child."

 

"I admit I don't have a shared talent there, but I am quite envious," I remark, my thumb running over the rim of my cup. "I've enjoyed seeing the artwork here in Treviso. It truly is one of a kind."

 

"What do you enjoy, Juno?" Illario counters, sipping his coffee while eyeing me curiously.

 

"Well," I didn't think through an answer to this at all, actually. What did I enjoy doing? I can't very well say traveling, because then I'd be talking about my parents. "I suppose I have been studying medicine for a long time. I used to bring herbs home and learn about them from whatever books I could find, or by just eating them and seeing what happened--"

 

"And you give me shit for poisoning you?" Viago scoffs, "At least I know what I'm putting in you."

 

Nope, don't make a joke Juno. Arlo said to get your mind out of the gutter.

 

"Well I wasn't gorging on mushrooms or anything, just flowers and greens. There aren't very many poisonous flowers, and usually things in nature that our poisonous have a color that warns you. It keeps predators away." I take another sip of my cup before putting it down and looking over at Lucanis, who is leaning on his hand and listening intently. "Embrium, for example, works as an antihistamine-- clears the sinuses. Dragonthorn can be used to combat mana sickness. Brona's bloom... well, brona's bloom is used to fight the effects of darkspawn taint. I've heard the grey wardens use it frequently."

 

"Fascinating," Illario says, pulling my attention from Lucanis, "Do you craft medicines?"

 

"I have before," I answer earnestly, "But not recently. I do not have access to herbs here."

 

"You could if you wanted to," Viago has a serious face for once, it's almost alarming. "The lab section off of the infirmary is for both crafting poisons and medicines-- You are welcome to use my research space."

 

I can hear the gulp that gets stuck in my throat. It's hard not to get choked up. Viago is the only one who would understand why it was I studied medicines-- he's the only one who knew my mother was a Grey Warden. His words are probably just kind to anyone else, but to me... they are like a warm embrace. Viago is a quiet supporter, his love language seems to be actions, gestures of affection. I don't think I'll ever be able to grasp how someone who the world wronged so much came out so kind, but I'll thank whatever religious entities are out there every day for Viago De Riva.

 

"Thank you, Viago." I answer, sipping my coffee to make it less awkward that I need to continue to choke back my feelings.

 

"I can go next, do you have a favorite scent? Maybe one that brings a certain memory to mind, or just something that relaxes you?" Illario asks, looking to me first.

 

Every answer I can think of just relates back to Papa. Leathers, newly tanned ones smell the best, or freshly painted. Brandy, spiced brandy especially. I close my eyes and I can almost picture his hug, breathing in his scent when I dug my head into his stomach as a small child. And then there was Mama, the smell of rosemary cooking, firewood burning, elfroot. They're all memories, but I've learned today that I don't need to speak everything that crosses my mind.

 

"I like to wear orange blossom oils on myself, vanilla, maybe a jasmine flower. But if you're asking what scents do I like on others-- Perhaps something more powerful? When someone walks by you and you can smell their cologne, it certainly turns your head. Powerful scents like .. new leather, warmed spices like cinnamon or chilis, and rich scents like chocolate or coffee."

 

"Those don't really sound like cologne smells as much as they sound like someone wearing new clothes and smelling like their breakfast." Viago responds, and Lucanis shakes his head.

 

"No, I understand what she means. I've seen more recently spices used mainly for cooking being used in oils meant for the body. Though, if there's a way to properly imitate the scent of good coffee, they may have all my money."

 

"What about you Lucanis?" Viago gives me a knowing look, "What do you prefer women smell like? Coffee? Roses, perhaps?"

 

Oh, is that it Viago? You wish to die?

 

"Flowers are nice," He tilts his head in thought, "Perhaps refreshing scents? Rainstorms, wild moss, lavender and crystal grace," Lucanis' brown eyes sweep over me, to my flower, to my eyes, to my lips, and back up. "Chocolate is good, too."

 

Viago may get his wish, I may choke.

 

Who allowed this man to be created in the image of perfection, honestly?

 

"I've always been a fan of fruited scents," Illario pipes up, once again pulling Lucanis' eyes from mine. "Women smell quite luxurious when wearing oils made with pears, peaches or citrus fruits. I've heard it's growing in popularity with men these days as well."

 

"I'd ask Viago, but I feel like I know what he's going to answer." I take my last sip of coffee and smile coyly at the teen.

 

"What?" He's annoyed. Good. Karma's a bitch.

 

"Oh it's quite obvious, is it not?" I turn and look to Lucanis, who matches my mischievous grin.

 

"Oh absolutely--- The answer is: whatever Teia wears."

 

"Demons, the both of you."

We share a laugh and I look back over to Lucanis, enjoying the way the sunlight reflects off of his dark hair. He certainly was a sight to behold, especially in such a lovely dress shirt and vest, muted colors compared to what Illario was wearing. A gray purple dress shirt, almost like dried lavender, and an even more muted purple vest, but a deep purple tie that reminded me of the color Teia painted my nails. MY purple.
 

"Did you have a question in mind, Lucanis? You seem like you're waiting with bated breath," Viago's words finally have me snapping my eyes back up to Lucanis', nearly jumping when I see that I've been caught inspecting him.

 "Yes, actually." Lucanis places his coffee cup down on the platter and interlocks his fingers, leaning forward on the table, holding his gaze-- with intent, Teia might say. "Do you have a goal for your future?"

 There were many. So many.

 Some felt more like daydreams, when he looked at me, but I could formulate a sentence of two. He didn't completely shut my brain off, but it was close.

 "One important one," I remove the rose from behind my ear and look down at it, if today has taught me anything, it's that there is hope in the mystery of the future. I don't think Viago was expecting me to look up at him, because the smugness falls off his face when our eyes meet. "I'd like to see Viago become the Fifth Talon, more than anything else."

 He's the hope I see, at the very least in the future of this household.

 Red cheeks and all.

Chapter 8: Little Bird Hunted

Notes:

Woah, posting 8 hours early? Who is she?
AND I'LL DO IT AGAIN.
I've probably got another chapter in me before bed tonight. Maybe.
This chapter is dedicated to all the baby birds who said Illario maybe has their attention.
And also to the baby birds hope that tension between Juno and Lucanis amounted to something.
I got you, flock.

Peep the art! This piece is so STUNNING, Meg does lighting in art in a way I've never seen anyone else do, nor do I myself have any idea how she does it. Visually STUNNING.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


The way that Illario described this training exercise was a bit like a really intense round of Hide and Go Seek. Except everyone was just looking for 1 person.

 

"This actually comes from your people, Juno," Illario clasps his hands together in front of him, "The elves from the 8th house created this drill, they named it Andruil's Hunt."

 

Man, he doesn't even realize how close to home he's actually hitting.

 

"A lot of the values of the dalish aligned quite well with Crow principals, we even teach the 'Way of Three Trees' in tactical classes."

 

" Vir Tanadhal?" I cant help the shock that falls across my face. Northern Thedas didn't exactly seem like it was all that welcoming to elves, especially those of the Dalish faiths.

 

"Ah, so you do speak the elven language," Illario looks quite pleased with himself, like he uncovered some tasty secret. "I was unsure if you were a city elf or not."

Damn.

 

"My grandmothers on both sides were Dalish," Not a lie, but not getting into my parents. "Moving to the city does not mean you completely abandon your heritage. Plus, I find the elven language to be more romantic, so I like to brush up on it every now and then."

 

"She mumbles dalish curses about wolf dick under her breath quite a bit," Viago purses his lips while looking at me like a disappointed father. What the FUCK Viago? "What? I read, I told you I read. Elven comes up."

 

"I'm sure that has nothing to do with wanting to impress Teia," I throw back, and Viago knocks his arm into me. I shove him back.

 

Don't test me, you slightly taller little shit.

 

"Right, well--" Illario clears his throat, and Viago and I both drop our hands, still glaring at each other from the corners of our eyes. "As I was saying, The Way of Three Trees comes into play, especially within this exercise. First, Way of the Arrow: fly straight and do not waver. Second, Way of the Bow: bend but never break. Third, Way of the Forest: together we are stronger than the one. The drill is called Andruil's Hunt because it's supposed to emulate a team hunting prey, many against one, attacking and herding from all angles. But our prey is not so helpless, you do whatever you need to do to get away-- and we do whatever we need to capture you. Bend, but do not break."

 

Yikes.

 

"We are, of course, restricting the use of poisons," Lucanis raises an eyebrow, keeping an eye on Viago.

 

"How was I supposed to know that half elves and full elves can't candle the same amounts of poison,"  Viago is quick to cross his arms, "Everyone's a damn critic."

 

"It's nothing against you, Viago," Illario adds, "The First Talon household does not use poison in combat practices, that is something the Fifth Talon decided on all by himself."

 

Double yikes.

 

"Once the prey is fully captured, a flare is lit to signal the end of the hunt," Illario reaches into his pocket and retrieves a few small flares, three, to be exact. "Since you were eager to see the First House's... 'league of our own', as you put it, I vote you to be the target of the hunt."

 

Wait.

 

Wait no.

 

No no.

 

"Oho, This just got far more interesting," Viago chuckles, quick to scoop up a flare. "Do we put her on a spit and roast her over a fire after?"

 

"Ha-ha," I say dryly, "Yes Viago, burn the witch, not archaic at all."

 

"No burning anybody," Lucanis flips his flare in his hand a few times, "But you could wager something, if you'd like. Sometimes recruits will bet on one another."

 

"I wouldn't bet on losing dogs," I challenge Viago, and he clicks his tongue, glowering down at me.

 

"Winner gets a wish," Viago leans forward, whispering into my ear, "I'm going to embarrass your soul straight out of your body."

 

"You wouldn't dare," I hiss back.

 

"Someone keeps bringing Teia into this," Viago leans back, holding his arms out, as if to say 'try me, bitch'.

 

"I like the way you think," Illario rests a hand on his chin, his index finger stroking over his lower lip, "But no setting off your flares early-- She has to be thoroughly captured before you set off that flare, and she better still be captured by the time we arrive; you won't get a second flare."

 

"This is sounding more and more dangerous to me," I give a nervous laugh, taking a step back from Viago. "Maybe we should find another exercise--"

 

"Are you frightened, little bird?"

 

His voice sends a jolt of electricity up my spine. Lucanis could switch from a dork rambling about cooking to speaking at me like purrs in a moment's notice. Something about the decibels of his voice always flew straight into my ears.

 

"Well, no, but--"

 

"Afraid to be pinned down?" This time it came from Illario, the look on his face had shifted entirely, his eyes looked almost orange in the right lighting, I had never noticed that about him before. These two, taller than me, looking down the bridge of their noses at me-- that definitely ignited something deep inside me.

 

They wanted prey? Fine.

 

I'd be the toughest hunt they'd ever face.

 

"And what if I don't get captured?" I ask, trying to stand my ground.

 

"You will be captured." They spoke like they carried the same mind, it was eerie. And maybe, just a little, sexy.

 

"I want a head start," God, I sounded so fucking pathetic. "You need to track me, like a real hunt."

 

I watched something in Lucanis shift, his eyes widened, his pupils blown out, his pointed canine teeth coming into view as he smirks, "Deal."

 

I'm not sure I even have the strength in my knees to run.

 

"One minute. Starting now," Illario looks at me expectantly, pulling out a pocket watch from his vest "59, 58, 57..."

 

Shit.

 

I nearly slip as I take off to the house. At the very least, if we start inside, they won't dare be rough enough to damage any of Matteo's possessions.

 

Right?

 

Any means necessary, sure. Okay.

 

So magic, I can use magic.

 

I leave as many magic circles as I can through the foyer and up the stairs, I barrel into Javier's room, making him launch up out of his seat from his desk.

 

"Juno--"

 

"Shh!" I press against the wall, peering over my shoulder out the window that looked over the courtyard. I watch as Illario tucks his watch back in and gives a nod to Viago and Lucanis.

 

"What is happening!?" Javier angrily whispers back, and I feel my pulse sky rocket. Shit, why did I agree to this.

 

"Just stay in here and you wont step in a magic circle, If you go out there you may be stuck until the ice thaws."

 

"ICE?!" I cover Javier's mouth as I hear the main doors basically slam open downstairs. Do I wait and listen, or do I get the fuck out of there?

 

A magic circle audibly erupts into ice.

 

Yeah, get the fuck out of here.

 

I throw open Javier's window and slide through, vaulting myself onto the roof and doing my best to step lightly. I look over the courtyard, no one was visible in the gardens. Perhaps that was my best bet for now, hiding amongst the flowers.

 

I slip down to a balcony, using a trellis to bring me safely to the ground. I hustle to the gardens, obscuring any direct line of sight to me by ducking down beneath a hedge.

 

I'm actually not sure who I'm more afraid of winning, Lucanis because of that look in his eye, or Viago because I know he will hold true to his promise to embarrass my soul out of my body. And also that it will likely involve Lucanis anyways, because Viago and I can read each other like a book.

 

"They forget I have an advantage," I gasp when Viago appears behind me, "Not only do I live under the same roof as you, but I've watched your tactics for weeks now-- I know exactly where you'll run to."

 

He's not close enough to get his hands on me, but he's confident, and I've come to learn that a confident Viago is a difficult one.

 

"Then you also know that I'm willing to do whatever it takes to win,"

 

You see Viago-- I also know you too well, I know what can make you squirm. I know those brotherly instincts better than anyone.

 

"And that shame is a Crow's greatest downfall," I reach up, unclasping a button on my blouse.

 

"What are you doing?" Viago looks down to the button then back up to my face. "Y-you cannot be serious--" Another button. "Juno!" Viago's foot stomps down, and he brings his hand up to cover his eye. "I cannot believe you would STOOP to such LO-"

 

And I'm gone. With one ice spell cast over his shoes, for good measure.

 

Juno 1, Viago 0.

 

I cast a glance back to the garden, just to see Viago remove his hand from his eyes and flail against the ice. The laugh that bubbles out of my throat is halted, abruptly.

 

My entire body collides with a chest, a firm one, and before I can completely recoil, I feel a hand dance up to meet mine, and another land on my waist. I shake my head, looking up to catching an enchanting smile, perfectly pearly white.

 

"Well," Illario casts a glance down to my top, now undone two buttons since last he saw me, "Hello to you too."

 

Was he dancing with me? This felt like dancing.

 

"This doesn't feel much like being captured," I look down to our postures, and Illario steps towards me, my feet natural stepping back, much like we were dancing, indeed.

 

"Would you like for me to capture you?" Illario tilts his head, and I can't tell if his question is genuinely a question or a threat. "I was thinking we could spend some time together."

 

"I'm not inclined to say no to that, but," I laugh, still breathless from my heart pounding in my chest. "This feels a bit like a trap."

 

"Now why would I trap you?" Illario spins us in a circle, his fingers squeezing a little tighter on my hip. My shoulders nearly shake, my body buzzing from the excitement. This Illario was entirely, ENTIRELY different from the Illario I met on the first day. If charming was his original goal, he finally learned to master it. "If I really was so keen on winning, I'd be working with Lucanis and Viago, as the drill intends-- but I have my doubts either of them are trusting enough to risk losing the hunt."

 

"I guess I thought you were only interested in the wish granting," I look over his hand clasping mine, it was warm, and surprisingly soft for a man's hand, though I admittedly had little to go off when it came to men's skin.

 

"Now what would I need a wish for that I couldn't just simply get if I asked?"

 

Confident.

 

I think I like that.

 

"Probably not much," I whisper, and Illario pulls me closer to his body, our hips colliding as he leans me back, dipping my body in a similar way as I had done when dueling with Lucanis. "I'm inclined to give favors, I like seeing them returned in kind." A smirk graces my lips as Illario pulls me back up, his hand sliding up my back from my waist to straighten out my back.

 

"In kind, they shall be," He keeps a hand on my back, reaching into his pocket. "I hope you can forgive me for this then, you see, it's not often I get the opportunity to make Lucanis taste a bitter defeat--"

 

Oh shit. He has the flare.

 

His hand holds firmly on my back, pressing my body firmly into his.

 

"Not that I'm eager to see this moment end," His eyes flicker down to my lips, then back to my eyes. "I'll have to take you dancing some day."

 

The flare is shot up into the sky.

 

I let my guard down WAY too much.

 

I can wriggle against him, but he's got an iron grip on me. I wont get anywhere from trying to shove him back, he's probably got more muscle in his chest than I have in most of my body. I could try the Viago tactic, but something tells me that might have the opposite effect here, and I'd get Illario staring, unblinking, until I'm essentially topless.

 

So, Teia tactic #1: Disarm with touch.

 

"Illario," I clutch my hand into his shirt, down by his waist as it's the only spot I can still reach. "We were having a moment," I chastise, tilting my head up closer to his. "Why spoil it?"

 

I feel his fingers tense on my back.

 

Time for Teia tactic #2: Steal his air.

 

"Sorry to disappoint--" His charm is ripped from his lips, my hand slides just a bit lower, resting firmly on waist where his belt is tucked into the loops on his pants. Just as I had hoped, he's holding his breath.

 

Teia tactic #3: Dip then dip.

 

As I slide lower, his grip on my back loosens, and he lets me sink to my knees, trailing my fingers down his thighs. The dip.

 

Then the dip.

 

"Sorry," I look up at him from my kneeling position, bringing my hands down to the ground and pushing my mana into the earth, ice shooting up to latch onto his feet. "-- to disappoint." I parrot back his own words, raising back up to my feet just out of his reach.

 

"Here I was, thinking we were having a moment as well," Illario sighs, using my own words against me and bringing his hands up to rub over his face. "You best run before Lucanis gets to you, I don't think that would work quite so well on him." Illario groans into his hands, the tips of his ears a bright red.

 

How cute.

 

I can hear footsteps, running, urgently.

 

All I can do is take off in the opposite direction, unsure if Lucanis rounds around the right side of the house before I escape to the left, but I vault myself back through the sitting room window before I have a moment to find out, slamming it shut after. As I reach the hallway, I nearly run by Arlo entirely.

 

"JUNO." His voice is clearly annoyed, and I skid to a stop, holding in a laugh as I see his foot wrapped in melting ice. "Get rid of it. Now."

 

"Yes Arlo," I wave my hand, willing the ice to break into chunks, "My bad." I take off again, leaving an annoyed elder De Riva sitting clueless in the foyer. I make my way back upstairs, choosing to enter my room and ward the door. I don't have quite the same view Javier does from his room, but I can look over the front yard from my balcony, at least.

 

Alright, time to see how much these rogues can see. Matteo might have been able to see through my glimmer spells, but could simple recruits see through magic? To be determined. I put up four walls, giving myself just enough space to rest against the side of the house, covered on every side from the glimmer. If they looked up here, they'd just see the side of the house, no Juno in sight.

 

Maybe I could finally get my heart rate down.

 

What WAS that?

 

I mean, what was THAT?

 

Had Illario been practicing? What happened to 'I don't know how to talk to people' and 'Illario's just an idiot'? That Illario knew EXACTLY what he was doing, and he was good at it. You're telling me this is the same guy who 'lost women's affections' to Lucanis? Surely SOMEONE had to fall for all that?

 

Maker, I nearly did.

 

I bring a hand to my chest, willing my heart to chill out. If that's just playing a game for Illario, it's actually terrifying to think about what sort of wish he'd ask for if he won.

 

I let out a breath I didn't realize I was holding, closing my eyes for a moment. I doubt I'd have long, Viago surely had to have brute forced his way out of the ice spell by now, he probably had chipped away at it with a knife.

 

I really have to stop pissing him off.

 

"You forgot an angle,"

 

Shit. Shit shit shit shit shit--

 

He's nowhere in my line of sight, Every angle of me is covered, and there's no one to any side-- HOW did Lucanis find me? I can't even find him!

 

"To the skies, little bird." He chuckles, and when I look up, Lucanis is crouched on the rooftop above me. "Clever," He drops down into my space, looking around at the walls place up. "Probably would've worked if you thought more like a crow."

 

"Typical Lucanis," I shake my head, "Attacking from the skies."

 

He steps towards me, and I feel my heart leap to my throat.

 

"Wait!" I put my hands up as he continues to step to me, "I-I-I have something for you! I bought it for you," This has him halt in his tracks, and I take a sharp breath as I reach into my pouch, careful not to move too suddenly lest he think I'm going to attack him "I bought it at the night market last night... It made me think of you."

 

I pull the small bag of chocolate covered espresso beans from my pouch, holding it in my outstretched hand as I close the distance between us slowly. He looks down at the bag, back up to my eyes, before reaching out and taking the bag, looking over the confections.

 

"You bought this... for me?"

 

"Yeah," I take a small step back, nervously fiddling with the bracelet on my wrist. "I mean, i-it's no knife, but..."

 

Shit, why did I mention the knife? Idiot.

 

His face pales, as he recognizes that I knew about the knife he gave to Viago. And then, all at once, color returns, and then flushes over his face until its burning. I can practically feel it burning. Or is that my face?

 

Yeah that. That was an interesting choice of words, Juno.

 

"S-sorry was that? That... that was weird," I tuck my hair behind my ear, suddenly unable to look at Lucanis altogether. "I just... was thinking about you, when I saw them."

 

Yeah, still not nailing it, Juno. Maybe work on that.

 

"You were thinking of me?"

 

Could I get away? Maybe.

 

Did I want to? Not really.

 

"Seems to keep happening," I blurt out, "Frequently."

 

Oh my GODS, shut up.

 

His footsteps aren't light anymore, I can hear them when he approaches me, and they come into my field of view as I continue to look at the balcony floor, way too nervous to meet his eyes.

 

Literally everything Teia ever taught me about being alluring has been erased from my mind. The moment I'm faced with something infinitely more beautiful than me, I crumble. I fold like paper crafts.

 

"I was under the impression," He starts, leaning over me, my back falling hard into the wall to get away from him, and suddenly I can't look at the ground anymore. One arm cages me against the wall, "That perhaps Illario had your favor, seeing as you wrote to him to call us over--"

 

"Illario wrote to me first," My mouth is eager to defend, perhaps too eager. "He apologized to me. I was just trying to let him see that we were fine I---"

 

I see. This is what Javier meant when he said that it was possible to take the air from someone else's lungs.

 

Lucanis' eyes read completely different now. He no longer looked like a wild dog chasing after a rabbit. His eyes were softened, almost hurt.

 

I wanted to hurt myself for making him look at me like this.

 

"I didn't want you both to stop coming over. So I wrote back." I swallow, it's audible. My chest is hot. My back is hot. I think my palms are sweating. How can he look so wounded and yet so beautiful? "I didn't... buy Illario a gift."

 

"Good, that's--" Lucanis' breath is sharp, it's the first time I really hear him waver, like all the confidence left his body, "Good." He looks down at the small bag in his hands, a smile twitching onto his lips, "I do love espresso," He removes his hand from the wall behind me to gently open the bag to pull out a candy, "Though, to be honest, chocolate just makes me think of you now."

 

Oh.

 

Lucanis' face shifts again, and he leans back into my face. Was he going to kiss me? This felt a little like he might kiss me.

 

"Thank you, for the gift," He reaches his hand up, and I think for sure I might faint as he brushes a finger over my lips, "I'll be sure to think of you, when I enjoy them later."

 

He presses his thumb down, pushing open my lips as his other hand reaches up to my face, pressing into my mouth.

 

An espresso bean.

 

As his hand retreats, leaving the chocolate on my tongue, he brushes his thumb over my lip again, and I lose all strength in me, crumbling to my knees.

 

"Stay there, little bird, I have a hunt to win." Lucanis puts a hand on my head, cementing me onto my knees, before releasing his flare into the air.

 

I don't even have the strength to run away.

 

Brain fried.

 

My glimmers fail around us one by one, just as Viago rounds the corner below to see us up on the corner of the balcony. "Dammit!" He puts his hands on his hips, tapping his foot impatiently, I notice he's missing a boot.

 

"Bested again," Illario hangs his head and chuckles after he looks up at the balcony, "Now if you don't mind Juno, could you please unfreeze my shoes? It's undignified to walk around in socks like this."

 

Can I even stand?

 

"Come," Lucanis holds his hand out to me, which I feel will just land me in another Dellamorte trap, but I take it anyways.

 

I think I'll always choose the trap.

 

"I'll save my wish for another time," Lucanis says quietly, brushing off any dirt on my legs that gathered when I collapsed. "You look a bit overstimulated, perhaps it is best to go sit down." Lucanis looks me over before bringing his hands up, buttoning up the undone portion of my blouse, his fingers lingering just a moment longer than necessary. "Good job, little bird. You outsmarted at least two of us." His hand wraps around me, using my back to guide me back inside my room.

 

"Juno?" I hear a voice call from the open balcony door, "My shoes?"

 

Lucanis lets out something between a mumble and a groan, something about Illario and being insufferable. He rolls his head back, a few cracks coming from his neck.

 

"I'll get his damn shoes," Lucanis looks to me, choosing to guide me over to my bed and placing a hand on my shoulder to push me to sit down. I was still putty in his hands. "Perhaps the next time you feel like inviting me over," Lucanis drops down, crouching at my knees. "You send your letters to me." He reaches into his pocket, pulling the bag of espresso beans out and popping one into his mouth. "I'll be waiting."

 

And just as fast as he pounced from the rooftop, he was gone.

 

And I rushed to my vanity to retrieve a quill.

 

Dear Teia,

 

I am in urgent need of instruction, please come over at your earliest convenience to help me.

 

I cannot ask this of anyone else.

 

I have been bested.

 

Regards,

 

Juno

 

PS: Please bring wine. Perhaps something stronger.

 

Chapter 9: Little Bird Needs Advice

Notes:

Listen, if you aren't into Teia, that's YOUR loss, because she is S O F I N E.
Time for Dad and Mom to finally get it together.
Or, get together, really.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Juno,

 

I'm not mad at you. I can practically see the tear stains on your letter, relax.

 

I just care too much about you to see you enduring abuse when there's no need to, but if the Fifth Talon's house is where you want to be, then I wont take you from that. Please just be more careful, and never forget you are living under the roof of an infamous trained assassin, you cannot be letting your guard down, certainly not enough to let them strike you.

 

Your papa didn't call you his little princess for your entire youth for you to be treated like trash by anybody, let alone a band of murderers.

 

Mother has sent along some dried elfroot, much to your delight I'm sure. If it's not still wrapped up in the paper, I expect your messenger crow ate it. He's a glutton.

 

Do you need anything? Mother is insisting I ask, shes also wondering if you've been working on your arcane talents. She says to expect packages in the mail, and says if they're returned she'll turn that estate to rubble.

 

I guess make sure you're able to take deliveries from actual carriers, I don't know how much she's sending, but she's been looking over her closet for the past hour.

 

I prefer not to think of you dressed in my mother's clothes. Ugh.

 

Eagerly awaiting your reply,

 

Ran.

 

When the door swings open I breathe a sigh of relief "Thank the maker you're here, Teia. I have had quite the day--"

 

Viago stands in the doorway, a small chest in his hands. He raises his eyebrows in surprise and clears his throat, trying to play it cool as he brings the chest over to the dresser by my window, "Teia is coming over, then?"

 

"Yes," I say, trying to imply from my tone that he was NOT invited to that conversation.

 

"What-uhhh. What for?" He places a hand behind him to lean on the dresser, nearly missing and falling forward. Smooth.

 

"We need to talk." I answer, not willing to dive into this with Viago.

 

"About what?"

 

God dammit, Viago.

 

"Romance."

 

The silence hangs in the air, and Viago gives a shrug, once again trying to play cool and casual.

 

"You're not invited, Viago."

 

"Why!?" He pipes up, facade instantly dropped. "I know romance! I am great at romance."

 

Another silence lingers between us, Viago eventually folds.

 

"Okay, yeah, I didn't believe that either," He runs a hand through his hair. "Fine, whatever, have your little girl talk-- that's not what I came here for anyways," Viago points a thumb at the chest he has placed down on my dresser. "I think I've come up with a solution to your letter problem."

 

I rise from my vanity, meeting Viago at the dresser by the window. An ornate wooden chest, not too large, maybe about as long as my forearm, decorated with intricate silver embellishments sits atop my dresser.

 

"It's a rogue trap," Viago explains, twisting a key into the lock on the front. "If you do not reach in and disarm it immediately," Viago flips a small switch hidden up behind the lock, "It will release a poison cloud to the person snooping around."

 

I look up at Viago, once again touched by his kindness. He made me a chest to keep my letters in?

 

"You, well, you seemed pretty upset about having to throw out your letters," Viago pulls himself over to the vanity to hide his embarrassment, fetching the newest letter off my vanity. He places it inside the chest, turning the key and quickly handing it to me. "Now you don't need to. That poison is one of my own creations, a heavy paralytic that will leave them down for hours. No one has been building immunity to this, it's from a brand new strain of nettle crossbred in the greenhouse."

 

I'm not sure what to do besides smile at him. Does he plan to be this wonderful, or does it come naturally to him? Does he know that for as much as we fight, I would fight the world for him if he asked me to?

 

"I mean, you could say something. Anything, at this point." Viago actually looks like he might be afraid to hear what I have to say.

 

"This," I tap the top of the chest, "Is the most considerate gift I have ever received," Viago looks to the brooch on the collar of my shirt, giving a nod and straightening out his posture before looking over at the chest again. Was he jealous that Javier had gotten me a present? "Thank you, Viago."

 

"Yes--"

 

Viago is once again caught off guard as I wrap my arms around him, nobody's hugs were quite as meaningful as Viago's. Maybe it's because he gives so little approval about all my actions, that it makes the happy moments better.

 

What was the saying? You have to taste the salt to love the sweet?

 

"You're welcome," He settles on, bringing his arms up around mine, cradling my head into his shoulder. "I told you, I will protect you." He sighs as he rubs an arm over my back with his other hand. "Must you be inquiring about romance? After Matteo directly threatened you for getting involved with the First Talon house?"

 

I pull away from his shoulder, not entirely, still resting my hands on his waist as I may want to go back for another hug.

 

Don't judge me, I'm fatherless right now. This is the most tame of my fatherless behavior.

 

"I'm not making moves, Viago," I frown, "It's the opposite, actually... I think it might be a weakness, I won't be able to hold my ground if this keeps up."

 

"You're trying to figure out how to, what, turn down advances?" His brow furrows, blue eyes flicking over mine as he waited for my response.

 

"More or less," I sigh, falling back onto his shoulder, defeated entirely. "I'm not sure I'll have the will power to turn them down if they try anything. Lucanis at leasts knows that Matteo has threatened me--"

 

"You told Lucanis about that? What else did you tell him?" His hands plant firmly on my shoulders and I roll my eyes as he peels me off his shoulder.

 

"Nothing-" I hiss, "I had questions, he answered them. He didn't ask me anything, he doesn't know anything about me. He even said he has no allegience to Matteo. I trust him--"

 

"Perhaps you're a bit too trusting, Juno." Viago let his hands slide down, clasping mine in his. "Please, for your sake, do not let anything slip about your family. Even if Lucanis is forgiving of you, Caterina may not be. And what Caterina says, goes."

 

Right.

 

I mean, he didn't have to say that-- I knew. I wasn't exactly jumping at the opportunity to spill my guts. Quite the opposite in fact, but clearly, there is something about Lucanis Dellamorte that makes me spit out uncensored truths. That's what I'm trying to fix.

 

"Am I interrupting?"

 

"Mythal'enaste! Teia!" I swat Viago's hands away, "You scared me." She looks from Viago, to me, before raising a bottle of brandy in her hand.

 

"Heard you needed a stiff drink and a teacher?"

 

"Fetch us glasses and I'll let you stay," I tap the back of my hand into Viago's chest, who has been completely absorbed in staring at Teia until that very moment.

 

"Glasses, it is."

 

The two maintain a prolonged stare up until Viago walks past, only he cranes his head around to watch her as he leaves the room.

 

"Please, you're welcome to sit anywhere," I take a seat on my bed, putting my head in my hands. "You are correct, I need help. Big time."

 

"I have Antivan spiced brandy and two ears for listening," She chuckles, taking a seat on my bed beside me and placing the bottle atop my night stand. "You look like you've been dragged through the ringer."

 

"I folded like my spine was made of parchment, Teia," I groaned, hearing Viago practically vaulting back up the steps. "I not only embarassed myself, I basically cemented myself as unable to resist his charms and now I'm doomed for a lifetime of this--"

 

"Whose charms?" Teia smirks, but I think she knows quite well who.

 

"Lucanis," comes Viago's voice from the door, shutting it behind him with his foot. He drags the chair over from my vanity to the edge of my bed to join in the conversation.

 

"And maybe also Illario?" I wince, "No, that's undetermined. I got away from him, I could not, however, escape Lucanis once he had me cornered."

 

Teia gives a small nod, quick to uncap the brandy and pour all three of us a glass.

 

"And this is a bad thing, in your eyes?" She jokes, and I look up at Viago, begging for permission. He rolls his eyes but nods at me anyways.

 

"Matteo has expressed, in many ways, that I am not to get involved with the Dellamorte boys."

 

"Not sure how that's any of his business," Teia hands me a glass and takes a sip from her, swirling it around in the short cup. "But I'll bite-- So you're looking to comply with that? To be able to resist Lucanis, and apparently Illario, so that you don't get in trouble?"

 

Well. Yeah, but I don't know why you say it like it's easy.

 

"I may regret hanging around for this conversation," Viago comments, drinking half his glass of brandy in one sip.

 

"Yes-- Ideally, I am able to stand my ground enough to not ... Fall for them, in any capacity." I feel my cheeks burning, and I join the other two in sipping on the spiced brandy. If I recall correctly, this was Papa's favorite drink.

 

It burned, but-- It was good. Like the way sunburns keep you warm as you fall asleep.

 

I see why Papa likes this.

 

"Well, the answer is simple then," Teia refills Viago's cup with a smile, holding him captive with her eyes as she speaks. "Just make them want you more than they can make you want them."

 

And I'd argue with her on that one-- but then I see how Viago is staring at her, completely frozen in her gaze to the point he doesn't even realize she's finished pouring his drink, and I realize she's probably the one person on this planet whose advice I need to follow without question.

 

Teia truly was the expert.

 

"Once you know you have them cornered, their attempts are futile," Teia knocks back the rest of her drink, nodding towards mine. "Catch up, little bird." I comply, throwing the drink back instantly. How did she even have that effect on me? Maker. "When you hold all the power, they have no room to steal you away." She gives me a knowing look before flicking her gaze back to Viago, "Hey," she says, coolly.

 

"What?" Viago blinks a few times, still stuck in a daze.

 

"Drink up." She pushes his glass at him with one finger, an amused brow raised.

 

And yeah, he just does it-- because who fucking wouldn't? Teia oozes.. everything. Charisma. Charm. Beauty.

 

Power.

 

She lets her eyes fall back to me, finally leaning away from Viago, something she had done so subtly I hadn't even noticed it happened until now.

 

"You asked the right person, Juno," She fills my cup one more time before placing the cup back on my nightstand. "The good news is that I've spent enough time with those two to understand what things make them weak-- and I imagine by now, you've noticed some things as well."

 

I go to say no, but find myself tilting my head instead. She wasn't wrong, they practically fed me answers earlier. "Actually, I have a few things," I lead, and she gives me an encouraging nod. "Lucanis, he's interested in cooking. Illario, in painting. Scents on the skin; wildflowers, moss, rainstorms, citrus fruits, chocolates," I think back to the events of the day, "One prefers overly soft, sweet gestures. The other?" Well, "Turns to putty in my hand if I take the lead."

 

Teia leans back against my bed frame, an approving smirk on her lips, "And they say intel isn't an important part of seduction-- They go hand in hand, Juno. If you know your target well, they'll never have the upper hand on you." Teia licks her lips before placing her glass down, putting a hand on Viago's knee. "Viago dear, what's in that locked box over there?" Teia nods her head in the direction of the ornate chest on my dresser by the window.

 

"Letters," He answers, only snapping out of her spell momentarily to shoot me an apologetic look, "Probably. I think."

 

Yeah, not helping, you fucking bone head.

 

Teia raises an eyebrow, looking over to me.

 

"It's a long story-- Just don't want people snooping around." It's all I'm going to offer her, unlike Viago, I'm not completely helpless to her beauty.

 

"Well, if writing is your persuasion, maybe you should be using that too," Teia brings her hand up off Viago's knee and rests it on the arm that's holding up her glass. "If Matteo can't get his hands on your correspondence, and you want to maintain the alluring upper hand, start writing them. Men eat up pretty letters, smelling of perfume and making sweet empty promises. It's like a moth to a flame."

 

I give a small nod, looking over to my vanity. It's not like I wasn't going to try writing to them anyways, but she made a great point about the perfumes... Perhaps, I'd need to use some space in Viago's lab afterall.

 

"And," Teia wiggles her eyebrows, "If all else fails, we just work together to sneak you out for fun little rendezvous. Matteo doesn't have to ruin ALL your fun, you know?"

 

"I'll hold you to that," I say with a laugh, "I will try my best, though."

 

"Worst thing that could happen is you fall in love," Teia nudges me with her foot, "But I guarantee they'll be just as into you as you are to them. Just don't invite them over-- let them come to you. Leave them waiting, it works far better."

 

Yeah, I can see that. Viago is practically begging for scraps at her door.

 

Who's a stray now, Via-gatto?

 

"One more thing, let me see that cosmetics tray I gave you?" Teia sits up a little, and I retreat to my vanity to collect the small silver box. "This is something I learned from someone from Val-Royeux," She swipes her pinky into some silvery glitter, reaching up to her face and tapping her finger to the center of my lower lid, and then once to the corner. "It makes your eyes catch the light more, makes you look more innocent. They'll eat that up."

 

She lowers her hand, and I take the box as she hands it to me, looking back to my vanity mirror. In the lantern lights, my eyes did indeed catch the light more, almost glowing a bright leafy green in the orange lights. You'd think my eyes were filled with tears with how bright they looked.

 

"The more you learn, the more in control you can be," Teia finishes another glass of brandy, running circles around Viago and I, "And if you panic, you contact me. Sound good?"

 

"Sounds great," I respond, raising my glass in cheers before putting back another cup. "Thank you Teia, I feel better already."

 

"That's the brandy," She responds, but the twinkle in her eyes tells me she thoroughly enjoyed the conversation. "But always happy to help." She adds, "Now then, up for a drinking game?"

 

"--Yes," Viago chokes out. God, he had it BAD for her.

 

"Sure," I chuckle, bringing a hand to my cheek and finally feeling just how HOT I was burning.

 

"Loser makes breakfast," Teia leans forward, "Winner gets... a kiss."

 

Oh, I was winning this just to spite Viago. From the look in Teia's eyes, she was counting on him losing as well.

 

"Answer the question, or drink, first to three drinks loses." 

 

"More questions?" Viago groans, I shake my head at Teia.

 

"Ignore him,  he's a man of few words."

 

"Alright then," Teia grabs her cup, making sure everyone is topped off before beginning, "You two, drink or answer: which Dellamorte do you like more; Lucanis or Illario?"

 

"Easy," Viago snorts, "Illario is less mouthy."

 

Yeah, easy for you maybe, you weren't slow dancing with one and getting your lips pet by another.

 

Do I drink? Can I even decide on an answer for her?

 

I suppose the answer remains the same as it always has been.

 

"Lucanis," I answer, watching Viago roll his eyes beside me.

 

"Intriguing!" Teia responds. "Then I'll hand the mantle over to you, Juno, ask away."

 

You know, Viago, you owe me. I'm deciding to be a saint today and help you out.

 

"Are you interested in someone?" I focus mostly on Teia, because I know Viago's answer, and I know that he's hoping to find out the exact same thing. I can't tell if it's an elaborate game of cat and mouse for Teia, or if she just loves watching Viago trip over her own words, but she gives me an earnest smile before pulling her glass to her lips and taking a sip.

 

Damn.

 

But when I look at Viago, he's completely captivated. He looked at her like she had just presented him the world, like she was the only key to happiness in his life.

 

Viago sips his drink immediately after.

 

I'm going to have to observe myself in the mirror to make sure I don't look as down bad as he does constantly.

 

"Then it's Viago's turn," I tip my glass to him, and he seems to sit back in his chair and think for a moment.

 

Eventually, he settles on asking, "What's your ideal night out?"

 

Unexpected, almost innocent, was he trying to learn Teia's preferences?

 

Teia looks at her glass, thinking for a moment, before deciding against drinking a second time. "I like a low lit restaurant, maybe live musicians playing, expensive drinks and good food. Maybe there's dancing, maybe we stay out late. Maybe we stop in the shadows on the way at home to share a kiss," Teia pulls her lower lip under her teeth. "Does that qualify?"

 

"Y-yeah, that's about right," Viago answers, and I think for a moment he wont even look to me for an answer, but much to my surprise, they both look to me at the same time.

 

Guess I had to follow that up.

 

"Maybe," I take a deep breath, "A picnic somewhere, a secluded area on a beach or a lake, somewhere you can see the fireflies at night. There's fruits and chocolate, wine and cheese," I close my eyes, practically living in the moment I'm describing. "If it's too hot, we can cool off in the lake. Little touches, the light bounces off the ripple of the water. Every word a whisper, every touch a promise."

 

Their stunned silence is palpable.

 

I should've just drank.

 

"I think that sounds lovely," Teia smiles as me, "Back to me then?" Teia taps her chin thoughtfully. "How's this: What's your favorite trait in a partner?"

 

My mind immediately wanders to the shifting personality of Lucanis, how one moment he's confident and forward but just out of reach, and the next he can be looking at me like a wounded animal, like I held him entirely captive. Knowing that he can both leave me breathless and all be molded to my will, something about that made me incredibly heated.

 

And I wasn't about to say that. That was was a one way ticket to outing myself as an absolute freak.

 

So I drank.

 

And so did Viago.

 

He had the golden opportunity to lay it on thick, and he pussied out. Astonishing.

 

"You know, Juno." Teia takes a sip of her drink anyways, and I'm beginning to think she brought alcohol over here more for her than for me. "When someone is making a pass at you, generally, they're acting in the way that they think is most attractive-- So if you can flip it on it's head, give it right back, more than likely, they'll eat it up."

 

I ponder that thought for a moment, and tuck it into a metaphorical pocket for later, with the rest of her absolutely solid advice, "My turn," Man, do I throw Viago another bone or is he just going to keep fumbling? "Do you prefer your partners taller, same height, or a bit shorter?"

 

Teia looks down at her cup, shrugging and tossing back the glass, once again refusing an answer.

 

Guess I wouldn't be getting any interesting answers from her.

 

"Viago?" I ask, not letting a silence linger from her non-answer.

 

"I think," Oh thank god, he's actually going to answer. "I speak for most men when I say we prefer a woman just a bit shorter, just not so short I cannot kiss them."

 

"You can kiss anyone if you try hard enough," Teia counters, "Besides, shorter partners just mean they have easier access to kiss other places."

 

PHEW, VIAGO, what are you gonna do about THAT one?

 

If my entire body wasn't on fire before, it certainly was now. Teia certainly has a perspective I can't even BEGIN to relate to...

 

yet.

 

"It's your turn, Viago." Teia teases, and Viago gives a slow shake of his head, accepting that he is so royally screwed.

 

"What's your favorite flower?"

 

WHAT? Come ON, man, read the room!

 

"Easy," Teia chuckles "Who doesn't love roses? The symbol of romance! And expensive, so you know that you're worth it to them."

 

"And you, Juno?" Viago asks, rolling his head to me lazily. Oh man, the liquor was getting to him.

 

"Statice flowers," The memory flashed through me, sitting in grassy fields with Kieran, picking out wild flowers to make bouquets almost to big for our tiny hands, eager to bring them home to our mothers. "They're a wildflower, they aren't sold by florists very often, but getting a bouquet of them means that someone went out to hand pick them for you. I think there's something endearing in that."

 

"Aww," Teia coos, patting my leg, "Look at you, softie."

 

"I'm not the one asking people what their favorite flower is."

 

Teia's nose scrunches as she flashes Viago a smile, "I think it's sweet, he's being gentle." She lifts her hand and brushes her curls off her cheeks. "What's a non-negotiable in a partner?" Teia looks to Viago first, who is relieved to see some of the tension between them has now settled.

 

"I don't have many things I need from a partner... but I suppose, honesty?" Viago gives a nod at his answer, proud of that one.

 

Dork.

 

Teia's eyes have a twinkle in them that's unmistakable. I had only had an inkling before, but I wasn't sure if maybe she really liked toying with him-- But it's obvious now. She likes him. A lot. "Let me guess, Juno, they need to play along with your jokes?" Teia quips, "Has to be good at teasing?"

 

"No," I clutch my hands around my glass, "They just need to get along with Viago, and Javie, and Arlo, for that matter."

 

Teia brings a hand to her chest, sticking out her bottom lip.

 

"You are so adorable," She coos. "I'm going to keep you forever."

 

I mean, yeah, that's fine too.

 

Now then, time to end these two in one question.

 

"Have you ever had sex?"

 

Viago practically knocks his glass into his teeth as he rears his head back, finishing off his drink in one go. Teia snorts at this, but gives me a knowing look while choosing to follow Viago's lead.

 

"I believe," I place my drink down on my nightstand. "That means I won, and both of you lost."

 

"I didn't expect two of us to lose, me especially," Teia places her glass down as well, "Where would you like to be kissed, champion?"

 

"Well," I start, enjoying the panicked look on Viago's face as he realizes his haste made him miss out. Damn, he'd owe me for this. "Given that the both of you lost, I'd say that means you both need to kiss, and you both need to make me breakfast in the morning."

 

"You clever girl," Teia smirks, "Alright then, I'd say this evening was a success. Viago, will you see me to the guest room?"

 

"Yeah loser," I tease, waving my hand to dismiss him, "Take the other loser to the guest room and get some rest. You'll need to wake up bright and early to make me breakfast."

 

"Goodnight." Teia is first to head out my bedroom door, and Viago takes his time pushing my chair back over to the vanity. Once Teia is safely around the corner, Viago slides to his knees in front of me.

 

"I take back every cruel thing I have ever said to you--"

 

"Shut up and go before she changes her mind!" I snort, pushing on his shoulder. Viago kisses both my hands before jumping back up and taking off out the door. As it shuts behind them, I let out my giggles and fall back onto my bed.

 

I hope that works out, for Viago's sake, poor guy is so smitten I don't think he'll ever be able to pull himself out of it.

 

I close my eyes, my head still buzzing from the alcohol in my blood.

 

Make them want me more than I want them, huh?

 

Great idea, in theory.

 

Could I pull that off, though?

 

I guess it starts with a letter.

 

And some perfumes.

Chapter 10: Little Bird On The Chessboard

Notes:

Hey listen.
Comment on this one.
I want to know what you think about THIS CHAPTER SPECIFICALLY.
Because honestly, I sort of blew my own mind.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Lucanis,

 

After yesterday, I was unsure what I wanted to write to you, just that I wanted to.

 

I had let that chocolate melt on my tongue entirely, a bitter end following the sweetest taste. You had told me that chocolate makes you think of me now, and I purchased those espresso beans because coffee made me think of you; the way your lashes rest on your cheeks after you take a sip, like the world slows to a stop around you. Coffee sends me right back to that image every time.

 

So, I suppose that chocolate covered espresso beans are the perfect symbol of us, the sweetness of a moment followed with the bitter taste of it's end.

 

It's been a full day now, and I've let other things grace my lips since, but the taste of coffee still lingers, begging for sweetness once again.

 

No amount of brandy can make my thoughts stray from that.

 

I look forward to seeing you again,

 

Juno

 

 

Was it the hangover that made sending this letter make me feel like I might hurl, or the nerves of knowing every single word I wrote was the complete truth?

 

Would I be able to calm my nerves while I waited anxiously for a reply? Would I even get a reply? I had no complete guarantee that Lucanis was actually interested in speaking in such a manner with me, just an inkling, just a small feeling-- but to me, it felt like every moment we connected, every moment our eyes met, and every time our skin touched-- that there was something deep inside me, jolting and sparking under my skin and trying to connect with him.

 

Maybe that could boil down to it being a new feeling, maybe I could pin it on the fact that I've little to no experience with men at all, but I know there's an obvious, tangible difference in the feelings that I get from Lucanis than I have ever gotten from anyone else. Kieran didn't make me feel like magic swirled and twisted around my insides, Viago had the most stunning eyes I'd ever seen and I'd still argue that they could be eclipsed in an instant by the beauty in the softness of Lucanis' gaze. Illario arguably had the most perfect teeth, straight and white and shiny like jewels, like he was chiseled out of the marble-- Lucanis? His cuspids sank just every so slightly lower than the rest of his teeth, like a predator, like he could sink them into my skin and take the soul right out of me-- it made every smile a grip around my throat, holding me in place to drink every second of him in.

 

So truly, I do not think my interest in Lucanis is simply from 'finally feeling something for somebody', or the excitement of the possibility that they may feel the same. I think there is some part of me, perhaps my soul itself, that would find him in every lifetime and fall for him all the same.

 

And yet to fall for him would also mean to expose a vulnerable piece of my heart for Matteo to exploit and ruin me with. So that piece in my soul, it must be pushed down, as much as I can, so that it can never be used against me.

 

It just feels like, in a way, trying to push harder into these feelings and overact on them just winds up showing more of me, making myself even more vulnerable-- But only to Lucanis.

 

With Illario, I'd be playing a role of someone who was forward, who took brazen steps and actions and spoke only with confidence. That person was not who I truly was.

 

But with Lucanis, I was laying everything bare, because that seems to suit his tastes. The most responses I ever got from him were when I was speaking from the heart.

 

That's scary. Endearing. Alluring.

 

And perhaps, everything.

 

At the end of this, who will I be? And, if the worst comes, as Teia warned it might, and I fall absolutely in love-- will that be my downfall? Will Matteo kick me out? Kill me? Tell the First Talon my true identity? Will I die at Lucanis' hands?

 

Would that be the worst death, if so?

 

When even death by his blades sounds sweet, does that mean it's already too late for me?

 

"Juno,"

 

When did my face find this pillow? When did I step away from the window, stop my pacing, and fall onto my bed? Was it reminiscing about our skin touching, or fantasizing about the ways Lucanis would be some angel here to grant me the sweet release of death?

 

"I have an omelet for my favorite sibling." It came out like a song from his lips.

 

Viago's always had quite a way with bringing my heart back down to earth and my head out of the clouds. Simply amazing how one day you can be a demon, and the next you are somebody's favorite sibling.

 

"And coffee, every breakfast needs coffee."

 

Gods, not coffee. Anything but that right now.

 

"Thank you, Viago," I pull the pillow from my face to see Viago, quite the pep in his step, placing a plate and fork on my night stand. "I take it last night went well?"

 

He clicks his tongue at me, but is grinning all the same, "That is none of your business," He turns slowly on his heel, before tipping his head back, "It didn't go... horribly, if you must know."

 

"Hey, that's unexpected for you, nice job, Viago."

 

He shakes his head before heading towards the door, "Letting that one slide, I'm in a good mood."

 

"Oh, that means it went very well," I reach for the coffee cup anyways, despite knowing exactly where my head will drift to. "Happy for you, my favorite sibling."

 

There was only 2 full days left of this being a Matteo and Leo free sanctuary. Any joy I found in these small moments had to be enough to carry me through, because the deeper I go into crow training, the more painful it will become. I'm not blind to the truth, I know what they do to crow recruits, I know that they're subjected to torture early, as to not spill secrets by the time they're sworn in. I also know the torture they're put through goes beyond just physical pain. This isn't just raising children to become soldiers, this is raising children to become assassins. No action is made based on emotions, no words are said unnecessarily and your life is not yours until you are able to truly prove yourself in the ranks.

 

Attachments are never recommended, yet here I am, forming them left and right.

 

"Oh good, he brought you breakfast in bed," I hear Teia chuckle from my doorway, her voice low and just free from the edges of sleep.

 

"You don't sound like you got up to help him make it," I joke, earning a small shrug from Teia.

 

"I asked him very nicely to make breakfast, I think he may have forgotten we were supposed to do it together," Teia runs a hand through her dark curls. "He just got up so damn early to send a letter, there was no way I was I was joining him." She stretches her arms up over her head, a whine tumbling from her lips.

 

"Viago sent someone a letter?" I take a bite of my omelet, pleasantly surprised with how decent of a meal it turned out to be. "To whom?"

 

And how, dear Andarateia, do you know what time Viago woke up?

 

"No clue," Teia drops her hands, tapping her fingers on the doorframe, "Just saw him send off the bird before I went back to sleep." Teia eyes over my plate before giving me a small smirk. "You think he's making more down there?"

 

"Please, Viago is a gentleman, he'll bring you breakfast in bed if you wait up here."

 

Teia  waves her hand at me, "I've got places to be today, I'll take breakfast downstairs then head home." She dips around the corner just as suddenly as she had appeared, leaving me to finish my breakfast.

 

I decide to flip through the textbook Matteo had delivered to me, because something tells me that if he questions me on it and I can't answer something, I'll be in for a world of hurt.

 

There were the basics, most of which I already knew, but then there was more detail, some things that changed my perspective of what a future here looked like.

 

1. Crows adhere to one overarching standard: contracts are met and agreements are kept.

 

2. Failure to complete a contract means the life of the operative is also forfeit. Which is just fancy words for saying what I had heard so much already, "Do or Die."

 

3. The reputation of the crows is what protects most nations from outright attacking Antiva, so maintaining this power is vital.

 

4. Contracts are typically assigned to 1 person, but they may lead others in a party or rely on intel from subordinates they select for the mission. Despite rankings, the crow who holds contract is in charge until the contract is fulfilled.

 

5. Subordinates act only by order of the Crow fulfilling the contract when on mission, and by the Guildmasters and Talon when not. To stray from their orders is a deliberate act of disrespect.

 

6. Crow rankings can be broken down into 4 titles; Talon, Guildmaster, Master and Assassin.

 

7. It is typical that Guildmasters and Masters handle accepting most contracts for members, however there are rare occasions where Assassins may pick their own contracts. This is typically seen when a Crow is first sworn in, or when they are selected for promotion.

 

8. Antivan Crows who are selected to succeed a Talon are given a ceremonial dagger from the Guildmaster and sent to assassinate a target using that dagger, and that dagger alone. The greater the risk, the greater the good omen for the Talon's future.

 

It's a lot to stomach, but it put a lot of things in perspective, like Leonardo. He expected to succeed Matteo as Fifth Talon, but to speak out against him once Viago was brought to the estate was an intense form of disrespect to the Talon. Maintaining power is important, so it's likely Matteo acts in his own best interests to remain an imposing figure within Treviso. Leonardo would likely do anything to hold his father's favor, which meant taking a contract at 17, killing someone of his own choosing, and taking his oath which essentially hands his life over to Matteo until he is renown enough to stand on his own, and even then, it was unlikely he would become Fifth Talon. Most of the house seems to lack respect for Leo, and it does not seem like anyone would follow his orders, so I don't believe that makes him a guildmaster or a master within the hierarchy of the crows. Leo is still just a basic assassin, but one that has killed people, and would likely do it again without hesitation.

 

And if he did move up in ranking, I would likely be under his orders on any future contracts, whether I was an assassin under his charge, or running intel to his crew -- The inevitable fact is I would likely have to one day work under him, and to disobey him would be to challenge his direction and disrespect him openly.

 

There's no explanation on what would happen to the offender in that instance, but I imagine someone winds up with a dagger in their side.

 

Then there was the oath and ceremony. Matteo wasn't entirely wrong describing it as 'giving your life to your Talon'. When you took your oath, it was a large ceremony with most houses in attendance, in which you, potentially along with several other recruits, kneeled before your talon and pledged to follow their orders unwaveringly and explicitly. To even get to the point where you can make your oath, you must complete your very first contract-- you must assassinate a target. When you kneel before your Talon, you are expected to present a token as proof of your completed contract. There's no defining factor on what this token can be, it just needs to be recognizable as a symbol to the Talon that the job is done. For some, this was high value goods taken from assassinated Magister's homes, others presented stolen documentation such as land deeds or merchant contracts, and for some, they delivered bloodied heads, hearts and hands on platters.

 

This means that in less than a month's time, Javier is expected to select a target from the offered contracts, assassinate them, collect a token as proof of the murder, and present it to Matteo at a ceremony where he hands his life over to his father and vows to be loyal to his word. All this, and he was only 20. All this, and Leo did it at 17. How does anyone come back from that? How do you not lose yourself to what you've done? Was this was true training from the crows did to you? Desensitized you to death?

 

It made my hands feel numb.

 

Sure, there were people in this world who were deserving of death. People who sought out children, slaves, women-- people who beat them, who tortured them. People who harmed animals, who desecrated sacred lands, who were openly hateful to those of different races, religions and sexualities. I could name people without hesitation who deserved to die.

 

But could it ever be by my own hand?

 

And what about the ones who do not deserve death? The ones who are simply existing, whose husbands want them eliminated so they don't have to go through a divorce and give up half their wealth? Those who were envious of another's life, so they aim to take their place once they've passed? The merchants who are angered by growing competition and order entire ships sunk so the opposing business takes a hit?

 

Was there any way to justify it then?

 

Was there any reason to put children through it?

 

It was a lot to take in. When I heard Viago's footsteps ascending the staircase some time later, I knew I had to speak to him, urgently. He did not argue when I grabbed his arm and dragged him into my room behind me. He did not question when I clicked the lock on the door, and turned to him with a grim look on my face.

 

Honestly, living under this roof, he was probably pretty used to seeing grim looks on people's faces.

 

"Do you want to become Fifth Talon?" I ask, clasping my hands together in front of me to give me something to nervously fidget with.

 

"...Yes," Viago tilts his head as he continues. "Do you want me to become Fifth Talon?"

 

"Yes," I bite my lip, "Viago, I'm not sure if what I am about to say is considered blasphemy or treason or something, but I feel like if I do not say it, then I will lose all hope I have for the future." I take a deep breath in and step towards Viago, staring up into his eyes and hoping above all else he feels the same way I do. "I do not think Matteo runs this faction of the Crows in a decent manner," I can hear the sound of my fingers sliding against my knuckles, "I get the feeling that there has been big changes within the Antivan Crows since my father left, in part because he made sure those changes were set in motion, but I think I have finally figured out why he brought me here, why he left me with Matteo."

 

Viago's hand brushes over my arm, he knows that I am uncomfortable.

 

"I think he wants to dismantle the crows, or at least to change the cycle of abuse... and I'm inclined to do so," Viago doesn't say anything, but I can tell he's thinking over my words carefully. "I think it starts with you succeeding Matteo. The more good people come into power, the less good people have to suffer."

 

"What exactly are you proposing?" Viago's voice is hushed, but not angry.

 

"I believe that all of us, You, Me, Teia, Lucanis, Illario-can work together to start a new generation of Talons that can spare future crows from the extremes expected from the current hierarchy of Talons," I reach up, placing my hands on Viago's shoulders. "Crows can be crows with integrity, because right now, that is what this organization lacks. If every move is just for intimidation, for power, there is no honor. At it's core, the crows were created to remove those from power who acted without honor. I think things can return to that, Viago. I think we can return it to that, together."

 

I swallowed, it was a dangerous suggestion, but not an impossible one. Viago, Teia and either Lucanis or Illario were on course to succeed Talons. It may take time, but considering how differently Matteo seems to run his own household compared to the First Talon, there's nothing saying we cannot stop the rot from within one by one until we've carved it down to it's core.

 

"Well then," Viago chuckles, "Welcome to the chessboard, Juno."

 

Chessboard?

 

Viago starts over to my vanity, pulling a fresh parchment page from the stack and taking my quill over to the table by the window. "Are you familiar with Chess? The game?" He asks, and I shake my head. I knew it was a game, and I knew it was difficult-- that's about it. Viago makes some quick drawings on a page, 8 in total "Chess is a game of strategy, meant to symbolize war. Your goal in chess is to topple the opponent's king by using your army to back him into a corner. In this game, Matteo is our opposing king." Viago points to a piece with a cross on top, "The king does not make many moves, it is meant to stay out of the line fire for as long as possible." Viago marks the king piece on his page with a V, the points to the next piece over, the piece that looks like a crown. "The queen has the most freedom to move about the board, but can only take down 1 target at a time. If you lose your queen, you are far more vulnerable."

 

Viago marks the drawing of the Queen with a T, and suddenly it was all coming together.

 

"The knights can make bigger moves, and they are capable of taking down any enemy piece on the board." He scribbles an L and I on the knight pieces, which appear to take the shape of horses. "Bishops are powerful, but they cannot take down a king. As other pieces make their moves, the enemies become easier targets for bishops." The quill scratches a J and an A onto the two pieces that are drawn like they're missing a chunk from the top. "Then there is the rooks, arguably one of the most valuable pieces on the board. A rook can take down a king by themselves, and have special defenses in place to escape a king making moves towards them." Viago writes an L over one of the two pieces that looked like a castle tower. "Previously, we thought we had our rook in Leonardo, but as time has continued on, and his allegiance has been made clear, it's quite obvious we lost our first rook to Matteo." Viago draws an X through the castle he had drawn an L on. "However," He lifts the quill once more, drawing a J on the second castle, "I believe you may be the missing piece we needed to run this board. You coming here has changed everything, and we might finally be able to turn the tides of this game in our favor."

 

"How do you think I can take down Matteo by myself--"

 

"I wouldn't let it come to that," Viago responds, but holds his hand up to silence me and let him continue. "But I think we've both noticed the interest Matteo has taken in you and how much it bothers him when things aren't going his way. Matteo is used to complete obedience, and when he doesn't get it, it stuns him long enough to make a power play. On top of that," Viago draws two stars in the upper corners of the pages, "The odds were stacked against him the moment your father brought you here. If he kills you, what do you think your father will do to him? The man who infiltrated three different Talon households and murdered countless crows in the name of revenge, and the woman who brought an archdemon to it's demise and pushed back an army of darkspawn... There is no dark shady corner of the world Matteo could hide in to save himself from your family."

 

"They're a bit distracted right now, Viago, I don't think they'll come running back to help anytime soon." I argue.

 

"They don't need to be pieces on the board, Juno, he just has to know they exist, know that the threat is there, and that's enough."

 

I stare at Viago's paper, looking over each piece. What he said made sense; Viago was in line for succession to Matteo, he can't make big moves against him right off the bat, but if it came down to it, he was powerful enough to. Teia was also in line for succession, but in a completely different Talon house, and set to be the youngest successor to rise to Talon in all of the Crow history. She could make big moves then, but she would also be vulnerable if she was the only one to move to Talon, as she'd have no support amongst the hierarchy. Lucanis and Illario were in the First Talon house, so they had the most immunity to their actions, not to mention their Talon was their grandmother-- She'd be inclined to keep them around no matter what. Javier and Arlo couldn't make moves off the bat, Matteo is keeping quite a close watch on them already, and Leo doesn't seem like he'd exactly hesitate to eliminate them if he needed to. But as others rise to power, and the odds turn in our favor, Javier and Arlo would be able to cement a victory.

 

And then there's the rook.

 

I could see how, at one point, Leo must have seemed like someone who they could still trust. Like, perhaps under his leadership, they could start to turn things around-- but it just goes to show how powerful Matteo truly is. He corrupted Leo, turned him into something sinister. He took down their piece before anyone else even knew they were playing.

 

I'd have to be twice the piece on the board to make up for the loss.

 

But that was a game I was willing to play.

 

"Who knows about this? When was this plan set in motion?" I ask.

 

"It's been all talks for a few years, if Leo knows, he's given no indication. He was never a part of the discussion, because since I arrived here, we've never known whose side he was truly on." Viago takes a seat at the table, and I follow suit across from him. "Even now, Leo could be playing the field, but he's a flight risk. He could betray anyone at any moment, and I believe that is why Matteo is keeping him so close. If Leo goes down, Matteo has no protections. Once all of our pieces are in the right places, once we have him checked, Matteo will go down... and things will start to look very different within the Antivan Crows." Viago places the quill down on the table, gesturing over the paper, "As for when this plan starts-- Here. Now. You were the missing piece, and with you on the board, the game can begin."

This entire time I thought he must be blind to it, that we were helpless and doomed to a life of Matteo's cruelty, that Viago would have to take over as Fifth Talon before any light would be cast on the darkness of the Crows.

But the entire time, Viago was five steps ahead. Ahead of Matteo, even ahead of me.

There he was, as brilliantly as ever, the hope in the mystery.

Chapter 11: Little Bird And Her Lips

Notes:

I fear this chapter may be shorter than I intended it to be when I start writing, in part because it's already 2am here and I am simply exhausted.
But I think I can spend some time tomorrow having things pick back up.
If anyone has any music recommendations to inspire me, please send them my way, I could use a boost.
Some key things to the future of the chessboard here, Juno confronting Lucanis-- It's still got some meat to it.
Enjoy, my fledglings.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


 I waited the entire night for a reply that didn't come. I truly, TRULY mean all night. I barely slept, which is saying something because since I've been feeling more paranoid, I maybe get a few on and off hours a night.

 The liquor has been the only thing putting me into a deep sleep these past few nights, and I obviously can't keep that up forever. Especially not from Matteo's wine cellar.

 When Viago had come to see me in the late morning, I had been hours from the bath, having snuck down before the sun even rose to scrub my skin raw until it felt like I washed enough of my shame off.

 I get not being interested, but to not reply to my letter at all? To completely IGNORE it and leave me waiting? Torture. True, evil torture. Nothing Matteo could ever do to me would hurt as much as the despair I anguished in waiting at a window for a bird to never come.

 If Viago and I had never discussed what we had last night, I imagine a spirit would've risen right there are corrupted me.

 But it's fine.

 Because he'd be back over today, according to Viago, and above everything else, I cannot look bothered. So bless Teia for the cosmetics, because it's enough to cover the deep circles around my eyes, and to add a little bit of the flair I had seen Auntie Morrigan place around her eyes.

 Smoky, like wisps were kissing away the colors around your eyes. And then Teia's new trick, adding just a slight hint of innocence to the allure, making green eyes sparkle without the need for tears. I take it a step further and bring the shimmer down onto my cheek, over my cheekbone and highlighting edges of my facial tattoo. I couldn't exactly call it Vallaslin, but it wasn't just some random tattoo either. Papa and I had picked it out together, simple feathers sprouting from under my eye and sweeping down over the top of my cheek. It had only fully healed this past year, and it meant the world to me. It deserved to be showcased.

 And of course, as Teia put it, the "elfy" lip had to be put back on.

 I was unsure if I'd ever wear it when I received it from Auntie Morrigan, but if there was ever a day, it was today. I pull a draped maroon fabric from my dresser, the hood sliding through my hands as I twisted it around. You'd think, with how much fabric there was in the back compared to the front, that it was meant to be worn the other way around-- but alas, the deep dip, down to the navel, was worn in the front. The lace detailed bandeau I wore across my chest was more than Auntie ever wore, so it's incredibly more tame, but still scandalous enough that I know I'll hold the power today.

 Whether or not that will bite me in the ass is yet to be determined.

 Did men feel the same way about women in leather pants as women felt about men in leather pants? Let's find that out, too. And no shoes today, just footwraps and toe rings. We're just going to toe the line in the complete opposite direction and see what sticks.

 When I heard the parlor door open, for what may well be one of the last times before Matteo returned, I waited patiently, leaning on the railing as I watched Javier and Viago open the door for our guests.

 I could feel my hair sliding over my bare shoulders, a feeling that become foreign apart from time spent in the bath, and golden locks dangled by my arms as I leaned forward, clasping my hands as I watched the door. My fingers clinked together impatiently, rings clattering against each other as I watched our guests enter one by one; Teia, Lucanis, Illario.

 That meant the full chessboard was in the Fifth Talon estate today, with no Fifth Talon in sight. I wasn't even the one to invite everyone over-- that was Viago.

 If I had to guess, today's meeting was just the start of what would become a regular meeting involving the chessboard. Though I was unsure how any meetings could be held at all when Matteo returned-- Would we rely on letters? Would we have to speak in code? Is that why everyone was a chess piece?

 I felt a bit more like a falcon perched in a tree than a crow on a railing, waiting for my little target to finally look up. Once the front door has closed, Illario is actually the first to look up and meet my gaze. I probably look like the cat that just ate the canary.

 "Dios Mio," Illario mutters, whipping everyone's attention to him, and then up to me. Javier whistles, patting Illario on the shoulder.

 "Careful now, that's my baby bird right there." He jokes, and is quick to grab Viago by the collar before he can come stomping up the stairs.

 "Juno, you go put a real shirt on this INSTANT--"

 "This IS a shirt Viago, this is the clothing of my homeland-- now you're just being racist." I click my tongue at him and fiddle with the gold necklace brushing against my collarbone. Maybe he didn't need to know that Auntie Morrigan was likely the ONLY woman who dressed like this back home. "Besides, this was a gift, it'd be a shame not to appreciate it."

 "Yeah," Illario slaps Javier's hand off his shoulder, still not turning to look at the older male. "Let her wear the clothes of her people, Viago, who are you, her father?"

 Well then. Illario still your favorite now, DAD?

 Javier manages to wrangle Viago enough to get him to calm down, pushing him to the side to lead the group into the sitting room, and finally, F I N A L L Y, I can see who I came all the way downstairs for.

 And he's stopped just in front of the door, where he's been standing this entire time. And as Teia corrals everyone into the sitting room, she sends me wink. What a wing woman.

 "Lucanis," I take a step off the stairs towards him, caught in his onyx gaze. "I'm surprised you showed up today."

 "Why wouldn't I?" I watch his eyes slide down my neck, my chest, tracing the edges of my shirt and rounding all the way back up.

 "Well," I take another step closer, watching his posture straighten as he's nearly backing into the door. "I would think your hands were either poorly injured or cut off altogether if they were not right in front of me. Or perhaps you had gone blind overnight, but by the way your eyes cant pick a spot to stare, I'd say your vision is just fine."

 Lucanis shuts his eyes tightly, turning his head to the side for a moment. The faintest pink dusts his cheeks. I suddenly understand why he always looks like he gets the most enjoyment when I'm absolutely flustered.

 This? This was addicting.

 "I wrote to you," I take another step to him, my chest only inches from his-- our bodies weren't touching, but his space was now mine. "Did you simply burn my letter, Lucanis? Did you cast it into the trash the very moment it arrived? Or do you just hate me so?"

 I can see the frustration build on his face despite still having his eyes shut tightly, but that seemed to be the final word he'd let me get out.

 "I read it," For once, he's whispering, "I read it. Several times." He goes to lift his hand, but stops himself, instead closing his fist tight enough to turn his knuckles white. His head dips down, "I spent the entire night, hours, trying to even think of a reply that would compare," Whatever held Lucanis back before, it's gone, and he reaches up to move some hair from my cheek and place his where it once lay, his thumb brushing my cheekbone and his fingers locked into the curve of my skull. "The only things that were burned or thrown out were my failed attempts to deliver a response that could match the prose you sent to me."

 And I could, if I wanted to, live in that moment. I could stay in his grasp and let him give me pretty excuses, ones that removed the ache from my heart of the insecurity of the night before-- But if I lose myself in this moment here, I might lose sight of my goals entirely. There is a possibility of a future with Lucanis, but not until Matteo is gone. Not until I know myself, and everyone I care for, is safe.

 So I pull away.

 "You were not the only one up all night," I look to the sitting room, then back to him, his head hitting back against the door in defeat. "But I was the only fool waiting by the window." I shake my head and turn sharply, starting into the sitting room without Lucanis.

 The sound of his first smacking back into the door did not go unnoticed.

 I am most pleased to see an empty seat between Illario and Arlo, and am quick to make myself comfortable in the center of the sofa. The opposing sofa held Viago, Teia and Javier. Which just left two of the armchairs for Lucanis to sit in, and as he enters in the room shortly after, his jaw tenses as he sits in the chair nearest Viago.

 "What kept you?" Illario turns to me, eyes more curious than I'd like to see.

 I'm done letting him get secrets out of me.

 "I was just saying hello to Lucanis," I smile at him, feeling my eyes crinkle at the corners, "You already gave me a most warm welcome, what was it you said, 'Mother of God'?"

 Illario leans back against the sofa, sweeping his arm up over the back, "Well, I admit I was caught by surprise by your... choice of colors," His eyes sweep over me, and he covers for himself-- though we all know what he was thinking, "It slipped out, my apologies if I caused any offense."

 "No offense taken," I respond, leaning back against the sofa as well, practically laying my head on his arm. "I appreciate when people speak their mind, makes it easier to understand their intentions."

 "And what do you understand my intentions to be?" He counters, bringing that charming smile back to his face. His eyes were half lidded, but his brow was raised, he was amused by this. I suppose I was too, a bit.

 Before I can respond, Arlo has dipped his head down to whisper in my ear, "If he grips the arm of that chair any harder, he's going to break it, knock it off."

 I spare Lucanis a glance, though he's not looking at me, he does indeed have a tight grip on the armrest of his chair. I take a deep breath and let my head roll back to look up at Arlo with a grin.

 "Amusing, is it not?"

 Arlo quirks his brow before reaching out and flicking me on the nose.

 "Bad bird."

 Tsk. No fun.

 "I'm sure you're all aware from the correspondence you received this morning, but I'll reiterate so that we are all on the same page," Viago had been pouring everyone coffee, and begins the discussion once he is seated again. I craned my neck back up, pulling myself back up to sit straight on the couch and offer Viago my attention. "Juno put her piece on the board, suggesting a reformation of the Crows before it was ever brought up to her. I am confident we can use her help, and with her, we may finally stand a chance of bringing down the current tyranny within the houses," He raises his cup up, looking to me, "I am very proud to introduce our new Rook, cheers to Juno."

 Everyone around the coffee table picks up their cups, raising them in the air. It's a show of respect unlike anything I had experienced before, and it made my heart swell.

 "Thank you," I raise my cup in response, and everyone seems to relax as they take a long sip of their drinks. "Viago has a confidence in me that I'm not sure I can match, but I'm going to give it my best shot."

 "Glad to have you on our side," Teia holds her cup tightly in her hands, leaning forward and resting her elbows on her knees, "It's a shame it took terrible things to bring us all together, but the more of us there are, the stronger we stand." Teia casts her gaze over every person in the room, stopping with a lingering gaze on Viago. "The game will be long, but I know we can win."

 "I don't mean to drive a wedge in this plan," Javier interrupts, "But this may be the only time we can speak about this without fear of repercussion-- How are we going to work on this plan if we have no where we can meet outside of Talon eyes?"

 "Then we find somewhere," Viago nods, "There's plenty of buildings in this district with no eyes on them, let's find a space and make it our meeting point."

 "All of the Fifth Estate will not be able to leave at once," Arlo places his coffee cup down and crosses his arms, "One or two, fine, but if all of us vanish, Matteo will notice. I think it's best if Javier and I only show up when we're directly involved in something, you will need someone to cover for you."

 "Why don't we have a code," I offer, "When we're needed at the meeting, we get a letter. Innocuous to an outsider, but means something to us." I chew on the inside of my cheek for a moment, before a thought falls into my brain. "E4. The center of the board. When you're needed, you will receive a letter by carrier bird, and it will read your calling sign, and E4, wherever our base of operations will be."

 "Rook to E4," Javier gives a small nod, "Honestly, even if anyone were to find the messages, they'd just think someone was playing a game in the most boring way possible."

 "For everyone's sake," Viago interlocks his fingers as he rests his hands in his lap. "In any correspondence regarding these matters, refer to yourself and others only by the appropriate calling sign. No names, I don't need Matteo dragging anyone else into the shit he puts the people of this house through."

 "Apart from that, expect nothing different from what you've already been told-- You recruit NO ONE, if someone has proven themselves to be trustworthy and looking to fight for the same cause; you tell Viago and I first." Teia adds, "I will go scouting with Viago today to find a suitable location for a base of operations. We will be in touch."

 Viago tips back the rest of his coffee, sets down his cup, then gestures two fingers towards his eyes, then points directly at me.

 "Behave," He warns.

 "No promises." I watch Viago's eye twitch just slightly as he follows Teia out the door, hearing the front door open and shut shortly after. "Well... now what?"

 "I cannot bare another day inside," Javier slaps his hands on to his knees, "How do you feel about seeing the market during the day, little bird?"

 "Is it much different?" I ask, and Arlo chuckles beside me.

 "If the night market is meant to be for older people with coin flowing from their pockets, the day market is a stark contrast, very much made for children," Arlo looks at me from the corner of his eye, "You should go, you'll love it."

 "What is that supposed to mean?"

 Rude.

 "I happen to love the market during the day," Javier raises a hand to his chest, "There's all kinds of games and performers that don't play at night--"

 Oh. Okay. Yeah, if Javie likes it, it's probably pretty childish.

 "It's not all bad," Illario offers, "The do a smaller version of baile del cordón, there's artists painting scenery, there's helado being sold by the mages."

 "What is helado?" I ask, earn a collective gasp from everyone in the room, Arlo included.

 "Well, shit," Arlo stretches before standing, "I guess we're going to the market."

 "Nice," Javier grins, quick to leap and dash out of the room to the front door. I look to Illario, then Lucanis, shrug, then stand.

 "You boys coming?" I throw over my shoulder, and hear their footsteps scurry to catch up with me moments later.

 Good. Obedient.

 Arlo leads us out to the city canals, pays a gondolier, and nods towards a gondola. I truly did love this about Treviso, that to get about in this city you used gondolas. Something about it just felt romantic.

 Arlo and Javier occupy one side of the gondola, Arlo's wide shoulders taking up much of the space where third person MIGHT have fit if he didn't man spread his body across the seat with Javier following suit.

 If I didn't know any better, I'd say these two were planning something.

 Fine. Two can play at that game. You wanna make it weird? I'm excellent at making things weird.

 Once Lucanis slides into the gondola, I pull myself from the middle of the seat, instead sliding myself over to the space between Lucanis and the wall, bending my knees over his lap and letting my feet rest atop Illario's thigh. Lucanis is frozen in the space and Illario takes what feels like an eternity to look from my toe rings up to my face.

 "I want to be able to see everyone," I let my teeth slide over my lip, nodding over to Arlo and Javier. "Why should I only have to look at them the whole ride? I see them every day." Javier and Arlo don't wear it on their faces, but one of them snorts back a laugh. "Am I not permitted to look at you?"

 "I can see why you keep her cooped up at home most days," Lucanis grumbles, finally letting his arms fall onto my legs to hold them in place. "Do you think they make leashes for people like they do mabari?"

 "Oh I know they d-" Arlo drives an elbow into Javier's side before he can finish the sentence, causing the younger male to bow forward in pain. "Malnacido," Javier mumbles, and a laugh bubbles out of my lips at their antics. Javier looks up to me, his eyes softening "Oh, little bird. Your laugh is like the sweetest music when you live a life completely surrounded by men. They are cruel, and their voices like gravel."

 "All men? Or are you just making jabs at Arlo?" I tilt my head, not realizing that as my head rolled to the side, I brought my head close to Lucanis' hair. His scent filled my nostrils before I even realized what happened.

 Cinnamon. Coffee. Something deeper, richer, buried underneath the other scents. Something familiar, sweet, tying it all together.

 He smelled like chocolate.

 Good gods if I don't stop myself from breathing right now, I may huff his hair into my nostrils.

 My eyes flick up to Lucanis, but he seems like he's either very annoyed of having some kind of private conversation with his god, so I refrain from opening my mouth and making it worse.

 I absentmindedly point my toes, going to stretch my foot but quickly realizing I still in fact had Illario's thigh under my feet. It was muscular, and didn't feel very pliable under my foot, so my foot just wound up driving his thigh into his other one. I can see his jaw flex as he brings a hand up to his temple, trying to focus anywhere but my feet.

 And then the most interesting thing happened.

 "Dear Juno, you look tired." Arlo starts.

 "Exhausted," Javier adds, "I'm sure Lucanis would have no qualms about you resting your head on his shoulder. Rest, little bird, we will wake you when we reach the market."

 "Oh?" I look to Lucanis, who snaps his head down from the heavens, "Truly, Lucanis? Could I rest on your shoulder? I'm afraid I was up rather late last night."

 If it hadn't been for those words, I'm almost positive he would have said no-- much more contact with his body and I think we'd become one-- but I watched the guilt hit his eyes, and he simply gave a nod in response.

 If he opened his mouth now, would he be cursing? Or calling my name?

 It would've been too easy for him if I had just simply tilted my head down to lay on his shoulder, and I'm not feeling very generous today, so I choose to tilt my head up, burying the top of my head into his hair and letting my nose tuck into the curve of his neck, feeling his heart rate throttle against my skin. I laugh quietly, and his shoulders tense in response, a small wiggle, like he had goosebumps spread over his skin.

 "Thank you, this is nice," My lips lightly scrape over his neck, just barely and hardly visible to anyone else, "You make a comfortable pillow, Lucanis."

 "Yes, you've made that abundantly clear to everybody." I feel his fingers press a bit harder onto my legs, and I have to stop myself from squirming in his grasp.

 I'd have to thank Arlo and Javier later for whatever this was. In the sitting room, Arlo stopped me from flirting with Illario, but appear to be actively encouraging it with Lucanis. No drinking game was needed to see that Arlo and Javier had a favorite, and it wasn't Illario.

 It wasn't too surprising how heavy my eyes felt the moment I closed them. At this point, I was becoming desensitized to coffee, and I needed a hell of a lot of it to make up for an entire night without sleep. So when it became hard to focus, hard to hang onto anyone's voices anymore-- I think I might actually fall asleep in the gondola against Lucanis.

 But that thought is quickly jostled from my brain as the gondola rocks with sudden movement, pushing my body even more firmly against Lucanis and cementing my lips against his neck.

 In a panic, I use my legs to try and push myself back against the wall of the gondola, once again digging my feet into the meat of Illario's thigh, earning a pained groan. Lucanis brings a hand up to cover his eyes for a moment, taking a breath, and dragging the hand down his face.

 He decides in that moment that he's had enough, scooping me up into his arms and ducking as he pulls us both out of the gondola and onto the dock.

 Javier's shit eating grin is enough to tell me he basically leapt out of that gondola to make it rock in such a manner.

 Lucanis puts me on my feet and then reaches up to adjust his collar, his sleeves, his belt, his pants, his--

 Oh.

 Nice.

 Illario stumbles out of the gondola muttering under his breath and actively adjusting his clothes as well. Two for one deal. He looks to Javier with a wild gaze, "You did that on purpose."

 Javier brings his hand to his chest once more, feigning hurt, "Whatever do you mean?"

 "You rocked the boat!"

 "That's what happens when you get out of a boat, genius." Arlo brings a fist down atop Illario's head, digging his knuckles in. "Now let's spend less time whining and more time finding the nearest Helado vendor."

 Illario, Arlo and Javier start towards the market, the faint sound of a live band ringing through the air. Lucanis took a step to start after them, stopping himself after only one. He turned to look at me, his eyes more obviously tired in the sunlight. He sighs, reaching into the pocket on his vest and pulling out a small, folded piece of paper. He holds the paper out to me, pulling it from my grasp just as I go to read it, giving me a warning look, "Later," He tries, but I don't bend.

 "Now," I say, crossing my arms, "I waited long enough." Lucanis' tongue press against his cheek, and I can tell that was not the answer he was expecting, or the one he wanted. But as his eyes flick over my face, he shakes his head, though it appears to be mostly out of disbelief-- because he hands me the note anyways.

 He's quick to turn and start off after the others, and I'm quick to unfold the note in my hands. I'd have to read it before anyone else could see.

 Juno,

 You write like you're singing a ballad, with declarations so lubricious I find myself barely able to keep my head clear enough of you to write any response.

 You sent me home with chocolates, and I had anticipated I would get a letter when you wanted to invite me back over, but the letter delivered to me was so unexpected I fear I've had to reread it several times just to make sure I wasn't dreaming.

 You were not overtly forward, and yet I find myself embarrassed. You were not inviting me back over, and yet I feel inclined to find you. I fear that when I do see you again, my mind will fall back to your letter and I will be rendered entirely speechless. Will you be able to tell how hot my body burns when I recall the things you wrote? Will you be able to tell from my face how much I want to caress your skin in my hands?

 I fear you've made a mess of me, and I do not know how to collect all the pieces of myself you've unraveled. You say the Fifth Talon will bring harm to you if you get involved with me-- You seem to like to walk a little to close to the edge, Juno. Is that a risk you are willing to take?

 Because if that means I need to meet with you in secret, then I would do it, know that. There is no force known to man nor god that could keep my thoughts from drifting back to you, back to the sensation of your lips against my fingers, or from spending this night and many more to come reading over your letter and yearning for the same sweet moments despite the bitterness of when they end.

 I will live an eternity in that moment, Juno. I pray it's not our only one.

Lucanis.

Chapter 12: Little Bird And Her Reading

Notes:

Good Evening Little Birds!
Oh god, I'm so eager to get this chapter posted and start the next one.
Maybe if I can finish it before 2 am I can get another chapter up tonight.
Can you taste it, birds? Can you taste the plot? Because it's really showing up more and more every chapter.

I want to say super thank you to everyone who left me with some music, and I hope you'll continue to send it my way if you find anything that sticks out.
It turns out we all have some very similar tastes in music, love that.
I wanted to make sure to link you to the playlist so you could listen along while you read, and maybe you'll find your own inspiration in my music! And of course, you'll see a bunch of your recommendations in there as well.

And Aurora, don't worry, the thing I had you choose is not in this chapter, but will be in the next one!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


 My feet feel like they've been glued to the cobblestone. No, they feel like they're a part of the cobblestone. Like if I even tried to pull myself from this moment, I'd be stumbling over my own feet. As if the world itself grabbed me by the ankles to remind me that I am here, I'm not just up in the clouds somewhere dreaming this entire letter.

 No, this is real, and it's tangible, and I'm not alone in the sweeping waves of need that drown me every time we're together.

 And I don't know what to do with that knowlege.

 So I fold the letter up, tuck it into the pocket of my pants, and run to catch up with everyone-- because words are easier in letters, and letters can wait.

 What I can offer, and I do, is a smile to Lucanis as I pass him, our eyes meeting for only a moment before I latch on to Javier, my arms wrapping tightly around his. He will have to make do with that for now.

 "Tell me, baby bird, would you rather play a game potentially rigged against you, or gorge yourself until you can no longer walk?" Javier is happy to bend his elbow, allowing me to hang on while I walk beside him and Arlo.

 "Well," I purse my lips, "Something about how you worded that tells me I should select games first, and gorging myself after."

 "Precisely," Javier gives an approving nod, and Arlo gives a disapproving sigh.

 "The only person who gorges themself is you, Javier. The rest of us only have a small cup of helado,"

 "-- I still do not know what helado is." I interject, and Arlo stops, thoughtfully stroking his chin.

 "Might I propose then," Illario pipes up from behind us, "Arlo and Lucanis may go scout out helado and find us near the games booths once they have made a decision on whom to purchase from?"

 "An EXCELLENT proposal," Javier pats Arlo's bicep, giving it a small shake as he grinned up at him. "I prefer pistachio, see you soon!"

 Before Arlo could get an argument out, Javier is tugging me away from them, Illario walking with a renewed smile on his face beside us.

 "Now then," Javier tips his head towards me to make sure I can hear over the busy noises of the market, "The thing to know about these so called 'games' is that they are here to take your coin. So if the first thing you try doesn't work, forget everything you know about the scenario and take a moment to really look it over."

 "This sounds like throwing coin at something until it sticks," I remark, and Javier pats my hand proudly.

 "Precisely!"

 "Fret not, Juno, I'm quite accustomed to beating these games," Illario cracks his knuckles, looking over the various booths with wild colors in their displays, "You will not be leaving here without a prize."

 A prize?

 My eyes looked all about the booths, now seeing that the colorful displays around the edges I thought was just colorful to attract children, was in fact-- Various trinkets. Namely children's toys, stuffed animals, whittled instruments, music boxes, small things that didn't look to cost much to produce, but seemed all the more exciting because they would be won.

 Yeah. I needed to win something. I HAD to.
 

Javier pulls me to a booth, the display looking like it had a bunch of terracotta plates set up on stands, a 4 by 3 display. He releases my arm to pull some coin from his pouch and hand it to the vendor at the booth, recieving 5 leather wrapped balls in return.

 "Let's use those eyes, Juno, what do you see?" Javier asks, placing the balls onto the booth table in front of me. I look back up at the display, searching for something hidden that he obviously was alluding to.
 

"Plates, easily breakable... 12 in total. Straight lines, perfectly spaced apart..." I look to Javier, hoping I'm on to something, but his response shows I'm not.

 "Are they?" He raises an eyebrow at me. I tilt my head for a moment, leaning in. They LOOKED like they were?

 Okay, what did he say to do? Forget everything about what I've observed, start over.

 Let's try a different perspective.

 I place my hand on top of Javier's shoulder, propping myself as high up onto the points of my toes as I could, trying to view things a bit closer to his height. This was, after all, a game for children, so those of us who were more vertically challenged may be missing a vital clue.

 And there is was.

 When you looked straight on, it appeared as though the plates were all lined up perfectly, identical to one another-- but from above, you could see each plate was in fact varying in size, and simply placed closer or further back to look the same size as those around it. Some were tilted at various degrees, some appeared to have a lacquer painted on them.

 "They're all different," I say, falling off my toes, "Every single one. They just look alike."

 "Excellent eyes," Illario gives a hum of approval, patting my head. "Which means that if you try to hit them all at the same speed, some may break, some may bounce off-- your aim might be off, some plates are offcentered. So you throw as hard and fast as you can at the plates closest to you."

 Illario lifts a leather ball from the table, his eyes shifting over the display, before very clearly setting a target. He maintains complete focus as he reels his hand back, and I almost miss the throw altogether because of the absolute speed he pitches the projectile at the plate, only sure that he did it because the plate he had focused on shattered into pieces and fell from the display.

 He turns to me, a proud grin on his face, and reaches down to hand me the next ball.

 I pick up the ball, rolling it between my hands while I looked over the booth, trying to find a plate that didn't have any lacquer on it to harden over the terracotta. If you moved your body enough, you could see which plates had a slight sheen-- those were coated.

 Maybe I shouldn't be too proud, considering it's a game for children, but when the ball whipped out of my hand, slamming into the plate-- I took a little pride in watching it shatter. If nothing else, it shows I have impeccable aim, right?

 Javier grabs another ball, throwing it without hesitation and shattering one of the shinier plates, "Every game requires some subtle observations, but they aren't unbeatable." Illario reaches over for the final ball after Javier, zeroing in on another plate and throwing the ball with so much force it doesn't even recoil as it shatters the plate, simply going through it to slam into the wall of the booth.

 The vendor looks over the work, then gestures around him, instructing us to pick anything on display. Javier looks to me before imitating the gesture. I look over the booth, my eyes zeroing in on a shelf with small carved wooden objects on top. I point to a small trinket box, and as the vendor hands it over, I admire the carving on the lid. It was carved with a single flower, looking much like a bloomed rose. When I popped open the lid, not much bigger than the palm of my hand, a small melody started to play from within the box.

 If anything ever happened to this tiny little box, I would kill everyone in this market and then myself.

 I must've looked like a dazzled child, because Javier and Illario's voices plotting quickly filled my ears.

 "She needs more," Javier says.

 "Many more." Illario agrees, and they turn to venture to the next booth.

 It makes my heart pulse with an unfamiliar warmth. I guess, in traveling so much with my parents and only really keeping in contact with Kieran, there were parts of life that I never got to experience-- and what a loss that was, but how amazing it feels now. Connection. Friends. Compassion. It felt like everything I've already been through up until now was worth it, just for these tiny moments. How was I ever deserving of such wonderful people?

 Several booths later, with games involving tossing metal rings onto empty wine bottles (You need to stack your rings and toss them lightly, so they fall in a line and make a bridge to the desired lip of a bottle and sink into place) and testing your strength (purely how hard can you smack a target to launch a weight into the air) and many more, with pockets full of small trinkets, we were finally met by Arlo and Lucanis, with several tiny cups in their hands.

 "Didn't have enough hands," Arlo mentions, handing over a green container to Javier, "So Lucanis just got a bigger cup with two flavors."

 Lucanis hands over a smaller yellow cup to Illario, "The lemon, I assumed that's what you'd pick." Illario gives a delighted smile, taking the cup eargerly as Arlo handed everyone pieces of small sanded wood.

 "We assumed you'd like the chocolate," Arlo says, handing my my own small piece of wood. "Most people prefer the chocolate, Lucanis is the only one typically reaching for the coffee flavor."

 "What's wrong with coffee?" Lucanis looks down at the cup in his hands, frowning at the jests from Arlo.

 "It's meant to be dessert," Illario chuckles. "You know, something unusual from what you typically eat? Like a prize for your mouth."

 "Yours is citrus flavored, you always eat fruit." Lucanis counters, furrowing his brow.

 "Yes, but this is... Well, it's frozen, and has other things in it. Yours is just coffee and cream, frozen. You may as well be drinking cold coffee."

 "Yeah, I think you're losing this argument, Illario, I'm pretty sure Lucanis sees coffee as a dessert." Illario scoffs, using his wooden tool to pick up a scoop of his helado.

 "Here, try this, and see what I mean," Illario holds out the yellow substance to me, close to my lips. "Lemon is the superior flavor, it's refreshing, it's sweet and tart, as it's meant to be!"

 I'm not sure what it ever was about Illario that sent a chill down my spine when we met. It was evident now that he was just young and eager and excited, as I was. He liked meeting new people, he liked learning, and he loved to observe people for their reactions. We were more alike than I had thought back on the first day, and only now have I truly come to appreciate him.

 And his taste in sweets.

 He was absolutely correct, I thought, as I took the offered bite between my lips. The so called helado was ice-cold, but not at all the texture of shaved ice like I had seen back in Ferelden. This was soft, pillowy and creamy, but the flavor that lingered in my mouth was refreshing, light and addicting. My mouth felt lighter just for letting it linger on my tongue.

 "Oh gods, that's good," I moan, "Why on earth are these cups so small!? I could eat SO much of that!"

 "HA!" Javier whips his head to Arlo, "See? Juno gets it! Here little bird, try mine." Javier scoops out his helado, this one green in color, and offers me a bite.

 I'm much quicker to steal a bite from Javier.

 Interesting. If Illario's was sweet and tart and refreshing, this was more sweet and salty, an earthier flavor mixed into the cream, and the sweetness didn't seem to come from sugar alone-- honey, perhaps?

 Delicious all the same, but different.

 "Wow, it's hard to believe it's even made of the same things, it's completely different," I bounce on my toes, pleased with the feeling of my throat being cooled as the helado slides down. "I think I still prefer Illario's over yours though, Javie. I think I might struggle to eat more than a few bites of yours."

 Javier nudges Arlo, who looks to me then scoffs, "Absolutely not, she has her own," He pulls his cup of helado closer to his chest.

 Typical.

 I finally look to Lucanis, holding the cup we were to share due to 'lack of hands'.

 Sure, Arlo. Sure.

 There was a lighter scoop, and beneath it a much darker one, both brilliant shades of brown that reflected the respective flavors. I reach in with my little wooden stick, getting hit with the smell of chocolate as I brought a bite up to my face.

 I love how much chocolate is a staple in Treviso, truly. They did not make it like this back home, and it was in quite short supply in general.

 This must be exactly how Lucanis feels when he drinks a cup of coffee. I can't even help the way my eyes flutter closed, or the appreciative hum that purrs out of my throat. This wasn't just food, this was a healing experience. Chocolate and cream, cold and soft and rich without completely destroying the tastebuds. The lingering flavors of citrus and pistachio and honey melding with the way chocolate just coats everything it touches.

 "I think she likes it more than the games," I hear Arlo chuckle, and I peek open an eye with a smile. "Not that we were competing."

 "We weren't," Javier quips, "But for the record, she had a great time playing games. Illario and I won her several prizes."

 "I helped!" I add, dipping back into the helado.
 

Lucanis seems perturbed, and I can't help but raise a curious eyebrow at him. What was his deal? Was he upset that Illario won me a child's toy? 

He looks down to the cup, reaching in to scoop up not just the the lighter colored helado, but a scoop of chocolate as well. He brings it to my lips without a word, simply staring at my lips as they wrap around the wooden helado vessel gratefully.

 He didn't need to say anything.

 It was coffee, and it was chocolate, and it hit me like I was a terracotta plate on display, shattered to pieces the moment it clicked in my brain. It wasn't just his favorite and my favorite, it was ours, together. It was our moment back on the balcony during the training drill, it was his hands back on my lips, it was my letter to him when the sun went down.

 The sweetness of a moment followed by its bitter end.

 It's strange how my eyes never really want to leave his, how the curtain of his dark lashes hanging over his spice colored eyes always seemed to pull me in deeper. When he looks at me, I don't want to run from his gaze, quite the opposite. I never want it to fall anywhere else.

 Was he thinking of my letter right now? Was his body burning? Did he want to touch me?

 "We are all still right here, you know."

 Arlo's voice is always very grounding when I feel like I may drift away. I suppose I should learn to cling to that, considering I did resolve to not to let Lucanis be my weakness.

 That's going exceptionally well.

 "Sorry, I just discovered he was onto something," I play off the moment, "Chocolate and coffee do go quite well together, it's like coffee somehow manages to make chocolate taste even more like chocolate."

 "It's still not meant for dessert," Illario scoffs, letting the wooden stick hang from his lips. "I stand by that."

 Everyone continued to wander the market slowly, Lucanis and I staying close to share our helado cup. Javier and Arlo held Illario in a conversation about art, an apparent shared interest among the 3, about ten paces ahead of us. There's a comfortable silence between Lucanis and I, though my heart still chose to leap despite my protests.

 I fear that may continue until I have no heart left to protest with.

 "Would the young couple care to have their fortunes read?" A vendor calls as we nearly walk completely by, and I look back to the woman who spoke, admiring the deep blues and purples of her booth.

 "Alright," I look to Lucanis before shrugging and pulling some coin from my pouch, offering it to the woman fortune teller. I wasn't particularly superstitious, but Auntie Morrigan often read my mother's cards, and she always seemed to be particularly interested in the possibilities of the future. It was in my nature to be curious.

 The woman, an older elf with dark curls of hair and Mythal's markings on her face, shuffles a deck of tarot cards in her hands. She pulls three cards as she shuffles, placing the deck down to the side once she had chosen three.

 She flipped each card over, some facing towards me, and others facing towards her. "Three major arcana, you have a powerful story, and it has only just begun," She taps the first card, facing me and away from her. It looked like a woman with a wreath wrapped around her. "The world, reversed. This represents your past; You are drawing near to something that marks the end of a journey. You may have many accomplishments that have lined your path, but there is a strange emptiness that fills you when you look backwards upon it, as if you have all the pieces but they are not coming together," She reaches over to flip the next card, which appears to depict an angel playing a horn above people praying below "Judgement. This represents the present, you are in a time of reflection, learning from past mistakes and determining a path ahead. You are followed by purpose, always on the edges of your sight, but to move forward, you must look it in the eyes." She flips over the final card, "Temperence, the future. You will find the balance that leads to the greatest possible outcome, you have a clear vision and know what you want to achieve. Remain vigilant, focused, and unwavering and you will continue to succeed."

 It was a broad reading, I'm sure it had to be to make any coin, but it still felt empowering. It still felt like the words were important. I give her a smile, going to thank her, but she holds a hand up.

 "Heed these words, child : The longer you hang onto what was and do not move forward on your path with purpose, the longer it will take to achieve your goal."

 "Thanks," I say, a little haunted by her warning. "I'll keep that in mind."

 Lucanis looks to the tarot reader, then back to me as we start to walk off, "That sort of thing has always freaked me out a bit, I won't lie." He offers me the last bite of helado as we head towards the direction Arlo and the others wandered off in. "I mean, I don't read too much into them, but one time I got a reading and they told me something would be coming to cause stress and anxiety, and I watched one of the newer maids put coffee beans directly into a pot of boiling water later that same evening."

 When my eyes close this time, I can actually picture the shock and horror on his face. Would he be above reaching into boiling water to fish out coffee beans?

 My laugh catches him off guard, but he smiles at me nonetheless.

 "Yes well, thankfully there wasn't anything too distressing about that reading, so I think it'll all turn out okay. No boiled coffee beans in my future." I tease him, enjoying the way he slides his lower lip into his teeth to stop himself from smiling any wider.
 

That would be a favorite new memory for me.

 

 This whole day would. The calm before Matteo's return. The calm before the game starts. Just a happy moment in a market, where teens were just teens, not crows, and I could just let my heart fill without facing consequences.

 It would stay with me all night, comforting me before I settled down to bed, sending off my latest letter before diming the lanterns in my room and preparing myself for the long days ahead.

 

Lucanis,

I am forever grateful for the joy your presence brings to my tiny world. Every day I get to see you is a new favorite day, filled with endless moments I catalog to look back on when my world begins to feel too dark.

Whenever I feel as though I have some upperhand, you are there to twist my arm, our constant struggle seems more like a dance, with no clear leader. The moments you lead our steps, we fall into perfect harmony, like you were born to do this-- to make me fall apart at the seams.

When I lead, we somehow fall into chaos, rapidly spiraling and colliding into each other, leaving sparks in our wake, but every moment lights up my world.

You say I unravel you, but we unravel together, we are tangled, braided-- intertwined eternally.

I love our moments, our dance for dominance, and every bittersweet moment they bring.

I pray you found the lipstick smudge on your neck before anyone else did, I'm afraid I enjoyed staring at it too much today to tell you to wipe it off. Though, if you had asked nicely, I might have done it for you. I do so love feeling your heartbeat there.

Until we meet again, remember this day fondly.

Juno

Chapter 13: Little Bird in The Shed

Notes:

Another quick one, but still, two in one night.
I wanted to get to here before I stopped writing tonight, because this is a turning point.
Let's not forget why the chessboard was created- The Crows is not an organization full of good people.
You have to taste the salt to love the sweet.

Also sorry Aurora, for having you make a hard decision for me. But your choices were definitely the right ones.

**The image in this chapter is presently used at another spot in the Fic, it will probably be replaced later on, but it's my only current reference image for Leo. Meg did a fantastic job with making him as eerie as I imagined while also not being, like -- a typical villain, I guess?

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Kieran,

I received Auntie's care package the day after your letter. Please be sure to let her know how much I appreciate the clothes, herbs and tonics. When I close my eyes and hold the package, it smells like home. It's a much needed comfort today.

The Fifth Talon was gone for a few days, so the estate was quiet, it was peaceful, even. I learned so much in such a short time, and I have so much hope for the future.

I know this isn't what you were hoping to hear, but I do believe I will become an Antivan Crow, whatever it takes. I cannot do all the good this place needs, but it needs all the good I can do.

I think you would like Treviso, the market is always laden with bards and traveling troupes. It felt like Val-Royeux with less of the stuck up noses that come with it. And the weird masks.

I learned how to throw knives, which is apparently both a performance art and an important tactic in stealth combat. It's also a nice stress reliever.

I also got my fortune read with cards like Auntie does. It was pretty interesting, though not as decriptive as Auntie's. She simply cannot be outdone.

Miss you both.

All my love,

Juno

 

 The knock on my door was expected this time around. We all had a sneaking suspicion we'd be called to 'family dinner' again when Matteo came home.

 The biggest difference this time, is that when we filed into the dining room, Matteo was already sat at his spot at the head of the table. Compared to how the last few days had been, this felt like drowning before the tides even came in.

 Wine was poured, food was served, but no words were said right away. It took Arlo's bravery to finally have sounds return to the room.

 "Was your trip pleasant, father?"

 Does Matteo even know what that word meant?

 "Indeed," Matteo looks to his right at Leonardo, who's been obnoxiously quiet for someone who was usually obnoxiously loud. "I was able to witness Leonardo successfully lead a team in a contract to take down a merchant's guild."

 A guild? As in, the contract was for multiple people? He led a charge against an entire group?

 "And as such," Matteo turns his attention back to his plate, flaking off a piece of fish with his fork, "Leonardo has been promoted to Guildmaster for the Fifth Talon branch of Crows."

 Never has there been a silence so silent as this silence.

 Leonardo getting to take any charge means if he recruits us for anything, we're under his command. He could send any one of us to our deaths, if he so wished, and that included Viago.

 He was now the most powerful piece Matteo could use on the board.

 I would have to be the same for Viago, even if it meant disrespecting Leonardo.

 "I expect that you did your reading, Juno?" The Fifth Talon is quick to change the topic, pulling my attention to him.

 "I did. I read all the way through the book." I respond. Would he put that to the test? I'm sure I could answer whatever he threw at me anyways.

 "So you are aware of what one must do to be sworn in, then?"

 "Yes sir," I answer, placing down my cutlery. "One must select a contract, successfully take down their target, and deliver a trinket to their Talon as proof of completion. Then they make their oath."

 "And if you fail your contract?" He raises an eyebrow at me, his dark eyes seemingly more menacing than ever.

 "Contracts are completed, or your life is forfeit."

 He sits up a bit straighter in his chair, seemingly pleased by this answer.

 "Excellent, you studied well," He is praising me, but there's nothing satisfying about it. I just feel even more bitter. "And you, Viago, did you learn from your reading?"

 "Yes sir," Viago responds, choosing to focus on his food instead of the Talon.

 Matteo does not seem pleased to not have Viago's full attention.

 "Then perhaps you could tell me at what point a dose of deathroot poison becomes fatal for an elf?"

 Another silence. This one far more menacing.

 "I'm not asking for you to put into practice Viago, I am simply ensuring that you studied as you were told," Matteo places his cutlery down as well, looking over at Viago, who has yet to raise his head.

 Oh gods, he doesn't know the answer.

 His eyes are wide, and he looks like he may start sweating at any moment. He's afraid to say an answer in case it's wrong, which means getting it wrong is just as bad as saying nothing at all. Shit, why didn't Viago study?

 Was it because I kept having everyone over? I kept distracting him? Because we met as a chessboard on the final day, and then he needed to go find a new base of operations? He was so caught up in everything involving me he just never got around to reading?

I did this.

 "I see," Matteo interlocks his fingers, leaning his elbows on the table. "Now why would you lie to me, Viago? This is important work, I'm disappointed."

 Matteo sighs, looking to Leonardo, "Bring him to the shed, exercise the punishment you see fit."

 "Father--" Javier nearly launches out of his chair, Viago's panicked expression crinkles into agony. I didn't know what happened in the shed, but I couldn't let Leo get his hands on Viago, not with how twisted of a grin was on his face right now.

 "It's my fault," I interject, my voice drowning out Matteo trying to silence Javier. "I asked him to help me study, I took up too much of his time."

 "Juno-- No,--"

 "If anyone should be punished, it's me. I used his time selfishly, and I wont sit around looking better than him knowing I dragged him down." Viago grabs at my arm.

 "She is lyin--"

 "I appreciate the honesty," Matteo interrupts, eyeing over Viago who immediately shuts his mouth. "It is quite unlike Viago to fall behind, I see now that he was assisting you. That does not make his failure acceptable, however." Matteo looks to Leo, who looks irritated by my interruption. "While you are living under my roof, you follow orders. Since you feel you should be punished in Viago's place, I shall give you his punishment."

 "Father!" Javier interjects, "She is too young to be put in the shed, surely you can see that?"

 "Since you two seem so keen to disobey and speak out against me directly," Matteo looks from Javier to Viago. "You will be in charge of creating and administering poisons," He looks to Viago, "You better hope your knowledge doesn't fail you this time, because her blood will be on your hands."

 Viago's breathing gives every sign that he's upset, but he dares not speak again.

 "Viago will be in the lab until he has created the proper dosage of 3 vials deathroot poisons for Juno. And Juno will be in the shed until she has received all three doses. Arlo, you will watch over Viago. Javier, you will be administering the doses."

 Poisons I could handle, I mean, I had been already-- granted, I had antidotes then, but surely Viago could get it right this time?

 But... In the shed until he does? How long would that be?

 "I accept the punishment," I speak up, much to the dismay of Javier, Arlo and Viago. "However, might I ask that I deliver Viago's books to the lab before Leo brings me to the shed? I'd prefer to not die the first night."

 Matteo contemplates this, before chuckling once at my statement, likely at Viago's expense, and waving his hand dismissively, "Go, deliver it to the lab and meet Leo in the foyer."

 I gave a short nod, refusing to meet Viago's burning gaze as I stood from my chair and left the dining room.

 I'm sorry, Viago. I can't let Leo hurt you, and I know he will try to. We just barely started the game and the odds are so stacked against us. I wont let them win.

 The truth was, Viago's book was not in my room at all. I just had no faith that my stuff wouldn't be snooped in while I was away, and I don't need anyone finding Lucanis' letter in my box, regardless of poison-- I don't know how long I'm going to be in this shed, but something tells me Leo would be unparalyzed before I could stop him from revealing my secrets.

 So along with some prop books, namely the ones given to me to study crow history, I also grabbed the chest from my dresser. I ripped my necklace off my neck, the hidden key to the chest, my bird whistle, and the corner of a sheet of parchment.

 Don't let them touch my bird. I will be ok.

 I stuff the paper along with my key and whistle into the pages of the heavier book, hurrying to bring everything to the lab. I wasn't hurrying because I was eager to face whatever hell this punishment was going to be, but I was hurrying to make sure Leo didn't come looking for me.

 When I met him in the foyer, he seemed twice as pissed as he had at the table.

 "Brave little bird," He mocked me, opening the door to the yard, "Taking on punishments because Viago isn't man enough to do it himself. Father might let that shit fly, but if it were up to me, you'd both be in the damn shed tonight. Him for fucking up and you for trying to rescue him." He pushes me out the front door, leading me to a small wooden shack at the corner of the property, relatively face away from the main house but still visible out past the gardens. "At least I can take pleasure in knowing Viago will be sweating bullets," Leo pulls open the door to the shed, which actually just sort of looks like a normal shed, though there was quite a number of tools mounted to the walls. "Viago would sooner willingly poison himself than you. How cute it is that the orphans care so much for each other."

 "Cuter that your father seems to care for us more in general," I counter, giving him a bored look despite my insides raging. As if ANY of us want to be here.

 Leonardo lets out a laugh, clearly irritated as he rolls his jaw back and forth, "Just remember, when you're stuck out here, cold and miserable-- that you did this to yourself, for him." Leo grabs some rope from the wall, and I am just now seeing that the things I thought were simply tools has a wire variety of knives included.

 And I suddenly understand why the shed was so alarming to the boys.

 "Drop your knives on the table," Leonardo nods to the mounted counter attached to the wall, and lets out an exasperated huff when I hesitate, "You'll get them back, they wont leave the shed. You're being punished, but I'm not fucking robbing you."

 I cautiously unclip the holster on my leg, placing my mage knife onto the counter. Leo gives an expectant stare "Any others?" He asks, and I feel around my pockets, realizing I did in fact still have a throwing knife in my jacket pocket. I place the second knife on the counter and look back to the older man.

 "That's all of them," Leo clicks his tongue, nodding to the chair. I take a seat as he approaches.

 It felt pointless to fight this. If I fought back, would he put Viago in here? Javier? If all I was doing was being poisoned to the brink, then so be it. I can hallucinate in a shed for however long it takes.

 "Now, I was instructed that I couldn't leave any disfiguring scars," Leo chuckles and he brings my arms around to the back of the chair and ties them together tightly. "So I guess we'll just stick to the smaller knives." He bends down and similarly ties my ankles together.

 Knives?

 "What do mean, knives?" I ask, trying to turn my head to see what he was clattering with behind me, but my arms were actually pushed so tightly against the back of the chair that I couldn't crane my head to see. "I thought I was being poisoned."

 "Oh Juno," Leo says, sickeningly empathetic, "You being poisoned is Viago's punishment," He comes around to the front of me, my own throwing knife in his hand. "The shed is yours." Leo flicks the blade of my knife, a satisfying 'ping' resonating through the metal.

 Fuck.

 "I imagine you're going to be the new honeypot when you get sworn in," Leo slides my knife down my arm, not cutting me open but still giving me the looming threat. "Explains why he doesn't want scars visible anywhere important." Leo looks over my body, like he's marking targets on my skin. "Thank goodness anatomy is such an important topic to cover in the manuals," Leo drags the knife over my torso, across my stomach, and to my thigh. "I know just where to hit that hurts."

 I don't even have time to react.

 He brings my knife into my thigh, holding it down while he listens to my scream.

 Scream? Howl? Shriek?

 I don't know what came out of me, but it almost didn't sound real.

 "Oh yeah," Leo chuckles, "That will get me through the night." He stands, leaving my knife driven into my thigh. "I think there's a lesson for you to learn here; an important one. If you choose Viago, if you support him in line for succession, well--" He nods to the back wall, "I've got plenty more knives."

 I can barely hear him over my hyperventilating, but he leans down one last time, grabbing me by the chin and dragging my face to his ear, "Sleep well, little bird. I'm sure I'll be here before Viago can make a dose of that poison, and we can have more fun in the morning."

 And then he leaves the shed. I can hear a lock click in place.

 And there's still a fucking knife in my leg.

 If I squirm, I can feel it cutting at the edges. If I hold still, it's all I can focus on. There is blood on my pants and seeping out more and more by the minute.

 I try to focus instead on the other sensations, the sweat forming between my shoulder blades, my teeth biting hard into my cheek, the pain of the rope rubbing against my wrists-- but it's still there. It's impossible to ignore.

 There is a piece of me stabbed open with a knife in it, and I cant even pull out the knife.

 And the only thing that stopped that knife from cutting open my face was the sheer fact that I'm going to be used as a honeypot.

 Gods, I fucking hate the Fifth Talon.

 I try to level out my breathing, a new sensation, anything but focusing on the knife-- but it always comes back to the knife. While there is still blood actively seeping out and dripping down my thigh, it will be the only sensation my brain can fixate on.

 What good were these methods in the Crows? Why is this discipline? How many sooner take death over this?

 My vision was blurring at the edges. This wasn't even poison, this was just pain.

 I have no idea how long it's been since Leo walked out, I'm not even sure if I've passed out in small doses, anything felt possible. At some point the night grew eeriely quiet, only occasional crickets to fill the silence.

 Did Papa go through this when he was recruited to the Eighth Talon's house? Was he stabbed when he joined Mama in taking down the archdemon? Was Mama ever stabbed, for that matter? Surely, she must have been, if not by human than by some manner of darkspawn. Was there any way to view this as some fucked up rite of passage?

 Kieran would be so pissed if he knew.

 Kieran... I hope Viago is able to retrieve my letters from my bird. I know there's a window in the lab. Will he be too focused to do so?

 He must be driving himself mad in there.

 Viago and I were much the same, we cared too much. I'm sure he's cursing me down to the deepest part of the deep roads right now, but it brings some relief knowing he's not in here. I imagine he'd have more than just one wound if he was.

 Was this how life would change with Leonardo becoming Guildmaster? Would we need to be perfect by Matteo's standard or else face punishment?

 If this was punishment for not studying, what was punishment for speaking against him? What was punishment for real failure?

 There was no light in the shed besides whatever moonlight could peak in through the cracks in the wood, up until the sun began to rise and the sounds of birds filled the air.

 Had I slept at all? I couldn't even tell, I certainly wasn't actively trying to, but blood loss is a funny thing, it has a way of creeping up on you.

 I was only startled completely awake when the sounds of the lock turning rattled my brain. I steadied myself, only to face surprise when instead of Leo walking in, Javier entered the shed.

 "Juno," His eyes widened as he looked down to my leg "Maker, your leg!" Javier fell to his knees before me.

 "Leave it," Arlo's voice came from the doorway, trailing in behind Javier. "It'll just bleed more if you pull it out anyways, and we both know you aren't allowed to do first aid. That has clotted for now. Don't make her bleed out."

 "Has this been here all night?" Javier asks, and I feel a small sarcastic laugh come out of my lips.

"No, that's where I've always kept it."

 "I cannot believe you are cracking jokes right now," Javier is mad, but not mad enough to smack me. "You've got a knife sticking out of your leg, and I'm expected to dose you with poison? This is actually insane."

 "Is that the knife I bought you?" Arlo furrows his brow "Man, Leo is such a dick."

 "I'll still use it to slit his fucking throat," I give Arlo my best smile, though I'm positive it looks absolutely unhinged given my current state.

 "Damn right you will," Arlo gives a nod. "Three doses. You just have to make it through three doses, and then you're done."

 "We've only got one done so far, but if we start you now, we're hoping we can get you through it quickly," Javier pulls a syringe and vial off of a tray he carried in. "And don't worry, I helped Viago look over his notes. This shouldn't be enough to kill you."

 "Shouldn't be or isn't?"

 "Juno, please," Javier sighs, digging the needle into the vile, "You're a very skinny elf and we were doing our best. Just be grateful this is deathroot and not a vandal aria poison, you'll hallucinate like crazy, but at least the poison wont burn."

 "Might make you itchy," Arlo adds, and I roll my head over to glare at him. "Still could be worse!"

 "I can't move my fucking hands Arlo, don't make me think about being itchy."

 "I know you're in pain Juno, I'm sorry," I can tell Javier thinks about placing a hand on my thigh to try and comfort me, but stops himself. "When you get out of this, I will buy you as much chocolate as you need."

 Maybe that was enough to get me through this. Maybe.

 "Just get it over with," I look to Javier, who is still clearly distressed but knows I'm not wrong. The sooner I get these doses, the quicker I can get out of here and the quicker I can get my leg stitched up. Gods, would it get infected at this rate? "Do not tell

Viago about the knife, he needs to stay focused."

 Javier is fighting back tears as he brings the needle to my skin, muttering another apology as he injects me with the first dose of Deathroot poison. It doesn't feel like much at all, if anything, it just feels cold, like ice water in my vein.

 "Matteo has instructed no more than 1 dose per 12 hours," Javier removes the syringe and puts pressure on my arm to stop any bleeding. "I imagine that's because the dosage becomes lethal if it's given too soon. All well and good anyways, because boiling down the deathroot takes hours as is." He lifts his finger to make sure I'm not bleeding, placing the syringe down on the tray before leaving it on the counter, I imagine as proof of the dosage to Leo. "Ideally, we have you out of here by tomorrow at the latest, though I have no idea if that would be early morning or later in the evening, depending on how fast Viago can craft these potions."

 "Make sure he rests," I look to Arlo with this request, knowing he's more likely to make Viago slow down than Javier is. "If he doesn't sleep, he's more likely to slip up. At least two hours, if nothing else."

 "You think I can convince Viago to do anything?" Arlo raises an eyebrow at me.

 "He certainly can't," I nod to Javier. "Tell him I asked him to. Tell him it's my one demand."

 "Anything else?"

 I close my eyes, feeling my head start to fog. The poison was kicking in.

 "Tell him I'm sorry."

Chapter 14: Little Bird Finds Purpose

Notes:

Is this one significantly longer than the last few have been? It feels like it might be.
I had to get a lot in here, there wasn't exactly a cut off point that felt right until I got to where you'll leave off here.
If you see any spelling errors, or dumb continuity errors-- no you didn't.
I may have had 2 apple buzzballs and tried powering though the entire middle of this chapter.
My bad.
Hope those who do thanksgiving have a great feast today, and a good meal out of this chapter, too!

Meg made 2 images that went with this chapter, so I wanted to be sure to include them both. She did those sick lighting effects again which I think make the image more haunting in this case-- And as it should be!!!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Waiting is exhausting.

And that's not just because it feels like endless nothing, it's because your brain tries to fill that endless nothing with whatever it can, despite whether it makes the waiting better or worse.

Every noise can be analyzed, every sweat drop rolling down my forehead can be followed with imaginary lines, connecting over my skin like lightning strikes. Deathroot did, in fact, itch. Like the sensation you get when you finally realize a mosquito has been drinking from your veins, but you can't lift your hand up to slap it away.

It takes all my brain power to continuously rub my tongue to the roof of my mouth, trying to soothe the itch away with tiny distractions. The only positive was it finally made me not feel my leg, though I'm unsure if that's the poison, the distraction, or the pants stuck to my thigh from the dried blood and sweat. If I come out of this with green skin, I'll make sure to cut it off and mount it on Matteo's bedroom wall.

I’m just angry.

Unbelievably angry.

Not so much that I'm stuck in this situation-- but the fact that everyone in the Fifth Talon house knew exactly what being 'put in the shed' meant, meaning all of them had been here . Meaning every single one of them was brought here to be a personal knife block.

Matteo, and maybe Leo, had hurt my boys, all of them.

And I would make them pay for that someday.

When Leo returned, I was still in the throes of deathroot poison hallucinations. I could focus enough on his shape to see him bending over to get close to my face.

"You look like hell," He chuckles. "I want you here for this, so time for a wake up."

His words were just words until he stood straight up, and I felt the slap of water drench my body, ice cold and plentiful.

My vision snapped back, and I could see his smug look once more, though I much prefer not to.

"Fuck you," I laugh bitterly, tipping my head back in the chair. I was so tired. So unbelievably tired. And now I was wet and cold, and the only relief came with feeling the water drip down my spine and wash away some of the sweat. "It was so much better when I couldn't see your face."

"I wouldn't want you passing out before I got to have any fun," Leonardo throws the bucket in his hands to the ground, looking down the knife in my thigh. "What a good girl you are, keeping our little trinket right where I left it. Obedience will get you far, you know."

He presses down on the handle of my throwing knife, ripping a pained groan from my throat, fighting against the teeth I was gritting trying to hold back from giving him a reaction. What the hell happened to this guy to make him like this? Was he just born like this? Could anyone just be this way from birth, or was he a victim of his circumstances like the rest of us? If we all stayed here, under Matteo's thumb, would we all turn out this way?

No.

No, I wouldn't let myself fall that low.

"Now," Leo rises, his footsteps shuffling back to the shelf. "Should we keep this little collection going?" I hear metal scraping against metal, "Really such a shame you're so small, I feel like I never get to use the big knives unless it's Arlo in the chair."

Arlo?

"He's not so tough when there's a knife in his ribs, you know?" Leo chuckles, swinging back into eyesight. If I could punch his eyes out of their sockets to get revenge for whatever shit he put Arlo through, I’d do it. "Oh, wipe that look off your face. Everyone who has been in here has earned it, one way or another," Leo reaches down, sweeping some dripping hair from my face. I snap at his fingers with my teeth, not quite catching his fingers. "You know, you're a pain in my ass. Here I am, trying to help you, and you just keep getting more insufferable."

"You put a knife in. my. leg."

"And I'd do it again," Leo brings his fingers up, placing them around my throat but not squeezing down enough to choke me. "The sooner you learn your place, the easier this gets. Give in, and maybe I'll cut you some slack, I could be generous."

If the way Lucanis looked at me felt like a predator and prey, then this was more like how a reaper looked at a lost soul. This was the moment before the final strike to deal a killing blow.

It really is such a shame I'm a giant pain in the ass.

"Is that what you did, you gave in?" The familiar sweat comes creeping back in, despite the chills from the ice water still lingering on my skin. "Let the Talon turn you into a beast he can bend and break?"

"I was a beast before he ever asked it of me," Leo's amusement fell from his face, now bored of words and wanting only to bring his reckoning upon me. "Last chance, Juno. You can support my climb to Fifth Talon, or you can struggle in the pits with the rest of this house."

Leo brings his new knife of choice up to my lip, slicing open a slit slowly in my lower lip. It burned, but it was nothing compared to everything else. He was nothing. I wouldn't let him become anything, especially the next talon.

"Give me a shovel, I'll dig the pit myself." I pull my lip into my mouth, sucking hard to dry blood, before spitting it towards Leo. It lands, rather satisfyingly, square onto his chest, past the gap in the open buttons of his shirt.

I could see his jaw lock, break its stuck position, and snap close all in a second's time.

"Have it your way." He's dragging the newer, smaller knife down my body much in the same way he did with the first. It makes my leg twitch and recoil in fear, not ready for another round of pain. For a moment, I think I'm saved, because he doesn't push the knife into the same wound.

"Tendon," Leo drags the knife to the right, stopping a few inches past my first wound "Muscle."

And his arm is drawn up and back down once more, a new knife driven into my thigh. My cries are strangled, trying so hard to hold it in but at some point, you can't fight it anymore.

"Louder, make sure he can hear you. I opened the lab window myself before coming down. I want him to hear you cry ," Much to my dismay, he twists the handle sideways, changing the slit sized wound to a circular stab wound peeled open further. "Maybe Viago will work a little faster for you if he can hear how bad it hurts."

Now I really needed to reign it in. I could not afford to have Viago distracted.

It came out as sharp breathes, whining between each, not enough to travel through the air but enough that Leo could hear, which was frustrating.

"I will ruin you," I manage to choke out.

"I'd like to see you try," Leonardo leaves another handle jutting out of my leg, dropping down low to see the wounded skin up close before rising to his feet. "You wouldn't last a day in the field. You won't make it past intel."

"Try me," I spit back. If I keep talking, I can not focus on my leg. "I'll rise higher than you, faster than you , with ease ." Leo collects his bucket from the floor, "I just have to make it to Guildmaster before 25, right? Easy."

I can see this strikes a nerve with him, by the rolling of his shoulder as he looks back to me, "You won't even get your oath in."

He's gone again, the sound of the lock of the door clicking into place.

And I can finally let out the groans of pain that had been shaking their way up and out of my throat.

Fuck. All that is holy, holy fuck . One was bad, one healed over was manageable-- Two was unbearable. Two was a nightmare. Two was having your pants nailed to the chair, like you couldn't lift your leg even if you tried.

It was sobering enough to pull me from the poisons once more. I wasn't sure I'd slip back into it this time. Did hours pass? Was it just minutes? How could you tell the time in here, apart from whether or not there was any sunlight creeping in between the wooden slats of the roof?

The second time the door opened, it was Javier again. I thought for sure it was still day, but the blue light of the moon creeping in the door was unmistakable.I had lost time again altogether.

"Juno," Javier gets a glimpse of my legs, winces, and then cannot bring his face to it again. "I hate this." He says, his voice shakes in his throat.

"Get it over with," It comes out from my lips like I'm drunk, like this is just another shot in the shit show of my life. "The sooner the better, I don't want to regain feeling in my leg."

"If I look at your leg, I might actually hurl," Javier turns all the way around, holding the tray with the needle and vial to one side, while holding his head to the other.

"Then throw up and get it over with," I groan, my hands balling into first behind my back. "How is it that you've all experienced this shed enough to know what happens in here, but can't bear to see what happens to me in it?"

"Because it's YOU, Juno," Javier snaps, his head turning but not completely looking over at me. "I cannot handle seeing it happen to you."

"That's pretty weak, Javie," I chuckle, leaning my head on my shoulder to look at him. "I put myself here, you know."

"And for WHAT ?" He finally turns to face me, and it's an expression I've never seen him wear before. He's mad. He's actually mad. "So that Viago wouldn't have to go toe to toe with Leo? You don't think he's learned to handle that by now?"

"You know who hasn't learned to handle it? ME," I strain against the ropes on my wrists, wincing as the pain in my leg shifts and bolts up my entire sciatic nerve. "I have nothing to go off, no frame of reference at all. So yeah, out of everyone who could be in here, I make the most sense."

"That's enough." Arlo's voice is not nearly as emotional. It's definitive. It's the end of an argument. "Juno, putting yourself at risk for Viago's sake was rash and reckless. He doesn't approve, and neither do we," Arlo scoops the vial and needle off the tray Javier holds, kneeling down before me with an unshakable nerve. "You're right that you haven't learned to handle it, you're trying to swing full speed into something that took us years to get accustomed to. You're not supposed to learn your limit in a single night, and yet you're sitting here trying to push it."

I remain quiet as Arlo hurriedly plunges another needle into my arm, dosing the second vial of deathroot poison. "I am trying my best to give you the respect you're asking for, but it's hard to cultivate any when you choose to sit and act like a defiant child. You acted against Viago's wishes, you took on a punishment meant for him, and you put yourself into a compromised position when we just barely brought you into the game. If you asked Viago, nothing you did is deserving of respect," Arlo holds his thumb tightly over the curve of my elbow, stopping any poison from leaking out of the injection site, a distinct trait of a crow who was used to years and years of self dosing. "I can't give Viago everything he wants, I can't help but admire your courage, but I cannot compliment you if you continue to act so reckless . You aren't deserving of praise if you act like a woman on fire."

My head pulses with his words. Sure, I'm positive Viago didn't want me here and sure , he would do anything he could to get me out as fast as possible-- I get it. Lecture me. But did I deserve it? Truly?

I don't think so.

"You've got one more dose," Arlo whispers, pulling his hand from my elbow and rubbing small circles around the wound to try to disperse the seeping blood, "One more dose to sit through the side effects of and then you're out-- Please, please just pull through. No more pissing anyone off, no more jumping into the frey-- just accept fate and let it run its course. The game isn't in here, it's out there, and we need you."

"One more dose." I repeat, and Arlo pats my arm one final time, placing a kiss over the bruise in my elbow and rising to his feet. 

"Almost done, little bird, hang in there."

My head is so heavy as he leaves. so heavy as the lock clicks close. Is it the lack of sleep? The poison? The adrenaline crash?

It could be everything.

It's harder at night, when the bird songs are gone and there's no lingering sounds of the city in the air. It's just quiet, dreadfully, painfully quiet.

I've never been much good at sitting in silence.

The third time the door opens, it's a relief. No more silence, something to free me from the real torture-- the quiet. The thoughts.

But then I see who it is, and it's clear that it's all in my head.

"Juno," His voice is almost foreign now, but it hasn't even been that long. "It's time to get up."

"You're not real," I shut my eyes tight, dropping my head as low as I can manage so I don't have to look. This wasn't real.

"And how do you know that, princess?"

It squeezes the parts of my heart I didn't know were still hurting.

"Because if you showed up when I needed you, you would've been here already," I decided to spare a glance at the familiar bronze eyes, my eyes betraying me by filling with tears. "And you would never wear something so boring."

"You wound me," His hand reaches out to my cheek, and I feel it, and it's warm and it's so SO real, "Why not get out of those ropes and give Papa a hug?"

But it's not real enough.

A second glance at the door shows it's closed. Still locked in place. I was still with it enough to see that much.

"If I get out of these ropes, I will be in twice as much trouble as I already am," I respond, leaning back in the chair, choosing to face my hallucination head on. "And if you were really Papa, you would've had me out of them by now."

"Must you overcomplicate this? Can you not just be glad to see me?" This hallucination, this thing wearing my father's face, had a convincing tap into my memories, because the way it could reflect my father's disappointed face was absolutely spot on. "I did come to help, you know."

"Then help," I shrug, "It doesn't change the truth."

"What exactly are you afraid of? Are you afraid that someone could possibly care enough to get you out of here?"

"I'm not afraid of shit--"

"You are.” His arms cross, and I feel like a little kid all over again. I'm 5 and Papa's upset I stole something from the market when we have plenty of coin, I'm 10 and he's upset I pushed Kieran over when I was arguing with him, I'm 13 and he's upset I tried to hide that I couldn’t control my magic from him and Mama because I was scared--- Every time. Every time I was scared. I was scared that they were spending all their coin when Mama could no longer fight the same as she used to, I was scared of the old god inside Kieran and I was scared that Mama and Papa wouldn't want me anymore when I couldn't use a regular staff to channel my magic. I was scared of Papa. I was scared of his disappointment in me.

I was scared of everyone's disappointment in me.

Even my own.

"Being scared is not a weakness, Juno," Papa leans down, placing his hand on my head. My mind is filled with leather, campfire smoke, hearty stews and spiced brandy. Even my nose betrays the truth. "Being scared simply means you understand the worst possible outcome. So if you know what the worst thing is that can happen, you should be able to figure out how to avoid it."

"No," I shake my head, pulling the traitorous hand from my scalp. "I need to stay here. I'm almost done, I'm almost free."

"You are dying ," His fingers graze over the knives on my legs. "You are losing blood, you are filled with a poison that your body is too busy fighting off to work on healing anything else. You will bleed out before you're able to take anymore."

I choose to look at my leg, for the first time in who knows how long. It's worse than I remember. No wonder Javier almost threw up.

My entire pant leg was a mix of dark dried blood stains and wet shiny new ones. In tensing at the sight, I can see blood still pooling out of the newer wound, and there's the slightest bit of new blood bubbling up out of the old one.

Looking at it brings back the pain.

"So what is this," I wince, willing some bile back down my esophagus. "Are you my brain trying to come up with a plan? Is that what happens now, we just rely on someone else to get us out of our messes?"

"I am not you, or your brain," He hesitates, "Nor am I your father , I am sorry for that."

"I gathered that," My vision pulses as my head throbs, was it dehydration? The blood loss? "So if you aren't me, who are you?"

The image waver in front of me, glowing, shifting. Then its form is shapeless, before it settles on what looks almost like a floating rib cage, but more bird-like than that, a glowing spine with outreaching limbs that flexed like wings.

"Oh shit," I yank on the robes binding my hands together. I was so close to death I was attracting spirits, now? That woke me up.

"Fear not," It says, though it has no mouth to speak from. Is it a man? A woman? Could it be either? I couldn't tell. "I only came to remind you that you are bigger than this, that your soul has much more to do, and that you must get out of here and get help."

"So you aren't here to possess me and use my magic to blow up a church? Because that's apparently a real concern people have to consider." Pushing back against the ropes on my wrists, I feel the jute cord in the braid carving and peeling back skin.

"Justice had no business going to a place where injustice ruled, nor did he have any business taking that mage's body for his own," The glowing blue light of the spirit lit up every dark crevice of the shed. It was pretty, in an eerie way, such an ethereal blue. "Justice and I are not the same."

"Then which one are you?" I reach up, scratching at the ropes with the nail of my middle finger. There was no way to bust this open. "Despair?"

"Purpose."

Purpose.

'Heed these words, child : The longer you hang onto what was and do not move forward on your path with purpose, the longer it will take to achieve your goal.'

Here I was thinking I just needed to steel my resolve.

Could the real truth really be so literal?

"Have you been watching me?" I ask, and there's no voice echoing through the shed in response. "Have you been watching me sleep? Following me?"

"I apologize," No way, "I tried to remain out of sight, but you are very in tune with the fade."

"Yeah, I've heard that before," I scoff, this still didn't feel real.

'You are followed by purpose, always on the edges of your sight, but to move forward, you must look it in the eyes.'

Was this really the best decision? Was I opening myself up for possession if I listened, if I interacted? It says it's not here for that, but what else?

"You are yearning for bigger things," It responds "I can hear your heart sing. You have much to accomplish, much to live for. I do not wish to see you die here."

"So what exactly was your plan, then? Taunt me with my father until I tried to kill you? Or were you actually planning on telling me how to get out of this?"

"I have no plan," it responds, "But I hear your deepest thoughts, the ones your mind hides and your heart echoes. You always think of something."

"So you came here to help me, to tell me to think of something?"

"Sometimes you may need a reminder."

.

.

.

Thanks. I guess.

"Still didn't need to bring my dad into this," I grumble, tugging at the ropes behind my back again. "I've got enough open wounds."

"You are quite motivated by your father, I thought his shape may help."

"Yeah? And his cologne?"

"That was simply your memories I was pulling from, they can evoke senses when I grasp on to them"

"Yeah, well, knock that off," I look down at my legs again, trying to assess the rope situation on my ankles. "I'd probably let myself die if he ever saw me in this state. Not exactly the motivator you thought it would be."

"You felt your fear," Man, what is this things deal ? I don't need to be read so hard . "That was a motivator you needed. You push down fear instead of looking it in the eyes before."

Those words again. Weird.

"Yeah, well, if I ever get out of here I'll probably have to do it a lot more," I cock my head to the side, trying to figure out if there was any way to dislocate my wrist to get it out of these bindings. "If the Talon doesn't kill me on the spot, I'll need an upperhand."

"You have magic," The spirit says it likes it's that simple. "He does not."

Magic.

It was... well, it was difficult without my knife there to contain the mana, but I could still use it. I used to be unable to control my magic altogether, that's why Mama had Auntie Morrigan train me in the first place, because even Mama didn't understand how to reign it in. Without the knife touching me, without it on my thigh or in my hands, it was risky.

But. Surely it couldn't still be THAT bad?

"You should get out," I look back to the spirit floating before me. Purpose, huh? Fine. Move forward on my path with Purpose. I can do that. "This could go really wrong and I don't want you hurt."

Watching the spirit float off and fade through the door, I took a deep breath. It was time to face a whole lot of fears, all at once. Did I have a plan?

Barely.

Even if I get out of these ropes, there's still two knives in my legs, and Viago and Javier and I are all still technically being punished. If I try to get these wounds cleaned and stitched up before I get the chance to see Matteo, he might be more pissed.

I'd have to see him first.

And what do I even say?

Negotiate? ' Hey, I was dying, so I got out to get help '.

No, he'd blame Viago. He'd blame the poison. So what does that leave me with?

Mythal'enaste, I don't know!

... What would Papa do?

Well.

I know what Papa would do, but he's stronger than me, and he's never been one to care about consequences. This time there's stakes. Viago has not been declared Matteo's successor. So Papa's answer-- killing him-- that's not an option.

But maybe I don't need to be Papa. Maybe... I just need to remind him of Papa, like Viago said.

"Good enough," I take one more deep breath, channeling my mana into a stream like Auntie used to have me do. I channel it from my core up my torso, down my arms, to my fingertips. Any magic would do, ice, storms, necrosis-- Honestly, if it got these ropes off, it was enough.

I stare at the floor, trying to focus on the feeling in my fingertips, trying to focus on the rope-- but it goes wrong, of course it does. A circle begins to form on the floor, red, glowing.

Fire magic.

And not just small fire magic, a pyre. And here I was, at the center.

The flames are high immediately, bursting from the ground as if demons had torn their way to the surface. It's hot, bright, and it hurts to keep my eyes open.

But it still works.

I use my toes to tip the chair back enough to dip my hands into the flames, feeling the dry jute rope catch instantly, and I'm quick to rip it from my wrists and let the chair fall back into place. Ankles free, just in time. The roof of the shed catches fire above me.

I raise up, determined to fight off the dizziness of my weak state, and grab my mage knife, directing it at the wooden door and blasting it away with my lightning magic.

I make it through the door and turn to watch the roof of the shed cave in, embers fluttering up into the air like fireflies.

A poetically beautiful end to such a fucking tragic space.

Now. There's no turning back .

You'd think, with two knives in my leg, my steps would be heavy, that they'd betray me altogether and let everyone hear there was a ghost creeping though the halls. But even this damaged, Leo truly didn't account for just how small I could be. No fancy silver lined boots clicking as I walk, just me and my footwraps, holstered mage knife on my leg, slinking through the halls and up the stairs, all the way to the master bedroom.

You want to make me a weapon? A little elven lure for the crows to catch their prey? Then you'll be first.

Even the doorknob to his bedroom is silent as I slip inside the room.

If you had asked me a week ago whether I thought Matteo De Riva slept, I'd sooner argue he was possessed and stayed up at night scaring children and lurking in shadows. But I've learned some things about Matteo recently that changed that. Matteo De Riva was inarguably human; and to try to compare him to the monsters in the night made him seem untouchable.

Matteo was not untouchable.

Especially not while he slept.

He didn't stir at first, when I climbed onto the bed, placing my knees on either side of his sleeping form. He didn't stir as I stared, running through the scenes in my head-- choking him, stabbing him, clawing my way into his chest to rip his heart out with my bare hands.

No.

Matteo didn't wake up until I gently placed a hand on his pillow, directly beside his head.

"Juno," You would think he'd stir instantly, push me off, throw me to the ground. But much more curious than that, he remained deathly still. "Which one of them let you out?"

Oh. How delightful. He thinks I got help.

I can’t help the teeth that poke out from behind my lips, "I burnt that shed to the ground, all by myself." I lean forward, wishing I could get a painting of the look on Matteo's face. It was everything. "I'm done being punished."

"That's not for you to decide." Matteo narrows his eyes at me, his hands finding their way to my waist, trying to gain some control of the situation. "You're not in charge here, Juno."

I wasn't?

I rip the smaller knife from my leg in an instant, watching Matteo flinch as I stab it into the pillow next to his head, not quite touching him, but not enough to make it seem like I wouldn't.

"I said: I'm. Done. " His hands grip tighter on my hips, his eyes are wider and wild. He was scared. Scared of me. "You want me to be a crow? Fine. You want me to be your little honeypot? Absolutely. Make me a weapon -- but letting Leonardo follow me around? Spy on me? Leave me with knives sticking out of my fucking leg? Stops. Now." I hold my breath, pulling the other knife out of my thigh and raising it to Matteo's face, cleaning the side on his cheek and leaving a trail of my blood in its wake. "Did you really think I'd be so helpless? The daughter of the crow's biggest traitor and the woman who brought an archdemon to its knees?"

"The warden..."

"That's Mama," I press my tongue into my cheek. "You can have my power, you even can put me in your weird little talon ladder climb to the top-- But don't you think for a second you can break me, because I'm born of legends , and you're just another crow begging for a visit from my Papa."

"Your father isn't here--"

"No. I am , and that should scare you more," I pull the smaller knife out from his pillow, looking over the blade, now mostly wiped clean of blood from the down of the pillow. "He spared your life once, let you run with your tail between your legs to skip a contract-- You'd be dead if it weren't for him. Do you think he'd do it again if he knew there were stab wounds in my legs? Poison in my veins?" I slide off the bed, knives still in hand as I stand before him on his tiled bedroom floor. " Do you think you could outrun us both?"

He's silent. It's not much of an answer, but it would have to be enough for now.

"I'm going to get stitches," I start towards the door, feeling new blood seep down my leg. "So I will be retrieving Viago, and then I will be going to bed, and by the time I wake up, you'd best have called off your dog-- Sorry, Guildmaster ," I correct, "You get your way when you negotiate, not by trying to bleed me out."

I half expect him to yell for Leonardo, but it's silent as I make my way to the infirmary attached to the lab. I could see the lights on, pooling through the crack under the door.

There's the blood loss capturing up with me.

I stumble into the door, nearly collapsing as I push it in, spilling into the infirmary.

"Juno," Javier is to me first, grabbing my elbow to hold me up, "What are you doing in here?" He follows as I stumble over to a bed, collapsing onto it and sticking my leg out to try and get the blood to pool and clot. "You need to get back to the shed before Le--"

"There is no shed." I snap.

"W.. What?"

"There. Is. No. Shed," I toss the knives in my hand up onto a rolling medical tray, "So go get the iodine and a needle, before I bleed out."

The hurried steps from the lab section of the infirmary match the flying pace of my heart.

"Juno," His voice is a comfort, even though I know he's going to give me hell.  "How are you here?"

I tilt my head over on the bed to view Viago in all his glory, because if I can't have my dad here, I really needed the next best thing.

"I burned down the shed," I admit, choosing to leave out that whole... spirit interaction . "Could we perhaps continue this interrogation over sutures? I've been bleeding for two days."

"Bleeding?" Viago's eyes look to my leg, pants stained red with blood. "Mierda, what did he do to you ?"

Viago pulls off his gloves as Javier hurries over with a bowl of water, rag, scissors, a needle , suture thread and iodine.

"Tis but a flesh wound," I reach back for my throwing knife, grateful I carried it all the way here despite its precarious location, and sliced at my pants, cutting the thigh out of my pants. "Okay, so maybe it's a little deeper than a flesh wound, but I got here, so that's something." I peel back the fabric, unsettled by the sound it makes as the soaked fabric peels apart from my skin, akin to the noise that's made when pulling hide from fur, tearing and wet.

"That is not a flesh wound, Juno, " Viago clenches his fist to compose himself. Yeah, he really wants to yell at me. But he isn't. "This is going to hurt."

"No shit," I counter. "It hurt going in, it hurt coming out, it'll hurt getting it put together. Just do it, I'll manage." Viago stands, pulls his belt off, and holds the leather to my face. 

"You are going to bite down so you don't bite your tongue, and you--" Viago looks to Javier, "are going to go grab the vials of antidote we were crafting for when she was out. She won't be able to fight off infection if she's still fighting deathroot."

Not out of the woods yet, just out of the shed.

I couldn't tell you which part of the stitches hurt the most-- the cleaning, the sanitizing, or the stitches themselves. It all sucked. My molars left permanent indents into the leather of Viago's belt. I was covered in sweat all over again, I probably smell horrific.

But I could tell Viago was scared. His hands shook when he sewed me up. He winced every time I made a noise. He made Javier hold my hand through each stitch.

And then, in his greatest act of mercy, he carried me to the bath in the corner of the infirmary, placing me down to check the temperature of the water he had Javier heat up before sending him to bed, and to pull the privacy screen across that small section of the room.

"What will you do when Matteo finds you?" He asks, from the other side of the screen.

"He knows already." I answer. "I found him."

"And he let you walk free?"

"He didn't have much of a choice," I answered, finally free of my clothes and sinking into the tub. It stings, there's herbs in the water mingling with my fresh wounds, but it felt good to get the dried salt of my sweat scratched off my face and neck. "I was the only one in the room with a knife."

"You threatened him--"

"No," I ponder, "Well, yes and no. I prefer to say we negotiated."

"Juno," I can hear Viago sigh, "What did you negotiate , then?"

"Me," I answered. "I reminded him of who I was, who my parents were. I let him know that if he intends to try and get me to cooperate with his plans, then he'd only get it if he called off Leo."

"and that ... worked?"

"I don't know," I looked over my hands in the water, my wrists rubbed raw from the rope that bound them. "But I'm here, and I'm not dying anymore, so..."

"You lost a lot of blood," Viago says quietly. "Your skin is so pale, you don't look the same."

"Speak for yourself," I joke, "You don't look like you slept at all."

"I didn't."

Yeah, I guess I saw that coming.

I lean my head back, dunking my hair into the water to scrub it free of sweat.

"Juno?"

"Hmm?"

He's quiet for a moment, like he still doesn't think I'm real.

"Don't do that to me again," His voice is still soft. "Please."

"I'm okay, Viago." I still my movements in the water, listening for his reply. There is none. "Really, I can handle--"

"DAMMIT, Juno, I don't CARE what you can handle--" The suddenness of his temper makes me leap a bit. "-- I can't. I can't handle it. I can't handle hearing your screams."

I guess Leo was right. Our biggest weaknesses were each other. Two sad little orphans, taking stabs for one another.

"And I wouldn't be able to handle hearing yours." I answer. I slipped out of the tub, drying myself off while I spoke, "And I wasn't wrong, you lost your time over the week because of me, my plans, my ideas, my mess."

"But I made that choice, I did that on my own, and then instead of letting me face it-- you took that from me. You made your own choice, and you got hurt."

I slide on the night clothes Javier prepared, meeting Viago on the other side of the privacy screen, looking up into his blue eyes.

He was tired. Wrecked, even.

"I'm afraid I have no regret to give you, Viago." This was my path now, the one I chose to make to help us reach the heights we needed to to change the Crows. I was a rook, I would risk it all to protect the king. "You don't get to be the only person trying to protect someone, that's not how loving people works." His eyes gloss over, and I reach for his hand. "Yell at me, scream if you'd like, but you are my family and I love you, and I won't let you spill blood for my sake."

And I watch Viago crumble. His shoulders sag, his eyes shut, and he pulls me to him, bringing his forehead down to rest on the top of my head.

"You just might kill me before I ever become Talon."

"You won't die from feelings, stupid."

" Idiot. "

" Jerk. "

His breathless laugh brushes down my face, followed by an annoyed groan, and even though he claims to be upset with me, and he is irritated with how this entire scenario played out, he still joins me in bed and keeps his arm wrapped tightly over me until the morning.

And for once, I was grateful to have no letters to read before bed.

Chapter 15: Little Bird Learns to Sing

Notes:

Sometimes I'm like "Yeah this is just filler for the next x part of the plot"
And then I write out a bunch of important shit in the chapter and I'm like
Oh okay, I don't even know what a filler chapter is, I guess.
I dedicate this chapter to Meggles, for being so real about Arlo being attractive because dang he makes me feel some type of way.

Also, bonus points to anyone who understands the combat training reference, I absolutely had to borrow the tactic from one of my all time favorite films.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Auntie,

 

I came across something rather curious, and I'd like to hear your thoughts on the matter. I was facing a tough moment, and before me appeared a spirit. It identified as a spirit of purpose. I haven't heard of such a spirit before. I know your ideas of what spirits are and what they can do vastly differ from Mama's. Can you tell me about a spirit of purpose? Are they safe? Would it's nature fall victim to the cruelties of this world too easily and change it to a demon?

 

Please do not misunderstand my line of questioning, I do not wish to have any physical interaction with this spirit or to be bound to it in any way-- but I wonder, is talking to a spirit dangerous? What if I aided it in getting it back to the fade?

 

I believe fate is pushing me towards something, but I am unsure just what.

I miss you, deeply.

 

Love always,

Juno

 

Never again will I take for granted the feeling of parchment under my fingertips. The scratching of quill on paper sounded like a symphony to my ears. I even missed this vanity, my own reflection echoing my movements in the mirror in front of me. It wasn't just two days of being away, it was two days of agony longing for the simplicity of day to day life.

And letters were day to day life, my favorite part of it , in fact.

Historically, I didn't oft wake up before Viago. He was usually in bed at night and awake in the early hours before anyone else in the De Riva Estate. Today was the exception, all the stress seemed to have whittled him down to nothing. I managed to pry myself out from his arms once the sun rose, but I'd be lying if I said it wasn't a struggle. The guy had an iron grip, even in his sleep.

I was able to follow my usual routine; braid my hair out of my face, put on makeup. It wasn't until I got to changing that I realized that I really didn't want the feeling of tight pants pressed against my sutures all day. Though I hated to do it, I settled on wearing a long skirt to let my wound breathe. I would just simply have to not do combat training today, not that I imagine Arlo would make me do much of it anyways. 

Today was bound to be weird regardless, right? I'm sure I'd get another earful from each brother, perhaps even each chess piece if word got around about what happened. I'm sure I'd have another uncomfortable confrontation with Matteo, deal with glares across the courtyard from Leo and likely spend at least the next week stumbling from a small limp-- I could walk, but using the muscle to step certainly made my leg feel like it could collapse at any moment. It would be a weird day... but I would get through it.

I always do.

When Viago finally stirred from his sleep, I watched him quietly palm at the bed, furrow his brow, then frantically sit up and whip his head around. I was by the window when he awoke, placing my gifted chest atop my dresser once more, retrieved from its hiding spot in the lab.

"Good morning," I offer, and Viago's once tensed shoulders drop. "Nervous about me sneaking off, are you?"

Viago falls back onto the pillows with a sigh, rubbing at his eyes, "If I know where you are, I can stop you from doing reckless things."

I snort, "You can't keep your eyes on me 24 hours a day, Vi."

"I know," He pulls himself off the bed, getting up and stretching his back "I need to become talon so I can pay other people to do it for me."

"You need to become talon so you don't have to have anyone watch me." I correct him, but he tosses an unamused glance my way.

"You won't stop being you simply because I become talon, I will always have to worry, and I will always have to watch out for you."

"Wow, that's a super strange way to say ' Juno, I love you, you're the best sister I could ever ask for' , but I will accept your compliments nonetheless."

"Not a compliment," He rebuttals, "Tonight, I need to show you the place Teia and I found. Can you walk okay?"

I cross the room to him, flinching every few steps, "If we take it slow, it should be fine. I'll get some elfroot in me, that always seems to do the trick."

"I'm sure I have some painkillers in the lab I can give you as well," Viago starts into the hall. "I'll find you later."

It was not long after his retreating footsteps were followed up by newer ones in my doorway.

"Miss,"

"Yeah yeah, I know," I look over myself in the mirror before looking back to the attendant who came to retrieve me. "Where is he?"

"The sitting room, Miss."

Matteo De Riva chose to be the first stepping stone of the day. Fine.

I pull open my dresser, grabbed an old clay pipe passed to me from Auntie Morrigan, packed it full of dried elfroot and started down the stairs. I might as well be masquerading as her, at this point, wearing her clothes and jewelry, smoking her herbs from her old pipe.

No wonder Kieran and I never really clicked romantically. I see his mom in him, and he sees his mom in me.

I can feel my mana flowing through my mage knife on my hip as I summon a spark into the pipe, the dried herbs smoldering under the momentary flame. The first breath of smoke was everything.

To most, Elfroot was just a healing herb, great for putting on wounds to speed up healing and drink in teas for quick ingestion and internal issues. For elves ? For mages?

It was healing heat, it was slightly numb limbs, it was the feeling of mana pooling in your center building and building until it flows through your veins. For elves, elfroot was inner peace. For mages , elfroot was renewed energy. For elven mages? It was flowing, circling power and complete control.

Not feeling my torn muscle helped, too.

It must've been quite the sight for Matteo, to see the girl who was bleeding atop him last night, smiling like a devil and wiping blood on his face, so tame the following morning.

With a gesture, he has the attendant shut the sitting room doors, and we're left alone. I step to the seating area, sitting on the couch opposite of Matteo, taking another inhale of my pipe and eyeing over the space.

He had coffee made on the center table. How unsurprisingly hospitable.

"You seem to have recovered well," Matteo looks me over, searching for any sign of damage on the skin that was available to the eye. "Will there be any permanent damage?"

I snort, boredly drawing my attention to the door, "Leo's not dumb enough to damage the goods." I run a hand over my thigh, the silky fabric of the skirt brushing over the peaks of my stitches. "Maybe a scar on my thigh, but I'm sure the wound will heal before too long."

It's disgustingly civil conversation, but it had to be.

We all had to ascend to greater ranks in the crows to be able to dismantle it from the inside, and Matteo was my way in. I had to be good enough to get him to give me a contract, complete that contract, and swear in. And I had to do it while being quiet enough about the plans that he would still be interested in having Viago be his successor.

So as much as it felt like I wanted to choke , I had to be a good little crow for the Fifth Talon, so I could destroy what he's created later.

"Excellent," Matteo picks up his coffee cup from the table, "You seem to have a grasp on the empty role I'm looking to have you fill within the Fifth House positions, so let me spell it out for you; our ranks lack women, especially elves. Most Elves wind up in the 8th house, and most women either wind up in the 7th or 1st Houses. That means, to enlist crows who are experts in seduction techniques, we wind up borrowing from other houses--- splitting the contract payments."

The laugh under my breath does not go unnoticed by Matteo, but he continues, "The loss of coin for the assassins putting actual work in causes discourse in the rankings."

"So," I take another puff on my pipe, tilting my head as I watch over Matteo, "You need the pretty elf to fill the gaps. I get it, I believe the term Leo used was ' honeypot '," I feel a grimace fall onto my lips, "I'd prefer to not be called that, but I already told you I was interested in joining the crows. You don't have to convince me." I gesture to the coffee table, littered with pastries and drink fixings, "I took a punishment that I deserved until I couldn't, and then I got out. This doesn't have to be more complicated than that."

"You made it more complicated," Matteo glowered at me with suspicion, "I had my doubts when your father brought you here about your intentions, and then I try to test what you can handle-- and you stab a knife into my pillow and wipe your blood on my face."

I give him a little smile, "What can I say? Red's your color."

"If you are going to fight me around every corner, what good is having you here?" He snaps, letting out an irritated huff. "You say you want this, and then you turn around and act out."

"I don't think you get to play the victim this time," I reach down, tapping the ashes out of my pipe into the filled coffee cup on my side of the table, a gesture that I hope conveys my disinterest in his kindness. "You have your eldest son following me around like an obsessive stalker, reporting on my conversations and actions, and you punch me in the face for getting along with both of the boys in line to be the future first talon. Saving my sanity is not ' acting out '."

The Talon sneers a bit as he watches the elfroot ashes floating in the coffee, "If you get involved romantically with one of the Dellamorte--"

"-- So I wont," I interrupt, throwing up a hand. "See how easy that was? No bruises, no blood, no knives." I gesture to Matteo, " You are the Fifth Talon. Your word goes. And I'm sure you've noticed by now, but I'm rooting to see Viago move up to eventually become your successor-- So the answer is pretty simple. I obey," I watch as Matteo relaxes his shoulders, looking over me with less frustration and more satisfaction. "I only ask that Leonardo busies himself with something more meaningful, I'd like to be able to bathe without the paranoia of his eyes on my skin."

"He would not watch you bathe--"

"Do you know that?" I spit, "Do you know for a fact that he is not following me everywhere I go? Watching everything? Waiting for the perfect opportunity to.. to SOIL me? Before I'm even the Fifth House's little baited trap?"

Matteo is silent for a moment, and I swallow down the minor irritation at his lack of a reaction.

"He's creepy and the only reason I ever want to be near him is if I'm on a mission. I will sit through dinners with him when you call, but if I catch him in my shadow again I will drink all the blood from his body and throw him in the canals."

"Leonardo will no longer be an issue," He places his coffee cup down, placing his hands in his lap. "Being Guildmaster will take him away on contract missions frequently, anyways, and we had a word this morning about his behavior towards you," He looks down to my lap, dragging his eyes back up my torso, "And his choice of discipline when he was very specifically told to be gentle."

Gentle? That was his idea of gentle?

"Thank you," I pondered my next choices, "I apologize for my state last night, I was... distressed . And viciously hallucinating." I looked over my nails, noticing some polish was chipping. I'd have to fill these in, or Teia would have my head.

"Yes, well... If anything, last night only proves you are exactly who the Fifth House needs in their ranks."

There it is.

You basically just spelled it out, didn't you, Matteo?

You want me for seduction tactics because you know you'd fall for it. You'd be the first little bee to the honeypot if you didn't need the vacancy in the ranks filled so badly.

Horrific.

But what an upper hand to have.

"I'll make sure to ask permission before giving a demonstration, next time," No rest for the wicked , "Do you need me for anything else, Sir? I do have class today."

Matteo's eyebrow quirks, his gaze on me is now one I can put a finger on-- interest. Want.

You never should have laid your cards down, Matteo. You give me room to cheat.

"You are dismissed," He responds, picking his cup back up and taking a slow sip as I stand, "And Juno?"

Just give him the last word this time. Make him think he still has all the power.

"No more fires, or you'll be the one rebuilding the estate with your bare hands."

I find my way to the training circle, where Arlo is looking especially irritated, throwing more knives than I even realized he had the pocket space for.

"You cannot possibly have that many pockets," I tease, catching Arlo's attention as I approach the circle.

"Well look who walks among the living!" He lifts a hand and pats my shoulder, a wicked grin on his face. "Good to see some color back in those cheeks, little bird."

I watch as Arlo flips his knife in his hand, significantly less irritated than he was before he noticed me, "Yeah yeah, I looked like shit, I get it, you guys do not have to keep reminding me."

"Ah, well, that's the unfortunate part of having brothers, I'm afraid--" He hands me one of the knives, which upon closer inspection, did not match his previous set. "We will always be there to humble you."

"Not sure I can find a humble bone in my body today," I joke, turning to chuck the knife at a hay lined dummy, "But catch up with me the next time I embarrass myself, perhaps you can deflate my ever growing ego." Arlo hands me another knife, this one also different, and I flick a wrist to chuck it at a target, "Where did you get all these knives, seriously?"

"Pulled whatever hadn't melted out of the shed rubble," Arlo answers honestly.

Of course he did.

My face must have said it all, "They're perfectly good knives, Juno," He argues.

"Right," I roll my eyes. "Listen, my leg is still pretty messed up, I won't lie, got any combat training that's requires less... well, movement?"

Arlo couldn't help but chuckle at the question, "Yeah, yeah sure I've got some things I can show you," He puts his knife collection down onto the grass, and I swear I almost saw a pout on his lip for doing so, before he turns his attention back to me. "Then, for today's lesson, we won't rely on knives, or mage knives-- Today will be about using the weapons you were born with; your hands."

I hold my hands out to look at them before looking back up at Arlo, "Oh, you mean these weapons of mass destruction ?"

" Sure , Juno," Arlo holds my hands in his, flipping my hands to face up with my palms to the sky. "There will come a day where you are disarmed, where someone has gotten the best of you and you're left with nothing but your own hands to get you out of a mess. You need to know how to fight using your fists, your bodyweight, and your momentum." Arlo takes my fingers, folding them down to rest just at the tops of my palms, much like a cat paw, "Now let's say someone is coming at you to attack from the front, you've got no weapon, your mana is depleted-- You aim for the face. You throw your weight into an upward hit, the base of your palm to the base of their nose-- If you do it right, you'll hear the pop. Broken nose means enough time to make a second move or get the hell out of there." Arlo flips my hand again, pulling my arm up slowly to follow the trajectory my hand should move to smack into a nose to break it.

It amazes me how much of this he just knows, it's no wonder he got sworn in already.

Arlo steps around behind me, pushing slightly down on my back to push my balance forward, "If they come for you from behind, you can do three things, in particular, they should be in this order--" Arlo places a hand on my hip, pushing that forward as well, "Backwards force into the groin, enough to make them double over," He slowly pulls my hips back, stopping just before contact. "When they're low enough," He places a hand on top of my skull, tipping it forward before slowly tipping it back "Try to hit them in between the eyes with the back of your head, again, you need to make them lose their focus. Then finally," Arlo puts an elbow around my neck, and I reach up to wrap my hands around his arm like I was trying to break out of a chokehold. "Get your hands to a vantage point where you can use the force of your body to flip them over you-- Lock in position, jump, and toss."

"I don't know if I'll have quite enough weight to flip everybody, but I appreciate the optimism," I joke, watching Arlo step back in front of me with a grin.

"If all else fails, just remember that all birds sing ," Arlo holds out four fingers, tapping his thumb to each as he lists them off, " S olar Plexus," He points to the center of my abdomen, " I n-step," He uses hit boot to tap on the center of my foot, " N ose," He lightly taps my nose, his eyes crinkling at the corners as I give him a smile, " Groin. I don't think I need to point that one out."

"Is that a crow acronym, or an Arlo-nym?" I watch his face sink into disappointment.

"Stick with magic, Juno, humor is not your day job."

I spend a few hours outside with Arlo, appreciating that he lets us move slowly and deliberately so as not to further damage my leg, but still giving me training-- and training that was not known to me before. My whole life I relied on magic, it never occurred to me that I'd even be capable of fighting semi-successfully without it.

The rest of the day was spent in the lab with Viago, discussing poisons and their effectiveness, the numerous different sources of venoms and natural toxins in nature, and how to best prepare them to maximize potency. He had me boil down some mushrooms, waiting for the liquid in the vial to turn a dark murky brown before we pulled it from the flames and onto a waiting rack. As it cooled, the brown settled to the bottom of the vial, and left a deep green filtered poison resting on top. Viago used a pipette to extract the poison and place it into a waiting vial, which he insisted needed to be labeled FIRST before putting anything in it, which seemed to be less of actual advice and more like a jab at me assuming I'd forget what poison I was preparing by the time I finished it.

Anyways, he put whatever the hell that poison was on the shelf and rid himself of his gloves he used to the toxic mushrooms.

"Are you ready to see the location we scouted?" Viago puts his hands on his hips, looking over at a clock on the wall before waiting for my answer.

"Yeah, I think I should be able to keep up just fine," I give a nod. "I also got Matteo's word that Leo is no longer breathing my air, so we should be fine on that front."

"Do I want to know?" Viago quirks a brow.

"Actually, no. Like-- probably not. Not at all."

"Then let's go, I don't know how long Javier can cover for us, or if he even needs to, but I'd rather not waste time."

Chapter 16: Little Bird In The Moment

Notes:

I think I might've been beyond the point of tired today where words just warp back to poems in my mind.
I'm not sure what to say here this time.
This is for elderxchild, my musical soulmate (and no I wont take it back), I hope this chapter scratches the Lucanis itch in your brain.
Your comments and ideas inspired quite a bit for this chapter. Helado for you, this time, elder. <3

If you haven't heard the song Homeward Bound, it is a real song and it absolutely inspired me to make it a Gray Warden song.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


The rooftops of Treviso were an area completely unexplored to me. It's amazing just how much bigger everything looks from the perches up in the sky, how all the lights look even more beautiful from up high, like lantern bugs in the summer.

Viago allows me a moment of respite to catch my breath, looking with me out over the city, "From up here, you'd never know that there's such an underbelly to Treviso," Viago places a hand on his hip, his blue eyes scanning the skyline. "A place to look down and see the beauty of this place; I think that's what all of us need. A reminder of what we're fighting for."

Treviso was a lot of things. A hub for the Antivan Crows, a city for new beginnings, a bustling market, the art capital of Northern Thedas... but it wasn't inherently evil, despite the criminal activities that happened there. A place couldn't be defined just by the evil that occurs within it, not when there's so much light still cast on it from the skies.

When I need a reminder, I will come here again, I will look down on Treviso and see the sparkling lights and hear the ambient noise of the city-- and I will take heart in knowing that I'm doing everything I can to make it an even more vibrant place, a better one .

"Come, we're almost there." Viago steps up to an odd contraption, wheels and gears starting to turn when he flips a switch. "You need to grab and hold on tight, this will get you across quickly, but you don't want to slip." Viago looks at me, waiting for some confirmation.

Confused, I step over to the machine, noting that it was spinning a large wire in a rotation, uphill towards the top of a building.

Over a very, very large gap in the rooftops, where one could easily plummet to their death.

"You are out of your mind," I look at him, gesturing to the death valley "What are you asking me to do, trust this wire to carry my body 100 yards? Over the vast expanse of nothingness where I may slip and subsequently die?"

Viago gives a small shrug, "Yeah," He answers, wiggling an eyebrow before grabbing a passing bar on the wire, letting it pull his body off the rooftop and across the gap.

"You're on fucking drugs!" I shout, an absolute hypocrite. "Oh my gods," I let out a nervous laugh.

No. Nope.

Baby birds don't fly.

"You're going to miss the surprise if you don't hurry up! Get on the zipline, Juno!" I can just barely hear him shout to me, and I turn around to squeeze my eyes closed and scream with my mouth clamped shut.

Screw it.

Can't overcome fears if I don't face them-- That's what Purpose told me, right?

The bars spin pretty fast around this so-called zipline, but I manage to jump up and grip on tightly with my hands, regretting not wearing leather gloves today as I'm sure it would've helped my grip. The wind is hitting my face, sending my hair behind me to be tousled in the wind-- but it wasn't, surprisingly enough, all that scary. It was quick enough that I was able to forget altogether that I could've died if I let go.

The building we're on a balcony of is unreasonably huge, and still somehow towers up even higher. The buildings in Northern Thedas made a mockery of any building to the south, the architecture was so artistic and colorful in comparison to the boring grey stones you'd see littering  any place in Ferelden. Curiously, I approach a window, staring down below.

"A casino?" I ask, spotting numerous card games happening at large tables below.

"Not just a casino," Viago starts walking around the balcony, about to round a corner before I jog to catch up, "The Cantori diamond. Probably the biggest source of income for the Seventh Talon House. Teia suggested we use the storage space in the attic above the casino as our base of operations."

"So you're telling me," I nudge Viago with my elbow, "that you left that day to go ' scouting ' for a location, and you settled on something that you both already knew was there..." I tap my finger to my chin, "and that took the entire day?"

Viago looks to me, unblinking, but I can tell he's doing his best not to smirk and give up his secrets. "Indeed, I am."

You DOG, Viago.

We start up a set of set stairs that nearly blend into the building, popping up into a large open space with high ceilings. It felt like a bell tower from the churches back home, but somehow far more charming, and far more expensive.

"They just don't use this space?" I glance around, there are a few crates and spare chairs here and there, but really not much space is being used as storage.

"Would you want to have to lug everything all the way up here?" Viago remarks, stepping into an arcaded section of the room, a table pressed to the wall. "We won't keep anything important up here, and thankfully, the 7th Talon is quite soft on Teia, if she's caught up here with friends, it won't reflect poorly on her, especially if she's getting along with other houses," Viago turns on a small oil lantern mounted to the wall, casting an orange glow through the arcade. "The 7th Talon is actually the one who recommended Teia to Matteo for instructing you. He's not so bad, the 7th Talon, one of the few good ones."

"It's a nice space, secluded. Seems mostly abandoned, I think this will work quite well," I approach Viago, running my hand over the table, "Could probably use some personality, though. At least a place for snacks."

"This isn't your playhouse, Juno."

"Why not? Clearly it was yours and Teia's."

Viago narrows his eyes, leaning forward on the table and sighing at my jeers.

"Alright, I'm done with her. Get her out of here." Viago stands, straightening out his back and turning to face a part of the attic that branched out like another room.

What the heck does that mean?

I follow his gaze, watching as someone steps around the doorframe.

"Lucanis," I take the first step without thinking, feeling Viago place a hand on my shoulder to stop me from moving any further. "What are you doing here?"

"I want to make this abundantly clear; I may have helped you," Viago drops his hand off me and crosses his arms, standing at full height, "But that doesn't mean that I'll do it again. So have her home before too late, and remember she is still healing--" Viago takes a step towards Lucanis, making him slide back in response "So hands. off."

What is happening right now?

"You know exactly what I was planning, I don't know what you think is going to happen." Lucanis responds, an irritated eyebrow quirking up.

"What I know isn't going to happen is that she comes home in a worse condition than she was brought here," I see Viago's jaw tense, "So return her home in the same state of dress she was when she arrived."

" Mierda ," Lucanis raises his hands, "Relax, Viago, it's not like that."

"I am literally right here," I remark, adding "hearing ALL of this."

Viago turns to me, raising two fingers up to his eyeballs before turning his hand around to point them back at me.

Yeah yeah, Dad, I get it, you've got your eye on me.

For WHAT?

"Juno, remember, his hair is flammable if he gets too close." Viago starts at the door.

"I think I'm good with fire spells for a bit, thanks."

"Who said you'd be the one lighting it?" And with the sound of his chuckle rounding the corner at the bottom of the stairs, Viago is gone.

And I'm alone with Lucanis again, but this time... Really, really alone. No big brothers twenty paces ahead, no spies lurking in the shadows and no cousins hunting me down in the gardens.

Just me and Lucanis.

And every step he takes toward me is somehow an echo of my heartbeat.

"Hello," I say, as I always did. Because what else could I say? He hadn't written to me, there were no letters waiting for me when I finally managed to get out from the damn shed in the yard, not that I've been inundated with time to read them-- but I would have made time.

I would've stopped time for him, if need be. It's easy enough when he looks at me. Everything around us slows to a halt when I'm in his line of sight. Even the rate at which my mind floats away from me is slowed, wanting to pull apart and analyze every twitch of his mouth, every move of his hands, the way his body leans towards mine when we speak.

Time around Lucanis Dellamorte was prolonged and interminable, and I was always stuck in its flow.

Only one of his hands reaches out to me, landing on my lower lip and pulling it ever so slightly, his honey spiced eyes locked in on the split notched into it, where Leo had torn a tiny cut in the center.

He wears contempt on his face like it was an old friend. The way his brows tip down, the way his eyes burn with a fire that's barely contained-- Lucanis may be able to restrain his anger, but he can't hide it from the world entirely.

"I'm okay," I whisper against his fingertip, watching his eyes climb back to my eyes with the interruption. "I don't know what you've been told but, I'm okay. Really."

"I was waiting," He answers, letting his hand fall from my lips but making no effort to pull his body back from mine. "I told myself that I could just wait, and instead of toiling over a letter this time, I could just talk to you, face to face-- and then I couldn't, for days. If Javier hadn't written me--"

"Javier?" I ask, and Lucanis takes a deep breath.

"I had been corresponding with Viago first but he was too focused on getting you out of trouble as quickly as possible--" Lucanis puts his hand on his hip and I can watch the anger build up in him again. "Javier wrote me after I sent Viago a second letter, I can only assume at Viago's request."

"Why were you writing Viago?"

He looks over me, that rage burning out in an instant when our eyes meet.

"Come with me, I will show you."

Lucanis offers a hand to me, and though an eternity of thoughts buzzed through my brain urging me not to take it, I did anyways.

The floor was beneath me now, it's not as if I could fall any further, right?

Lucanis leads me out the door and down the steps to the balcony, rounding even farther around the corner before gently helping me across an improvised wooden walkway to another rooftop. He drops my hand to climb down a trellis on the side of one of the buildings, landing on a lower rooftop, and we continued our slow pace parkour.

Then, atop another arch on a rooftop much closer to the ground, Lucanis looks to me before pulling me slowly around a corner.

I guess I could fall further.

"I wanted to do this a few nights ago," Lucanis starts, stopping as he pulls me to a small blanket stretched out on the stucco floor of this cove. "I had written to Viago to get some help."

I could tell.

A small blanket, with a small vase in the center, purple statice flowers and ferns jutting out from within. A small basket, wine glasses, fresh fruit, bread, cheeses. He might as well have recreated the entire night out I had described to Viago, apart from fireflies and a lake.

How did I let this happen? How is it that after I was so sure I could stop him from taking complete control of my heart, he still managed to sink so deep beneath my bones and wrap a caring hand around it to cradle it? How did he do such caring things for me that I questioned whether I had ever been cared for at all?

"I decided, after Javier wrote to me, that instead of making this about-- well, about us. That tonight could be just about you." Lucanis gestures for me to sit, and I'm eager to get off my knees lest he notice they're shaking beneath me. Quietly, from somewhere below, a melody fills the air. "Originally, I had thought to take you to the First Talon Estate, there's a lovely pond in the backyard, but Teia suggested this setting might be a little more comforting after everything you went through."

In the quiet misty morning, when the moon has gone to bed

When the sparrows stop their singing, and the sky is clear and red

When the summer's ceased its gleaming, when the corn is past its prime

When adventures lost its meaning, I'll be homeward bound in time.

I can't help the way my body sits up, the goosebumps that crawl over my arms. The song that rang out into the air was an old elven song, one that most city elves knew from generations of being passed down through their families. It was a song of finding a calling, knowing that those you love will be waiting for you as you head off to chase that newfound purpose, and the inevitability of coming home a changed person. It was a very popular lullaby, back home.

I crawl to the edge of the balcony, peering out over the city. Across from us, on the steps of a church, stood a small choir. Interestingly enough, they were all elves.

Bind me not to pasture; Chain me not to the plow.

Set me free to find my calling, and I’ll return to you somehow.

"Teia says they all meet weekly for this," Lucanis's voice says quietly behind me. "Most are freed slaves, but from what Teia said quite a few of them came from Southern Thedas."

If you find it’s me you’re missing, if you’re hoping I’ll return,

To your thoughts I’ll soon be list’ning, in the road I’ll stop and turn.

Then the wind will set me racing, as my journey nears its end,

And the path I’ll be retracing, when I’m homeward bound again.

More than just being popular among the elves, it was popular among the Grey Wardens, so much so it had been translated to several other languages entirely.

"My mother used to sing this to me," I whisper, my scalp prickling as the choirs' voices move my heart in ways I didn't know it could still be moved.

I feel like I can't swallow, like there's this cork in my throat stopping me from forming words or speaking or even crying. So I just close my eyes, and listen.

Mama used to love this song, she said that when she joined the wardens, the song took on an entirely new meaning to her, despite knowing it for years before. She said she loved it even more when I was born, that even Papa would stop to hum along when she would rock me to sleep at night. When I was small, it was just a song.

But now that I was here, without them, it felt different.

It felt like it had always been a promise. But how could you make a promise to return when the Deep Roads would inevitably call?

The harmonies fade out, echoing through the sky, and I'm left in my thoughts.

"What was she like?" Lucanis kneels beside me, looking out at the choir as they prepare for another song.

"Like a hurricane," I smile fondly, placing my hands in my lap, "A storm of a woman, capable of both knocking you off your feet and sweeping you off them," I spare Lucanis a glance, noting that he was really taking the time to watch the performance on the street below. "Papa always said she's what peace feels like, the kind you can only get when someone quiets down the noise of the world for you."

Papa was never really one for words like that, he preferred to call them ' sweet nothings ', but I've also heard him say that he struggles to find ways to talk about feelings because sometimes they're rooted so deep down in history, there's no language in existence to describe them.

"It sounds like you're just like her, then."

"I hope so," I whisper, choosing to pull my attention from the choir to really look at Lucanis. I wanted to etch this moment so deep into skin that it carved the strings of time itself into my bones. His cheeks were not pink this time, there was no struggle for control of the situation-- we were simply just there, together. I wasn't trying to run damage control in my brain, or trying to decide which inevitability was worth the risk--

This was just a place in time for us, it didn't have to be more than that .

But he did bring my favorite flower, and he did have Viago running intel on how to give me a perfect night out, and for as much as he pretended to protest, Viago still went along with it. He even got Teia involved. I can only assume this was Viago's way of saying thanks. To think he got up the morning after playing a drinking game with Teia to pen Lucanis a letter, and then even got Javier to write Lucanis when he realized neither of us were capable of responding... What a dork. And a sweetheart.

It would be a shame to see such hard work go to waste.

"Did I see a bottle of wine?" I ask, pulling Lucanis' attention from the street below. I surprised him, by the looks of it, when I shifted the conversation, but he accepted it regardless.

"Vin Santo, I thought it may go well with the cheese,"

I use my legs to push myself back onto the blanket, admiring the sweet little set up. I watch as Lucanis pulls the cork from the wine and pours two glasses about halfway, offering one to me before making himself comfortable on the blanket.

"Thank you," I can't help but look over every inch of him, his silhouette hugged by the glow of the city in the distance behind him. He was so earth shatteringly handsome, his cheekbones defined and sharp, the gentle slope of his nose down to the cupid's bow of his lips. He was freckled with beauty marks, a poetic reflection of the truth of his face. Lucanis Dellamorte was a painting fit for a museum, and if my mind could be that museum, his image would rest there eternally.

"I know you were subjected to cruelty this week, Juno, I do not know the depths of what you were forced to survive through," He looks down, swirling the wine in his glass, "But if you asked it of me, I would put a knife through anyone who dared to lay a finger on you, plans be damned."

His eyes flick back to me, and the rage isn't back but there's something so familiar in his eyes-- like he was challenging me to do it, begging me to--

But I wouldn't pull the knives from my wounds to hand them to another, this was never his burden to carry.

"You needn't ruin yourself for me, Lucanis."

"But I would," He answers, his brown furrowing as he glared back down at his wine. "I would ruin myself a million times for you."

"I have the most heart warming burden of knowing you are not alone in feeling that," I reach out, placing a hand on top of his, pulling him from the cavern of darkness he threatened to disappear to. "I had one brother stitching my wounds, one talking me through my lowest moments, and another writing to someone I care for deeply to make sure he didn't feel like he was being ignored. I had a friend suggesting locations to hear songs of our kin because she thought it might comfort me-- I have no need for anyone to try and harm Leo. My happiness will be the atrocities in his life, I will stand taller than he ever could supported by the people he failed."

Lucanis tilts his head, seeming to miss the entire conversation past the first sentence, "What do you mean ' stitching your wounds '?"

I clutch the ruffle of my skirt, unsure how to correct the mistake I made. I had ruined this entire moment with but a few words.

"I needed a few sutures. Nothing major," I respond, tipping my wine glass to my lips, but Lucanis pulls his hand from beneath mine, stopping the glass before it tips back too far, and grabbing it from my hands to place on the ground.

"Show me."

And suddenly that familiar flame in his eye was back, like he was just another wooden shed I was unintentionally burning to the ground. The way the orange glow of the city danced in his irises, you'd think his body a hearth in which stoked flames grew.

But he doesn't have to repeat himself, I know that no conversation and no pleasantries will continue from here until I concede. So I do.

I grab the black skirt base by my ankle, and carefully pull and fold it up my leg until my thigh is exposed, iodine stained skin around raised bloody stitches. Looking at it now, the wounds were wider across than I remembered, requiring more stitches than I had remembered counting. I suppose, even when the relief of being out of the shed came, I still lost myself in the moments after, allowing fear to blind me of the hurt I experienced.

But every moment of the day is lost on me when Lucanis' finger glides just past the edges of the wound, tracing the edges of the bruise around my thigh. I can feel my heart leap to the point that it rattles the ribs in my chest, and a fire burns in me in that moment as well. There's entire wildfires just at the tips of his fingers, catching on the dry tinder of my veins and burning everything in me until there's nothing left but my barred soul.

"That's nothing major?" He asks, finally dragging his gaze from my leg to boldly stare into my eyes. "Your skin was torn apart like something was crawling into it."

"And now it's fixed, and someday maybe it will be like it never happened at all," I respond, my fingers twitching at his fingers still delicately tickling around my leg. "And besides which-- I made my message quite clear. Nothing like this will happen again."

"Until it does ," Lucanis counters, his fingers finally leaving my leg only to carefully and slowly pull my skirt back down over my leg. "Because that's what the Crows do, they tear you apart, feed you words of encouragement, and then they throw you to the wolves to suffer all over again." Lucanis reaches down, picking up my wine glass to hand it back to me, "You carry the weight of knives in your back and you do it so well they might as well be wings-- but just because you carry it well, doesn't mean they aren't heavy , Juno. It's okay to rely on someone." Lucanis collects a small cracker and lines it with fig jam, my favorite, before holding it to my lips, "I don't mind being there to help you fight off the wolves."

And we share a look there, one so deeply intertwined, full of so many unspoken but well known words that the gods themselves would shake at the thought of separating us. There are corners of my mind that know I shouldn't have him, shouldn't love him, but it doesn't stop it from dreaming of all the ways that it could.

I settle for fig jam on a cracker, something to root me to this earth so that I don’t send us both to the skies, migrating away from the harshness of Antiva to find a place to nest with each other forever.

After finally getting to enjoy the wine, the walk back home felt easier. I felt lighter on my feet as well as in my heart. No ziplines or makeshift boards and bridges could scare me, no heights could shake me-- I was up so high that any come down at all would take hours.

Lucanis walked me all the way home, even following up the trellis to my balcony to make sure I was safe in my little tower. He lingered, perhaps looking for the right words to say, perhaps knowing none had to be said at all.

I gravitated towards him, as I always tend to do, and put a hand in the middle of his chest. His heartbeat was a comfort, a reminder that regardless of whatever spell I may think he places on me, he was just a human. There would be a part of me, for as long as he was around, that would always remain soft, never quite able to let the world harden me from the trauma. If he was there fighting off the wolves by my side, I would know what the peace is that quiets down the rest of the world.

The kiss I placed upon his cheek would have to be the goodbye we both were searching to find the words for, and my retreat to my bedroom would have to satiate the part of me still begging for any control at all.

I returned to my vanity once more, for a new recipient this time, one that need not be delivered by messenger bird and simply slipped under a door down the hall instead.

 

Viago,

Years down the road, when I'm asked where the turning point in my life was, I will speak of you. I will speak of how meeting you formed me into someone the world could not corrupt, how the friendship we have goes beyond just being around each other and trying to get along-- I will speak of how your soul knows mine in ways no one else's ever will.

Thank you for everything you do for me. From the days where I see you fighting the urge to scold me to the moments you care to make special simply because you hope to see me happy.

You are my most favorite person, Viago. The best one I've ever known.

Thank you.

-Juno

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 17: Little Bird and The Storm Clouds

Notes:

Hi birdies!
This chapter is *actually* a shorter one, I didn't wind up with too much free time to write because I went to see Wicked tonight.
But I didn't want to leave you all waiting, and also I needed another good jumping off point for a chapter, so I figured I'd address something that was coming up in a sweet moment in time. Ideally, I can spend time tomorrow writing out either a much longer chapter or a few chapters at once.
Definitely also need to map out the plot in a notebook somewhere, because I have been winging it this whole time.
If, in theory, I drew the Chessboard as I imagined them in their teenage years, would yall wanna see that?
I might post it to my tiktok if I finish it, I only really have Lucanis drawn atm but I'd like to put everyone in it.
Anyways, to bed with this night owl, she's too tired.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Juno,

 

To answer your queries; in my time I've come to find spirits are quite curious beings. A spirit of Purpose is quite rare this side of the fade, rarer to be uncorrupted by man. If that particular spirit sought you out, it believes it can help you achieve a goal.

A spirit is an emotional being, typically latching on to one thing-- Love, Justice, Purpose. They can hear and see things inside us that no mere mortal can, a part of us that's more in tune with the fade than we realize. You must have quite a goal in mind for a spirit of purpose crossed to this side of the fade for you.

If you feel fate is calling you to something greater, then you do not need me to tell you to grasp for it; we both know your blood denies you the right to ignore it. Speak to your spirit, but do not let it in. You're a highly emotional person, so much so that the moment a spirit joined your form, it would likely lose itself in your mind. 

Tread lightly, Juno, but not so lightly that you don't forge your own path through the wood.

 

Take care my darling,

Morrigan

 

Two weeks had crept by since my time in the shed, and it felt unreal how the world just continued on after that; like time could just keep slipping by when I both lost and found a part of myself during those few days. The world itself was unchanged, ever moving and letting days shift into nights-- I still had training, still had combat classes, tactics tests, poison practice, and seduction sessions. Every class carried on the same despite there being a wordless shared knowledge that this was all part of a grander plan leading to a better life.

The hardest part of time continuing to persevere was watching Javier lose his light. As the month crept to an end, it became clear that there were discussions none of us were privy to between Matteo and Javier. Javier didn't have the same light in his eyes anymore. He wasn't the first to join in discussions anymore. He barely spoke much at all.

His silence haunted me.

So when the rest of the estate had gone to bed, and when I finally thought of any words I could possibly say to him, I found myself tiptoeing down the halls to his room. "Javie," I say, not too loudly, but over a whisper enough that he could hopefully hear it mix with my knuckles lightly tapping on his door.

No light turned on, but I could hear his footsteps approach the door. I would say his eyes looked tired when his figure appeared in the frame, but they had been tired, growing ever more tired with each passing day.

"Juno?" He questioned my presence at his door, but stepped aside to let me in regardless. "Is everything all right?"

I pull my hands from behind my back, showcasing the bottle of wine I had slipped from the cellar, "Would you like to stargaze with me, Javie?"

I saw a piece of him return in that moment, just a fragment, in the gratefulness that shone in his eyes. I heard him breathe out a laugh, before gesturing out to his balcony. "After you."

Javier's room truly had the best view, essentially centerstage above the courtyard with the event space, dancefloor, fairy lights and paths out to the gardens below. It made sense, in a way, that Javier would want to be the closest to the ‘ life ’ of the estate when it was there. Javier was probably the most sociable of all the De Rivas, the first to start a conversation, the first to crack a joke and the first to speak his mind.

That's what made seeing him like this so hard. It's like every piece of joy in him was missing. Every day that ticked closer to him needing to take a contract tore a fragment of his soul away.

Javier had a small table off to one side of his balcony, but I opted for simply using it as leverage to get up to the flat part of the roof above his bedroom. Javier followed up after me, and I crossed my legs as he sat down. He seemed to inspect my movements, his eyes moving from my leg to my face-- like he was making sure I wasn't in pain anymore.

It was all bruises and scabs now, and barely even that. Sure, there'd probably be a small pink scar marking my history on my leg, but it no longer hurt to walk-- that's a win in my book.

I pulled a small thin knife, another of the ones Arlo had stolen from the remains of the shed, and used it to stab into the cork of the wine bottle and pry it out. Thankfully, becoming a fighter who was ever familiar with knives meant finding out all the ways to use them-- Thanks, Arlo.

"What's the occasion?" Javier asks, taking a sip of the wine bottle the moment I pass it to him.

"No occasion," I answered honestly, "I just missed you." His momentary surprise by my response is sullied by the smile that forms after.

"Sorry," Javier whispers, "I've had a lot on my mind."

"I know," I tap my fingers against the wine before stealing it from his hands, "And that's okay. I can't expect you to fill the time between all your thoughts with me, so I was hoping maybe we could think them together."

Javier's eyebrows scrunch down, "I'm not sure you want to, Juno, they're such a heavy burden. You may be jumping into waters far over your head."

"Ah, but that's exactly why I do, heavy things are better carried by two people," I place the wind bottle between us on the ground, leaning back on the palms of my hands with a smile. "Besides, I'd rather drown in stormy seas of thoughts with you than sail through calm ones with anyone else."

Javier cracks a small smile, another piece of him returned, "You have this infuriating and adorable way of breaking up everyone else's dark storm clouds, you know that?"

He stares up at the sky, eyes tracing lines between stars so well you'd think he'd mapped the constellations himself. The most beautiful thing, I've noticed, about people blessed with brown eyes, is that it makes it so much easier to see the night sky reflected in them. Perfect dark pools reflect the twinkle of stars so easily it's almost as if they lived inside them all along.

"I don't know how to help you other than to tell you that I'll be here for you, Javie," I decided to join him, looking up at the sky. If I feel like I'm talking to the stars instead, perhaps the words will come out easier, "Bring me with you, put me on intel. When it's over and you need a safe place to crawl back to, I'll be waiting with my arms open."

"I cannot bring you, Juno. I won't have you witness the sin of who I must become."

"Why must you define yourself by the darkness you struggle to endure? Why can't you make something of the light in you that refuses to surrender despite it all?" I pull myself off my hands, reaching over to tap a finger against Javier's chest, "Clouds rolling in doesn't mean that the stars lose their light, they're just harder to see until the storms pass. You, Javie, are an endless expanse of night dotted with the light of so many burning, brilliant stars. Even when you think no one else may see that, that there may be too many storms for you to glow, I see you . I look up to the skies of gray and I know you're there, waiting to shine again."

He silent, but he tips ever so slowly, leaning down until his cheek rests atop my head and my hand falls from his chest, "Sometimes, you make me feel like I'm the youngest one here," He scoffs, it's quiet but it's him and I almost shed a tear in reverie of it, "What church ordained you to preach such words of innocence? I simply must tell them that I know you're out kissing virgin necks in gondola rides."

There's my Javie.

"Just returning all the love you give in kind, Javie," I hum contentedly, "To me, you aren't composed simply of the person you are or the things you do, you are also the things you choose not to be and the actions you refuse to take. No matter what it is you wind up doing, even if you come home with blood still stained on your hands, you are no monster, Javier . You are, and always will be, an angel of mercy in the darkest moments of my life."

And then we sat in the silence of the evening, nothing like the quiet that drove me to the edge of insanity back in the shed. This silence was comforting, healing, in a way. I could feel the wet spot forming on top of my head where Javier had let himself cry, but I would never speak out loud that I knew it to be there.

The time that passed before either of us spoke was immeasurable to me, because the comfort I felt in simply existing with him could've made sleep take me over at any moment. He did speak, however, and it seemed he had found all the parts he was missing, "Have you still been writing to Lucanis every night?"

I click my tongue at him, half tempted to shove him off the top of my head but settling on continuing to give him my empathy, "I do not write him nightly, and I'll have you know that I write plenty of other letters to plenty of other people."

"Oh?" Javier pulls his cheek from my head, bending down to give me that mischievous grin I came to know so well, "And just how many birds feed from your palm, my dear sister?"

Even in all the teasing, I can't help but feel a section of my heart heal every time a De Riva refers to me as their sister.

"No one feeds from my palm," I swat at his arm, "And not all letters are written to my ever growing line of potential suitors," I gesture out to the empty gardens, "Look at them all, begging at my lawns for just a sight of me."

"You are certainly a sight to see," He jokes back, picking up the wine and knocking back a sip. "You've at least got the Dellamortes wrapped around your finger, marrying into the First Talon household wouldn't be such a bad thing. Lots of old money there."

"--- Let me just stop you right there, marriage is not even an option on the table," I close my eyes, completely exhausted from the turn this conversation took. "Becoming a crow comes first, Viago becoming Fifth Talon is next, and everything else can come after that. There is no plan we've concocted that involves me leaving this estate to go join another Talon. It's Viago, or it's no one."

"Poor Lucanis," Javier chuckles, "Always getting his heart torn apart by Viago's hand."

"Don't sully Viago's name with my choices, I'm not saying never, just..." There it is again. The unknown. The mystery. Always creeping back into my thoughts to remind me that plans can be plans, until the plans don't follow suit or end entirely. "Not now, not when there's so much at stake, you know? Lucanis may be the paintings I decorate the walls of my mind with, but if the world doesn't know how valuable they are to me, perhaps they can remain there longer. Perhaps no crooks or thieves will try to steal that from me if they don't know all it is worth."

"You let Lucanis decorate your walls , huh? Yeah, I bet he did," My fist punches into his arm, once, twice, every time he opens his mouth. "Giving you tons of new coats of paint, if you know what I mean!"

"You are incorrigible!" I huff, relenting my hits only when Javier rolls back with laughter, clutching at his stomach. I wanted to be mad at him, but he was both hilarious and the most meddlesome pain in my ass -- but he was here again, and that was all I could hope for .

His laughter slows, and we catch eyes, his smile like a breath of fresh air after seeing weeks of his misery. His eyes soften, before he closes them altogether and tucks his arms up behind his head, "Did you mean what you said? About wanting to be intel for whatever contract I took?"

"Of course I did," I answer, laying my back down on the roof and getting a better view of the stars above us, "I may not always have the right words to give to make a situation easier to swallow, but I'll always have two arms to soothe you until the storms stop. I'd rather be right there for you than have to wait around at home for you to roll in with the clouds growing."

"I'd... like that; if you were there, that is."

"Then there I shall be, Javier."

Chapter 18: Little Bird, Poet

Notes:

Hello my little birds! You would not believe how productive my day was today.
I was able to plot out the story line of this fic, including just small bits and thoughts I had in my head for later.
It makes a better reference than trying to slip into the horny jail that is my mind palace to try and recall things I wanted to add.
I didn't get as much actual writing as I wanted to done, but that's alright, I've got direction now.

So I just wanted to leave these here, since a few people did mention wanting to see my tiktok or talk on discord:
You can find me on tiktok @joystickmage (Display name: Elly)
And you are more than welcome to add me on discord as NicoCandy.
I don't know if I've mentioned, but I typically go by Elly or Ghost online. You're welcome to call me whatever your heart desires, though. I love nicknames.

And I love all of you. Seriously, thanks for showing me the light in life again. Sometimes I question whether or not I deserve it, but I must be doing something right. <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Viago's fist hitting the table made the plates and silverware rattle, and the glare he had fixated on Javier would likely actually kill me if he looked at me the slightest bit similarly. Javier seems only unamused at Viago's outburst, however. It was the complete opposite of the wild smile that stretched across Leonardo's mouth.

"Viago, that is enough," Matteo scolds, eying his youngest son over his cup of wine, "It's a good thing that Javier is bringing Juno for intel on this, it's time she learned to work with other recruits and crows."

"She is not ready," Viago slowly unclenches his fist, trying to take a calming breath. "She hasn't even been in training for that long--"

"Would you relax? She's going to have people with her who have been going on many intel missions, and she's just spying -- No combat, no risks." Javier pushes his plate to the side, clearly done with dinner and this conversation. "I'm not an idiot , Viago, I'm trying to put her on an easier intel mission to start her off, and you or all people should understand why I'd want to."

This seemed to quiet Viago down, though he snapped his glare down to his plate, picking up his fork to stab at some pieces of roasted tomatoes, not bothering to eat more but just passively poking at it.

"If you are confident in what you have been teaching her, then you should be confident in her abilities to put them to use." Matteo looks to Viago, to Javier and then to me, a small smirk tugging at his lips as he nods. "It will do Juno well to be able to observe the assassin teams, and get her more acquainted with following someone else's orders."

Well, when you say it like that it sounds terrible , actually.

"Leo, should you feel so inclined, now that you'll be leading more contracts, take our fledglings out for intel missions as you see fit. Arlo, the same goes for you, the younger ones need more time in the field."

And encouraging Leo to take us out sounds even worse .

The rest of dinner ticked by quietly in comparison to the ruckus caused by Javier stating he would take me on his first contract mission to do intel. Viago still fumed, though quietly, lost somewhere in his jumble of thoughts. It had been a while since I had actually seen him so frustrated at something.

Viago, at some point, would just have to come to terms with the fact that he cannot protect me forever. The plan will not move forward unless we are all working towards it, so it can't just be Javier accepting that he'd be sworn into the Crows-- I had to face that as well.

"It's not as bad as you might think," Javier said to me quietly as we climbed the stairs to our rooms. "There was a contract out to take out a Tevinter Slaver after they stole a Noble's daughter. That's the one I took," Javier stops outside my door. "I know it's... well, no matter what it's still dark, but I thought maybe the worse the person was, the less bad I would feel about what I have to do."

Javier was always surprising me, I cherish that about him.

"I think that's a very poetic first contract, all things considered," I responded, placing my hand on his shoulder. "No matter how you feel at the end, Javie, it doesn't mean you're any less good. That's just the fate of our circumstances, and it wont change who you are."

"Yeah yeah," Javier waves his hand dismissively at me while giving a rather half hearted eye roll, "Believe me, I've heard your sermons over and over in my head since the other night. I won't forget it, little bird."

He pats my head, frizzing the blond hairs at the top of my head, before starting off towards his room. "Wait Javie," I pipe up, "Who else is coming? Is it just us?"

Javier turned over his shoulder, a smirk on his lips as he tips his head to the side, "Come on Juno, use that big brain of yours -- I need recruits for intel, not crows, we don't have to pay recruits no matter which house they're from. Who else would I bring?" I felt my mouth drop slightly open, did he mean... "Just no fresh coats of paint on the job, please."

Yup. That's who he meant.

Once behind the closed doors of my room, a smile on my face from the good news, I called out for a friend, as I had been doing for the past few nights since receiving Auntie Morrigan's letter (and admittedly, a few times before that). When the spirit manifested before me, I felt relieved once more to see that it remained true to its nature and still had not been corrupted by this world.

Hello, Purpose," I greeted, taking a seat on my bed. "Were you off exploring the world today, or just with me?"

The spirit morphed in front of me, choosing to swap its glowing body for that of a crow, its black feathers appearing all the same like the true animal and landing on the nightstand beside me-- an impressive feat I've come to learn is quite normal for spirits. It reminded me of Auntie.

"I stayed around to observe you today," It answers, its bright blue eyes watching me curiously. "You will be traveling soon?"

"Yes," I respond, patting the bird lightly on the head. "I'll be going on my first intel mission, so I'll need to travel to Tevinter for a few days."

"May I follow you?"

I contemplated this for a short time, but decided on "No," as my answer. "I think it's best if you remain here, I do not believe you would remain safe around the target. I don't want to see you corrupted by the wicked. Please wait here for my return, stay safe in the trees with the birds and remain out of sight."

The spirit is quiet, seemingly considering my words, before it responds, "Will you be able to fulfill your mission?"

"Oh, yes," I respond with a smile, "This one will be easy enough, I'm sure. There's no combat, and I'll be going there with people who have done intel runs before. It'll launch the start of the next level of training, so it's important I do well."

"Because you want to be a crow?" Purpose asks.

"Because I need to be , to be able to help people."

"Then may your journey be guided by your heart's ambition," Purpose gives a small bow of its crow head, before hopping off the nightstand and onto the bed to stare up at me. "Will you tell me of your tales when you return?"

"Of course," Purpose was quite cute in my eyes, almost childlike in its wonder but still always changing its focus back to my goals. It was almost as if it was slowly gaining curiosity for the world outside the fade, curious about man made anything, be it tools, songs or memories. "Three days. If you can count the rise and fall of the moon three times, I will return then and regale you with my stories."

"I shall wait for you, then." The spirit takes flight out of the room, out the open window, and I am alone once more.

I work up the courage to visit Viago in his room, eager to ease some of his concerns.

“Hey,” It comes out quieter than I thought, I guess I was still a little afraid.

“Hey.” He answers, fidgeting with something at the window seat. I approach him, and we have a bit of a wordless conversation with our eyes, resulting in his sigh of defeat. “It’s not that I don’t believe in you, Juno. Things just... have a way of going sideways quickly, and I guess I just thought I’d be able to walk you through your first mission and be there to help you if it did.”

“Is that what happened to you? Is that what Javie meant?”

Viago looks a bit more distressed, looking down at his feet. “Sort of,” He flips something in his hands, over and over, watching it shift slightly in the light. “My first intel mission... By my suggestion, we decided to take a shortcut, cut up a pretty densely brush-covered hill, to try and keep a trail on the targets,” Viago holds the item up in his hands, revealing a small glass vial, a yellow liquid inside. “A saw-scaled adder popped out of the brush, and bit my partner. Th-” Viago shakes his head, struggling to find the words. “The venom killed him so fast, I didn’t even have time to get him help.”

Oh, Vi.

“He was 18, and so full of potential. I watched a light get snuffed out before I was ever even an assassin... and it was my fault.” Viago reaches over and places the small vial of what I now know to be venom on his desk. “I resolved to be a master of poisons that same day. If I could study enough, perhaps creating the anti-venoms in advance could save more from similar fates.”

What do you say to someone who’s haunted?

“What was his name?”

“Dante.” Viago responds, still staring at the vial on his desk.

“Dante started a legacy,” I give a small nod to the venom. “Can you imagine how different life would have been here if anyone else was the poison expert? How royally screwed I would be if you hadn’t started microdosing me the moment I got here?” I sink to my knees, making Viago meet my eyes instead of looking to the floor. “I think Dante would be happy he had such an influence on the future Fifth Talon’s life, and on everyone who will one day be a part of his household. Dante probably saved me, he’s probably a big part of why I didn’t die out in that shed. I think that’s amazing.”

Sometimes, when Viago looks at me, I swear I watch his silent shift from annoyance to veneration. If there are soulmates in this world, platonically speaking, Viago was mine. I think if you boil me down to my simplest reason for being, it would be to watch Viago work his damndest every day to become better. A better person, a better crow, a better talon-- a better brother.

And in the moment where he retrieves the vial from the table again, rising to tower over me as he holds it out to me, placing it gently in my palm-- I wonder how he could ever possibly be better than he already was.

“Take this with you,” Viago closes my fingers around the vial before wrapping an arm around my shoulders. “It need only get under the skin or into a mucus membrane, and it should act quickly. You won't have to suffer through much combat with it just... be careful. You may be immune and you may not be, I haven’t the time to test you to tell.”

He was already so perfect.

.

.

.

When the sound of wings return to my window later, it is not the spirit crow at my window, but my messenger bird instead.

 

Juno,

 

I think a lot lately about the feeling of your lips on my neck. I don't understand what makes it so intimate, what about it makes it feel like you fanned a blaze within me, but since the day we went to the market together, it is often the last thing on my mind before I am able to fall asleep. My thoughts can't seem to move an inch without bumping into you somewhere along the way.

 

You make me feel so calm, and yet so on fire. Being without you for this long has been the cruelest thing I've experienced in my lifetime, and I say this as someone who was raised in a Talon house. I fall asleep thinking of your lips pressed against my pulse, how you could bite in and draw blood and how in the end, I'd still be lost in it night after night.

 

How have you managed to tether yourself to me in such an impossible way? Is it in your nature to start a fire then run before putting it out? Do you enjoy stoking the flames within me when touching my hands or kissing my cheek? Is leaving a fire unattended the only trouble you intend to get up to, or do you dare to come to me and watch me burn when the spark of your lips meets the kindling of mine?

 

It grows inside me, raging only for you.

 

-Lucanis

 

Nearly three weeks of time apart, how would that affect us tomorrow when we leave for Tevinter? Could the both of us play it off like nothing was happening at all? Could I keep myself from staring at his neck, his cheeks, his lips? Could I get the heat to fall from my cheeks before I left tomorrow?

I would have to read this letter many, many times tonight if I stood any chance.

.

.

.

I stood absolutely no fucking chance.

Every time I had seen Lucanis, he was in nicer clothes, a dress shirt and a vest-- I had yet to see him in the training uniform. When I had left the house the following morning, bag on my back and getting a disapproving farewell from Viago for the 3 days I'd be gone, there was absolutely nothing that could have prepared me for meeting Lucanis and Illario just outside the gates of the city to begin our journey.

I don't think the Crows' wardrobe choices could make anyone look bad , but I'd never seen it make anyone look this good before either. Even Illario's charm was enhanced by the dark leathers.

"Juno," Illario greets me with his usual wide smile, "We were unaware you would be coming on this mission, what a pleasant surprise!"

"Yes, that was something Javier happened to leave out of his letters." Lucanis eyed my older brother suspiciously, who could only shrug before placing his bag into the carriage and retrieving mine from my shoulder to do the same.

"I couldn't bare to take this entire journey with only the company of men, you're all too boorish."

"I am not." Lucanis answered, but mostly under his breath, before following Javier's lead.

It would take a full day's time to get to Tevinter, we'd spend one night there, and then a day's journey back. From what I understood, this was anticipated to be a rather quick contract-- the slaving operation was run mostly by one man, he was the primary target, but the other assassins in the group were made aware that any other slavers taken down as collateral damage would earn them extra pay. A Nobleman's rage in Tevinter was not one to trifle with.

"We will have a base of operations out of the basement of a cafe in Docktown. The assassins are all Fifth Talon, so if we need to rely on some extra hands for intel, we have them," Javier holds out a hand to me, opening the door of the carriage. I take it with a smile and hop in, noting that he stops both of the Dellamortes from getting in first, and takes a seat beside me.

The way both sets of their eyes narrow is not lost on me.

"We'll stop once it's too dark and set up a camp, it won't be more than a few hours travel after that the following day, and we'll try to make it one straight shot home after the job." Javier reaches into his larger bag on his thigh, pulling a small palm sized book from it to thumb at.

Just like the meddlesome brother to leave me to endure the awkward atmosphere on my own. Thank goodness Illario was there.

"Did you sleep well, Juno?" He asks, and I think perhaps maybe I shouldn't be thanking anyone just yet. "You seem a bit out of it."

"I didn't," I answer, my eyes meeting Lucanis' before shifting back to Illario and giving my best halfhearted smile despite the blush building in my cheeks. "Too excited, it would appear."

"Yes, I understand, Lucanis has had much of the same problem recently, I see the light from under his door many nights when I go to fetch a nightcap." Illario pats Lucanis on the shoulder, "The pressure can be a lot sometimes, but intel is a way to prove yourself as a spy first, which is an important piece of being an assassin."

"I am not cracking under pressure," Lucanis responds, crossing his arms while glancing over at his cousin. "It's just been too hot to get good sleep."

"Well, then let us be grateful for Autumn's swift arrival," Illario draws back the carriage curtain to look out at the scenery, "A Lucanis without sleep is a frightening one, indeed."

"How have you been, Illario?" I ask, trying to pull my mind from this subject before my face could become any bit more red.

"Dreadfully bored," Illario tipped his head back against the cushion of the seat, "I could fill a castle with all the paintings I've made in my spare time."

"It'd have to be one hideous castle to make those paintings look any good," Lucanis chuckles at his own joke as Illario scoffs.

"And what of your free time, Lucanis? You've had your nose down in books every time I see you! What have you even been reading?" Illario pokes an accusatory finger into his cousin's shoulder.

"Poetry."

Mythal'enaste. Someone, anyone, please help me.

"You know," Javier's book snaps shut in his hand as his jaw drops, "Now that I think of it, I've noticed Juno with her head in poetry books as well! Has she been recommending poets to you, Lucanis?"

The look on his face, it was clear, he only brought me on this mission to keep himself entertained.

"She has not," Lucanis answers, and it is beyond me how cool and level headed he can respond to Javier's instigating. He must have had many years before I arrived to learn how to deal with it, "But she should. I'd love to hear about her favorite poems, perhaps we have some in common."

No, no don't join in on this . Do not rally against me.

"Why not recite a verse for us? I've heard that's quite popular among nobles lately." Illario, the only one absolutely clueless in all this, encourages me with a smile I can only deem as innocent.

These other two men? Dead to me.

"An excellent idea, Illario! Juno, why not give us a stanza, hmm?" Javier pats my leg encouragingly, and I make a silent vow to line his bedroom floor with olive oil when we return home.

"I would love to hear it." Lucanis adds.

You of all people should not betray me.

You want to get a rise out of me? Fine. I'll get a rise out of each one of you.

"Alright," I answered. "I suppose I do have a new favorite." I cleared my throat, sitting up higher on the cushion as I spoke the prose aloud.

 

"You have formed within me a new religion.

I find the gospel in your whispers and salvation in your lips.

I no longer question faith, or look for gods in an empty sky.

If you are the temple, then make me your alter.

Fall to your knees, wrap my hallowed legs as a halo around your head.

Remain head hung heavy in prayer and reverie,

and let your tongue rise up towards salvation."

 

I think I could actually hear Illario swallow down the spit that once choked him.

If Lucanis was breathing, I could not see it.

And Javier? His eyes were wide, but his grin was wider. His laughter was the only thing that broke the silence.

"A-and who wrote that piece?" Illario asked, trying to continue with polite conversation.

I feel my eyes crinkle at the corners as I smile at him.

"Me."

I hope this carriage ride is the longest one you've ever had in your entire life, shit heads.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 19: Little Bird Behaves

Notes:

Well, broke the 18 day I had going, didn't I?
Sorry for those who I worried, I'll just say it so it's not a mystery anymore: I fell asleep at my laptop, writing this chapter.
Which would be funny, if it didn't involve me waking up to fine 3 pages of the letter 'e' typed into my doc.
I woke up at 2:15 and decided it was better to get the full night's sleep than try to rush this chapter.

Thank you for everyone who checked in <3 I love you and I'm sorry I fell off the wagon for a day. I'm back!
I dedicate this chapter to Meggles once more, who provided me with devastatingly gorgeous art of Lucanis and Juno. I weep whenever I look at it, and it is my phone background.
So I weep F R E Q U E N T L Y.

Listen. You'll either get to the end of this chapter and love me, or hate me. I don't know if there's an inbetween. But god dammit, you saw the tags, you knew it was a slow burn, and Juno is 16 here. Lucanis may be 18, but I don't feel comfortable getting to much more explicit than I have while she's still this young.
Thankfully, I smell a small time skip in the near future.

Also, if anyone wants to yap with me, yap away. I want to hear all your head canons. I love them.
**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Viago,

 

We've stopped for the evening, somewhere close to the border of the Tevinter Imperium. Once we manage to get a few hours of sleep in, and the sun has began to rise, we will continue on in the carriage to Docktown. I am a bit nervous to meet Crows outside of the Estate, but I am eager to at least take the next step.

 

I know you're worried about me, and I appreciate that about you, but I think this will be okay. I just have to get there, and to stop Lucanis and Javier from arguing any more than they already have.

 

Did you Lucanis was coming? Or Illario for that matter? Sometimes it feels like all you De Riva's have your hands in the pot, stirring.

 

Rest assured, I am an angel. No one knows the word ' behave ' better than me.

 

Love always,

Juno

 

"You're not ACTUALLY related," Lucanis' ongoing argument with Javier was beginning to make my head hurt. "Sharing a tent would be inappropriate!"

"Why?" I smirk, signing and folding my parchment, tucking it away to send home with a carrier bird tomorrow in Docktown "Javier and I have shared beds before. Even Viago and I. Though I must say, I enjoyed Javie much more."

It wasn't a lie-- Javie laid the opposite direction, I didn't have to curl up against his body heat and try not to sweat all night-- Viago was like a furnace, and he wouldn't let go of me. But if there’s anything I’ve learned in the past month, it’s the fun game of cat and mouse Teia has perfected-- so they don’t need to know why that is.

The two wide eyed expressions of horror, mixed with Javier's cat-like grin made it all worth it. I place my bag down and step to Javier, wrapping my arms around his neck and giving him my best doe eyes.

"They think I'm going to do despicable things to you, little bird," Javier remarks, raising an eyebrow and petting the back of his hand down the side of my cheek.

"Like what?" I look over at the two Dellamorte boys, still frozen in their spots, staring at Javier and I as if we had murdered one of their loved ones. Lucanis was both seemingly still irritated from the back and forth with Javier, but also watching in wide eyed wonder as Javier held me by the waist.

"Oh, you know ," Javier spares them a glance before dipping down to my ear and whispering so only I can hear, "Let you share the flask I packed, gossip about which one of those two is going to try to come steal you away in the middle of the night," I laugh at Javier's scheming, mainly because I know it is probably driving both of them mad; Lucanis by how intimate it seemed, and Illario because he was never a big fan of anyone having secrets. "Do you want me to make a big fuss of it? Want me to force you to share a tent with them? I am in charge of this contract, I could--"

" Javie! " I laugh, releasing his neck and pushing on his chest, a laugh fluttering out of my throat. "Not that, please." I roll my head over to face Lucanis, my eyes narrowing as I dropped the act. "Anything but sleeping! The horrors!" I roll my neck, getting a satisfying crack as my head tips back, "I don't think anyone but me gets to decide where I get to sleep, thanks, and if it becomes an argument, I will sooner sleep on a rock."

"Rook on a rock," Illario chuckles. "You might get better sleep that way, going on missions and having to bunk with either of these guys gets you furiously kicked while they sleep."

"What's the alternative, anyways?" I wink at Illario, "Shall we make Lucanis and Javier bunk together and you and I share a tent, Illario?"

Javier lets out a single " HA! ", reaching over to stoke the campfire with a log, "Viago would slaughter us all. Let's end this debate; Juno is not only my sister, she is my friend. I would never lay hands on her that way."

"Exactly," I nod, " Plus I have my own tent ."

I always love a good silence after a big reveal.

"You what ?"

"Oh yeah," I pick at my cuticles for a moment, contemplating if I was really ready to end the fun. "Nobody bothered to ask, so I was just going to let you carry on, but since we're dragging Viago into it and threatening slaughter-- Yeah, I brought the canvas to set up a tent. Which is where I shall sleep. Alone. " I emphasize the final word, pulling out a cast iron pot to put over the fire. "Now, show me this dish you kept talking about on the way here-- Crows feed?"

" Ugh ," Lucanis lets out a noise I had never heard from him before, but one that made me laugh. His disgust was evident on his face, and it's weird to think about him being picky about anything.

"I'm going to guess it's not as good as Javie and Illario were pitching it to be then," I pull a snack from my bag and head over to the carriage to grab some food packed in the bench crate. "There's like... two ingredients here?"

"Yup!" Javier strides over, pulling a single onion and a bag of rice from the carriage, walking back over to the fire. He tosses the onion to Illario and drops the rice bag down by the fire. "Crow's feed is just that-- food for the crows. It's not complicated, it's not elaborate-- it's low cost, high efficiency. Root veggies and rice."

"Food is not meant to be 'just food' ," Lucanis responds, sneering at the cast iron pot. "You can't possibly feel like you have the energy to get the job done eating something you dislike."

Okay, really selling it, Lucanis.

"I happen to like it," Javier shrugs. "Sometimes there's beauty in the simple things."

"Having a hard time finding beauty in onions and jasmine rice, Javie." I watch Illario cut into the onion like he was slicing an apple, expertly making cuts deep enough to make progress but not so deep the onion started falling apart. Once he seemed pleased with his diagonal cuts, he flipped the onion in his hand and stood over the pot, his quick cuts dropping the onion into the sizzling cast iron.

"That was kind of impressive," I compliment him, "You didn't cry? I always wind up crying when I cut onions, even the wild ones."

"If you wait to cut off the ends, the onion never bleeds-- no tears," Illario tosses the end of the onion into the actual fire to let it burn. "The real trick is getting your hands clean with a dull knife-- the steel of the blade pulls the smell of onion from your skin. Learned that from an assassin on my last intel mission." Illario looks quite proud of himself, and I can't help but respect that. It was kind of useless information, but it was important enough for him to want to remember it, so that made it important to me, too.

"Sometimes, it seems like you just like learning stuff just so you can share it."

"Yes!" Illario puts his hands on his hips as he grins. "I like information, especially information that will stick with you-- Try and look at an onion from here on out and not think of me, Juno, I dare you."

I snort, "You're something more delicious than onions, Illario, of that I'm sure." I could see him shake his head as he looked back to the fire. Was that maybe not the right thing to say? He had taken the teasing so well until now, I guess I'm just surprised this would be what breaks him.

"You could find out for sure, if you'd like." And then he steps away, choosing to focus his attention on raising the tents for the evening instead.

Damn that... was actually pretty smooth. He could switch from complete fool to quite charming at the flick of a wrist. That was almost more impressive than the onion.

"What did you just drop in the pot?" Javier sighs, and I turn to see him shooting Lucanis with an accusatory glare.

"Hmm?" Lucanis tips his head, feigning innocence "I didn't, what do you mean?"

"Lucanis, I'm standing right here."

"I did not add anything!"

"It smells like peppercorns and garlic."

"Perhaps it was divine intervention," Lucanis suggests with a shrug. Ah, the powers of a rogue. Using stealth to be able to change the flavor of a dish to your liking. You'd never know he was in line to succeed the most powerful Talon within the Crow Houses.

"You're lucky I like you, Dellamorte."

I sit on the ground in front of the fire and turn my attention to snacking on my sweet pepper, one of the few things I packed from the estate to munch on throughout the day. We were so caught up in talking for most of the ride, I never even remembered to eat. Maybe it's a weird thing to snack on, but I loved peppers. I love that they have crisp skin and somehow a sweet and savory taste rather than the sweet and tart you would get from a fruit.

Mid bite, there's another accusatory voice above me, "What are you doing?"

Teeth sunk into the pepper, I look up at Lucanis, unsure how to answer him when the answer is so obvious. I settle for continuing to bite into the pepper while maintaining our staring contest.

"You wait until dinner is cooking to snack?" Lucanis crosses his arms, and I wipe at my lip with my pinky. Never have I had to defend my right to snack before.

"It's an appetizer?" I suggest.

"It's a pepper ."

"Don't let him talk to you that way," I stick my lip out and stare at my pepper fondly. "He can't feel a fraction of what I feel for you, pepper." I press the pepper to my lips, placing a delicate kiss against it, before returning it to my teeth.

"I go through the trouble of sneaking ingredients into the pot, and you're going to eat like a bird." Lucanis sighs, taking a seat on the ground beside me.

"It is called Crow Feed," I lift a finger and point up to the cauldron where Javier stood impatiently, "And I can say with confidence that even if I wanted more, Javier will be taking a double portion. Besides, peppers are like the ultimate snack!"

Lucanis raises an eyebrow at this, a disapproving grimace on his face, "That is an ingredient. You aren't supposed to eat that as a meal. Do they feed you at the De Riva Estate? Be honest."

I roll my eyes, "It's an old habit I can't break, okay? I just like it, peppers taste so different when you cook them."

"That's the point of cooking it, Juno."

"You know what, I'm not sitting here judging you for eating... Whatever it is you eat."

It occurs to me, sitting together in the dirt, that there is quite a lot I don't know about Lucanis. Everything we know about each other is either words on a page or shared moments, and there weren't that many, even now. I could tell you he's great in combat, he's the likely pick for the First Talon Successor, that he likes cooking and apparently poetry... but what else did I even know about Lucanis?

He likes coffee?

That's still nothing. Who was he before I crashed into his life? Does he have dreams outside of the crows? What are his favorite foods? Does he look like his mom, or maybe his dad? How did he meet Viago? Do our morals align? What does he think about at night, apart from when he claims to think of me? If you peeled back every layer and broke him down to a simple core-- Who was Lucanis Dellamorte?

He surprises me every day, so I can't even claim to know.

But I wanted to.

 

The dish didn't wind up as dreadfully bland as Lucanis claimed the original to be, though I imagine that had much to do with him packing his own ingredients to slip into the cooking pot while nobody else was looking. It is hard to imagine how it would have tasted with just rice and onions, but I wasn't exactly eager to find out either.

Around the witching hours, I found myself awake. The particular fact wasn't too strange, I had been tossing and turning in the night pretty frequently lately, but it was strange that I couldn't even think of a particular reason why.

I just want to be relaxed enough to sleep. The more tired I am, the more I put myself at risk on this mission. That was my justification for tiptoeing out of my tent, towel and change of clothes in tow, and making my way down the hill from our camp to the river's edge.

Surely, scrubbing my skin free of the day would wash away the inability to sleep.

It was on the cusp of Autumn, so the water was at the warmest it would be for most of the year, with the sun beating down on it all day. It was just warm enough to not feel cold, but not warm enough to give no relief from the heat that still remained in the air of the evening.

I knew it was the right decision the moment the water rose up to my armpits, cooling off my skin in an instant. There truly was something about the moments where the heat of your body leaves you all at once, like sticking your foot out from underneath the warm covers to be kissed by the cool nighttime air. It was everything.

It was only when I was tipping my head back, letting the tips of my ears touch down into the water, that I heard I was no longer alone at the river's side. My ears burned once more, and I turned away from the bank he stood, wondering if I should maintain any semblance of decency or if I should simply throw caution to the wind.

"You could at least say hello , so I'm not surprised when you show up." I suggest, and his laugh that comes from somewhere deep in his chest brings both relief and panic to mine.

It was just Lucanis. It was Lucanis.

"Why, so everyone else could wake up and soil this imagery? No, I prefer to save this memory in my mind without anyone else in it." Lucanis steps to the water's edge, and I'm already spiraling through a million scenarios in my brain and each and every single one ends with him touching me.

"Why did you come down here?" I ask.

" To worship. "

That was, surprisingly, not one of the scenarios I had in mind-- but it wasn't a bad thought. And it’s certainly on my mind now.

"Are you going to come in here?" I try so much to sound enigmatic, like my voice isn't shaking and my body trembling and my lips damn near begging-- but I don't.

He doesn't even speak, he just begins stripping off his clothes and I have to whip my body to turn back around before I see all of him and involuntarily snap my hips up to attention, ready for his praise.

Good Gods , Juno, calm down .

I shut my eyes, but I feel his fingertips ghost over my arms, pulling his own arms around me and leaning my back into his chest. He was so warm in comparison to the water.

He's not even doing anything to me and there's some part of my fucked up brain that wishes he'd destroy me in such throes of passion that the gods themselves would part the clouds just to look down on us from the skies in envy.

"Is this what you were hoping for," His lips are pressed to my ear, his hot breath gliding against the canal, even that entry is enough to make my heart leap, "When you were reading that poem earlier? Or shall I fall to my knees and pray ?"

I'm breathless, speechless, soundless-- I tip my head back against his chest, drowning in the feel of his arms around me. "Did you like that? Wrote that one just to watch you squirm." I manage a smile, despite my heart making thunderclouds in my throat. Admittedly, out of the two of us right now, I was the one closest to squirming.

"I did," He answers, his lips dragging down from my ear to the nape of my neck, barely touching and making me lose my mental hold on myself. "Your words usually tend to leave a... lasting impression ." He puts a gentle kiss to my pulsepoint, and I shiver against the drag of his lips.

" Lucanis ," Its half a whisper, half a whine-- whispering because I'm afraid if I let my voice out at seemingly normal decibel, my wanton noises will be heard all the way up the hill, and whining because in the back of my head I knew that if I became addicted to Lucanis Dellamorte, I would be fucking up any respect I had garnered with the Fifth Talon and I'd fall right back down to square one, where Leo watched my every move.

Lucanis' lips kept making small presses to my neck, which grew in both intensity, frequency and size as he traveled to the base of my neck. I understand his damn letter now, how it feels unlike anything I'd ever felt before and I knew it would also be the last thing I think about before bed. I don't know if I'll even catch my breath again.

"Lucanis," I say again, but this time he brings his attention right up to my face, placing a kiss to my cheek, to my temple, and I have to turn my head away before he reaches my lips.

And I hate that I have to, but I do .

"I'm sorry," I squeeze my eyes shut, every muscle, vein and bone in my body fighting the control of my mind. "I-If.. If I let that happen, I will lose myself to you, completely," I let out a breathless laugh and looked up at the skies.

Sorry to disappoint you, gods .

"I don't want a whirlwind romance with you, Lucanis," I lean my head into him, my hands finding his arms still wrapped around my chest. "And that's the path we're on, always full force and always so fast. I don't want to lose you before I've even started to understand you." I slide a hand up behind me, dragging my fingers up to hold the top of his shoulder. "You don't know all of me."

He's quiet for a moment, pressing his cheek against my temple, "Nothing I'm seeing so far makes me want to look away."

He really, really needs to stop saying things like that.

"They could , though," I pull from Lucanis' arms and turn to face him, "I just want time, Lucanis. I want you and I want time, so that I can know you and see you in the ways you deserve to be seen," I feel my entire body cover in goosebumps, just looking at him was setting my body alight. "I deserve that too, to be known, truly. So, if you can handle that, and you still are okay with sneaking out to meet me, then I'd like to start there, because if I let you near my lips I will devour you until you have nothing left to give."

"And I'd let you ," He counters, stepping into my personal bubble again. He reaches for my hand, pulling it up out of the water and placing it on his chest, "I'd let you take every bit of me if it made you feel whole," He keeps his hand over mine in the center of his chest, I'm not sure if the stammering beat I feel is the blood pumping through my veins or his heart beneath my palm. "But if you do not feel seen, if there is more to you that you feel I must know first, then I will give you time. I will give you as much and all of my time that you are willing to take."

I don't have words again. He does that a lot. They just rise up out of my heart and fly away, leaving me feeling more exposed without an answer than I am without clothes.

"Thank you," My thumb rubs slowly across his chest, "You.. you're welcome to kiss elsewhere just--" I groan, pulling both my hands back to cover my face. "That sounds awful."

"That sounds like a good middle ground," Lucanis chuckles. "I like when the negotiations make themselves."

And with that, he finds his way back to my neck, never too harsh to leave marks, but just enough to make me never want to leave the water.

I'd let myself drown if it always felt like this.

Chapter 20: Little Bird With Bright Ideas

Notes:

When I talked about having big things planned, this chapter in particular was one of them.
For once, I think there might be more descriptions than dialogue, but it is a spy mission after all, they have to be quiet!
Right, Juno?
...
Right?

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Docktown was an interesting place. It seemed like it was both an incredibly rich and incredibly poor area, with the most affluent people living in the heights, and the poor living closer to the docks. The crow meeting place was indeed in the basement of a cafe, a pretty conspicuous one at that, there were cats all over the inside of the building.

That's not a problem, per se, but it is if you're trying to work and every brain cell you have just wants to focus on petting the animals.

The basement itself wasn't huge, this seems more like a stopping point for small groups of assassins to meet and less like an actual hub. The lighting was mostly candles, every piece of paper with information on the target and contract itself were held to a wooden wall by a knife, and there was no seating area-- If you're here, you're working.

"There's a set of docks not far from the main port, out past the beaches-- We've been tipped off that our Slavers might be using these docks as their rendezvous point," Javier reaches up to the wooden wall, dragging his finger over a map pinned to the wall, "I need intel to run a stake out, when there's any sign of movement, someone needs to report back. If we can get more than one slaver, the rest of the crew is paid more-- which they prefer," Javier looks back to me, his eyes scanning over Illario and Lucanis as well. "Remember, you are here to observe-- quietly . Do not engage under any circumstances , and when you see this man--" His finger whips back to the wall, pointing to a sketch drawn of a man, his light hair was swept up into a coiff, he had thick eyebrows that sat close to his eyes, he was human, as far as I could tell from the sketch, and he was wearing some sort of hooded robe. "-- That's my target, my contract. You leave him to me.

From what was described in the contract, the target was likely Venatori or working for Venatori, and it's entirely unclear what happens to those they kidnap, but they don't come back. I can see why Javier took this contract, it wasn't just a hit; it was essentially a rescue mission. If we could take out the target before their ships left Docktown, we might be able to at least save whoever was being held captive for the latest shipment.

"Illario, Lucanis -- Get Juno close, but not too close . Her ears can pick up more than yours, it's imperative you do not distract her so she can get any and all information, just in case our target is a no-show."

"Yes sir," Illario answers, his hand resting on the dagger on his hip. We may not be hired to be the muscle for this job, certainly not paid for it, but having self defense items was important; you never knew when things could take a turn for the worse. My mage knife stayed in my holster on my thigh, and my throwing knife from Arlo remained tucked under my leather waist cinch, well concealed against my form.

It's funny how you can form an attachment to something that had been used so despicably against you-- like Stockholm syndrome, but with a knife.

We accepted our orders from Javier, and the three of us made our way to the cliffs above the beaches. A second intel team would be moving in the shadows of the night, tucking into beach caves and abandoned buildings to trail anyone coming or going from the suspected docks. The nice thing about this particular area was the high cliff faces made the docks have a bit of a breeze, meaning anyone trying to talk down by them would have to speak up over the wind-- their voice would carry to my ears better. The cherry on top was the nearly full moon, providing enough light to be able to look down upon the docks and see all activity clearly. Atop the cliffs, I felt more like a gargoyle or vigilante than I felt like a crow, but above all else-- I felt good. I felt right working this mission.

It was once the night fully set in, that moves started to be made; a boat pulled into port with a deep hull indicating ample storage below the deck-- a classic indicator of a slaver ship, but no one captive in sight to prove this was the target. My eyes couldn't find the second intel team, it was likely they were tucked into a cave witnessing the same activity.

The ship was manned by several people, all dressed in dark robes, with hoods blocking their faces from view. They kept their heads tipped low when they spoke, always gathering close by one another to talk; meaning the wind drowned out their voices effortlessly.

Damn .

I look back at Lucanis, who's zeroed in on the same targets I am, he's squinting, like he's trying to watch their mouths for movement despite their faces being shaded by their hoods. Leaning forward from the cliff gave me nothing.

I needed to get closer.

I stick my hand out, gaining Lucanis and Illario's attention- I use my index finger, middle finger and thumb to gesture at all of us, then gesture to a path that leads to the docks.

" Closer ," I mouth, not letting out a sound. Lucanis gives a nod, looking to Illario who returns the gesture. We crouch, keeping our bodies low as we move quickly and quietly down the rocky terrain to the beach.

"--- ves and children--"

"--es, down--"

Each piece of the conversation I was only just catching as we inched closer. We reached a hollowed shack, the windows blown out and providing a lookout directly to the docks. It was actually surprising the second team wasn't taking up lookout in this building-- it seemed all too perfect.

"Did we get enough to meet the quota? They don't like having the auctions unless it's going to be full." One of the hooded men is tying the ship to the docks, making several loops of a knot around a dock piling.

"About 15, sir," The other responds, rushing over to tie another rope to a piling in the front, "But we were able to get several children and 4 elves, so we will be paid handsomely, regardless."

The Tevinter Imperium truly disgusted me. The only place in all of Thedas where slavery was still legal, they made laws against it only to return to their old ways months later when a new king came to power. How is it that the Chantry operates in a place so dark? I guess that's a dumb question, the Andrastian Faith had always been particularly racist to elves-- It was only after Inquisitor Lavellan that Thedas saw a small shift in how the Elven people were treated.

But that influence didn't touch Northern Thedas at all, especially not the Tevinter Imperium.

It made my blood boil. First, my mother and father, then all those that aided the Champion of Kirkwall, and most recently Inquisitor Lavellan-- how many elves needed to dedicate their lives to saving the world before we gained some semblance of respect or true freedom? At what point could the corruption be cut right at the heart?

"The carriages are arriving," My eyes shoot over to the taller of the two men at the docks, "Be prepared to sweat, boss likes to get these transfers done as quickly and as quietly as possible. We leave as soon as we're done loading."

I looked at Lucanis, seeing if he heard what I did. He gives a nod and I gesture over my shoulder with my head, " Javier, go ."

Lucanis slips out of the house, footsteps drowned out by the wind as he races back to the cafe to retrieve Javier and the assassins.

"I picked up some rats along the way," A third man calls from a carriage approaching, one of three lined with two rows of captives on each, chained together at the wrists. I swat at Illario as I get a line of sight on the third carriage-- where three Crow recruits sit, chained at the wrists as well.

Shit.

They must have been seen tailing the carriages and got caught. I can't blame them, these men were towering, boulders of men-- taking one down would be hard, not to mention three.

Two slavers on the docks, two on the ship, three in carriages. Seven in total, more than we had initially anticipated, but not impossible for the team assembled-- there were at least 9 assassins waiting at the cafe, and no one knew how to plan an attack better than Javier, there was a reason he was the one teaching me tactics.

"Crows? Bit of a risk putting them on the ship, boss, don't you think?" I look to see which figure responds.

"They're young, these aren't crows, they just want to be. If they're going to throw their lives away, we might as well make a profit off of it." Okay. Middle carriage, dark robes with red adornments-- he may have a hood, but that is Javier's target.

"You don't suspect there's more of them waiting to ambush?"

"-- There was only three of them, no one else in sight. Plus if taking the scouts down was this easy, the crows in Docktown are weaker than we suspected." He gestures to the back of his cart. "Now get to loading, we needn't push our luck either way."

The two grunts on the dock start towards the carriages, pulling people off the carriages by the chains on their wrists. Some fought against the chains, against their pulling-- but they were strong, and most of the people held captive were not. My heart practically dropped to my stomach as I watched two young boys being pulled off the carriages, their eyes full of tears and their sobs beginning to echo through the harbor.

"Dammit, shut him up! "

I couldn't help the look of horror that twisted onto my face as one of the two hooded men raised his hand high, bringing it down hard against the face of the boy.

He couldn't have been more than 8, maybe 9? He was small, skinny. He went flying to the ground at the strike. I could feel my mana bursting inside of me, fueled by rage.

"Don't hurt him!" The other boy, even smaller, piped up, shielding the one that was struck to the ground.

"Pipe down!"

Where was Javier? Where were the assassins? Surely, coming from the cafe couldn't take THIS long? Were they trying to get a hold on which one was their target?

As the figure in the red adorned robes approaches the back of the carriage, a man, maybe in his early twenties, raises his foot back in an instant and swiftly kicks the man in the chest, sending him flying to the ground, knocking off his hood as he flails trying to regain balance.

He looked identical to the sketch.

So why is no one going in? Why is no one helping?

"You will live to regret that," The man is quickly back up on his feet, grabbing the offender by his hair and pulling him off the carriage. He holds him in place and brings his fist down on the man's face, not once, but twice-- holding him still so he can look him in the eye. "I will take great pleasure in seeing you go to your death at the hands of the highest bidder."

"Get down, knife ear, before I make you," Another muscle is pulling people off the first carriage-- an elf not much older than myself being forced to start walking to the ship, knocked in the back of the head every time she attempted to stop and resist.

So much violence. They were just trying to keep their lives, but they stood no chance when they were chained trying to fight these men, especially not the children.

My heart was twisting in my chest like a knife-- How was no one doing anything? If they load everyone before Javier's team gets here, they will take off, and all these people...

Mythal'enaste , what would happen to them? Who wanted to take kids this young? And for what? I dread to even think it.

"I said PIPE DOWN!"

The way time slowed around Lucanis Dellamorte, it was happening again-- here, but he was nowhere in sight. No, this was just me, in my heart racing horror, watching as some piece of absolute shit lifted his foot up off the ground, making a child-- no taller than my thigh holster-- recoil in fear. The young boy lifted his arms up to protect his face, but that man wasn't aiming for his face, no... That kick would land on his chest. He’d be lucky if he came out of it without broken ribs.

I barely gave Illario a moment to see the rage in my eyes before I'm out of the shack, mage blade in hand, lightning firing down on the man before he could drive his foot into the chest of the boy. That launched the slaver back a few yards, but I was now in the open, facing down all 7 of the men on my own.

SURELY, NOW, RIGHT?

But no, time resumes its usual pace, and it's all I can do to make note of who out here was a victim of the slavers, and who was going to be my victim if the Crows didn't make an appearance soon. The attacks were an onslaught, these men weren't all just stealth rogues, one was a mage, and there was a warrior coming down off the ship with sword in hand.

Illario was beside me in an instant, large daggers in each hand and covering my left side.

"This was NOT the plan--" He shouts, kicking back a rogue as he approaches, their blades clashing.

"Plans change when Lucanis doesn't run fast enough!" I slash my mage knife towards the warrior, sparks firing out of my blade in a sporadic line, cracking like a whip as it moves. I manage to jump out of the way as an arrow is fired in my direction from one of the carriage drivers. The man who was initially knocked off his feet is back up and charging towards me, the warrior from the ship also rapidly encroaching on my space, and the man in the red robes has taken out his staff, hurling spells in Illario's direction.

In a panic, I throw a magic circle at the rogue Illario was fighting, his legs immediately freezing to the ground. I raise my mage knife up, clashing against the warrior's sword. He was strong, the impact knocked me back, directly into the arms of a second warrior who was the man I initially knocked down. The man held my arms back, knocking my mage knife to the ground and trying to restrain my wrists.

I wouldn't let my training fail me, weapon or no weapon, a bird's gotta sing .

I pull my chin to my neck, slamming my skull back into the face of the man behind me, his arms slipping from restraining me and holding his face immediately, giving me time to walk through Arlo's words-- Solar plexus. My elbow drives back into the man, likely striking his abdomen rather than the nerves I was aiming for, but he folds forward regardless. Instep. My feet may be small, but the crows uniform boots had steel in the base. I brought my heel down onto the center of the man's foot as hard as I could, hearing a sickening crunch beneath it. It almost made me lose focus. Almost . The man's hands had come off his face, now was my chance-- I spin on my left toes, reeling my right arm back low. The man was so much taller than me, the upward strike was nothing. Either I heard his cartilage snap free of its natural position, or his nose broke against my hand, but either way I drew it back covered in the blood pouring out of his nostrils. I used that same fist to throw his shoulder down while my knee drove up into his waist, a hard hit to his groin.

He, in particular, deserved that, and the groans from his lips were the prettiest tune I had heard in a while.

I use his body to shield myself from oncoming arrows, two flying right into his shoulder and back, and the man fell slack. I dip out of the way just in time, scooping my dropped knife up off the ground and immediately engaging back in combat with the first warrior.

And then finally, I heard him.

"Why am I not surprised you can't follow any orders !?" From across the docks, out past the carriages, Javier instantly engages in combat with the mage in charge. I find Illario in my line of sight, slipping down under the legs of one Rogue and knocking them off their feet. A crow appears in a cloud of smoke, driving his daggers into the chest of the downed man. There's another assassin who looks like she flies down from the sky, landing behind the rogue frozen to the ground and quickly dragging her blades across his throat.

"You've got legs for days, and you couldn't run any faster?!" I yell back to Javier, who cackles like a madman while still dodging attacks from the mage-- his target.

"We came as fast as we could," Lucanis appeared beside me, pulling himself from stealth to take on the warrior still hell bent on coming after me. "It's not easy navigating this damn city at night."

"So you got lost ?" I ask, a smirk forming on my lips as I hurl spells towards one of the two rogues remaining by the carriages, careful not to let it hit any of the trafficking victims. Lucanis growls in response, and I catalogued that into a far shelf in the back of my mind to replay later-- when there wasn't children witnessing intense bloodshed.

Illario and I both met in front of the kids at the same time, and he looks to me with respect in his eyes and he uses a key set, presumably taken from one of the downed slavers, to free the children of their restraints. I am quick to pick up both kids, one on each hip, and run them to the safety of the shed I once stood in. I place them in the far back corner, hoping they would refrain from trying to look out the windows or entryway.

"Listen to me," I speak in a hushed tone, as gentle as I could be, "I need to go help those other people, can you wait right here for me? Will you stay right here until I come back to get you?"

The older of the two, a red welt on his face where he had been backhanded, nods his head, and I give him a pat on the head, before turning and taking off back out the door. I rush to Javier's side, chaos in every space around us-- Crows' ganging up on  the remaining rogues and warrior, no one daring to touch Javier's target.

"Any bright ideas? I can't even get close to him at this rate," Javier grits his teeth, side stepping to avoid another shot of ice magic bursting at him. I run through scenarios in my head; I engage in combat, just enough to distract the mage-- no, he'll definitely get me with ice magic at close range . I'll be skewered. Send Javier into stealth? No, this mage has crazy good instincts, he won't be able to sneak up on him -- just like the other recruits couldn't stay hidden. We needed to get close enough to drive a damn dagger in his heart, but there's no way to reach him from this far--

Unless.

"Javie," I cast a few spells towards the mage, using my free hand to pull my throwing knife out of my pocket, "Did Arlo ever teach you how to relieve stress?" I flash the knife at him, and Javier looks from the knife to the mage, getting a moment's reprieve from the onslaught of attacks to catch his breath.

"That won't be enough to kill him , Juno--"

"It doesn't need to kill him. It just needs to hit."

I use what was remaining of my mana to summon a storm around the slaver boss, quick to sheathe my mage blade and whip a small vial out of my pocket, uncorking it in an instant and pouring it over the blade.

"Is that?" Javier looks to the vial with wide eyes.

"Viago called it ' Up and Adde r', up for the way it spikes your heart rate to lethal levels--"

"--And Adder for deadly viper venom." I give a nod, passing my throwing knife to Javier, who shakes his head in disbelief.

"If this works, I'll promote you my damn self--"

"Go Javie, I'll distract him. Just don't fucking miss!" I pull my knife back out, waiting for Javier to go into stealth before pulling my storm from the mage. I didn't have much left in me-- I'd have to get closer.

I try to stagger my steps, not moving in a straight line one way or the other as I rush the mage, making quick slashes of static that launch towards him. I had no idea how much power he had, or if he could summon any greater spells than I had already seen, but I had to keep moving if I wanted to stay alive.

Because something told me pulling this man into a salsa dip wouldn't save me this time .

I duck low to avoid large stalactites of ice being hurled at me, sliding past the mage's feet and swiping at his boots with my knives, the resistance pulling me to a stop. I jump up as high as I can, flipping to turn around and face the mage once more, closer than I had been previously and now in what I would dub the "danger zone" when fighting a mage.

When at range, I had the advantage of dodging, of seeing it coming.

At close range, I did not .

It came first in the form of ice stabbing into my bicep, and my hiss nearly broke my concentration, but I kept moving around the mage, trying to leave an opening for Arlo. A second piece of ice barely scrapes my cheek, leaving not just a scratch but a large scrape in its wake.

" Little bird ," His voice echoed, but I could pinpoint the source no problem-- 15 feet back, 8 feet up. "Time to duck!"

So I drop, my leg sliding out behind me as my hands hit the ground. I hear the hit before I see it, the thump of the knife landing solidly in the man's chest at a high speed-- it was unmistakable. I gaze up at the mage, who pulls the knife from his chest-- and when there's the smallest amount of blood, relief washes over me.

It's not as instantaneous as I thought, you can watch the man's face turn red as he clutches at his chest, trying to find the reason for his racing heart. His eyes find mine, saliva bubbling up out of his mouth-- he drops the knife to the ground, tipping backwards seconds after.

And he was gone.

There's no more sounds of clattering knives, just the sounds of chains falling.

I pick up my knife, using the man's robes to wipe the blade free of remaining poison, before tucking it into an external pouch, deciding it wise to not keep it up against my skin. When I pull myself to my feet, I can feel eyes on me. Javier was there, mouth hanging slightly open like he couldn't believe that worked -- neither could i -- but there were other eyes too. Crows, recruits, children, elves, humans-- Assassins and victims alike, looking to Javier and I.

" The crows send their regards, " One of the female assassins drives a kick into the rib of the man whose nose I broke.

" Antivan Crows ?" A hushed whisper rings out.

"We were rescued by crows!"

"I didn't know crows did that!"

I look back at Javier before a thought rolls into my head-- the kids.

My feet took me to the shed without a second thought, relief crashing over me in waves when I saw both the boys still tucked in the corner of the shed where I left them.

"You did so good, you were so brave," I whisper, pulling them both into my arms. "It's okay now, you're safe ." The older boy's shoulders drop, and he clings tightly to my shoulder. I carry both the boys back out to the docks, looking over the crowd. "Where are these boys' parents?" I ask, watching as the man who kicked the Slaver in the chest and the smaller elf both look at each other, before looking back to me.

"I'm afraid they... Well, they didn't make it. They were killed back in the caves we were being held in." The elf frowns as she looks over the two young boys in my arms, "I was trying to think of ways to look after them after that but I... I don't have a home, miss, I cannot take care of them."

The two boys clutch onto me tighter, clearly having heard the elf's words.

"If I may," Illario approaches from behind, looking from the man to the woman, "Should you be in need of a home, the crows have placements available." The two seemed shocked at the suggestion, but didn't seem immediately opposed. "We welcome all, regardless of background, especially when there's clear potential and loyalty. Might I ask your names?"

"Chance."

"Heir."

" I'll be a crow ," One of the boys in my arms whispers, and I feel my lips curl into a smile despite the situation.

"Oh yeah?" I whisper back, letting Illario engage in conversation with the two adults about the semantics of becoming a crow. "And what's the name of our next future crow?"

The little boy peers up at me, hazel eyes wide in awe, "Jacobus , my name is Jacobus." The young boy reaches across my chest to clutch onto the older boy, "And this is my cousin, Dareth ! We'll be crows, just like you ."

I feel the older boy, still shying into my shoulder, nod against me. I tuck his head under my cheek and look out over the scene, where the assassins collected evidence of the downfall of the slavers to turn in for pay.

"I bet you will, someday. When you become Crows, you'll be the best and brightest out there. Heroes ."

If speaking things into existence was possible, I'd say it a million times. My greatest wish is that by the time these two would even be sworn in, we could rebuild the Crows to be something better, where rescuing kids like these wasn't just about how much money we made off of it. Where using poison was a favored method of killing over cutting open throats. Where people like Javier could be spared if they wanted to be rid of this life.

Where I wouldn't inevitably get scolded for engaging in combat if it meant protecting a kid from getting hurt.

That hope would have to be the stream I use to wash the blood from my hands.

Because Gods know, there will be much of it.

 

Juno,

 

You best make it home without a scratch on you, or I will kill Javier myself.

On second thought, he may die anyways, for placing you on a mission with tweedle-dee and tweedle-dumb.

For everyone's sake, I pray you take care of this job quickly and quietly, that last thing we need is to bring more attention to you.

 

-Viago

 

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 21: Little Bird Tears

Notes:

Hello birdies.
In an attempt to get decent sleep tonight, I am posting rather early for my standards.
I have no plans over the weekend, so I intend to use it to write.
The next few chapters, in my head anyways, are longer. There's a lot to stuff into maybe two days of in story time. Then I was considering a timeskip for act 2.

In my mind there's 16 year old Juno, 20-22 year old Juno, 25-27 year old Juno with pre veilguard events, and 28 year old Juno in Veilguard.
I know NOW, after nearly three weeks of writing, that they writers have said Lucanis is in his "mid" thirties within Veilguard. Listen, I was winging it when I started, and I can't very well go back now. Timelines are fucky, I warned it in the tags. I'm just going to do my best to avoid discussing anyone's age but Juno, but those of you that still think about it... Shh. No. Bad bird. Let me write for you and take me for who I am.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


The silence of the scrutinizing eye of Viago De Riva was enough to make one break out into a cold sweat. If you didn't know why he was upset, you would play through every event that happened in the past month to figure out what you did that he expects an apology for.

If you did know why Viago was mad, you knew there was nothing you could do to fix the situation, that includes apologizing.

I kept my gaze cast to the bookshelf beside me, refusing to meet Viago's blizzard of a glare. He had backed me into a corner so fast I had absolutely nowhere to run to escape him.

I could feel his eyes; on the scrape on my cheek, the scuff on the toe of my boots, the blood in my hair, my uniform where a piece had been sliced out to stitch the wound on my bicep. It felt like he was calculating the damage, doing the math out in his head to decide how angry he was.

When he left without speaking, hurrying up the stairs and around the corner, I prayed for Javier. I don't know who I prayed to, or if any god could even save him-- But I do hope Viago doesn't beat him entirely to death.

"Juno," The voice of the Fifth Talon comes from the sitting room, and I steel myself before stepping into the room, watching once again as an attendant shuts the doors behind me and leaves us to talk. "Take a seat."

Matteo gestures to the couch across from him, where we had spoken not all that long ago, and I make note that this time, the coffee is not already poured into a cup at the table in front of me. Seems like even Matteo hates to see a good cup wasted, though I had no pipe with me today.

"I've read over the mission reports," Matteo adjusts some gold glasses higher on the bridge of his nose. Here we go, what punishment awaits me, now? "Engaged in combat, directly attacked the target, got wounded, kept witnesses alive..." He lowers the papers to give me an accusatory glance.

Do I push my luck? Do I stay silent?

"They were going to get away--"

"I wasn't done, just watching for a reaction," Matteo raises the paper back up, reading more from the report. "Aided in the assassination of 7 targets resulting in extra pay for the 9 assassins, provided weapons and poison to the hired assassin, rescued 3 recruits from captivity and recruited four civilians."

Wait a minute, I didn’t recruit them. Illario did.

I watch as he tosses the papers down on the coffee table, his hands folding into his lap as he took a deep breath before starting, "You disobeyed the contract holder, which is, in itself, one of the most disrespectful things you can do to a superior," I wince a little, yeah, I guess I had forgotten that was a thing, "If Javier did not have such a detailed report speaking your praises, you might have lost your chances at being an assassin before you even got your own first contract."

Bless you, Javier.

"And to speak of providing support to your superior, rescuing other scouts and then on top of all that, recruiting civilians to the crows," I watch as the corner of his mouth quirks up a bit. Have I impressed Matteo De Riva? "I'd be remorseful if I did not say that you hold great potential, and that I can respect the eagerness to dive into combat."

I watched his eyes dart over my face and arm, much like Viago's had, but his gaze felt heavier, it lingered more.

"Foster that bloodlust in you, Juno, it will get you far," Matteo pours himself a cup of coffee from the kettle on the table, pouring some into mine as I'm sure a gesture that it wasn't poisoned, as if that was the reason I didn't want to drink coffee with him last time.

But as much as I hate it, as much as I hate him, it sounds like I've made quite the step in the right direction, and perhaps going forward I can avoid knives in my legs if I stay on his good side.

I bring the cup of coffee to my lips, taking a cautious sip before placing it back down on the platter-- a returned gesture to signify that I was comfortable, despite being undoubtedly NOT comfortable at all, and despite the coffee being so disgustingly bitter I was half tempted to spit it back into the cup.

"Since Javier was able to complete this contract in time, he will be able to pledge his loyalty to the Crows and I as his talon at the induction ceremony scheduled for this weekend. You may not be a full fledged crow, but you are expected to attend the ceremony as a De Riva. You have not taken my name yet, but you are under my roof, and thus in my care."

I truly expected Matteo to be the last person who would ever consider me a De Riva, let alone imply that I would take his name down the road.

"Each ceremony is held at the First Talon estate. Every house attends, every crow attends. I expect that you will be on your best behavior that evening. I will have a meeting with Caterina before the night is through to discuss the recruits you brought in. I suggest keeping your head down so none of the 8th Household can figure out why you look so familiar." Yeah that's actually a fair point, "It is a formal occasion, I will have Andarateia take you out shopping for a dress."

"Oh," I lean forward on my good arm, propping my elbow on my leg. I want to say ' well, that won't be necessary, I think I have just the dress ', but a day out with Teia could be exactly what I needed this week. "I appreciate that, thank you."

"I expect you will be joining in as intel on several more missions going forward, I look forward to your dedication."

I take one more polite sip of coffee before leaving the sitting room, rolling my shoulders to get the feeling of Matteo's eyes off me. As I begin to head up the stairs to get a change of clothes, Javier practically vaults past me, being chased in hot pursuit by Viago, who had a needle in hand.

"It's just a paralytic, Javier, what are you so afraid of?" Viago taunts, trying to block any path Javier can make out of the house.

"I'm not afraid of the paralytic," Javier looks at me, gesturing wildly at Viago. He wanted help handling this, "I'm afraid of what will happen to me after!"

"Perhaps you should have been considering the consequences when you decided to bring a 16 YEAR OLD ELF on a TRAFFICKING CONTRACT, you idiot!"

A part of me was too tired to handle this, a part of me was curious how it would play out and a part of me pitied Javier-- which I guess was the biggest piece, since I made a decision to help him. I take a seat on the stairs, letting the tiredness really soak in and fill my eyes with tears. Javier manages to point at me before Viago can fully encroach on his space, and I hold Viago's gaze as I reach up and wipe some tears from my eyes, smudging my makeup in the process for added effect.

"What did you do?" Viago smacks Javier in the chest.

"Ow! Nothing, she just started crying."

Viago crossed the room to the stairs, kneeling down in front of me and capping his syringe before tucking it into his coat pocket. "That bad, huh?"

"Yeah," I answered, adding a pathetic sniffle. "That was a lot, and I'm tired and stitched up again. I just wanted to come home and see you and have you tell me I did a great job, but you didn't even talk to me. The first person to tell me I did a good job was Matteo ."

Was I exaggerating for effect? Sure. Was it still a little true, deep down? Yeah.

I wanted him to ask me a million questions. I wanted to be able to tell him about using all of my training to hold my ground, about using Arlo’s knife and Viago’s poison to take down a contract we couldn’t even get our hands on. But he’d rather be mad at Javier than be proud of me.

"I-I'm sure you did do a good job, Juno--" Viago brings a hand to my arm, a troubled look on his face, "But that still wasn't a good mission to send you on--"

"Because I can't handle it?" A few more very tired tears slid down my cheek, "I did handle it, you know."

"Because I don't want to see you on missions where you would be a profit," Viago pulls his arm bank and rubs a hand over the back of his neck. "You are 16, you are female and you're an elf; you are exactly the kind of person slavers go after because they fetch the highest prices in Tevinter," Viago stands, holding a hand out to help me up off the stairs and we ascend them together. "I don't doubt that you're capable of getting out of a tough spot, Juno, but I hate to see you in them in the first place, especially when I'm not there to help."

I stop in front of my bedroom door, "But you did help. More than you know-- Viago, we only took down that target because we had your poison. Things would have been far worse for both Javie and I if we had to rely solely on our own weapons. With your poison, we only needed a small wound."

"Then how did you get hurt?" Viago asks, his eyes drifting back over the scrape on my face.

"Just a little ice spell, I may have... well, I had to engage in combat with the target. A mage."

Viago flips his palms to the sky, a silent gesture of ' this is exactly what I fucking mean '.

"But I also was able to distract the target so Javier could use the poisoned throwing knife to hit the target, and we rescued the second intel team that was ambushed and I think I may have also inadvertently recruited more members to the crows... some children, also."

He's quiet while his hand slowly comes up to pinch the bridge of his nose. He thinks for a moment, eyes shut tight in irritation.

"And what did Matteo have to say about this?"

"Good job."

...

"what?"

"He said good job , that I show great potential." I shrug my shoulders, "That I should prepare to attend Javier's induction ceremony. That Teia would take me out to find a dress."

Viago chews my words, like there's something wrong with them but he has yet to put his finger on what, "I don't know whether to be pissed off or relieved that you somehow did not wind up in trouble--"

"Please be relieved, I am. And I'm tired, and I would like to shower and then sleep for 10 consecutive hours." I open my bedroom door, casting a glance at Viago over my shoulder, "Perhaps if you're decent to Javie, I'll consider taking you on my excursion with Teia, if that's what she wants."

Viago adjusted his posture, trying to find a way to stand that made it seem like he was unaffected by the offer, "She wants it." He answers, but with a small waver in his voice.

He's got it so much worse than I do. If he was anymore down bad for her, he'd be 6 feet under.

I shut my door behind me and took a deep breath, happy to finally have a moment to myself. I do enjoy the company of Javier, Illario and Lucanis; but there is something very special and very comforting in having a moment alone to process the entire journey.

And processing meant groaning into my pillow for ten minutes while I tried to focus on literally any other part of the weekend apart from the river.

It felt impossible, actually truly impossible.

At what point does a river of friendship become an ocean of intimacy? I kept building this dam higher and higher hoping I could stop the flooding, but somehow every intersection of us leads to an estuary. I have to fight the currents just to keep my head about water.

How is it that seemingly overnight Lucanis went from being ' awkward knife guy ' to ' aspirational poet '? Here to ‘Worship’ me? Are you fucking kidding

I mean seriously, poetry books? When did he start reading poetry, had he always liked poetry? Could he tell I liked poetry and so he started reading poetry to impress me? Because while half of me was impressed, the other part of me felt like a feral mabari biting at my pillow.

And somehow, despite it feeling like the most difficult thing in the world to do, I was able to shut it off for a moment. I was able to ask for more time, and he was willing to give it. If there was any hope, any future, where I could see him without it being an issue with Matteo-- I had to make sure Matteo knew I was loyal to the Fifth house, that I wouldn't be leaving it.

And then, maybe after he sees that I'm not going anywhere, I wouldn't have to worry so much about allowing the current to take me out to sea, with a Lucanis that I had truly taken the time to know. I want to know his favorite foods, his favorite poems-- and I'd like for him to know me someday too. The me I was before I came here, my family and my friends; I'd like for him to get to know Juno Tabris-Arainai. She may only be a piece of who I turn out to be in the end; but she's still very much a part of me, and one that I cannot let go.

That isn't to say that I don't love every interaction with Lucanis, but rather to say that I don't feel like I deserve those interactions. If his affections boiled down to nothing more than a body on body experience, perhaps it wouldn't feel so awful to hide who I am. But for him to fall for me, in the direction we seem to inevitably head towards every time we're close to one another, I'd rather he loves all of me rather than just the pieces he sees. The pieces I choose to let him see.

Until I can tell him the truth, I hope he is content with poetry, with letters and with just Juno De Riva.

 

Lucanis,

 

I have come to realize you pull at me like the tides. In the darkest hours of night, you find me. When your hips brush mine and your lips find my neck, I find myself pulled under entirely, breathless in your grasp. If to be yours means to let your waves crash into me, then for you I would surely drown. I'll kiss at the tidepools of your body until my lungs burn with saltwater. 

I'll let the current pull me from shore if it means I'll stand just a little closer to the moon.

 

Yours,

Juno

 

I was going to need two birds.

 

Teia,

Matteo should be contacting you shortly about a shopping trip. Please agree, please come see me-- I'm fucking drowning.

-Juno

 

And as I open my window to call for the birds, another perches itself on the sill, a small scrolled letter attached to its leg. I guess it's a busy day for the birds.

 

Juno,

 

I have been unable to pull the events of our intel mission from my mind. I was always aware you were a good person, nearly all the De Rivas are, but you will forever stand out in my mind as the best.

You put everything aside to help two children in danger, you risked your life for them, complete strangers. I have nothing but immense respect for your actions, and I can only hope that by giving you complete credit for the recruitment of the people that were spared yesterday, that you avoid any cruel punishments for the events that transpired.

You are color in a gray cruel world, Juno. Just when I think the monochrome canvas of life has been filled, you come by and run pastels over everything. My respect for you grows with each passing day, and I hope to see so much more of the art you create in the world around you.

Never lose all that makes you bright, I fear the sadness of sepia would be too much on my heart.

 

Take care,

Illario

 

Poetry? From Illario? I fear I need more help than I initially thought.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 22: Little Bird and The Bet

Notes:

You know what's crazy? The google doc for this fanfic is now over 300 pages long. 306 to be exact.
I can't remember the last time I spent this much time on a fanfic.
But I love it so much.

This chapter is Teia and Juno both being devious little shits, and I adore them.

Edit: I came back just to say: I love you all very much. Thank you for making this so worthwhile for me, and giving me such a wonderful community to lean on.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Juno,

 

I fear you've made error in comparing me to the moon, for you are far more like it than you realize. You shine so bright I could spot you in the darkness regardless of how whole you may or may not feel. I search for you in your absence, just to be caressed by your radiance when you return. Even the stars reach towards you in envy.

 

Every evening without you is dark, but I will stay up later tonight and look up into the skies.

Perhaps I won’t yearn for you as much, if I can gaze at the moon and be reminded of you.

 

Yours,

Lucanis

 

I probably paced my bedroom for 15 minutes after receiving a letter from Lucanis in the morning. Was I to spend the rest of my life teetering on the brink of insanity? Was I doomed the moment I met him? Was there ever a course of action I could've taken that would have freed me from wanting to spend every second of my life pressed against him?

And then there was Illario, who seemed to have found himself lost in a moment where I was authentically myself and had nothing but kind things to say in response; it was flattering at minimum, cheek warming undoubtedly and heart filling to boot. There were no ulterior motives, no push for any dominance like I had seen with Lucanis time and time again-- just genuine respect and admiration. It was endearing. How does one respond to letters that compliment themselves without sounding egotistical? How does one be humble without being degrading and self deprecating?

Why did these two always seem to have a knack for making me feel like every lie I tell or every truth I leave out made me undeserving of their affections? I felt ingenuine . Admired only for fragments of my soul.

My heart nearly launched out of my chest when I heard the sound of bird wings at my window, but was relieved to see it was not one of the messenger birds.

"Greetings to you, Purpose," I breathe a sigh of relief, "I'm happy to see you still hold true to your form."

"As do you," The spirit counters, moving over to the table and staring up at me curiously.  "Was your mission successful? Do you feel rewarded by achieving a goal?"

Hm, how do I answer that?

"Yes, and no . Perhaps a little of both," I pull out the chair at the table and take a seat, propping up my elbows but stopping myself before I lean my head on my bad arm. "The mission itself was a success, but that doesn't mean I feel rewarded by my actions, especially if it's going to be more of the same going forward. Work like this isn't black or white-- it's this gross mess of a gray area that I can only hope will lighten over time. It just feels like it's going to take a long time to get to the good part, and I think that I will often feel bad about the things I have to do. And perhaps regret for the things I want to do, but do not, in pursuit of something bigger."

"Is this not the first step, as you said?"

Well, yeah I guess I did say that.

"It is."

"Then find comfort in that knowledge, be rewarded for continuing to walk towards your goal, that you are still trying to do good in the long run," Purpose leans forward, hopping towards my hand and placing it's talons on the index finger of the hand I dropped back down to the table. "There may be times where your path must diverge off the trail you had planned, but that does not mean you won't ever reach your intended destination. Enjoying the journey can be just as much a goal as anything else, perhaps even more rewarding."

I couldn't help but shake my head in wonder, "You know, for a spirit, there is something decidedly tangible about the way you speak-- like this world is yours as much as anyone else's."

"I can hear your heart for miles," It's blue eyes stare up at me, and it tilts its head in a manner that makes it seem just like any other animal craving attention. "I know what words to speak simply because your desires and the truth of this world align greatly; I am drawn to you because you refuse to see it that way, you have yet to see how important you are." I pull my hand up, bringing the spirit bird up to meet me at eye level. "You are deserving, and having more than one goal does not limit you from fulfilling all of them. Let your path diverge, take the road less traveled by, and seek enjoyment on the nights where you cannot find peace. The journey will feel less exhausting then."

" Less traveled by , huh?" I reach up and scratch at the cheek of the bird, "I presume you were reading my books while I was gone?"

"It made the nights go by far quicker."

"I'm surprised you can just reach out and grab things, I didn't think sp--"

The door opens, and I nearly jump out of my seat as the bird on my finger flaps its wings. Viago is standing in the doorway, his eyebrow arched high as his eyes scan the room.

"Please tell me there's a rogue hidden in here, and that you aren't talking to a bird ," 

Uh , fuck. Something tells me Viago would not be in support of me speaking with spirits.

He steps inside, continuing to scan. "Maker, you are carrying on with a bird, aren't you? Did you hit your head on this mission? You do know it can't understand you, yes?"

Oh. OH, he just thinks it's a bird-- a bird bird. Not a spirit bird. Well, I guess it did look like a bird, so it was easy to make that assumption. Good.

"I find the birds to be better listeners than most companies in this house, actually." I purse my lips, standing and bringing Purpose to my window, "Back to the trees with you, little bird."

"Little bird-- Now you sound like a De Riva," Viago chuckles, stepping over to my dresser and patting the chest he gave me with a very small, but clearly proud, smile. "Are you expecting Teia today?"

Mhhhhm. There it is. I knew he couldn't possibly be coming here just to lecture me about chatting with birds.

"Shortly, actually," I respond, watching Purpose fly back to the trees on the property line. "Are you positive you want to tag along? It is simply shopping for dresses, or getting mine tailored, you may find yourself quite bored."

"I'd be far more bored here," Viago answers, his arms crossed tight around his chest, "And besides, no one knows Antivan fashion better than I." He smirks, and I draw my eyes over him. A satin shirt? That's Antivan fashion?

No thank you.

"Please forgive my doubts," I mumble, "Fashion in Orlais and Ferelden varies greatly from what you claim to be fashion here."

Viago huffs, "I'm well aware, we wear actual shirts in Antiva, not strips of fabric. "

"That is from my aunt-- that's Korcari Wilds fashion, not Orlesian."

"Your aunt lives out in the swamps!?" Okay Viago, relax, I can practically see you clutching your pearls.

"No actually, she's serving as an advisor to Empress Celene, so I'm sure she's dressed much more modestly than she has in the past." I walk to my bookshelf, thumbing through to see if I can figure out which books had been moved or read by Purpose.

"I'm not sure you can say anything to surprise me anymore, you could tell me you knew the King of Ferelden personally, at this point."

Well...

"I apologize for the interruption, Lady Andarateia Cantori has arrived." An attendant stops in the doorframe, stepping aside after introducing Teia's company.

"Teia!" I practically skip to the door, never so relieved to be in the company of another woman before in my life. "Thank you for coming."

"As if I'd miss this, it's like getting my own doll to play dress up with." Teia gives me a wide smile, her eyes practically closing with cheer. "Not to mention, you seemed very desperate in your letter."

"Teia," Viago greets, nodding to her with a smile.

" Viago ," she returns, though noticeably less amused. What happened? What did he do? "Shall we head out then, Juno?"

"Ah, I wanted to get your opinion first," I hustle to my dresser, pulling out a large wrapped package and pulling open the strings, "I've had this dress for a while, I wonder if this is maybe appropriate wear for the party?"

I pull the gown from the wrappings, holding it up to display it to Teia. Her eyes are wide in surprise as she inspects the dress, fluffing the chiffon and inspecting the embroidered details. "Where on earth did this come from?"

Didn't think that one through.

"I've had it for a while," a few weeks , Auntie sent it in the mail "It came from an old family friend." Leliana , more specifically, who wanted to dress up Auntie, but settled for me instead. But Teia would have to accept those answers and leave it at that.

"Yeah," she breathes out, her eyes fluttering down the dress "This should work quite well actually. Do you have shoes? Jewelry?"

"--No. Nothing like that. Still need help with that."

"Thank goodness, I was really looking forward to shopping." Teia takes the dress from me, folding it over and placing it on my bed. She interlocks her arm with mine, "Let's get out of here!"

"Shall we get lunch while we're out?" Viago asks, following as Teia pulls me towards the door.

"We?" Teia stops on her heel and turns to Viago, "This is a girl's trip, Vi."

"I--" Viago stops short, and I can see the absolute shock on his features. He takes a moment to process, then regains his composure. "Very well, at least let me get the door for you."

Viago steps around us, and I can see his brow furrow as he moves around us and down the stairs. It hurts my heart a bit, to see the hurt in him. I'd have to stop and get him a treat before I came home.

"Be safe," Viago reaches out and ruffles my hair before opening the door for us, leaving it open to watch us until we were entirely out the estate gates.

"Are we going to talk about that?" I ask, still arm in arm with her as we walk to the canals.

"Don't think too much into it," Teia responds. "That's how you keep them coming back, give them a taste and then take it away. Works every time."

"You're giving him the cold shoulder... to make him want you more ?"

"Precisely!"

"...And that works?"

"Oh, Juno," Her laugh rings like a melody in my ears, "How do you think we got to this point in the first place? Viago doesn't enjoy things he doesn't have to work for."

"Are all men like that?" I query, and watch the corner of her mouth twitch, like she had caught wind of something humorous.

"A lot of them, why do you ask ?"

"Oh I , I just--" I could lie . I could. I could not tell her anything and that could be that. Or I could tell her and cope and by the time I return home perhaps I won't continue to feel so torn. "Well, I suppose I've been having a more difficult time... ' cornering ' the Dellamorte boys, as you so delicately put it."

We approached the docks, paying the gondolier and choosing to take one of the smaller, uncovered gondolas up the canal to the market. Teia interlocks her fingers when she sits down, learning her elbows forward on her knees and staring at me expectantly. "Go on." She commands.

"I've been following your advice," I sigh, scratching at the back of my neck, "I've been writing to Lucanis, I've tried to maintain some upper hand in our conversations by being the dominant one in them, but he has bounced back full force and I just lose every time."

"He's been writing you back, then?" Teia asks, and I scoff. Boy, was he .

"He's sending me poems, Teia, telling me how he stays up at night thinking about me--" Oh shit, the kiss. Gods, I had to tell her that too, didn't I? "About how I may have wound up accidentally kissing his neck one day."

" OH ?" Teia's eyes were wide, but she was grinning ear to ear. "Pray tell, what made you do that?"

"It's a long story, but essentially I was very close and Javier rocked the boat. Literally rocked the boat, and sent me flying into Lucanis."

"He's meddling? I should have known." Teia chuckles, crossing her arms.

"Clearly it's working, considering Lucanis took me out on this beautiful date to take me to see an elven choir and--"

Wait.

Wait a second.

My eyes narrow on Teia, "Actually, now that I think about it, he mentioned you suggested that choir." Teia looks out at the water, avoiding my gaze. "Teia, spill." She moves her head to look up at the sky like she still can't hear me. "Dammit, Teia, tell me or I tell Viago you're playing games just to get him worked up."

"First of all --" Teia snaps her head down to me, narrowing her eyes, "Viago knows exactly what I'm doing. We do this, we've been doing this. If Viago and I don't do this ridiculous dance every few months, his ego would go through the roof," Teia crosses her arms and sits up straighter in her seat. "Secondly, I wasn't giving him any advice that told him exactly what to say, just letting him know your interests . I refuse to see how any of this is my fault."

"You've been giving him advice?" I shake my head, "Like what?"

"He wanted to take you somewhere special after your... well, your punishment. Viago told him the things he knew you liked in his letter to Luca, but I might have added a few additional things to it." She shrugs.

"You told me you stayed in bed when he wrote that letter," I mumble.

"Oh I did, I made Viago stand still so I could use his back as a writing desk," Teia tucks some hair behind her ears, her eyes distant for a moment, like she's reliving the memory in her head. "I only added a few poetry books he should read, the choir and maybe suggested he try to maintain the upper hand when it came to dealing with you."

"Teia! That's literally the same advice you gave me."

"Precisely." She chuckles. "Would you have preferred to wind up with a knife placed on your desk with no note or explanation? Because according to Viago, that's a threat and not a gift."

I don't know who was dumber in this scenario; Lucanis for leaving a knife in front of Viago and running off, or Viago for immediately assuming it was a threat.

"Is that why Viago seems to dislike Lucanis?"

"He doesn't dislike Lucanis, he just holds a grudge," The gondola stops at the market and Teia is first to step off onto the dock. "Besides, his money is in on Illario."

"Sorry?"

Teia turns, watching me step off the gondola and giving another nonchalant shrug, like she isn't flipping my world on it's head, "The bet, on who will confess their love first--"

"The WHAT?"

"Viago put money in on Illario, I put money in on Lucanis, Arlo says you, and Javier said all three of you would sooner die before confessing any feelings."

Why is it, every time I'm on these damn docks, I'm absolutely speechless? They have a BET ? They put actual money in a pot, and it's a bet on my love life?! And ALL of them, to boot? You would think Viago would be the one to discourage this altogether. I suppose he's just simply too prideful to be willing to lose, Javie probably taunted him into placing a bet.

I'm not even sure who I want to win, at this point.

"I’m thrilled my personal torture can be used to entertain you all," I rub my hand over my temple, "Like I don't have enough things to think about."

"Ah, then think them out loud, my friend. Let me hear your heart's struggles." Teia actually leads us past the market, rounding the corner to a street with several smaller boutiques. She pulls open a door for me and inside are some of the most beautiful heels I had ever laid eyes on. They might as well have been tiny pieces of art.

"If I can be completely candid with you-- and you mustn't speak of this to anyone-- my biggest concern is actually Matteo." She looks around the shop quickly, assessing our current company, likely to make sure this wouldn't make it back to the Fifth Talon. When she seems satisfied that the shop is safe, she nods to me.

"Not a word, I promise."

I reach over and pick up a shoe, holding it up in the light to see how the jewels in it sparkle, "I think he..." How do you even say this? "He might have a thing for elves. He's been odd recently."

Teia is quiet, so I pull my gaze back over to her-- There is no fury greater than the one I see in her eyes. "What do you mean by that?"

I put the shoe down, now incredibly uncomfortable that I have to say any of this out loud. "He's said a few things, looked at me a certain way, lingered... I didn't get in any trouble for going against Javier's direct orders on the mission we just returned from. He now seems... more eager for me to be sworn in as a crow. Like he may put me on a fast track to it. And he keeps pulling me aside to speak privately-- Maybe I'm just reading things wrong--"

"Has he touched you?"

My body nearly flinched at the suddenness of the question. She still looked like if I spoke the wrong words she would set the world on fire around us. "No," I responded. A half truth. He had touched me, but only as I was inches away from killing him.

Though I suppose his hands had lingered then, too.

"Listen to me, Juno," Teia takes a deep breath, pulling herself from whatever dark place she just went to. "If he touches you, if that touch lingers, or it leaves a terrible feeling in your gut-- it's already too late." Teia brings her hand up to squeeze her arm, turning her attention to the shoes on display. "When I told you that Antivan men cannot seem to resist our people; I spoke from experience. Matteo is in quite the position of power, you are under his roof, you are trying to join his house, you will have to pledge loyalty to him. He knows exactly what's at stake for you-- and he will exploit that to get what he wants." Teia pulls a pair of shoes from the rack, a black heel with some excessive straps up the leg. "If he touches you, you tell me. I will get you placed in another house."

"I can't do that, Teia," I counter. "I cannot leave Viago, or Javier or even Arlo to deal with that place all alone. I might be the only person capable of stopping Matteo and Leo from torturing them any further. I have the upper hand--"

"And what about when you don't? What then?" She shakes her head at me, "What will you do when you are backed so far into the corner you can only see him in your path?"

I felt like crying, in truth. I had this terrible habit of pretending problems weren't real, or they never happened at all, and I just live in my own little delusion. Now that I speak it out loud, it feels so much more real.

I didn't just have Matteo wrapped around my finger, he had his fingers wrapped around my throat.

"I'll pull him into it with me," I responded, "We can dance around and see who stumbles first." Teia seems even more upset by my answer, before letting out a sigh and seemingly shaking away my answer. 

"Just... Please do tell me if things get bad. We can figure something out."

"I will," I say, but I also don't feel confident in that answer. What constitutes as bad in this scenario? If I could get him so obsessed, then perhaps we could push Leo out of the Fifth house altogether. Perhaps he could focus so solely on me that he'd never even see Viago's plans of changing the crows coming. Maybe I could get him to designate Viago as successor earlier.

"I say you pick these," Teia changes the subject, picking up a pair of black silk heels, one strap around the ankle. Notably, the heel had a pinkish gold metal piece that went from the base of the heel to just under the top of the shoe, with tiny flowers and leaves set in gold. "You seem to prefer gold jewelry anyways, and the flowers match the embroidery of the dress."

I look over the shoes, then back to Teia, "Thank you," I say, trying my best to sound brave but my voice comes out a bit more like a breath of relief than anything else. "For caring."

Our shopping trip is, for the most part after that, uneventful. We selected some earrings and cuffs that were more suitable for my formal wear as well as one other embellished item, grabbed Viago some pastries (Teia informed me his favorite is actually called Cannoncini, which looks a bit like the cream horns I had seen back in Ferelden, but with a much more yellow creme filling) and then we sat down for lunch together where I told her all the tales of my intel mission, except the part that was too embarrassing to include.

I'd rather the river stay a special moment with Lucanis, one that I can't be teased about endlessly for the rest of my days.

"The First Talon estate is quite beautiful, bigger than even this one," Teia nibbles on another pastry as we walk to the front door of the De Riva household. "They have a massive fine art collection, some of the finest chefs and most importantly--- a large dance floor."

"Do they dance? After the ceremony?" I ask, actually surprised at this. I have only met 1 talon, but he didn't exactly seem the dancing type.

"Dancing, gossip, arguments-- Crows throw good parties," Teia shrugs, "Caterina really enjoys going all out for these things."

"Caterina being... First Talon?"

"Indeed," She smiles at me. "She's First Talon, Lucanis and Illario's grandmother, and also the woman who saved my life ." Teia leans against the entryway, holding onto her last few bites of pastry. "I thought for sure I was going to either rot in jail or have my hands cut off at minimum when I got caught stealing, but Caterina paid my way out. She invited me into her home, taught me how to hold my own-- She even pushed me into another household where she knew the Talon wouldn't be around much longer so that I could move up quickly and have a place for myself."

"She sounds like an amazing woman," I comment, though knowing that in the past she was the one who ordered the other crows to come after Papa, I'm not sure I believe it. "With a good taste in protege." That part was at least true.

My words made her huff out a laugh, looking up at the darkening sky like it had some inspiration for her. "It's the least I could do for her.  I hope you can meet her at the party, I'm sure it would piss Matteo off just a smidge."

I couldn't say if I wanted the same. Teia made her sound loving and lovely and almost maternal-- but she sent so many people after my parents, ordering them to kill my parents or kill themselves if they fail. How could this possibly be the same person?

The door opens, and Viago peeks out at us, "Welcome back. Shopping go well?"

"Splendid," I answer, giving Teia a reassuring smile before she can even begin to worry about me.

Her eyebrow quirks and the corner of her mouth curls up, having a wordless conversation with me. "Got you something, Vi," Teia steps up to Viago, holding the rest of her pastry up to his mouth. Viago takes it cautiously between his lips, and Teia swoops in like the crow she's destined to be, taking a bite while it hangs between his lips, wiping her own of the cream as she comes back down off her tiptoes.

Gods, I had so much to learn from her.

"Goodnight," Teia smirks, taking a few steps backwards while staring at Viago. She throws me a wink before turning on her heel and hustling out the front gate.

"I hate it when she does that," Viago mumbles, pulling the pastry from his lips as he holds open the door for me.

"You love it," I correct.

"I do," He groans, making a pitiful face before finishing off his pastry.

I return to my room, not anymore sure on how to respond to these letters than I was this morning, but feeling deeply inspired by watching Teia work her own magic. Using my own poetry against me, were we? Fine, then I'll use his own moves against him.

 

Lucanis,

It's flirting, not a threat.

Always,

Juno

 

I tuck the small folded note into the top of a package, and find an attendant downstairs to deliver it to a courier for me in the morning. When he opened the box tomorrow, he'd see the knife I picked out for him. The sheath was engraved, and the lines then filled with silver, the handle was layered with black leather that almost looked like dragon scales with how they were laid and the guard and the pummel were both a brilliant silver, with an inlaid ruby in the top of the pummel. The knife itself was thin, likely not meant for much actual combat, but I believe it was Arlo who told me that crows should carry as many backups on their person as possible. I was also sure to include the chest strap that was offered with the purchase, so that he needn’t rely on a jacket pocket to carry his knife around.

If you insist on speaking my love languages, you better be prepared for me to learn yours.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 23: Little Bird on The Dancefloor

Notes:

Holy shit, we are officially at the end of "act one", if you will. My next chapter will have Juno turning 18, this is crazy.
I still have so much plot and there's so much to fit in before we even GET to Veilguard, but this is.
I mean this chapter is big, I won't lie. There's a lot to unpack.

I'm probably going to sit and wait up for people to comment, because how tf can i sleep.
HOW DO I SLEEP AT NIGHT?!

.v. Anyways, have mercy on me, flock. It's all for the plot. The pwp plot.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Kieran,

 

Today I will get to see a crow induction ceremony and a crow party for the first time. Its apparently quite an elaborate affair, so much so that I get to wear the dress Auntie sent from Leliana to it!

I think most of the boys are just looking forward to the wine and food, but I heard there’s live music and dancing-- it made me think of you. I think I’m most excited to just not have to think about death, murder or violence for a day.

I hope school is going well for you. I just know you’ll make a fantastic bard. Do you think you’ll travel when you graduate? See the world? Or will you stay in Orlais?

Sometimes I miss being on the road, traveling with Mama and Papa, but other times I’m just grateful to sleep in a real bed and not a bed roll.

I miss you very much! Please write me soon, your letters keep me sane.

 

Love always,

Juno

 

The boat ride over to the other side of Treviso, where the First Talon estate was, was uncomfortable. Originally, Matteo had called for two boats, one to send the younger De Riva boys in, and one to send himself, Leo and I in. Viago was vehemently opposed to this, and essentially forced himself into the boat beside me so as to not leave me alone with the reasons for my scars.

"I pray you remember my warnings about tonight," Matteo reminds us both anyways, "This isn't just a celebration for Javier, it's for all the recruits up for promotion tonight, so you will act with respect and be courteous to those who rank higher than you. It matters not what house you come from, but how you have proven yourselves, and presently-- you both have done nothing of the sort."

"I have no intention of taking any of the attention off of Javier," I respond, tapping my fingers against my leg. "He worked hard for this."

Even if he never wanted this in the first place . He made the decision, for whatever reason, to stay, and I would not take that decision from him or do anything to ruin that.

"Look on this day with excitement for the future," Matteo nods, "Because you two will be promoted someday, and I expect big things from you."

Some more than others, I suspect.

Leo remained quiet for the entire ride, choosing to focus on looking out the window rather than attempting to taunt either I or Viago. It felt odd, like he was only half of his usual shitty self, but I could speak nothing of it-- because if nothing else, he was leaving me alone.

The Dellamorte Estate was indeed massive, if the party got too big and spilled outside for any reason, there was always a guesthouse on the property for the overflow crowd. There was a live band, music playing the moment we walked in. Fine art on full display, the smells of all kinds of specially catered dishes and desserts and seemingly endless wine and champagne as far as the eye could see.

Matteo left the rest of us pretty early, taking Leo off with him claiming he needed to have a "discussion" with the First Talon before the ceremony was to begin. This gave me the time to look over each of the Dellamorte boys, each seemingly more cleaned and groomed, more bright eyed and far more lively than I had ever seen them before.

You can turn teenagers into weapons, but that does not rob them of their entire youth. I've heard before that hope is a thing with feathers, and for us, for the chessboard, those feathers belong to crows . Before us was a room filled with the very people we hoped to convince to change some day, and while it was just one of us being inducted presently, it was still a step-- still a move on the board in the right direction, and for one night, we could find comfort in that and choose to simply live in the moment.

The ceremony was everything I had read about-- recruits kneeling before their talons, offering proof of completed contracts, and reciting a pledge of loyalty. It crosses my mind that maybe Javier dreaded this part the most-- but if he did, it did not show on his face. He made it through each step effortlessly, and there before the entirety of the eight houses he stood, a crow.

Hope with feathers.

The party began right after, full swing, as if pieces and trinkets belonging to murdered men were not just handed over en masse to the powers that be. Like it was just another party on another day with some real reason to celebrate.

And I knew not how to be anything but a wallflower, stuck by Arlo and Viago's side as we watched the dancefloor fill with people.

Well.

I watched the dance floor fill with people.

Viago watched Teia.

"You could ask her to dance," I offer, tipping my champagne glass out in her direction, "I'm willing to bet she'd say yes."

"I'm not a betting man," Viago responds, and I roll my eyes.

"That's bullshit," I watch as he takes a large sip of champagne, "I heard you have 30 gold pieces on Illario professing his love to me."

Viago chokes a bit on the sip he took, having to clear his throat several times after lowering his glass.

"I didn't start that bet." He answers.

"No, but you participated."

"I was pressured to!"

"By whom!?"

"Who do you think?" Viago gestures across the room, to where Teia stood speaking with who I came to know was the Seventh Talon during the ceremony. " You try saying no to her!"

"You're saying no to her right now by not asking her to dance, stupid."

"Idiot," He grumbles his usual response to my taunts. "If she wanted to dance, she'd greet me first."

"I can't bear another moment of this," Arlo pushes himself off the wall, passing his drink to Viago as he crosses the room. To my surprise, he approaches Teia and holds a hand out to her, inviting her out to the dancefloor. Teia had an amused smirk on her face, but took his hand and followed him to the center of the room regardless.

If Viago's hand clutched the wine glass any harder, I fear it may shatter in his hand entirely. I don't think he was mad at Arlo as much as he was mad at himself for not working up the courage, or perhaps putting his pride aside, to be able to go over there himself and do the very same.

Well, if you can't beat 'em, join 'em.

I take the glasses out of Viago's hands, placing them down on a table, and present both my hands to him. He's surprised for a moment, amused for another, but eventually gives in with a shrug of his shoulders before taking my hands and letting me drag him out to the very same dance floor.

"Do you even know what you're doing?" He asks, placing his hand on my back as we straighten ourselves out to dance.

"I know a few styles of dance, how hard can it be?"

And that's true for quite some time, the steps remain mostly the same, albeit not as stiff as dancing had been in Orlais, nor as free flowing as the swing style dancing that was popular in Ferelden. This was a happy sweet spot, relying mostly on the rhythm of the song to time when to move your hips. Antivan dancing was a bit more like the salsa dancing Papa had taught me, where he said people stand significantly closer together and used more than their hands and feet to dance, mixed with the swing step of Ferelden dance that had you constantly using, moving and pointing your toes throughout the entire dance. Every movement involved a bit of swaying hips, bending your legs into steps, hands moving across the back through dips and sways-- It was far more exciting than any sort of waltz you'd do in Orlais.

And it felt far more natural.

At first, Viago thought he would naturally have to lead and the dance itself would be foreign to me entirely, but when he realized I could freestyle steps in between each dip and spin, he focused mostly on using his weight as an anchor to throw me into more dramatic twists and turns. You could see on his face how much he actually started to enjoy himself, and it was like seeing a completely different side of the Viago I've been getting to know for months now-- He was happy , this is what he looked like when his soul didn't feel so burdened.

When Viago's arm is extending out entirely, and I step towards him, I can feel myself grinning from ear to ear. He steps backwards, pulling me back with him and twisting my arm up over my head as we step, my heels spinning across the floor. His hand finds the crest between my waist and hip, swinging us back into step. Every move felt like a flurry of hands finding each other, quick turns and legs entangling-- an easy thing to fumble if you were clumsy, but if I was good at nothing else in this world, I was good at knowing exactly where to put my legs at exactly the right moment.

Viago has pretty damn good rhythm too. It seems a bit like he's been practicing; and I suppose it wouldn't surprise me if he was, waiting for the perfect moment to impress Teia.

When I cast a glance over Viago's shoulder, she's watching, a hunger in her eyes that even I can recognize. What he's doing, what he's been practicing-- it's working. Viago had completely flipped the role on its head; leaving Teia completely captivated waiting for his next move.

They had such chemistry without even looking into each other's eyes, it made me wonder if perhaps Lucanis had the same look on his face.

I could find his eyes in any room.

It was only flashes, glances, because of how fast Viago continued to spin and turn me in beat with the music; but he was watching. It felt all the more empowering knowing his eyes were on me, following the movement of Viago's hand through every dip, turn, push, pull and twist.

Was it more exciting to Lucanis because it was Viago as well, or had that ship long sailed? Was every glance just for me? Would he find me after this dance, much like I know Viago and Teia will find each other immediately after this song finishes?

"You know you're really not meant to take your eyes off your dance partner," Viago chuckles, drawing my line of sight back to him. He had quite the smirk on his face, spinning me under his arm.

"Yeah well, you're not as subtle as you'd like to think either," I responded, placing my hand on his shoulder. "Yes, she's watching, and yes, she will accept a dance when you ask her after this."

"You act as if I haven't been playing this game for many years," Viago chuckles, pulling me in close as the song comes to an end. "She drives me crazy, absolutely , but it would be no fun if I couldn't do the very same."

We step apart as the song comes to an echoing end, and Viago gives me a knowing look before turning and stepping to Teia before the next song can start up. Arlo steps aside for Viago with a smug smirk on his face, his teeth poking out just under the scarred part of his mouth. He must hear my laugh, because his attention is drawn to me before he gestures to himself, and I nod enthusiastically in response.

Arlo beckons me over by bending his fingers up from his palm, another playful side of a De Riva I feel like is such a rare sight to see. Now that I knew Lucanis was watching from his perch on the balcony above, I felt far more tempted to get into the swing of things-- letting my hair toss just a bit more with every spin.

"I got to read the report from your mission, "Arlo grins, our hips moving synchronously, "Javier made you sound really good in the write up, poisoned throwing knives and weaponless combat? Now who raised you to behave like that?"

"A lady never tells her secrets," I joke, dipping down a bit while grabbing onto Arlo's bicep, "A wise man once told me that all birds sing, I just gave those big bad guys a little tune."

Arlo tips his head back, an infectious chuckle from his core slipping past his lips, "That's our little bird, really showing 'em all what it means to fuck around and find out." Arlo was quite a bit taller than me, which made most of his dance moves require him bending his knees quite a bit more than Viago had to to dance with me, but he was putting in the work full force. "I'm quite positive you made that entire experience easier on Javier, you know. I'm not sure you understand how grateful I am for that."

"I would do anything for you De Rivas," And I mean it, "Apart from. You know, the shitty ones."

Arlo nods, an understanding look on his face, "Ah yes, Viago ."

" Yeah ," I laugh. "Shittiest one of the bunch."

"It's nice to see him let loose, he's been much too tense lately," Arlo watches over his younger brother over my shoulder. "Parties are nice, it's like the rest of the world doesn't exist for a short while."

And he wasn't wrong in that, for the entire time I've been out on the dance floor, I haven't thought about any of the other shit happening within the De Riva house. I would, either fortunately or unfortunately, still have to see Lucanis tonight and face that ongoing battle for domination, but at the very least we were in a very public setting and he knew for both our sakes that getting too close would make a scene.

"Doesn't a night like this just make you want to, say, spill your heart out to someone?" Arlo suggests, and I feel my eyes narrow as we step in time to the rhythm.

"I know about the bet, you dick." I shoot back, and Arlo clicks his tongue in disappointment.

"Damn, I thought for sure I'd be taking all the gold home tonight," He raises an eyebrow, "You still could though, the First Talon estate is quite romantic out in the gardens."

"Don't hold your breath, Arlo."

The song slows to a stop, and as we pull apart, Arlo gives a small bow with his hand pressed to his chest. "Wasn't planning on it, you wouldn't be you if you didn't surprise us all, somehow. Just don't let Javie win."

Speak of the devil.

"I believe it's my time to step in," Javier greets, taking both my hands without offering them at all. Arlo pats him on the back as he steps off.

"Good luck Juno, Javier is a terrible dancer."

"He exaggerates," Javier rolls his eyes, "I simply dabble in all dance, I don't limit it to Antivan style. Why should women get all the fun?"

"Oh?" My jaw drops open a bit, "So I can spin you around too, Javie?"

The music kicks in, and Javie begins stepping into beat, walking me backwards, "I'd be heartbroken if you did not!" Javier seemed to hold much more bounce in his steps when he danced, like he had extra energy pouring out of him at every moment. Unlike Arlo and Viago, Javier made sure to snap his head in time with the music as well, a bit more common in ballroom dances where the steps were all pre-planned, but this was very clearly a Javie special.

One of a kind.

But still joyful, still very fun, and a completely different energy than the last two dances I had. Javie didn't hesitate to pull a classic Juno move, stepping his own leg into my space to dip me over it or simply pull us closer together and move in tandem.

"Have I said thank you today? I know I think it a lot, but I feel like I don't always say it out loud," Javier jokes, breathless. He was REALLY into this dance.

"I haven't heard you tell me how great I am today, no," I lift my arm to spin Javier around twice, and he uses his own velocity to spin me by wrapping an arm around my back after, both of us sliding across the floor. "Javier, why did you do it? You didn't have to take a contract."

"I did though," He scoffs, "When we hadn't... started the game," I see Javier's eyes dart across the room to make sure no one was eavesdropping. "I wanted out, as fast as possible. But you're here, and more than just having a goal, I have someone I don't want to lose, and she is, most unfortunately, at the center of all of this now."

You big softie.

"Besides, I have 30 gold on the line that you're going to torture the Dellamortes into an early grave." Javier slides his hand up my back as I tip backwards, tipping me back up vertebrae by vertebrae. "Wouldn't want to miss out on that."

I slide an arm around his neck as our feet step in a salsa rhythm, choosing to ignore that damn bet coming up again, "I shouldn't be holding you back Javie, I could help you still--"

"You aren't holding me back," He answers, "You're making me want to stay. " I felt a bit like a mabari puppy with the stare I melted into, "If I don't feel like I can anymore, I'll go but... For now, I intend to be here for you in the same way you were here for me."

I could feel my eyes threatening to water, but Javier grabs me by the cheeks and sways me side to side to the music to knock the thoughts out of me entirely.

"Who's good at breaking up storm clouds now, hmm?" I ask, watching Javier positively glow as if he owned this entire dance floor.

"You learn from the best, clearly."

If Lucanis was still watching from somewhere, I could no longer spot his figure in the room. I find myself scanning the space over and over as Javier and I finish dancing, but he's nowhere to be seen.

"Come, look for him after having some refreshments," Javier holds his elbow out to walk me back up the stairs off the dancefloor, somehow knowing exactly who I was searching for. Was I that predictable? He retrieves two glasses of champagne, offering one to me before clinking his glass against mine. "To the future," He offers as a cheer.

"To you." I respond, taking a sip of my champagne.

We both take our time to be wallflowers once more, relishing in the peace that Viago and Teia seem to have as they dance together song after song.

If the whole night had gone that way, perhaps we could have lived in that peace until the sun came up-- but things never really seem to work out that way. Not in my life, anyways.

" I heard Magister Renata is livid about the deaths of her slaver team, " Someone snorts, sipping from a wine glass to the left of Javier and I.

" I bet, I hear she uses virgin blood to keep her skin youthful. She'll have to resort to wrinkle creams while she tries to recruit more Venatori. "

" I heard it was the Fifth Talon's kid who took on that contract ." Another pipes up, oblivious to Javier and I standing nearby, and Javier’s human ears not privy to picking up the conversation at all.

" I can't believe anyone would, Zara Renata isn't someone to fuck with. "

" Neither is Matteo De Riva, there's a reason nobody wants to work with his house ."

Oh?

" Yeah, it's the same reason Caterina hates his guts-- he's a snake. He's so power hungry he's willing to sacrifice just about anyone to claw his way to the top. "

" Including his own kids. "

Fenedhis, did everyone hate Matteo?

" I heard he took in some elven kid as well, probably a paramour, but he's trying to pass her off as a recruit. What a joke, "

I see.

" The same man who was hurling insults like 'halla breeder' and 'pin ears' last talon trial? "

" Tale as old as time, my friend. They see no value in them until they're naked or slain ."

I had heard quite enough.

I placed my glass down on the table and hurried out the nearest door, trying to calm my racing heart before my magic started to act up in rage. It's always about the ears, isn't it? The ears, the height or the simple fact that we were once enslaved-- we're fetishized. Constantly, always, even after giving and giving to a world that offers us nothing in return.

It makes me wonder how Mama's clan could have ever been okay with leaving The Dales. How was living a city life any better for our people? We're just exposed to our hatred more now than ever.

I took a deep breath, closing my eyes until I could no longer feel my pulse in my ears. I tipped back my head, choosing to hold it high and to do my best to forget the events that just transpired. When I open my eyes once more, they focus on the wall in front of me, where a large portrait of a beautiful woman is displayed.

Beautiful isn't even the right word. Ethereal . Hair as dark as the night sky, beautiful brown eyes with the center exploding into an olive green. Her skin was flawless, dotted with beauty marks beneath her eyes and close to her temple. She looked like she was actually rather pleased to be sitting for a portrait, or at least her smile seemed to meet her eyes in a way that looked like she was enjoying herself.

" Beautiful , is she not?"

A woman's voice comes from the door I just entered, and I turn on my heel to meet her eyes. This was Caterina Dellamorte, First Talon. I recognized her from the ceremony, as well. I was alone in a room with Caterina Dellamorte.

"She is," I responded. "I thought I had come face to face with a goddess when I looked up." I pull my gaze back to the painting, deciding that no matter what, it would be best to agree with the First Talon no matter what she says.

"Her name was Rosaline," Caterina steps up beside me, her arms tucked behind her back. "The former heir apparent to the First Talon."

She's stating facts, but I can tell by her tone there is deep grief in there, remorse and guilt. If Lucanis was suspected next in line to be First Talon, then that must mean that his mother has passed. "What happened?" I ask, following with, "If you don't mind me asking."

Caterina is quiet for a moment, taking in a sharp breath and sighing it back out, "My foolish children... They went chasing after someone, all convinced that if they could be the one to take out the target, they'd earn the right to become successor." Caterina takes a few more steps, staring up at the painting which is now identifiable as her daughter. "All of them, my daughters, their husbands and my son, went chasing after the Black Shadow, and all 5 of them were returned to me in caskets."

" Black Shadow ?"

"A traitor, deserted his duties and failed his contract," Caterina brings a hand up to rub at her temple, "Nobody ordered them to go after Zevran Arainai, we all knew it was futile, but they were too stubborn, too sure of themselves,"

No.

"And we lost them all that day," Her voice sounds like it might shake, but she pulls herself back from the brink. "I took in Rose and Julietta's children, I've been raising them to the best of my abilities, but I am no substitute for a mother."

Please. Please say it's not true.

"My poor boys, I can only hope I raise Lucanis and Illario to recognize when a battle simply cannot be won. There is no pride worth your life."

Papa... what did you do?

"Now, child," Caterina had glanced over her shoulder at me, tutting when she looked at me. "Don't lose yourself over this, death is all too common within the crows. You will move forward to see much of it." She turns around fully to look me over, clearly making judgements about me within her own mind. "Especially as a De Riva, the Fifth Talon is quite notoriously a cut throat." She composes herself once more, lifting her head high, "Take the tale as one of caution; know your limits... and never go chasing after an Arainai ."

My knees manage to wait the few seconds it takes for her to leave before they collapse underneath me, my kneecaps nothing but a sharp thud on the marble floor.

All of Caterina Dellamorte's children went hunting after my father... and all of them never returned home. Lucanis' parents, Illario's parents-- gone. At my father's hands . I know that he had taken down most of the eighth house when they came after him, but I thought it had stopped there. Why did more come after him after what happened with the Eighth house? Was it truly all for pride, for power? Did the first talon seat mean that much to them?

How would I ever... ever face Lucanis or Illario?

They do not know the real me, and now I was absolutely sure they never could. I could never be both a girl who loved her father and a girl who claimed to care for the Dellamortes. I could not blame my father for the deaths of their parents and in the same breath be grateful for all he has ever done to keep my mother and I alive. How could I stop this spiral? How could I untangle myself from the death of Dellamortes?

I couldn't .

Even if no one else ever knew-- I did.

Matteo did.

Matteo, who loved Rosaline. Matteo, who warned me to stay far away from the Dellamortes. What else did he know that he didn't share?

How would I ever make moves against him as a Rook, when he held the secrets to my greatest downfall? If my identity got out, would there be another power struggle? Would Illario and Lucanis come for me much the same way their parents came after my father?

Would history be doomed to repeat itself, or would I simply ask they be gentle when ripping me apart ? Would they even be willing?

Could I even look at myself as the same Juno they see when they look at me now?

I had somehow gotten back onto my feet, but every step felt like I had been risen from the dead, a lifeless corpse set to roam the halls whilst the world moved on around them. I didn't really know what to do, just stayed hugged to a wall. Conversations were just muffles now, like the slow setting of poison in my veins, I was dying from the inside out.

" Juno ,"

Why is it always your voice? Why is it all I can ever hear, even in the mess of everyone else?

" Dance with me. "

Do you sense when my world is falling apart, or is fate just simply that cruel to us? To always intersect at the moments when being alone were the only things I deserved?

It was never a choice, like the way his hands found mine and pulled me to the dancefloor, falling in love with Lucanis was as inevitable as death itself.

And I was at death's door, knocking, doing anything I could from turning to face that love.

Was it my brain, altering time around him once more, or was the band suddenly playing a decidedly slower song the moment we faced each other?

"You look like you've seen a ghost," Lucanis' voice is as soft as ever, his hand snug against the curve of my hip. "Too much wine?"

Is this who I would be forever, just a liar?

"Perhaps," I responded, my lips twitching at the seams; whether I was trying to fake a smile or stop myself from crying, I was unsure. "Alcohol and spinning around aren't always the best mixture."

"Ah," He chuckles, his eyes softening as he smiles, "And spinning, you were. I think the whole dance floor parted to watch you."

"Which time?" I ask, desperate to keep up any small talk. Anything to stop this from sidelining into romance. My heart couldn't carry that right now.

"All of them," Lucanis answers, raising his hand to spin me around slowly. "Each time more captivating than the last. You move like wild storms, sudden and unpredictable, but lighting up the room."

Death may have me at his door by one hand, but Lucanis had the other, stopping me from going through it.

"Maybe I'm crazy for wanting to go storm chasing... But I admittedly was envious of every De Riva tonight, and I couldn't let that feeling linger til the night's end."

Perhaps that was the consequence of immortality, the pain of a love that you'd lose.

"I'm glad you didn't," It's the truth. It's a painful, awful, terrible truth . "I've heard lightning never strikes the same place twice, you might've missed all your chances if you didn't dance with me tonight."

His hand is warm. So warm. Having one hold mine and the other on my waist would be enough to keep me warm for an entire season. I can look at him more closely now that I've ever had the opportunity to before. I could commit every line of his face to memory; how his bottom lip was fuller than the top, how his eyelashes curtained over his eyes in a way that made his waterline looked like it was line with smoke, or how for tonight's events he had decided to use hair wax to sweep his hair out of his face entirely and up over the crest of his head.

He was beautiful in ways no poet could ever articulate.

"Thank you for the gift,"

Of course, how did that slip my mind?

If I had known this morning what I did now, I would've never sent the damn thing.

"Yes, well... Teia's told me much about the things you've done to... well, to make me smile. So I thought, perhaps I could do the same."

Lucanis' eyes flicker to my lips briefly, and he tilts his head slightly, leaning into my ear to whisper as he leans us both into a dip, "I believe your letter called it flirting."

Our legs tangled as he pulled me up, and I spun to pull them apart as fast as I could, "Is that a problem?" I whisper, unable to keep air in my lungs with every word out of his mouth.

"Not at all, I'm not sure I've... Well, I'm not sure I've been this happy in a long time."

Rot , Juno. You will rot for this. Every second you've ever put him through.

"I feel seen, as you put it." He dips me one final time, and the song ends. He stares at me for a moment or two more before pulling me to my feet. "I look forward to getting to know you more, to make you feel seen."

Every word is both salt in the wound and a fire in my heart.

"Thank you for the dance," I whisper, giving a small curtsy before making my way up the stairs off the dance floor. I can feel Matteo's eyes before I see them, and I know the moment our eyes meet he expects me at his side.

There he stood, death himself. Beckoning me.

Somehow less scary than ever having to face Lucanis learning the truth.

I took my place at his side, his unamused glare the evidence I needed that he had been watching that entire dance.

"It was just a dance," I say, looking out at the crowd as I stood beside him. "Nothing more."

"Yes, I'm sure it was," He says, his fingers tapping against his wine glass. "But considering the foul bitch at the head of that family just gave away all your hard work, I neglect to see why you're fraternizing with them."

"What do you mean?"

"The recruits," He answers, his words particularly sharp. "The First Talon assigned them to the Seventh House. We don't even get the extra help."

Thank the gods, the maker-- whoever was out there listening. They were free of Matteo De Riva and his cacophony of terror.

"Perhaps next time we let it fly under the radar," Matteo nods, mostly to himself, like he was convincing himself. "Just bring them into the training camps without consulting Caterina." Matteo places a hand on the small of my back, leaning towards me like he needed to convince me. "Yes, the next time you bring in recruits, it can be our little secret."

And I should be more upset that he expects me to drag more people into this, but all I can think about...

Is that his touch lingered.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 24: Little Bird and Her Reason

Notes:

Edit: We hit 100k words tonight!!!!!

Act 2 begins!

My little birds are growing up, trying new things, getting new facial hair -- how exhilarating.
Now, it's time to get this plot moving. We set up a lot in act 1, act 2 is going to be about fitting those pieces together.
While also building some more subtle (or not subtle) references to Veilguard.

If you're thinking something SHOULD happen, maybe you should tell me about it. Maybe I'm open to taking suggestions. Maybe I could use the brainstorming sessions. LOL.

Kudos to Shelby, brain twin, who told me to expand on Juno's faith. Picasso, I like it.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Dear Juno,

 

I'm not sure I'll have time to send another letter before then, so let me say it now; Happy 18th Birthday. About time you caught up to me, you're always lagging 4 months behind. Slacker.

As I am writing this, I am packing my things to travel from Orlais to Rivain. I completed school only a few weeks ago, but as I have come of age, Mother has agreed that I may finally set out to travel. She actually suggested Rivain because Varric Thethras said he's got an old friend living out in Rivain I could visit and perhaps find room and board with. From what I understand, it's a fairly warm climate with white sand beaches-- A fantastic first destination.

Unless I wind up on a very long boat excursion, I'll likely come through Antiva at some point. Would a busy would-be assassin have time to make for their childhood friend?

I'll send you letters, though they may have to come by courier until I finish my journey. When I am a week's time from Antiva, I'll make sure to let you know.

I'm eager to meet your friends-- and yes, you needn't say it, I'll refrain from speaking of your family.

Perhaps I should craft myself an elaborate backstory? Is that what you've been doing? Do you think I could pull off being heir to the Ferelden throne? No? Perhaps in another lifetime.

I'll write soon. Take care in the meantime.

You better be ready for me when I reach Antiva!

 

Yours,

Kieran

 

Like I needed the reminder.

There was a week left before I turned 18, meaning it had been about 14 months since the night I learned that my father killed an entire generation of the Dellamorte family. 14 months since Javier was inducted into the crows and began accepting contract work. 14 months since my first intel mission which I somehow simultaneously fulfilled and botched, 14 months since Matteo De Riva first laid a hand upon me that wasn’t intended to leave a bruise and 14 months since I began putting all of my focus onto the crows, getting involved in as many intel missions as possible, even if that meant having to work alongside or for Leonardo De Riva.

True to Matteo's word, Leo had remained less of a thorn in my side. He was still unusually quiet most days, choosing not to spend his time hurling insults at anyone, including Viago, and instead taking up more and more work as the Fifth House Guildmaster. It was likely that the closer Viago and I inched towards being inducted, the more nervous Leonardo grew. There had been no more slip ups, no days we failed to study and no Matteo special pop quizzes we failed, no research projects wasted and no intel missions on the cusp of success and failure like before.

There was certainly no more shed.

I had made myself a promise to myself 14 months ago that my biggest focus would be on advancing the game. The sooner that I can, at the very least, set the rest of the chessboard on a course to success, the sooner I can rid myself of the weight of the lies I have to tell just to survive.

There is a part of my brain, the kind that can still look for hope in things, that prays that the day I do come clean to Lucanis and Illario, they can at least see that my decision to stay (to hide who I am from everyone) wasn't rooted in malicious intent or just based purely on surviving-- My decision to stay was to make their world a better place by any means necessary.

I would die at Caterina's orders so long as everyone else was in place to complete the final moves on the chessboard, I would die for all of them; every single one, without hesitation and without fear. This chessboard wasn't just about my future in the crows, or the future of those who would come after me. It was the future of everyone I cared about in Treviso; their happiness.

I don't claim to be a saint by any means, but when you're someone who has been losing or has already lost everything in life, the only thing you have left to give the world is what's left of your love. Maybe Leo was right when he said I'm just some sad orphan, that I'm clinging to anything that felt like a real family-- but they were.

They were family. They fill each vast hole in my heart left by confusion, insecurity and abandonment.

And it's time I face the music on that as well-- I was abandoned. It's been well over a year. Papa was not coming back for me. There had been no word, no letters, no visits... I don't even know if they are alive. They certainly didn't seem to care if I was. I'm still just as lost as ever as to why I was brought here to Antiva, though I suppose I can say with confidence that the rest of the people Mama and Papa used to travel with were beyond busy, if not dead entirely.

It didn't matter anymore anyways; I had my reason , and that was enough. While it was something I had accepted, it would likely always be a wound in my soul. I just hope that if the reason for it all was that they were going to the Deep Roads, that it was painless for Mama.

If anyone truly had no choice in all of this, it was her. I could forgive her.

I think about her often, both in grief and fondness. I wonder if she still held her faith, til the end. While Mama never pushed any beliefs on me in one direction or the other, it was evident that she still worshipped the Elven pantheon in the same way her parents and Papa's parents did. I think most assume that leaving the Elven homeland and moving to cities means you free yourself of religion entirely, or turn yourself over to Andrastian faith, but that simply wasn't the case with Mama. She loved the tales of the Evanuris, and often used them as examples to teach me lessons when I was small.

I struggle to remember them now, but I remember the look she got in her eyes when she got to give me another parable or just talk about the origins of things; hallas, birds, dragons. Papa said she just liked to talk; I think Mama just liked history.

I think for most people, besides the ones who make it their jobs, faith and religion are things they cling to, to escape the fear of their own mortality. It's easier to imagine a life resigned to The Fade or walking to The Maker with their arms open to embrace you-- than it is to think about ceasing to exist altogether. I believe most would come to find that those who don't embrace faith are the people who question why they are still alive; why we've been doomed to circle a mortal coil time and time again until it simply stops altogether?

I can't say for sure which category I fall under. I knew every turn of phrase calling on multiple religion's gods and found myself using them regularly, but that didn't mean I had any claim to them. They had always been just words.

It's why I found myself, a week out from my 18th birthday, with my head down and nose tucked in a book borrowed from Viago-- ' The Creators: Elven Pantheon and The Eternal City' -- trying to see if anything spoke to me in the way it had spoken to my mother so long ago.

The current chapter; ' Falon'Din: Friend of the Dead, the Guide ' stood out in particular. 

" In ancient times, the People were ageless and eternal, and instead of dying would enter uthenera-the long sleep-and walk the shifting paths beyond the Veil with Falon'Din and his brother Dirthamen. Those elders would learn the secrets of dreams, and some returned to the People with newfound knowledge. "

Falon'Din was an interesting god in the Pantheon, he seemed to have a softer heart in comparison to some of the other gods, and dedicated his life to helping the now mortal elves cross the veil into the afterlife until he could no longer. The tradition of burying elves with a staff had apparently started from this story, so that they could have a walking stick to cross into the afterlife without a guide, and even still my people invoke Falon'Din on their deathbed or before quests from which they do not anticipate returning home from.

I could see how, with this story in particular, The Dalish Elves found comfort in the thought of dying because of how it was depicted in their faith. It didn't exactly speak to me the same way, but I would put money on my mother invoking his name before her journey into the Deep Roads, whether that had already happened or would occur someday soon.

"O Falon'Din

Lethanavir--Friend to the Dead

Guide my feet, calm my soul,

Lead me to my rest."

There was also Ghilan'nain, whose name I recall hearing from my mother whenever she had a turn of phrase in Elven for wanting to travel with haste or get home. Her chapter: 'Ghilan'nain: Mother of the Halla' , touched upon her story where she was just a simple elven mage, but after seeing a hunter slaughter a bird and cursing him to be unable to kill again, he returned to hunt Ghilan'nain instead, binding and blinding her and leaving her to die, but unable to finish the job himself. She prayed to the Evanuris and Andruil sent her hares to Ghilan'nain and they chewed through the ropes that bound her, but Ghilan'nain was still wounded and blind, and could not find her way home. So Andruil turned her into a beautiful white deer—the first halla. This somehow rose her to Goddess status.

I think this was meant to be another tale of the gods showing mercy and protecting their devotees, though it's interesting that someone who became a Halla could also be considered a god. Did she remain in that form? The stories don't say. It just felt like an incomplete tale, and also how did this not become the legend that we claim as our afterlife-- if Ghilan'nain was given mercy and turned into halla, shouldn't the faith say that's where we go when we pass? Reborn as a halla in The Dales? It was just missing something, context, I suppose. Blind faith was never my style.

The most interesting Evanuris, the one whose story I found myself grappling to understand, was that of Fen'Harel. ' Dreadwolf: The Tale of Fen'Harel's Triumph ' stated that " the gods we know and revere fought an endless war with others of their kind. There is not a hahren among us who remembers these others: Only in dreams do we hear whispered the names of Geldauran and Daern'thal and Anaris, for they are the Forgotten Ones, the gods of terror and malice, spite and pestilence." It goes on to explain that in order to end the war, Fen'Harel played both sides, sending The Forgotten Ones to the 'abyss', and sealing away the Evanuris from the mortal plane.

They use this as the reasoning that the elven gods no longer intervene in mortal suffering.

Yeah right.

Every faith has to have an explanation for why we suffer when benevolent gods exist, and the answer they come up with was a scapegoat big bad wolf? He gets dubbed the god of lies, the god of betrayal and he who hunts alone. And for what? Trying to prevent mortal casualties in a war of gods?

Whoever wrote this book was useless. Everything felt like half truths.

I guess, in theory, that should make it resonate with me, right? If anyone was a master of betrayals and half truths, it was me.

Me and the ol' Dread Wolf have that much in common.

When the time came some day for me to confess my secrets, would my name become a curse much in the same fashion Fen'Harel's had?

In part, it felt like it had already; ' Never go chasing after an Arainai ' felt like it was practically tattooed onto my skin, as plain as the feathers under my right eye.

My head ached.

"You know, when I summoned everyone here, I didn't mean immediately . You could have waited and snuck out with me," Oh, Viago . Don't you know all the best reading is done in silence ? Preferably in an attic above the Cantori Diamond where one could remain unbothered? "You'd think the damn estate caught fire with how you took off out of there."

I let out a hum of acknowledgement, shutting my book and leaning back in one of the chairs in the side room of the attic. "I fail to see how it's my fault if you can't keep up, try some stretches before sending out notes next time if you can't match my pace, old man ."

"I am one year older than you." He deadpans, his jaw jutting out just the slightest, where a small goatee has most recently been gathering on his chin.

"Are you?" I joke, shaking my head. "Well then, it sounds like a skill issue."

"Idiot."

"Jerk."

We hold each other's gaze for a moment more before we both drop our serious acts for an exchange of grins.

"Did you bring those account logs you stole?" Viago turns and paces out of the side room, I grab my borrowed book and follow him out to the table that once lay barren in the alcove, now holding a single wooden chessboard. "I think it'd be wise to have Illario look them over, he's a bit more familiar with accounting shorthand and location abbreviations."

I gesture to the shelf that was added into the corner a few weeks back, where some accounting books sit atop, "Probably wise to get them put back before too long, but I think the journals I spared to tuck into their place on the shelf should cover our tracks for now."

"Excellent work, Juno. Hopefully this gives us some information about Leo and Matteo's little ' business trips '. That gut feeling that they're up to something only grows with each passing day." Viago rubs at his chin, like the goatee is making his face itch.

You'd think the answer would be to shave it off, but there must be some trend around Antiva right now, because Arlo, Viago and Lucanis all were making a point to grow out their facial hair (albeit, well groomed and trimmed). Javier and Illario said something about not needing facial hair to ' enhance their already perfect faces ', or something of the sort.

I suppose they had a point, they had well defined cheek and jaw bones, growing out their facial hair would be a shame.

I would also never tell either of them that.

"Miss me?" Speak of the devil. "Who am I kidding, of course you did."

"Who would not?" I roll my eyes and turn to greet Illario, sharing in a hug before he turns to Viago, tucking his hands behind his back.

"I could do without you more often," Viago responds, his usual sarcastic and dismissive banter back in full swing.

"Absence makes the heart grow fonder!" Illario certainly had become much more sharp with his tongue over the last year, a trait I could appreciate. "And fondness makes the absence longer."

"It was unbearably short."

"Strange, I recall Teia saying something similar the other night when she returned home from the Fifth Talon estate."

"I will put my knife through your fucking hand." Viago snorts at his own threat, or at Illario's words, still unable to hide his amusement when someone can match him toe to toe.

"Inquiring minds would like to know," I raise an eyebrow at Illario, "Which one exactly is your fucking hand ? Left or right?"

"Both, if you're lucky." His grin is lopsided, and his eyes give away just how much he loves this little game.

"Alright degenerates, back up at least five paces, I can smell the fucking hormones leaking out of you." Just set up after set up with this one.

"Do you know much of what fucking hormones smell like? I'm afraid I don't." I comply with Viago's request anyways, backing up a bit away from Illario and Viago.

"I know of ways we could find out--"

A knife flies between us, landing hard into the wood railing.

Message received, boss, don't get your panties in a twist. Though I could still see the smirk on Viago's face, even from five paces further back.

Teia's entrance is nearly silent, apart from some quiet greetings, and she takes her spot beside Viago, rubbing at her shoulders.

"Long mission?" I ask, to which she gives a nod before letting out a yawn.

"Long days, longer nights. I'll have to try and catch up on sleep." She rolls her shoulders and Illario and I give each other knowing smiles.

Yeah, not with how Viago and her had been getting along recently. I doubt there was much time for sleep at all, regardless of how " unbearably short " one session might be.

"The life of the party has arrived!"

"And Javier."

"Hey!"

Arlo's familiar chuckles rings out of his chest as his younger brother shoves his arm, their gear clattering on their forearms. Arlo and Javier had been sent out on contracts together quite often lately, mostly support roles for Javier but full contracts for Arlo. There was an obvious difference in who Arlo was when he returned from a job alone and when he had gone with Javie -- Arlo's heart seemed far less heavy when Javier was around.

"Good to see you two back home," I say as Javier stops beside me, hands on his hips. "Everything go well?"

"No suspicions about our digging around, if that's what you mean." Arlo answers for Javie.

"Good, anything useful?" Viago retrieves the accounting books from the shelf and thumbs through a couple pages.

"No records within the guild hall of these business trips being contracts. If it's ‘ business ’, then it's not official business for the crows." Javier answers, scratching at the back of his neck. "Not even Leo is being paid for whatever they're up to."

"Maybe they just go somewhere far away to kiss each other's butts." I offer, leaning back against the railing behind me and pulling Viago's knife from the wood, twisting it around in my hands. "Rent a little room. Drink some wine. Stroke each other's... egos. "

"Top ten dream date ideas," Illario jokes.

"I fear it's more complicated than that." Finally, our last chess piece joins us. "Unless they're going by boat to these hotel affairs." Lucanis, in his new life of dutifully groomed facial hair glory, joins us in the center of the Diamond tower.

"I've heard boat rides can be quite romantic ," I purse my lips for a moment, watching his eyes flick to the purple tint and then back up to my eyes. Made you look . "Maybe that's where all the smoochin' happens."

"For days at a time?" Arlo snorts, "I don't think so. Plus, I really can't picture Matteo getting his hands all up on someone that much younger than him."

I can.

"Jokes aside, we're hoping we can find a lead in this," Viago hands the open accounting book to Illario, who looks it over with raised eyebrows.

"Wow, this is..." His eyes flicker down the page, "This is a lot of moving money." His brows furrowed as he flips to the next page, looking over another set of transactions. "There's money flowing between Minrathous and the Fifth Talon's coffers. It's strange, they aren't labeled like the rest of the transactions. I'm not even sure what this abbreviation is." Illario points down to a transaction marked in all capital letters 'LEONV'. "Does Matteo refer to him as Leon instead of Leo?"

"Not to my knowledge," Arlo answers. "I'm not even sure I've heard him referred to as Leo in conversation with Matteo."

That was a great point, and even if he did, what did the V stand for? Viago? Villain? Very fucking annoying ?

"We've at least got a location from this, somewhere to start," Viago crosses his arms as he looks at Illario, "Do you think you can find anything else in these?"

"Perhaps," He answers, thumbing through a few more pages, "If you can give me some time with them."

"Yes, though we should try to get them back to Matteo's study as soon as possible, these aren't the most recent ledgers but there's no telling when he might try to look them over." Viago turns to the table, looking over the chessboard. I watch as he lifts one of the knight pieces, and then the rook, placing them a few spaces forward on the board. "Lucanis, Juno-- Let's find a way to trail Matteo on the next trip."

Just what I wanted to be doing when Matteo was gone; following him. Huzzah.

At least Lucanis could occupy the spaces of my mind where Matteo didn't haunt.

"While Matteo is gone, we can try to look at the more recent records in his study," Viago looks to Teia, "Copy down anything we find interesting and get Illario's takes on it, sound good?"

"Good." She answers, a smile curling onto her lips.

" Aaaaand Kiss- -" Another knife is hurled at the railing, just missing my arm. "Oh come on, where did that one even come from?" I gesture, Viago's first knife still in hand.

"I'm so proud of you," Arlo blots a fake tear from his eye as he smiles at Viago. "Secret knives, you were raised so well."

Each of them so unique, flourishing into someone new with the passage of time, but still occupying the same space in my heart, tucking into the eaves of my damaged arteries and building a home there. Though choosing to stay here and to lie about my past may hurt all of us in the long run, there's no one I'd rather be toppling kingdoms with.

 

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 25: Little Bird and the Hourglass of Connection

Notes:

I didn't even have it in me to Beta read this I just need to go to sleep rn -V- goodnight little birides.

no big plot thingies just little thingies.
I
mm brain not working full speed. Had to wake up early to bring partner to wisdom teeth surgery. Not enough sleep. Extra sleep tn, i sleep in tomorrow.
ty ty ty <3

*Edit* Came back to edit my half asleep mess, carry on, birdies.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Dearest Juno,

 

Enclosed please find the book you were asking about. It took me quite some time to recall where I had put my copy of the text, as Inquisitor Lavellan once asked me for the very same copy for research to assist a colleague. Thankfully, this is one of the few she willingly returned to me.

Interestingly enough, while never having faced a wyvern myself, the Inquisitor has. I asked for her impressions of the beasts, and she explained most interest in the creature has to do with how venomous they are;

The venom of the wyvern is most potent, being used in many different poisons where it's use is recognised by a crimson speckling of the skin. Havard's Grief is one such poison derived from wyvern venom.

When properly prepared, the venom can be its own antidote. Otherwise, there exists an additional antidote to the venom, and it requires three herbs that are not particularly rare; Andraste’s mantle, drakevein, and winterberry. However, should one be bitten by a wyvern and the herbs be unavailable, the venom will continue unabated, leading to nothing but misery, pain and eventually death.

She also mentioned there's a very strong hallucinogenic beverage made with the smallest drop of Wyvern venom, she says it tastes like Rivaini passionfruit going down, but like rusty metal coming up. Her theory is that it destroys the liquor faster than other alcohols and you're likely getting a taste of your own blood in the bile.

" I didn't die, though. " She insisted I add that. I do not advise going in search of this liquor.

I've included both wyvern venom (courtesy of Lavellan, she said she still had some from her encounter saved for a rainy day) and the aforementioned herbs for your research. I am quite proud of your continued pursuit of knowledge and craft. Do try your best not to spill that poison on your skin, and be sure not to touch any mucus membranes after handling. I've heard it's activated in fluid and spreads and deteriorates rapidly. I dread to think of the Necropolis students who studied its effects of decomposition--there's a reason Wyverns eat their prey quickly.

Kieran is off to see the world now, as I'm sure he has told you. Please do have him write this poor mother if you see him in his travels, I fear with each passing day he'll cause a tavern brawl or taunt the wrong noble. You can take the archdemon out of the boy, but apparently not its sense of humor...

Best wishes to you, my dear protege. Happy Birthday.

 

Morrigan

 

I was eternally grateful I stopped the courier at the gates today, able to get my hands on my mail before it was all whisked away to Matteo's office. "A security measure," he had claimed when I asked him about why all mail was brought to his office, "Poison powder in envelopes is a common threat to Talon Estates."

I suppose the responsibility of leading a faction of Crows did have its downsides; it wasn't all just fucking off, making your charges do all the heavy lifting and raking in the profit. Who would've thought?

I was sure to be quiet as I crept in the front door, whisking the wrapped package up to the laboratory. Viago was in front of some burners, watching the colors of a fluid inside a vial change as heat was applied. He jotted down a few notes before looking at me.

"Why are you grinning like a woman gone mad? Has it finally happened? Did we push you too far?" Viago throws his quill down, "It was Illario, wasn't it? All those jokes finally went too far--"

"Shut the fuck up and let me just tell you--" I scurry over to his lab desk, scooting his notes aside to place the package down on the desk. Viago glared a bit to see his notes spread across the surface, but remained silent. "I got a package from my aunt today, and YOU are going to be the one who loses their mind."

I pull the string from around the package, peeling away the wrapped paper and revealing the contents-- dried herbs (including more elfroot, bless), the book, a jar of dehydrated winterberries, a shirt? (With a smaller included note: Happy Birthday, Juno. This is not one from my personal collection, but rather one I had made for you.) And then finally, in a vial no taller than my palm-- the item I was eager to show him.

He saw it right away, his fingers plucking it from the package to hold it up to the light and inspect it. The pure white liquid was almost pearlized in the light, glimmering as the liquids turned in the vial.

"What is this?" Viago asks, stepping back over to the package, likely to see if there were any related notes or vials. I reach for the book, tapping the cover where the title resides; Wyverns of Orlais. He ponders for a moment, before holding the vial up to the light again. When the realization dawns on him, his eyes nearly bulge out of his skull. "Snow Wyvern venom!? This is-- You can't find this ANYWHERE. Juno--"

He puts his hands together, suddenly going from big tough guy who's upset his research got moved to begging mabari pup.

"Half," I say, pointing a finger at him. "You can have HALF, and promise to only handle it with gloves on. Auntie says getting it into mucus membranes can cause decay."

"Do I look like a fledgling to you? Wear gloves, honestly," Viago leaps to action, retrieving a second empty vial to split the dose in twain. He's practically humming as he sets the vials into a stand and grabs a pipette. "Bless the deep pockets of your royal advisor aunt."

"Oh, no, she did not purchase this--" I laugh, walking across the room to my own research station with the rest of the contents of my package. "This was from one the Inquisitor took down, she must have offered it when my Aunt was asking about Wyverns for me."

Viago looked in reverence at the vials, "So it was harvested right after death? Mierda, what a woman that Inquisitor is."

"I met her, only once, but I concur-- What a woman." I place the containers of dried herbs into labeled spots on my shelves, looking over my stock and making a shopping list in my head. "She actually preferred Kieran to me, but she was still very kind despite having to lead an entire army. And despite Kieran taunting her on several occasions."

With Viago, I could speak comfortably and freely of my past. It was a welcome relief from the inner toil and torment I spiraled into after Javier's induction ceremony. I came clean to Viago that very same night, actually. I told him what I had learned, and saying it out loud felt like someone was pressing rocks into my chest, deflating my lungs with no hope of returning air to them no matter how many words spilled out. Viago didn't say much that evening, even now I'm not sure he understands what to do when women cry to him, but what he did do was cradle my head against his shoulder while the most violent sobs wracked my body. He took a violent spiral and slowed it's turns. He provided a soft landing when I finally hit the lowest low. He taught me important things that night, lessons I use to this day-- When you feel like everyone hates you, rest. When you feel like you hate everyone, nourish yourself-- and when you feel like you hate yourself, bathe.

When you are rocked by insecurity, self doubt and anger -- care for yourself in any way you can. Over time, if you learn to appreciate and love yourself, the other voices are drowned out by your own.

While I can't claim to love myself more than anyone else, especially Viago,  I follow those rules. For everyone's sake.

"I've learned that most people burdened with glorious purpose turn out to be the kindest." Viago holds up the now sealed vials, bringing them both to the cabinet holding all the poisons and venoms and places them in delicately on the lowest shelf. Alphabetical order-- Viago was quite the Type A when it came to his workspace.

I'm sure my various live plants scattered about the lab drove him crazy, but he still reaped the benefits of having fresh rashvine and embrium anytime he pleased. Not to mention, they purify the often toxic air in the lab.

I quite enjoyed sharing this space with Viago, it was both easier to learn from him with our dueling workstations and comforting to never feel like I was alone in a secluded area. The lab and infirmary were the furthest from all the bedrooms in the house, and as such not much could be heard from there even when the house was silent.

Even when neither of us spoke, his presence in the room was reassuring enough.

Matteo would not come in here-- he would not dare let Viago witness his ever lingering hands. He had come to realize just how protective Viago and I were of each other, and he made a point to keep our talks in front of him brief.

That did not mean he never came seeking me out, though.

"Will you be flying the coop again this evening?" Viago asks, as I tidied my station after brewing a few anti-venoms and blight resistance concoctions (a habit I cannot get myself out of, I found myself crafting them to think). I'm sure Viago knew where I was off to most evenings, if he hadn't been following me outright, but he never brought up my secret meetings in conversation before.

"Yes, I have a delivery to make, actually."

" Is that what they call it these days ?" Viago chuckles at his own joke, pulling off his lab gloves. "And here I was thinking you were done being obtuse with how you were speaking with Illario in the attic."

"Oh hush, that's all play and you know it," I roll my eyes and pick up the remaining contents of my package off my work station. "If you didn't get so pissy about it, we wouldn't have so much fun, you know."

"Yeah yeah, don't stay out too late."

"Thanks Dad !"

"If you didn't just give me valuable venom, I'd litter your pillow with mushroom spores," He calls out as I exit the lab, turning to blow him an exaggerated kiss before retreating to my room. When my door shuts behind me, I toss the book on my bed to inspect the shirt Auntie had sent. It was quite lovely, actually. Far more effeminate than I would've thought she'd pick out. And much to Viago's delight, it was a "full shirt", though the top was admittedly, entirely semi-transparent purple silk apart from the embroidered lace shoulders and the leather cincher on the waist.

It was far too pretty to not put on immediately. I buttoned the wrist enclosures and smiled at how the sleeves came down to puffed out bell shape at the ends before tucking in close to the skin. I step to my vanity, opening a cosmetic tin and swiping my finger through the semi solidified lotion, rubbing it over my pressure points. It smelled like amber, cinnamon, apple, orange and cloves-- like mulled wine or hot cider. It was rich and left your lungs feeling warm when you inhaled it.

After an inspection in the mirror and retrieving the book from my bed, I set off to the Cantori Diamond Attic.

There were only a few meetings, here and there, when it started. Just a place to talk and learn more about each other, as much as I would let him know-- and then over time that morphed to several meetings a week. What nights weren't filled with meetings were filled with letters, with poems, with stories, book recommendations.

There was no escaping our tangled roots, time passed and we grew like elfroot, wrapped around each other endlessly.

I couldn't put distance between myself and Lucanis even if I wanted to, so all I could do was hope that by the time he came to learn of my father, perhaps he would still choose me despite it all.

And I would accept my fate if he did not.

Every time I saw him waiting for me in the alcove on the opposite side of the room from the chess table, my heart fluttered, just excited to see him back again. He can make that abandonment insecurity melt away to nothing in an instant.

He was as constant as time itself, and I buried myself in each grain of sand that fell from the hourglass of our connection.

"Hello," It's the only thing that my brain can think to form at the sight of him. He wore the familiar light blue shirt I had grown so accustomed to, but he lacked his usual lapel chains or vest. No, tonight, he had rolled his sleeves up to the elbows and unbuttoned the first few buttons of his dress shirt, letting the fabric hang loose to either side of his collarbones. Literally, say anything else. Anything. Spit something out, Juno , "You look nice."

"I feel quite underdressed in comparison to you," He quirked an eyebrow, crossing one leg over his knee as he leaned back on the recently procured couch. "It was just a long day of hard work, forgive my state of disarray."

This was disarray? Dis-arraised-me from my grave, maybe . Sweet maker, I could lose myself in the divots of his collarbones.

"You were running an intel mission, yes? Did it go well?" I pad over, clutching the book I brought along tight to my chest. Lucanis sighs, dragging some fingers through his hair.

"Well enough," there's something gravely in his voice, like he's exhausted. "I think at this point I'd take the slaughtering over having to watch Illario try to flirt information out of another person."

"Hey, it takes more courage to take off your armor than it does to assemble it-- Illario is just doing what it takes to get the intel." 

"I'd prefer to imagine him clothed, entirely, 24/7," Lucanis rubbed at his forehead before gesturing to me. "You have a mission coming up, yes?"

"Yes," Oh excellent, another reminder of my dread. "When Leo returns home from the very same trip we just discussed the other evening, actually-- He's letting me assemble my own intel team. Though it sounds like I might be relying on the same tactics Illario is, the target is going after ladies of the night. The brothel owner contracted out assassins to defend the brothel and take out whatever creep is stealing the women away."

It wasn't an "ideal" contract, but it wasn't necessarily a "senseless" hit either. Eye for an eye.

Though it was hard not to notice the disapproving look Lucanis gave me.

"Anyways, enough about work," I wave my hand to dismiss the crow talk, placing the book over on Lucanis' lap. "I found this, I thought you might like the read."

The truth of it all was just that I didn't exactly enjoy the honeypot work. It had started up within the last few months, I'm sure with Matteo's encouragement , and Leo took me on missions with a few other girls to be lures for targets. It just hit so suddenly. One day, you're 16 and trying to mentally prepare for the nastiness of the work you know you'll inevitably take on someday, and then suddenly someday is now and this is your life and you weren't even a modicum of the amount of prepared you were hoping to be.

"You found a book on Wyverns !" Lucanis' expression goes slack and he quickly flips open the cover to preview the contents. "I wasn't sure if you could get your hands on these in Northern Thedas."

"Well, a friend sent it from Orlais," I answer, a half truth. "So I would say it likely isn't easy to find in Northern Thedas, still."

"This friend-- Kieran? The one you've told stories of?"

I had decided that letting Lucanis in on some aspects of my past were better than nothing at all. So most of my stories are about Kieran, our adventures growing up, and his letter updates, when he gets around to sending them.

"His mom, actually," I smile and drag my finger down the chapter index, "She sent some Wyvern venom as well, Viago's eyes nearly popped out of his head."

"She SAW a wyvern?" Lucanis nearly drops the book down in awe, "She saw a wyvern AND got her hands on the venom?"

"No no," I wave my hands, "She knows some people that did, they're a bit more common in areas like Crestwood or The Emerald Graves, I've heard some Orlesians hunt them for sport, actually. But they don't often touch the venomous glands, so they sell those parts off."

"I want to see a wyvern," Lucanis mumbles, envy written plain as day on his features. "Did you know their teeth can be carved into the most stunning white dagger handles?"

Yeah, Lucanis, you've mentioned that to me several times. That's how we wound up with this book in front of you.

"You should go to Crestwood sometime, the forests are lovely." I lean my elbow on the back of the couch and pay my hand on it, reading the book over Lucanis' shoulder.

"Have you been?"

"I've been through it, foraged around, collected black lotus and spindleweed in the waters. Mostly just passing through." That was a whole truth, that one didn't feel as guilty.

"With Kieran?"

Hm. Something about that tone.

"Nope, Kieran hasn't left Orlais much, we just used to visit his family." I give a small shrug, "Not too surprising considering he doesn't have much talent for fighting or holding his own. I can only hope he's traveling with a bodyguard." I yawn, letting my head fall onto Lucanis' shoulder as I closed my eyes. "Can you read to me? Your voice is a source of comfort for me."

His chuckle, followed by the sounds of turning pages and scholarly information on the behavioral patterns of wild wyverns were the last noises in my brain before falling asleep.

I wouldn't spend the entire night there, eventually we'd both fall asleep with our heads tucked into one another and wake up confused as ever, but this was what ‘normal’ with Lucanis looked like now. It looked like caring and compassion. It looked like the small sofa at the top of the Cantori Diamond.

 

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 26: Little Bird Likes Raindrops

Notes:

Caw Caw, tweet tweet, Mother is here, come get this treat.
If I hadn't drank a redbull at 8pm, this chapter would not exist, bc I am BIG tired.
I think I might have to miss a chapter tomorrow, because I expect the next chapter is going to be kind of lengthy?
If I can get it done in the time I have, I will post it, but nobody panic if we go a day without an update; I just need the time to cook.

You all have been taking this slow burn so so well, I would like to reward those valiant efforts soon. Bare with me through the nightmare of the next two chapters, and I'll make it worth your while.

Love you birdies <3 xx
**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


The strangest thing about Matteo and Leo's secret meetings was not the fact that they always seemed to take a boat to and from, it was that they always left under the cover of night. Their choice to carry a lantern when they left the Fifth Talon Estate was one of the only reasons we were able to keep an eye on them within Treviso-- but in Minrathous? There were so many people, it was hard to follow their movements at all if you lost them for even a moment.

I had never been to Minrathous, and I can see why-- this place sucks. It's enormous, sure -- floating castle-- cool. But it will not stop raining, and why does it smell so fucking bad? Minrathous simultaneously smells like both stagnant still waters and animal fat that's been in an unclean pan for days. And there weren't even any cats here.

This place sucks.

"There," Lucanis' breath is in my ear, his arm lifting from behind me to point towards a gated estate on a hill. At best, it looked like an absolutely haunted mansion. I really, REALLY did not want to go in there. But sure enough, there was Matteo and Leo walking up the steps to the front door. "Come, we should get a better vantage point."

"Wait-- look," I throw my hand up as another person steps up to the gates towards the mansion. "Venatori?" I ask. His robes were certainly red in some places, but they were far more extravagant, littered with gold details. He had shoulder length grey hair, and appeared to be a human, though it was hard to tell from this distance.

I let my body drop off the edge, landing on a lower roof and hustling to make a leap to the next roof. Except this isn't Treviso-- there is no 'next roof'.

I HATE Minrathous.

Grumbling, finding a route to the ground, Lucanis and I slip into the shadows and tuck behind buildings making our way to the gated estate. We're able to make it close enough that we can see in a window, but remain at a distance so as not to be seen peering in. Lucanis and I follow along the windows of the outside of the house as we see a group gathering in a larger room, two hooded figures, Matteo, Leo, the man that followed them in-- and a woman. She was rather pretty, with long silky black hair curtaining her face. Her dress was pretty revealing, but she wore it well, its color almost as dark and shiny as her hair. Even her cosmetics were applied in such a way that made her physically appealing, her eyeshadow dark and pointed in a way that made her irises practically glow, and her lips were the most beautiful shade of red-- dark as blood itself .

Matteo hands the woman what appears to be a well stuffed coin pouch as well as a rolled document, and the woman looks over both the items before making a gesture to the silver haired man with the embellished robes. The sky cracks with lightning above us and I lose sight of the targets for a moment, but when it dissipates Leonardo is kneeling before the man while Matteo is handed some sort of amulet or pocket watch? Something on a chain.

There's some conversation, impossible to hear over the rain, but the woman appears incredibly pleased with where the conversation is going. They appear to retreat further into the mansion, and we're unable to follow any further. I gesture to Lucanis and we make our way back towards our previous vantage point.

As we pass some vagrants, I pull two gold coins from my pouch to give to a young female elf tucked under and awning with an asking plate. " Aneth ara, falon ," I greet, passing over the two coins and nodding my head towards the manor, "Do you know anything about who lives in that estate?"

"That estate belongs to Magister Renata, falon . A very powerful mage,"

Renata? I had heard that name before...

" Ma serannas, falon. Atish’an ma ghilana ."

But where? Where had I heard that name before?

"Did I hear Renata? Wasn't that the contract out in Docktown where we took down the slaver shipment?" Lucanis questions as we climb a nearby trellis to a rooftop perch.

" I heard Magister Renata is livid about the deaths of her slaver team, "

" I heard it was the Fifth Talon's kid who took on that contract ."

" I can't believe anyone would, Zara Renata isn't someone to fuck with. "

"What would Matteo be doing paying a magister whose slavers his team slaughtered?" I put my hands on my hips as we try to brainstorm on the rooftop. "Is he trying to make good so that she doesn't come after the assassin team?"

"It's not something any respectable talon would do, but I suppose I wouldn't put it past Matteo ," Lucanis answers, lifting his gloved hand to wipe some raindrops from his face. The rain was coming to a halt, now only a mere sprinkling, but his hair was plastered to him from the previous downpour, only some of the choppier ends still trying to defy gravity. Goosebumps shiver their way onto my skin, watching a droplet slide down his throat. I could get drunk off that alone, but when he catches me staring, I see the whites of his teeth as he gets a devious grin. "I don't think now is the best moment to start chasing other targets, little bird ."

My eyes snap to his, my cheeks burning and the flush carries all the way to the tips of my ears. "I was just thinking you looked cold, you're soaked." I huff, leaning against the railing on the rooftop and turning my attention back to the mansion.

"Then warm me," His voice is like a purr as his arms wrap around me, his hips pressing me against the railing. I have to stop my breath from shaking out, reaching behind me to lock an arm around his neck. "Light the flame inside me."

I groan, tipping my head back against his chest, "You are bad for stakeouts, sir."

Lucanis presses his lips to my temple and my eyes flutter shut, "But good for the heart, hermosa. "

Yeah well, that... might be true.

Sensing my internal struggle, Lucanis simply places his hand over mine on the railing, choosing this time not to follow the curve of my neck with kisses like he often did.

If there wasn't so much at stake, I would likely play along with that game for at least another 15 minutes. But not here, not in the city that smells like wet garbage. Not when we're tailing Talon McHandsy and his lapdog .

When they finally left the estate and headed towards the inn, Lucanis and I made the decision to take the next boat back to Antiva, to get a solid head start before Leo and Matteo left the following morning. Antivan ships were solid, steady vessels, so a small rainstorm wasn't much for the larger ships to handle. The merchant ship we paid to travel on had minimal crew and hammocks to spare, so we were allowed a reprieve from our wet clothes and the comfort of rest for the evening.

When my head hit the pillow, however, it ran rampant with images of Lucanis' barred throat, my vision chasing after raindrops as they slid towards his sternum. The feel of the short hairs on his chin as his lips pressed against my temple, and the pressure of his hips against the curve of my ass as he pressed me into the railing.

Maker's breath, some days were much harder than others when it came to trying to not lose myself in him. I keep having to repeat that if I go further with him, I won't be able to focus on anything else just from the pure heat of need he awakens in me, but then the other half of my brain is just screaming that we will never be able to focus anyways and I should just let him absolutely ravage me .

But if Matteo were to find any marks on my skin, I imagine I'd be in for a world of hurt.

He's never exactly been gentle himself, but thankfully the bruises from his fingertips are easier to cover with makeup. While Matteo hasn't been incredibly outwardly sexual, it felt like that day was lingering not too far on the horizon. He had ramped up from lingering hands to choking grips on my throat, deep inhales on the back of my neck-- even going as far to place a hand on my thigh while I was ordered to sit beside him on a couch at the estate.

He was brazen enough to do it in front of Leonardo, but of course, he especially didn't give a shit. If your Talon doesn't keep your best interests at heart, and your Guildmaster isn't looking out for you, what authority does that even leave for you to turn to?

No one, absolutely no one, would side with recruits. There's a reason they're intel-- expendable. Light work, stuff real workers can't be bothered with. And leaving the De Riva estate just isn't an option-- piss off Matteo and then leave ? No. Not while everyone else still lived under that roof. Teia wouldn't be able to save me from what would happen if the First Talon found out I was an Arainai.

So it's between my soul dying slowly, putting my childhood in a casket and burying it to deal with Matteo, or facing a hopefully quick death at the hands of the Dellamortes. Ideally, I make it at least to see Viago become Fifth Talon. Everything after that should fall into place, right?

Continuing on as is-- is the only option . Lucanis wouldn't be able to handle the things I have to do as the Fifth Talon Honeypot anyways, he'd drive himself mad. If he murdered Leo or Matteo in response to that? He'd never be First Talon. The Crows needed someone like Lucanis leading-- there was no man more gentle or more skilled than Lucanis Dellamorte. Three Chessboard Talons wouldn't be a majority ruling when it came to order within the crows, but Lucanis becoming First Talon meant a fair bit more than any other house.

So as much as he made my mouth water and my heart flutter and my skin get shivers-- none of us could afford to be distracted while there was still work to do.

I'll settle for dreams of water droplets trailing down his body. It will have to be enough.

.

.

.

 

We did manage to beat Matteo and Leo home, and when he did return I even got to witness a solicitor come to the estate to speak with Matteo, that was an interesting treat.

Matteo was being audited . I didn't even know that was a thing-- apparently, Talons pay dues to the treasury based on the amount of contracts taken by their house, and Matteo was well overdue. He was required to turn in his accounting records by the end of the week. I was sweating until I returned to my room and found the journals I had placed in Matteo's study as fillers for the accounting records stacked on my nightstand. Illario must have gotten all the copied information he needed, he was a quick writer, an interesting fact I had learned after observing him on intel missions.

For as much as people called him an idiot, Illario was pretty smart-- great at reading, writing, shorthand-- he just didn't like it. Makes sense that the guy who was super into art might not be a huge fan of math and books.

Atop my vanity, tucked into the edge of a mirror, a calling card was waiting for me. 'Rook to E4'.

I chose to wait for Viago this time, him joining me on my balcony for a small moment of stargazing before leading the way to the diamond in the dark of the night. Javier and Arlo would stay home for this one, a cover in case Matteo wandered down the halls late in the evening. Illario, Teia and Lucanis were all at the Diamond when we arrived, all peeking over a book laid flat on the chess table.

We joined them, looking over Illario's copied notes. He had copied the short hand, but expanded on the short hand on the far right of the page, like he had copied in a hurry but looked it over and added notes later.

"The most recent ledger included a property deed-- here in Treviso," Illario points to a section in the book with a rather hefty payment. "And there's a fleet of boats purchased here."

"I think I saw Matteo hand over that deed last night-- To a woman, Magister Renata." I bring a hand to my lips, curling my finger against my bottom lip, "She gave him like... an amulet or something in return-- it looked like jewelry, it had a chain."

"Are you positive he gave Renata the Deed?" Viago's brow furrows, his blue eyes intense with focus.

"Well, it was a rolled document, so no, I guess."

"We didn't find any deed in his office, though," Teia adds, "So perhaps it was."

"What does a Tevinter Magister want property in Treviso for?" Illario crosses his arms, still looking down at the accounting books.

"And why is Matteo funding it?" Lucanis adds.

"If he's bought more boats-- then we've got something new to tail." I look to Viago, who nods in return.

"You still have that intel mission coming up, so I can keep an eye on things here, if there's movement at the docks, I'll find a way to tail him." Viago leans on the table, glaring down at the book, "There's still so many unknowns, he's bad at not leaving a trail to follow but we still have nothing to show to pull him from power."

"If the audit sees what we did, then that might be enough." I offer, but Viago chuckles dryly at the suggestion.

"I doubt the missing coin will be enough to strip him of power. Matteo has enemies within the Eight Talons, but not all of them view him entirely unfavorably."

"True," I purse my lips thoughtfully, "But maybe we only need to convince the one that really counts."

"Caterina would not make a move against another Talon so easily," Teia counters, "She would need far more evidence and far more crimes."

"So we keep going," Viago stands, looking back over all of us. "Juno, take your intel mission, when you return; we either have more information or you've got another night out to fill your time the minute we see more boat activity."

There's a silent agreement here, and we begin to disburse, but I stop Illario before he can slip out of the attic.

"Hey, Illario?" I twist at my fingers as he doubles back to speak with me, a surprised look on his face. Lucanis lingers in the doorway, "I have to assemble my own intel team for this one, and I don't really know any way to say this other than to say it outright; I need a man with charm, just in case. Would you be willing to tag along on this one?"

His eyebrows almost touch his forehead with the wide eyed stare he gives me, "Y-yeah. Yeah, I can do that. When do we leave?"

"Two days," I responded, chewing on the inside of my cheek for a moment. "And this is one with Leo, unfortunately, it's his contract. So we're stuck under his charge. Is that still okay?"

"Of course," He responds quicker than I thought, which is surprising because working for Leonardo blew. "I'll be there."

"Thank you," I put a hand on my chest and sigh, "I really don't know any other recruits, outside of the chessboard, so I appreciate it."

"Maybe you should change that," Illario suggests with a shrug of his shoulders. "Having contacts never hurt anybody."

"That's fair, I've been a little... hyper focused . I should get Teia to introduce me to some other house's recruits." I reach out and pat Illario's bicep as I start towards the door, where Lucanis still waited for his cousin. "Full of good ideas, as always, Illario."

Lucanis scoffs, "Full of good ideas, full of shit some days--"

"Stay jealous, Lucanis, envy looks good on you." Illario chuckles at his cousin.

As much as I would love to bring Lucanis on this mission, there were a few pretty good reasons not to:

  1. I'd be undercover as a brothel worker, and I just don't think I need Lucanis seeing what that could possibly entail.
  2. I need a male charge in case I can't get information out of a man
  3. I cannot have Leo witnessing how weak I am for Lucanis, under any circumstances.

 

Lucanis,

 

You'll have to forgive me for taking Illario on the mission.

He has a certain appeal with people of all sexes, and can milk information out of anyone faster than I have ever seen anyone do before. He infers so much from the smallest details-- that may be vital in this case. My priority is stopping these kidnappings, or murders, whatever they are. We can trail Matteo together on my return again, as long as you promise to introduce my hips to the handrails on the rooftops again. I can deal with the iron in my femur bone if it means feeling you so close again.

Try not to miss me too much.

 

Yours,

 

Juno

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 27: Little Bird in the Brothel

Notes:

I have returned, little birds.

Time for another mission, our sweet little Juno is running intel for Leonardo-- absolutely nothing can go wrong!
Shout out to all my girlies who have been coming around about Illario even more, this ones for you. ;)

I'm heading to bed after this, sorry to everyone I don't think I'll get around to answer comments tonight, I need more rest.
Goodnight birdies <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


 

It was nice to work a job out of Treviso, for once. The ultimate issue expanded across several cities, but our lead believes, based on the pattern of activity, that Treviso is the next city to be targeted. The owner of the brothel in the lower part of Treviso had gotten wind of sister locations in other cities having someone break in late in the evening, taking with them any sign of the prostitute whose room they broke into.

What we didn't realize, going into the job, is that every prostitute who has been taken was an elf or a young adult. Leonardo didn't even mention this prior to asking me to do intel.

"The oldest we've seen is 23, and they're either elf or human-- that can't be a coincidence." I had interjected, in front of the debrief board when Leo was discussing the known victims. "They're either young or they're elves, if not both. They've got Modus Operandi-- They pick the same type of target each time."

Leo had looked over the board in response, a knowing look when he turned back to the intel team. It was obvious what he was thinking. "Thank goodness you fit that exact profile, then."

Yeah. Of course. Of course that's the MO.

When they said I'd be working as a honeypot, I guess I just assumed I'd be standing in the middle of a dancefloor at a tavern-- not as a literal prostitute in a literal brothel.

The only redeeming factor of this terrible mission was the hope that I'd be saving another young girl or elf (or both) from a terrible fate at the hands of some perverted, potentially murderous, creep. If the girls are going missing, are they winding up chopped and thrown in the sea? Was he keeping them somewhere? Did he bury them in his basement? Were they being resold elsewhere? Whatever the answer was-- it was clear, the target was dangerous, and taking him out would not weigh heavy on my conscience at all.

That being said, it was pretty clear that this was a strange brothel. Everyone who was here was here to pay off debt. That's how it worked here-- You go into debt, MAYBE someone buys that debt, and you work for them or the original debtor until you pay it off. So nobody who is here necessarily wants to be here. Granted, some girls clearly had it better than others-- beautiful, well endowed-- they earned money easily. The less fortunately endowed-- perhaps less money, unless they were elves. Someone always a thing for the elves.

Nobody here seemed particularly unhappy, however. Most of the girls had much to say about the men from Treviso looking upon them as ‘ goddesses ’, more akin to worshipping the women than hurting them, per se. That's not to say that the girls were not eagerly awaiting their freedoms, they were, but conditions certainly could've been worse.

And I'd get to experience that for a night. I wouldn't be on the roster for booking customers, but I'd be entertaining guests for the evening in hopes that I could spot a target before the brothel closed for the evening. There wasn't anyone in particular who stood out, but it was pretty obvious, looking out over the crowd, that Illario was enjoying himself as a patron of the brothel.

I could feel my amused smirk crawling up my lips watching a girl work him over with her charms and wit while playing a round of Mancala. He was completely enraptured, and she was arguably at least 5-6 years older than him-- Not only did she know exactly what she was doing, but he had literally no idea what he was getting into. He was losing the mancala match pretty badly, which is crazy because it’s a hard game to lose.

There were others within the room, some humans and elves dressed in their finest robes with golden rings and collar chains-- anything to make them appear more wealthy to the women, desperate to appeal to them in hopes of getting them to be a willing partner for the evening. One man sipped a glass of brandy while sitting on a sofa with two women, there was an elven man across the roof chatting with one of the older human women, his rings clinking on his wine glass as he looked completely lost in the woman’s smile.

"Now, how is it that anyone could leave a beautiful young woman like you all alone?"

The voice at my table was pretty sudden, I hadn't even heard him approach, nor pull the chair out. But as he took the seat across from me, I got a full read of his features. Somewhere between 40 and 60, maybe mid 50's at most for a human (and he was). He was dressed quite modestly, no extravagant dyes to his robes, no obvious gold pieces or jewelry on his person. Very discreet, very unsuspecting -- He was either simply unlike every other man at this brothel, or he was the target. The only way I would know more is by engaging.

"Fancy a game, sir?" I ask, gesturing to the chess board in front of me. "I warn you, I've become quite good at chess."

His lip twitched into a smile, looking over the chessboard between us. He lifted a pawn and placed it towards the center of the board.

A scholar's checkmate? Surely, he had a better play than that.

But-- I was an uneducated debtor here.

I'll let him win. 4 simple moves.

"I haven't had a visitor all night," I comment, bringing out my knight to meet his pawn. As expected, he brings out the bishop to take my knight.

"It feels asinine, considering you've had many sets of eyes watching you the entire night. I'm the only one bold enough to take a bite." He chuckles as I continue, moving another pawn forward.

"I know not what you mean, I've felt no one's eyes on me," I pull my sheer top close to the curve of my breast, the first time I try to be modest the entire evening.

"Now now, surely, you've felt the eyes of the young Antivan at the center of the room, the older gentleman by the door, or the garishly dressed older man in the corner? They all appear to be watching you quite closely tonight."

My eyes flick to each person, Illario, the older gentleman another crow assassin named Darren, and the third a brothel regular, the elf with the rings, known for spending extravagantly on the women.

"A glance is nothing unless it's acted upon," I answer, watching as he takes my pawn in his hands. "If you aren't brave enough, then perhaps it's better if you don't approach me at all." I adjust the small chiffon veil over the lower half of my face, smiling at the man with lips that I'm sure he could see through the sheer cover-- As if I'd ever take off MY purple.

"Fortune favors the bold." He combats my next move twice more, and as expected, he has me in a checkmate. "It appears I've taken the victory this evening."

I look over at the gentlemen again, eyes taking in all his weak points-- Ribs, neck, temple-- "So you have, sir."

This very much appeared to be the target, choosing the youngest elven girl in the room and making fierce flirts against her; but previous hits said he waits until the brothel is closed for the evening, until all the girls have gone to bed, so it was a waiting game.

"Might I step in for the next game?"

The older gentlemen looked to Illario, very clearly annoyed by the interruption. He smirked to me, "I suppose it takes someone with the guts to inspire bravery in anyone else." He stands, offering the chair to Illario, who is quick to take the seat and give a wide grin to the man.

"I appreciate your guidance, sir," Illario leans forward on the table, eyeing over my disguise with a flagrant display of interest--- all part of the character. "Mind spending your last few minutes with me, princess ?"

I wave to the older gentleman, my target, as he retreats to go sit with another brothel worker. "That is likely the one," I say through my smile, reaching over to put my hand on Illario's arm, "He better come back tonight, or else you have royally fucked me ."

His lips peel back a bit more, revealing those perfectly white teeth that always seem to make my head spin, "Was the royal bit a play on words, or was that unintentional? Either way, nice one," He chuckles, "It's almost time for them to scoot everyone out, are you going to be okay on your own?"

"What if I said no?" I joke, rubbing my fingers on his forearm.

"Then I suppose you'd have to bring me upstairs with you."

I slowly stand from my chair, keeping a hand on his arm as I do. Illario keeps his eyes trained on me as I step backwards towards the stairway, lightly tugging his arm along with me as the brothel attendants begin to step into the main room and filter guests out. If you haven't paid for a night of fun-- this was your last chance, basically.

I eyed the front of the house while dragging Illario up the stairs, checking to see if the man attempts to make a payment or if he just leaves. To my surprise, he leaves. Doesn't even attempt to purchase a night with me. Does that mean he'd be back later? He'd sneak in through a window? Is that how he was taking women?

"Juno," Illario chuckles as we make it to the top of the staircase, "Careful now, you're in such a rush I'd think you were actually trying to bed me if I didn't know better."

"Then truly," I ask, lifting his arm and placing it delicately over my shoulder, "Isn't it so wonderful that our target doesn't know better?" My words drop an octave as I let my voice fall to hushed tones. "I think jealousy is quite the bitter sting, perhaps even a motivator?"

"So I've heard," We've reached the door of the room I'm supposed to occupy for the evening. The small elven girl who typically occupies this space has been made to bunk with another girl for the evening, for her own protection. "and just what sort of motivation are you hoping for?"

His arm reaches past me, pressing into the door. I feel my eyes widen a bit as Illario leans in a bit closer, a devious look in his eye. "If the target comes to get me, then we've played our roles well, I'd say."

"And if they don't?" Illario leans in closer, and I can't help but turn my head to the side, embarrassed by the close contact.

"Then I wasn't his type," I breathed out a laugh, raising a hand to rest on Illario's chest. Could he feel how this was getting to me? Because it was, frustratingly enough.

"Please," He scoffs, leaning into my ear, "How are you not someone's type?" His lips drag from my earlobes, across my cheek, to just the edge of my mouth. All I had to do was open the door, that would stop him. That would foil his plan. "He'll come for you."

The door opens behind me, and I only now recognize that Illario has had his hand on the door handle, waiting for the perfect opportunity to open it behind me. He stands up straighter, still grinning down at me with half lidded eyes.

"Tease." I whisper, taking a few steps backwards into the room.

"It's fun to watch you eat from the palm of my hand, little bird," Illario looks out behind me, "Don't forget," He points to the window, "I'll be perched up on that rooftop waiting for some activity, so feel free to put on a show."

I feel my head shake as he backs up and descends the stairs once more, leaving me with a racing heart in the doorway. He really had grown into his charm quite well, it wouldn't surprise me if he had started taking lessons from Teia as well.

When the silence settled in, it was almost numbing. Almost enough to make me feel like I was trapped here, working this job until I've sold myself enough to pay back a debt. It made my skin freeze, goosebumps forcing their way over my arms. Uncomfortable, that was the word I was looking for.

It was uncomfortable to be there.

For a building to go from music and light filled to quiet apart from the occasional moan-- it was eerie. The building lost all sense of life.

When the silence broke, it was the sound of my window sliding open. I felt for my mage knife under my pillow, wrapping my hand around it as a dark figure crept closer.

"Please, don't panic-- I'm not here to hurt you," The figure whispered, quickly removing his hood.

This was not the man I had played chess with. In fact, he hadn't said a word to me all night, too busy with a red haired human to even notice me, I thought. Did he mean to climb in her window?

" Aneth ara ," his gold rings brushed against each other as he held out his hands to show he wasn't armed. "I'm glad I caught you before you fell asleep."

"Why?" I ask, my hand gripping tighter around my mage knife under the pillow. "You didn't speak to me at all tonight."

There was no doubt Illario witnessed the intrusion and had already gone to report to Leo, alerting his team that they'd need to step in to take down the target. I was still not allowed to engage with the target unless absolutely necessary, and the lingering fear that he'd kidnap and slaughter me at any moment felt like a valid concern.

"Well, I wouldn't want anyone to know it was me," He looks around the room a bit, like he's just not thinking to check for additional people. "I came to get you out of here, afterall. I don't want to be chased down by the debt collectors."

"Where would you have me go?" I slowly release the blade in my hand, rising to my feet to get a better look at the man.

An elf, dalish markings on his cheeks, even. Maybe late 30's at most? He looked... surprisingly weak, for someone who had been murdering girls left and right.

"What do you mean?" He chuckles, "Where I've been sending everyone--The Emerald Graves, back to our people." He takes another step closer and I see the confusion on his face. "Do you now recall this, falon ? You wrote the order, and now I'm here to help you get out, like you wanted, Talli."

Wait, what? Talli?

The elf who was supposed to be in this room-- this was for her?

"I'm sorry, It's been such a long night," I fan at my face, hoping I appear overwhelmed in response. "You've come to take me away to the Emerald Graves."

"Yes, to free you," His head tilts slightly. "Is that not what you wanted, falon ? It seemed so from your letter. I came to get you to help you escape to the shipyard, where your ticket to freedom awaits, just as you've always wanted. As all the others have wanted."

Oh gods . Oh gods, he wasn't a murderer . He wasn't a killer at all.

He got slaves out of servitude . He got them to the dalish.

He was rescuing the people the brothel owner claimed were victims. The brothel just didn't want to keep losing money, they never gave a shit about the girls .

"You need to run," I say, grabbing the man to push him towards the window. "Get out of here, get to the docks and go." I let out a huff as the man struggled against me, muttering several phrases to get me to back off. "I'm very sorry, whatever they paid you, you take it and you use it to leave."

"--But you"

"--No. No me," I answer, "You don't understand, if they find you they will kill you." The man puts his arms out, stopping me from pushing him any further towards the window.

"Who will?"

"Just TRUST me--"

"I get the feeling you've been coerced into saying this,"

God DAMMIT man, I am trying to save your life. If Leo gets to you before you can escape-- you're dead. You're gone. Buried.

And then I hear it.

It's like a gurgling sound. It's the man, blood pouring from his lips as he looks over me with wide eyes. He sputters out some blood droplets onto me from his lips.

It was already too late.

It's all I can do to step out of the way as the man collapses forward, falling to the floor with a heavy thud, a thud that only a dead weight can make.

Leo was in the window, knife clutched in hand as he peered in, looking over his prey. He looked wild, unkempt, like this was the thrill of a lifetime for him.

His eyes met mine, peering as he climbed in from the outside, "Oh, excellent work Juno. What perfect bait you make." The grin he gets, it's disturbing. There’s an unfamiliar light in his eyes.

The case I felt so good about, the case where I would be saving elves, girls and elven girls from a predator-- there was never a predator. Just a kind dalish man, trying to rescue them from a life of servitude. I lured him in. I baited him.

And now I must pay the price.

"Pretty hefty reward for the De Riva house," Leo whistles, stepping away from the window. "Leave it for the brothel to clean up, you're dismissed."

And with that, Leo wanders out of the room and down the stairs, brushing past Illario as he exits.

And I just don't fucking care that Illario has walked in.

Because there is a dead elf in front of me-- one that was rescuing people, people like me, from these shitty lives-- and now he's dead because of me .

How am I supposed to live with myself knowing that?

And I'm sure that the first noise to come out of my throat is strangled, somewhere between a scream and a sob-- Because Illario has bounded to my side in an instant, panicking and whispering whatever soothing words he can muster while I fall apart.

"Whatever it is Juno,--It will be okay, it's okay--"

"H-he," I groaned as I let out another sob, "He wasn't a murderer, Illario. He was freeing them!" I press my face into his shoulder, "He was rescuing these girls, and now he's dead. It was all for this? All to keep girls enslaved? I feel sick, disgusting--"

"--Juno, hey--"

"I didn't know," I have to swallow down bile rising in my throat.

"Shh, hey, I didn't either. It's okay, Juno. You didn't know . It's not your fault. "

"It IS," I reach up, grabbing onto the tip of my ear. "These damn things-- It always comes back to this. Being an elf. I can't escape it."

"You don't need to," Illario grabs a hold of my face and forces me to look at him through my tears. "You couldn't have known, Juno. If Leo knew, he didn't tell us. You did what you could with the knowledge you had-- Do not carry this with you."

The darkness his shoulder offered was like a welcome relief as light began to flood the building, the brothel owner rushing into the room to lay his eyes on the "perpetrator" of all his recent woes. I can hear him scoff, looking down at the man on the floor.

"Fucking knife ears," He mumbles.

I can't help it, it just jumps out of me. I've never been able to control my magic without my knife in hand.

A spark hits the foot of the brothel owner, causing him to yelp and jump up. He finally notices me, glaring at him from Illario's chest, my pointed ears in plain view. Illario's arm wrapped a little tighter around me, and I could tell from the way the man looked at him that he also must have been giving him a look that could kill.

"I'm not-- That wasn't uh," The brothel owner stumbles over his words, "Just him-- J-just this one--"

"I'd recommend getting lost until we leave," Illario says, but if I didn't feel the words rumble out of his chest, I wouldn't think they were his at all. This was much more impatient and ominous than I had ever heard him speak before. " Unless you felt like joining him on the floor ."

My hand clutched tight onto Illario's shirt as he spoke, and he turned his head to watch the brothel own hurry out of the room before turning his gaze back to me.

I had stopped sobbing, but I couldn't stop shaking. I was somewhere between angry and grieving. Angry because I can't believe we were wrong, angry because it felt like Leo knew this was the case all along based on the dastardly look he gave me, angry because the brothel owner wasn't even deserving of our help...

And grief. Grief for the girl who was forced into another room tonight who had reached out hoping to be rescued from this life. Grief for the elven man who lost his life doing a kindness for our people. And grief for myself, for the part of me that felt like it died with him. There was no honor in this contract, there was no good at all-- it was evil. It was malice. Human malice.

"Let's get you home, okay?" Illario ushers me out the door, making sure to turn and close it behind us. "I think you need rest."

The sounds of the church bells ring out as we walk through the streets back to the Fifth Talon estate, 12 strikes in total to signal midnight.

Some 18th birthday this was.

 

Dad,

 

I don’t think this is a letter I can send. I don’t know where you’ve been, much less where you are or where you’re going.

But I’ve always written letters when things felt their worst, so I guess I’ll write to you too.

I thought I could do this, I thought I could be a crow because you were, that I could help change this organization from the inside out, and all I needed was time and willpower.

Apparently, I lack the prerequisite of having no heart.

This has been the most trying experience of my lifetime, and you aren’t even here to guide me.

You haven’t even told me why I’m here.

Do you know what that does to a kid?

I’m ten kinds of mad at you, and somehow, even still, nine kinds of missing you.

I won’t list all the ways here, but if you’re out there, if I see you again-- you’ll get your earful.

 

I don’t know what to do besides keep pressing on.

So I guess I will.

 

-Juno

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 28: Little Bird Longing

Notes:

Haha, WHOOPS, an hour and a half later than normal, hopefully no one noticed.
I just had a lot I wanted to put in here, and I wanted to make sure I got it *JUST* right for the next chapter.
Hopefully some context clues for the birdies looking to make THEORIES out of things.
Still so much to write. Tomorrow night will be a doozy.

Love you little birds. <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Juno,

 

I've been thinking about the mission, and I keep coming back to what you said about how that man mentioned something about 'the order'. At first, I thought he meant that the elf Talli wrote an order, but I keep coming back to how he said 'THE' order. I think there's an organization involved, I think this goes beyond one man. We need to get contact with someone who can travel to the Emerald Graves, I think the answers lie there.

I'm going to look into this. I don't know if it will make you feel any better to know if there's multiple people involved, but if it takes any burden off you, I will gladly scour the earth for answers for you.

Hang in there, Juno.

 

Always,

Illario

 

He was sweet, truly. He might be onto something with this, but where do we even start? A contact in the Graves? I'm not even sure I know of anybody. The closest place I could think of to the Graves was Emprise Du Lion or Skyhold, and I'm afraid that the only people I even knew in Skyhold have long since moved on. I suppose I could always write Auntie, but I doubt she'd make the trek out to the Graves herself.

It was too much to think about right now.

I can't even bring myself to write a reply. My letter to my dad still sat folded on my vanity, not sent anywhere, just written. Do I send it home? Do I send it to one of his friends in Northern Thedas and ask them to pass it on if they see him? Did I even write it for him, or did I write it for me?

I guess I'd just start with... who I knew was closest.

 

Sten,

 

I know I'm not obliged to be asking you any favors, as I've done nothing to earn them, but can I ask as my mother's daughter that if you see my parents, you pass this message along for me? It has been over a year's time since I have seen either of them, and I worry for their safety. They have not contacted me since leaving me in Antiva.

I pray you are well.

 

Regards,

Juno Tabris-Arainai

 

With two folded letters in hand, I call for my messenger bird. It would take my bird a hot minute to reach Seheron, but it'd give me time to figure out my next point of contact. All I knew was that Mama and Papa were searching in Northern Thedas, and that they were looking for any clue of the so-called ‘ Architect ’ on a lead from a woman named Fiona back at Skyhold. Fiona had apparently been cured of the calling, and seemed to have a hunch that it could have been, in part, due to an amulet she was wearing during an exploration of the deep roads. She found out later that the amulet was a creation of someone called ' The Architect '. Mama had met this person once before, she said, but she had not seen him since long before I was born.

I just can't keep going on like this, the not knowing kills me more than anything else. Not knowing why I was here, whether they were alive -- If I didn't ever hear from them, then I could assume Mama moved on to the Deep Roads, and likely, Papa with her. He always said he would never love another the way he loved her, that she saved him from himself... it wouldn't surprise me if he chose to stay with her until the bitter end, even if it meant leaving me behind.

So we start with Sten, and then when my bird returns, I'll send out another.

And another.

Until there's no one left to reach out to.

Then I'll know.

As much as I didn't want to, I think checking in on Matteo was the next item on my agenda. Even if my heart is hurting, especially-so today, I refuse to let this halt progress.

"Might I request an audience with the Fifth Talon?" I ask the attendant outside Matteo's office, who gives me a small nod before stepping in to make the request in my stead.

"Come in, Juno," I hear Matteo call, and as I step inside his office, I can see Leonardo at a table to the right of Matteo's desk, seemingly copying accounting ledgers into a brand new book. Clearly making an effort to cover their crimes. "What is it that you need, there is much I must attend to today."

"I came to ask that of you, sir," I bring a hand to my chest and give a small bow, as typically expected when awaiting orders from a Talon. "I am without tasks, at the moment, I wondered if there was something in particular you'd like me to put my attention to."

Matteo seems pleased by this answer, not unsurprised, as I had been asking quite frequently if my assistance was needed anywhere. It was my true hope that he'd consider me a loyal enough little soldier that he'd let me in on what exactly was happening on all his secret little Tevinter trips, but of course, I had other means of finding out myself.

"I'm afraid my focus shall be much on Viago these upcoming months, I may not have as much time to offer you, little bird ," Matteo steps around his desk, coming over and grabbing a section of my hair to run through his palm. "I believe it has come time to give Viago his own first contract, he has been working quite diligently to prove himself. If he has hopes of becoming Fifth Talon, he will need to take on a quite impactful first contract to make an impression on the other houses."

There's a clattering to the right, and Matteo and I direct our attention to the desk where Leo sits, inkwell spilled over and quill snapped in his hand, partially stabbed into the desk.

Quite the drama queen, aren't we?

"What are you doing, you fool ? You best not be damaging those records," Matteo clicks his tongue, looking back to me for a brief moment, "Juno, your time would be best spent mastering your trade right now. Work with Teia as much as possible, I suspect she will be sworn in soon as well, and her ascension to Seventh Talon will likely come very swiftly after. The current Seventh Talon does not have much time left in him, he's halfway to the Maker's embrace as is."

" As if she has to put much effort into acting like a whore ," Leo spits it under his breath, but it still carries through the ear and falls to our ears.

What the hell did I ever do to you?

"That is enough, Leonardo. Guildmasters do not insult their own charges, do not make me strip you of rank--"

" --I'd like to see you try. "

The air was tense all at once, their glares felt like electricity coursing across the room. Whatever was happening, it was starting to look like Matteo was losing his grip on Leonardo.

" Know. your. place. " Matteo is practically gritting his teeth, but there was something in his eyes, some indiscernible emotion behind those furrowed brows. Leo seemed to carry the same emotion, though he remained silent, jaw tight as he began to clean up the spilled ink on the desk. Matteo let out a sigh, waving his hand at me, "My apologies for this outburst, Juno. Things are stressful with this impending audit. We will speak after, you're dismissed."

I give another one of the expected bows before turning and stepping out of the room, looking back only as the doors were closing. Matteo had looked down, a pocket watch in his hands-- but not just any pocket watch, that had to be the one from Magister Renata. I recognized the look now, now that the anger washed from his face. It was clear in the way his skin had paled.

That unrecognizable look was fear. Matteo was scared. Leonardo was scared.

And whether it was from the audit, or some bigger mystery altogether-- it was clear that looking at that little watch calmed Matteo's fears.

Had he been holding that this whole time? I hadn't seen the chain tucked in anywhere, he certainly wasn't wearing the decorative piece as intended from what I saw.

Was that a symbol of an alliance? Had he earned the Magister's favor?

Just more questions, as always .

With daylight hours fading, I wandered to the lab to find Viago, but much to my surprise, he wasn't in here. Had he gone to bed early? Was he out with Teia? He was the one person I wanted to talk to about that entire mission at the brothel, but I suppose I can't ask for every second of his time. I just... really didn't want to be alone right now. Not today, of all days.

Much to my disdain, neither Javie nor Arlo were on the training grounds or in their rooms. Had I missed something? Where did everyone go to that they left me here?

Maybe I had missed a calling card? I'd have to go double check my vanity.

I stepped back inside, nearly bumping into Leo on the stairs. I muttered an apology, but the look in his eyes made me choke on it. That wasn't any look, that was hatred.

A hatred so strong I swear it flashed through his eyes the moment they met mine, like just the simple eye contact fueled a deep anger somewhere inside him.

He said nothing as he swept past me on his way to his bedroom.

It sent a chill shooting up my spine.

Now I really didn't want to be alone.

When I step into my bedroom, I'm both surprised and relieved to find Viago sitting at the table in my room, absentmindedly feeding a messenger crow some mixed nuts from the bowl I kept by the windowsill.

Though that particular crow wasn't just some crow-- that was Purpose. The sheen of the feathers has a particular blue chrome that was unmistakable to me-- none of the messenger birds were quite that pretty.

Thankfully, neither of them were talking.

"There you are," Viago hands over one last cashew to the bird before standing up out of the chair. "I need you at The Diamond."

"Oh," I'm both relieved and disappointed, I guess I thought maybe he had just come to talk. "Sorry, I didn't realize there was a meeting."

"Something came up," Viago puts his hands on his hips, looking me over in what seems like a somewhat critical fashion. Bitch . "Shall we head out?"

I gesture for Viago to lead the way, and we head out my balcony doors as we normally did. Hopefully, this meeting was relatively brief, seeing as how everyone was already gone and there was no one left to cover in case Matteo came knocking, though that seemed unlikely with how full his hands were already.

Was this about the boats? Did they figure out what those were for? Or maybe it was about the deed to that property Matteo handed over to the Magister.

"You know, it sounds like Matteo is going to be focusing on you pretty heavily these next few months," I start up a conversation as we walk along the canal. "He said he'd like for you to be sworn in soon, and that you'd have to take a big contract to 'make an impression' or something."

Viago hums in acknowledgement, though his face appears unamused, "Yes, he has made that abundantly clear. Apparently, he thinks he must have me compete against Teia in a race to see who can ascend the fastest," Viago chuckles, kicking a rock across the cobblestone. "As if he'd hand over his chair before the Seventh Talon kicks the bucket or steps down. Have you seen how old that guy is?"

"He looked like my finger after an hour too long in the bath," I joke, and Viago shakes his head, smile still on his lips. "But it's a good thing, in the end, isn't it? Getting one step closer?"

"Of course," Viago answers, stepping up to a trellis to ascend to a nearby rooftop. I follow after, and he grabs my hand to help hoist me up the final few steps. "For both Teia and I."

"How's that going, by the way?" I ask as we cross a rooftop to approach the zipline. "Are you guys.. a thing? Are you wooing her? Or are you... woo-less , as it were?"

"I think you'd know if I were woo-less, you're quite perceptive when you aren't acting like a complete idiot," He jokes, grabbing onto a zipline hold as it passes by.

Yeah well, jokes on him, I'm always acting like a complete idiot.

Taking the zipline wasn't scary anymore, after a full year of it. Now it was second nature-- though admittedly, my gloves that I had been using to maintain a nice grip on the holding bar of the ziplines were kind of falling apart, they had been for a month or so now but I had been delaying the inevitable for as long as possible. I'd have to make a note to buy some newer gloves made of nicer leather.

"Everyone should already be here," Viago gestures to the stairs to the attic, and gestures for me to go first. Always a gentleman, Viago. Never change .

To my surprise, everyone is already gathered in the nook where Viago usually gives us information or orders -- Javier, Arlo, Teia, Lucanis and Illario.

"She finally arrives!" Teia is practically glowing, and a path is quickly formed for Viago and I to reach the chess table.

Except, the chess board has been moved slightly off center. To make room for a cake.

Oh.

"You didn't think we'd miss it this year too, did you?" Viago crosses his arms as he watches for my reaction.

"Who doesn't tell their friends their birthday until after it has already passed?" Teia swats my arm, "I haven't forgiven you for that, but hopefully this can make up for it. Double chocolate cake~ ." She's practically singing the last few words, and I wonder if she's really excited about my birthday or if she just really wants some cake.

"Can't escape us this year, little bird," Javier strikes a match, lighting a small candle atop the center of the cake. "Now you make a wish, we eat cake, then we shower you with presents, yes?"

Arlo smirks, "You'll never guess what I got you."

"I'm willing to bet she can get it in one guess," Javier retorts.

"Happy Birthday, Juno." Two hands, one on each shoulder, one for each Dellamorte.

"May this be a magnificent year for you."

Did I have any tears left in me? This was... so nice. It made me feel like it was hard to breathe, my heart filling up to a point where it tipped over and flooded into my chest cavity. There was a river of tears in me, but maybe if I didn't speak, it wouldn't come flying out.

On the day where I've felt the most alone-- most like trying to leave and go find my parents and just throw everything else away-- they show up for me. My chessboard. My friends. My family .

Reminding me why I keep going.

"Thank you," I manage to choke out, pushing down any tears trying to fight their way up to my waterline. "This is very kind."

"Yes, well," Viago gestures to the cake, "Enjoy it while you can, you're free for one night, but you'll be back to getting shit from us tomorrow."

Oh, Viago. My ever platonic soulmate. How I love you.

"Wouldn't have it any other way."

Every year with my parents, Mama had me make a wish as I blew out a candle on a birthday cake. Does anybody really know where that tradition came from? It seems like every culture has taken on some form of it, so perhaps it is older than we realize.

In the past, I'd wished for many things -- some plausible, some impossible, some entirely dependent on me. Control of my magic, daggers like Papa's, a pair of wings. Birthday wishes never really seemed to come true for me, so I found it much easier to just wish for the impossible things, that way, if one ever did come true -- it'll have been worth spending a birthday wish on.

This wish, I suppose, was somewhere in between being dependent on myself and being entirely impossible. If there's anything I've learned in the past year, it's that every plan will fall off the rails somewhere, everything you know can change in an instant and every breath you breathe could well be your last. So maybe, if nothing is certain and every time I feel I know something I wind up being wrong -- Then maybe I could make this wish happen for me. Maybe it wouldn't be so impossible if I just stop holding onto this idea that I understand everything.

If I wish to be in control of my life, would I be able to follow through with that? Would the universe let me? Was there anything I could have certainty in? A constant?

"What else could she wish for, there's chocolate right there."

Yeah, I suppose there was.

He was a constant. He was coffee and chocolate, a lingering taste on my tongue despite never even touching my lips. He was soft eyes and honeyed words and every poem from every lovesick anthology-- And sure , I couldn't say for certain that down the line he'd be able to look me in the eyes and tell me he still wanted to be with me if he learned about our tangled roots, or the fact that I've kept that knowledge from him or even the person I turn into working for the crows--

But I knew for certain I wanted him now, and that every day I had to sit and pretend like being in his very presence wasn't completely consuming my thoughts was driving me mad. I can't keep watching the dimples that form on his face while he reads pages of books on Wyverns or talks at length about the differences between paella made with a Soccarat versus without and pretending like I don't want to see how those same dimples feel in the palm of my hand. I can't watch him eat chocolate cake and wonder if he is also thinking of me, the way I think of him when I sip morning coffee or even smell it drifting from the kitchen.

If I could have any control, please gods, if you're out there and you're listening -- please, just let me have this. Let me take control of one aspect of my life and not have it go to complete shit in an instant.

"I'd like to go first, if that's amenable to everyone else," Teia was the first to insist on handing me a delicately wrapped package, sitting beside me on the sofa to get a front row seat to me opening her gift. How very Teia. "Happy birthday, my most favorite student."

"She's your only student--"

" -- cállate la boca! "

I roll my eyes, though I still laugh at the never ending banter of Viago and Teia. I pulled the sting on the package, watching the paper uncurl to reveal two things inside; a bottle of Antivan Spiced Brandy, and a new tin of cosmetics, with various pinks and purples shimmering at me when I opened the lid.

" Purple is still your color-- but there's nothing wrong with branching out a little, just for fun." Teia remarks, and I gently place her gift aside to reach out my arms to her, I think surprising her when I pull her in for a hug.

"Thank you, Teia." Her arms wrap around me, and she smells like vanilla when I'm up this close against her. I don't think I truly can speak enough on how much Teia means to me, how I notice every time she's over that she's looking over my skin for any sign of bruises. If Viago was my loudest supporter, Teia was the silent all-seeing eye that matched him perfectly. The ' mom ' to his ' dad '.

"Okay, well if you're handing out hugs in exchange, I go next." Javier practically scoops Teia off the couch to take her spot, dropping a rather flat package into my lap. Inside, a rounded piece of etched glass, with some sort of clasp in the middle that allowed pieces to be rotated over each other. "If you line up the cardinal direction with the month," He explains, reaching out to gently shift the pieces, "It will show you what constellations should be in the sky at that time of year."

Oh, maybe I would cry. Maybe .

"This is amazing," I whisper, looking over the map and seeing all the constellations etched into the glass. "I didn't even know things like this existed."

"I figure if there's ever a night you feel like watching the stars when I'm not home, or maybe when the doom clouds have taken over the sky, you can hold that up and imagine I'm there with you, making up stories about the stars."

It's amazing how the smallest things can make you feel so loved, so seen. Arlo, in true Arlo fashion , gifted me a matching set for the throwing knife he had gotten me a year ago, insisting that I did, in fact, need more than one *secret* knife on me at all times. Illario had gifted me a wonderful book of famous poems alongside a perfume that smelled of smoky blood orange and peaches. Viago, despite insisting that it's terrible for me and a disgusting habit, gifted me a bundle of dried elfroot alongside an amethyst encrusted hair claw, meant to rest at the center of my braid on the back of my head, with tiny gold dangling chains with teardrop shaped jewels at the bottom. He seemed quite proud of his gift once he placed it in my hair for me, an unmistakable pleased grin on his lips.

Lucanis was last, and yet somehow the one I was most nervous for. Would I open this package to a knife? A Wyvern tooth dagger? Would there be handwritten poems? Would it be something not meaningful at all, like a hairbrush or a scarf?

But the scent hit me the moment I pulled the string from the package--

Leather.

Freshly painted. Antivan. Better leather than Ferelden.

It smelled like my father.

And when I pulled them from the package, it sunk in even more.

"I noticed you left a book here about the Dalish... and that your gloves were falling apart, a-and I know you like the smell of fresh leather so I had these made."

The stamped designs of the Dalish across the gloves even reminded me of Papa's pair.

He noticed my gloves? He noticed the books I left in the attic?

Is it weird to just smell them?

Fuck it.

Leather stain. So wonderfully nostalgic. Gods, I missed my dad .

"If you keep them that close to your face, you might pass out," Arlo jokes, leaning on the railing of the overlook to the casino. "Try and get some fresh air, can't have you losing your last brain cell."

I drop my hands, a smile tugging onto my lips and pushing down that threat of tears again. I couldn't help the way my, im sure now watery, eyes looked at Lucanis. Yes , this man did put the damn sun in the sky every day, and yes , I'd look at him like he did. "Thank you, you are... Well, you're right. I needed new gloves desperately, and I do love the smell. It reminds me of my dad."

Lucanis' eyebrows rise a bit on his face. I can feel Viago's stern stare on me.

Worry not, I wasn't going to say much more than that.

"You don't... talk about your parents often," Lucanis admits, and I give a nod in response.

"I prefer not to think about them often but, kind of inevitable on days like today." I pull the gloves back up to my face, taking one last inhale of the scent. "I do miss him, but I'd rather not dwell on that, not when you've all done something so kind for me."

I look over each one of them. It burned in me. And maybe they've heard me say it before, well, maybe some of them hadn't. I suppose the connotations can be different given the context of who it's said to- but I say it anyways.

"I love you all so much."

And my knees tuck up onto the couch, and I wrap my arms around them tightly and dig my head in. I know I'm red from my cheeks up to the tops of my ears, but I don't regret speaking it aloud. There weren't more words to express how much it meant to me, the most profound thing I could express was how much I truly, truly loved every single one of them.

And then there were hands tucked under my arms, and I was being pulled from the pile I curled myself into, up off the sofa entirely.

Arlo held me out like I was a cat caught rifling through the garbage.

" We love you, too ."

And the river inside me finally made waterfalls out of my eyes.

When Arlo finally released me from the bear hug he pulled me into while I cried, everyone made sure to give me some sort of pat on the shoulder or tousle of hair to let me know they were there for me.

"Why don't we call it a night? You're looking a little overwhelmed." Viago attempts to start us towards the door, but I plant my feet.

"I just uh, I need a minute," I look to his eyes, blue and curious, trying to read me for any emotion. I press my lips into a line and look over at Lucanis for just a moment, letting Viago know without saying it out loud. He lets out the smallest breath of a sigh before leading everyone else to the door. As I'm about to reach out and stop Lucanis, he turns on his heel to face me.

"Could you spare--"

"Could I actually ta-"

" Oh. "

" Oh. "

There's a silence that settles between us, I eye the door to make sure everyone else has started ascending the stairs.

"Could I actually talk to you for a minute? I uh, have some things I wanted to say."

"I--" Lucanis seems stunned by this, but gives a small nod, "Yes I, I had something else to say too, actually."

If my birthday wish depends on me, if I need to let myself take control-- then it starts here. With Lucanis.

Consequences be damned.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 29: Little Bird Seen

Notes:

She's posting before 2am by some crazy miracle, oh my gods.
I hope this is enough to feed my little birds. I may have to take another night off, I'm seeing some friends tomorrow and I'm not *quite* sure what time I'll be home.
If it's by a decent hour, I may still hop online to write, just a heads up in case I'm off another night!

This might have actually been the easiest chapter to write this entire time. Big part of that is due to Shelby again, who is a devious little mastermind with me at 4am.
Guess it's time to update the tags.

I dedicate this chapter to Matisse; hope you're feeling okay today pookie <3 Can't wait to see what you have to say after this one.

Oh and a note for Meg: Hey Alexa? Play 'This Kiss' by Faith HIll.
(Or 'Juno' by Sabrina Carpenter, if you'd like to listen to what I did while I wrote this :x )

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


The quiet that settled in once everyone had left the base would normally be a comfort for me, but as I came to slowly accept the things I was about to say out loud, the silence was more nerve-wracking. It had me holding my own hand in front of me, running my thumb over my palm as a way to keep myself grounded, and hopefully soothing enough to not have me hurling chocolate cake everywhere if my stomach continued to flutter like a newly stoked flame.

"If you don't mind," I started, my throat drying and almost halting the words before they came out. "Would you go first? I fear I might not be able to stop talking once I start."

Lucanis took a hesitant step to me, reaching a hand out to grab mine and stop myself from rubbing my palm raw. "I will , if that's easier for you," He answers, lowering our hands but still keeping my own separated, and still holding onto them. "But you should probably decide after you hear what I-- well," He lets out something between a sigh and a hum, searching my eyes for an answer. "I wrote you a poem and... I was going to recite it to you. And if that's going to be an inappropriate precedent to whatever you're about to say, then it can wait. I can send it in a letter, even."

"You were going to ... recite it for me ?" I ask, sure that whatever doe eyed affection I carried before had now expanded, "A poem you wrote for me?"

"Well," Lucanis looks off towards the door to the attic, "It's embarrassing when you look at me like that."

"--Then don't," My grip around his fingers tightens, "Don't look at me. See me."

Lucanis' eyes tip back to me, softening as he looks over my expression. He pulls one hand from mine and uses it to push some hair back from my cheeks, "I do," He breathes out a laugh, "I see you. I've been seeing you. I see the woman who struggles to wake up before noon, the one with her eyes in the sky so much it's easy to assume she might float away. I see the way you look up to each De Riva, leaning your best efforts into not only supporting them but reflecting the things you've learned from them." 

Our hands fall to the side as I take a step in closer, laying a hand on his chest, which he grabs once more with his free hand and leaves laying across his heart. "I see you on the days you don't feel like talking, and the things you're uncomfortable talking about. I see the pain you feel thinking about your parents, the way you miss your best friend and how happy you are on the days you get a letter from him. I see that you're happiest looking at flowers and herbs and talking about medicines and poisons and strange effects each plant can give you. You love poems because similes and metaphors are stronger than any emotion you feel comfortable talking about, and because that's the way you hope someone will talk to you. I see that you actually really don't enjoy coffee much at all until it no longer tastes like coffee-- that you scrunch up your nose every time you take a sip when it isn't just right. I see that you never say anything, probably for my sake," Lucanis chuckles at this, and I feel the smallest smile twitch onto my lips. "You asked me to see you, to know you -- as if you ever needed to ask at all . Seeing you is one of the greatest comforts in this lifetime. Seeing you is--" He searches for a word, his thumb stroking over the hand I have on his heart. "Seeing you is a gift."

In trying to let him finish his words, I think I might have forgotten to breathe somewhere along the way.

"Was that the poem?" I ask.

"No," He laughs out, "No that was just... me ."

I try to bring my heart back to a normal pace, to no avail. No matter where I look at him to try and calm myself, everything is electric, everything feels like temptation.

"Matteo told me I was to stay away from you," I shake my head, desperate to chase that look in his eyes any way I could. "He struck me so hard my face was bruised for a week. He's even reminded me since that I'm not to try anything but I-- I can't stay away from you," I scoff, dragging my palm up his chest to curl my fingers around the back of his neck. "I ask for time, you give it. I ask you to know me, you know me more intimately than anyone. I ask for you to sneak out to meet me-- there isn't a night I won't find you. I ask the world of you... Do you not care to ask for anything in return ?"

"I needn't," I can't stop my gaze from always falling back to his lips, especially with his answer, "You're more than enough for me."

But I would've met my tipping point with those words even with my eyes closed. I didn't need to see how soft his lips were to know I needed them on my skin.

"Can I kiss you?" I ask, and from the look on his face he may have thought this day would have never come, which is strange because there's never been a moment I haven't been racing towards the inevitable.

" Devour me. "

It takes tip toes, just enough push to meet him and the tip of my head to the right -- and finally, finally I have brought my lips to his. Lucanis lets me lead, only chasing after my lips when they feel they might slip away. His hand finds its way to my hip, sliding up as he uses his strength to hold me against him. He gave me the control I so desperately begged for, but still surged forward to close any distance between us any time I tried to pull away for air. The shadow of stubble that framed his lips and jaw felt like ecstasy against my skin.

The hand that was holding my own released me after a tight squeeze, choosing to trace a trail up my body to the back of my head, slipping into my hair to find purchase against my scalp. The noise that pushed its way up from my center as I felt his fingers tangled in my hair was embarrassing at best, mortifying at worst, but it was enough to make him halt altogether.

My eyes flutter open to find his mahogany colored eyes already fixed on me, his lips only a hairsbreadth from my own.

I had to chase that control. I needed it. I needed it nearly as much as I needed him.

I let the hand that had wrapped around Lucanis' neck fall to the lapel of his vest, tucking into it halfway to get a grip, and lead him backwards to the sofa I had been unwrapping presents on only a few minutes before.

He nearly falls backward when his knees catch the edge of the sofa, but he manages to not tip over entirely and sit down with some grace as I place my hands on his shoulders. His pupils are blown out now, and the only word I can think to describe his look was reverence.

Or I suppose, fucked out bliss.

His hands begged to find a resting point on my body as I slid my knees to either side of his hips, seating myself and scooching as far forward as the sofa would allow to bring our hips together. His impatient sound, somewhere between a groan and a growl-- the noise I could finally pick back up off the shelf in my mind -- only spurred me on further.

I caught his lower lip between my teeth, chasing the sting by sucking it between my own lips. Lucanis' fingers dig into my hips, scoring into my skin through my shirt. Our kisses were clumsy, but more and more frequent as each moment passed, eager and demanding and somewhere between moans and pants; like the world was ending around us.

"I want to hear it," I whisper breathlessly, my hips rolling against his as I hold his lips at bay with a thumb. My fingers trace his jaw, "Your poem, I want to hear it."

" Now ?" Lucanis is completely caught off guard, but refuses to let his hands leave my hips, perhaps in fear I may get up and leave my seat in his lap.

"Now," I say, giving him one more kiss before pulling my torso back to stare at him.

No words come out, though his mouth is hanging open, a few streaks of purple lipstick smeared upon his lips. I feel a rather proud smile dance across my lips as I rub a thumb over them, pulling the traces of my lips from his altogether. I bring the back of my hand up to my lips, rubbing whatever remained of the lipstick off my mouth entirely. Lucanis is still too caught up in watching me to comply, so I grab onto his hands, sliding them up my sides to settle on my chest.

"Poem, Lucanis," I remind him, and finally, as his fingers knead at my chest, he finds his words.

" The first song was written on the day you were born. Before you, notes had no meaning and lyrics; no purpose "

I feel the desperation of his clawing hands as I slide back from his hips, but I hold his gaze, giving him a nod to continue.

" There were no symphonies, no timpani, nor bands, " I let my feet slide back to the floor, a hand separating Lucanis' legs apart as I sank to my knees.  " Every tune thought to carry died at the crescendo. "

"Keep going," I smile, sliding my palms up the sides of his thighs.

"What are you doin--"

"Shhh," I squish his thighs in my hands, "I'll stop if you want me to, but if you don't then you better keep reciting, pretty boy."

The recognition that floods his face, the noise that chokes up out of his throat, followed by the desperate wracking of his brain for the next line-- all delicious.

He finds the words again.

" Y-Your existence taught musicians what an orchestra truly was, " His eyes flick from my own, back to my hands, which have finally met their target; the hem of his pants. His leg twitches under my elbow as I palmed over his groin, a sinful pride at the number I had already done on him.

" Mierda --" Strangled, more like a cry for mercy than a curse, followed by a groan that rocked me to my core; pulling his cock free from his pants was a million times more satisfying than I had ever imagined it to be.

"Now, that can't possibly be part of the poem," I joke, dragging the pad of my thumb over the leaking head of his dick. "Are you going to keep going, or shall we stop here?"

The look he gave me-- reverence was gone. No no, he looked like he was ready to devour me, too . I could see every thought cross his mind-- does he grab me by the hair and continue this battle for control? Does he drag me to him for another heated kiss?

His jaw tightens, flexing the muscle where it met his neck.

" Your heartbeats: staccato. Your beauty like harp strings. Your elegance, an aria. Every accompaniment was created as a tribute to you ," His leg jumps again as I drag my grip from tip to base, base to tip, thumbing at every vein along the way. Whenever my finger rubbed over the space where the head of his penis met his shaft, he flexed, his breath caught in his throat.

Yeah, I'd be exploiting that.

"More," I ordered, and Lucanis gripped and ungripped his hands, fingers stretching out as he palmed around, finding some stability once he dug his fingers into the couch cushions.

" Every operetta claims you as their muse ," Lucanis' eyes look a bit like they want to knock back into his skull as I lower my head, pressing a soft, wet kiss to his tip. He knows exactly what's coming, but it doesn't stop his head from tipping back to rest against the couch as my tongue drags flat against him, flicking over the slit in his cock before moving aside to pull the head between my lips. " Maker ," His knuckles grip at the couch tighter and I delight in the strangled noises choking out his lips.

My tongue found that sweet line where the head met his shaft, tracing over the line a few times before pressing down firmly as I sucked, dragging my lips back up until his cock fell from my lips with a pop. "You shouldn't be singing praises to any maker right now," I grip him a bit more firmly in my hand. "Your only salvation is me."

His hips bucked ever so slightly, his pulse palpable through his throbbing erection.

He persisted. A wise decision.

" Even my world knew of no song before you. Life had no rhythm, nor cadence or chords, " His body caved forward as I brought my lips back down to him, twisting my hand at the skin just before the base met his balls. The noise that fell out of me was a satisfied hum, akin to taking a bite of the most delectable chocolate money could buy. Yes, this was everything I had hoped it would be.

His fist finally found my hair, not pushing, not pulling--just searching for some anchor, some proof that this was real and I was, in fact, staring with burning eyes up at him with his dick shoved halfway down my throat. You could watch him commit the image to memory, his eyes flashing over every piece of me as he panted to try and catch his breath.

He twitched like a man possessed each time I took a slow deliberate suck, earning a soft tug on my hair as he growled out a warning.

I opened my mouth once more to just lap up the underside of his shaft before pulling off him entirely, pumping him in my hand even though it seemed like every move was overstimulating him.

"You better finish," I swipe my thumb over that sensitive line once more, " Before you finish. "

His head tips back again, "You're killing me," He grits out, boots sliding against the floor a bit as he bucked up into my hand again.

"What a merciful death you get to have," I joke, laying my head on his thigh as I watch for each twitch of his body, sharp breath in and flutter of his lashes. He really was so very pretty. "Coming undone on my tongue. There are far worse ways to go."

If I thought his eyes looked fucked out with bliss before, this was a man brought to the edge, hanging on for dear life.

" There are no better. "

I'd have to put that clever tongue of his to use someday.

" To know you is to see music in everything around, " Lucanis lets his next line spill over, holding my eyes captive with the burning look in his as I sink back down onto his cock, deciding it was well time to let him tip over that edge. The pace had an instant effect, the twitching in his leg bouncing my free arm. I brought my free hand to his thigh, squeezing it between my fingers in an attempt to hold it still. "Juno--" He warns.

"Finish."

"Ah --- A-And to love you is to hear the --" He hisses, his grip in my hair tugging at my roots as he bucks into my mouth, " melody-- of. your. soul. " He chokes on the last few words, only just managing to get them out before I can feel him climax, his cock twitching as it spills his cum into my throat. Lucanis is gasping, holding me against him before slipping back out of his stupor and releasing his grip on my head, letting me pull back for air, the smallest amount of his semen leaking out over my bottom lip.

I dare to meet his gaze as I pull my bottom lip under my tongue, lapping up any remaining taste of him.

" Fuck ," Another cry for mercy rather than an actual curse.

"Do you?" I ask, feeling my lashes flutter as I let his words sink in.

"S-sorry?" His throat bobs and I sit up a bit, resting my hands on his thighs as I pull myself closer to his face.

"Do you hear the melody of my soul ?"

He's pulled out of the heavens, finally, some recognition flooding back over his senses. He quirks a brow at me, like I've asked the obvious.

Maybe I had.

" I love you, Juno ," His eyes flick to my lips, "If that's what you're asking."

I was in so deep. It didn't feel like drowning, like I once thought it would.

It felt like floating.

"I love you ," I whisper, suddenly more shy than I had felt in the past twenty minutes. "A-and the poem... that was lovely."

"There was--" Lucanis held out a hand, tipping his head back a bit to look to the sky. "No amount of practicing reading it out loud that could have prepared me for--- Well,"

"Yeah," I laugh, raising my hand up to drag my fingers over my lips. "I uh, surprised myself, too." His chuckle comes from somewhere low in his chest, his eyes raking over me in what almost looked like disbelief.

"You surprise me every day," Lucanis reaches out, dragging the back of his fingers over my cheek before finding purchase in my hair once more, pulling me to his lips. "It's what I love most about you."

I made a new home for myself that evening-- not in the attic space of the Cantori Diamond, nor the space between Lucanis' knees that he would no doubt claim belonged to me anyways. No, my new home, the one I would look forward to for the rest of my lifetime-- was the home I carved into his lips.

No other place would feel like home ever again.

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 30: Little Bird, A Mess

Notes:

Did everyone survive? Some of you didn't sound off... did I lose some of my flock? .///. sorry birdies.
To be fair I was also screaming and kicking my feeties the whole time, and i wrote the damn thing.
Need to set up for some plot here, so have some wholesome time with Purpose! <3
Then back to big ol' plots again

Sorry, we're at chapter 30!? Lord, this is F L Y I N G by. we also are almost at 400 pages on the google doc I write in. Oof.
IS there a character limit in google docs?

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


I feel like we've been here before. Maybe a different room, maybe a different time of day-- but this is deja vu.

Back to the wall, hands behind me searching for something to grab onto and sweat forming at my temple; there was no escaping the eyes of Viago when he was analyzing you.

Let's review the evidence that my dumbass didn't bother checking before I left the Cantori Diamond post poetic rendez-vous:

  1. Purple lipstick on the back of my hand.
  2. No lipstick on my lips at all, where there had been prior to Viago leaving.
  3. The skin around my mouth was likely rubbed raw, and my lower lip was undoubtedly slightly bruised from a particularly rough goodbye kiss.
  4. I have not fixed the portion of my braid that Lucanis grabbed, and likely ruffled. Honestly, what state WAS my hair in?
  5. Hopefully not visible, but noticeable to me; my inner thighs were soaked. God bless the dark fabric of my pants for covering the mess I am.

In short, it didn't take the discerning eyes of Viago De Riva to see that I had, indeed, been up to shit . That's why, even though I can feel his ice-inducing stare, I once again find myself dodging looking into his eyes.

" Juno, " His voice is stern, but patient, and I wince automatically because it just FEELS like a lecture is coming.

"--Whatever you're about to say, I would just like to politely remind you; it IS still my birthday for another hour," Nice. Nice save. That will work. "So you should go easy on me... please."

I could hear his teeth click as his jaw closed, and I dared to drag my vision up to him. He's not impressed with that answer.

"Juno," Viago sighs, pinching at the space between his eyebrows, "I actually did have something to say about something else entirely, but clearly this needs to wait-- Go take a bath, we'll speak in the morning."

"A bath?" I find myself peeling off the wall as Viago turns and strides to my bedroom door.

"You're a mess," Viago responds, stopping to glance back at me at the door in classic Viago fashion. "Who won?"

"I uh-- huh?" Won? I mean... both of us? Both I guess? Maybe Lucanis more than me.

"The bet, Juno-- Who won the bet ? Because obviously, it wasn't me."

"OH," Wait-- That's what you're asking me? "Uh... Arlo? Maybe Teia? ... both, I guess?"

He hums, before opening the door, "Somehow that's worse than Javier. Tell no one."

The door closes behind him, and I let out a breath, nodding as I approach my mirror.

Okay, yeah. Yeah, I was a mess.

Hot one, though.

I laugh to myself as I pull some pajamas from my dresser, pulling my hair down entirely while collecting a few more trinkets to bring down to the bathhouse. If a girl is gonna bath, she's going to make it luxurious. Hard not to when the bath was Antivan-style, more like a large squared off hole in the floor than a "bathtub" like one might see in Ferelden. There was never any shortage of water in Antiva, so I imagine the idea of preserving it so as to not dry out wells was not much of a thing here.

The first puff of elfroot was euphoric-- I'd groan if the pipe wasn't still in my mouth. I felt my skin prickle with the potent healing properties almost instantly. The bruised lip and scratches from Lucanis' stubble should at least be gone tomorrow.

I placed the newly acquired bottle of brandy and my pipe down for just a moment to start the bath water and strip down, delighted in the fact that I recently created some new soap and bath oil scents in the lab to pamper myself in. As I sink myself into the filling tub, I uncap my brandy and take a slow and appreciative sip-- I can see why this was always Papa's favorite. The spices often covered the burn, and on the rare occasion there was a fruited flavor in there, it didn't burn at all. Plus it always smelled delightful.

It wasn't very long after I had turned off the tap that I heard the fluttering of wings, and I rolled my head to look over my shoulder at the bathhouse entrance.

"Why hello , Purpose," I rotate my body to lean over the edge of the tub, one elbow propping up my chin whilst the other hand holds onto my pipe, hoping to inhale what was left of the smoldering remains. "You have some explaining to do."

The crow shaped spirit lands, hopping a few steps over to the edge of the tub to join me, "You left so quickly before, I had no chance to speak with you."

"Uh-huh," I tap out the pipe after taking a hit and receiving nothing from it. "And what exactly were you doing hanging around Viago? He's not as open minded as I am, you know, he might be afraid of you, or worse!"

"I was going to leave, I was only perched on the windowsill," I gave the bird a bored look, I had CLEARLY seen them on the table being hand fed cashews, "But he started talking to me!"

Well, that's interesting.

"Does he... know that you're a spirit?"

"I think not," Purpose looks at the bottle on the edge of the tub, hopping around to stare at the label curiously while speaking, "At first, I thought he was talking to himself until he turned to look at me. He was mostly mumbling at first."

Okay, yeah that I could believe.

"He was quite upset that you were not in your room when he went looking for you. And then once I realized he was talking to me and approached him, he was saying he wanted his present to be your favorite. I'm unsure why he thinks you will pick a favorite time -- or why it being his matters,"

"Present. No uh," I snort a bit at the bird. "Like a gift, he wanted me to like his gift that he gave to me best." Idiot boy, it's not a competition.

"What was his gift to you?"

There's a small clinking sound as Purpose pecks at the label on the bottle a few times, before I grab it in my hands and take a sip, showing the bird exactly what the purpose of the bottle was.

"A very sparkly, very expensive looking hair ornament-- One I shall cherish."

"Was it your favorite?"

... hm.

Would Lucanis be upset if I lied to Viago to make him feel better? Probably not, he doesn't seem much the jealous sort-- especially with my tongue wrapped around him.

"I think if it's important to Viago, then it should be my favorite."

"That's not an answer," Purpose says, "What did you tell him?"

"We-- we haven't talked yet,"

"But you left with him?"

"Yes?"

"And you didn't talk?"

"Not about the present."

"Well, what did you talk about?"

"You are--" I pick up a jar of soap and let out a huff, what is this, an interrogation? "Growing more curious by the day, you know."

I scrub at my skin, turning my attention away from the spirit.

"There is much more to your world that I was not aware of before," Purpose answers, "Your books have fascinated me-- were you aware that there is a style of poetry specific to Antiva?"

"Ugh," I groan, "Yes, that happened to be my father's favorite, in fact."

" The symphony I see in thee, how it whispers songs to me-- "

"Yeah yeah, ' songs of hot breath upon my neck, songs of soft sighs by my head '-- Sex poetry, call it what it is, it's not Antivan Poetry, it's sex poetry."

"Are all humans so infatuated with the physical form?"

No. Well. Yes. Well, no... but also probably yes? I might be.

"I can hear your song anyways, no need to answer."

"Alright," I put down the soap, turning back around to lean on the edge of the tub, tucking my chin on my arms as I meet the spirit at eye level. "You're going to have to explain that one to me, what does that mean? My song ?"

The bird's head quirked to the side, "Your song... your heart's song, it is loud, it's what drew me from the fade. It is always singing something, longing, purpose, excitement, sorrow-- It's easiest to hear when its nature aligns with mine, but we are close enough now I hear it quite a lot, in any nature."

"Be so real with me right now; are you reading my thoughts?" I squint at the bird, who hops back a step at the change in expression.

"I do not believe I would know."

"I'm taking that as a yes ."

"Do you take offense to this?"

I slide off the edge of the tub and tip my head back in the water, scrubbing at my hair to rinse it clean of the day.

"No, I suppose not, so long as you aren't off blabbing my thoughts and songs to anyone else."

"I only know you."

Yes, I suppose that was true. I’m not even sure if that could change anytime soon.

I guess I should really figure out what everyone else thinks of spirits, but I also don’t want to put them in any danger, though I've been around Purpose long enough that I don’t think them to be vicious in any sense. Just curious, playful and driven-- as it should be. As is in it’s nature.

.

.

.

 

Juno,

 

I did not think it possible that you could consume any more of my thoughts.

I do not know how I am to survive next week, but I suppose drinking in the sight of you will have to be enough.

Am I to expect more nights like that? You may send me to my grave early.

 

Yours,

 

Lucanis

 

How cute. I suppose I should offer him a response this morning, since he apparently won't have time to give me next week according to his letter.

 

Lucanis,

 

Why don't you write me more poems and find out?

 

Yours?

 

Juno 

 

I smirk a bit at my own devious nature, then choose to draw a small heart shape next to my name, just to be sure he sees that I'm teasing him.

"THAT IS ALL THE BOOKS, YOU BUMBLING IDIOT--"

Oooh. That's Matteo. That sounds far more interesting than sending letters.

I quietly tip toe out of my room, tucking my body halfway out the door to listen in on the conversation downstairs.

"If I find one andris out of place, you can expect me back."

Sounds like the auditor finally came for the accounting logs.

"Then I suggest you bring more men," Matteo spits back, his jaw jutting forward to match his sneer. "Because clearly your eyes aren't working. You asked for 3 years of logs, you have them. Begone."

"This isn't over, Matteo," The man answers, turning with accounting logs in hand to stride to the front door. "Whatever it is you're planning, you will be found out."

The door slams behind the man, and I hear Matteo let out an enraged sigh from the foyer before retreating back towards his office.

"Was it everything you hoped for?" 

Ugh.

Leo.

I turn my head to look down the other hallway, where Leonardo is leaning on the wall outside his bedroom door.

"Looks like I'm not the only guilty party," I responded, raising my eyebrows and pursing my lips. I turn to tuck back into my room, but Leo pipes up once more.

"Have fun at your little camp," Leo tilts his head and a few stray pieces of his hair fall over his forehead, a dangerous look in his eyes, "While you and Viago are gone, I'll make sure to warm his spot as successor, if I don't take it outright."

"Are you really so pathetic?" I scoff, "Please, Leo, green is NOT your color. Jealousy isn't a good look."

And what the fuck does he mean by camp?

"You know what's a great look? My hand wrapped around your fucking nec--"

"How unbecoming," His words were more venomous than I had ever heard before, but I suppose that was almost fitting for Viago. "You think you rise to Fifth Talon by choking recruits? Who would follow you then? No wonder father leans away from you."

Any danger I thought I saw in him is tripled by Viago's presence.

"Apparently he leans so far away from you that you have to be sent to Rivain--"

"--To train for my first contract, so that I may take on the role of successor shortly after," Viago steps past Leo to meet me at my door, holding up his arm to cover me from Leo's field of view. " You'd do well to remember that. "

Viago sweeps us both into my room without another word, shutting the doors behind us.

"Must you pick fights?" Viago growls, storming over to the lounge chair next to my vanity to take a seat, his hands running through his hair. "Must you pick fights with HIM ?"

"What can I say? I've never been one to half-ass shenanigans," I shrug, falling back to take a seat on my bed. "He started it, in my defense-- and what the hell is he talking about anyways? Sending you away?"

" Us ," Viago pulls his hands from his hair and taps his finger to my vanity, "Sending us away, which I would've told you last night if you weren't..." He gestures.

"You just gestured to all of me."

"You know what I mean!"

"Viago, are you... Embarrassed?" I let out a laugh, "Can't handle talking to me about going for a ride?"

"Maker, please stop," The grimace on his face now is almost as good as when I make a bad pun, "I don't need to hear the details."

"Relax, I didn't ride anything, I'm just teasing you," I lift my music box off my nightstand and trace my fingers over the flower design on top. " Though his face might not be a bad option-- "

A warning throwing knife flies past my cheek, thumping into the bedpost beside me.

"Hey! That is mahogany ! It's expensive!"

"Let me get through what I have been trying to tell you, then you can get all your stupid fucking jokes out," Ah, they were indeed, fucking jokes. "The Seventh Talon put together a bootcamp for Teia to prepare her both for being sworn in, as well as training with no support for when she takes on her Talon Successor Contract. Teia suggested that all the potential future first talons go, and Matteo would only agree to sending me if you came along as well, he said you needed the training."

"Oh," I've stilled on the bed. "What does this entail?"

"I don't know," Viago shakes his head, "But I imagine it's going to be a lot of work, and probably have some master assassins working with us to prepare us. We'll be leaving for Rivain tomorrow, Juno, you should start packing your things."

"Wait so-- Who else is coming?"

"Who do you think?"

Oh. OHHHHHHHHH.

So that's why we'd be going a week without being alone. Got it.

Damn. It’s going to be a long week.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 31: Little Bird Boot Camp

Notes:

I want to just say big mega kudos/thanks/love/endless appreciation to Aurora and Meg for letting me use their rooks for training camp/future missions.
It's about time Juno made some connections outside of the chessboard, dammit.

I've honestly had like the worst day, well, I guess technically yesterday now, but today for me because I'm still awake. Just work like and family garbage, too much all at once. I need bed and vitamin D (and that's not an innuendo I really just need serotonin lol).
Its bed time now.

-Updating these bootcamp chapters to include art, including Meg's fantastic Crow Trading Card series, starting with Teia and Viago! I think there's are freaking cool, half tempted to print em and keep em in my wallet.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Auntie,

 

If you hear from Kieran, please let him know I will not be able to respond to anything he sends until the week’s end. I will be in a training camp in Rivain for the rest of the week. When I am home, and have gotten the sand out of my boots, I will write again.

Take care of yourself, I worry about you with Kieran having flown the nest. If you ever need a good old tiny tyrant hug (as you so loving called them), you’re always welcome in Treviso.

 

I love you!

 

Talk soon,

 

Juno

 

Calling it a ' little camp ' was a pretty dramatic understatement on Leo's part. Boot camp was surprisingly big, considering I thought it was just going to be the chessboard. Imagine my surprise when I found multiple other houses of recruits-- even some I recognized.

Heir and Chance stood out among the figures on the beach, mingling with the second intel team from the first intel mission I ever worked. Neri must be coaching, as he's over by the tents helping set up some sort of base of operations, I recognized him from a few of Leo’s missions where the houses teamed up. Another senior crow (Senior both by the markings on their uniforms and by general age), Master, was looking over a wooden table at some documents.

"Noa, House De Acutis just like Noa, took over Eighth Talon House some years ago," Arlo leans down, speaking low into my ear. "Legends in their own right-- stay on their good side."

"Yes, do promise to be on your best behavior--" Viago is on my left, looking over the crowd with Arlo, Javier and I. "This camp will reflect on everyone, not just you."

"I promise-- " Viago narrows his eyes as I speak, and you know, if he's just going to act like that, " --d someone else I would be on my worst behavior, so."

"I can and will have your ass escorted back home," Viago slowly turns his head to face me, challenging me with a single look. If I was feeling especially feisty, I'd meet that challenge, but lucky for him I am a benevolent mierdita.

"I just do annoying things to piss you off, Viago, I'm not looking to make enemies in other houses." Arlo pats my head and gives a nod towards the area with the tents.

"You'll do just fine, little bird. Let's go get tents set up and get oriented." Arlo leads us over to the two Master Crows he had pointed out, Neri and Noa. Alongside Viago and I getting sent to this training bootcamp, Arlo and Javier were dragged in to be glorified camp counselors; or as they like to call themselves " teachers ".

Listen, call it what it is-- they’re babysitters. MAYBE fitness instructors at best. Like a coach, or a personal trainer, but paid less.

"Arlo!" Neri is quite pleased to see the oldest of the present De Rivas, patting him on the shoulder with a wide grin. "Glad to have you, brother!" He looks over the group, his smile nearly faltering as he sees Javie. "Javier... Hello."

"Neri, always an absolute pleasure," Javier says, but something about it feels absolutely forced. "Juno, why don't we go set up our tents, far over that way?" Javier spins me by the shoulders, marching us away from the area we JUST trekked to, to a safe distance away from most of the other tents. "God I fucking hate that guy," Javier mumbles.

"Then why agree to help here?" I ask, pulling my bag off my shoulders to begin pulling the tent canvas out.

"Ha! You think I got a say in the matter? Precious," Javier throws some poles to the ground in a pile and falls to his knees to begin assembling. "No, Matteo volun-told us we were going. If I had known Neri was coming, I would've ditched you all in Ayesleigh and walked home."

"That bad?" I click a few poles together, sliding them into the canvas lining.

"He's just a hard ass," Javier scoffs, "So by the book it's infuriating, and honestly I don't think he'd hesitate to kill anybody. He's a crow and he's proud-- basically everything I hate."

"And Noa?" I look back to the older woman, who is marking some things down on the paperwork spread across the table, but clearly has a smile on her face as she listens to Neri and Arlo chatting.

"Less of one, I guess, but still loyal to a fault. I read a report she wrote once where she said she likes to leave bodies where they lay to feed the birds." He gets a shiver up his back, "Don't get me wrong, my hands aren't clean, but the river that runs from them is stained red. I'd prefer not to get on their good side and be cross-hired on any of their missions."

You wouldn't be able to tell from looking at them, especially in moments like now where they were chatting so candidly with Arlo and Viago, that they were unremorseful murderers-- That's how a lot of crows worked though, right? They were all still human, somewhere in there. Just like Papa.

"Are you going to be working with them when you're instructing?"

Javier steps over to my tent, which I was assembling much quicker than he was, and helps me drive a few of the poles into the sand to make the canvas stand. "Unlikely, the De Acutis hellspawn are here for the future talons, Arlo and I are here for the rest of you."

"Phew," I breathe a sigh of relief, "Thank goodness, I get the dumb asses instead of the hard asses."

"Yeah? This dumb ass gets to decide how many laps you run first thing in the morning, so maybe bite that devious little tongue of yours."

Oop. Fair point.

“Have I mentioned how you are my favorite brother, Javie?”

“Oh? We’re in the habit of lying now, are we?” Javier chuckles, his dark brown hair seemingly had highlights in the light of the Rivain sun. “Lucky for you, I am both easily bribed and easily fooled.”

“Then you will be most pleased to know, I brought a bottle of brandy with me for some fireside chats, dear brother!” We manage to fully pull the frame up and tighten the canvas down with ropes. One tent down, one to go.

“Oh Juno! Excellent, everyone else gets five laps, but for you? Just one.”

“What shall we toast to, Javie? To mirth? To merriment?”

“To manslaughter?” Javier chuckles. “Oooh- wait I have a new one, May the fleas of a thousand camels infest the crotch of those who dare to ruin your day, and may their arms be too short to scratch!

“Oooh, diabolical! How about Cheers to the field where I groweth my fucks, may it continue to lay barren ?”

“Might I offer a tried and true Teia classic: Chin up, tits out, onward.

Javier was the missing pea to my pod, I swear.

As we finish putting up both tents, a carriage arrives to drop off the First Talon Household recruits-- just Illario and Lucanis, but as I understand it, they are the youngest in their entire house, and the first house doesn’t often take recruits so much as take them from other houses once they’re sworn in. We make eye contact from a distance, exchange a small smile, and then Lucanis and Illario are promptly swept away by Neri and Noa to chat. Arlo and Viago bring over the rest of the bags from the carriage before sending the driver off to depart to the nearest inn until the week's end.

"Sounds like if we can keep up to schedule, there will be some mixed training exercises at the end of the week, but for the most part, Juno will be working under our watchful eye," Arlo throws a bag down at my feet and places his hands on his hips, a grin creeping across his face. "Looks like you'll have to make some new friends, after all, can't lean on Viago forever!"

Ugh.

Yeah. I mean I guess I knew this day would come, but it doesn't make it any less intimidating. Getting to know people was easy before I knew the real extent of the damage Papa did to the crows. Now that I know the truth? The more people I get to know, the more people I have to lie to.

I hate lying.

"Hear me out--" I hold up a hand, looking him in the eye as I slowly back up into the tent, tucking myself behind the canvas door.

"Juno," Arlo clicks his tongue, "I know you can play nice, and you will ."

" Honk shoo, honk shoo ," Nailed it. Perfect sleeping impression.

"Alright, that's it," The canvas shifts under my hands, and in an instant, Arlo is in the tent and pulling me out, lifting me up over his shoulder like I was a sack of flour.

"W-wait! I'll walk, I can walk!!"

"Nope, too late for that," Arlo is walking, quite briskly might I add, across the beach to the Ocean's edge, where I had seen Heir and Chance mingling. Javier chooses to follow after with an amused smile, delighted in my pleas to be put down. "Here we go," I’m pulled down from Arlo's shoulder, placed on the sand, then rotated 180 degrees. "Recruits, I don't believe I've had the pleasure of meeting you before, my name is Arlo De Riva, I will be your instructor for the next few days alongside Javier--"

"--Hello again, recruits."

"Together we will work on your combat tactics and physical endurance. The other team is here for Talon successor specific training, where we may assist on a few drills, but as we know-- once chosen as successor, the contract must be completed with no assassin assistance, so any help offered will be limited to intel related work." Arlo reaches his hands out and places them on my shoulders, "This is the youngest of House De Riva, Juno. She will be in your training group."

He piped down after that, clearly expecting me to be able to say something. I try to think of something clever to say at the five recruits staring at me, but nothing seems to come to mind. "Hello--"

"I think we've all met," The younger man who I don't recognize pipes up, "Juno was on the other intel team for Javier's first contract."

"Indeed she was," Javier gestures to the man. "Juno, this bright recruit is Fletcher."

"Pleasure to actually meet you this time," I give a small wave. Fletcher seemed pretty close in age to me, as did most of the team here, give or take a few years between us. The other members of the intel team were two women, both elves, one with medium length red hair and the other with long brunette waves pulled up into a ponytail. Notably, they both also had vallaslin, indicating they may have once belonged to a Dalish clan. Now that I think about it, even Heir had vallaslin, though I knew from her accent she had to have lived in Val Royeaux at some point, so perhaps she wasn't a part of a clan anytime recently.

I’m the one who’s sticking out here, with a face tattoo that was very clearly not Dalish. Were they here on purpose? Were they all trafficked like Heir was? Would they dislike me, as most Dalish tended to dislike city elves?

"Well, go on then, don't be rude," Fletcher nudges one of his teammates.

"I'm Viela," The redhead looks me up and down.

"Thea," The brunette says right after. Neither seem particularly keen on getting to know me. Ouch . Was it because of the mission? I know I made some enemies of assassins that day who thought I was trying to steal coins from them, but I never actually killed anyone.

"We've met once but-- I'm Heir," She gives a small wave and I feel my mouth twitch and rise up at the edges.

"Chance."

A silence falls over us before Javier pipes up, "Right, so anyways, try to get to know each other over the next few days; you never know when you're going to need assistance on a contract, it's better to have people to ask than it is to get sent whoever is available."

Arlo and Javier head back towards the tents, and I manage to maintain enough courage to stay with the training group in an attempt to get some small talk in.

I look to Heir, excited to get an update, "How are my favorite baby birds? Is Jacobus being good? Not causing any trouble?"

"No," Chance sighs, "He is, he's always causing trouble, just nothing I can't fix, thankfully."

"Atta boy!" I laugh, "I can't wait to see what kind of recruit he becomes some day!"

"Listen up!" A voice echoes across the beach, and when we turn and look, Neri is standing beside Lucanis, Illario, Teia and Viago-- looking over at our group. "Tonight, you rest up from your travels, tomorrow, the real work begins."

"It's interesting, isn't it ?" Fletcher leans in towards me as we stare at the other group, "The other houses have picked clear successors, but the First Talon has yet to decide between her grandsons. Do you think that fuels any competition between them?"

"Nah," I answer, giving a small shrug, "I think they’re both fine with either of them becoming the successor, they've never seemed to care much either way. Besides, they're so close with each other, they were raised together-- they're more like brothers than cousins."

"You seem to know a lot about the Dellamortes," Thea remarks, and I almost think there's an implication to that tone.

"We are friends, they visit Viago quite frequently."

"And Viago," Viela asks, "What is he like?"

I look over to Viago, who has made his way towards the fire pit at the center of camp and has started sharpening his blades on a small wet stone. How does one describe Viago to outsiders? "He's going to be the best talon the crows have ever seen," I cross my arms, "There's no one quite like him."

The two elven women seem surprised by these answers, looking down the beach at the team and then looking at each other, holding a conversation with their eyes alone.

It was kind of impressive how in sync they were.

"And what do you hope to make of yourself, then? If Viago is to be Fifth Talon? Do you wish to be his guildmaster?"

Huh.

I guess I hadn't really ever considered that, it was a goal to do it just to piss Leo off, but never something I ever seriously considered for myself.

"Just... Juno, I think," I give a small shrug, "Do what I have to, support Viago -- and whatever happens, happens."

"Do you have any specialties, then?" Heir asks, and I nearly sigh at the question.

"Yes," Though, I guess we could argue I had two, "I am training under Teia to become a seduction expert, and alongside Viago to be a potions expert."

"Seductions?" Heir repeats, a small pink blush dusting her cheeks and ears. "I guess I'm surprised you... enjoy that."

"Nobody enjoys it," Viela scoffs, "It's just part of the job."

"Maybe Teia." Thea adds.

"Maybe Teia," I agree.

Perhaps getting to know these recruits wouldn’t be as difficult as I once thought.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 32: Little Bird Training

Notes:

Day 1 of traiiiiining, bring on the fuckery!
*jazz hands*

What's that you say? Juno is slowly turning into her father during her internal monologues? Yeah, probably.
Aren't we all a little bit Zevran, sometimes?

Next set of cards by Meg are Javi and Arlo! I hadn't thought much about their "crow" names, but I think what I settled on was fitting for each of the boys. Lemme tell you, Meg drew these boys for the first time like maybe a few weeks into me writing, and has only progressed to PERFECTING their looks since. She gets me. She gets my brain.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


My first mistake was thinking, even for a moment, that Javier and Arlo would not take this opportunity to work me to the bone. When I catch my breath and fight off the chemical imbalance in my brain, it's over for these bitches.

"Come on Juno, don't tell me 10 laps is enough to put you out for the rest of the day," Javier chuckles, watching me jog about 20 paces behind the rest of the group, "Crows are supposed to fly , not crawl!"

"You're going to be crawling into your fucking grave when I get my hands on you," I grumble, taking a sharp breath in to give myself the boost to catch up with the rest of the group.

"What was that?" He calls, but I simply look around, trying to figure out whatever he could mean, surely I didn't speak .

"Is he always this much of a hard-ass?" Fletcher groans, and I feel my mouth twist into a grimace.

"No, it's probably just me he's got it out for-- you're just collateral damage."

"Then do us all a favor--" Chance wipes some sweat from his brow, "Stop fighting with your brother. Or I will toss your body from the cliff into the sea."

"10 laps around a training field? Easy," Heir huffs, "10 laps around an entire beach? Borderline torture."

"You guys sure do complain a lot," Viela laughs, leading the group across the beach. "It's just a casual 5 pounds of sand in your boots, what's the big deal ?"

"I for one, find this boring," Thea says, and I can't quite tell from her tone, but I think that's also sarcasm.

"BLOOD OF THE MAKER! " There's a cacophony of sounds, Fletcher yelling, the sound of me colliding into his back, the sound of him tumbling into Chance-- both of them falling over. What the hell was happening? "Who's throwing KNIVES?!" Fletcher groans, pulling his face up out of the sound. Sure enough, there's a throwing knife sticking out of the white beach sand only paces from where we were running. If Fletcher hadn't stopped... where would that knife be?

"You want things to be more interesting ," A voice from above, and I look up to the stone ruins in the middle of the beach. Arlo is perched, a particularly proud grin on his lips, and several knives in his hand. "We can make it more interesting."

"Shit ," I shove at Viela's back, "Run, start running again--  Now !!" I don't wait to see who's following, I know better. Training with Arlo is all fun and games up until it isn't . Stress throwing knives at hay targets? Sure. But Arlo got bored with that fast, and suddenly it's ' oh Juno, let's balance this apple on your head and see if I can hit it ' or ' do you think we could make a rotating platform that holds someone up against a wall? '.

I'm not sticking around to test his goddamn accuracy.

"HOW IS THIS TRAINING?!" I can hear Heir shout from behind me.

"If you can't sense a knife coming, you won't make it in the field!" I hear a few more sounds of something twisting in the air, almost like the flapping of bird wings, and duck and slide to the left to cut a corner and avoid Arlo's target practice.

"You know, Thea, some things are better left unsaid, specifically things like ' I'm bored just running 10 laps '." I take a second to look back at the group, thankfully seeing no one actually had a knife lodged in them.

"Yeah, I tend to realize that generally right after I've said them," She shakes her head, her brown ponytail whipping behind her, "I just didn't realize your brother was a complete psychopath when I said it!"

I can practically see her ears register the next knife coming, and she ducks down, spinning around to look up at Arlo on his perch. The knife lodges into the sand beside her, but rests there only for a moment before the handle is in her fingers, and she's launched the knife back.

You mad woman... That was kind of cool.

Arlo reaches up, catching the knife by the handle despite it flying towards him constantly flipping--- also kind of cool .

His eyes move from the knife down to Thea, his eyebrows furrowing down in a way that makes me think I might actually see Arlo pissed off for once, but alas, he gets a smirk on his face that makes me absolutely sure he's pleased to finally be amused for once.

Going to have to dissect that later, when he isn't reaching into his pockets for more knives-- How many knives does he even fucking have!?

Javier is waiting at the water's edge, the final checkpoint to mark the end of 10 laps. Despite the constriction in my lungs, I press on, checking back once more to make sure everyone was following suit-- no stragglers. Excellent.

Javier holds out his hand to give each recruit a high five as we reach the end of the beach, and I feel my legs give out beneath me, falling into the sand to catch my breath.

"Ah, see, you just needed a little extra motivation so as to not embarrass us entirely," Javier laughs, "The sharp, pointy kind!"

"Dick--head--" I curse him between breaths.

"Don't insult your teacher!" 

"Not insulting-- describing."

"Mouthy recruits go pick up the knives," Arlo grabs me by my collar and hoists me back to my feet effortlessly, "Off you go."

I think the fuck not you trick-ass bit--

His eyebrow raises expectantly. Oh, you have GOT to be kidding me. Don't throw your fucking knives if you want to keep them, Arlo!

FINE. But I wasn't fucking RUNNING .

.

.

.

Rivain had some cooler spots, spots with enough trees to provide shade and nest birds-- and trees that could be used as obstacles in the world's most complex parkour obstacle course. This time it wasn't about speed, Javier said, it was about keeping quiet while you move. Keeping eyes on your surroundings-- dodging puddles, making your jumps on the first try, not stepping on sticks small enough to break; moving like a real crow. How to use your toes to vault forward when ending a jump to avoid the usual 'thud' of a landing, how to utilize your fingers vs your palms to muffle sound when you need to grab hold of something and most importantly, keeping your breaths shallow so as not to make unnecessary sounds even when overexerted.

Being quiet was probably something I was actually the worst at, especially when Javier and Arlo are right there to annoy the hell out of, but I face the wrath of the rest of the team if I rope us into any excess punishments, so quiet I must remain.

The only shitty thing about boot camp has been not seeing Viago, Teia, Illario or Lucanis all day. I recognize that they specifically need solo combat training due to the intense and solitary nature of taking on a Talon successor contract, but to not even get a glimpse of any of them? I don't know, I guess it was just a little lonely.

Am I really so pathetic ? So emotionally attached to my friends that it makes me pout while scaling clifftops?

Is Viago pouting too, did he miss me ? Probably not. ' I.do.not.pout. ' he'd say, very clearly pouting. He's probably relieved to not have to be monitoring me, and even more relieved that our group wasn't anywhere near Noa and Neri to get myself in trouble. No, the only trouble I can get up to here is with Javier and Arlo, and they're not even letting me.

This isn't boot camp. This is prison . They're holding me prisoner.

I can't even have 1 shenan, let alone being able to shenan-again.

"Come, one final test before we head back to camp," Arlo leaps from the trees, each of us trailing after him. Javier and Arlo watch as all of us fall into a line, facing them for instructions-- who knew classes would actually feel like classes? Arlo takes another throwing knife from his pocket, and every recruit, myself included, visibly tenses. He lifts his arm, turning in a sharp movement and hurling the knife off to his left, where it lands in an old column, seemingly a piece of crumbling architecture from whatever remained of the fort that was once here.

"One by one, I'd like to see each of you showcase your stealth skills. You will go into stealth, retrieve the knife and bring it back to Arlo."

Easy in theory, but...

"Javier," I say, but he holds up a hand.

"Juno, you will have to use that glimmer we've been working on."

"Glimmer?" Viela quirks a brow, "You're a mage ? Not a rogue?"

Fine, whatever, that is actually easy in theory.

"How will this be showcasing any skills if you can't see us?" Chance asks, crossing his arms against his chest.

"Oh that's easy," Arlo pulls a bag off his shoulder that he had been carrying since the start of this exercise, dropping it onto the ground.

There's a familiar clattering as it hits the ground. God dammit, Arlo, who has a BAG FULL OF KNIVES?

"Everyone will be trying to hit you. Stay stealthy, don't get hit, and once that knife is in your hand-- the other knives stop." Arlo gives a casual shrug, as if he didn't just explain we'd be in another round of knife dodgeball. "Who wants to go first?"

There's a silence that falls over the group, and Javier breaks it with a laugh.

"Okay, not everybody at once-- Guys, relax , we have healing potions, and nobody is aiming for the heart or head. This is meant to seem scary, because it's not fun and games on a contract mission."

"Alright, alright," Heir sighs, "I'll go."

"Knives!" Arlo reminds us, gesturing down to the bag on the ground. We all share a concerned look before retrieving a knife out of the bag. "Whenever you're ready, Heir,"

Heir takes a deep breath, and I watch the hair at the base of her pixie cut stand a bit on her neck, before she vanishes into a puff of smoke, flawless stealth execution.

It made sense, really, why they paired silent parkour with this-- because if we caught any noise in your steps, that was a knife in your direction. Of course, the elves happened to be at an advantage here, our ears able to pick up more than the gentleman in the group. Viela and Thea seem to have another silent conversation with their eyes, before Thea raises her hand and quickly whips a knife towards the ground. There's a gasp that carries in the silence, but the tiny puffs of sand up into the air seem to indicate the knife didn't hit Heir. That seems to be the green flag everyone else needed to throw, a flurry of knives being tossed at the last place sand was tossed up. There's a couple more obvious noises, but I make the executive decision to poorly toss my knife, landing about 6 feet to the right of where I could hear Heir.

I can hear Arlo's grumble of disapproval.

Eat me.

Heir pulls herself out of stealth as she grabs onto the knife, pulling it from the column and delivering it to Arlo with a proud smile.

"Excellent job, Heir, you managed to dodge the knives-- even if some of our recruits decided to pull their punches." His gaze meets mine and I once again find myself admiring the sky-- so blue here, wow .

Viela volunteers to go next, and the rest of us retrieve our throwing knives from the sand. Thea nudges me as we walk back to our spots facing the column, "A word of advice? She'll be more upset if you miss on purpose." There's a thwack behind us as Arlo lodges another throwing knife in the column.

Yeesh. Okay.

Viela didn't even wait for any indicator that she should start, she just jumped right into stealth-- literally, lept off one foot to begin her speedrun to get the knife. Viela was smart, rather than taking the direct path, where he footsteps could easily be seen in the sand, especially at that speed, she jumped from each piece of crumbled ruin, only the softest tap of her tip toes hitting the ruins giving away that she was ever there at all, and by the time you realized where the noise was, she had already moved on. Each knife throw was essentially useless.

By the time she had made her last leap up to get the knife-- barely a minute had passed. She brought it back to Arlo, inspecting where everyone's knives had landed on her walk back, clearly unimpressed.

Fletcher and Chance decided to focus on staying quiet, as the previous training had taught, and they actually did a great job with that, everyone was doing pretty remarkably despite the pressure. Even Thea moved like a ghost, barely a rock or grain of sand out of place-- though most notably, instead of bringing the knife all the way back to Arlo, she simply hurled it at him, watching it notch in the tree behind him with a daring look on her face.

She must have taken the earlier training personally, which, she shouldn't-- because it's Arlo and it's knives but... I suppose she doesn't know that. He probably just seems like the maniac throwing blades around all day.

"All right, glimmer , you're up," Javier gestures to me, and I stand over on the same mark the others had stood before beginning. I reach for my thigh, unsnapping my holster and drawing my mage blade, preparing to cast, "---Ah, without the blade, Juno."

I look over at Javier, a bit confused, but go to tuck the blade in its holster again.

"--No, Juno. No blade at all. Drop it."

He's joking, surely?

"I can't, Javie,"

"You can," He sighs, marching over to pull the blade from my hands. "You've been practicing, so give it a shot."

I feel my heart race a bit as my now empty palm falls a bit, but Javier holds my hands back up, stepping away when he decides they're at the right level for casting.

"This is a bad idea," I mumble.

"I'm full of em, let's go Juno, you're holding up dinner. Cast."

I felt a slight shake to my hands, at least glimmer magic wasn't... well, elemental in the worst way. I wouldn't have to worry about starting a fire or having lightning smite me down from casting glimmer-- but it didn't make the worry halt entirely. Could I cast a full body glimmer without my knife? I can't believe he's going to make me do this in front of other people-- I haven't trained enough for this--

"Hey," My tunnel vision snaps back into focus at the sound of Arlo's voice. He's grabbed on to one of my hands, bending my fingers at the knuckle but leaving my index finger pointing out. "Breathe," He takes the mage blade from Javier, placing the handle right at my fingertip. "You're touching it, okay? Relax. Nothing will go wrong,"

I feel myself give a small nod.

"Good, now shut your eyes," I press my index finger down firmly on the handle of the knife, "Now cast like you normally do, magic flowing through you, looping through the knife, being tamed in the arcane blade-- a constant flow." I can feel mana coursing through me. Arlo probably doesn't know this about himself, but he would make a great hypnotist, or maybe a therapist? Maybe both. He's just got a very comforting, low toned voice. It's easy to focus on. "And when that flow feels nice and steady, calm, let it out your fingertips. Show the magic where you need it to go, focus on hiding yourself."

I can feel the familiar tingle of magic touching my skin on the outside rather than the inside. It was always such a lovely feeling-- reminding me of Auntie Morrigan who always liked to use magic to transform in her free time rather than only using it for combat. She taught me that the feeling of magic on the skin was once more common than anything else in the world, but we lost that long ago. She always said to relish in the feeling, whenever the opportunity presented itself.

"Open your eyes," Arlo commands, and when I look out and see my hands, I see not only a successful glimmer cast, but his gloved finger holding mine up, mage knife back in Javier's hands altogether. He had tricked me.

He had also helped me.

I pulled my finger from his, the glimmer fading from his body as we parted. Arlo was no conduit for magic, he couldn't maintain a glimmer spell without the help of an arcane item-- mages on the other hand? We weren't just conduits, we were magic furnaces. We didn't just use magic, we created magic.

I took my time creeping to the crumbling column to pull the knife, nearly getting nicked by a few incoming knives as I creeped over, but thankfully all the time spent training with Arlo meant that throwing knives were a bit less scary now and more just an everyday hazard, especially if he wasn't the one throwing them.

I climb the column, letting my glimmer fall off as I pull the knife from it. Arlo strides over to the column, a wide grin taking over his features, "I told you nothing would go wrong," I let out a laugh as I leaped from the column at him, being caught in his arms by my torso and spun around just once before being placed in the sand. "Great job, little bird. You make me so proud."

My smile reaches my eyes, and then all at once, I remember there's an audience-- and my cheeks flush entirely at all the staring. Chance, Heir and Fletcher seem mostly pleased, if not smirking outright at the interaction. Viela seemed to once again be looking over where each knife had landed.

And then there was Thea.

What an odd expression that was.

I wonder if she knew how wide her eyes were compared to her usual half-lidded stare.

But it was directed about a foot taller than me-- Looking at Arlo, in fact.

I n t e r e s t i n g.

"On that note-- Let's get back to camp, we've done everything we set out to do today," Javier picks up Arlo's bag and collects everyone's knives, handing the bag back to his older brother once it was refilled, "Let's get some food, take a well deserved rest, and we'll be back at it bright and early tomorrow, yes?"

The relief that washed over my body getting to be back at camp was quickly drowned out when I saw the condition my friends were in-- Whatever they were going through on this Successor training, it was kicking their asses.

"You're fretting," Viago states, his blue eyes unamused as I sterilized a cotton pad to press to the scrape on his cheek.

"As I should," I confirm, not bothering to deny it as he oft did, "You're a mess."

"You should see the other guy," Viago chuckles, looking over to Illario, who had several cuts on his cheeks.

"I CAN and I'm fretting over him, too! What the hell did they have you doing today?"

"Sparring." Viago answers.

"Constantly," Illario adds, "And if you dropped your weapon, then you were fucked, because you only get one. No back up, no back up weapons, no potions-- just combat."

"That seems a little excessive, under what circumstances would any crow ever need to work entirely alone besides the successor mission?" I scoff, grabbing some topical elfroot cream to cover Viago's cheek.

"If your entire team is slaughtered," Lucanis answers, observing from a log by the fire. "If one target is able to take out your entire team, and you're all that's left."

A shiver rolls down my spine.

Was that what it was like for his family? His mother? His father? I still have so many questions. I need that god damn mission report. I needed to know what happened.

"It's not about that anyways," Viago scoffs, "It's about proving yourself. If you cannot hold your own, then you're no crow. If an assassin can't stand on their own, they're of no use to an organization where betrayal could be around any corner."

And where does that leave me-- I couldn't even cast a glimmer without my knife without Arlo walking me through it-- there's no way I would make it through a Talon mission-- not that I wanted to, but it just goes to show I couldn't stand on my own, either.

Here I was thinking I had been doing so well with all my training this last year, I wasn't even part of the way to where I needed to be. Who would I be if I lost my mage blade? How would I fight then? I can't burn every building to the ground just to escape. A contract didn't involve arson... usually.

"That was a basic spell, if she can't cast a basic spell, why is she so far into recruit training that they're sending her to boot camp? This is supposed to be for those ready to be inducted," I halt my fingers against Viago's cheek as I overhear the conversation spoken in hushed whispers on the other side of the campfire.

"Yeah, but that was casting without a staff or anything, Thea. That's harder for mages--"

"Not mages of her age , Viela! That should be as simple as stealth for us--"

You've got to be kidding me-- I'm RIGHT here. I can hear you, I have the same hyper sensitive ears as you--

"Let me stop you there," I say, loud enough so the two girls can hear me over the campfire. I rise to my feet and place down the cream jar in front of Viago, "It's not about simplicity. It's not about my age, or what I can or can't cast." I unclip my thigh holster, pulling the blade from its holster and casting a demonstrative static whip. "It's about control--"

I fade step, appearing about 50 feet away from the base now, it takes them a moment to find me, but I hold their gaze when they do. "and it's about power, what I lack and what I have in excess."

I toss my mage blade into the sand, letting the emotions from the past few minutes hit and sink in. I still know nothing about what Papa did to the Dellamortes after a year. I wasn't able to cast a spell without my mage blade without absolutely panicking. I embarrassed myself in front of the team I'd be training with for an entire week. They don't even think I'm capable enough to be inducted. And the audacity to have the conversation not even twenty feet from me?

The electricity formed around me without me even calling to it. The only indicator that it was even mine was that it all seemed to burst out of me, searching for whatever the quickest path to the ground was. The strikes around me hit the sand, melting it to glass with each particularly large bolt.

"So yeah, after only a year training with the crows, I can only just barely cast a glimmer without a conduit," I reach down and scoop up my blade, tucking it into its holster on my thigh, the electricity dying down in an instant. As I walk back to the campfire, I pull my eyes from them and choose to focus on the fire instead, "But don't let that be any indicator of what I can do with my mage blade in hand-- because you will be severely underestimating me."

"I didn't... I didn't realize that you had--"

"Save it," I roll my eyes as I step past and make my way over to Illario, "You'd better spend your time resting than trying to dissect my life without even bothering to get to know me."

"Juno," Illario gives me a knowing look, and I recall that it was him who once told me I should attempt to make friends in other houses. Bastard.

"Just-- It's fine," I look over my shoulder at the two elves, "You don't know me, so it's fine."

I look back to Illario, who gives a resigned sigh before leaning his face down a bit for me to begin sterilizing. "That could have gone better," He remarks, but I hold the cotton round soaked in alcohol a few seconds longer to his cuts, "Ah-- I'm not your enemy here, little bird."

"No? You could be, if you keep being so smug," I pull the cotton off his face and look at the cuts. They were such perfect lines, they almost looked like claws. "Viago really did a number on you, huh?"

"That, unfortunately, was Teia," He remarks, his lips forming a thin line. "Be honest, do you think it'll scar?"

I snort, dipping my finger into the elfroot cream and coating his scratches, "No, I think your pretty face will be juuuuust fine ."

"Thank goodness, it's my greatest asset, you know?" Illario chuckles at his own joke, his hazel eyes appearing more green in the light of the fire. "Did you have an alright day?" He asks, and I'm a bit surprised at the innocence behind the question-- though I suppose, when someone's up in your face tending to your wounds, you tend to want to be kinder to them in hope they'll be kinder to you in return.

"It wasn't bad, per se. Lots of running. Lots of dodging knives,"

"Classic Arlo."

"Classic Arlo," I agree, looking over Illario's cheek one more time before offering him a gentle smile. "There, should be mostly healed up by morning. No scarring."

I go to stand, but Illario grabs my arm and keeps me kneeling in front of him, a curious look on his face.

"Illario?" I ask, looking down at his grip on my arm, "Everything okay?"

"Thank you," He says, slowly releasing me. "I just wanted to say thank you," He clears his throat, "You've uh-- you've gotten really good at crafting medicine and I-I just wanted to acknowledge that. You do medicine.. good. Y--"

"I don't think I can continue to bear witness to this mess," Teia giggles, appearing beside us both, "You're trained much better than this, Illario, what's the matter-- cat got your tongue?"

"Buzz off, Teia,"

"Oh come now-- I came to apologize about the nail marks!"

I shake my head and make my escape, meeting Lucanis on his little log bench by the fire, taking a seat beside his discarded dinner bowl. Not surprising at all, Lucanis had essentially no marks on him at all. Maybe a small bruise or two, but no open wounds that would require topical ointments.

"Seems like there was a clear winner in today's sparring," I observe, which Lucanis gives a nonchalant shrug in response to.

"I'd say I was the only one focused on the objective, but that would be a lie," Lucanis looks me over, his brown eyes glowing a delightful orange in the fire lights. "I had other things on my mind."

"And whatever could that be?" I ask, faux-innocently. I knew damn well what he meant, but I almost wanted to hear him yell it. Maybe not when Viago is 20 feet away. "You've barely touched your crow's feed-- did you not sneak in extra ingredients this time?"

"Ugh," Lucanis looks down at the bowl between us, "How is it that people can be okay with just eating the same thing every time they go on a mission? That's several times a week at this point, who wants that much rice and onion?"

"Sounds like you're a picky eater," I joke.

"I have my preferred tastes," He counters, raising a challenging eyebrow at me and running his tongue over his cuspids. "And my cravings ."

Maker's breath.

"Shame that you're on a trip, the menu is preplanned, no room for cravings." You better pick up what I'm putting down because I am not fucking you in a tent that's not even 10 feet from my brother's.

"We'll see about that," Lucanis gives a breathy laugh, giving my body another once over before dragging his eyes back to the fire.

Unless he could find something not in the tent, I guess.

Never bite the hand that fingers you, or whatever the saying is.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 33: Little Bird, Mingling

Notes:

I am once again informing you I am half asleep already
Ugh I just. everything I *WANT* to write is in the next episode.
Im just exhausted and i cant write any more lest I fall asleep at my laptop again.

listen are you pickin up what im putting down in this chapter? very important.

The next pair of cards is Thea and Viela! Finally some other house representation. I think these cards are so badass, it was fun to think about what everyone was best at as far as their skills go-- and to think about how skilled they would be when they're still training to be crows / waiting to be inducted.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Something felt particularly cursed about making coffee in such a large soup pot over the fire pit first thing in the morning, but no one peeped a complaint.

Every yawn was followed by the raising of a mug to the lips-- barely a word was spoken over breakfast. The most awake of all the recruits was Teia, the notorious morning person, and basically everyone else looks like they had either gotten no sleep at all, or were potentially still asleep clutching a coffee cup.

My head was against Viago's shoulder, who in turn was leaning his cheek on the hand of his opposing side. The other two De Riva's were not much better, trying their damnedest to use each other as backrests and stay upright.

I guess being nighttime specialty assassins comes with serious 'waking up' issues.

"Excuse me," It feels directed at me-- it probably is. But I'm just so comfy. "Juno?"

" hngngg ?"

"Could you spare a moment of your time?" A heavy sigh rocks my chest, but I can tell it's Viela speaking, and I should likely force myself awake to hear what she has to say. I clear my throat a bit, pulling my face off of Viago's shoulder. I'm almost positive the seam of his leather shoulder piece has left a line on my face.

There's a low grumble beside me, and Viago blinks his eyes open slowly as well.

"Uh, away from Viago, if you don't mind--" Viela starts, and I watch her tense as Viago drags his tired eyes to view who was speaking about him.

"Sure," I rub at my face, standing carefully so as to not spill the mug in my hands. I could never really chug coffee like Javier or Lucanis could-- I was a sipper. It was just difficult to drink with nothing sweet to dip in it. I follow Viela over to the edge of the forest, where I can see as we approach, Thea is waiting anxiously.

At least I think she's anxious, her facial expressions can be hard to read.

"We were hoping to apologize," Viela leads, nodding to Thea.

"I didn't mean for my words to come across as critical," The brunette tries to find her words, gesturing with her hands, "I was unaware you had only been training with the crows for a year. When you were introduced as the youngest of House De Riva, I just assumed you had been in training for as long as everyone else." Thea looks to Viela, seemingly pleading with the girl in yet another wordless conversation.

"She was a bit worried that perhaps you were being forced into initiation-- that you didn't actually want to be a crow."

"Is that... common?" I lifted my coffee cup to my lips, unsure where this conversation was going. "Are people forced into being sworn in?"

"More frequently than anyone realizes," Thea answers, "And I've made a habit of, well... keeping an eye on them, since no one else is," The teal eyed elf crosses her arms, "I took the lack of magical ability as a sign that you weren't here by choice. I'm sorry. I was trying to figure out, after that whole display with Arlo, if you did in fact want to be here, and I spoke my thoughts out loud. That was foolish of me."

Is that how it looked?

"Okay," I give a small nod, sucking the coffee off my bottom lip while processing the conversation. "That's fine, then. No worries."

"Just like that?" Thea asks, disbelief written across her features.

"Yeah," I answer, giving a small shrug. "You aren't wrong, I'm lacking. I'm lacking in a lot of areas, actually, but I've been working non-stop for a year to fix it, and I am leaps and bounds from where I was, so I can't complain. Not like you'd know any of that,"

Thea and Viela share a glance, nodding at each other before looking back to me.

"Would you like assistance?" Viela quirks an eyebrow up, a small smirk on her face.

"I don't think either of us can help with potions, but I have trained alongside Teia for some time with seductions--"

"And I might be able to help you meditate to try and control your magic better, I can't speak much on how your mana flows, but meditation always seems to help me focus on one thing later on, it may help you too."

That woke me up.

"Oh," I lower my mug, looking over the two elves to make sure they were serious, "Actually, that would be exceptionally helpful, I think with Teia and Viago moving up, I may be out a few teachers."

"Then it is settled," Thea gets the smallest smile on her lips, a perfect natural nude color that could hypnotize you if you stared too long, "I will teach you seduction in Teia's place, when shall we begin?"

"Let's just get through today's training first, I have a feeling I'm going to have to deal with more knives today,"

"Yeah, what exactly is up with that, by the way?" Viela looks back over to camp, observing Arlo and Javier who are still trying to wake up. "Is he always like that?"

"Arlo?" I ask, following Viela's gaze to the camp. "No, I think he's just happy to not be at home."

"Does he throw knives at everyone there, too?" Thea asks, a particular drop of venom in her tone.

"No, no-- well, he asks at home. I say yes if I need to get my heartrate up," I snorted, taking another sip of the coffee that I wasn't even enjoying, "Arlo's really smart, actually, he's probably taught me more than anyone else in my time with the crows. And he's very patient with me if I'm injured or sad or having a hard time-- Try not to judge him too harshly. There's good in him, you just have to see past the pointy parts." I direct my comment mostly at Thea, who seems to have a vendetta against Arlo presently.

"And the other one? The quieter one?"

"Ja--" Wait a damn minute, quieter one ? "Javier? Quiet?"

"Indeed,"

"Oh no, no no no," I snort, "Alright it's settled, I'll introduce you to the real Javie after dinner. He is not quiet."

The day started out easy enough after that, it seemed like Javier's general training plan involved some physical fitness in the morning followed by two training sessions each day, one which encouraged more one-on-one mentoring and another in which we functioned as a team. Having recreated Andruil's hunt again in the morning (Which I, unsurprisingly, lost again) we were now working with both Javier and Arlo on knife throwing techniques.

This was the one training exercise I felt absolutely confident in-- I may be absolute shit at controlling my magic, and pretty bad at being quiet and jogging-- But I'll be damned if Arlo didn't teach me how to throw the perfect knife.

It still felt like therapy, even after all this time. With every knife that collided into the wooden painted target, I was able to process another problem.

Thunk. Maybe I was finally on the right path to making more friends, now that all that stuff was worked out this morning.

Thunk. If I just buckle down and work hard, get inducted, I can look for the damn report myself on Lucanis' parents. Or, fuck, maybe If Dad's still out there and I hear back from him ever I can just ask in a letter.

Thunk. Maybe my next letter should be sent to Merril, I think she's somewhere in Northern Thedas. I'm sure Mama would love to visit with her, even if Merril never really seemed to like Papa.

Thunk. I feel like I've barely had a breath of a moment to speak to Lucanis all week. This blows. Well. I blow, this is just boring in comparison.

Thunk. If Matteo rewrote all those logs, did he also change the ledger balance each time? Is Leo truly smart enough to do all the math out each time? Will he get in trouble? And most importantly, what kind of trouble would he get into?

Thunk. Matteo has to name Viago successor before anything else happens. If he's stripped of power before then, another house could take over, or the title could be handed to Leo since he was the first born. The whole house could be dissolved and separated, I'd be De Riva-less.

Thunk. What was up with Illario last night? That was weird, right? Him stuttering and stumbling like he wasn't always the most smooth person in the room? I've never seen him lose his words like that. It was... charming.

"That's not what I said--" Arlo's tone catches my attention, and I look to my right to see him correcting Thea's form. His hand in on hers, his fingers glued to hers so that he can ghost over her form, separating her fingers as he draws her hand back and then forward. " Release, come apart," He pulls her hand back again, over-exaggerating the separation of her fingers. "You aren't just letting go of the knife, you're letting go of your troubles with it, throw that knife like it had chains on it. Free yourself."

He slips her knife handle back into Thea's hands, his brown eyes watching over her curiously as she sets up for another throw. Sure enough, that gentle Arlo coaching came through, and the knife picks up more speed as it flies through the air, resulting in more spins. "Beautifully done, Thea," Arlo grins a peculiar grin, not one I've ever really seen him wear before-- He had to be up to no good. "Remember the way my fingers guided you, and you should do just fine."

There is definitely an innuendo in there.

But, honestly? He looks pleased. I'll let him have it, keep my meddling to a minimum for now.

"I do think the knife is supposed to turn when you throw it, Fletcher," Viela comments, further down the line. "Just imagine Arlo fingering you, he says that helps."

"I'd rather not," Fletcher comments, and I suppress a chuckle. Good to know there's others around to give Arlo shit when I feel obligated not to.

"I'd also rather you not," Javier comments, letting out the laugh I fought to keep in. "Fletcher, maybe you ought to try tossing from the blade end, easier to get momentum going if the part you're flinging is the heavy part."Javier watches Fletcher throw from the blade end, giving an approving now that the blade spins a couple of times on this throw. "Viela, the blade should be spinning hilt over tip, why is it yours is twisting like a doorknob?"

"You didn't say it had to twist in only one way," Viela looks over her piece of target, which was littered with knives that were, for the most part, thrown in at a relatively straight angle more like darts than like throwing knives.

"That was common sense, I fear," Javier answers, sliding his leg out to move Viela's back, "And you're too far forward. You keep completing steps when you throw, try staying in one spot."

Viela watches as Javie picks up a throwing knife from the table, barely even sliding forward a step as he throws, then returns his feet back to their starting position. "Keep the distance between yourself and your target for as long as they're alive," He shrugs, looking back at the violet eyed elf. "Otherwise you're setting yourself up to be ambushed."

Viela gives a nod, instantly turning back to the target and grabbing a knife. She makes another large step forward, and Javier quickly grabs her hips once she has thrown, pulling her back into her starting position. "There is no need to be flying away with the knife every time you throw it, keep that left foot anchored and always come home to it."

Is it just me or is everything... more sensual now that I've had a dick in my mouth?

Were things always like this in the world around me and I just missed it? I'd say its like watching Teia and Viago but those two are far more mouthy with each other than this.

"Juno, secret pockets, go," Arlo barks, and I knew that command like the back of my hand-- secret pockets, secret knives. Three, for me. Probably closer to seven, for him. Three knives in hand, jump, throw, land, throw low, rise up-- last throw. Make it rain knives baby--- secret pockets.

"And why do we keep secret pocket knives?"

"Because attempted murders don't get the payout!"

"Very good," Arlo looks over the sunset, "I think that's it for today, lets get back to camp."

I am once again relieved to see all my future talons right where I left them, thankfully not as damaged today as I had found them yesterday, apart from Illario, who once again had wounds on his cheek. Poor guy had it rough in these training sessions.

"What happened this time? Teia again?" I joke, kneeling down in front of Illario as he sits on a driftwood log in front of the fire.

"Something like that," He admits, and I watch as his cheeks flush ever so slightly.

"He brushed against a palm tree," Teia giggles, "You really should have seen it, I'd think it was on purpose if he hadn't just taken a hit to the skull."

"Teia," I click my tongue, dipping my finger into the elfroot ointment, "Illario wouldn't get hurt on purpose, he's got a reputation to uphold."

"Do I?" Illario grins a little as I reach my hand up to his cheek, "What reputation is that?"

"As a Dellamorte, as a potential successor to the first talon-- As someone who highly values their face and was just asking me if he would get any scars last time." I brush my fingers over his gash, delicately putting the ointment directly into the wound as the rest of my fingers hold his cheek in place. "Worry not, this shouldn't scar either, you've still got perfectly perfect skin once this heals."

"What were you working on today?" He asks quietly as I cap the ointment once more, "I feel like you come back into camp in a better mood than the rest of us."

"Oh," I give a small shrug "We did Andruil's hunt and then worked on knife throwing-- don't be fooled, I'm in a good mood when I come back because I get to see you guys again, it has nothing to do with enjoying having to listen to Javier and Arlo talk all day."

"Big words coming from the sister who promised me antivan brandy the day we got here and has been depriving me for two nights since." Javier jokes, and I step up to my bag, pulling the bottle out and looking over my older brother.

"I thought you'd never ask, babes," I lift the bottle before cracking it  open, "Just make sure you don't live to regret it in the morning.

"Father raised a depressed middle child, not a little bitch-- pour me a cup, you punk."

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 34: Little Bird Tongue Techniques

Notes:

I just want to make sure I include a little link here; this is what I picture Juno's dance to look a bit like;
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kdx002WKBjQ

We stan a mediocre queen.

I probably could've broken this up into two chapter somewhere, but meh. Take a 14 page chapter, there's fun stuff in there.
I think tomorrow's chapter will have some more time with Lucanis, have the Talon squad needing the other recruits for some exercises.
Thanks for your patience while I have clearly been on my Illario kick.
What do we think's gonna happen there, ey?

Love you birdies!

Last set of cards from Meg: Juno, Lucanis and Illario! Lucanis technically doesn't earn that nickname until later, but I wasn't about to change his assassin nickname either. I LOVE these cards.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


A lot of people think Antivan Brandy is too much. It'll get you drunk too quickly, it's too strong; but here's the thing-- I'm not drinking to get drunk , or drinking to get a buzz-- I'm drinking to not feel my feet. I'm drinking to be able to let my past slip away for a while and be able to laugh in its absence. When I drink, I'm hoping to not be lost in my mind for a while.

Drunk inner monologues don't remember pain, or at least, mine don't.

And besides, no one is more fun to drink with than Javie.

"Your spirit animal is not a fucking wolf , Juno," He snorts, sipping his brandy out of the same mug he had his coffee in that very morning. "Your spirit animal is something tiny, like a bat or a vole."

"You're such an asshole," I laugh, shoving his arm.

"Incorrect, I irritate assholes. I'm more like hemorrhoids or pinworms ."

"First time all day you've said something I can agree with--" Arlo takes a seat on the other side of me, holding out his mug expectantly. He's lucky I like sharing. "I believe it was determined quite some time ago, however, that Juno's spirit animal was a little bird ."

"That's not a species," The bottle shakes a bit as I pour, a result of my shoulders reacting to the conversation. "Little bird like what? A blackbird? A crow?"

"What are those ones that look like they're smaller birds dressed up as crows? Like a mockingbird in disguise?"

"A grackle?" I ask, earning a snap and a point from Arlo as he pulls the mug to his lips.

"That's it! That's the one. Grackle, little bird disguised as a crow."

"Arlo's spirit animal is a sea sponge, because he's a giant dic--"

"Have room for more, and more brandy?" A sloshing sound comes from above as Teia shakes a second bottle of brandy in her hand.

"Teia!!" I cheer, and then I see Heir poke her head out from behind Teia shyly, with a third bottle of brandy. " Hell yeah ," I whisper.

"That much brandy is going to need a crowd--" Javier stands, patting off his legs before trotting off to retrieve the rest of the recruits. 

It was nice to have a chance to get out of our recruit uniforms, we had all taken the time to wash them and hang them out to dry while the sun was still out, meaning everyone was in their casual clothes for now. Or as Viago liked to call mine; pieces of fabric masquerading as a shirt.

I refuse to throw away Auntie's clothes, they're comfy and I like them.

"Will you get in trouble with Neri and Noa for drinking with us?" I ask Arlo, who rolls his eyes.

"Please, this is no different than any initiation party. In fact, I'd argue there's no better bonding with your fellow crows than enjoying a drink or two," Arlo eyes the other two bottles being uncorked by Teia, " Or seven. "

Everybody spilled in around the campfire closest to the recruits' tents, Neri and Noa preferred to give the recruits their space and ultimately went to bed for the evening, something greatly appreciated by all us recruits who were just looking for a break in our down time.

It was amazing how a group of people who had either already or at some point would commit murder could still find ways to bond and smile despite whatever cacophony of shit brought us all to the same organization.

If nothing else, we all knew how to tell fun stories.

"--But because Javier jumped, because he was afraid, my blade wound up pinning his pant leg to the wall. Nearly tripped out of his pants entirely before they simply ripped and dropped him to the ground," A few scattered laughs dance over the fire, flames licking at the cooling air.

I give Arlo a pat on the shoulder before grabbing a bottle of the brandy and scooting my way over to Viela, Fletcher and Thea, who sat on the complete opposite side of the fire. I place my own mug down in the sand for a moment, holding a bottle up and gesturing to it, directing the offer to Fletcher.

"Oh benevolent goddess, please refill mine cup!" Fletcher holds out his cup with a rather cheeky grin, and I uncork the bottle before him.

"As you wish, good sir!" I give a nod to the girls, "Ladies, doth thy need thine drinks topped off?"

"I doth? ... Dos? Does?" Viela squints a bit as she searches for the right word in her mind, "I do."

Thea wordlessly holds out her cup, seemingly glaring across the fire. I follow her line of sight to see Arlo has once again taken out a knife, but this time, he's simply showing some marks carved into the blade rather than throwing it at anybody.

"He's really not so bad, you know," I reach over and top off Thea and Viela's cups, corking the bottle once more. "I'd argue the eldest De Riva is actually far worse with knives than Arlo is."

"I wasn't looking at him ," Thea answers quickly, pulling her gaze to the fire.

"Right," I give a small nod, "Well, on the off chance that you do look over there, just know Arlo is a really great person, and I say that as someone who sees a lot of great people; but he is by far one of my favorites."

"Who is your favorite ' great person '?" Viela asks, happily sipping on her refilled cup.

"Viago," I answer with a smile, "Always Viago."

"Are you two close?" She responds, and I find myself sitting on the legs I was previously kneeling on in front of the ladies.

"Oh, yes. Quite so," I looked over to Viago, who was making the softest eyes at Teia while she told some overly dramatic tale, swinging her arms about as she did. "If there are soulmates in this life, Viago is mine-- He knows me better than I know myself most days."

"How interesting, so it's not one of the future first talons?" Thea cocks an eyebrow, "Because it's been seeming like you all are quite close. Like... Really close."

I feel my cheeks heat up a bit at the suggestion, oh gods, did they hear what Lucanis had said last night? "No, No-- Nothing like that."

"But you'd like it to be like that, yes?" Thea pushes, and I put a hand up in defense as she leaned in a bit closer.

"I did not say that--"

"Which one then? Lucanis? The .. other one ?" She looks to the two boys then back to me, " Both?"

BOTH? Is that even an option!? Surely not, not that I'm even CONSIDERING- -

"I see, it is both," She gives a nod, "Yes, that is doable, I've done it before. Okay, I suppose class is in session then--"

"Now?" I look at the discarded mug in the sand, "One sec." I pick the mug up and quickly drain the contents, swallowing a sip that felt far too big for my throat before placing the mug back in the sand. I look back up at Thea, who is looking down her nose at me as I kneel in the sand before her.

"How familiar are you with dance?"

"Quite," I answer, and watch as she rises from her spot on the log to step around it and go behind. "Though most of my dancing knowledge is from Ferelden and Orlais, so I may not be as familiar with what you have come to know as dance."

"I was raised to mostly know classical forms of dance, but I've learned that you can take the sharp moves of ballet and add more... curves, if you will-- the more soft the flow, the more hard the men get." Thea is on her toes in an instant, her leg slowly rising up almost completely straight up in the air, only lowering as she uses her torso as a counterweight. When she used her arms, you can practically see every muscle in her shoulders is used. "Touch everything, involve everything," Her hands slide over her chest, the sides of her neck, dragging up her soft brown hair. She dips herself at the waist, her leg coming up behind her and curling back into her body.

She was very graceful, this was like no ballet I knew. She was absolutely correct that every move led into another, it was more like the flow of mana through the body, constantly touching and turning and twisting-- never disconnected. As she comes to a stop, she rolls her head over to look at me with challenging eyes, "Men will be like putty in your hands."

She stands rather sharply, cracking her neck as she makes her way back to her spot on the log. "Now then, you show me what you know to be dance, and I tell you how you can perfect it."

"Dance, or dance meant to seduce somebody ?"

"Are they not the same thing?" Thea asks, her eyebrow arching high in judgment.

"No," I laughed, standing up and placing my hands on my hips as I looked around. How interesting, it seems like Arlo had been looking over here but snapped his neck the moment I caught him. I suppose this dance thing could work in my favor, if I follow in Thea's footsteps. "But that's okay, I think I get the point, I will show you what I have learned. But I need... Hm." I search over the camp, not quite being able to spot anything that would work-- up until my eyes land on Illario.

Yes. That would be perfect.

"One moment," I walk over to Illario, who is amidst a discussion with Chance and Lucanis about which brewers in Antiva made the best wines. Chance appeared to be leading this conversation, quite red in the face from all the alcohol but enjoying himself nonetheless. "Illario," I kneel in front of him as he directs his gaze to me, surprised by my interruption. " Hello ," I smile.

" Hello ," He returns, his eyes searching me for some answer to my intrusion.

"Do you think perhaps," I lean a bit forward, reaching out to him. Illario raises his hands, unsure entirely where I'm about to touch. "I could borrow this for a moment?" I give a small tug on the teal colored silk around his waist. This was exactly what I needed.

"The.. silk?" Illario asks, clearly both confused and mildly flustered that I was asking for his clothing.

"Yes please," I lean on his knee, giving my best innocent smile so he knows I'm not looking to rip it or burn it in any manner. "If you don't mind."

"No--Nope, I don't mind," Illario hurriedly stands, pulling a leather belt off that was wrapped around the silk then unwrapping it from his waist. Much to my delight, the silk was actually quite long; this should work quite well.

When he hands it to me, I rise to my feet, "Thank you very much, I shall only be a moment." I step over to my discarded bag by Arlo, retrieving a small wooden box from it. I finally make my way back over to Thea, giving a small knob on the box several cranks before stepping over to the area where she had been dancing just a moment ago. "Okay, here I go," I face away from Thea and place the box down, lifting open the rose engraved cover to let the tune start drifting out.

I may know how to dance, but I still prefer the music to guide me.

I pull the silk up over the back of my head like a hood, my arms slowly sliding up above my head in time with the music box chimes. My right leg sticks out in front of me as my back curves out, trying to move my body with a similar flow to what she carried. My hands came down, reaching at the silk and holding it in my hands as I straightened out and turned around, my foot drawing a curve in the sand with the rotation, something much like what you'd see in ballet.

Funnily enough, the person who I'd seen dance like this before was Papa, though he mainly did it as a private joke for my mother. He said it was a specialty in Antivan Whore Houses, that they called these silks 'Veils' and it was commonly the most fabric they had touching their bodies at any one time. I just liked that it looked pretty, so I wound up playing with fabrics a lot as a kid. It's probably why I love chiffon so much now-- that one always flowed the best.

I let the silk fall onto my arm much like a sleeved cape, and I stretch out my arm so the veil flows behind me like wings as I spin. I keep my toes pointed, making a show of stretching them each time I spun, more out that up like Thea had done. The veil was meant to be used in many ways, both to accentuate the body and also hide it; giving an air of mystery. Admittedly, there was much that needed to be hidden when I wore this shirt-- maybe Viago was right about it just being strips of fabric. I can hear the music box slowing, so I let the silk fall down off my shoulder, into my palm, bringing it up and over, letting it just caress the side of my face before I drop it to the sand below.

I hold the pose only for a moment before bending over to collect both my music box and the silk from the sand below, shaking off any grains that tried to cling to Illario's fabric.

"You're telling me you learned that in Orlais ?" Thea furrows her brow as she looks at me.

"Oh, well, no I suppose I learned it from someone who grew up in an Antivan Whore house, I was just trying to do the ... more seductive dance I knew?" I give a small shrug.

Thea looks over her shoulder at the rest of the group, and it's now I notice there's a lot of silence hanging in the air and not as much talking.

How long had there been silence?

"Seems like that did the trick," Thea laughs, "I never thought about adding more fabrics to the equation when trying to seduce someone-- but I see it can get the job done."

"Sometimes," I shrug, "Sometimes you just look like a mad woman dancing around with a scarf." I approached Illario, who had his eyes on me from the moment I looked over. I hand him his silks with an appreciative smile. "Thanks again."

"I didn't know you kept the music box," He nods to my hand, "Or that you brought it here."

"I bring it everywhere," I answer simply. Illario's chest rises a little sharply, and I tuck the music box into the pouch on my hip. "It's special."

" Oh ," He breathes out, "Good. I'm glad."

"Come Illario, you haven't had nearly enough to drink to be making this much of a fool of yourself," Lucanis chuckles at his own joke, lifting the bottle of brandy up that they had been sharing with Chance and Heir. "Give me your cup."

"It's nice to see you're having a good time," I comment to Lucanis, who looks a bit more half lidded and enticing when he's got enough brandy in him.

"How could we not, when we had such a show to enjoy?" He answers, looking up at me in a way that makes me think he might soon be taking the title of ' trouble ' from me.

"Atta boy!" Teia cheers from the left, raising her cup with a laugh. "It's nice to see all your hard work pay off," She practically pats herself on the shoulder.

Lucanis groans and brings a hand up over his eyes, "Not everyone needs to know who you give lessons to, Teia."

"It should be obvious, anyways, my charm is unmistakable." The future 7th talon shrugs, tipping back her glass of brandy like a woman on a mission. Ah yes, Andarateia Cantori, proving beyond a shadow of a doubt that the phrase ' big dick energy ' is gender neutral. "And Lucanis' charm is non-existent."

"Drink water, you drunk dehydrated bitch," Lucanis mumbles, only earning another delighted laugh from Teia.

"Lucanis has his charms," I answer, "He's quite good at poetry. "

His hand drops, and his pupils blow out for a moment as he glares up at me in a look that says ' you wouldn't dare ', and I once again must point out that I am not nearly as mean as I could be; because as I recall someone once made me recite a poem against my own will as well.

"Anyways," I click my tongue and hustle back over to Thea, sitting pretty on my knees once more in front of her. Fletcher hands me the bottle of brandy and my cup off the ground and I make a little kissy face at him, finally feeling the sweet heat of liquor pouring through my veins. "How'd I do, teach? Got any other lessons for me?"

"That depends, what has Teia been teaching you?" Thea leans her hand on her leg, resting her chin in her hand as she looks down at me.

"What hasn't Teia been teaching me?" I snort, and Teia gives another cheer across the fire.

"What does that mean, exactly?" Viago pipes up.

"I am not speaking poorly of Teia's teachings, but I do have some recommendations I can make based on what I know of her work. Things I've picked up in the field, so to speak."

"I'm listening," I respond, and Thea seems quite pleased with the opportunity to teach.

"Teia's Kisses are not always effective in the workplace, some can have the opposite effect of disarming your target; because Teia's kisses are playful, teasing." Thea holds out her hand, and I stare at it for a moment before placing my mug down and holding her hand. "And so sometimes rather than disarming the target with a kiss, she instead goads them on. They become aggressive, possessive-- The whole point is that they're never supposed to see the knife coming."

"Oh I see what you're saying," I give a small nod, "Yeah, kissing Teia can get frustrating. She never lets me lead."

" WHAT --"

"Shh, Viago, this is interesting." Teia smacks Viago, who at this point is almost up off of his spot by the fire entirely if she wasn't keeping him weighed down.

"You kiss Juno!?"

"What do you think teaching seduction means," Teia throws a hand up in the air, "You think I just do her makeup and it's done?"

His silence speaks volumes.

"Okay, so, show me what you know," Thea nods at me, and I stay seated.

" Pardon ?"

"Show me how you kiss," Thea looks at me expectantly and I feel rather like a startled Halla, frozen in fear. "It's a lesson, Juno, stop reading into it."

Little does she know. Reading is my hobby .

"Maker's breath," Thea grumbles, sinking onto her knees in the sand in front of me, "Is this your first time, little bird , or are you going to show me what you're made of?"

Oh no, no no do not challenge me. I carry myself with the confidence of a mediocre man-- which is to say; far more confident than I should be.

My lips find hers quickly, just one small peck at first, then once more, slower, pulling her bottom lip between mine for just a moment.

And then my neck feels so SO hot. And I can't tell if that's booze, arousal, or Viago glaring daggers at the two of us. So I stop, and meet her eyes.

Yeah, she's... unimpressed.

"Doe eyes don't work on anyone but predators, Juno," Thea leaned in and rubbed her lips just ever so slightly against mine, like a butterfly kiss. Then all at once, without the urgency I gave, she pressed her lips against mine entirely.

She smells like jasmine flowers.

Thea pulls my lower lip into hers, much the same way I had, but instead, she bites down, just enough to make me gasp and attempt to reel back. Her hands find the back of my head, and her tongue finds mine.

What day is it? Where am I? Who am I?

All I know is tongue and pretty, pretty and tongue. My mind is a bit foggy, her tongue twists around mine, pulling and sucking and making me almost positive she's taken every ounce of saliva I had and consumed it-- and then she pulls away, one final press of her lips to my top lip, before she's backed away entirely and sat back on the log.

And I'm the dummy in the sand who hasn't moved an inch.

What the fuck do they put in the water in Antiva that makes them kiss like this? Or is it the brandy? Am I just seven times more dumbfounded because I'm buzzed?

"There, disarmed. Never saw the knife coming," Thea gets a proud grin on her lips.

Hnnng her lips.

"Disarmed? Maker, I think you made her black out," Fletcher leans over, snapping his fingers in front of my face.

"Well... blacked out people are easier to kill." Heir offers from beside Chance.

"I'm good--" I put a hand up. "I'm fine. I think I just had my soul sucked out of my body, but that's fine."

Thea. Wow. She puts the 'omen' in 'women' that's for sure.

"Now, what did we learn?" Thea asks.

"I don't know-- do it again."

"--No," Thea narrows her eyes, "Lesson over, if you're too far gone to pay attention, I'm not wasting my talents."

"Tragic," I responded, "I was thinking about switching my specialty to smooching just for extra lessons." I can't help the grin I get when I stare up at her bright blue eyes.

"Are you always this incredibly terrible at things, or is it just because I'm a woman and you lack experience in that department?"

"I'm generally terribly bad at all things, yes, but I was trying my hardest... okay, perhaps trying my mediumest , but still trying !" I retrieve my mug from the sand and rise up to my feet. "I will take my talents to where I am appreciated-- with the knife guy, who taught me everything knifey I know."

"She is, admittedly, pretty good at the knife stuff," Arlo chuckles, patting me on the head as I lean my back against his knee, putting my feet close to the fire to warm up. "For someone who isn't a rogue, she's got a mean throw."

"Are all De Rivas such freaks about knives?" Thea scoffs, tipping back the rest of her drink and grabbing the bottle from the sand to pour a new one. "Or is it just you two?"

"Hey, I like knives because Arlo likes knives, and Arlo --" I stop, thinking for a moment. I tip my head back to look up at him, smile forming as I watch the way his curls hang lazily around his face as he looks down at me. "Why do you like knives, Arlo?"

His expression almost looks wounded for a moment, before he sighs, pulling a throwing knife from his lapel to stare at. "I didn't always," He answers earnestly, "But, growing up within the crows is challenging. Growing up in the De Riva household-- even more so," Arlo holds the knife by the blade, flipping it without completely letting it go, letting it swing between his index and middle finger. "If you spend enough time with the things you fear, you can learn to remove the fear." Arlo hands me the knife, which I take curiously. His arms wrap around me for a moment, and he pulls his sleeve up on his left arm, then his right.

Much like Arlo's eyebrow, and his top lip, his arms were scarred. Though, his arms seemed arguably worse than any other part of him I had seen, which admittedly wasn't much-- It was rare to see Arlo not wearing full sleeves at any given time.

"The shed was around for much longer than you know of, Juno,"

The shed.

"As was Leo," He drags a hand over a particularly gnarly scar. "And his techniques. I was lucky to have any dexterity in this wrist at all after what he did."

I frown as I look over his arms. There were just... so many. Some were covered up by arm hair that made them harder to see, but some scars looked so bad arm hair would likely never grow there again. I run a finger over one, clearly long since healed, but makes me feel like there's a fresh wound in my heart.

I hated Leo. I hated him.

"You did more for me than you know when you burnt that shit shack down to ashes," Arlo slowly pulls his sleeves back down, and I let out a breathless laugh as I look at the fire. When my vision settles, I can see Thea across from us, and it's clear from her expression she's lost herself to the guilt of the conversation. She's either planning on digging her own grave, or she's searching for any words to say that could make it better. "It's pride for me, now. It's not all bad memories-- Being able to look at knives and not lose my cool is something I worked hard on. I made it so no one could use that against me ever again."

"What doesn't kill you, makes you stronger?" I offer, looking back up at his face. Arlo smirks.

"What doesn't kill you should have tried harder," He answers, "Because I'll be damned if he doesn't face a reckoning for what he did to all of us in this lifetime."

"Funny how it turned you into a weapons expert," Javier grins, "And somehow I came out a pacifist."

"Ah, that is because you have far more heart than I, dear brother," Arlo runs his fingers through my hair, a completely contradictory action to his statement, but go off I guess, "You younger De Riva's find the good in most everyone, I just find the good spots to stab them."

"Between the fourth and fifth rib?" I whisper.

" Good bird ," Arlo chuckles, "Indeed."

"Sorry," Chance speaks up, "What do you mean by pacifist? I've had two days of boot camp, and I'd argue you're more sadistic than anything else."

Javier's nose crinkles as he gets a wicked grin, "What do you mean? There is not one cut on your body-- nothing that I did, anyways. I designed a training program for Rogues and not one of you has been severely injured, yet all of you are learning-- Is that not pacifist in nature? How are they training you Cantori recruits, ay?"

You know now that you mention it, the training just seemed dangerous, but truly none of us had gotten hurt.

"It goes beyond just me, you all chose to take careful aim, to never go right into brawling-- even during Andruil's Hunt, you were all relatively tame. Your faith in each other made you realize there was no need to be in fight or flight mode-- that's when you learn best, you know?"

I want to smirk at Thea, but she's seemingly spiraling on the other side of the campfire right now. Would Arlo be the one getting a wake-up apology first thing in the morning? Would Javie?

When you get too wrapped up in potential consequences or dangers, you miss the obvious things right in front of you. Arlo likes knives, that does not mean that Arlo likes using knives against the innocent . Javier is leading the boot camp curriculum, and is an expert in crow tactics-- but he doesn't rely on fear, abuse or brute force to teach them.

But both need to make it look like they do , especially in front of senior crows like Neri and Noa.

The middle De Riva brothers were good people , and damn fine crows, but you had to take the time to get to know them. To see them.

And then perhaps you could love them as I love them.

Or perhaps more .

"How--" Viela's voice barely carries over the crackle of the campfire, but it's just loud enough, "How were you raised into this life, yet still turned out so merciful?" Her red hair bounces as she shakes her head. "I was not given the opportunity to be soft, everything has been bloody hands, backstabbing and screaming... How do you go through all of this and come out as someone not itching for revenge?"

"You said it yourself; I was raised into this," Javier counters, a patience and seriousness to him that I hadn't seen in some time. "I let go of the notion that things could have ever been any different-- I learned to take the knife out of my own back and not use it to hurt anyone else, no matter how terribly they wronged me. I'll fulfill my contracts, I'll do what is expected of me, but I will carry those sins with me to my grave, make no mistake. Hell is what haunts you for the things you've done, not where you go when your life had ended; And surviving being raised as a crow is indeed hell."

I hope, if nothing else, Javie and Arlo's words changed their minds just a little bit-- convinced them to see at least a part of what I see. The De Riva boys are inherently good, despite their circumstance or the things they've been through. And Thea and Viela?

There were seats waiting for them at tables they didn't even know existed.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 35: Little Bird Worshipped

Notes:

You thought I was done with the fuckery? Absolutely not.
I think you know from the title what's about to happen.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


I woke up when it was still dark out. I wasn't entirely positive how I had made it into my tent, but I do feel like I vaguely recall Arlo scooping me up off the sand and dragging me to my bedroll. It was late-- no, maybe early? Hard to tell. It was dark, that's what I knew.

Oddly enough though, I could still see some light creeping in from outside my tent, meaning the fire hadn't died down at all yet. When I sit up, my hands patting around my bedroll for my canteen, I can hear some hushed voices outside. I finally find my canteen as I crawl to the curtain door to my tent, peeking out at the culprits.

Much to my amusement, sitting out on the same driftwood log by the fire was Arlo-- but Javier was not beside him this time.

Thea was.

"You don't have to apologize," Arlo's tired voice was so low, it almost didn't reach my ears. "I'm quite used to people being intimidated by me."

"--I wasn't intimidated !" Her head whips over to glare up at him, "I just judged you, too quickly at that, and I shouldn't have," Thea turns her head back to the fire, and Arlo seems to notice that I'm crawling out of my tent at that exact moment. I put a finger to my lips, raising my canteen up as a gesture that I'm going to go fill it at the nearby spring. Arlo's smile says enough, I don't need to step into that conversation, it's going well in his books.

I try my best to tiptoe past without Thea noticing, but her ears picked up my footsteps and she whipped her head in my direction. I raise my eyebrows and bite my lower lip as our eyes meet, and I can see her formulating something-- but not on my watch, ma’am. Red handed! I can't help but laugh as I dash away before she can think of anything to say to me.

No no, Thea, this time you were looking at Arlo, and I will not be letting you live that down anytime soon.

The spring is far enough away that you can't really see it from the beach, but not so far into the woods that you can't find your way back easily-- which is great because though the moon is full, I'm still really not familiar with the layout of this area.

I finish off the water in my canteen before I kneel down to the spring water that trickled down the rocks, grateful for the cool water that spilled onto my hands as I filled it. My mind was still a little foggy from the booze, and something about sleeping after that much alcohol always made me feel extra groggy, so I found myself taking handfuls of the spring water and splashing it onto the back of my neck and face.

I'd know the sound of Lucanis' footsteps even in my sleep-- He may be a crow, but I could tell when he deliberately walked with more presence so I'd know he was coming; an act he did for no one else.

"Couldn't sleep?" I ask, peeking over my shoulder to see him approaching from the forest path.

"Late night cravings," He answers, kneeling down beside me. "I'm afraid I haven't prepared any poems for you this evening, but I would lose myself if I didn't come searching for you."

"That's alright," I cap my canteen and place it on the ground, shifting to lean forward and face him on my knees, "I become poetry beneath your hands, anyways." His breath is almost a hum as he moves his hands to my cheeks, his thumb brushing over my cheekbone.

"Being around you but not being able to be with you is suffocating ," He pulls himself to me slowly, gently, letting our lips meet in the softest collision. "If I could steal you away every night, it would be less difficult, but it feels like there's nowhere to escape to," Lucanis brushes some hair off my cheek, tucking it behind my ear and sending a shiver up my spine as his finger brushes over my ear and scalp.

"We're here now," I press my forehead against his, so grateful for even that gesture alone, "If I keep my knife on me, I could put up a glimmer if anyone came by,"

Lucanis chuckles against my lips, "I do not take much convincing, you need only ask."

Fuck.

"Worship me," I whisper, pulling his bottom lips to mine and sucking it sweetly, " Please ."

That was all he needed, apparently.

Lucanis grabbed a hold of my hips, pulling me up off my knees and walking me back towards a boulder by the edge of the spring. He gestures for me to sit, and as I do, he once again sinks to his knees before me. Lucanis makes quick work of his hands, trailing up my hips to grab at my breasts, dipping his hands into my shirt to caress his thumb over nipple. I don't pick up every word he's saying, old Antivan language can be hard for me already, not to mention the fact that he's whispering it so low-- but I swear he's praying.

His lips kiss hymns over my chest, pulling the bandeau I have on down to expose my breasts to him. He brushes his lips over each peak, his short facial hair having grown in from stubble to short whiskers over the past few days of both travel and boot camp, they both scratch and tickle at my chest. His throat practically purrs as he places open mouth kisses across my breasts, choosing to land anywhere but my nipples and leaving me contemplating if I should be begging for it as I arch my back towards him.

He rolls over the right side, his fingers squeezing hard at my breast as his mouth finally meets its target. I bite at my fingers to stifle any sounds that threaten to spill out of me, grateful for how hot his tongue is against me as he sucks, his tongue swiping left to right like he was rolling a hard candy about in his mouth.

His hands sank down to my hips, kneading at my skin in ways that felt more pleasurable in a massage sense than as a sexual favor, but was appreciated by my muscles nonetheless.

I have to lift my hips off the rock when he reaches for my pants, but there was no argument there. If someone were to walk up on us now, I really would have to cast a glimmer.

Lucanis appears hypnotized as his eyes comb over every inch of me. His fingers dig into my hips again a bit tighter than before, and he drags me forward on the boulder so I was hanging just off the edge. He managed to bring his eyes up to meet mine, that familiar look of reverence on his features.

"I don't know what I'm doing," He admits, dragging his hands down from my hips to my thighs, "But I want you, and I haven't got the patience to find a pretty way to say it for you right now," Lucanis gently trails his hands down from the tops of my thighs, spreading them further apart as he watches my hips lean back just enough to give him a full view of my cunt. "But if this is what worshipping you consists of, I will gladly bow my head in prayer to you each night."

I’d say that was pretty enough.

The first kiss is just above my clit, the second to my thigh, and the third; as he sunk his body lower, was open mouth, covering over both my clit and the top of my lips, giving the lightest suction while dragging his tongue upwards --- towards salvation, as some might say.

My eyes beg to shut, but I take far too much delight in watching Lucanis' eyes flutter closed as he gets his first taste, a strangled groan pouring from his throat but his lips refusing to leave me. Gods, even if he stayed there the heat from his tongue alone would likely be enough to make me see stars. As his tongue traced up, rounding over my clit, my hips raised up just enough to surprise him, popping off of me to stare up in confusion.

Whatever expression was on my face, he drank it up like a man starved .

He was back on me with far more fervor, his tongue pushing and kneading against this magical spot he had just found like it was suddenly the only piece of me that mattered. One suck? Great. Two? Better. Six? Overstimulated.

My hands grip at the back of his head and I have to sink my fingers into his hair like tree roots to pull him off me. I pant, trying to find my breath as my pussy throbs from his ministrations. "Too much there--- Holy shit. Please," I pull my nails across his scalp, "I beg you, go lower."

Lucanis nods wordlessly, dipping his head back down to drag his tongue back up my slit, starting from the base and stopping before it reaches my clit, giving me a break from the assault of sucks. Just as I think this could be it, he seems to realize something pivotal;

He can put his tongue inside of me.

No finger in my mouth can silence the cry that wracks out of me from the feeling of his tongue penetrating me, from the sensation of this boiling hot muscle sliding in like it was nothing and fucking me in ways I'd never anticipated. I have to lay myself back on this rock or I just may collapse onto Lucanis entirely, and the last thing I want is for him to stop.

I need something to grab onto-- his shoulder? Too far down. The rock? No, that actually hurts.

Back to his hair I go.

My hips rise up slowly, my fist clutching at his hair as he tongue fucks me to my limit. I'm not sure, in this absolute mess we've played at being a religion, who the god here would be-- me or him, because even though he whispers prayers against my body, it's my legs that wrap around him as a crown. It's him who looks divine as he’s knelt down before me. And it's him who makes me see the heavens.

" Lucanis ," He can tell by the way I press him into me that I've reached my tipping point, and with his tongue still curving into me, he sucks at my lips once more, every muscle in me tensing and freezing except for the hips that bucked against his kiss. "Lucanis." His name is all I can think of, all I can choke out, all I can cry. He's the only one I can sing praises to.

He slowly pulls off of me as I collapse back down onto the rock, my chest heaving in pants I didn't even know I had been holding back before.

" Carajo ," He whispers, pulling his hands from my hips to hold at the curve of my back as I writhed beneath him. Every time he looks at me with those blown out pupils, I want to kiss him. I want to cover him with so many hickeys he looked like stained glass windows. But mostly, I just wanted him to crawl inside me and kiss where I am most damaged, to love me where my heart pounded in my chest and to live amongst my ribs like they were a cage keeping him locked inside. I want him to fuck me, but I am also so greedy, that mostly what I want is for him to love me more than anyone else he ever could. I want him to be selfishly, thoughtlessly and hopelessly mine.

I could suddenly find those Old Antivan words my tongue searched for, " Tienes todo mi corazón. "

His eyes soften from the wide expression they held, and he dips his head down like we were to kiss-- but then I heard it, unmistakably.

Footsteps.

I put up a glimmer (without my knife in hand) at such record speed that I begin to wonder why I had EVER doubted myself in the first place.

"Lucanis?"

Illario's voice has Lucanis tipping his head to the sky, like the maker himself was testing the limits of his patience. I guess thank goodness I'm the only one half naked?

"What is it, cousin?" Lucanis rises from the ground, standing in front of the rock I was sitting upon, just in case, as Illario stepped into the clearing.

"I went to speak with you, but you weren't in your tent," Illario rubs at his neck, seemingly unsure how he wants this conversation to continue.

"I was getting some water-- long night of drinking, but perhaps it's time to head back." Lucanis gestures to the path and steps towards Illario, who holds his hand out to halt him.

"No, that's okay I-- I'd prefer to say it here, anyways. I don't need anyone else to hear," I can practically feel the annoyance radiating off Lucanis as he places his hands on his hips.

"Go on, then,"

Illario looked behind him, making sure no one else was coming up the path before straightening out his shoulders a bit, "Listen, I've been thinking I might... I might try a bit more seriously to become the successor, and put real effort in."

There's a small silence shared between them, before Lucanis speaks up, "That is a good thing, is it not? Why do you seem so nervous to tell me? I do not mind if you want to be First Talon."

"I know that Caterina has put the most pressure on you, but I just wanted to tell you, in case she tries to pit us against each other; I will not do anything to make you look bad, Lucanis, but I will not back down when it comes to the things I desire." Illario's fists clench, and I can see that though he struggled to meet Lucanis' eyes before this, he looks up at them now. " That includes Juno. "

Somehow, though I had known the attraction was there from the beginning, the words still hit like running full force at a brick wall.

"You do as you must, cousin," Lucanis crosses his arms, a slight tilt to his stance as he straightens out his back, "I cannot stop Juno if she chooses you just as much as you cannot stop her if she chooses me. I will not hold it against you for loving someone as bright as the sun-- I only hope you offer me the same courtesy."

" You love her ?" Illario asks, and for a second I think grief has struck him.

"... Yes." He answers it so plainly, so simply, it makes my heart leap.

" As do I ," and it leaps again, a painful, wrenching leap that makes me both hate myself and long for him, as well.

"I know, Illario, it has always been written on your face," Lucanis brings his hand up to his face, dragging his hand over his cheek and down his chin, "I do not blame you, and if you think this would make me hate you in any way, you are wrong . I will always support you reaching for the things in this life that would better you-- never forget that ."

Illario seems to choke up a bit, clearly not expecting the conversation to take these turns.

To be fair, neither did I.

"Thank you," He gives Lucanis a small nod before turning on his heel, only pausing one more time to look back at Lucanis, "You are a good man, Lucanis, I am grateful to have you in my life."

Both of us wait until Illario is out of sight. Lucanis turns to me and I let the glimmer fall from my skin, we both stare at each other in silence.

"What... happens now?" I whisper, sitting up as Lucanis kneels down once more to stare up at me. He looks dreadfully conflicted, but as his eyes rake over me once more, I can see the fire in him burn again.

"I meant what I said; If you do not choose me, then that is your decision entirely," His hand reaches out and his thumb drags over my lips, "But I'm not sure there's any part of my heart that could let you go if you walked away from me now."

"I don't want to walk away," I shake my head, my eyes glassing and threatening my vision. Somehow, he hears the words I choose not to speak out loud, as well.

"But you do not wish to hurt him." Lucanis says, because he knows it to be true.

"I do not," I answer. "But I will if I must, if that's what it comes down to. Because you’re wrong, I am yours. Every bit of me."

A small smile, barely visible, touches his lips at those words. I'm sure it's what he wanted to hear anyways, but I meant it.

" Then ," Lucanis shakes his head slowly, looking up at me much as he had earlier in the way that I could now surely dub as ' trouble ', whispering, "Perhaps if he begs me, I'll let him have a place to pray at your altar," He places a gentle kiss on my cheek, "But only if he plans on worshipping you all the same."

Trouble. So, so much trouble. I was in endless, stupid trouble.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 36: Little Bird, Meditating

Notes:

heeeeeeey birdies.
We're almost done bootcamp, I swear. There's a few more exciting tidbits to include over the next few days then it's back to Treviso for the birds.
We're getting somewhere~

in other news:
I just want a day off work bro. I want a day off. @_@
GIMME A DAY OFF WORK BRO.
I just need like. A week of not leaving my house and then I'd be 100% fine.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Whatever waking up yesterday morning was like, this morning was worse. After waiting close to half an hour after Lucanis returned to camp, using spring water to wash my thighs of my sins, I returned to my tent and was left alone with my thoughts.

That's never a good spot for me to be.

The left side of my brain over-analyzed that entire conversation with Illario-- suddenly his very shy behavior over the past few days rather than his usual brazen personality I'm used to seeing, like on our brothel mission, made A LOT of sense. The way he stumbled over words or had strange expressions on his face that seemed more confused or surprised than happy or confident-- Gods, I am a fucking idiot.

And then there was the right side of my brain that got eaten out on a boulder. Well, it wasn't just a boulder-- it was a rock. And even though that rock hurt me-- It fucks. That rock? Fucks. That rock has seen every inch of my most coveted regions and it is forever changed.

All that to say-- I didn't sleep.

And then, just as the cusp of sleep could have taken me, the sun began to rise-- and Viela came to wake me, claiming the best meditation was done first thing in the morning.

If I didn't like her, I would have killed her there.

When we pulled away from camp, trailing up a path to a serene waterfall, I started to feel less upset at the circumstances. It truly was pretty, and peaceful-- it didn't roar like a large waterfall, but rather trickled like water from a spring-- It was serene.

Viela instructed me to take a seat on a smooth rock at the base of the waterfall, encouraging me to follow her posture and to cross my legs to assist in me sitting up straight. Though sometimes it could feel like more effort to sit up straight, it was better for my back in the long run-- so I appreciated the advice on how to counter the pull at my balance.

"Try closing your eyes, and just focus on the instructions I'm giving you. If you start thinking about something else, open your eyes. You need to focus on me entirely."

I give a small nod before Viela looks at me expectantly--- oh. Close your eyes. Right.

"Now, find a comfortable spot, sit however you can best focus on my voice and your own breathing. Whatever muscles in your body that you have tensed up, you need to let them go slack. Your forehead, your brow to your jaw, your neck to your shoulders. From your shoulder blades, down your back. Let all that tension go downstream with the water," It's actually pretty simple to do with her guidance, and interesting how many muscles you don't even know you're tensing until you force them to relax. "Let your breath be the one thing you feel, flowing smoothly up through your nose," She waits about three beats, "Then out through your mouth. Each time you breathe out, let yourself relax more. You are safe here."

There's something about Viela telling me that I'm safe that I actually believe. It's easier to be vulnerable when there's someone else here, I don't have to constantly watch my back.

"As you let all that tension go, and it floats downstream, I want you to envision yourself rooted here. You are anchored to this very spot, the very stone you sit, with the trickling of the stream lapping at your sides," With hypersensitive ears, it's pretty easy to focus on the sounds of the babbling water alongside her voice, "You have nothing to do, you have nowhere to go. No responsibilities. You have time to spare. There is no past, and no future-- there is only now. Focus on how that feels-- being here, with no ghosts, no memories, and no looming possibilities. Just you, that rock and this stream."

It would be ideal, wouldn't it? Free from the inevitability of the future. Free from the bonds of the past that chain me from a more positive future. Free from regrets, from worry.

"You are living just for now, just for this moment. There is no reality in this stream, the water washes away all thoughts, all dangers, all memories-- You are simply here. Simply breathing. Simply relaxing. No judgments, no attachments. You have no need to be interesting, or useful or helpful-- it's okay to let go of the notion that you need to be any of those things. You are just here. You are simply being-- and that is enough."

That kind of detachment is easier said than done, and for me usually takes about three drinks, but I suppose for now, at this moment, it could be true.

"You are connected entirely to this steam, it surrounds you and you survive with it. Imagine the water flowing over your skin, the sensation of the pull of the stream down your arms. Nothing came before this stream, and nothing lies ahead-- this stream is endless. This stream is eternity. Remove the rest of the world, the stream and you are all there is, eternal. Bask in that feeling."

That's easier to visualize. The sensation of water on my skin carries the same tickly feeling that magic does, sliding all around and making goose bumps appear on my flesh. I've felt water on my skin, felt the pull of streams-- it's familiar.

"Here, in eternity, in this stream; you don't have to hold on to your mana. It doesn't need to flow in a circuit. Here, you can let mana flow out freely, be washed away with the stream altogether. Your mana is not you, it is not rooted, it can flow downstream. You're alone, nothing can hurt you, you can hurt no one."

I definitely still had tensed muscles in my back, because I just felt it drop at those words.

Safe.

It's safe.

When was the last time I felt completely, absolutely safe? Maybe after the shed, when I knew nothing could get me in my sleep because Viago was right there. Maybe when I fell asleep on Lucanis' shoulder in the attic of The Diamond?

We sit in this silence for a long time, so long I'm almost convinced I've fallen asleep if it weren't for me feeling like there was still water trickling down my arms.

"Whenever you feel ready, you can bring yourself back. Let every muscle in you reawaken, and once you're completely ready... open your eyes."

I roll my shoulders a bit as I finally pull my eyes open, though they longed desperately to remain shut. I can see Viela across from me, her violet eyes wide-- but she's not looking at me.

She's looking above me.

I pull my head upwards, and a small drop splashes my cheek, barely missing my eye.

Oops. I summoned a tiny storm cloud.

I didn't even think about bringing my knife when Viela said we were going to meditate, meditation is supposed to be emotionless, and usually my magic only acts up when I'm emotional.

Though, notably... The lightning was stuck in the cloud. It didn't pulse out from my body like It had done in the past-- it was just stuck. Suspended in the cloud. Like it was trapped there.

"That's ... unexpected," Viela pulls her eyes back down to meet mine. "Were you following along with the meditation?"

"Yeah, of course I was," I counter, "So much so that I actually felt the water... trickling... down my arms," I look at my arms. Wet. Oh. "I guess my magic comes out even when I'm not feeling anything at all."

"Maybe that's been the answer you were looking for," Viela slowly stands from her spot on the rock, "Because that magic looks under control, to me."

I bring my eyes back up to the clouds, the raindrops smacking into my cheeks and sliding down my skin. Yeah, I guess this was pretty under control. Was this what it was supposed to feel like? Safe?

"We can do this again tomorrow," Viela offers, "If you do it regularly enough, you should be able to meditate on your own without guidance. Maybe that's our goal, for now."

Viela and I find our way back to camp, where the rest of the recruits have risen for the day, most done with their morning coffee but some undoubtedly on their second cup.

Thea sits noticeably closer to Arlo and Javier this morning, with Fletcher, Heir and Chance to her right. Viago and Teia are in each other's company, but seemingly enjoying the silence between them as they sipped from their mugs. Lucanis was by himself, eyes closed in relaxed delight as he held his coffee to his face to enjoy the aroma. He was in his full gear for the day-- including a very familiar knife held to his chest by a gifted chest holster. It made my brain fuzzy and my heart flutter.

The noticeably absent Illario emerged from his tent just as I was about to breeze past, giving me the grin that I had become so used to but had been absent the past few days-- It was nice to see him be himself again.

Though meeting his eyes definitely choked my words in my throat.

Gods, he had the softest eyes sometimes.

"Good Morning, Juno," His greeting was confident, no stuttering and no wide eyed wonder. Just Illario, as I knew him before.

Except now I knew more. Way way more.

"Good morning," I answer, giving a small tip of my head in acknowledgment before I hurried off to my tent to get on my training gear.

"Good morning, recruits!" Noa called to all of us as I stepped out of my tent, securing my gloves with their snaps. "As we're progressing so well, I thought we'd benefit from some full team exercises today. We've got the exercise in mind, but this is going to require teams of two to start, so I'd like the future talons as well as Javier and Arlo to step up here."

"We're going to go down the line here, and I need each of you to pick a partner out of the recruits," Neri places his hands on Viago's shoulders, who stands all the way to the left of the recruits facing us. "Starting with you, Viago."

I see his eyes fall on me, he considers it for just a moment, but then decides against it. "Heir." I don't know if I should be offended or not.

"Heir, if you could, step up here and join Viago," He steps down the line, "Teia?"

"I pick Chance," Teia calls the member of her house up to her side.

"Javier?" Surely. Surely Javier would pick me.

"Viela."

You backstabbing bitch of a brother. I will collect bedbugs to infest your tent. If I am last to be picked I will hold you personally accountable--

"Juno."

You will live to see another day, brother. But only by Lucanis' grace.

I hustle up to join Lucanis at his side, noting the frustrated look on Illario's face as he calls for Fletcher to be his partner.

"Looks like that leaves Thea and Arlo," Neri steps around to face the recruits, joined shortly after by Noa. "Today we are looking to see if you can keep your teammate alive, metaphorically speaking, of course."

"Each team will spread out into the wilderness, you can come at this exercise one of two ways. You can stay on the defense, protect your teammate and only fight when necessary-- or you can move straight into offense, find other teams and take down the protector. When your protector is downed, you move on with the winner of that battle. Whoever ends the day with the most teammates is the winner of this particular challenge, so you want to wind up with other charges."

"Does anyone have any questions before we begin?"

"Yeah," Thea raises her hand, "So what exactly should the charges be doing?"

"You are not to engage until your protector engages. You move as a unit, always."

I observed the other teams-- This was actually kind of a wild exercise, and out of all of the teams here, Javier and Arlo might actually be the best matched in terms of skill and power. Lucanis may be a powerhouse, but I was not, and if I wound up having to fight Viago... That's not a fight I could win.

"Lucanis," I whisper, pulling my eyes down the line. "Maybe we start on defense."

"Yeah, I don't think we have much choice," Lucanis nods his head to the right, and I see what he sees instantly. Illario had his eyes fixed on us.

I think we knew who his first target would be.

We'd just have to get into the woods fast enough to lose him.

And then be stealthy enough to fool him.

Perhaps this called for more glimmers.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 37: Little Bird and The Big Bad Wolf

Notes:

Another morsel for all my birdies who are heathens. <3
And then back to business I swear.
I may or may not post tomorrow depending on how much time I have, and how tired I feel after a holiday.

Whatever you celebrate, I hope its wonderful. Love you so much little birds <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


I took a bit of pride in how fast my legs could move me when I tried, it's amazing how many more strides people with shorter legs can get-- but it didn't take much at all for Lucanis to keep my pace. He had a destination in mind, and it was evident he wanted to guide me there rather than just taking off blindly into the woods trying to avoid the other teams.

The crumbling Grey Warden ruins appeared to be his preferred destination, taking us into a relatively enclosed area. It was smart on Lucanis' part; any attacker that came in would be forced to confront him in close combat, his specialty.

I wasted no time starting to put up glimmers with my mage knife, giving us a small enough space to hopefully avoid anyone stepping within the glimmer directly but not anything so cramped we'd be struggling to move around if necessary.

"Don't forget above," Lucanis reminds. As if I'd ever forget after he taught me the dangers first hand. "Illario might not come after us directly, but it was pretty clear you're his end goal. He may come with more charges in hopes of overwhelming us."

"He looked like he was a big bad wolf waiting to eat me," I tucked my knife back into my thigh holster, inspecting my work. I had progressed sufficiently over the past year, now needing less mana than before to cast and maintain this particular spell.

"I'm sure he is," Lucanis snorts, crossing his arms over his chest.

"What happened to 'I'll give him a place to pray at your altar', hmm? Sounds like you're more jealous than ever," I joke, stepping up to the wall behind us to lean on.

"I said if he begs me, and I meant it," He answers, "His lack of action until now does not constitute an emergency on my part, so I better see genuine desperation in his eyes if he dares to come near you."

Wow.

"That's... kind of hot ,"  I feel my tongue flick over my bottom lips, a grin cracking onto my face as Lucanis raises an eyebrow at me.

"Me making him beg, or desperation in his eyes?"

"...Both?"

Lucanis' tongue pokes into his cheek, and I see his eyes lift in thought before he approaches me, his hand rising up like it was the most natural thing in the world to press onto the wall behind me.

Oh, I've been in this position before. I'm way more excited now than I was last time.

"You don't need both ," His held tilts, and his eyes burn a hole directly into my heart. "As I recall it was my name falling from your lips last night, was it not?" His gaze flicks down to my lips, a proud smirk dancing across his own.

"Indeed it was," My own head tilts, meeting my shoulder halfway to press my cheek into it, "And it was your dick in my mouth that was my favorite birthday present," His carefully crafted seductive expression is blown out all at once, a pink flush falling upon his cheeks, "I do not need more than you, Lucanis, I just think it's sexy when you get jealous ."

His eyes cast to the ground and he clenches his free hand tightly in front of him. I think for a moment he's irritated, up until he brings his lips to mine. He rests for a second, pressing his forehead to mine, "You are such trouble,"

I barely recognize the purr that hums out of me, "On the contrary, I don't think I'm causing quite enough trouble in comparison to you. I may need to up my game."

"I can help you with that," Lucanis whispers, pulling his free hand up to his mouth to pull off his glove with his teeth. There's some noise in the front half of the building, and I see Lucanis' eyebrow quirk up. He presses his glove to my mouth, leaning forward toward my ear to whisper, "Bite down."

Yeah that's... that's too hot to not do.

I place my lips around his leather glove, watching with intense fascination as Lucanis first runs his teeth over the tip of my ear, before dropping his free hand from the glove in my mouth to dance at my waist. There were footsteps echoing through the halls, they were coming for the room we were in, no doubt. What the hell was Lucanis planning?

I nearly choked on his glove as his hand slipped under the waist of my pants, pushing my undergarments to the side to rub his fingers along my cunt. I can't help but rise to my tiptoes, nearly collapsing onto the wall behind me as his fingers stroke at my lips. I'm biting into his leather glove now, both wide eyed in fear of getting caught and in absolute adoration of this man.

Blowing off training to finger fuck me? Yeah, he's a keeper.

Lucanis slides a finger inside, and I'm lost in the throes for a moment, grasping at his body in desperation. He holds me still, whispering another hush in my ear.

Much to my horror, and maybe my ecstasy, Illario strides into the room with Fletcher hot on his trail. I guess I should be grateful it's not any other team, as every other one had an Elf with hypersensitive hearing on it. The last thing anyone needs to hear is my heart beating out of my chest or the sharp inhales that I can't help but let slip out as Lucanis dances his now wet fingers over my clit.

Illario is inspecting the room pretty thoroughly, and I can't help but watch him. He's intense, his scrutinizing gaze searching for any sign of stealth. I hadn't seen him look this serious about something in a long time, it was interes---

Lucanis put his finger in . Red alert. Finger is in. FINGER IS IN.

Who's the big bad wolf looking to eat me now, hmm?

I can't NOT squirm, but without lifting a foot so as to not have any rocks make noise beneath my feet. Do you know how hard it is to get finger blasted and not move at all?

The back of my head tipped into the wall, somehow keeping me grounded enough to not choke out any sounds.

He pumped his middle finger in effortlessly, keeping his thumb pressed against my clit with even pressure and moving his whole hand at once. I'm basically breathing at my absolute most shallow, grateful to have learned the tactic just the other day, praying that Illario leaves shortly so I can let myself collapse against this wall entirely.

Relief comes quicker than I thought, though my heart is pounding in my chest and my vision feels like it's darkening up until I can hear their footsteps no longer. The gasp that racks out of me, Lucanis' glove falling from my lips and my brain flooding with oxygen once more is doubled as he takes the chance to slide a second finger into my core. His fingers change their pattern, curling inside of me each time he pumps them in. His head ducks back down, biting at my ear once more and now a whine pours out of me, pathetic and desperate.

He finds it fucking delightful, apparently, because he laughs at it before moving down to my neck. Lucanis rests at the base of my neck, pulling the skin between his lips to suck gently as he flexes his fingers inside me, his wrist picking up the pace as I choke on a sob.

It wasn't hot like his tongue, but it was so much deeper and so much faster. My toes dug into my boots as I pushed myself against the wall, my hands one again flying behind me desperately to try to find something to grab but only finding more fucking rocks that make up the wall.

"If I wasn't absolutely positive I'd be unable to hold back from making too much noise," Lucanis nips once more at my neck, "I'd take you right here against this wall."

Oh fuck.

"Please don't stop," And here I was, begging again. The whole thing that I thought was hot enough on someone else and got us into this mess. "So close,"

"Wouldn't dream of it," He answers, maintaining a delicious pace of meeting my bucking hips with his fingers sliding into me. "Though you might want to hurry before another team wanders in here, they'll definitely hear how desperately you're begging for me."

I hate him, I love him. I hate him and I love him and I just snap.

I fall apart in his hand, my hands reaching out to cling to him and pull him closer to me, my cunt throbbing against his fingers. My chest is rattled, my eyes are closed, I'm still shaking-- but his fingers slide out, and it's eerily quiet.

When I open my eyes, his tongue is wrapped around his finger, licking my juices from his hand.

Gods, when did he get this hot?

"Do you-- Do you need me to cause any trouble for you, or?" I clear my throat, and Lucanis gives a small shake of his head.

"No no, that problem... took care of itself ,"

Oh.

Dork.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 38: Little Bird Thunder

Notes:

Honestly I'm not even sure I have anything to put here.
If you guys are still keeping up, can you drop a heart in the comments to let me know? It's been feeling kind of lonely in here, and I just like knowing that people are still keeping up. I don't need crazy long comments or anything, I just want to know if I've lost anyone along the way.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


It was no surprise that most of the teams seemed to go after each other first, after all, Lucanis had a reputation even before I arrived at the De Riva estate. From what I've seen of him since, he has insane strength. His acrobatic skills seem almost inhuman and he can flip in mid-air effortlessly. It shouldn't come as any surprise because he was basically raised by the First Talon to step into the role when she could do it no longer, and from what he's told me that training was intense-- but it was intriguing to know that he was apparently so strong, no other team wanted to face him directly without gaining more charges first.

If even Arlo, the most challenge ready man I knew , was waiting until he had more help, then Lucanis was even stronger than I knew him to be.

And Illario; even dumber than I knew him to be, unless he also has some freakishly inhuman strength from going through the same training. That was always a possibility, I had never really sparred with Illario to find out.

When someone did eventually step back into the castle, it was followed by several other sets of footsteps. Whoever just walked in had gained three additional charges, meaning they took down almost every other team except for Lucanis and one other.

Lucanis and I were silent, pressed closely up to the fortress wall and breathing shallow. It both was and wasn't a surprise when Viago marched into the room, followed closely behind by Chance, Heir, Viela and Thea. That meant the remaining team standing was Illario's, that was the unexpected part. Maybe he was quite strong, after all.

"If you wanted to cover your tracks so badly," Viago sweeps his eyes across the room, lifting his head just the slightest, "You should have washed off the perfume you made."

Shit. The perfume I made in his lab. He'd know that scent anywhere, he bitched about it making him hungry throughout the entire two weeks I was trying to perfect the bottle.

"You're lucky Rivain has no bears," He continues, taking daring steps towards my glimmer on the back wall. "They'd be able to smell you for miles." He waits for a moment, I'm assuming hoping we will drop the glimmer, before reaching into his pouch and retrieving three throwing knives. It's interesting, I mean, I guess I always assumed he'd have other knives, but the daggers Viago usually chose to use were very large-- to see him carrying around relatively normal sized throwing knives just looked strange.

He lifted his nose to the air, taking another breath, before lifting a knife over his shoulder and tossing it to the wall adjacent to where we were standing. Viago lifted a second knife, tossing it to the wall that met between the two, and he watched as it bounced off the stone.

Finally, he turned to the wall we were facing-- with his last knife. His blue eyes flicked from one corner down to the other end, deciding just where to throw his knife.

I look to Lucanis, who meets my eyes and gives me a nod to signal he was ready. I point to my chest, then to Viago, then to Lucanis and finally to the ground. Lucanis quirked a brow at this, but I just gestured for him to wait and pulled my attention back to Viago just as he lifted his last knife up over his shoulder.

Time to pull a Javier.

I prepared myself to jump out and reach for the knife, as Viago was aiming slightly to the left of us. As the blade comes flying, I manage to snag it from the air with a gloved hand, and purposefully fall on heavy footing, scattering rocks and dirt under my feet to make it wound as if I staggered or tripped.

I let out the most blood curdling scream I could manage, taking the knife in gloved hand and holding it to my torso, just tight enough that it appeared wedged in my stomach. I stumble out from behind the glimmer, look up to Viago with watery eyes.

The look of pride he had for finding me was replaced with one of abject horror, "Juno," He rushes to my side, hands out as if there was anything he could do to dislodge a knife from me without ultimately causing more damage.

"Why would you do that?" I hiss out, making like I'm about to pull the knife from the wound. Viago tries to hurriedly put his hands up to stop me, before I let the knife simply drop to the ground, "Let your guard down like a big dumb idiot?"

I love the look he gets when he knows he's been got. I eat up his grumpy face like it's the sweetest cherry on top. Lucanis moved in on him so quickly, pulling himself out of a stealth I never even realized he put himself into, descending down upon Viago in an instant.

I hear the charges draw their weapons, and I feel myself exhausted already, "We don't technically have to fight, you know," I offer, "We could just let them duke it out and watch."

"That's a fair point," Heir says.

"But not a fun one." Chance responds. I let out a resigned sigh, pulling my mage knife back out from the holster on my thigh.

"Fine," I pull myself into a readied stance, "Just not the face."

I have the benefit of them not witnessing a full demonstration of my skills or combat, but I have the disadvantage of having a 4 v 1 battle. It was going to take a lot of power to keep them at an arm's length.

Combat was rough, and rough was the only word I could use to describe it even if I had a moment to think of others. Magic Circles sort of worked at keeping people back, but it also sort of worked at keeping me trapped into an even small space as well, leaving me in a trap of my own doing. Viela was relentless in hard kicks one second then clashing blades the next, never truly knowing which limb I'd have to evade next. She was, however, a little noticeably tired, which had me wondering if Javie and her had put up a pretty big fight whenever Viago had come hunting.

Chance's strikes are all brute force, there was no denying he was a man built of muscle and the knowledge of how to use it. It was all I could do to keep sending ice or sparks flying in his direction every time he neared.

Heir and Thea had impeccable stealth, and they weren't afraid to use it against me.

"You know," I shout, whipping lightning around me in a wide circle, "You guys are allowed to try to attack Lucanis too, it doesn't have to just be me!"

"Ah, but you see," Viago pulls his knives down from struggling against Lucanis, turning on his heel to run towards me, "If he thinks you're in danger, he will stumble, he is clumsy in that way."

Viago turns at the last second, meeting Lucanis head on in another fury of slashes when he tries to rush after Viago.

Using me as the bait to make him slip up?

That's crow level tactics, for sure.

 

This used to be my favorite uniform, you know. It fit me in a way that my others didn't, like the leathers had finally warped just enough to sit comfortably on my skin-- and now it's all torn.

And sure, maybe that's the least of my worries right now, but it didn't change the fact that it sucked. I was damn near out of mana, I was struggling to catch my breath-- and my uniform was cut all over.

You know, I didn't expect complete mercy from my new friends, but I would appreciate some sense of decorum when it came to where they aimed their cuts. At least hit the outer armor, the stuff that was easier to replace! So rude.

And how am I even supposed to keep my focus when Viago and Lucanis are still fighting? This is kind of a nightmare of mine, my brother and my lover butting heads. This practice was dragging on-- the sun was setting. Could it just end soon?

Could I at least get some of these four off me? We all look exhausted, I'm not sure any of us actually care who "wins" at this point, but I'm definitely over Lucanis and Viago sparring.

I have an idea. It's, well, admittedly it's a stupid idea-- but it's a stupid idea that might get everyone else down just long enough for Lucanis to take the win. I've barely got the mana for it, but... I think I can do it if I focus.

Rooted into the stone, in the middle of the stream, mana flowing out of me, away.

There's this one spell I learned about from a book recently, it's big-- real big. But it shocks everyone within my 50 foot radius long enough that I think Lucanis could use it to his advantage.

It's time to try Thunderous End. Right now, while everyone is plotting their next move against me.

No past, no future-- just right here, right now. Just me, and the river.

I point my mage knife to the ground, conjuring the image of the storm avatar in my mind, a big, beautiful glorious bird. It rises from the ground, I can hear its wings flap behind me, electricity branching off in every direction.

This was gonna be pretty cool.

Hopefully I can keep my eyes open long enough to watch it, because I am suddenly very dizzy.

I direct the avatar across the room, flying it over the offensive team as it rains electricity down upon them, sinking to one center point, and then exploding outwards from the middle. It looked like a giant bomb of lightning.

Absolutely brilliant. Never seen that spell in use before.

It made my head hurt, though. And my nose bleed, apparently. And also my legs give out.

And then the rest of me, all at once.

I lost consciousness.

.

.

.

Mana potion. Waking up tasted like mana potion. That's because there was indeed, mana potion on my tongue. With something so delightfully blue colored, you'd think it would taste delicious. It did not.

But I've never been one to need a chaser, so I swallowed, like a good girl.

"Oh good," I could hear Viago sigh from above me, "I thought I was going to have to rub at your throat like a cat to get you to swallow it."

"Spitters are quitters," I quip,  not needing to open my eyes to know Viago is rubbing his hand at his eyes and temple, wishing for my quick and quiet death.

"You drain yourself entirely of mana and have to get your ass carried back here, and that's what you say when you wake up?" I peek a careful eye open to watch Viago look up towards the sky, like the maker themselves were testing his patience. "You are spending far too much time around Javier."

"Ah, she's awake," Noa appears, and I realize now I must be in a tent back at camp. "Have we learned a lesson in pushing ourselves too far, I hope?" The older woman crossed her arms as she looked down at me.

"Yes," I reply, even though if given the opportunity I would absolutely do that again because it looked sick. "So who won?" I look at Viago, who appears to be scowling in response to that. "Lucanis?"

"Neither of them," Noa answers. "Both of these men seem to have forgotten the original purpose of the exercise-- keep your charges alive and protect them. If your charges are downed-- then you learned nothing."

Viago's jaw tightens, a muscle in his neck flexing as listens to the lecture from Noa.

"Today, the recruit that focused on protecting their charge, who removed them from harm's way when they were close to being downed-- was Illario. Illario won today's challenge." Noa turned to step out of the tent, stopping just as she opened the canvas to leave, "And if that upsets you, Viago, then perhaps you need to be thinking more about what becoming a talon truly means. If you are not focused on how to best keep your crows alive, then you are not thinking like a proper talon."

As Noa steps out, I prop myself up a bit on my elbows, watching as Viago seems to be fighting his battles internally.

"So, neither you nor Lucanis won because I went down?"

"--Lucanis surrendered," Viago practically growled, "He dropped his weapon to get to you. But because he surrendered and you were passed out, that was technically a charge I was leading. And then on top of that, you shocked everyone so badly we had to get Arlo, Javier and Teia to help us drag people out of the fortress." 

"Are they okay?"

"--They're fine now, you just staggered them for a bit," Viago looked over to me, his blue eyes still seemingly glowing even in the darkness of this tent. "But it didn't change that I wasn't putting their safety first. So... Well, you heard her, Illario won. He prioritized his charge."

"That must piss you off," I joke, "The one you're always calling an idiot handed it to you today."

"You're the one I always call an idiot, not Illario."

"I said what I said."

"Idiot."

"Jerk."

His eyeroll is betrayed by his smirk.

"Hey Vi?"

"Yeah?"

I fall back onto the pillow, "Did I look cool, though?"

His breathy laugh betrays him once more, "So cool, Juno."

"Nice."

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 39: Little Bird, Untamable

Notes:

I was honestly expecting like maybe 4 comments after i requested a pulse check. You guys make me cry, I swear. Thanks for letting me know you're still here, I'm so glad I haven't lost you. Sometimes it feels like I lose myself when I'm not as into my writing.
Bootcamp wasn't intended to be an original piece of the plot, it was something added impulsively later so I think it's not going as well since I'm winging all of it.

I thought including some of Meg's DELICIOUS Illario x Juno art here was very fitting. I just adore this piece. I stare at it quite frequently (Don't tell Meg).

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


It took some light begging and groveling, but eventually I was able to get Viago to grab me my pipe and dried elfroot from my bag.

"It's a disgusting habit," He remarked, a judgmental tone in his voice. Especially funny when one considers that it was Viago himself who gifted me this particular strain.

"It increases mana production rather rapidly, you just can't appreciate that because you're boring." A simple spark from my knife lit the pipe, a breath of relief as the smoke hit my lungs.

"Boring for preferring oxygen? An interesting take," Viago watches as I tilt my head back, holding the elfroot in for as long as I can before I release the drag. "Are you feeling any better?"

"I'll get there," I answer, pulling myself up off the bedroll slowly, climbing to my feet. Viago holds out his hand to help me up, watching over me to make sure I don't wind up on my face instead, "Starving though, think they managed to leave me any supper?"

"I'm pretty sure Lucanis went out specifically to forage herbal roots and mushrooms to make you soup," Viago rolls his eyes as he releases my hand, making sure I can stand on my own, "He's probably cooking it now, which is the only reason he isn't in here hovering over you like a little pesky fly."

"That's nice of him," I remark, drawing back the canvas curtain of the tent just slightly to peek out. Sure enough, at the fire, slicing up what appears to be some sort of tuber vegetable, is Lucanis; a grimace etched onto his features. "It's also nice to not have to eat crow's feed for a night." I drag my eyes down his frame, never really getting an opportunity to just stare at him without his eyes on me.

He was just so remarkably handsome. Who gave him such well cut cheekbones, carved from stone like some Adonis-inspired sculpture? How is it that his nose is somehow the prettiest I've ever seen? Did I even look at noses before him? And-- That plump lower lip? The one that I want to drag in between mine every time I see it move? Gods.

Don't even get me started on how feral those sleepy eyes get me.

"You're ogling," Viago presses his hand into the small of my back, pushing me out past the curtain, "It makes me ill to witness, go mingle, stop filling your damn tent with smoke."

I don't resist his shoving, nearly stumbling as I step out of the tent. As Viago steps out beside me, we start to gain most of the attention of the camp.

"Hey," Teia discards the book she was reading on the log and crosses the sand to meet me, "Good to see you can still walk among the living , how are you?"

I wave my pipe at her and take a small appreciative puff, "I'll get better," I flash her a toothy smile, smoke pouring from my lips. "Sorry if you wound up having to drag my sorry ass back here."

"Oh, no-- Actually, Illario was the one to get you out. He got you back to camp before the rest of us could get anyone else to limp over," Teia places a hand on her hip, "Poor guy couldn't even celebrate his win because he was tripping over himself worrying about you."

"I guess I should say thanks and maybe sorry," I bite at my lip, searching for his figure amongst the crowd. Illario, to my surprise, isn't anywhere in camp. Teia gestures to the water's edge, where Illario appears to be sitting in the sand. I give her a grateful smile, eyes flashing over Lucanis as I start walking, I give him a gesture to give me a minute before taking the trek over to the shore.

"This isn't exactly the gold medal podium I figured you'd be standing on," Even though I'm quiet, he still seems surprised that it's my voice that comes out. Surely, he heard footsteps. Did he not know them to be mine the way I knew his footsteps to be his?

"You're awake," Illario goes to push himself up off the sand, but I hurry over and place a hand on his shoulder to halt him, instead taking a seat in the sand beside him. "Are you okay?"

"Oh yeah, just a little mana sickness, nothing some elfroot doesn't patch right up," I give a small puff of my pipe, watching as Illario's eyes trail over my lips. I offer my pipe to him, and he, curiously, pulls it to his lips to take a drag.

"Oh," He closes his eyes as he breathes out, the smoke dissipating

 from his lips up into the air. "That wasn't nearly as bad as I thought it was going to be." He hands the pipe back over.

Well, at least he's honest.

"It's a healing root, it really shouldn't be hurting you," I chuckle, "Though don't let Viago hear you say that, he seems to greatly disapprove of the smell of it."

"It doesn't smell bad," He counters, "It smells like that ointment you put on... my cheek." Illario's words fall off for a moment, but he clears his throat right after, "Maybe I'm just used to it."

Illario looks out at the sea, and I can see that some of his hair, usually swept back tightly into some form of knot or bun, has begun to fall forward into his face, leaving little strands dancing in the sea breeze. His eyes looked almost black in this light, but they still seemed wrought with some emotion stirring beneath them. He truly seemed upset about something that happened.

"You look tired," I observe, pulling in a drag and looking over the dark circles under his eyes-- not quite full of color enough to be bruises. "Have you been sleeping okay?"

"Now you're worried about me?" He jokes, reaching up to scratch above his eyebrow-- a nervous habit of his I've caught on to. "It's... been a few days. Not entirely sleepless, but not the most restful sleep either. I'm sure it's the environment,"

"Rivain is a little strange," I nod, pulling my eyes out to look over the ocean. "Can't beat the views, though."

"Very true, this place is quite captivating," Illario's eyes fall out over the sea, then up to the skies, then tip over the side to fall onto me. "I actually find myself not wanting to return home, despite the lack of sleep."

"Yeah," I sigh, taking another long drag of the elfroot before passing it to Illario once more. "I get that, really. It doesn't feel like there's much worth going back for right now, does it?"

"You don't know the half of it."

"So tell me," I offer, and Illario looks at me while holding the smoke in his lungs, the previous mystery emotion seeping away to be replaced with surprise. It's always strange how surprised he is that I want to spend time with him, or know him-- we're close, we've been close... or, at least I thought we had. "I've heard elves make great listeners, big ears and whatnot."

Illario hand my pipe over and I dump the remaining ashes into the sand, burying them before they can travel on the breeze. Illario ponders over my suggestion for a bit, before seemingly surrendering and resting his elbows on his knees.

"When we arrived here, it was pretty evident that Neri and Noa believe Lucanis to be the First Talon Successor. That didn't bug me before, but I think, perhaps after years of having Caterina do the same, it finally became an insecurity. I used to do anything to get her attention, I'd put myself through the same training as Lucanis-- But it was never enough," Illario shakes his head, his gaze lifting to the sky, "Even here, now, a win doesn't feel like a win. No one's here to say congrats, no one looks at me with any more respect-- I'm still just me. Just Illario."

"Why would you need to be more? I happen to like 'Just Illario'," I quip, earning me a raised brow in return.

"And then there's you--" He sighs, leaning back on his palms in the sand, "Just when I think no one takes me seriously, you come traipsing through and reminding me that I am in fact, still in the running. You even call me the potential successor to my face, in front of other people. You..." Illario pauses, searching for the right words. "You make me want to try harder. You make me envious of the support you give Viago-- of how you always speak so surely of him becoming a great talon. You speak like you're counting on him. I want that. I want you to count on me, too."

"I do," I interject, but Illario holds up a hand to silence me.

"I want you to count on me for more than just brothel missions and carnival prizes. I want to help you meet your goals, I want to make the crows better, I want to lead a house that can help you-- help change how Elves are treated throughout Antiva, expand our reaches to Tevinter I-- " He closes his eyes, his eyebrows jutting down as if he's in pain saying all of this. "I want you to feel like I will always be the first one to find you, to protect you and to help you-- I failed, today. I failed you. I won some stupid game by putting Fletcher's health first but god dammit, it could've been you. I could have prevented--"

"I didn't faint because of anything Lucanis did or didn't do," I keep a neutral tone, hoping to not provoke him emotionally any further. "I fainted because I ran out of mana, because I made a decision to cast a large spell, and because Viago sent every charge he had to attack me. I'm surprised I even lasted as long as I did, because that was a 4 v 1 fight."

"It could have been 4 v 2, because there's no way I would be making you fight alone."

Sweet words, but...

"I am here for training too, you know? Not just the future talons going through training here." I tucked my pipe into my waist pouch, "I can admit I probably shouldn't have pushed my limits so far, but I still had fun seeing what I was capable of."

"... you passed out."

"Yeah," I snort, "And?"

"And nothing, collapsing isn't good, Juno."

"I absolutely hear what you're saying, but I am also electing to ignore it. I had fun, it was my decision, end of story. So no more sulking."

Illario doesn't seem to budge, so I stand and pat myself off, getting the sand out from my clothes, "Well, if you wont pull yourself out of this funk, then I'll do it myself," I reach down, locking my arms under Illario's armpits in an instant, and pulling him upwards with all of my might. He flails his legs out to tuck underneath him, whipping around to face me in an instant with wide, slightly annoyed eyes.

"You... are a brat,"

"So I've heard," I gesture to the warm glow of the campfire, "Come on, potential successor, I've got to get back and apologize to a few more people for today-- Oh,"

"Oh?" Illario asks as I halt my steps, I hold out my hand expectantly. Illario stares at it for a moment before recognizing I'm asking for his own, placing his palm in mine.

"That reminded me," I pulled his hand to my lips, placing a kiss on his index and middle fingers. "Thank you," I slowly place his hand down and look up to his eyes, glistening with a new emotion. One that I understood now, now that I heard him talk to Lucanis the other evening. "Thank you for bringing me back to camp. I know I can always count on you when I need help."

Longing. It was longing in his eyes.

I pull my fingers from his hand, walking backwards towards camp to look at him a few moments longer before turning on my heel and returning to camp.

"I lived, bitches," I announce, taking a seat behind Lucanis, who was watching a soup pot boil. "Which is to say; sorry if I freaked you out. I appreciate your patience with me while I navigate the limits of my own abilities."

Lucanis lets out a huff in front of me, grabbing a ladle to pour some soup into a mug and practically shoving it into my hands, "Eat," don't have to tell me twice, hottie. "I cannot believe you acted so recklessly--"

"Really?" Viela quirks an eyebrow, calling out from the log a few feet over, "Because I've known her for 3 days and this stunt didn't surprise me at all."

Hey. Whose side are you on?

"Nobody was winning," I responded, "And Nobody was going to. We would've been dancing around swinging blades and magic for hours, I either could have drained down my mana slowly, or made one sick looking giant spell and put an end to it once and for all.

"You could have--"

"You could've this, you could've that--I'm sure there's plenty I could have done-- but that is now officially in the past. Sure, next time no giant spells," I took a sip of the soup Lucanis handed me, it was actually quite nice and tasted very much like green onions and mushrooms. It was a nice subtle break from creamy rice and white onions.

"She is not tamable, Lucanis, she is just impulsive, I fear." Javier laughs as he takes a seat beside Viela, "If you're her partner, you've doomed to keeping a constant eye on her."

Excuse you, I am not some child loose in the market.

"And how exactly did your team building go? Because as I recall you lost her by force." I tease, and Javier simply grins back.

"We held out for quite a while, actually, considering we were up against Viago and his 3 charges. He's still a tough one to beat, I swear he's gained like 10 pounds of muscle in the last year." Javier sort of mumbles the last part before dropping himself down onto the ground.

"What on earth are you doing?"

"Planks. Need to build up those core muscles."

"So we just, what, start working out mid conversation now?" I tease.

"I don't know what you mean, I always love working out," Javier scoffs, leaning on his elbows. "Do it all the time."

"Riiiiiight," I take another sip of my soup and raise an eyebrow as I watch Javier-- but then I look up, and I see how Viela is looking at him.

Ah. He's peacocking.

And she is eating it up.

What the hell happened to them out in the woods, was it anything like my day?

My eyes search over the crowd and found Arlo and Thea deep in conversation, whatever Arlo was saying was drawing an irritating look to Thea's face, but then in an instant Arlo would say something off hand that had her bursting into a fit of giggles.

Were both of them peacocking?

Oh we are absolutely staying up late to talk about this later.

I need to know what those two did to get either of their attention.

"I'm sorry, If I worried any of you," I say, mostly to anybody around rather than any one of them in particular.

While Javier tries to hide the fact that he's breaking into a sweat, I make eye contact with Viela. I point to myself, then to her, then to Thea, mouthing "Talk, later?"

Her face flushes, and she nods profusely.

Oh yeah, they got up to something.

Lucanis finally takes a seat beside me, crossing his arms as he also sips on a mug of soup. He still looks a bit irritated. I'd have to make that up to him, however he sees fit.

Or wherever he sees fit.

.

.

.

Most of the recruits had headed to bed, not as interested in two late nights in a row, which meant it was the absolute most perfect time to pull Viela and Thea aside, much to Javie and Arlo's disappointment. On the grounds of 'girl talk', I banished the two to bed.

"Did you think I wouldn't notice?" I ask, looking over the two while kicking my feet a little, "Time to spill, I want to know everything."

They're both silent, both a little red in the face and both a little avoiding eye contact.

"Oh come on, when do you ever even get to talk about guys with anyone, this is like the one safe place to do it!" I nudged Viela, "Did he sweep you off your feet? Did he rescue you from peril?"

"What? No!" Viela's face was darkening, almost matching the shade of her hair, "No, we just... talked."

"About?"

"Are you always this nosy?" Thea butts in, and I place a hand over my chest dramatically, but the tone of my voice is anything but upset.

"Oh, how you wound me," I deadpan. "However will I recover, and so forth-- Anyways, why are you suddenly making heart eyes at my brothers?"

"He's just sweet, okay!?" Viela spits out, probably more harshly than she intends. "He's just really nice, and he asked a lot of questions to get to know me-- favorite foods, favorite constellation-- who even asks that!? It was just... a lot of talking, he was nice."

Ah, there he is. No longer the "quiet" Javie she had mentioned before.

"It doesn't hurt that he's got a nice face," She adds quietly.

"Well, if he's dropping down to try and work out in front of you, I'd say you have his attention whether you want it or not, because despite what he says, he's not so eager to be doing planks at home."

"I just don't know," She admits, "I didn't come here looking to start anything like that."

"Well, sometimes it just happens to you, and you roll with it," I answer, "But if it isn't something you want to pursue, that's fine too. Javie is a gentleman, he won't chase you unless that's what you're into." I drag my eyes over to Thea, "You, however. If you don't want Arlo to chase you, you better get more comfortable running, cause that's what you'll have to do."

"I'm sure I could take him down if need be," Thea scoffs.

"Ha," I chuckle, then realize she's being entirely serious, "Oh you're. Oh, ahaha, okay Thea. Sure, but I wouldn't get too confident, that's how you wind up with Mana Sickness and having to apologize to an entire team. Besides-- Something tells me you aren't going to follow through on that. I saw you two talking last night,"

I wiggled my eyebrows and Thea groaned quietly.

"Let sleeping mabari lie!"

"Nope. Not in my nature," I flick some hair back over my shoulder, "If that was an apology, that was a pretty long one!"

"It was, we also just... chatted for a bit."

Suspicious pause there, Thea.

"And out in the woods?"

"Oh, no even before that--" Viela looks over at Thea, "Did you SEE the look he was giving everyone else when people were picking teammates? He may as well have been glaring actual daggers at everyone to make sure they wouldn't pick Thea. He was so damn pleased his plan worked out in the end."

"Viela!" Thea groans a second time, dropping her face in her hands. It was easier to see the tips of her ears turning red when she dropped her head down into the fire light. "Ugh okay, so maybe there's like something there-- I don't really know, he's hard to read sometimes--"

"--He wants you." I answer, nipping those insecurities in the bud. "If he's putting in any effort, which he is, he wants you. Arlo isn't one to pussyfoot around anything. And it's okay to enjoy that-- at the very least while we're here. There's no reason to not have a few special moments to yourself before we're all dragging our sorry asses back home."

"Okay," Viela tilts her head, "You're saying that like you're someone talking from experience-- So tell me, Juno, what were you doing out in the woods today?"

Oh, you know. Getting stuffed.

"Flirting, making magic, kicking ass-- The normal, everyday stuff."

 

Definitely not getting finger banged in an old Grey Warden Fortress five feet from another team.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 40: Little Bird Advisor

Notes:

I promise there's a reason I'm setting up these little side stories with Thea and Viela and Javie and Arlo.
And also this is probably the last of these side stories for Bootcamp, I'm ready for them to move on. Campfire scene perhaps then getting tf out of bootcamp because my brain is soup and not even the good kind.
Bootcamp was kind of unplanned and a last minute decision and now I just regret making it a week long thing lol coming up with exercises has been challenging on my tiny little bird brain.

Anyways. Here's chapter 40?!!?!? Excuse me?! I feel like I just posted chapter 25 like a week ago. We've also almost reached page 500 in my google doc for this fic. Absolutely wild.

Thank you a million times over to Aurora_Borealis3406 , my lovely Rora, who headcanoned an entire interaction between Javier and Viela and allowed me to use it in the fic, I hope I did her justice by adding in Javier's thoughts behind it (as it was his version of retelling). I love you buddy.

These pieces were both done by Meg, as usual, and damn are they pretty. I really love that the Javi piece became a comic, there was no way I could leave these out. Too pretty. Must be in fic. I put one at the beginning and one at the end, just to space em out better.
**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Javier is lucky I didn't drive my foot into his ass the very moment he woke me up early. Honest to god, how many days in a row do I have to wake up early? Is this boot camp or is this prison? I actually can't tell.

"It's not an option, let me clarify," Javier rolls my bedroll out from under me. "Get up, let's go, jogging time!"

"Is it just us?" I groan, using my forearms to push me up.

"You, Me and Arlo," Javier grins, "I don't dare wake Viago up before the sun is fully in the sky, that's dangerous."

"How did I make it onto the docile list? I could kill you just for speaking to me before the sun is up," I mumble, pushing myself up entirely off the ground.

"Hardly," Javier stands tall, stepping towards the entrance to my tent. "Five minutes, hustle. I'll even be kind enough to let you go rinse off after running before I wake everyone else for training."

"How kind ," I counter sarcastically, entirely unamused by his supposed 'generosity' . He's lucky I like him enough to pull my shit together this early in the morning, before the sun has even crossed the horizon.

When I exit the tent, both Javier and Arlo are stretching, and I find it incredibly curious that both of these men are seemingly wide awake when just the day before they were struggling to keep themselves upright after sleeping in much later.

These two were up to shit.

"Ready?" Arlo asks, as I adjust the ties on my boots.

"Yeah, let's go, ready as I'm gonna get."

We take off down the beach in our little group of 3, both choosing to maintain my strides even though they're both nearly a foot taller than me in general and typically took large steps. Yeah, time to address the elephant in the... beach?

"Okay, what do you want?"

"Whatever could you mean?" Javier asks, his grin giving him away instantly. "Perhaps I just wanted to go on a morning run with you."

"Or perhaps you're looking to have me do something, as you usually are when you come seeking me out, so out with it,"

"I've never been one to play coy," Arlo starts, shrugging his shoulders as he jogs, "What did you talk about with Thea and Viela last night?"

Oh-ho-ho. They want the scoop. They want the insider knowledge to girl talk. They want to know if it was about * them *. Now WHY would they want to know that?

"I am unsure if I'm at liberty to discuss that, unless I know your intentions, Dear Arlo,--"

"--My intentions are she's interesting and I want he r, so I'm going to ask you one more time-- What. did. you. talk. about?"

You can't help but love his straightforward nature. Is he this to the point with Thea, or no? Because she seems confused about his intentions, but that was pretty clear to me.

"She might've expressed some confusion about your intentions," I narrowed my eyes at him, "So whatever you're doing isn't working entirely, maybe you need to be more direct."

" More direct?" Arlo looks completely baffled, "I suppose I can but I'm not sure how much more direct it gets."

"Well, tell me about it then, and I'll tell you what the right move is."

According to Arlo's retelling, his version of events yesterday was something more like this:

"I don't really do hiding or defense, so I hope you're ready to fight for this," Arlo had said before they even started off in the woods. He figured giving the other teams a headstart was only fair. He'd find Teia first, then probably Javier, Illario and finally Lucanis. If it were any other day he'd like to go straight to sparring with Lucanis just for the challenge, but he thought Thea would more than likely kick my ass quickly, so he took some pity on me.

Thanks, I guess.

He didn't run to the forest, in fact, he chose to walk, eager to just have a few more moments to speak with Thea after a conversation with her in front of the campfire into the late hours of the evening the other night. Arlo wasn't exactly used to anyone ever apologizing for initial judgements they passed on him, let alone fessing up to them to his face. Knowing that she not only was throwing knives at him full well thinking it was some sort of sick kink of his, but that she was willing to own up to it and apologize for those assumptions made her doubly as interesting as before.

"I don't mind fighting, I can handle myself. Just make sure you can keep up," Thea reached up and tightened her ponytail, giving Arlo a clear view of the scars on her neck as her hair was pulled back from brushing against her neck. She hadn't exactly gone into why she had scars the other night, but it was clear that Arlo had gained her empathy when he exposed just how many scars littered his arms.

"I know, that's why I made sure nobody else chose you." Arlo smirked at his own line as he took a few larger strides to get ahead of her, hoping to conceal that he was smiling against his own will just from being around her.

"You chose me because no one else did," Thea scoffed.

"No, I threatened everyone else with my eyes, otherwise you'd be teamed up with Illario right now. Or Javie, he was considering being a little shit, I saw the twinkle in his eye," Arlo kept an eye out as they entered the forest, making note of any disturbed brush or falling leaves.

"... Seriously?" She asked him. Arlo looked up at the treeline, making note that someone had started climbing the moment the challenge began, but might have just been trying to keep an eye on the direction of another team, because they were long gone.

"I have my ways of getting what I want," Arlo looked over his shoulder at Thea, her blue eyes wide at his response. Arlo chuckled to himself as he continued on his path, choosing to trail after whoever sloppily ran through the ferns and squished them under their boots.

"And what is it, exactly, that you want?"

Arlo halted in his path, turning to look down at her. Did she really not get it?

" You have my attention ," Arlo spoke low, careful not to let anyone else chime in on their conversation if they were around, " I want yours as well ."

She took a small step back at this, once again taken off guard by him. Arlo was unsure if he was intimidating at that moment or not, or if she liked intimidating-- but he was hoping she knew after hearing about his past that he wouldn't harm her or anything of the sort.

It was quite the opposite, in fact, he wanted to hold her. He wanted to drag his lips over her jaw and up her ears. He wanted to draw circles into her hips and hold her up by her thighs.

As much as it pains him to admit it, he was craving domesticity with her. For once in his life he wanted to be, just the smallest bit, tamed.

"You can have it," She answered breathlessly, and Arlo felt his brows shoot up. He wasn't prepared for her to actually respond to his shameful attempts at flirting. "But you better make it worth my time."

Arlo found it very important to mention that he loves being challenged.

He pulled his bottom lip between his teeth, and in one swift move, lifted Thea up by her waist and pressed her into the closest tree. Whether by instinct or by deliberate action, Thea's legs wrapped around his waist and she let out the smallest of noises as her back met the bark of the tree.

"Gladly."

Arlo pushed a kiss to her throat right at that moment, directly over the scar on her neck. Admittedly, it was only one of several places that he was interested in letting his lips ghost over, but he'd settle for right there if it kept her attention on him.

But that was a moment-- and moments don't last forever. Moments last as long as it takes for another team to start approaching you in the woods.

So Arlo had to put her back down, which he was positive left her both confused and annoyed, but he could hear someone approaching-- and as soon as she lost her anger and finally refocused, she could hear them too.

Moment over.

.....

I think I had dropped my jaw about a quarter of a mile back, and it stayed dropped with every debauched word coming out of Arlo's mouth.

I mean, I knew he had it in him but damn, Arlo .

"You kissed her neck?!" I squeaked, "You kissed her neck and she somehow came out of that entire scenario confused by your intentions. I mean, she might think you're only interested in fucking."

"I'm not uninterested in it," He responds, "But yeah, I probably should clarify that I'm not just looking for a bootcamp fling at this point." Arlo sighs, looking out at the horizon to watch the ocean light up as the sun rises in the sky. "It can be hard to not let my head get fogged up when she talks like that."

I mean, yeah, as someone who has actually kissed her, I get it. She's hot and she knows how to use it as a weapon. Arlo just has to do it back.

"Teia taught me a long time ago that the way people flirt with you is usually how they want to be flirted with-- it's their idea of what sexy is. So turn it around on her. The tree thing was a good start, " I offer, but feel myself back away from that idea, "But make sure she knows you like her for more than just her being hot. I feel like she's probably too used to that happening. I'm sure she'll still want to hang out, she doesn't seem to hate you or anything. Compliment her, get to know her more, ask her things about her-- ask what music she likes, ask what food she likes--"

"Oh, yes," Javier interrupts, "Food is a great idea, that worked in my favor."

"Oh? So things went well for you, Javie? Viela definitely mentioned you were being sweet and that you have a nice face--"

"--Really?" I swear you could light a room with how bright his smile gets, "Fantastic."

"So tell me all about it, I'm dying to know," I wiggle my eyebrows, earning a laugh from Javier.

From what I gathered, what had really happened out in the woods for Javier and Viela went something like this...

Things were actually relatively silent as Javier led Viela into the forested corner of their little slice of Rivain.

He made sure to take note that their steps and movement synchronized almost perfectly, that their steps were essentially silent, and he felt like she probably understood his assignment on quiet footfall more-so than any of the other recruits this week.

When Javier had stopped, finding a nice canopy to tuck themselves into, it was Viela who first spoke up.

"We're alone. The nearest team is a ways away." Viela whispered, drawing a step closer to Javier as she watched him. Javier couldn't help but quirk a brow at this-- did she want to be alone? The implications were delicious , but she seemed far too serious to mean anything by it. A shame, because those words definitely made his body buzz with excitement.

"I should know by now that you're a far better listener than I am. Juno has always been able to hear a fair amount more than the rest of us." Javier settled himself onto the ground. He leaned back against a tree and sighed as he stretched his legs out in front of him. "Just warn me if someone gets close, and we can set up defensively. Can you climb as well as you can evade?"

Javier could read on her face that she was annoyed he wasn't setting up some bigger plan. She didn't seem to understand this group as well as he did-- If Arlo came for them, they were fucked. If Viago came for them, they were fucked. If Lucanis came for them? Let's hope she can run faster than she was before.

"We should have a plan…" Viela said slowly, tearing her eyes from him to take in their surroundings. "I need this to go well. My house will expect a favorable report, and I can't afford anything less than a perfect one."

She seemed to turn her focus on the nearby trees.  

Javier made note of how her hands clenched and flexed at her sides. She seemed more nervous than angry, which made Javier a little remorseful that she got stuck with him in this exercise, but she had to know this was just a simple exercise-- and on top of that, it wasn't even theirs. This was for the Talon successors, they were just the additional props for them. His hand on her shoulder startled her so violently that she leapt three feet away from him when he touched her. He winced at her reaction.

"Viela, calm down. It's just training, and I'm sorry I startled you. I trust you'll be able to hear whenever someone comes near, and then you can stealth up a tree and I'll draw them away. I know it's a simple plan, but it's a solid one. I know these recruits better than anyone."

"Is this just a training for you, De Riva?" The words came out harsher than Viela meant them to, and she flushed in shame and embarrassment. It wasn't Javier's fault really… "I'm sorry, but it's not for me . I don't get the privilege of being able to slack off."

In a clear attempt to avoid the inevitable conversation, she started to climb the tree to her right. He could hear an angry sigh slip from her mouth as she settled up in the fronds of the branches.

"I don't know much about your Talon, Nero, I'll admit…" Javier's voice was gentle, barely above a whisper, but she could definitely still hear him speak. "What I don't understand is why you seem… so concerned about how positive a report they receive. You've done well, Viela, I'm sure your house will be pleased with your performance here. Any other house would be, even my father would have little to complain about if the report was going to him."

"I was not born into the Crows, Javier. My position is not as secure as yours."

"Who were you before the Crows then? I… I'd like to get to know you, if you'll let me." Javier asked, trying hard not to prod her too much, but wanting to be honest about his intentions for asking in the first place.

"You don't want to know that. It's not a pretty story, Javier, and it won't fit with whatever pretty image you have in your mind about this organization."

Javier practically choked out a laugh, him? Have a pretty outlook on the crows? Did he give that impression?

"Viela, you'd be surprised how low my opinion is of the Crows as a whole."

"Then… why be here, if you don't have to?"

"You say that like I had a choice… I did not."

She slid down the tree lightning quick to crouch before Javier, fire in her eyes and teeth bared at him. Javier noted that it was the most intense look he had seen from her the entire week. The most emotional, the most vulnerable, the most beautiful. Wow, she was beautiful.

"Oh, so you were bought out of slavery for a singular purpose then? You were told, over and over, very plainly, that your only worth in life is if you succeed in your missions and gain full Crow status? You had to avoid the betrayals of your kinsmen every day, and nearly kill yourself in training to make sure your house didn't feel the need to recoup its losses by selling you back to Tevinter?"

Javier didn't know how to respond to that. It wasn't a competition for whose trauma was worse, he hadn't intended for it to seem like it was. If anything, he was trying to show that he could make an effort to understand her, regardless of how she viewed this life. He just wanted to know what motivated her, what drove her to want to try so hard, why her position mattered. Javier knew that she didn't know a lot about the plans they had for the crows, the desire to morph it into something better-- all she knew was what was already there within the organization, and she wasn't wrong-- it was shit. He DID still want to leave, damn near every day, but when you have people you love, people who rely on you, and people you want to help, sometimes your own life gets put on a shelf to deal with later.

How did he convey any of that to her?

"Don't bother, Javier. Your pity is worthless to me." Her words came from a place of defensiveness, he could see it in the remorse on her face as she turned and walked about twenty paces away from him.

It didn't take a detective to see she was battling something inside her-- like she didn't want him to get too close but regretted every time she snipped their connection. He knew it when he had her hands on her hips during training the other day; he had meant the gesture to just grab her and keep her anchored in one spot, but when he heard the breath leave her lungs and watched the pink flush rise up her neck to her cheeks and ears, he knew there was more there. Really, he hoped there was more there.

Javier had been wrong about things in his lifetime before, but he might actually be a bit devastated if he was wrong about this.

So he just did the next thing he could think of-- ask a less invasive question. Still get to know her, but on her terms, with things that felt less deep.

"What's your favorite food, Vie?" 

Surprise dissolved her resolution to not look at him, and she turned in place to look up into his face. Javier couldn't help the grin that broke out on his lips, captivated entirely by the sparkle in her violet eyes.

"My Keeper used to make this fry bread… I ground wild oats and rice for the dough, and she'd fry it up with halla butter and even found wild honey to drizzle over the top…" Her voice trailed off. Javier had heard the lingering pain in her voice, clearly this was a happy memory lost in a sea of bad ones. Those were relatively common when you lived within the crows, but perhaps Viela had not been in it for as long, because this one still seemed to cut her deeply.

Another question, then.

"Okay, easier topic: favorite color. I'm going to guess green," Viela tried to fight the smile, but Javier's playful tone drew it out of her. That made this whole exercise worth it, in his eyes, just to see her smile once.

"It is green, but more of a dark green, like the deeper reaches of Arlathan."

"Do you have a favorite constellation?" He follows up, before she can pull herself away again.

Javier had put an arm around her, stepping into her space almost without even thinking about it. Almost. Viela laughed quietly, and she leaned into his touch-- He was on cloud 9.

"Do people have favorite constellations? I'm not sure I do…"

Javier really really wanted to kiss her right then and there.

"Maybe we can discover your favorite constellation together, then. I love looking at the stars, you should join me sometime," He could do it, if she'd let him. He could lean down right now and be as gentle or as rough as she needed.

She was leaning into his chest now, whether intentionally or not. His eyes searched her face, desperate for any sign that she wanted this. When she looked down at his lips, he took that as his answer. He was going to kiss her. 

A branch broke in the not-too-far distance and Viela tensed, her gaze whipping toward the noise. Javier noticed her reaction instantly, shifting his focus toward where her eyes had gone. His grip loosened as his shoulder slumped, a sigh escaping his lips perhaps a little bit too obviously disappointed then he would have preferred to come off as.

"Up the tree then, Vie. We'll have to resume this discussion later. We will continue where we left off, right? If that's… something you want?" 

As if it was the best answer either of them could ever think of, Viela surged forward to press her lips to his cheek, slipping away from him and scrambling silently back up the tree.

.........

Yeah, that was MORE than just talking, Viela.

"You let her get back in the tree without kissing her?" My eyebrows shoot up on my forehead as we jog and Javier groans.

"If it was any OTHER time, I would have! But it's bootcamp-- and it was Viago . The consequences of slacking off in that manner would've been far worse."

That's true, Viago can be both a major cockblock and a ruthless tyrant when he wants to be.

"Well, the great news is you absolutely have a shot there, just keep being yourself," I shrug at him, "I'm afraid I can't offer much advice there other than; don't fucking lie about enjoying working out. That was pathetic and I hope to never see it again."

"I could-- I could enjoy working out, you don't know," Javier grasps at his legs as we come to a stop, having made it back to camp.

"You enjoy working out as much as Viago enjoys singalongs," I flick his forehead while he's down then start back towards my tent. "I'm sure you'll both figure it out, you're smart when you put your minds to it."

I retrieve some new clothes and start off towards the river we had been bathing in. No way was I starting my day drenched in sweat. This was the second to last day of bootcamp, and we still had another two days of travel after that to get home. Part of me didn't want to go back, another part of me was eager to see if Kieran was any closer to Treviso.

I felt naked, having gone so long without writing anyone a letter. It was my greatest comfort and the best way to put my heart and soul out for someone to see. Me without my parchment and pens is like Treviso without water-- it's just incomplete. Missing it's charms.

Spoken words just didn't hit quite the same.

"Juno," Unless they're his words, I suppose.

"Good morning, Lucanis," Coming from the direction of the river was none other than the subject of the majority of my letters most recently.

"Good morning. Are you feeling better after yesterday?" He rubs his towel over the back of his hair, seemingly the only spot that wasn't already dry and covered in clothes now.

"Back at 100%, definitely. Sorry again, I didn't mean to scare you,"

Lucanis hums an acknowledgment, "You better be sorry, I surrendered to Viago just to try and get you back here-- and then there's so many paralyzed from your electric stunt that I have to get the others out to help drag everyone back to camp. You were reckless--"

"I was tired, and done fighting, and I said I was sorry," Lucanis raises a brow at my interruption, and I'm sure he'd love to sit here and lecture me for hours but i'm hot and sweaty and would like to go rinse off, "I won't do that to you again, even if I do get really yummy soup after. Kinda felt like a reward."

"Not a reward, and if you do it again i'm just going to feed you the raw plant, no treats."

"Boo," I pout, tugging at the neckline of my shirt. "Alright, I get it. No more giant spells while on the brink of exhaustion. I promise."

"Good girl," He answers.

Oooh. Did that unlock something in my brain?

"Enjoy your coffee," I tip my head back towards camp, "I need a bath."

"You're making me choose between coffee and a show?" Lucanis' eyes widen and I chuckle at his feigned panic.

"No, it's not a choice, go drink coffee and let me go five minutes without your hands on my body," I give him a playful shove, "I'd rather be cleansed of sweat before your lips find my skin anyways."

"I don't know, that could be fun--"

"Coffee, Lucanis. Goodbye!" I sing, turning on my heel to continue to the river, though I hear him mumbling to himself as he walks away.

"A little sweat never hurt anybody."

Relentless.

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 41: Little Bird Lullabies

Notes:

I have to stop writing here tonight, it's already almost 3. I'll be back to this same night in the next chapter, I just needed some fluff with Lucanis in my life.
I'm still going through all the comments from the pulse check the other night, but trying my best to just respond and say; thank you. Endlessly, thank you.
It probably seems so weird to just want to know that you're here, but I just like knowing it means something to somebody.
Your comments mean a lot to me too, even if it's just you stopping by to say "I read this right when I wake up" or "Can't wait to see what you do with ___".
It just gives me my own little spirit of purpose.
Love you all very much.

Ps: almost forgot to mention, absolutely listen to Kate McGils version of Chiquitita

Had to include this little chibi stack because I love the little bite sized birds. Meg always makes me grin like an idiot, even now when I'm looking back over her work I'm cheesin.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



I am so goddamn sick of crow's feed. I get it now, I get why Lucanis hates it. It's just unflavored rice and onion, and maybe sometimes Lucanis sneaks a spice in but I am dying. I can't do it again. I'm losing my mind.

"Where are you going?"

"Ingredients."

"That's actually not an answer to my question,"

Lucanis looked back at the camp before trailing after me into the woods. The sun had yet to fall completely, so I still had good lighting to spot things out in the woods.

"You came out here last night," I say to him, searching over the area, "I know you found garlic, let's start with that. I want to get a coconut also, and some mushrooms. If there's edible greens, that'd be nice." I kept my eyes peeled as I searched over the area. There were ferns, but they were all unfurled, and likely wouldn't taste any good.

"I'm pretty sure I found the garlic off this way," Lucanis gave in to my suggestion quite easily, likely because he was already planning on adjusting the cooking pot before I even did so myself. "But why coconut?"

"You can use it to make a milk substitute, making the rice really creamy and savory. My family had a friend from Rivain who used to like to make a coconut rice dish." I spot some plantain leaves, and kneel down to collect them, placing them in my waist bag.

"Your family seemed to have friends in many places," Lucanis notes, kneeling down himself, within the clearing, to dig up some garlic bulbs. "Ferelden, Orlais, Antiva, Rivain-- Did you visit all these places as well?"

"Oh," I nearly sighed with relief as his questioning wasn't as invasive as I feared it would be, "No, Mama just liked to make friends with travelers. She was good at making unlikely alliances and friends, so someone was usually always stopping by for dinner. It was rare to have a quiet night at home."

He didn't need to know that the real reason we knew someone from Rivain was actually that Papa and her had a small love affair, long before he met Mama, but I did always wonder if there was something between her and Mama as well-- She did, if I recall correctly, wind up spending the night at the house once or twice.

By whose suggestion, I'm unsure.

"That sounds... nice." I look over to him, noting the pained look on his features. "Do you miss them? Your parents?"

"Always," I respond, looking back down the greens growing from the earth. "Some days more than others, some days I'm angry with them, sure I'll never forgive them-- but always missing them."

I could see from the corner of my eye that Lucanis craned his neck to look up at the orange sky, "I do not remember my parents... but I do think I miss what could have been. What life I could have had."

It feels like each rib in my chest shattering at once. My teeth are clenched shut and grinding just to cope with the unshakable guilt-- it's not my fault, it's not. I can face that. But I will always be connected, I will always be tangled in those roots-- and if he knew, I would always be a reminder. It doesn't matter how deeply you love someone if you cannot look at them and think about how your life would've turned out if they didn't exist.

Would Papa have killed those crows after the fall of the 8th house, which means that he would've likely killed them when Mama was pregnant. I came to that realization shortly after the day of Javier's initiation. And I've stewed with it since.

I did not kill Lucanis and Illario's parents. But Papa definitely killed them to protect Mama and me. There was blood on my hands before I was even born into this world.

"Do you think you'd be different, from how you are now, that is?" I ask, trying to keep my breathing steady.

"Perhaps," I watch as Lucanis turns his attention back to the garlic bulbs, surely picking more than was needed for one night but I presume he was stocking up for the journey home. "Caterina would've had her hand in my upbringing regardless, so maybe not much would have changed there but, I imagine it would've been nice to have a mother to confide in at the end of the day. Someone to sing me a lullaby, as you said your mother did. I think it would've felt... less lonely."

I can read between those lines. He wonders what growing up feeling loved felt like.

"I could sing you lullabies," It comes in a hushed tone from my mouth all at once, but I knew what I was saying before I said it-- and I meant it. I would. I would do anything to make him feel loved.

"I do not need you to act as my mother, Juno," Lucanis chuckles.

I rise from my spot and cross the clearing to him, kneeling down behind his back.

"Showing you love does not mean I'm acting as a mother would," I press my back to his and bring my knees up, leaning my back against his, "It simply means I love you."

I can feel his shoulders tense a bit at this, I guess he really still wasn't used to hearing it.

"My Papa sang to me more than Mama did,"  I fiddled with my gloves on my right hand, looking down at the embroidered Dalish patterns. "He wasn't the best at it, but he wanted me to learn Old Antivan very early, and Mama never really learned many songs..."

"Your father was Antivan?" He asks quietly.

"He was," I answer, not as bothered by his curiosity this time. "He loved Antiva, I think leaving it for Mama was the hardest thing he ever had to do."

A silence falls between us, but I can feel Lucanis relax against me as we stare up at the sky together. I wonder if he's imagining my life, or if he's still thinking about what his own could've been like. It hurts, either way.

So I just do what I said I would. I sang him Papa's lullaby.

Chiquitita, tell me what's wrong

You're enchained by your own sorrow

In your eyes there is no hope for tomorrow

How I hate to see you like this

There is no way you can deny it

I can see that you're oh so sad, so quiet

Chiquitita, tell me the truth

I'm a shoulder you can cry on

Your best friend, I'm the one you must rely on

You were always sure of yourself

Now I see you've broken a feather

I hope we can patch it up together

If I close my eyes, I can almost hear Papa singing it deep within my memories. Papa generally was loud, boisterous, full of life. But when it came to those small, fragile moments-- he sang like it was a secret, like he wanted only me to hear out of everyone in the whole world. So that's how I sing to Lucanis, and sure, it's a song for a little girl, but it was something I knew to be love and I hoped he could feel that too.

Chiquitita, you and I know

How the heartaches come and they go and the scars they're leavin'

You'll be dancing once again and the pain will end

You would have no time for grievin'

Chiquitita, you and I cry

But the sun is still in the sky and shinin' above you

Let me hear you sing once more like you did before

Sing a new song, Chiquitita

Papa would likely never admit it, but I think he really liked when he got to sing me to sleep, or comfort me out of a crying fit when I was very young. For as much as he seemed to love causing trouble, I think he loved fixing it just as much. Plus, he was always weak for a woman in tears.

Try once more like you did before

Sing a new song, Chiquitita

"I can see why you miss them." Lucanis speaks up after a few beats of silence between us. I tip my head back so it touches the back of his skull.

"I do miss them sometimes, but, I am not sad that I am here with you," How do you explain to someone that you love them beyond any words you can conjure in your head? Beyond endlessly, beyond ardently, beyond eternally-- I covet you. I breathe you. I drown in you. I'd die for you. I'd live for you. I could light the world aflame with the things I feel for you. "You make my world far less lonely, and I'm not sure you'll ever understand how much of a wound that heals in my heart."

He pulls away from me, my back suddenly losing its support from his, but I find he does so simply to turn around. "You have," His hands rest on my shoulder for a moment, his lips placing a gentle kiss just above my ear, "Quite a way of stealing my words before they even come out of my mouth."

"And you have quite a way of stealing my breath before I allow it to leave my lungs," I lean into his soft kisses, particularly enjoying the ones he places on my forehead.

"I cannot imagine my life without you in it-- and I wouldn't want to."

I know his words are a direct response to mine, but it somehow hits in my deepest insecurities and makes me feel a bit like I could cry. Did I deserve those words? Would he truly feel that way if he knew the full truth?

"I never try to push you," He whispers, "But it is nice to hear you open up about your parents. I always learn something new and precious about you."

"My apologies," I look up at him, nearly getting lost in his tender gaze. "It can be hard to talk about them, but I can always try, for you."

"I'm happy with every moment you give me, do not feel inclined to indulge me if it hurts you." Lucanis draws his lips to mine, a content sigh leaving his throat as we do. "There is no greater pleasure than being able to live in the light you create when you smile, I would hate to know I'm the reason that light was dimmed. It's the very same light that pulls me out of the shadows, like a moth to a flame."

"I've made a poet of you, Lucanis," I laugh quietly, and I hear him let out a helpless groan behind me.

"Do not make me think of poetry right now, I may lose my mind."

Oh no, no sir, we're unpacking that.

"Do you dislike it?"

"You," Lucanis stops himself, letting out something between a growl and a laugh. He places a hand on my chin and forces me to look up at him, "Do you think I can read a single line of poetry without thinking about what we'd be doing if I was reading it out loud to you?"

Oh?

"Whatever could you mean, my love?" Playing innocent was all I had, because the shit eating grin on my face absolutely gave me away.

"You make my most depraved thoughts look so pretty," He shakes his head at me, stealing another kiss. "I am starving for you and you find it cute to tease me?"

"I could recite a poem, if you'd prefer?"

I can see his jaw reflexively tighten, though his smirk remains.

"I'd prefer to quiet your teasing by putting that mouth to work, and if we were not expected back to camp for dinner I'd be inclined to do so," Ah, that's no fun . "Let us gather the rest of these ingredients and get back to camp, before Viago notices how long you've already been gone."

Though I was quite content to stay, we did manage to find some green onion, plantain greens, hearty mushrooms and a coconut before returning to camp. Everyone seemed quite relieved to be smelling something besides just sauteed onions for once. The water and flesh on the coconut boiled down into a creamy base to cook the rice in, and the mushrooms *almost* gave the dish a meaty flavor.

Anything was better than plain rice and onions again.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 42: Little Bird Muted

Notes:

I dedicate this chapter to Matisse because I know she's going to lose her mind when she reads it.
<3 Love you pookie.

Guess it's time to update the tags again.

Edited to add in artwork done by the lovely Meg. I love her and all her work and I genuinely don't deserve her but I'm so lucky to have her in my life.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



The terrible consequence of a creamy rice dish is that you're loaded up on carbs and sleepy afterwards. The moment I put my head down on Viago's shoulder I was a goner, passed out for at least a half hour before I woke up to the sensation of a blanket being draped around my shoulders.

My eyes fluttered open and I could see Teia adjusting the wool blanket on my shoulders. She puts a finger to her lips when she sees my eyes are open, before she reaches over and adjusts the same blanket on Viago's shoulder. If he ever got sick of me doing this, he never spoke up about it. Viago would sooner tuck his cheek atop my skull and pass out himself than dare to pry me from his shoulder. I suppose even Teia found herself helpless to how sweet that was.

I gave a lazy glance around the fire, Fletcher, Heir, Illario and Chance all absorbed in conversation, Teia made her way back to the other side of Viago to sit and chat with Lucanis. Javier and Arlo sat with Thea and Viela smooshed between them, Arlo's hand tucked just behind Thea's back and Javier leaning in close to whisper what I'm sure were soft sweet words to Viela.

Everything just felt really warm and peaceful. I was happy to have made such good connections, and happy that everyone seemed to get along with each other on top of that. It was both a productive camp in strengthening our abilities and in building more support throughout the houses. I couldn't speak with 100% certainty, but based on Viela and Thea having concerns of me joining the crows against my will, I'd wager that they'd also be willing participants in trying to reform the crows if push came to shove.

They just had to want it first, had to speak it into the universe-- That was Viago's condition for any potential chess piece. We couldn't try to push them one way or the other.

Heir, Chance and Fletcher each had their own little quirks, but I still felt connected to them all the same. Chance shared a love for liquors, Fletcher a love for debauchery and Heir a love for poetry. They were all notably easy to get along with, and our senses of humor meshed well together. I was finally, finally able to say I made friends in other houses.

What a spectacular feeling that was.

I probably would've fallen back into a deeper sleep had Viago not also stirred awake beside me. I turned my head to give him my best smile, relishing in the eyebrow that quirks up in response. He always seems to think each interaction has ulterior motives if it's going far too well.

"Have they been working you so hard that you must end each day with passing out before you even reach your bedroll?" Viago queries, nudging me with his elbow.

"Running me ragged, Vi. Javier had me hold a plank for 6 minutes. I nearly perished," I absentmindedly placed a hand over my abdominal muscles, "And not a day has passed where I haven't had to dodge a knife, I blame Arlo."

"Shall I litter his bedroll with nettles as revenge?" He chuckles as I grab at the edge of the blanket on my shoulder, learning into him more.

"Nah, he might need that later, based on where his hands are grabbing." I joke, looking back over at Arlo, whose hand was now comfortably resting on Thea's waist rather than behind it. "It's nice to see him like that, he looks happy."

Viago looks over at his brothers, surprisingly less critical than I thought he would be about the scenario. His eyes flit over Arlo, the Javier, before he lets out a resigned sigh and leans his cheek back on the top of my head.

"They will never know the depths of your mercy, or thank you for it, you know," He jokes, "It is a thankless job, being such a good sibling."

"Perhaps," I giggle, letting his warm teakwood cologne seep into my lungs. It would always be a compliment that Viago chose to wear the scents I created in the lab. "Perhaps my thanks is just knowing they're enjoying themselves. Tis a hard thing to do; living life as a crow."

"Did you at least behave during this escapade?" Viago reaches up to pat at the side of my face that wasn't leaning against him.

"I meant to behave, honestly, but there were too many other options," I feel his hand settle for just a moment before he grabs my cheek entirely and pinches it, "Ow ow ow! Jeez, I kept my bad behaviour out of scrutinizing eyesight, okay? It's fine!"

"Bad bird, can't take you anywhere."

"Livin la vida loca, Vi."

"I don't need to hear about it," His head rolls off mine and I notice he's looking over to Teia, "I may not be your talon right now, but I am still your family -- I'm inclined to chloroform anyone who dares to get to close to you."

"Oh? Am I allowed to do the same?" I ask, and he snaps his head back to me.

"Absolutely not ,"

"What? Why? That's like, my favorite essential oil!"

Viago pushes me over into the sand, like a cruel, mean, terrible older brother . I would like the records to show that I would never do that to him, and that it's only in part because of how much taller he is than me and how I probably couldn't find his center of gravity if I tried..

"She rises from the dead once more!" Fletcher calls across the fire pit, raising his arms up, "Welcome back to the living world, Juno-bug!"

Juno-bug? Ugh. No, no I think I may actually prefer little bird at this point.

"Greetings to you, my friend, did you miss me much?" I pull myself from the sand and make my way over to Fletcher, Illario, Chance and Heir.

"I seem to be doing much of it lately! Who knew you loved going down so much ?" Oh-ho-ho, a man of excellent humor, I see.

"I can say with utmost pride that truly, I do enjoy going down."

"You are impossible," Heir scoffs, her cheeks a bit red from the comment but still smiling none-the-less. "He was just saying we were worried about you."

"On the contrary, I am often told how very easy I am, my dear." I take a seat in the sand, letting my smile meet my eyes, "I appreciate the concern, I'm just fine. Today's nap was sponsored by that creamy carb loaded rice dish, nothing to concern yourselves over."

"That was hands down, the best meal I've had in at least a week," Chance says.

"We've only been here a week," Fletcher deadpans over to him.

" Precisely. "

"I had to save us from another night of onion breath, whoever shall want to kiss me when I reek of root vegetables?" I joke, and Fletcher grins wildly.

"I'm more than happy to volunteer, darling-- take one for the team, as it were," His brown hair falls forward, bangs just barely dancing across his forehead as he leans in.

"Excellent, I was worried Viago's chloroform threats had scared everyone off,"

"His what now?"

"Hmm?" I ask innocently, batting my lashes up at him.

"About the chloroform?"

"Not sure what you're talking about,"

"There is something wrong with you, but I happen to like that."

At least whatever is wrong with me made me really funny, can't complain.

.

.

.

The last night at bootcamp, the last night before we hit the road back to Treviso-- and instead of staying up all night like the wild degenerates we were born to be, we're all in bed quite early. I guess that's the downside to being worked to the bone all week, you collapse entirely once you know it's all over.

The camp had been soundless for hours, the only noises were the wild birds who refused to sleep and the sounds of the waves hitting the beach, maybe the occasional crackle of a dimming fire pit. I felt like I had been on the edge of sleep for hours, legs unable to keep still in my bedroll but eyes too tired to stay open. As much as I didn't want to be back in the De Riva house, under Matteo's watch, I was going to relish sleeping in a real bed once more.

I had no idea what hour it was when the canvas curtain to my tent swayed, pulling my eyes from their tired haze and shooting my body upwards in my bedroll, hand on the knife that stayed beneath my pillow.

" Shh ," It was so dark, but Lucanis' soothing tone was unmistakable. He fell to his knees beside me, leaning in close to my ear. "Not a peep, little bird, I do not wish to wake anyone." 

His breath is hot and his lips are nearly flush against my ear, ice dances down my spine and heat pools in my stomach. I don't know what he was doing in here, but I was already into it... although.

"Javier is not even 30 feet away," I press my words to his neck, grateful for the feel of his skin on my lips.

"He will be too preoccupied with his own visitor , believe me," Lucanis drags his lips from my ear to cheek, covering me in sporadic kisses until he reaches my lips. "I need you, Juno. I cannot sleep. I cannot rest."

"Then have me," I pressed a feather soft kiss to his lips, feeling his hands reach out and find my arms, dragging his fingers down them and leaving goosebumps in their wake. " Quietly ," I add, just in case it needed to be reiterated.

I only let a sharp inhale of breath slip out of me, despite every bit of me wanting to moan against his lips. He pushes me down, leading me back to my pillow, before grabbing onto my hip and giving a gentle squeeze, finding his way down to my crotch.

The silk sleepwear I had on made that far too easy for him, and I swear he almost sighed as his fingers slid over my clothed cunt, his hands now familiar with the shape of it.

He wasted no time, sliding my undergarments off me entirely and dipping down to lick flat stripes up over my entire pussy. I'm a little confused, when he said he needed me I thought this would be going in an entirely different direction-- but I am also 100% okay with it.

I tilt my head to my pillow and bite down. You could light my tent on fire around me and I would still keep my mouth shut if it meant we wouldn't get interrupted. Vocal chords who? I'm mute now. I might as well be a fucking monk.

And just when the going was good, this man summoned the audacity to pull up off me and meet me on my pillows.

The only reason I could fight off crying altogether was because he pressed his lips to mine.

"I apologize my love, I need this urgently ," His voice is barely audible, but I can feel him shift beside me before reaching over, grabbing me by my hip, and rolling me onto my side away from him.

What was--

--Oh.

His hips meet mine, and he presses his erection straight up to my core, sliding it against my lips and gathering the wetness on his head. His hips rock, and he lets his smooth cock rub through my folds, the tip of his penis stroking against my clit while he teases. My thighs clench, and Lucanis' breath comes out a stutter behind me.

" Be so quiet for me, I need you so badly ," He reaches his hand around to cover my mouth, but I'm quick to instead pull his fingers between my lips and drag my tongue over them, making an attempt to tease him by sucking but nearly choking as the tip of his cock slips inside me.

Gods help me, I am trying to hyperventilate as quietly as possible.

He presses in further, slowly, his legs shaking against me as he kisses just below my ear on my neck. His hips buck just a bit, and I involuntarily throw my head back, Lucanis muttering some apologies under his breath. " Sorry, sorry ," His breath is low and slow, and I can tell even he's struggling to keep his composure, " You're strangling my dick so much I can't tell where I end and you begin ."

He had quite the way with saying the most unintentionally sexy things, sometimes.

So I reward him, as I should.

I lean my hips back, pressing him further into me until I'm sure I'm seeing little stars on the roof of my tent. His fingers dig into the flesh on my hip bones, pressing in just hard enough that I'm sure I'll have tiny bruises on my skin tomorrow. Lucanis pulled his hips back, his dick nearly sliding out of me entirely, before bringing himself all the way back in, slightly faster than the previous time. To his credit, this was almost entirely silent, an occasional breath or two might have been too loud for my heart to bear, but there was essentially zero chance either of us could be heard over the birds outside.

Lucanis' hand slid from its perch on my hip, grabbing at my thigh and pushing it up into my stomach, giving his cock deep access to my core without the sound of his hips slapping against mine. I could feel my heartbeat in every limb, every fingertip, behind my eyes and on the throbbing pussy lips that were so lovingly caressing his dick.

My hands reach up, one gripping onto my pillow and the other threading into Lucanis' hair behind me. He's picked up his pace, still being sure not to completely slam our hips together as he fucks me. He moves his hand off of my hip to slide up my cami and grab my breast, running his calloused thumb over my nipple. The pull of my nipple between his fingers, the feeling of his cock stuffing my walls, and the eroticism of doing our damnedest to be silent in this scenario has my legs tensing. I can feel myself clenching, pulling at his cock as he picks up the pace to piston into me. He is being so good, controlling his breaths and not giving into any temptation to curse or moan or whine-- He's entirely in control and it's delicious .

I have to writhe in place to stop myself from wailing as I come onto his cock, never finding relief and having to completely ride out my own orgasm because Lucanis is not far behind me. I can feel his dick twitch inside me as his thrusting slows to a stop, not daring to move once he was buried to the hilt in me. He kisses at my neck, assumingly to stop himself from letting out any of the beautiful noises of pleasure I know he can make.

" Fuck ," It's still a whisper in my ear, but it reverberates within me like he had just spoke it directly to my soul. Fuck, indeed. " I love you ."

He was always the sweetest right after he came. I have no complaints.

We both managed to sleep soundly beside each other after that, cuddled up together in my tent. He vowed he'd wake up before anyone else and slip out, he just felt more at peace beside me.

If he always fucked me like that, he could have anything he wants.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 43: Little Bird, Bad Influence

Notes:

Happy New Year to my flock <3 <3 Thank you for sticking with me as we roll into the new year, for always encouraging me and keeping an eye on me. You all are very special in my life now, and are absolutely the reason I found my creative spark again. Here's to an excellent, fanfic filled 2025.

Oh and thanks for cutting me the slack when I take a night off, I really need it sometimes. <3

Listen. Next chapter might be a little wild. Hopefully you all know what you got yourselves into when you got on this ride, because I'm setting something up here that's. Well.
It's been living in my Sherlock Horny Mind Palace rent free.

See you tomorrow!

Edited this chapter to add in these soft little moments that Meg drew. I love seeing everyone so darn happy. They all deserve the world. They dont deserve the agony I will inevitably write lol.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Hearing your name when you're sleeping, light and soft and full of fondness, it's heartwarming. It feels like a gentle palm holding your cheek and placing chaste kisses across your forehead. It stirs you gently, sweetly-- fluttering your eyes open in the only the most delicate glow of the morning sun.

Waking up to Lucanis whispering my name; it's serene .

Waking up to Viago saying my name? In that same gentleness and fondness, but only a few steps from my tent?

All the while Lucanis' arm was holding me to his chest?

It feels like panic. Panic and terror and distress.

There was the fear of getting caught with his fingers buried in me by his cousin-- and then there was REAL fear; Viago finding out Lucanis buried MORE than his fingers in me in the one place he asked me to try and behave.

I placed the clumsiest glimmer I have ever placed in my entire life while shoving myself out of Lucanis' arms, managing to sit up just in time for Viago to pull back the curtain on my tent.

"Oh," Viago seems surprised to see me sitting upright as he pokes his head in, "Did I startle you? I apologize. It's getting late, I figured you may want to bathe before we pack up," Viago lets out an inquisitive hum, "Perhaps I should wake Javier as well."

"--I'll do it!" Oh gods, you owe me for this Javie. "I uh, wanted to ask him something anyway. You get a head start on packing." I offer a smile and Viago quirks a brow.

"You're going to be nosy about the girl he's infatuated with, aren't you?"

"I--- I sure am , Viago. You caught me." Viago rolls his eyes in a sarcastic manner.

"Very well. Make sure you're at least packing before the hour is up, I have half a mind to leave you here." Viago closes the curtain once more but I call after him.

"You'd miss me too much!"

There's no answer, and I finally take a breath of relief, pulling down the glimmer covering Lucanis. He's holding a fist to his mouth, wide eyed and red in the face.

"Yeah, ‘ out before the sun rises ’, hm?" I shove him lightly, "You figure out how to get out of this tent discreetly on your own time, I need to go rescue my other idiot sibling."

I pull my towel and clothes from my bag, holding back a laugh as Lucanis stumbles over himself putting his own sleepwear back on. As I turn around, he's stepping toward me, his eyes crinkling a bit at the edges as he grins at me.

That look always brings all my walls right down.

"What?" I whisper, biting at my lip as he shakes his head. His hands reach up to either side of my face, tilting it upwards just enough that he can press his lips to mine. His inhale is long and slow, holding my lips captive between his own. Every time he kissed me it was like a bit more of my life was returned to me, like my heart wasn't so stupidly lost in him. I'm picturing impossible futures together where every morning is waking up in each other's arms and every night is glasses of wine and feeding each other dinner; where holding each other in front of fireplaces in the privacy of our own home was a regular occurrence and each ' I love you ' could be said at full volume.

He made me want to believe impossible futures might not be so impossible.

As Lucanis pulled away, our lips slightly sticking together from the dryness of the morning or perhaps by fate itself telling us not to part, he drags his eyes down my face as if seeing me for the first time. He drops his hands to his sides, but keeps his face close to mine, giving me one last kiss before stepping back, stepping into stealth, and vanishing from my tent.

If I didn't have to wake Viela and Javier, I would stand and relish that moment for as long as possible. But instead, my heart still pounding in my ears and my legs still fighting to stand, I retreat to Javier's tent, choosing to step around the back as discreetly as possible.

"Viela," I barely speak above a whisper, but I know she'll be able to hear it, I'm too close to where Javier's pillows are for her to not pick it up. "We will be packing to leave within the hour, it'd be best if you left his tent now, if you haven't already."

There's a beat of silence, before an undeniable curse under her breath. I chuckle quietly as I make my way to the front of the tent, where after a moment, Javier slides out holding the curtain open behind him-- and though no one can be seen stepping out, I hear the light footfall of her feet in the sand. I put my tongue in my cheek as I look at Javie, still half asleep and shirtless, but with a cheshire grin painted across his face.

There's a subtle high five as passes by, stepping back into his tent. An unspoken 'thank you'-- and here Viago said that being a good sibling was a thankless job? Perhaps one of us just managed to be an even better sibling.

. . . 

The ride back to Treviso was not perilously long or dangerous, especially considering the roads took us right through Afsaana, which had become a large port city in the last decade. The market in the city center was especially notable, so much so that when it was nearing lunch time, we made a point to stop within the city walls to eat and unwind before we were to hit the road again. Noa and Neri decided to venture back toward Treviso, leaving our Caravan party to continue on without us whilst we took rest within the city.

While we for the most part stayed in a group, it was easy to see specific couples branching off together to explore the market. Viago and Teia were very nearly walking hand in hand, the warmest affections on his face as he watched her speak. Viela and Javier naturally gravitated to one another as they chatted and pointed to things in stalls. Even Arlo and Thea found themselves walking side by side. I couldn't find it in me to try and branch off with Lucanis, trying to save Chance, Heir, Fletcher and Illario from the awkwardness of it all.

And maybe perhaps there was a small part of me that wasn't entirely ready for everyone to see that things between Lucanis and I had escalated. Viago seemed to have an inkling, but I'd much prefer to leave it at that for now. He was my secret, it made every moment together feel more intimate-- more special.

That's why I can settle for stolen glances, unspoken conversations when our eyes meet, him accidentally brushing against me when he walked past-- those were more than enough, just little tastes of love that I could leave lingering in my chest, holding me out to the next moment alone.

" Pssst ,"

It was quiet enough that it didn't catch anyone's attention but mine and Heir's, but when I turned my head, Thea was waving a hand at me to call me over. I break off from the group to meet her at a stall, seeing that Thea has momentarily stepped away from Arlo to speak with me.

"Listen," She starts, crossing her arms with a small embarrassed frown on her lips, "I uh, I really want to get Arlo a gift, as like... Well," She sighs, "I guess as a sign that I'm--" She stops herself again, furrowing her brow. Wow this was really getting her flustered.

"Into him?"

" Shut up ... yes." Thea manages to look anywhere but directly at me, dragging the toe of her boot on the ground. "What kind of knife do you think is his favorite?"

Hm. Did Arlo have a favorite kind of knife? I think Arlo just liked knives in general.

I glance back to Lucanis, who's own knife I had gifted to him remains strapped to his chest. There wasn't any particular reason why I picked out that knife, it just made me think of him when I saw it.

But when it comes to Arlo...

"Don't go searching for what his favorite is," I grab Thea by the hand and lead her over to the weapons vendor, "You'll be thinking for an eternity, and getting him his favorite isn't what you want--" I lift a small knife up off the display, comparing the jewel on the pummel to the color of Thea's eyes. "You want a knife that he'll think of you every time he holds it, no?" I put the knife back down on the display and gesture to it, "You should be picking your favorite-- something so you, he'll imagine holding you everytime he wields it."

"You think... he'll like that?" She asks, bringing a hand to her chin.

"Oh yeah, Arlo will love getting a knife from you anyways, it holds special meaning in the De Riva family." And the Dellamorte's, but she didn't need to know that.

"I'm not like... proposing to him or anything if I give him a knife, right?"

Well, no. But. You might as well be. Good luck having Arlo stop wanting you after this.

"Nah, not that serious."

It is that serious. You're locked in now, lady. Can't wait to be in-laws.

When I go to return to the group, I see that most of them have actually branched off of their own accord. Chance, Heir and Fletcher have separated from Lucanis and Illario, leaving me to join the two knights of the chessboard on their shopping adventure. As I approached the two, Illario was handing coin to the vendor and receiving a small bag in return. I look over the stall, taking in the multiple herbs, flowers, crystals, ores and potions on display.

In another life, I swear this is what I'd be doing.

"Everything alright?" Lucanis asks as I approach.

"Oh yeah, she needed advice on what knife to gift to a romantic interest-- better for me to give it than you." I tease him, earning a glare from Lucanis but a stifled laugh from Illario.

"Speaking of gifts," Illario hands me the pouch he just received from the vendor, "I'm pretty sure this is in short supply in Antiva, so I grabbed what he had available."

I quirk an eyebrow as I open the pouch, reaching in to pull out the mystery. My eyes settle on the leaf, twisting it in my hand.

"Elfroot?" I ask, twisting the leaf. The color catches in the light, and I see the tip of the leaf is actually purple. "Wait-- Royal elfroot?!" I look up to Illario, who has a rather proud grin on his face. "Really?? I can have this, are you sure?"

Amusement plays on his lips and he gives a small nod, "Yes, Juno, it's a gift. You were kind enough to share your elfroot the other night, it's only fair I pay you back--"

"--Royal elfroot is totally different," I giggle, tucking the bag away in my hip pouch. "Well, it's still potent, still has healing effects-- but like, triple it. Not to mention the Aphrodisiac qualities."

There's a beat of silence.

"The what?"

"Aphrodisiac?" I answer, tucking my hands behind my back. "You know, the effect certain foods can have that make you horn--"

Lucanis' hand covers my mouth quickly, "We get it, maker's breath , why don't you yell it to the whole market?"

The red flush on his cheeks was delightfully sinful.

I open my mouth, sliding his hand down my mouth just far enough to chomp my teeth down onto his hand. He hisses and retracts it, shaking his hand as he curses.

"Mierda, Juno, was that necessary?"

Necessary? No. Fun? Absolutely.

"Do you-- Do you still smoke it, or?"

"Oh, yes!" I answer, bouncing on my toes. "I've also heard of people putting it in cocktails, though that's usually fresh and not dried. You could steep it for a tea, the flavor is much more mild than regular elfroot. And of course, if your only intention is to use the healing properties, then salves, ointments and potions are always an option-- but where's the fun in that?"

I only find myself purchasing one thing whilst in the market, another anthology of poems, which Lucanis groans quietly when he sees. Was it truly every time he thought of poetry now, he thought of me going down on him? How delightful.

When we return to our carriages and set back out on our way, there aren't many hours left until we stop for the evening. Amidst the vast expanse of jungles and beaches, we find a spot not too off the beaten path to camp for the evening. It looked a bit like a tropical oasis, but the proximity to a nearby volcano proved another discovery even more exciting; natural hot springs.

Tent setup is much swifter than the breakdown was for leaving bootcamp and the reason was clear; the sooner we all got tents set up and dinner down, the sooner we could be in those hot springs.

The steam rolling off the springs almost made it difficult to start a campfire, but nothing is impossible with a mage in the party. Lucanis was pretty pleased with himself for all that extra garlic he picked when it came time for cooking. I'd leave that for him to explore tonight, I've got a date with a special treat.

I was practically giddy when I packed my pipe with the royal elfroot. Truthfully, I'd only ever heard of this stuff, never quite gotten my hands on it. It was a rare and expensive herb, not one even commonly grown in Northern Thedas. I had no idea of its true potency or effects, but here's the thing about me; I'm going to find out, even if it means experimenting on myself to do it.

Pipe lit, first breath drawn, " Oh shiiiiiiit, " My eyes roll back as I exhale, quickly gaining Lucanis' attention. This was potent-- like immediately potent. Like-- Hits your head first then drops to your feet in an instant-- potent. It was great.

"Right now!?" He scolds, "You're smoking that right now? Why?"

"Because fuck you , that's why." I giggle, tossing him a wink, hoping he’ll catch my drift. "This is the good stuff, what am I supposed to do, not smoke it?"

"What is that smell?" Viela approaches, looking first at the cooking pot, then to my pipe. She sniffs the air before stepping closer to me, "Oh, it's your pipe."

I hold it out to her, looking at her with wide eyes, "Trust me,"

"I don't," She answers, taking the pipe anyways and giving it another sniff. "What is this?"

"Royal elfroot," I respond, and her brows raise up on her forehead.

"Oh, I haven't even smelled this stuff since... Well, since I still had a clan," She brings the pipe to her lips and inhales, a content hum coming from her as she lets out just a tiny bit of the smoke. " Shit. " She confirms.

"You're incorrigible," Lucanis mutters, turning his attention back to cooking.

"You won't be saying that later~" I sing at him, before promptly standing and finding the other elves within the camp. Viago could only glare at me as I encouraged Teia to take a long drag of the elfroot, and honestly-- yeah, being a good sibling IS thankless work.

To no one's surprise, Heir refused my offer of taking a hit-- Fletcher though? Fletcher wanted in. Which, you know, maybe it would have the same effect on him, maybe it wouldn't-- he's not an elf, who knows?

Thea held zero reluctance taking a hit of the pipe without even asking what was in it, she sort of just did it like it was second nature.

"Do you... You know what that was, right?" I ask.

"No," She breathes out a steady stream of smoke, "Also don't care."

"... Alright." I shrug, padding my way over to the firepit to sit next to Illario and Javier while Lucanis continued to cook. "Greetings, my gremlin squad."

"Gremlin?" Illario frowned.

"Yes, gremlin. Like-- chaos energy. We create chaos, we make trouble-- All 3 of us. Trouble."

"I think whatever's in that pipe has you a little too goofy , Juno," Javier nods at the pipe and I hold it out to him.

"Live a little," I say, waving it at him. Javier shakes his head before snatching the pipe and taking a hit.

"You're a terrible influence," He jokes.

"And you love it!" Javier hands me back the pipe with a grin.

"Indeed, I do."

"Is that the royal elfroot?" Illario asks, and I eagerly hand him the pipe, wiggling my eyebrows.

"Why yes, sir. That is indeed," I take a deep breath, shaking out my shoulders, "And damn is it fixing every problem I have right now-- I can't feel my feet, my shoulders stopped hurting, my hips don't ache, my--"

Well, I was going to say my pussy doesn't ache, but I guess that would technically be a lie.

It just aches in a different way, now.

"It's that potent?" Illario questions, bringing the pipe to his lips and taking an incredibly long drag. Wow, he must be able to hold his breath for a long time.

... I wonder how long he could have someone sit on his face for?

" Oh ," He breathes out, looking at the burning leaf in the pipe, "You weren't kidding."

"I assure you, my dear, I do not kid when it comes to herbs," I take another drag from the pipe while he holds it between his fingers, looking up at him through my lashes.

I love watching his Adam's apple bob when he swallows.

And as his pupils widen, I can see it. Right there. The consequences of my own actions.

But I'm really not upset about it.

All he had to do was beg, right?

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 44: Little Bird and Aphrodisiacs

Notes:

Welp, at this rate I might just stay awake for work lol.
This took uuuuh way longer to write than I thought it would.
Worth it.

I did not beta read this I only kinda ran it through spell and grammar check so. Wheeeee!

I giggle like a schoolgirl over this art every time I see it. DOWN, GIRL, DOWN. Control yourself!! (Don't). Is Meg drawing Junos reactions ATP or is she drawing mine? A mystery~

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



"Which one of you idiots--"

Oh. Viago has me by the back of my shirt. Like a kitten by its scruff.

"--Gave this idiot royal elfroot?"

You know, this was really not the experience I was hoping for.

"Let me put this in layman's terms then," Viago drops my shirt, letting me fall to the sand and crosses his arms as he eyeballs everyone at the campfire. "Elfroot is a plant named such because it's effects are more potent on elves. Heals elves faster, regenerates mana faster, makes them feel better faster."

Viago crouches down, looking me over with scrutinizing eyes, "Royal elfroot is known to have ten times the potency-- and what's more, it's an aphrodisiac. Not only did you give her the equivalent of catnip to a cat, but you've essentially made her a cat in heat, and BEYOND THAT--"

I can't contain the giggle fit that's been bubbling in my chest any longer.

"-- She just gave it to damn near every elf in this convoy." Viago pinches the bridge of his nose, "So next time, let's all do ourselves a favor, and not give the mad scientist subjects to test on, yes?"

"Oh, lighten up, Vi!" Teia wraps herself around Viago's arm, "We're all big girls, I think we can handle ourselves."

If anything, you should be THANKING me for the most magical night of your life-- which I know you're going to get because if I want to grind against any phallic looking log just for some stimulation, I know Teia's going to rock your world.

"So," Illario speaks up, his eyes wide. Do not speak up, he can and will kill you. "If it's a highly effective aphrodisiac on elves... what is it to humans?"

Viago narrows his eyes, clearly suspecting that Illario smoked some as well, "It's a lightly effective aphrodisiac."

"--And keeps you harder longer," I add, watching as Viago tips his head to the sky. Talking to the maker again, dear brother? "Relax, everyone besides Illario barely took more than one hit, it'll be out of their systems in a few hours." I pull myself up off the ground, patting the excess dirt off my clothes.

"I asked you to behave on this trip, Juno---"

"Ah! You asked me to behave in bootcamp. We are no longer in bootcamp," I purr, stepping over to my bag to retrieve my towel from inside. "And I no longer have to behave."

"You are the bane of my existence."

"Yes yes, I am terrible and it makes me sad," I responded. I step over to Thea and wiggle my towel. "May I rest my head on your bosom in the hot springs? I wish to cry about it."

"Certainly," Thea steps over to her own belongings and retrieves her towel, "Perhaps all my affected elven friends could use a hot soak? If we're going to be acting like 'cats in heat'--" She gives a pointed glare at Viago, "Then we might as well be hot."

How quickly Teia detaches herself from Viago's arm certainly has his eyes wide, but Teia's next words make it clear he's questioning every decision.

"Perhaps you're all due for your next lesson, since Thea was unsure of the efficiency of my previous work."

"Count me in." Viela trails after us, and as I give a glance back over my shoulder, it's quite clear that Viago has become public enemy #1. Oh how the mighty fall.

"How long do you give it before they come after us?" Teia chuckles.

"Maybe ten minutes?" I responded.

"I'm sure Fletcher is already on his way," Viela jokes.

"Any longer than that and I may need one of your bosoms to cry in," Thea wraps an arm around my shoulders as we reach the hot springs. "Did you know, when you were handing out your pipe, that it would be this potent?"

"Nope," I bite at my lip, "It feels like my whole body is pulsing. It's kinda..."

"Nice?" She answers, a shiver crawling up her spine. "I know, and that's why it's dangerous."

"I know what you mean," I pulled from her to drop my towel at the edge of the hot spring. Honestly, the area was so steamy that I'm willing to bet that the towel isn't even dry by the time I go to use it. "Even Fletcher's leg was looking suitable enough back there, if Viago hadn't realized that I had given Teia Royal Elfroot, I fear he would've found out when he found me on top of somebody."

"His loss," Teia smirks, pulling off her top "We could've snuck off together if only he could resist playing hero."

"I don't need a hero," I roll my eyes, sliding off my boots. "And I certainly don't need him monitoring my every move because he thinks I'm going to hump his every last nerve."

"Maybe you should've made him take a hit," Viela and Thea are first to completely undress, stepping into the springs. "I think we could all do with him unwinding for once."

"I'm sure he'll lighten up when I'm through with him." Teia is next in the water, and I follow shortly after her.

"Oh, I know he will. It's always 'Juno's a demon' up until you two spend a night together, then it's 'Juno, you're my favorite sibling' or 'Juno, I made you breakfast'. I don't even think he realizes we can all tell when it's been a while." I roll my eyes, though all annoyance quickly washes from my face as I step into the spring. Gods, this was nice.

Beyond just the sensation of warm water on sore muscles, the hot springs were nice because the steam revitalized the dryness of a full week of sea salt air. The skin on my face felt smoother already.

“So,” Teia turns on her heel, sliding in close to Viela, “How was your night in Javier's tent?”

The red headed elf's eyes nearly bulge out of her skull, and she whips her head to look at me.

“I didn't say anything,” I hold my hands up defensively.

“She didn't, “ Teia smirks, “Javier has just looked like his head has been in the clouds all day, and I'm not blind. I know that look, it may be the only time Viago and Javier look like blood relatives.”

“I'm not going to go into detail, if that's what you're hoping...” Viela glances over to me, and I give a light shrug.

“Don't hold back for my sake, we aren’t related by blood. I'm certainly not going to act like Viago about it. He's a grown ass man.”

“Oh, yes, he is an ass man, for sure.” She blushes at her own joke, choosing to clear her throat before anyone could respond to that comment. “He's very kind, and giving.”

“So you're the freaky one out of the two, is what I'm hearing?” Thea steps deep enough into the springs that she can lean back and dunk her hair in. “Good for you. Always nice to find an obedient lover.”

“Huh,” I raise an eyebrow, having gained her attention, “That's a pretty funny thing to say considering you're smitten for Arlo. He's like the last person I could picture being obedient. He likes a challenge was too much.”

“Well I... I said it was nice, I didn't say that's what I was looking for,” she pouts, tucking her cheek against her shoulder. “And he's not... obedient, for the record.”

Nice, Arlo. Knew you had it in you.

“Wait when did you--”

“Same as the rest of you,” Teia answers before I can even finish the question. “For a group of rogues, you sure aren't very stealthy.”

“I'm not being trained to be stealthy,” Thea quips back. “I'm trained to be the center of attention.” She lifts her arms up to run her fingers through her hair, seemingly washing the day from her scalp. Her breast's rise up just over the crest Of the water.

I swear there are words coming out of someone's mouth, but all I'm hearing is “Tits tatas, boob boobies breast mahuganas. Nipple nipple tiddy nunus.”

And I don't even think that's the elfroot talking.

“Wait, did you say ‘as the rest of you’--” Oh shit. “Juno?” Thea gets a wicked grin, “Oh excellent, which one was it? Was it both? I so hope it was both.”

“Both!?” Teia laughs out, “I mean, more power to you, but that's a lot of Dellamorte to handle.”

“Would you stop it, it was not both!”

“Pray tell, Juno, will I be winning the bet?”

Gods, not the stupid bet again.

“... perhaps.”

A joyous laugh erupted from Teia, she fell backwards into the spring, soaking her hair so the curls weighed down with whatever.

“Most excellent! I cannot wait to rub that in Viago's face,” she stops laughing for just a moment to ask, “I can tell him, right?”

“He kind of... has known.” I mean, if he's going to make a big scene about the elfroot, the least I can do is throw his ass under the bus, right? “Since my birthday.”

“Bastard,” She mutters, clicking her tongue after, “I'm going to have to teach him a lesson.”

“Just how many lessons will you be teaching tonight? I may need to sign up.”

Ah, we knew he'd be first, I suppose.

“Hello Fletcher,” we greet in unison, a shared smirk between us.

“Hello dear mermaids,” He chuckles, his deep voice rumbling in his throat. “Tell me, are you the ones I hear tales of luring men overboard to their death at sea? Because I'm beginning to understand the allure.”

Viela takes a step closer to the edge of the spring, leaning on her arms to look up at him.

“Why not jump in and find out?”

Fuck, that line would even work on me.

Fletcher has removed his shirt in record time, and he's stumbling over his boot when the rest of the anticipated entourage arrives. It seems like, at first, Arlo and Javie might be teaming up with Viago to kick the shit out of Fletcher, but once they get a full view of the springs, they very quickly ignore Fletcher altogether.

“Surely you cannot be serious,” Viago sighs as Arlo and Javie make haste to undress, I pull my line of sight to behind Viago, where my own targets lie.

“Viago, a word, please?” Teia speaks up, getting his attention. “Why don’t you meet me on the other side of the hot spring so we can have a conversation about a particular bet?”

Viago snaps his sight to me, and I feel the smirk crawl onto my face. He’s cursing under his breath, but he’s gone in an instant, walking along the shore to the far side of the springs, disappearing into the steam clouds.

“Let’s give our little bird some privacy,” I can hear Thea whisper behind me, and when I look over my shoulder, Thea, Arlo, Viela and Javier have all started to disappear into the steam. Fletcher joins me in the water, looking over me with a grin.

“Looks like they’ve left you all alone, Juno. I don’t mind keeping you company.”

Hm.

Two is good. Three?

I could handle three. Especially considering Fletcher wasn’t emotionally invested, he was just horny.

“Oh? Thank goodness, I could use all the company I can get.” I drag my eyes over Illario and Lucanis, the latter of the two raising his brows. He looks over Fletcher then myself, then shrugs his shoulders before pulling off his belt.

Illario seems to pick up that Lucanis is getting undressed to jump in the hot spring, and begins throwing off clothing in an attempt to catch up.

I turn to Fletcher, who has a wild grin on his face as he sees the other two men getting undressed.

“I always knew you were the most fun of this group,” He chuckles, and I wrap my arms up around his neck, pushing my chest against his.

“Life’s too short to fuss over logistics, I take what I want and do the accounting later.” Fletcher leans in to bring our lips together, but fingers are threading into my hair and pulling my head back before our mouths can meet.

“I believe I recall saying only if they begged, Juno,” Lucanis speaks low, his voice a soft threat in my ear. He’s tipped me back far enough that my chest is out of the water, pointed up at Fletcher.

“Well, you heard the man,” I giggle, rubbing my calf against him, “Can you beg for it?”

“Maker,” Fletcher nearly chokes, looking over my breasts as Lucanis keeps my hair gripped in his fist. “Beg? I’ll fall to my knees and drown if I must, what would you have me say? Anything, I’ll do anything, please-- This damn root has had me rock solid for thirty minutes, it won't go away. I’ll settle for seeing an ankle at this point, dignity be damned--- Please!”

My eyes fall to Illario, who has now stepped into the water and is looking over me like I’m some saint rather than someone who has fallen into the most debaucherous situation imaginable.

“You too,” I catch his eyes, wide and panicked. “Beg.”

Illario hesitates, and Fletcher looks at him with panicked eyes.

“What are you doing, you idiot?” He hisses, “You’re being offered a taste and you cant even say grace?”

“Please,” Illario’s voice is soft in comparison to Fletcher’s, like he may actually be desperate and starving whereas Fletcher was just eager and willing. “I need you, I need you so incredibly much,” Illario watches as Lucanis dips his head down and bites at the tip of my ear, my whole body tensing up at the touch. “Can I please touch you?”

I nudge Lucanis with my head, who nearly sighs against me.

“Sufficient?” I ask.

“Sufficient for now,” He answers, releasing his grip on my hair but latching onto my neck with his teeth.

I whimper at the sensation, and look to Fletcher with half lidded eyes, “Touch me.”

You know, royal elfroot rocks-- Because while normally, a guy sucking on your neck while two other guys pull your nipples into their own mouths is amazing-- it’s even better with an incredibly potent aphrodisiac in your system.

Fletcher’s hands are on my waist, my hips, my thighs-- anywhere, everywhere. Illario has a hand tucked around my back and the other hand kneading into my breast. Lucanis is leaving territorial marks on my neck, breaking our one rule, though I suppose I could forgive him-- I always had more royal elfroot, if I truly needed it.

Fletcher lets out a shuddered breath as his fingers slide over my folds, “So soft,” His dark hair is dampening with the steam from the springs, and I use it to brush his hair back over his face. I let another whine out of my throat as Lucanis sinks his teeth into my neck, Fletcher looking up into my eyes in awe as he slides his fingers inside. Illario, clearly egged on by Fletcher gaining the lead, rubs his hands down my thighs until he finds my clit, pressing and rubbing and making me squirm under his touch.

I’m not even sure I can finish like this, standing up? Can anyone finish standing up?

I don’t think I can.

I lock my arms around Lucanis’ neck, throw my legs up and around Fletcher’s waist, and rely on our combined strength to keep my body laying back and just peeking over the surface of the water, giving the men a full view of their ministrations.

“Are you going to come that easily?” Lucanis chuckles in my ear, and I let out a huff.

“Do not tease me right now,” I grip around him tighter, “Unless you’re going to immediately replace those fingers, you let me have this.”

Picking up on the hushed conversation, Fletcher and Illario pick up their pace, plunging fingers and teasing circles drawn at a much faster speed. I tense and tense, my back arching and my legs pulling Fletcher closer until eventually everything in me snaps, and I’m gasping for air and only now barely hanging onto Lucanis.

“Come here, Juno, you won't be of any use in the deep waters, you’re far too small.” Lucanis pulls me from the other two, pushing my body into his and he leads us towards a more shallow section of the spring. He falls to his knees first, but tugs on my hands to let me know he’d like me on my knees as well. I join him, but he turns me by my hips to look out and face Illario and Fletcher. “They can have you, but not until I’ve had my share.”

His hand settles in the center of my back, and I realize he’s pushing me down to make my hands rest in the soft sand underwater.

I guess he was planning on replacing Fletcher’s fingers after all.

Lucanis wastes no time sliding himself up to the hilt inside me, a strangled noise falling from my lips. It didn’t hurt-- no, in fact, the elfroot made me feel different-- entirely different. Like my inner walls were so swollen he was struggling to fit himself inside.

His hips retreat and thrust back with a snap, “Well, are either one of you going to help her stay upright, or am I the only one focusing on pleasing her tonight?”

Lucanis’ daring words snap Fletcher and Illario back to reality, and the two are quick to scramble over to me.

How blessed I am.

Fletcher is thick, I actually worry a little about whether or not he would fit inside me while I was feeling like this-- and Illario? He had length. Gods, did he have length. He didn’t have the same beautiful curve to his dick like Lucanis did, but he might be able to reach depths I hadn’t thought were possible before.

And they weren’t kidding-- They must have been hard for a while, because the tips of their cocks were blushed and leaking, begging for relief.

And I, as always, am a merciful god.

I have to use one hand to hold myself up still, but I use my right hand to stroke at Fletcher’s length while I drag my tongue up Illario’s. It almost hurts my wrist to pump Fletcher, but I’m always up for a challenge. He bucks into my touches, his eyes constantly swapping between watching Lucanis pound into me or my lips wrapping around Illario’s cock.

I’m past the point where I give a fuck if any of my noises are heard, I know that each one of them likes it when some whimper or whine falls out of me, because I feel their bodies react to it. I remove my hand from Fletcher’s dick to grab his waist and guide him closer to Illario, finally in a position where I can take turns swapping whose dick I’m sucking.

“Shit,” Fletcher sighs as I pull him into my mouth, sliding my lips down to the back of his shaft and pulling hard with my sucks as I kept my tugging at the base of his cock. Lucanis bucks into me hard enough that I hardly even have to move, he’s giving me all the momentum I need to continue my proclivities without even using my muscles.

I pop off his dick and pull Illario back into my mouth, trying my best to take all of him in and failing quite spectacularly. My tongue danced around him, doing my best to keep any of my teeth from scraping against him as he pressed himself further into my mouth. I looked up at him through my lashes, enjoying that the action alone nearly made him waiver from fucking into my mouth. He gives me a moment’s reprieve to swallow and catch my breath before collecting all my wet hair in his hands to use as a handle, holding me in place to fuck my mouth. My jaw hurt a bit, but I could not let go of the look on Illario’s face, he could break my jaw for all I care.

He was somewhere between bliss and pain, choking back desperate moans-- I'm sure to not embarrass himself in front of the other two men, but I could hear them. Elf ears hear everything. His needy little gasps had me close to coming all over again.

I wasn’t about to let him finish and ruin all my fun so soon, so I pull off him, placing a gentle kiss on the tip of his dick, before turning my attention back to Fletcher. I suck hard at the tip, pulling off to lap my tongue around the edges several times before pulling him deep into my mouth. My jaw ached even more trying to take him in, so I simply stuck out my tongue and gave him an expectant look. If he wanted more, I needed him to start putting the work in. Fletcher wasted no time, grabbing both sides of my face and setting a brutal pace of fucking into my lips.

“Please tell me,” Fletcher chokes out, “Please tell me I can come in your mouth because I might fucking cry if you tell me no.”

I can't even laugh with his dick in my throat, so I do the next best thing I can think of-- I look up at him, his cock pressing into me at his rapidfire pace, and I wink at him.

He laughs for me, a short one, before the bucking of his hips nearly breaks my jaw. He sputters to a stop, and he spills into the back of my throat, whispering incoherent mumblings about what a good girl I had been. As he manages to finally pull out of me, I’m gasping for air, Illario is quick to lean forward and hold me up so I don’t fall over completely.

“You did so good,” He whispers, brushing some hair out of my face. He takes his fingers and thumb and gently rubs at my jaw while I swallow down Fletcher’s cum in my throat, “Do you hurt?”

His hazel eyes search me for any sign of pain, seeming to be genuinely concerned about my wellbeing rather than trying to make sure I’d be okay to take him next.

He was very sweet, as always.

Fletcher makes his way to the edge of the hot springs, clutching on to the ledge to catch his breath. For now, it was just me and the Dellamortes.

“Kiss me.” I whisper, watching the disbelief wash over Illario’s eyes. “Please.”

He bends down a little, but I meet him halfway, using his hips to pull myself upright a bit, still maintaining a position where Lucanis could bury his cock in me.

I press the first kiss to Illario’s lips, giving him enough response time to pull away if he truly wanted. His return kiss was consuming. It was wanton, desperate, aching and hot. He held onto me like he was worried I might change my mind, like I would push him off at any moment so he had to just savor every moment I would spare.

“I want you to remember, Juno,” Lucanis’ voice whispers over my shoulder, “They’re only here because they begged you-- you are always the one in control,” He pulls me back from Illario’s lips to fall against his chest, kissing at the spot behind my ear he knows I’ve grown to love. “You deserve to be praised, to be cherished-- but no one will fuck you better than I do.”

And just when I think he’s about to spill inside me, his hands dive around the front of me, holding my clit between his fingers and he smashes his hips into me, his dick diving deep into my core.

I’m holding my breath, grabbing at his hair, squirming-- and then I’m not. Then I’m seeing stars and begging, whining, crying out for him. He spills inside me at the sound of me whimpering his name. I struggle to stay standing as he pulls out, nearly collapsing into the spring once more. Illario reaches out desperately, but Lucanis wraps his arms around me to hold me up.

“My Juno,” He whispers, kissing at my neck once more. “You still have one more to handle. Can you manage that?”

Please.

“I’m no quitter,” I joke, and Lucanis chuckles quietly.

“I shall rub your back until you fall asleep tonight, a reward for a job well done.”

Lucanis and Fletcher retreat from the hot springs, leaving Illario and I alone. I take a deep breath and drag my eyes over his form, his cock still dripping and hard.

I pull myself off my knees and step back into the deeper water, turning to look at the younger Dellamorte. “Shall I tend to you?” I whisper.

Like a man possessed, he follows me into the spring, and I lead him over to a rock that seems suitable enough for my plans.

“You’re going to have to hold us both up,” I whisper, grabbing his hand to pull him in closer against me.

“What?” He whispers, like my question went in one ear and out the other.

“I said,” I wrap my legs around his torso, hoisting myself up and pushing my back against the rock behind me. “Hold us both up.”

Once it seems like he’s gotten the message, I grab at his length, lining his tip up at my entrance and leaning into his mouth as I press myself down onto him.

His mouth falls open against me, gasping as I slide down on his length. His sounds are pleading, no actual words escaping him but just completely losing himself in the feeling. As expected he’s a lot to take in, but every inch of him is so good. I shimmy myself down the last bit, grinding our hips against each other as I pull his lower lip between my teeth.

“Illario,” I whisper to him, watching his eyes flutter open to look at me. “Fuck me.”

I watch every bit of breath leave his lungs before he dives back to me, our lips smashing together in a practiced dance. His tongue flicks at mine, exploring my mouth as he pulls his hips back for the first time, a short but rough thrust back into me. My cry is simply because he hits something deep inside that has me reeling, but he swallows my noises with his kiss as he repeats that shallow thrust several times. He keeps a hand wrapped tight around my waist, but brings the other up to cup my breast in his hand, squeezing it as he fucks me, pulling more out of me with each thrust to find what feels the best.

“Juno,” He whispers against me, shaking his head before swallowing me in kisses again, his breath shallow and panting anytime our lips aren't touching. He curves his body down more, tugging my nipple between his lips as he continues to slowly slide his dick deep into my cunt. I arch back further on the rock, giving him more access to my chest. He gets lost for a moment, picking up his pace and gasping against my chest, my head thrown back my insides are pummeled by his length. We’re both brought back to earth as he latches onto my breast and sucks so hard there’s no doubt in my mind he’s bruising me. The warm water of the springs keeps us wet, every slide inside effortless for him, and painless for me.

“Please,” I whine as he slows again, “I need you to go faster,” I peek an eye open to watch his expression, his eyes are already half lidded. “I need to cum on your cock, and you’re going too slow.”

Illario’s face presses into my chest for a moment and he groans, “How does any man survive you?” He gets a daring look in his eye as he returns his gaze to me, thrusting into me hard. I grind my hips down into his in response.

“I said faster, not deeper,” I slide my hips against him, nice and slow, not letting him leave his depth inside me but just letting the base of his dick feel him sliding against me. “If you want to cum inside, you better make me cum first.”

“Maker’s breath,” He huffs, “Can you blame me for wanting to drag this out a little bit?”

“Illario,” I warn, pulling myself off him.

“-- I’m sorry!” His arms wrap around me, pulling me all the way back down onto him. We both groan as he bottoms out in me. “S-sorry,” He whispers, pressing a kiss to my lips. “I’ll be good, I promise.”

“Good boy,” I reach my hands up to his head, pulling his hair down and running my fingers through it. “Now fuck me, faster.”

Illario is now closer to me than before, no need for me to arch my back against a rock because his arms are the only things holding me up. He lays me at a slight angle against it, but only just barely so. He starts slow but is quick to pick up the pace, driving his hips into mine as he fills my aching cunt. He doesn’t bother trying to cover up his panting now, or any of the soft cries that ached to pour from him earlier.

It did things to my brain.

“Juno I--” They’re almost gasps now, “Please, I need to cum.”

I can feel him holding himself back, I can hear it in his voice.

Holding himself back for me. Good boy.

I use my grip in his hair to pull his lips to my neck, letting him place his own territorial marks beside Lucanis’. His pace is constant, and I feel my body tensing against him.

“Don’t stop,” I whisper.

His whine is pathetic, and so so hot.

My legs lock around him so tightly as I climax, whispering his name over and over until I can finally relax a little.

“Juno,”

“You can finish now.”

His hands grip tight into my legs, and he pounds into me even faster, barely even needing a moment to snap and coat my walls. He’s choking for air, choking out my name, placing desperate kisses across my neck.

I drank in every second of that afterglow.

And wouldn’t you know, the one who indulged in the most royal elfroot with me was in fact the one who lasted the longest.

What a wonderful herb that was.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 45: Little Bird Sanctified

Notes:

Hi birdies, how we doing? We all still alive after that last chapter? Did i surprise you? Do we all have Fletcher brainrot now? I think the whole not sleeping enough thing really caught up with me, but I did manage to get decent hours last night, and hopefully I can again tonight. I fear I may be getting sick? Hardly to tell. My partner is very much sick and I've been somehow avoiding it, but I have felt simply terrible the past few days.

I have found that taking a hot bath and typing out a chapter on my phone works surprisingly well, so I might do that a bit more often.
Anyways, I'm scurrying off to bed now, I fear I have a pretty busy work week ahead of me so I might be struggling with writing, we shall see.
Thanks for your patience as always <3 love you lots.

Editing to add in Illario x Juno art, Meg likes giving me treats if I'm a good bird, and the Illario pieces fill that void in my brain that is empty except for him LOL
**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



 I don’t really think it's considered a walk of shame if I’m carried back to camp, regardless of how hard Viago may be trying to shame me and regardless of the fact that I was in nothing but a towel. I am not blind, however, and I can see that his own hair is wet and WELL tousled. Pretend as you may, Viago, you just had a probably once-in-a-lifetime hot spring experience because of royal elfroot.

 I had dragged my fingers through Illario’s hair several times as he carried me back to camp. He never really wore it down, it was interesting to see it hang loose rather than pulled back into a bun or ponytail. It made the undercut he had stick out more, I think I actually preferred it like this, scraping against his neck.

 “I don’t suppose I can convince you to save me from Viago? He’s seen the state of your neck and I fear he may only blame me,” Illario coughs out a nervous chuckle as he brings me to my tent, nudging open the curtain with his elbow.

 “Do not let it bother you, he won’t actually do anything to you so long as I’m alright,” I nuzzle my face into his neck, enjoying the lingering heat from the springs still radiating off his skin. “He’s actually always preferred you to Lucanis, so if anything I imagine he’s relieved to see me with you.”

 “Wait, really?” He asks, tossing my clothes into a pile at the corner of the tent. There was some receding daylight left, it always took the sun longer to set in Rivain than in Treviso, but most of the light dancing in was from the firepit.

 “Oh yes,” Illario sets me down onto my bedroll, which was admittedly, more of a pile of blankets at the moment. “Viago took Lucanis giving him a knife as a threat-- Clearly left a bad impression. Truly though, I think Viago will just always be wary of anyone who I get close to.”

 Illario bends down, pressing his lips to my forehead, “It’s inevitable that I earn his ire then?” His question isn’t as lighthearted as it sounds, I can tell by the look in his eyes that he wanted to know if he could expect more nights like this or not. I wasn’t inclined to say no by any means, I just hope he was as understanding when it came to my desires as Lucanis was.

“So it seems.” I answer, choosing not to give him any more of an answer than that. He brings his lips to mine once more, and I spiral as I drink him in-- his lips were full and warm, soft against my own. He was addictive. I had always harbored an attraction for him, sure-- but did it ever feel like this? Like the world was spinning just to tip me into him, make our bodies collide?

How hard would this come back to bite me in the ass someday? How much did I even care? Am I just drunk on him or did it just always feel like something I could move on from when the truth was so far from that?

“Then I suppose we will cross that bridge when we get to it,” His lips pull from mine, and he brushes my hair back from the sides of my face to view me better. “Goodnight, Juno,” Illario reaches down to grab one of my blankets and pull it up to my shoulders, “Thank you, for tonight. “

I breathe out a laugh, “You might be the only one saying that, you know.”

“No, I'm quite positive I won't be,” He stands and heads to leave the tent, “Fletcher will be singing your praises for weeks, I'm sure.”

It isn’t long that he’s gone from my tent before Lucanis arrives, in his sleepwear and looking like he was longing for sleep more than anything else. He kneels down and reaches into my bag, and while with most people I'd be inclined to ask what exactly he was doing, I trusted him enough to not care much what he was looking for.

When he retrieved a small jar of ointment, his intent became clear. He wished to help me cover all the marks on my skin.

 He kneeled beside me, peeling back just the top of the blanket to look me over. I had no doubt in my mind that My neck and chest were a mess, something Lucanis had contributed to himself.

“How are you feeling?” Lucanis uncapped the ointment and dips his middle and ring finger in, lifting it to my neck to glaze over my love bites. Some sick side of me wished he wouldn’t heal them, that I could wear them around proudly like the most risque jewelry-- but the other part of me knew that if I returned home tomorrow and Matteo saw me littered with hickies and bite marks, I’d likely be banned from seeing anyone who attended the camp ever again. No good report from Javier and Arlo, or Neri and Noa for that matter, could cover the fact that I looked completely depraved.

“Sanctified,” I let out a hum of appreciation as his fingers find each little bruise on my neck, rubbing small, tender circles over each one, “I’m surprised you aren’t... well, jealous I guess.”

“Now why would I be jealous?”

Did... did I really need to answer that?

I guess I just thought that... Well, no matter, can I convince you to spend the night in this tent? I’d like another night of peaceful rest, and I’ve found it much easier in your arms.”

“One time nearly getting caught by Viago wasn’t enough for you, little bird?” He asks with a coy smile.

“I’m most confident he’d be willing to chalk it up to the elfroot, and besides which he--” Did I believe what I was about to say? “He knows how much you mean to me, I’m sure he’s expecting this anyways.” He did see me after my birthday, afterall, even though he chose not to acknowledge the state I was in past telling me to go take a bath.

“You told Viago about... us?”

“Not explicitly, not what you’re thinking-- he just definitely saw me after my birthday and he knew, and then he asked who won the bet--”

“Bet?” Lucanis pulls his hand from my neck, “What bet?”

What? Oh gods, how am I the only one of us who knew about the bet?

“I am not entirely sure when it was made, if I had to guess, likely when we met but--” I pull my bottom lip between my teeth as I ponder over how he may react. “Teia, Viago, Javier and Arlo sort of made a bet as to who out of myself, you and Illario would confess their feelings first.”

Lucanis, ever the level headed beauty, simply clicked his tongue with a smile, before bringing more ointment to the last few spot on my chest that went untouched, “Were we so obvious to everyone from the start?”

“I was,” I answer, “I-- Maybe I was the give away, that would make sense, actually,” I take a deep breath and bring a hand to my eye, pulling at my skin in disbelief. Of course, it had to have been-- “There was a night I had Teia over to get advice on how I could learn to turn down your advances, how I could stop myself from,” I groan, “From falling for you.”

“And how’s that going?” Lucanis chuckles as he rises and steps over to my bag, putting away the ointment and retrieving my sleepwear.

“You know damn well how that’s going,” I counter, “Honestly I knew before I even asked her for help how inevitable it was, but I was still so afraid of Matteo that it seemed like my best course of action was to try and run from it.”

Lucanis supports me as I slowly stand, sliding a simple nightgown over my frame. He holds both of my hands in his as he looks down at me, the only light in the tent being what was seeping in from the fire outside. His eyes were always the most beautiful in the light of a fire.

“You said you were surprised I was not jealous,” He brings a hand up to his lips and presses a kiss to my knuckles. “To be jealous, that would imply I had any fear of losing you, or some fear that I could not bring you back to me if you did ever fly away.”

“I fear you couldn’t get rid of me now if you tried,” I whisper, and Lucanis’ alluring eyes seem to bore into my very soul.

“I would follow you to the very ends of this earth just to be able to keep you within sight, even if you refused to be in my arms. I knew that from the very moment I first laid eyes on you,” He brings his hand up to run his knuckles down my cheek, “I wrote to Viago with a million questions the same night we sparred... and several times after that. I wouldn’t consider yourself solely to blame for everyone expecting that we’d somehow end up confessing in one way or another.”

Gods, I love him. I love him more than I ever should have been allowed to-- and yet, I did that to myself. It got to a point where I stopped trying to turn and run from those feelings and instead just walked forward with determination, with purpose.

“All that to say-- Only the blind could miss that I love you, and only a fool would try to stop it. Try as he may, Viago wouldn't stop me from finding my way to your arms each night,” I stand on my toes to peck at his lips, “So please, will you spend the night here with me, before I'm doomed to a lonely bed at the De Riva estate?”

“How could I possibly say no?”

.

.

.

 

Returning to the De Riva estate after a week away was solemn. Not a single one of us was happy to be home, and we all wore it on our faces. Unpacking my bag almost had me tearing up a little. I forgot how carefree life felt when I wasn't under the scrutinizing gaze of Matteo De Riva.

I'm sure Javier and Arlo had it worse, they couldn't even return to their rooms right away, they were forced to present their reports on how bootcamp went before they could so much as remove their boots. Though when they heard i would be inviting Thea and Viela over for classes occasionally, their spirits did seem quite lifted. I imagine they would find ways to see them regardless, but it was always nice to have a legitimate reason to have them visit rather than trying to sneak off at night.

I was pretty sad that when I called for my messenger bird, it had nothing tied to its leg. I would've felt neglected entirely had another bird not flown over to settle on my window perch.

“Oh, hello Purpose, it's good to see you.” The eyes were always a dead giveaway for me, perfect blues like a juvenile crow. “How are you, do you fare well?”

“You were gone for quite some time,” Purpose responds, hopping over to the table in my room as I continued to unpack my bag. “Curious figures came searching for your messenger bird while you were gone.”

What?

“What do you mean?” I ask, giving the spirit my full attention.

“They would call for it and check it's leg for messages. I started stealing them and hiding them, they I'd not appear trustworthy.” Purpose flaps it's wings defiantly, puffing it's feathered chest out, “I put them in your poetry books.”

“How did you get my letters from my bird?” I quirk a brow as I cross the room to look for what book was out of place. Admittedly, it took a bit to spot, Purpose seemed to have gotten better at putting things back exactly where they found them. One book had a visible corner of paper sticking out, which is the only reason I noticed it to begin with.

“I became you,” Purpose answered matter-of-factly. “I had tried taking it as a crow, but it turns out they will chase you if you steal their ticket to a treat.”

“Yes, i imagine these birds are more likely trained to peck eyes out if letters are stolen,” I place the book down on the table and find two letters inside, much to my delight, one belonged to Ran.

Juno,

I'm far ahead of schedule at this point. It turns out, it's much safer to travel now than I once thought. This is a time of peace the likes of which Thedas hasn't seen before.

I anticipate my arrival in Antiva to be at the end of next week, I do hope that you'll find me. I plan to stay (and with any luck, play) at whatever the most reputable inn in town is. I'll stay for two nights, and leave on the third day for Rivain. Just don't make me come looking for you, I am my mother's son, afterall.

I pray you are well, you are always on my mind, my friend.

 

Warmest regards,

Kieran

 

Perhaps returning to Antiva would not be so glum, afterall.

 

Chapter 46: Little Bird Tactics

Notes:

I swear on my life I'm going to start posting earlier and earlier.

Keep me in your thoughts birdies, it feels like I gargled razorblades. This cold is about to knock me on my BUTT.
Hope you still like me at my mucinex induced haze shit posting. I'm sure Kieran's visit is going to be VERY interesting.

Adding this art because it looks exactly how I picture Javi is gonna look on his little date B) Killin it, Javi.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Dear Benevolent Goddess

 

May the crowds of the market always make a path for you to walk. May each salesman you speak to offer you generous discounts. May each hand laid upon you always be soft, each eye upon you always be kind and every interaction be fulfilling. May each kiss you have be savored and each kiss you don't give be mourned. May your sheets always be cool, your blankets always be warm, and your bed always full.

You know who to contact if that is ever not the case.

Blessed are the lips that swallow me whole.

 

Yours,

Fletcher

 

He really was a whole other breed of man, wasn’t he? Not that it’s a bad thing. I’m not quite sure his letter is in much need of a response, so I simply tuck it away into my letter chest and return to my morning duties. Viago was more determined than ever to keep an eye on Matteo, fearing we may have missed another opportunity to tail him this past week and see what all these boat trips were about.

Back to business, it is.

I watch my fingertips glide over the railing as I descend the stairs,, making my way to the kitchen to grab the coffee I knew would already be waiting. Viago leaned against the counter, coffee cup in hand as I stepped in to grab one myself, our morning ritual of about a year now.

“I see your neck has healed nicely,” Viago comments, closing his eyes as he takes a sip of the dark roast.

“I see yours has, as well.” I quip, enjoying the small cough that emits from him as I banter.

“Yes well, you're not the only one with intimate herbal knowledge,” Viago glowers in my direction, and I choose to turn and lean on the counter like he was, ignoring the disapproving stare, “I just tend to use mine for acts less evil.”

“You make poisons , Viago.”

“I stand by what I said.”

“And I stand by what I did,” I shrug, “I fear you won’t get any remorse out of me for knowing how to chill harder than you know how to party.”

“What about a giant hot spring orgy is ‘ chill ’ exactly?”

“First of all, if that’s your idea of an orgy, I would argue you need more royal elfroot in your life, secondly, to answer your question; everything. Everything about that is chill. And everyone else besides you seemed to agree.”

His silence was oh so sweet. I know how much he hates it when I can get him to shut up.

“Did I see you were starting to use the Wyvern venom? Making anything interesting?” I break the silence as I sniff out the biscotti to dunk in my coffee.

“Ah, yes, an original. I call it ‘Meet the Maker’,” Viago chuckles to himself. He really did seem to love coming up with fancy names for his poisons, which was interesting because potions worked in much the opposite way-- but I guess it’s preferable that poisons remain anonymous whereas potions really shouldn’t be, as they constitute a different type of emergency.

“Leave me the ingredient list and I’ll mix up an antivenom, Auntie taught me how to craft the one for wyvern venom, but I can add whatever is needed for anything additional you might have added in.”

“I appreciate your continued efforts to cancel out my hard work.”

“Viago, I make them in case you ingest poison, not for your targets,” I scoff, “It’s like you forget you’re my favorite person.”

“Am I still?” He queries.

“Why wouldn’t you be?”

“I figured that would be one of the Dellamortes by now-- or worse, Fletcher .” Viago takes another calm sip, probably trying to embarrass me, but he forgets I have no shame.

“Favorite dicks do not constitute favorite people, Viago,” I dunk my biscotti into my cup and take a bite as I start out the kitchen into the courtyard, enjoying the way Viago once more chokes on the sip-- really, he should stop giving me opportunities to speak when he drinks. “It’s assholes, and don’t worry, you’ll always be my favorite asshole .”

Javier and Arlo are in the gazebo, sitting across the table from one another when I step out to join them, scarfing down my biscotti with a lingering smirk. Time for a chat with my two grateful siblings, Viago could learn a thing or two from them.

Javier notices me first, makes sure Viago isn’t trailing behind me, then slowly brings his hands up to clap, “If it isn’t the little bird of the hour, come, sit with us!”

I tuck my legs and throw my hands out in a curtsy before hopping up the steps to join them at the table. We were essentially banned from discussing the elfroot incident in the carriage ride home, and after Viago had walked in on me asleep in Lucanis’ arms, we weren’t exactly trying to push our luck and piss him off more.

“Not only is she an expert in romantic advice, which none of us ever expected--” Hey. Fuck you, Javie . “But she is also an expert in drawing all of Viago’s ire so that the rest of us don’t look so bad in comparison,” Javier laughs into the back of his hand as he leans on his elbows. “He would’ve been upset enough at one, but then you go and invite three men to be with you? Tell me, were you trying to piss off Viago specifically, or was that just a side effect of the elfroot?”

“How do you know it was three?” I raise an eyebrow as I finish off the biscotti and wash it down with what remained of my coffee.

“Fletcher actually couldn’t shut the fuck up about it,” Arlo snorts, “I think it was more being impressed by you than it was anything romantic.”

Yeah that... sounds about right.

“Well, it was quite impressive,” I give a small nod, placing my cup down on the table, “Though regrettably, it was not done to piss Viago off, though I shall keep it in mind should I ever need to.”

“The five minutes of panic he had before he went dashing off to the springs was priceless,” Javier adds, “He was so busy panicking about you and Teia kissing that he completely missed Fletcher trailing after you all.”

“Funnily enough, he was actually the last one to come after you all, he just ran ahead when he finally realized Fletcher had a head start.” Arlo leans back in his chair, and I notice that his once tired eyes seemed just a bit more rested than normal. Even Javier has a particular glow to his skin that seemed new.

I guess sex is a pretty magical thing, when done right.

“I can see he didn’t ruin your nights either, good-- I’m glad.” I reach out and pat Javier’s hand. “It’s good to see new life breathed into you two.”

“More like blown--”

Javier,” Arlo warns, but it was very half-hearted.

“So what did you two have in mind for today? I know you said you wanted to observe my training simultaneously, what exactly does that mean?”

“It means a 1v1--” Arlo grins, “You and me, I can see your weapon handling up close, and Javier gets to see you put tactics to use.”

“First thing in the morning?!” I sigh, letting myself fall dramatically onto the table, “One week of you boneheads wasn’t enough?”

“That one week we had to keep an eye on more than just you, and besides which, you still want to become a crow, so you have to put in the work.” Javier pats the top of my head, frizzing up the hair under his glove.

“Besides, I need to test this thing out,” Arlo pats his chest, and I draw a lazy stare up to him. Ohhhh, would you look at that. He had a shoulder holster with a brand new knife in it. He was wearing it like a badge of honor.

I see Thea picked out the blue jewel pommel, after all. Excellent work. Judging by the smug ass look on his face, I’d say he’s actually entirely smitten and just trying to look tough about it.

“Fine,” I stand, pushing my chair back with a similar bravado with which I fell to the table in the first place, “But I’ll have you know I will not be taking it easy on you and will in fact be so impressive, you end class early.”

Yeah, that was not the case.

Damn Thea for getting him such a stupidly sharp knife. Damn Arlo for not pulling punches. Damn Javier for yelling random strategies at me when it was already too late by the time he was yelling.

“He’s 6 foot 4, Javier, how do you expect me to attack from the air!?” I shout, ducking between Arlo’s legs once more as he slashes at me.

“Find a way up! Him being tall is exactly why aerial attacks are unexpected!”

“THEY AREN’T UNEXPECTED IF YOU YELL ABOUT THEM!”

I feint to the left before taking off to the right, just barely missing his outreached arm to try and knock me over. The cut on my ribs starts to ache a bit, but I keep my defenses up. That would simply have to be dealt with later.

“Come on Juno, focus,” Javier calls again, holding out a hand to cue Arlo to halt, “What matters in combat? Give me the ten things to base your attacks on.”

Distance ,” I take a step back, Arlo and I were about 50 feet apart, “ Size -- Not just stature but the number of enemies.” That was just Arlo, but compared to me, that was more like fighting two targets instead of one. “ Speed ,” I had that on him, at least being smaller came with its perks. “ Timing, which frankly you need to work on more that me--”

“--Juno.”

“Just saying.”

I take a deep breath and regain my focus, “Attrition ,” I was getting my ass handed to me, I was bleeding-- Arlo was not. “ Skill ,” Arlo had way more close quarter combat skill than I had, the only thing I really had on him was magic and speed. Was I supposed to use magic? “ Positioning ,” We were both out in the open, we didn’t have any obstacles to hide behind here. I suppose this was as good a spot as any to use magic, but the distance did tend to lend itself to my lightning magic. “ Intel,” I mean, was that supposed to help me here either? Yeah, I know a lot about Arlo but it’s not like anything has...

...changed.

No wait, something had changed.

He has a new knife. One he seems to cherish.

Oh.

Strategy ,” I was going to get that fucking knife. He wouldn’t dare come at me full force if it meant risking any damage to that knife. So I need to disarm him, and then threaten him. That seems... Maybe doable? “And Willpower.” Fuck it.

Fine, you cut me, I shock you. Tit for tat, Arlo.

My lightning comes out in a whip crack, but I cast a few more strikes to keep him staggered. I had the speed, so I was over to him faster than he could anticipate. Palm strike upwards on his closed hand, and the knife is flying out. He sees it go flying, but I swipe at his own rib, making him curl inwards just long enough for me to chase after his knife. Damn, was this thing nice . Beautiful shape, shiny stone, nicely wrapped handle-- the weight? Ideal. Half tempted to keep it for myself.

Juno ,” His tone was a warning, and he should know I ignore those at all costs. I flip his knife in my hand, “If you drop that knife, no god will save you.”

“That’s so strange, that didn’t sound like you yielding to me?”

Arlo looked at his knife, then to Javier, who had his trademark grin-- before they both shared a shrug.

“Alright,” Arlo put his hands up, “I yield-- give me the knife back .”

So he finally has a weakness, and it’s in the form of 5’9” brunette elf. I like this. I can use this.

“Maybe if you’re so afraid of it getting damaged, you shouldn’t be using it to slice me open, hmm?” I hand it over by the handle and finally take a moment to touch at my ribs, “Ah, fuck, you got me pretty good actually. Can we call this good? I’ll go get stitched up.”

“I think you bounced back quite well, I’m alright with ending the training for now,” Javier tucks his hands behind his back, “Just make sure Viago knows it wasn’t me who got you cut open. I really don’t feel like fighting off paralytics today.”

“Oh Viago, you won’t believe the ways Javier STABBED me,” I bring a hand to my forehead, and I can hear Javier take a few steps after me.

“I’m being serious, Juno, please don’t make him paralyze me--”

“It STINGS, in fact, I think he may have poisoned me!

“Juno!”

The room is spinning --”

I HAVE A DATE, OKAY?

OHHHHHHHHHH?

Arlo is quick to slap Javier on the back with a proud smile, and I fear I cannot pick up my jaw even as a laugh spills out.

“Good for you, bud!” Arlo ruffles his younger brother’s hair and Javier is quick to swat at him.

“Shut up!”

“Does she know it’s a date?”

“You shut up, too!”

“Oh, the agony of this slow poison --”

“DAMMIT JUNO!”

I throw a dismissive wave back at him. Better to keep him on his toes. Truth be told, I’m not sure Viago would actually care too much about the wound, after this morning I’m sure he thought I was owed at least a few good lashings.

Just a shame they weren’t even the fun kind.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 47: Little Bird and The Bard

Notes:

Hi birdies! Thanks for being so patient with me while I've been recovering. What I thought was a cold turned out to be the nasty covid :c so recovery has been rough. I think I'm coming around the other side but I'm still relying heavily on cough medicine atm. Pressure in my head's been a bit icky too. I've been writing a lot on my phone just trying to get a decent amount written but I just kept falling asleep.

I GOT THE ART TO WORK! AHA! Thank you Aurora for the assistance, and thank you Meg for this glorious art! I'm going to have to go back to old chapters and add these in.
She has made so many absolutely STUNNING pieces of art for this fic I am always blown away by her talent and the sheer speed she works at. I am so blessed to have met her ;v; <3

The first snippet of Kieran in Treviso <3 <3 My SON, my BOY.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Kieran + Juno


Things in the estate had been tense, to say the least. Matteo was cooped up in his office nearly every day, likely pacing about trying to cover his tracks, if not outright burning documentation in the fireplace. We had yet to see any results of this audit, if there had been any while we were gone, we didn't know. It was an eerie silence from Matteo, but you could still catch glimpses of him coming and going from his office on any given day.

While on one hand, it was concerning to think that he was potentially losing his mind to paranoia all day, it did at least make it easier to take a few days off when Kieran was expected to roll into town.

An anticipation coursed through me like nothing I had felt before. Kieran. The first real tangible piece of home; in Antiva! In Treviso, no less! My boots carried me quicker than I thought possible for my shorter legs, practically knocking people over to get to the inn at the center of town.

I thought, at first, that perhaps I was early. Perhaps he had been delayed making it to town or got injured and had to stop and rest another day. But when I heard the sounds of a mandolin playing in the air, and a familiar Ferelden tune, I knew it was my best friend performing in the tavern at the back of the inn.

 

So we danced all night 'til the sun came up

One for the road and another for luck

I didn't know that I fell in love, in love with my Highland girl

Hair like fire and eyes like the sea

She danced with the wind and sings like the breeze

I didn't know but now I can see I'm in love with my Highland girl

 

God, his voice even sounded deeper than I remembered. Approaching the small tavern stage, I see the familiar black hair, the flash of red cloth, the irreplaceable mandolin. He was here, my very best friend, my dearest penpal, my lovely Ran.

 

I walked to the bar and looked to my left

I tried to breathe, but you stole my breath

You turned away and played hard to get but darling the night is young

The band started playing my favorite song

And that's when I caught you singing along

Right then I knew that you were the one but darling, the night is young.

 

He has the whole room tapping their feet, he had a knack for it-- but I can hear it in how he plays, bard school did him good. He was far more skilled than he was nearly two years ago. He looked older too, though I suppose that's to be expected. He looked more like his mother, funnily enough. Though I shan't dare repeat that to his face.

 

You reached out your hand and took 'hold of mine

Didn't notice that you've been keeping it tight

You said "Follow me, everything will be fine

Because, darling, the night is young”

 

It wasn't long before our eyes met, and his expression subtly changed from one of enthusiastic performance to one of genuine enthusiasm. The crinkle of his eyes always gave away his true emotions.

 

So we danced all night 'til the sun came up

One for the road and another for luck

I didn't know that I fell in love, in love with my Highland girl

Hair like fire and eyes like the sea

She danced with the wind and sings like the breeze

I didn't know but now I can see I'm in love with my Highland girl.

 

Once the song ends, Kieran places his mandolin back in its carrying case, and places it behind the small stage out of sight. When he turned back around to face me, I was already crossing the bar to him, and his outstretched arms were the only sign I needed. I nearly lept to him, my arms stringing across his neck as we collided.

“Hello there,” It comes out as a laugh, but his arms still pull me in for a squeeze tighter than anyone had given me in the past 2 years. “Miss me?”

It's incredible how one person's voice can knock the air out of your lungs. It was a relief, it was home-- it was Kieran .

“So much,” I choke out, “I missed you so much.” I pull back just far enough to look him over. His hair had grown enough for him to be able to cast part of it up into a small ponytail, the rest of it resting at the base of his neck. He had gained a few extra piercings in his ear, and he seemed to dress much nicer than he ever cared to at home, but he still chose to wear the earring we picked out together, matching the ones I never removed, gold and dangling and thin. He looked good for someone who would've been traveling for almost two weeks straight.

“I missed you, too... but don't you ever go repeating that, I'll never live it down,” He releases me to pull back more, assessing my features. Did I look older too? Did he notice my hair was longer or that I wore makeup now? “Did you start work as a clown?” His thumb swipes over my bottom lip, looking over the purple color that transferred to his thumb. “You know people can do comedy without painting their faces.”

“Shut up,” I smack the back of my hand into his chest and click my tongue at him as he laughs, Gods, I missed that laugh. “You're the one looking more like Aunty each day,  the red handkerchief? The ponytail? You're doing it to yourself at this point,”

“Oh? You're one to talk, blondie, that braid running down the side of your head is the spitting image of your pa.” Kieran reaches up and flicks the braid before his eyes follow it to the back of my head, “What's this now? Jewelry in your hair? Who are you, and what have ya done with my best friend? Because I see a giant girlie girl standing here, but she seems to be wearing Juno's skin?” His long fingers tug of the jeweled hair claw Viago had gotten me for my birthday. I suppose I had to have changed a lot, with the bodice and purple lace tops, purple makeup and heeled boots; I wasn't the scrappy teen he used to see. I was being trained to curate an image of myself that could lure men to their deaths.

“I have so much to tell you,” I shake my head in disbelief as he grins at me, “So many people for you to meet! Gods, I just met even more wonderful people. I’ll have to tell you about bootcamp--” Kieran pulls himself from my arms by stepping back, and leads me by the hand to the bar.

“And I have so much time to offer you, but if we’re going to be yapping, it best be over a pint or two. I get the feeling I’m going to hear about things I never wished to hear.” Kieran waves two fingers at the bar tender effortlessly, pulling me up to the stool and perching himself beside me. “All jokes aside, I’m glad to say they’re still feeding you here. After that tale about getting your shit rocked from that Talon fellow, I feared you may have a bit of Stockholm Syndrome, or that you’d be whittled away to nothing by the time I got to ya.” He pinches at my arm for show, and honestly, I think I needed that just to remind myself that this is real. He’s really here.

“Well, they don’t have much like Mama’s shepherd's pie up in Northern Thedas, but they do alright. Lots of sea fish and greens I’ve hardly seen before,” The Bartender places two hefty pints in front of us, and I find myself most curious to see just what type of beer the North makes. “To be honest, I'm most impressed with the fruit selection here, they can grow damn near anything in these warmer climates. I saw plantains growing in Rivain!”

“You went to Rivain? No wonder you're so damn sun-kissed, you were out on the beaches!” Kieran lifts the mug to his lips, and I tap the glass with my finger, sending an ice spell over the pint to frost it over. “Oy! Warn a man before ya go getting his lips stuck to the pint,” Kieran rubs at his lips quickly, before narrowing his eyes and taking a swig. “Oh, that's quite pleasant actually. Are we positive this is beer?”

I frost over my own pint before taking a sip, my own eyebrows shooting up at the flavor. It feels like not too many moons ago we were just kids causing trouble in Skyhold, begging Iron Bull for a swig of brew before instantly regretting our decisions when he complied. Even Mama's tavern selections never taste this light. It was surprisingly refreshing, something I thought wasn't possible for beer.

“This might as well be wine, but you won't catch me complaining,” I lift my pint to his, “Cheers to you graduating Bard College; On your way to proving that money can't buy happiness, and neither can a bard! ” He snorts at my toast before raising his own glass in response and looking down to my top.

To barbed wire and bustiers; protecting the property without obstructing the view.

Damn, he was always quicker with words than I was. And stop looking at my tits, you cad.

“You know,” I lick my lips after taking another sip, “I’ve become a much better mage in the past two years. I can cast without the mage knife, now.”

“Ay, can you?” Kieran leans on his hand as he meets my gaze with his warm golden eyes, “Makin’ your ma proud, mine too, I’m sure.”

“Oh! Speaking of, I’m supposed to remind you to write your mom, something about being worried you may cause a tavern brawl.” Kieran clicks his tongue and gives a half hearted roll of his eyes.

“Brawls? Hardly, far too bully to be brawling,” His gaze comes back to rest on me, “I digress, I’ll write her, just perhaps before bed. I’d rather spend what time I have with you. What else has changed in your little world? Dare I check your hand for a ring?” The snort that rises out of me has Kieran smirking, “I’ll take that as a no.”

“No, no, nothing like that,” What even were Lucanis and I? Was Illario included in that mix? Fletcher, for that matter? “--I may be up to trouble, but not the matrimonial sort.”

“Gods, I’ve been dying for some good old fashioned trouble,” His chuckle is lower in his chest than I remembered, “How much trouble we talking? Secret rendezvous, an affair-- “ Kieran feigns a quiet gasp, “Are you a mistress?”

“No, you spanner! Gods, I just have... entanglements,” I shrug while I sip on my brew, “Maybe a few? Too soon to say.”

“Now you sound like a bard,” Kieran retorts, quirking his brow up at me, “Am I going to meet these... entanglements?”

Well, it’s not like I would introduce him to the De Rivas and NOT the Dellamortes, that just feels strange.

“Yes, I would like you to,” I tap my fingers along my glass, “Though, obviously there’s some things I prefer you not bring up in front of anyone I introduce you to.”

“Do they know about... us?”

“Oh shut it,” I nudged him with my elbow, “Don’t go causing fights for fun, this is exactly what your mother was worried about!”

“You wound me,”

“It was ONE kiss!”

“And yet it lingered--”

We were 13 , Kieran!”

Going on 30 , Juno, how could I ever move on?”

“You’re a bastard, you know that?” I give in to his jests and enjoy the lazy smile he offers.

“Always have been!” Kieran reaches up and swipes his raven colored hair away from his forehead, briefly exposing the small scar over his eyebrow, “I won't cause trouble for you, so put your mind at ease, yeah? I just want to make sure they’re taking care of my favorite lass, lest they need to be taken care of, if you catch my drift.” I take a deep breath and knock back the rest of my pint.

“Honestly, I’m not sure whether Viago is going to love or hate you, and that scares me, and if you were smart, you’d be scared too.”

“What’s he going to do, poison me?”

“That’s not out of the realm of possibility.”

“You’re hanging out with freaks; it’s okay, you can say it,” Kieran grabs onto my shoulder, “Blink twice if you need me to kidnap you and get you an alias.”

“I really need to debrief you on who everyone is and just... the things I’ve done? Before you go meeting anybody because, well, there’s quite a backstory here at this point.” I slide my pint glass across the counter, “Might need another beer in me to tell you the gritty details.”

“That’s the great thing about bars; they’re full of beers.”

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 48: Little Bird And The Craic

Notes:

Okay, I admittedly still have not figured out how to put pictures into this so that I can show off artwork Meg has made me. When I have the wherewithal to stay up any later and not be out of my mind on cough medicine, I swear I will update chapters with artwork. I've made a few myself that I'd love to share as well.
I hope nobody else is sick, this honestly sucks. The pressure in my head hurts so bad. I just want it to go away, it's been over a week now since I started getting sick. Hopefully this isnt a sinus infection.
Anyways, having some tea, then to bed with me.

Goodnight, birdies <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


 

By the time anyone came looking for me, I’m not entirely sure how many beers in we were. All I know is that when you put Kieran and I in the same room together, every moment of time we were apart completely melts away-- and we’re back to being kids again. I was able to hear about his life in the bard college, the things he specifically had been working on in his time at school, his little flings, and most importantly how his mum was faring. I had only just grazed the topic of explaining who everyone in my little world was when I was tracked down.

We were practically choking on our own laughter when I felt a hand land on my shoulder. My grin was wide when I tipped my head back to look at Viago, not surprised at all that he looked somehow irritated with me despite us not having spoken all day.

“Perhaps consider doing more than just leaving a note on your dresser that you’ve ‘ gone out ’ the next time you plan on leaving home,” He chides, but I tap my hand on his dismissively.

“Hm,” Kieran’s eyes flash up to Viago, “Disappointed look in his eyes, much taller, big dad energy... Viago?”

“Bingo,” I turn on the stool to face Kieran entirely, gesturing for Viago’s sake. “Viago, this is my childhood best friend, Kieran. Kieran, this is Viago. He is family now, I found him, all on my own.”

“I think we both know you didn’t exactly ‘ find him ’,”

“--Okay fine, I PICKED him,” I wrap my arms around Viago’s bicep, leaning into his standing frame from the bar stool. “Point still stands, he’s important-- so play nice.”

“As if you even have to worry,” Kieran jokes, but I absolutely did have to-- Kieran would fight anyone as is, let alone anyone who he felt was trying to take his spot in my heart. “Greetings, sir. The craic is good if you care to join.”

“The... what?” Viago hesitantly holds out a matching hand to Kieran, who firmly shakes his.

“You’re being obtuse on purpose, Kieran,” I roll my eyes at his low handed move of digging out obscure Ferelden terms. “The conversation-- the conversation is good, the beer is good-- Join us!”

Viago crosses his arms and looks down to me, “You didn’t tell me your friend was coming to town, do I need to be worried about... certain things getting out about your past?”

“Ya needn’t worry,” Kieran sips at his pint, “I have actually spent quite a few years before you trying to keep her from burnin’ cities down, I intend to keep her out of.. Well, that kind of trouble, anyways.”

“He means to say he knows that he’s supposed to be quiet about my parents while he’s here, and trust me when I say Kieran has his own troubled history of secrets he’s had to keep.” Kieran’s gold eyes flash over to mine and I cock an eyebrow at him.

Secret for secret, so lips stay zipped.

He doesn’t need to read my mind to know what I’m thinking.

With a forlorn sigh, Kieran stands from his spot at the bar, “Let us move this conversation to a table, perhaps? Where less ears could be listening in?”

“An outstanding idea, come Viago, I’d love for you to get to know Kieran.” Viago seems reluctant to follow, but comes along regardless. We did manage to secure a table in the corner of the tavern, the only thing particularly close to us was the stage so there was less of a likelihood we’d be susceptible to eavesdroppers. As we take a seat, I reach out to Viago and pat him on the hand with a smile, a silent ‘thank you’ for rolling with my whims. “Viago has been the one person keeping me sane in the whole of Antiva, if we hadn’t become friends, I’m not sure I would have made it this long.”

“Well, honestly I kind of expected that you’d be coming home in tears by now, or sending messages to Mum begging her to come get you-- I am indeed impressed you’ve managed a year away now, and grateful you seem to be faring well,” Kieran raises his glass towards Viago, “No doubt in part to your guidance, I appreciate that she has someone in her corner here.”

Viago seems to let his walls come down a little at this, obviously not expecting a thank you from Kieran, “Yes, well... I wouldn’t simply leave someone to drown in the waves of the life of a crow, and Juno isn’t so soft that she’s incapable, so she’s come into this role mostly naturally.”

“That’s a very nice way of saying he looks out for me constantly and I’d be a disaster without him,” I add, noting the small smirk that dares to cross Viago’s lips. “I do have other friends, and teachers, and pseudo-siblings who I call siblings-- but Viago is special .”

“Careful now, don’t go making me too jealous,” Kieran has a playful tone, but I can tell from the look in his eye, the warning is genuine, harmless though it may be. Kieran wouldn’t do anything to seek revenge on me, but if he could mess with Viago to make him look bad? He would. Kieran has always been like that-- he didn’t have the time or patience to be anyone’s #2 in life, he was either your best or he was nothing at all. Lucky for him, the constant travel of my childhood lended quite well to only keeping one true #1 best friend.

“There is naught a country, sea, nor forest between us that could make my love for you any less, Ran, fear not,” I reach across the table and flick at his earring, hoping the jingle lights a memory in his mind. “You are my best friend.”

“You know,” Kieran starts, looking to Viago and stirring his beer by sliding his glass in a circle on the table, “When Juno was really little, I convinced her that there was a fae being that lived under her house that snuck out at night and would steal people’s eyes-- but only people with green eyes--”

Do not tell that story!!

“Her ma has green eyes, so not only was Juno afraid to fall asleep,” Kieran brought a hand up to his mouth while he laughed, “But she would go stand guard at her parent’s bedroom door late at night to make sure the fae couldn’t come steal her ma’s eyes.”

“He is intentionally leaving out the elaborate backstory he came up with, and also the fact that my next door neighbor was an old blind man with NO EYES ,” I slap my hand on the table lightly, for dramatic effect, “When you’re 8, it’s not out of the realm of possibility that there’s an eye stealing monster living in your neighborhood.”

Kieran puts his forehead down on the table as he lets out delighted laughs, securing even a few from Viago himself.

“I’m not sure I would have believed you were ever afraid of anything, with the way you act now.” Viago strokes at the hair on his chin, his blue eyes gaining the teasing twinkle I hadn’t seen in some time. “You seem to run into dangerous situations like it’s your most favored pastime.”

“Ah, see, that is just simply because she doesn’t vocalize fear--” Kieran lifts his head, pointing a finger in my direction. “Her parents had no idea she was staying awake every night until she finally fell asleep at the dinner table one night, head in mashed potatoes and all.”

I groan and bring my head into my hands, “I’m going to remember this when you ask me to give a speech at your wedding some day, you know.”

“-- Can’t wait to make one at yours too, A stór .” Quick as a whip, as always.

“How is it exactly that you two came to meet?” Viago asks, grabbing my deserted pint and taking it for himself.

“Ah, his mum and my ma traveled together, got pregnant right around the same time, stayed in touch after the whole... blight thing,” I give a small shrug, “I think they just wanted their kids to have a bit of a normalish upbringing with the world almost going to shit-- so they tried to stay close enough, or visit enough, that we could be raised together,” I lean on my hand as I look over at Kieran, whose eyes regain that familiar crinkle of affection at the edges, “Even if we were apart, we learned to write by writing to each other. Kieran wound up with much nicer teachers, most of my education was my parents, so he’s far more articulate than I, but even despite the differences in accents and intellect, we’ve managed to make it this far as best friends.”

“Now that you mention it, I did always find it interesting how your words always seemed to waver between an Antivan tongue and a Ferelden one-- I guess parents and friends from two different parts of the world can change how you speak.” Viago notes, “Though you do slip into the Ferelden side of it when you’re cursing, for certain.”

“Ah, still cursing wolf dicks in elven, is she?” Kieran snorts, “Her ma was livid when she learned that one. I’m a bad influence.”

“Sorry, you taught her to curse in Elven? Not her mother? As in, you know Elven?” I can see Viago look over Kieran’s ears, “Are you half elf?”

“No, I am not, but my mother is something of an expert on the Elven people,” Kieran sits fully upright in his seat once more, “It sort of rubs off on you, especially when you’re trying to impress elven girls as a rambunctious preteen.”

I feel my eyes roll a bit at this comment, he said ‘ girls ’ plural as if there’s ever been any other girls in his life-- Kieran didn’t make friends well, there was no one he was trying to impress.

“I had no idea you and Juno were ever...”

“--Oh? No ? She doesn’t speak fondly of our romantic encounters? Her years long affections for me?”

Yeah, I’ve had about enough of that.

I slap the back of Kieran’s head, “ MY years-long affections? You’ve got some nerve!” I scoff and drag my tongue over my teeth, “For the record, he pined after me, my affections were elsewhere for most of my childhood.”

“She means she was in love with the guy who blew up the chantry--”

“-- it was BEFORE he blew up the chantry!” I groan, “Papa got acquainted with the Champion of Kirkwall for a short while, so I had a few visits with the people who-- You know what, why am I even explaining myself? I was eight , he was handsome and nice , it was an honest mistake.”

Viago brings a hand up to pinch the bridge of his nose, “Your taste in men...”

“Is horrendous,” Kieran finishes, downing the rest of his beer. “It always has been.”

“Finally, someone understands,” Viago gestures to Kieran and the two nod at each other.

We’re not encouraging this behavior.

“You disliking someone does not mean they are a bad person, Viago,” I cross my arms, “And since you seem to need the reminder; Lucanis never threatened you, he was trying to tell you he liked you with that knife. You are just an idiot, as is he.”

“You were not there,” Viago leans back, crossing his own arms, “You didn’t see the manner in which he left it.”

“The intent was to charm you, little did he know you cannot be charmed .” I remark.

“Lucanis... the Dellamorte boy you mentioned? The one you got battered for interacting with?” Kieran quirks his head to the side, narrowing his eyes.

“The very same, though I’m quite positive I would have been battered for interacting with him or Illario, it was less to do with Lucanis and more to do with the Dellamortes in general.” I subconsciously reach up to touch at my cheekbone, remembering the bruise that left me self conscious for a week.

“Didn’t stop her at all, not for a moment,” Viago sighs, “And getting hit in the face was the least of her punishments thus far. Thankfully, she has managed to seemingly tame the Fifth Talon’s rage in the past year instead of instigating it.”

“You said he didn’t hit you again after that time, Juno--” Kieran starts.

“And he didn’t !” I answer, holding up a finger to stop him. “It’s fine, really, I’m fine.”

“If I find a single bruise on your body--”

“It’s more than likely a hickey .” Viago quips, taking another swig of beer.

“Putting you two in the same room was a mistake, I see.” I glare at Viago, his lip curling upwards at my reaction.

“Pray tell, who’s putting their lips on my sweet little Nono?” Kieran taps his fingers against the table, and I sigh at the mention of the nickname.

Viago gestures around the bar, “All of Treviso, at this point, I’m sure.” I smack my hand hard into Viago’s bicep, making him snort louder than I had ever heard come out of him. “I jest, she has, what, 10 suitors? 20?”

“You make me out to be some trollop?”

Aren’t you ?”

“Go home-- I’ve had enough of you.” I sigh.

I haven’t !” Kieran laughs, “Do tell, Juno, I must know all about your pursuits. Did any of these men plan an uprising, or perhaps, to blow up any buildings ?”

“-- NO !”

“They are training to be assassins,” Viago purses his lips in thought, “So I wouldn’t say mass murder is off the table, per say.

First of all , we both know that nobody has the kind of money that would take, and second of all , that’s a circumstance of their upbringing, not a direct choice. Apart from... Well, Fletcher, I suppose. That is a direct choice.”

“How many people are we talking, Juno? Give me a number.”

“How many people have I kissed or how many have I slept with ?”

“Those are different numbers ?!”

“It’s been almost two years, Kieran, what do you want from me?”

A chastity belt , apparently!”

“It’s a bit late for that,” I throw my hands up, “I’m training to be an assassin , not a damn nun . Forgive me for indulging a bit, DADS . Since there are apparently two of you now.”

Kieran bites his lip for a moment, lost in thought, “Right, well then. If there are men looking for your hand, then I must meet them. I will decide who is right for my Nono, or if any are right at all!”

Viago snorts again, rolling his eyes, “Believe me, the answer is none . None of them are a good match,”

“And yet, here you are, betting on them. And you lost !” I jab a finger into Viago’s chest, “Don’t think that just because it’s over means I’ll let you live that down.”

“I only bet because I was pressured to, not because I actually want you entangled with a Dellamorte.” Viago pushes my finger off of him.

“Well isn’t it a damn shame that I already told Illario that he was your favorite.”

“--You did what ?” Viago’s narrowed eyes only make my smile grow wider.

“Oh yes, made his whole day, in fact.”

“That idiot is not my favorite--”

“So you admit, you have a favorite?”

“NO!”

“You two do bicker like siblings,” Kieran remarks, looking us both over with a wistful gleam in his eyes. “Warms my heart to see.”

Viago and I spend most of the evening at the tavern, watching Kieran perform once more before the night is out. It already feels like it’s not enough time, like one day slipped through my fingers too quickly, but with the promise to spend the whole day together tomorrow, we find ourselves able to part for the evening. I returned home with Viago, who, though he shan’t dare say it out loud, seemed to have a rather favorable impression of Kieran-- and Kieran himself seemed to have a favorable impression of Viago. There’s no doubt in my mind that under any other circumstance these two would be unlikely to become friends, but it is their shared connection and affection for me that makes them capable of looking past any differences.

I love them for that.

 

Lucanis,

 

My best friend is in town, staying just one more night at the local inn. It would mean the world to me if you and Illario would come to meet him tomorrow. I plan on bringing him to the cafe out past the market for morning coffee, I hope to see you there.

 

Also, do not be intimidated by him. His bark is far worse than his bite.

I look forward to seeing you.

 

Yours,

Juno

 

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 49: Little Bird, Complex

Notes:

This one I had to cut a little short, it felt like a good stopping point and it's time for me to head to bed, but ideally I pick this up tomorrow before 10pm and get through the second day of our dear Kieran.

Also, fear not, this will not be Kieran's only in person appearance throughout this fic, I fear I love him too much to leave him in the dust.

Have some plot! Remember that? Plot? I almost forgot about it, clearly, somewhere back before the smut.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


There was no mortal or god alike that could have stopped me from rising with the sun to rush back to the inn and retrieve Kieran. While he did make me sit and wait until he returned from the baths, he did return fairly quickly with only semi-dry hair in record timing.

He definitely missed me as much as I missed him.

“I can recall days where you would only pretend to wake up just to come over and fall back asleep in my bed,” He stretched his arms over his head with a yawn, “I don’t suppose this is one of those days?”

“I couldn’t possibly waste time sleeping!” I answer, “I don’t get to hear your voice when I sleep, that’s more important than a few extra hours.”

“I don’t know,” Kieran mumbles, “I could probably manage some sleep talking if it meant getting to sleep off a hangover.”

I grab his hand before he can try to pull back his blankets to get back in the bed and pull him to the door, “I promise you, I have a better hangover cure, just come with me to the cafe.”

He whines, but it's more like a rumbling in the back of his throat, the sleep still evidently calling to him. One espresso should be enough to kick him back into high gear-- he will thank me when he doesn’t get queasy from all the beer. The cafe at the edge of the market was actually owned by the crows, I had come to learn, so it was a spot where you’d often find them-- but if there was one thing Antivan people were more concerned with than assassination-- it was coffee. The atmosphere was never really tense there because of that small fact.

Even with tired eyes, Kieran still managed to take in the sights of the marketplace. The market vendors were preparing for the day ahead, parchment out taking stock, adjusting displays, and polishing trinkets. Even in the early hours of the morning, it was still a bustling area. I’d have to have Kieran try a few things from my favorite confection vendor before he left tomorrow...

Tomorrow. So soon already.

I’d just have to fill today with everything I could.

“Listen... About yesterday,” I clear my throat as we walk, “I-- Viago made it sound much worse-- I’m not. I’m not just sleeping around with whoever--”

“--Juno,” Kieran holds up a hand, “I’m not going to sit here and act a saint, I’m a bard. I’ve seen and done things that would make your father shed a tear...” His face contorts, “Likely a proud one, actually. But-- I’m in no position to judge you, and I wouldn’t regardless.”

As we step into the cafe, I dig out my coin pouch and approach the counter, there’s a small line, but it’s well worth waiting around a moment, “I appreciate that Kieran,” I chuckle as I scout out a table, “Still, I do want to stress that one foursome does not make me some... hussy.”

“Four---- Foursome?!” Kieran has to stop himself from yelling in the cafe, settling for a harsh whisper. He was certainly awake now, “Maker’s breath, when he said you had 25 suitors, I took it to be a joke!”

“It was ,” I stress, “I have ... well, I suppose two at this point seem to have real, actual feelings for me, the third was just caught up in a moment.” We take a step forward, nearly to the counter now, “A royal elfroot moment, at that.”

“Hell of a drug,” Kieran snorts, “Makes for a fun party, though.”

“Finally, someone with taste,” I scoff.

When we step up to the counter, I order two cups of espresso as well as some of the chocolate butterfly pastries I had added to my regular coffee snack rotation. Breakfast in Ferelden was usually far more savory than sweet, but I think Kieran will appreciate this. I pay for our breakfast and find a table with enough space for our guests to join us eventually.

There was a weird feeling in my heart and stomach when I considered how this introduction might go-- Meeting Javier and Arlo? I think Kieran will do perfectly, if they love me, they’ll love him. But Lucanis? Illario? I worry they might not view his sarcastic nature as favorable when mixed with his possessiveness.

“All that aside, Kieran... The Dellamortes are very important to me.” It was almost embarrassing to say out loud, or perhaps just to someone I was as close with as I was Kieran. “I know I’ve made it clear in my letters over the last year, but-- You liking them, and them liking you, that’s pivotal for me. I do not need this situation turning tense.”

“You worry far too much,” Kieran snorts, ruffling my hair under his hand, “By the time I leave town, I will be shaking their hands, okay? So stop fussing, everything will be just fine as long as they’re treating my Nono well.”

“They are,” I answer, pulling a lock of my hair into my hands and twisting the edge around my finger, “It’s all still... new. So I don’t want to mess this up.”

“So, just to clarify here, you’re... what, courting two of these Dellamortes?”

“Courting would imply something official has been agreed upon,” I chew at my bottom lip while I search for the term, “Is there a term for just being in love and sleeping together?”

“Sure,” Kieran shrugs, “Hussy.”

“Shut up!” My hand leaves my hair to smack his chest as he chuckles at his own joke, “I don’t know what they call it! It’s not just emotionless sex, and there is maybe a date here and there but we obviously can’t be incredibly public about it because--”

“--Because of the Fifth Talon,” Kieran answers, his smile fading from his face. “Right?”

“Right,” I nearly let out a sigh of relief as our espresso and pastries are delivered to the table, quick to take a sip before a headache slips in from the stress. “And having two boys from the same family confess their love can make it a bit more complex than it would be otherwise.”

“Love?” Kieran places his cup down, rubbing at his eyes, “Sorry, we’re going to have to go over that-- They’re in love with you? Or you’re in love with them?”

“Kieran,” I quirk an eyebrow at his rather dramatic response, “Why does that matter?”

“Because, there are men who would lie with you under false pretenses if given the opportunity.”

“I am not some newly hatched spring chicken--” Honestly, how old does he think I am? “Maker, I know very well people are capable of lying to get in each other’s pants, however, I do not think those that would write me poetry and put up with a full year of getting to know me would bother much with lying to get what they want, or they’d have done it quite a while ago.”

I down my espresso fast enough that it catches a waitress’ attention and she’s quick to ask if I’d like a refill. She hustles off to grab a second cup and I search for the right words to say to Kieran.

“I haven’t been spending nearly enough time with Illario to say for sure that I return the intensity of his supposed feelings, I’d like to spend some more one on one time with him perhaps, and maybe that also means his affections for me are a little premature-- But Lucanis is different,” I break my butterfly pastry in half and take a bite, grateful for the rich chocolate to drown out the taste of espresso. “There’s hardly been a day in the past year where I haven’t spent some measure of time with him, when he says he loves me... I believe him.”

“And do you ?” Kieran leans in, holding his espresso cup by the rim as his golden irises slyly eye me, “Love him?”

“Of course I do.”

That was never a doubt. The very day I met him he struck a chord in my heart. Every moment with him since has been nothing but a delight. Loving him was as easy as breathing.

“Then the only one making it complex is you ,” Kieran snaps his pastry much like I had done, and dunks it into his espresso, a look of surprise crossing his face when he takes a bite. I knew he’d like that. “If they both know how the other feels and they’re both pursuing you anyways, that’s their shit to figure out. You can take them both, take one or the other-- or take none. They don’t exactly get to tell you what to do, relationships mean communication and compromise. If anyone’s unhappy, they should be saying it, you included.”

Wow .

I guess I really shouldn’t be surprised anymore when Kieran is so wise beyond his years, especially considering he had an old god’s soul in him for a while, but somehow I always am a little caught off guard.

“All that to say; if you don’t feel it needs a label, then it doesn’t,” Kieran places down his cup and his unfinished pastry to reach his hand out over to mine, rubbing his fingers over my knuckles, “Despite how I may tease you, it makes no difference to me whether you’re sleeping with them, leading them on, planning to kill them-- I just need to know if I need to treat them like you’re here for the long run with them, or if you’re ready to scrape them off the bottoms of your shoes.”

“No scraping necessary,” I snort, lifting Kieran’s hand to my cheek and leaning into it, “Thank you, Ran, really. Sometimes with Viago around I forget that not everyone is out to criticize my romantic pursuits.”

“Oh, no I absolutely will criticize them, but not until after I meet them,” Kieran smirks, tapping his fingers against my cheek. “What would your father say about all this? My goodness, falling in love when you’re only just an adult? I don’t think he’d stand for it.”

I’ve tried to keep it in, with the jokes he’s made here and there, but it gets hard.

It’s hard not to miss Papa.

“Kieran... I haven’t heard from, or heard anything about my parents since they left me here,” Kieran’s face twists into confusion as his hand slides from my cheek, “They haven’t written, they haven’t come back. Part of me thinks that maybe the--” I look around, just to be sure no one was listening, “Calling finally took hold, and they left me to go to the deep roads.”

“That can’t be right,” Kieran shook his head, pulling back in his chair to look at me, “Juno, they wrote to my mum last month!”

They... what?

“I thought for sure you had heard from them by now, how is it that Mum is getting correspondence, and you aren't?”

Was the room starting to spin? Did my heart start pounding from the espresso or was it just this revelation?

“I don’t like that, Juno-- There’s no way they’d just leave without writing to you at all. Something is wrong here.” Kieran grabs my shoulders, and I can tell he’s saying words, but my hearing feels shot at this point-- and the cherry on top, of course--

All the De Riva and Dellamorte boys, as well as the lovely Teia, have just stepped into the cafe, and spotted me, no less.

This conversation would have to wait.

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 50: Little Bird Best Friend

Notes:

Hi birdies <3 Sorry about where I left it last time. I was so exhausted and fighting a headache that I had to end it where I did. This chapter isn't really a resolution to that because it picks up right where it left off, but hopefully you can look at Meg's beautiful art (@megan.kotke on instagram) and not be upset? Because I am NEVER upset when I look at Meg's art. I've been going back and sprinkling stuff into chapters.

I hope the way I'm describing Kieran's talents here makes sense, I've sort of given him his own subclass much in the way his mom seems to be the only shapeshifter/transformative mage unless your HOF was. He is not the same kind of Bard Leliana was, and I've been told I should specify that lol.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Javier was the first to make his way over and introduce himself to Kieran, because of course he did, he’s Javier. And he was kind and polite and welcoming and perfect.

But I still feel like I might throw up all over my own feet.

And as the Dellamortes get a good look at my face, it must be evident that I am having some form of internal crisis.

Lucanis’ hand reaches out and touches at my fingers, not enough of a gesture to cause a scene but enough to try and root me in reality. The fact of the matter was that right now, even though I’m rattled down to my very bones, there isn’t a whole lot I can do about the situation.

I can’t talk about my parents right here.

So even though right now my eyes want to flood out of complete frustration and I want to run home and tear the estate apart trying to find some evidence that someone is either stealing my letters or stopping my parents from sending them-- all I can do is roll with this.

Kieran is here, and he’s meeting everyone important to me-- and if I’m not in a good mood, this won’t go well. So let’s handle this, and then everything else can come afterwards.

“If you’re a friend of Juno’s, you’re a friend of mine,” Javier practically yanked Kieran in from his handshake into a hug, “A pleasure to be meeting you.”

“Well,” Kieran laughs, “This is Javier then, I can tell that much. Which makes the giant of a man Arlo--” Kieran sweeps his eyes over the rest of our company, “The beautiful lady is Teia, of course. Now these two...” Kieran’s eyes narrow a bit as he looks over the Dellamortes, Lucanis’ fingers falling from mine as they fall under Kieran’s gaze. “I don’t know, I might have a hard time telling who’s who.”

Oh bullshit , Kieran.

“Lucanis Dellamorte,” Lucanis decides to take the initiative, reaching out his hand to Kieran much in the same way Kieran had done for Javier. I can see the cogs turning in Kieran’s mind, he's making a decision right now over whether or not he wants to fuck with Lucanis’ head or leave him be.

For once in your goddamn life Kieran, choose peace over terror, PLEASE.

“I never would have guessed,” Kieran answers, shaking Lucanis’ hand, but his tone said things his words didn’t. “So that makes the taller one... Illiad?”

“Illario,” I correct, my tone a warning “Which he knew, do not be fooled by him.”

Kieran rolls his eyes with a scoff, “I only tease, sweet Nono , I know all the pieces of your heart by name, I swear.” Ugh, no doubt he's making it sound so romantic on purpose. We might as well be kids again, where I'm trying to make friends and he's trying to keep them away.

“I'm afraid I do not know your name,” Illario's response is cool and level headed, but probably comes as much of a jab as Kieran's words. Ah fuck, someone's entertaining his trouble. “Juno doesn't talk about people from her past quite often, I'm afraid.”

See, they're intending to hurt each other, but really they're just making me look bad.

“Yes well, I'm sure it pains her to be so far from home and without her very best friend, so I understand,” Kieran steps up behind me, pressing his chest to my back and wrapping an arm around my shoulders to hold me against him, “I am Kieran, Juno and I have been together since birth. In fact, these past few years are the longest we’ve ever been apart in our lifetime.” Kieran leans down and nuzzles his face into my hair, and I watch as one of Illario’s eyebrows seems to twitch in irritation.

“Our parents were good friends,” I add, clearing my throat before patting (swatting) Kieran’s head. “It was only natural that we became good friends as well.”

“Tis true, if her Pa had his way, we’d be wed by now,” Kieran adds, and I throw my heel back into his shin. He chuckles to cover up the groan of pain he lets out, his eyes crinkling shut in either delight or agony. “But enough speak of the past, I am most excited to learn more about all of you.” Kieran pulls my seat back out for me at the table and I invite everyone else to sit as well.

“Despite what he says, I have spoken of you all to Kieran. We typically correspond by letters, which is what we have been doing for the past two years apart.” I look over the crew as they all take their seats at the table, with Lucanis making a point to take the open seat next to me. “Kieran’s mother is the person who taught me to wield my mageblade. She’s a very magnificent sorceress.”

“We’ve all witnessed Juno’s unique fighting abilities, your mother must be a truly interesting woman,” Teia leans forward with her elbows on the table, her hands holding her cheeks up. “Do you also train others in magic?”

“Oh, no,” Kieran puts his hands up, “I am a bard, just finished up schooling, actually. I am on my way to Rivain to hopefully find a spot to perform for a while. I intend to travel often now that I’ve graduated.”

I can hear Illario laugh under his breath from beside Lucanis.

“Ay, do tell what ye find so funny?” Kieran’s head cocks to the side, his eyes darting back to Illario. Illario leans back in his chair as he crosses his arms, his jaw jutting a bit as he holds his grin.

“Just hearing that your mother is a magnificent sorceress, Juno wielding a fairly unique weapon-- and you’re a bard.” Illario shrugs, “You act pretty high and mighty for a rogue among rogues.”

Oh, you fucking idiot.

I don’t have to look over at Kieran to know he’s got a grin spreading across his face.

“No,” I have to stop myself from actually letting out a sigh, “When I say that his mother is a magnificent sorceress, and she helped me learn a subclass of mage fighting that is not widely known, you would be wise to consider that perhaps Kieran also has his own not widely known subclass of magic,” Illario’s eyes narrow a bit in confusion, “Yes, bards are traditionally rogues. However, a bard is just a poet performer through and through-- The Bard College does not train rogues , they train performers . Kieran did not go to the college looking to perfect rogue skills, he went to perfect being a musician.

“Which includes performative magic.” Kieran adds, his eyebrow raised in amusement at Illario’s attempted taunting.

“My apologies, so you... what, cast a fireball mid song?”

Even Lucanis is looking embarrassed and annoyed with Illario at this point.

“Tell me, you know Juno quite well, yes?” Kieran asks.

“Of course.”

“Then what do you think she thinks of poets and performers?”

Illario is in stunned silence for a moment, his eyes finally darting to mine and seeing the hardened look on my face. He goes to open his mouth, seemingly for another apology, and I hold up a hand.

“Perhaps it is just easier for you to show him what we mean, Kieran?” I turn back to my dark haired friend, who grins quite like the cat that ate the canary.

“Is that your direct permission to cause a scene? How delightful.” Kieran raises from the table and marches over to the woman running the counter for the cafe. She seems quite enchanted by him, whatever he’s saying-- no doubt that bardic charm coming into play.

He seems to give her finger guns as he makes his way back to the table. It really was incredible how much he changed in two years, he was so tall-- and he looked so thin. I mean, he had always been thin, but a waistline like that would make anyone jealous. Yet he still had some muscle to those arms-- I’m willing to bet from carrying instruments and bags everywhere- traveling is hard work. Don’t get me wrong, Kieran was a beautiful person-- but he looks like his mom. I will never unsee that he looks like his mom, and regardless of how he loves to tease, Kieran will never unfeel how fucking awkward it was when we tried being romantic with one another.

As Kieran steps onto a small raised stone area at the back of the cafe, Illario leans in towards the table, “For someone claiming to be your best friend, he sure is acting like he’s far more to you.”

“He is trying to get under your skin, and you’re letting him,” I sigh, “Kieran and I have no romantic feelings for each other, but he is very protective over me because we were all the other had growing up. I’m sure you understand that sentiment quite well, given how close you and Lucanis are.”

“If Lucanis ever hugged me like that, I’d break all his fingers,” Illario responds.

“If I ever hug you like that, assume I am under a blood magic curse.” Lucanis adds.

“You know what I meant!” I snap. “Besides, Kieran is only here for today and then he leaves tomorrow, if you must act like a child and hate him, fine , but suck it up until the evening is over-- please. For my sake.” I can tell Illario feels a bit guilty at my words, but I haven’t the patience to coddle him over him acting like a fool, so I simply turn my attention to Kieran, who gives me a smile before taking a seat on what appeared to be some sort of fruit or supply crate. He wasn’t at the center of this raised area, which meant whatever magic he was planning would take his ‘center stage’.

It starts with him lifting his foot, kicking the heel of his boot back into the crate and forming a beat. Then came the words.

Modern ships carry mighty funny gear

He lifts his hand, and suddenly there’s two of him. Kieran had cast an illusion spell to make a body double, one who could sing his harmony.

(And away, get away, you shanty man!)

Ain't seen a halyard for many's a year

And then another.

(And they got no use for a shanty man)

Slick new fittings are all your style

(And away, get away, you shanty man!)

And another. And another.

All very clever, but they just ain't right

(And they got no use for a shanty man)

Each Kieran sang a new harmony to his call and response tune, until eventually they all joining in on the chorus, creating the most spectacular choir of voices.

Shanty man, oh shanty man!

Who's got a berth for a shanty man?

Sing you a song of a world gone wrong

When they got no use for a shanty man

Levers to pull and buttons to press

(And away, get away, you shanty man!)

Real-life sailors who need 'em less

(And they got no use for a shanty man)

They’ve got mages casting spells on the ship

(And away, get away, you shanty man!)

Don’t even need sails to make the trip

(And they got no use for a shanty man)

 

It’s undeniable how much stage presence Kieran (or rather, the multiple Kierans) has. The version of himself at center stage tucks one arm behind his back, and is either gesturing with the other while he leans in, or is holding it to his chest to measure his tone. There’s no need to measure tone, however, he has perfect pitch. The song was incredible already.

It doesn’t even scrape the surface of all he is doing with his magic. The light in the room had faded ever so slightly except for around this makeshift stage. He had practically no acoustics, and yet his voice carried effortlessly throughout the cafe; also an effect of his magic. His Bardic Inspiration spell could cast over an entire room, leaving them both captivated and all around in better spirits-- many attributed good luck to this particular spell, but really, it’s just what positivity does to a person.

A sailor's life it once was hard

(And away, get away, you shanty man!)

While laid out aloft on a topsail yard

(And they got no use for a shanty man)

Now it don't matter if the wind blow high

(And away, get away, you shanty man!)

You can take force ten with your feet still dry

(And they got no use for a shanty man)

Shanty man, oh shanty man!

Who's got a berth for a shanty man?

Sing you a song of a world gone wrong

When they got no use for a shanty man

 

There’s no denying that by the time Kieran is done with his song, Illario is in a better mood. He is, at least, no longer pouting. Kieran has all his illusion bodies meet at center stage, merging back to just one, and gives the crowd a small bow before finding his way back to the table and taking his seat next to me.

“I can’t believe how many body doubles you can make now! Your mana levels are insane,” I nudge him. To be fair, Kieran always had quite a bit of mana, likely from the possession of the old god, but that didn’t seem to go away when Mythal freed him of the possession; meaning it’s more likely his body created more mana to keep up with that possession. Either way, it was fucking cool. “The lights, the bardic inspiration-- subtle, but nice touches.”

“Ambiance is important,” Kieran gives a nod, “I never used to think so, but I had some excellent teachers at the Bard College.”

“You just made an entire choir by yourself,” Teia claps her hands together, “I haven’t seen anything quite like that before, that was amazing!”

“Why thank you, Andarateia,” Kieran’s grin has Viago’s eyes narrowing. God, is there a single man here who isn’t completely possessive?

“Can you use that for fighting?” Oh, yes, there is. It’s Arlo. “Like, say if you wanted to throw 15 knives at once-- could you use that spell to do that?”

Kieran is silent for a moment, clearly stunned by the question. He eyes me curiously and I give a shrug. “I suppose... Yes, in theory, you could. But the whole point of the Bardic Mage skill set is to cast performative magic, not offensive magic.”

“Oh, throwing knives does not have to be an attack.” Arlo closes his eyes and nods his head, as if deep in thought. Arlo, my dear brother, there is nothing philosophic about throwing knives. Stop trying to look like a wise old man.

“I bet you’re going to make more money than most bards,” Javier grins at Kieran from across the table, “Seriously, that was quite the performance-- and I get the feeling you can do much more, but that’s nothing like the musicians I’ve seen performing around Treviso. They just have a lute and a dream, they’re lucky if they have the voice for it.”

“That’s the goal anyways, I could’ve likely stayed with my mum and lived off her earnings for a lifetime, but I wanted to earn my own way,”  Kieran pats my head as the waitress comes over and refills his coffee, taking orders for everyone at the table. “I can’t let Juno have all the fun, if she’s working to make a name for herself, then I should be too.”

“You will take Thedas by storm,” I reply, “No doubt about it.”

“An honor coming from the queen of storms,” Kieran nudges my side with his elbow, “Pray tell, she hasn’t set storm in the house in her time here yet, has she?”

“I don’t do magic in the house! Their wallpaper costs more than my life,”

“That’s a lie,” Arlo injects with an eyebrow raised, and I have to ponder for a moment before I recall exactly what he was upset about.

“That was one time, and it was a training exercise!” Arlo simply continues to hold his unimpressed stare, “I’m sorry I froze your foot to the floor, can you please forgive me for something that happened over a year ago ?”

Arlo purses his lips, thinking over the offer, before settling on a grin, “Yeah, I suppose I can.”

“And what this about our wallpaper?” Viago asks, speaking up for the first time since he arrived, “You cannot be serious.”

“W-well... it is made with very nice dyes.”

“Idiot.”

“Jerk.”

Kieran snorts into his coffee cup, his shoulders shaking at our banter, “I’m so glad to see you have such delightful people taking care of you, truly.” Kieran looks about the group, “I wasn’t sure from her letters, and... well, from the whole assassination as an occupation thing, but you all seem quite normal, all things considered. I’m glad she’s in good hands.”

“There is no problem she can go through where she wouldn’t have every single one of us supporting her.” Lucanis speaks up from beside me, drawing Kieran’s attention to him. Kieran looks from him, to me-- I can only imagine the things running through his brain. He knows vaguely what I know of what my father did to Lucanis’ parents. Does he wonder what I wonder? Whether or not Lucanis would truly stand by that statement if he knew the full truth?

“I will hold you to that.” Kieran replies.

There’s no doubt in my mind that he meant that, either.

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 51: Little Bird Floor Time

Notes:

Will you be less disappointed with me for taking the breaks I have if I mention how horribly depressing it is to be a US citizen right now?
Life's just been filled with too much bad news lately, about the world and about my personal life. I've been in a slump, admittedly. I'm going to take a higher dose of my medication, I think, just for a little while.

When I get a little too sad, I lose interest in my hobbies, and that's just no good for me.
I'm taking Vitamin D as well, because it's winter and I live in New England. What's the sun? Don't know her.
On the flipside, I got a great annual review and a raise at work, so at least I'm still not messin' that up!
Anyways, I love you all, thanks as always for your patience with me while I struggle.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


There are few problems in the world that can't be solved with some good old fashioned floor time. Kieran and I have always had a particularly special kind of floor time; asses on the floor, legs stretched out and books in hand. This particular floor time session was just us; chilling in his room at the inn. We had parted from everyone around midday with the promise that I’d be home before too late and that I’d write to everyone else. Overall, everyone seemed to get along well, and much to his word, Kieran did shake Lucanis’ hand-- even going the extra step to shake Illario’s after, albeit not without a smug grin on his face. It still meant the world to me, as dumb as it sounds-- to see them all trying for my sake even though I know Kieran can be a bit much for the average person. They did great, and he did great. Floor time was much earned.

I never wrote poetry intending it to be anything more than words to make me feel better, so for as long as I can remember, I gave Kieran my words so he could make songs from them. Great for him because the vastness and dramatics of my emotions have always been far more broad than him, and great for me because I’m not just filling empty pages for no reason.

But this time around, it seemed... more difficult to give him my poems. In truth, it's probably because for the longest time they’ve just been about me, how I deal, or silly things I’ve noticed, but now? Now they’re about romance and connections and struggle and all these sides of me I never thought he would have to see.

“If I make the mistake of making your love too important,

Will that be what breaks me in the end?

Will you see me burning in the house we built,

And turn around to come save me?

Or will you break your promise?

Will I hold my hands over my eyes,

So that I don't have to see you walk past me like a stranger?

Will the worst part of our love be remembering it?”

Kieran’s quill slows, and I can feel his eyes bore into me, but instead of trying to explain that poem, I simply lift his flask to my lips and maintain eye contact with the door.

“You know, Juno... you don’t have to collect scars to pay for sins you didn’t even commit,” He scrawls something into his bound leather journal before shutting the cover and dropping it to the floor. “You could just... tell Lucanis the truth, spare yourself the pain of him finding out later and rip the bandage off now. I doubt he’d tell his grandmother, I saw the way he looks at you.”

“How much can you love someone who keeps secrets like that from you?” I proposed, but Kieran was quick to reply.

“Inquisitor Lavellan has created entire covert ops teams to find the man who quite literally cut off her arm because she is still in love with him,” Kieran remarks, “Love is a many-splendored thing-- Love lifts us up where we belong, all you need is love!”

“Please; don’t start that again,” I huff, shutting my own journal and tossing it to the floorboards. “Now we’re comparing me to the world’s biggest traitor? Is that supposed to make me feel better?”

“I’m just saying,” Kieran reaches up and pats his hand on my shoulder, “People have loved much harder beyond greater betrayals.”

“I recognize that,” I sigh, “I guess I worry so much because of Lucanis’ importance within the crows as a whole, being the grandson of the first talon, and because of how poorly his grandmother views my father because of him being a traitor and killing her children-- Realistically speaking, there’s no relationship we could have where our families meeting would end in anything but bloodshed.”

“I don’t find that to be true, but... Knowing you, I cannot convince you otherwise anyways. Besides, it’s no skin off my back if you don’t stay in Antiva, you could always travel with me.” He shakes me by the shoulder, making my eyes roll but hardly meaning anything by it. Traveling with Kieran really wouldn’t be so bad. “Mum always said men could never be trusted anyways-- Not after your dad whispering words of praise to her as a bet.”

“Fucking Antivans and their bets,” I mumble.

“Familiar with them, are we?”

“Intimately.”

Fucking Antivans and their bets .” Kieran settles on agreeing with me, stealing back his flask and taking a sip. As he leans back against the bed frame, his hand sliding from my shoulder and falling into his lap, he lets out a content sigh. It’s hard not to do the same.

Kieran will always feel like home. He will always be my best friend, remind me of simpler times picking field wildflowers and herbs and sing me my favorite songs. He will always know my soul, he has from birth. Was there another lifetime where we would have actually married like our parents always joked? Maybe. Maybe one where we were never apart, where my family never traveled and where we could’ve grown up together uninterrupted. One where platonic soulmates was enough, and my heart didn’t beg for impossible loves that burned me to my very core. When it boiled down to it, Kieran was always the person who would accept me no matter who I was, where I came from or what I did.

So if this world did wind up making me out to be a monster, for lying or for the things my father did, I at least had the solace of always being able to find comfort in him. My very best friend.

“You could stay here longer,” I suggest, albeit more a secret wish than anything I expect to happen. “I’m sure you could perform to earn your keep here--”

“I’d be performing just to earn my keep. Do you know how expensive this room is?” Kieran gestures around. It was a rather lush room, “When you’re the only inn in the city center, you can get away with exorbitant prices.”

I sigh and let my head fall back on the bed, “I just don’t want you to go.”

“We are going to see each other again, this isn’t a forever goodbye.”

“It’s barely a hello!”

Kieran maneuvers himself up onto his knees to reach up and flick me in the forehead, “I did not drag my ass all the way from Orlais fer you to be pitchin’ a fit when I leave. You will see me off tomorrow and you will do it with a smile or else I won't write you for a full month!”

“You are CRUEL!” I sit up, pushing his shoulders so he is forced to sit back on his heels, “I’m sorry I miss you when you’re not around, you dragon-souled demon!”

“He’s not a part of me anymore, Juno, you know that.” Kieran’s golden eyes narrow at me.

“No, but his attitude problem is.” There’s a furrow to my brow, I can feel it-- I’m definitely pouting. If anyone can make me act like a kid again, it’s Kieran. “Gods forbid I tell you, how embarrassing for me to miss someone who couldn’t care less.”

“That’s it,” Kieran rises from the floor, grabbing my arms and hoisting me to my feet. I tilt my head curiously before Kieran snatches me by the waist and lifts me up so I'm like a sack thrown over his shoulder. “Sky jail. No more floor time, you ruined the sanctity by being a downer.”

I toss a lazy fist into Kieran’s shoulder blade, earning a half hearted ‘ow’ in response.

“I just... haven’t felt this kind of comfort in a while,” I sigh, collapsing torso over his shoulder, “Things aren’t... always easy here, and you’ve always been a constant in my life. I don’t know who I’d have become by now if I wasn’t writing to you regularly. I feel like I would’ve lost all hope by now. It’s hard to see you leave when it feels like you just got here.”

“It’s not like I’m going to disappear,” He begins spinning us in a circle, “Rivain isn’t as far as Orlais was, so really, mail will come faster and we’ll be able to talk more.”

“You and your silver linings,” I sigh, admittedly he had a point. “Alright alright, I’m sorry for getting moody, could you put me down now?”

“With pleasure, you aren’t as scrawny as you used to be.” I smack Kieran one more time in the shoulder blade before he places me on the floor. “Ow! And nowhere near as nice as you used to be!”

“Maybe you’re just double the brat you used to be!”

Kieran looks to the window, much to my dismay, the sun has set, and it appears it’s been set for a while. My shoulders droop, I know I told Viago I’d be home before too late but... Did I really have to go?

He’s one sleep away from leaving. Why would I leave Kieran?

“I see the plan forming in yer eyes, you know,” Kieran pats my head, “But I do actually want to rest, the last leg of this journey is going to be scorchin’ and I need the energy to make it to Isabela’s place.”

Damn.

“Alright,” I surrender, “But I’m letting the world know you chose sleep over schemes, your reputation will be in shambles.”

“How will I ever recover from such a hit to my good name?”

I know my feet should be moving, but it feels like I’m cemented right here.

“Hey,” Kieran places his hands on my shoulders, offering a smile that I can’t deny, “I won’t leave this place without seein' ya, alright? You’re safe to go rest.”

“Promise?”

“On my life, Nono,” He pulls his arms from mine and I take my first step to the door, looking back at him once more before I open the door to leave. “I swear.”

That’s enough, I suppose, for now.

I blow him a lazy kiss and step out the door, letting it shut behind me. I should feel better, but for some reason I still feel like crying. Was this Kieran leaving, was this finding out my parents had been writing to other people, or was this something else? Was it everything all at once? I have had basically no time to cope, so it could be.

Holding my chin up so my eyes couldn’t water, I step out of the inn and into the night of Treviso. Thankfully, getting back home was mostly walking through the market and well lit areas, then one gondola ride to the estate. It’s easier to not let your emotions run rampant when you’re worrying about embarrassing yourself in public.

What I cannot escape, however, is the silence. Because when there’s no noise or words directed at me, it leaves them free to run through my head; and run, they do.

There’s no doubt in my mind that my parent would have written to me in my time here. Thinking back, they wouldn’t have any clue of my messenger bird-- which means they’d have to rely on regular carriers for any correspondence. I’m certainly not being given any envelopes-- which means if they are coming in, they go where all letters and packages go in the morning; to Matteo’s office.

I feel like Viago and Teia would have done a phenomenal job looking through the entire office when we were trying to get our hands on accounting records-- if Viago saw something, he would have told me.

Which leads me to wonder: If not in his office, would they be in Matteo’s bedroom? And was there any easy way to slip in there to find out? If he goes away trying to meet up with Zara Renata again, could I have Viago go hunting for me? Could I skip out on tailing Matteo to focus on finding the letters? Could I get in there any sooner?

Now that I know they’re alive, I just want to hear from them. How was Mama? Did she need more potions to fight the taint? Did they find the architect? Does she know how long she has? Why haven’t they come back for me yet? Was Matteo sending them letters? Was he convincing them to put distance between us?

It haunts me. It eats away at my brain.

Walking back into the estate feels like putting myself back in the birdcage, clipping my own wings and going right back to being Matteo’s latest pet. The biggest difference is that I’m not sad anymore, I’m not moping.

Now I’m angry.

What was he doing to manipulate me? What was he doing to my parents?

There is no corner of this earth he could run to that would protect him from me if I find out he’s been pulling such intricate strings, but the pit in my stomach knows. There’s no question about it now that I’ve been able to think it through.

He’s been taking my letters from my parents. And I’m going to fucking find them.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 52: Little Bird, Odd One Out

Notes:

Okay, alright. I think I'm rebounding off of whatever funk I have been dealing with.
I think I was partly extremely stressed out from work also, the holidays gave me so many cases, I've been right out straight. Definitely burnt myself out a bit.
But I worked really hard yesterday to put myself in a good spot, and I think I'll be able to relax more after hours instead of continuing to work past when I need to.

Hey. Hi Birdies. Hello my flock. I miss you when I'm not on this website. It's so lonely without you.
Thanks for always being right here waiting for me. It's actually everything for me. It's a reason to get out of bed and let this creative brain find the outlet it so desperately needs.
I'm stopping here and getting to bed before it's too late, but on the bright side I'm not waking up as early as I normally do tomorrow. Treating myself to sleeping in <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


It was a no coffee kind of morning.

I wish I could put into words what this kind of sadness feels like to me. Not quite hopeless, not quite helpless, just a little bit lost and a little bit alone. It’s strange how someone can not even be gone yet and you can find yourself already missing them, though I imagine the largest part of my loneliness was just knowing I had to keep most of my feelings and secrets to myself again; or at least rely on Viago just a tiny bit more.

Mostly, it just felt like I was undeserving of the caffeine to keep me awake, like I should relegate myself to bed after saying goodbye to my best friend because I didn’t feel in a positive enough mood to be around other people.

It felt like tears pricking at the corners of my eyes and my hand tightening around his so he wouldn’t walk out of the city center.

“I’m counting on you to take care of my Nono, keep her from blowing up buildings or otherwise falling for men who might,” Kieran never lost the mischievous glint in his eye, even as he directed his attention to Viago. “Or else I’ll have to come snatch her back up and take her to Rivain for hypnosis and a life of abstinence.”

His sight flickers back to me once he cracks the obvious joke, but his eyebrows bend down as he meets my glossy stare. He releases my hands to instead wrap his arms around me, squeezing me in a hug so tight it could only ever be his.

“If you write to me and tell me you need me, I can be here in just a few days time-- that’s better than before! I’m closer than you think, you musn’t let your heart keep lying to you.”

I breathe in his scent as I bury my face in his shoulder. Wild sage and wood sorrel, the scent of tea time at Auntie’s. Home.

“I know,” It’s muffled against his cloak, but I’m sure he heard it, “Is it such a crime to miss your company?”

“Not at all,” Kieran chuckles, rubbing a soothing circle on my back, “But it is a crime to try and hold me here against my will, especially when I gave Isabela an arrival date and I have to haul ass as is to make it there in time.”

I let out a frustrated groan as Kieran pries himself out of my grasp, a game he finds more amusing than I do.

“Write me when you make it safely,” I cross my arms, feeling my heart sink a bit lower, “I won’t wait more than a week before I start gathering a search party to come find you.”

“I will count on you then,” He takes a few steps back, picking up his carrying case for his instrument and pack off the ground. “Maybe I'll trip and injure myself just to let you play hero for a day.”

“That's not funny!” I shout as he turns on his heel with a wave.

“Not to you, maybe!”

“Be safe, Kieran!”

He glances over his shoulder with another smile, and somehow that's assuring enough to calm my nerves.

Viago, who had respectfully been waiting behind me whilst I said my goodbyes, places a firm hand on my shoulder, grounding me in this moment. It would be okay, really. I know it would. I think I’m just maybe coming to terms with an intense fear of abandonment.

What if I go snooping around Matteo’s bedroom and find nothing? What if there are no letters, what then? Do I just go back to being angry? Can I even go back to pretending it’s fine when I know my parents have been in touch with other people? Am I okay with being the odd one out?

“Viago,” I say quietly, watching as Kieran turns a corner and disappears out of sight, “Kieran said my parents have been writing to his mom as recently as a month ago... I haven’t a single letter from my parents, do you not find that odd?”

“Are you suggesting that you have mail going missing?”

“Precisely. Mail, not by messenger bird; mail.”

There’s a beat of silence and I turn in time to see Viago’s eyes darken, his hand falling from my shoulder to grip at his side.

“I see,” His jaw juts out the slightest as he narrows his eyes, lost in thought, “I searched that office top to bottom when we were copying those ledgers-- So, that means--”

“They’re in Matteo’s room.” I finish for him. “The question is; how do I get my damn letters back ?”

“We will find time,” Viago responds, turning to start us on our trek back to the estate, “I’m sure I can distract him for long enough with talks of induction or becoming talon successor, we’ll just need Arlo or Javi making sure Leo doesn’t see you sneaking in there. Your glimmer might fool some, but he’s got sharper eyes than most of us, that cannot be underestimated. He watches everything and everyone like a hawk.”

“If Matteo is hiding letters from me, it means that whatever is in them is either important enough to keep secret, he’s trying to keep me under his control or I’m simply being subjected to psychological torture-- no matter the reason, I’m furious. One mage knife away from losing control and burning down the entire estate should I feel it proper recompense.

Matteo should be grateful I’ve grown fond of my room. It may be the only thing stopping me.

Upon arriving back at the estate, my dreams of crawling back into bed were crushed by Matteo pulling open his office doors and calling Viago and I into his office. As usual, Leo was haunting the room, his eyes like daggers boring into Viago.

“Viago, after reading the reports from Javier and Arlo, I believe it’s time for you to pick your first contract to prepare for full induction into the Crows,” Matteo pulls a small stack of documents off his desk and hands them to Viago. “As tradition, you can select your first contract from the ones offered. I will give you some time to think it ov--”

“No need,” Viago answers, having only briefly shuffled through the stack before pulling one out, “This one.”

Matteo raises an eyebrow as he looks over the selected contract, “I see,” He chuckles, “Are you perhaps suggesting this one to be used as your Talon successor mission? The location, target and acquired intel so far seem to lend to this being the perfect contract to only have one assassin for.”

My eyes flit to Leo across the room, who visibly tenses at the suggestion of the successor mission. Viago places his hands on his hips, a small smirk coming to his lips.

“I will leave that up to your discretion and judgement, I don’t anticipate actually succeeding you anytime soon, you have many years left in you.” Viago answers, his tone level and his voice low. “And I am nowhere near ready to take on your duties, so there is no rush-- but I do anticipate Teia Cantori will be inducted and announced as successor in the same ceremony.”

Boom. Viago knows where to hit him to make it hurt. Matteo can’t stand seeing other houses do better than him, especially with how much favor Teia garnered from the First Talon.

“Damn Cantori, always trying to be one step ahead,” Matteo clicks his tongue, thinking for a moment before dragging his gaze back to Viago. “We could use a win... while you were away, that damn auditor schemed with The First Talon, and have imposed an embargo on Fifth house missions, as recompense for missing fees never sent to the Crow coffers. Perhaps pulling the attention off of myself and putting it onto you would be mutually beneficial.”

Matteo’s eyes flick to me, and I feel goosebumps crawl over my skin.

“I would appreciate, for as much as you can, let Juno closely observe the induction process. Let her see your paperwork, your reports, use her as intel, let her help you prepare-- so that she may be next in line for induction.”

“Yes sir,” Viago nods his head, and Matteo turns his back to place down the unaccepted contracts and to retrieve a quill from his desk.

“I shouldn’t have to say this but just to be sure-- You are signing as Viago De Riva, the royal family would kill you on sight if you use their name on any binding agreement.”

“I have no desire to try and relate to the stuffy aristocrats, by blood or by name. I am a De Riva, always have been.” Viago takes the quill from Matteo and sprawls his name across the bottom, “Even when I didn’t know it yet.”

Matteo takes the quill and signs the bottom under Viago’s name, indicating his approval of the selected contract. He hands it back to Viago afterwards.

“Whenever you have acquired your intel team, you may set out,” Matteo casts his dark eyes over me, “Just be sure to keep Juno out of any combat zones, she has a history of winding up on the battlefield.”

You start a fight one time...

Viago and I take our leave, noting the tension brewing in the corner of the office where Leo stood. If Leo was going to kill Matteo, I at least hope he can wait until after the succession ceremony.

Viago steps into my room after me, checking the hall before closing the door behind us. He brings a band to his chin, “My apologies, Juno. I’m not entirely sure we’re going to have an opportunity to look for your letters until after I complete this mission, maybe not even until after the next induction ceremony, unless Matteo happens to leave before then.”

“Don’t apologize,” I answer quickly, placing a hand up to stop him from protesting, “You managed to make this mission your succession mission.-- But I’m confused, what did he mean by this was a perfect contract to only have one assassin for?”

“Exactly that,” He answers, “To be chosen as the successor means you have proved your worth. To be able to show that, to show that you are capable without having even become a full Crow yet-- would require a very unique mission. The client I selected, their contract asks for a one man job, says that any more than that would prove too risky. Too many mouths, too many opportunities to be caught or information on the client to be leaked.” Viago crosses the room and takes a seat at the table by the window, setting the paper down to look over.

“So you purposefully selected a task that calls for only one assassin, so that Matteo would be able to use this as proof you’re a capable successor?” I step over to the table and pick up the contract, my eyes skimming it over. “I didn’t even know they were allowed to ask that.”

“There’s something important I have to tell you,” Viago brings a hand up to run through his hair, “I signed a contract, which means a deal between the Fifth House and the client has begun. I do not anticipate it-- but, if I were to fail this mission--”

“You won’t.” I counter, Viago holds up a hand.

“Please, let me finish,” He sighs, “If I were to fail this mission, if I do not return by the time I say I will return-- Matteo will be forced to choose someone else in the Fifth House for the contract.”

Right. Of course. Contracts are met, and agreements are kept.

“Do not let him select you, do not let him try to make this your induction contract.” Viago’s piercing gaze is unavoidable, his blue eyes carrying a weight or seriousness. “If I do not survive this mission, you most certainly would not either.”

“Okay,” I whisper, taking a stunned seat at the table. “So... survive then.” I reach out and place my hand on his arm, “Survive-- or I’ll learn necromancy, rip a damn hole in the fade and drag your spirit back to a willing body kicking and screaming. Got it?”

Viago’s eyes lose a bit of their seriousness, he seems more stunned at the threat than anything.

“I mean it, Vi, I will go to Nevarra and join the Mourn Watch just to spite you.”

“--Alright, there will be no need for that,” Viago shakes his head in disbelief, letting out a small chuckle, “Like I said, I don’t anticipate nor have the intention of dying, or worse, failing.”

Uhhh, priorities Viago? Plus, aren’t those essentially the same thing?

“So, what does this mean for me? You aren’t allowed additional assassins but you can have intel? How does that not change the whole idea of a ‘one man job’?” I lean forward on my hands, eyes scanning over the contract.

Viago reaches over and taps the part of the contract that mentions the location, “This location? This is a manor owned by a magister, it is by no means an easy place to get in solo, let alone get several assassin’s into at once. The client asked for only one in so that the risk of getting caught is lowered.”

“And just who is this client?” I draw my eyes over the name of the client, stunned to see it was the same name as the target. 

“The Magister’s daughter,” Viago taps the center of the page, “I knew this contract would be coming up, Teia has mentioned sitting in on the meeting with the guildmasters to post the contract for the houses; she mentioned that a magister’s daughter was quite upset that her father disowned her, and was asking the crows to step in to eliminate him so she may take back her name and everything else her father owned.”

“Did she say why she was disowned?” I look over the contract, nothing in there.

“Ah, that’s why it caught Teia’s attention--” Viago gives a sly grin, “She was disowned for introducing her Elven lover to her father. He apparently was not fond of her intentions to wed.”

“And you’re saying I’m not allowed to take this contract if you fail?” I scoff, leaning back in my chair. “Hell, I’ll take it now if you want to back out and grab another.”

Viago lets out a sincere chuckle, knocking his fist on the table as he rises up out of the chair and takes the contract from my hands.

“I will decide on a course of action first, how much intel I may need, and then we can discuss when to set out. For now, I suggest pouting in bed like you planned to do once your friend left. We will speak in the morning over coffee.”

It wasn’t going to be pouting... just resting. With a frown.

I watch Viago retreat from the room, the doors shutting closed behind him. I was alone with my thoughts once more. Was that a good thing, or an incredibly dangerous thing?

Perhaps both.

 

Auntie,

 

I assume Kieran’s letter will reach you first, but I have returned to the Fifth Talon’s estate after a long week of training. I am most excited to inform you that I was able to cast several spells (without losing control) without using my knife as a conduit. I believe I have found someone who may be able to help me focus my mind and energies enough to control my magic without needing a crutch. I hope someday I may show you flawless casting without the use of a weapon to weave mana through.

 

It was truly a delight to be able to catch up with Kieran. He looks so much like you now, I wonder if he keeps his hair long on purpose just to confuse people? And my, has he grown in the Bard College. He was able to perform in Treviso a few times before he left, and I’m sure he could take up permanent residence here and perform if he so wished, saturated as the market may be, he truly has a one of a kind talent for performing. The sheer amount of mana he generates is something to behold.

On a more serious note, Kieran informed me that my parents have been in touch with you as recently as a month ago. Tell me, are they not well? Is something amiss? Because I have not heard from them the entire time I’ve been at this estate, and it troubles me that they would have nothing to say. It’s possible, if their correspondence is being sent through traditional carriers, that my mail is being stolen and never delivered to me. Please, if you have any idea how to contact them, let them know that. If I continue to not hear from them, I’ll take that as a sign that they never meant to contact me at all.

I await your response. I may be sent out on a mission soon, but letters sent through my messenger bird are secure. My little spirit friend hides these letters away when I’m not around to grab them, just to be sure no one is taking them. Were you aware spirits could affect the world around them in such a physical way with no body to borrow? I wasn’t. Very interesting, indeed.

 

I miss you.

Love always,

 

Juno

 

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 53: Little Bird's Little Bird

Notes:

Hello little birds. I been cooking. And cooking and cooking.
And I do really genuinely feel like I'm getting back in the swing, I think some days it just takes me longer to write than others. I've been taking like two days to write like 2.5k-3k words which is not usual for me. Seriously. Breaking that streak broke me, but I really have been sleeping better.
But with the storms rolling into New England, I may have more time to myself to be able to write, which would be ideal.
I'll probably spend lots of time over the weekend writing now that I'm all caught up with my work (My fault, not works).
Honestly whatever, i'm down for whatever, I could write, we could go see a movie, we could get lunch, we could kill someone.... or *GASP* THE APPLE ORCHARD?!

Anyways, have some snacks, birdies. I gotta send our little bird back out of Treviso again. but the plooooooot! Throwing some of Meg's Lucanis x Juno art in here because it's so freaking ADORABLE.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Dearest Fletcher,

 

Your contributions did not go unnoticed. I thank you for your time and generosity, as well as the delicious meal you provided.

I will certainly keep you in mind should my bed sheets ever grow cold, or should I ever grow famished again.

Who knows, I still have royal elfroot leftover from the trip. Anything could happen.

 

Your benevolent goddess,

 

Juno

 

Well, I couldn’t very well leave him waiting for a response forever, could I? That would just be rude, and I’d much prefer to keep the title ‘ benevolent goddess ’ over ‘ little bird ’. It just has a sexier ring to it.

Besides which, I had other, more pressing letters to respond to that demanded my attention.

 

Juno,

 

Is it foolish of me to reread your letters when I can’t see you? I consume your words to get a taste of your mind when I cannot taste your lips.

I’m not entirely sure what peace is supposed to feel like, but I imagine it’s something like laying on the couch with you, your head on my chest and my fingers in your hair. I think peace probably feels like you.

That is both an incredibly sobering thing, and an incredibly euphoric one; that I see so many pieces of you in my life now that I find myself looking forward to our next moment of peace.

Will you come to me tonight? Will you bring me my long awaited peace?

 

Yours,

Lucanis

 

It isn’t even just his poetry, even just his words are sweet and enough to make me burn. Writing back was easy; poetry just for him.

 

Lucanis,

 

Every corner that I turn,

I'm searching for your face.

Because in your burning line of sight,

Remains my favorite place.

 

On every breeze that's floating by,

I listen for your voice.

Because ever since I heard your laugh,

I tune all else out by choice.

 

For every hand placed on my skin,

I'm wishing it was yours.

Because there is no sweeter sin,

that one can endure.

 

Every taste to grace my tongue,

Feels like a bold affair.

Because there is no better taste,

than your lips while in prayer.

 

Every sense is claimed by you,

You consume all of my heart.

Because I'm made for loving you,

We were destined from the start.

--

I shall see you tonight.

 

Yours eternally,

Juno

 

My messenger bird made quick work of both letters, and while I was just about ready to go searching for Viago to get an idea of his plans, he found me. I suppose I was likely taking too long to get up and get coffee, but the ever sweet brother of mine simply brought some to me instead.

Never let anyone say Viago is not kind at heart.

“I read over the finer details of the contract, got some insight from Teia on what the client knows-- I think this might be a bit tougher than I originally anticipated, but not impossible by any means,” Viago crosses the room and takes a seat at my table, which may as well be his table at this point. “It sounds like the magister’s estate is heavily guarded, there’s two patrols, one for daytime and one for night-- She wasn’t sure what time the guards trade off, and also wasn’t sure what time her father goes to sleep-- so that’s intel I need,” Viago taps his fingers on the table, “I want to get in when there’s a break in security, prepare something laced with poison for the Magister to find when he retires to his room, set up the scene to make it look like he choked-- and get out.”

“Why make it look like he choked? Isn’t leaving a calling card kind of like... the thing with crows?” I ask, enjoying the caffeine he delivered to me.

“It is-- but this particular client won’t have access to any of her father’s estate if it’s found out she hired assassins. It would be more beneficial for it to look like a tragic accident, so her pockets are filled should she need our services again.”

“Ah, I see. Business is business, I guess,” I shrug.

“It’s more than that,” Viago answers, “While I am not exactly a fan of the Tevinter Magisterium, I’d prefer to only receive contracts that will raise the reputation of the Crows back up to what it used to be. If I can leave without it being obvious it was Crow work, that’s less of a burdensome reputation we have to carry later.”

I feel my eyebrows raise. It really shouldn’t surprise me anymore how smart Viago is.

“Are you always thinking five steps ahead of everyone else?” I ask, to which he chuckles at, his gaze turning down to the table.

“No,” He answers simply, “I am always thinking ten steps ahead of everyone else.”

“Of course,” I shake my head, feeling my eyes roll a bit at his confidence, “Alright, so we know what intel we need-- sounds like we need security detail or someone close to it to leak us some information.”

“Our client was able to give us a lead on that as well, a small one but I think we just might be able to make it work,” Viago runs a hand through his hair, seemingly not excited about whatever he’s about to say. “Supposedly, there’s a small group of men in the security detail who have made a habit of visiting the local brothel after hours almost nightly. She said they don’t even change out of their gear with the family crest on it before they go waltzing in-- Bold, and idiotic.”

Oh great, back to the brothels again so soon.

“I don’t know if I’ll actually be able to help with that Viago, the only reason we got into that brothel last time was because the owner was technically a client.” I place my now empty coffee cup down on the table and fold my hands in front of me.

“So we make this one a client too,” He answers, “Not taking up a contract-- but by saying the last mission was a dud. That the target was only part of the problem and we’re trying to find the next location that will be hit.”

“No,” I feel my brows bend in anger, “I’m not letting anyone know the truth about what happened last time-- The Order, whatever it is-- is helping elves. That’s why I didn’t tell Leo, that’s why I let him think the job was done,” I rise from the chair and cross the room, pacing in an attempt to quell my anger at his suggestion, “Think of something else.”

“I didn’t say anything about the order, Juno,” Viago follows after me, placing his hands on my shoulders to halt my pacing in its tracks, “They still think it’s slavers or murderers, so that’s what we tell them. A white lie. We convince them we scared off the culprit during the night and they are none the wiser. No official contract, no records, no mention of The Order.”

I want to argue. I want to say it’s too risky and I don’t want to risk the one lead I have. I want to say that if the Crows did find out and they dug into it, we’d only have ourselves to blame for destroying anyone’s chances at freedom.

“Do you trust me?”

His blue eyes, for the first time in a long time, are more soft and less icy. It’d be ridiculous to stand here and pretend he didn’t care immensely for the things I cared for. He knows, probably better than most humans I know, how much Elven rights mean to me. How much our freedom means to my people in general. That’s my family-- that’s my brother.

“I will always trust you.”

“It won’t be part of my write up when the mission is over-- Leo will never find out, I promise you this,” He rubs his hands on my arms a few times before dropping them to his sides once more. “For the rest of our lives, or maybe just his; I will not let Leonardo torture you again, or his life will be the debt to pay. Once I am named successor, another will not be chosen unless I die, Juno. He will bend to my will or I will break him myself.”

I feel my shoulders settle, relaxing from the tension I built. He’s right, as usual. I need to have a bit less fear and a bit more faith, I guess.

“What do you need from me?” It’s quiet falling from my lips, resigned, but he understood it just how I meant it; I’d follow you to the ends of the earth.

His mouth gains the faintest hint of a curve, “I think we’ve come to find that sending you in with only a man on a brothel mission is asking for trouble. Teia’s off the table, do you think perhaps your new acquaintances from the other houses would be able to assist you for intel?”

“The ones from bootcamp?” He knew before he even walked in the door what the answer would be. “I’m sure they’d have no problem with it, you might need to explain to them later on about the lying to the brothel owner, but I’m sure they won’t see any harm in it so long as they're not implicated in the scheme later on.”

“Like I said; No reports, no contract-- Besides, since when have Crows been above lying for a job?”

Touché.

“I will reach out and ask if they’d even want to run intel first, then you can conscript them if they agree. I don’t think any woman is exactly itching to go hang out in a brothel all day,” I sigh, taking a seat at my vanity and grabbing my quill once more. “You’re quite lucky we have so many messenger birds, I’d rather not work mine to the bone.”

“Your bird is sitting outside the window, what do you mean?”

What?

I whip my head to the window and see a small crow perched upon the railing, though I knew that to be no messenger bird, and certainly no ordinary crow at all.

“You know,” I stand and unlatch the window, holding out my hand for Purpose to perch on. “I think it’s time I be honest with you, Viago. This little bird has helped me so much, I trust it as much as I trust you,” Viago’s head tips to the side as he looks over the bird on my hand. “Viago, this is Purpose,” I hold my hand up a bit higher, stepping towards Viago so he can get a good look at the bird’s face, “Purpose, this is Viago.”

Viago leans in, inspecting the bird to try and figure out what exactly made it so special.

“Hello.” Purpose’s tiny beak opens, sending Viago reeling backwards at the sound. He’s silent for a moment, his expression completely bewildered as he looks from the bird to me and back.

“You taught the crow to talk?” He asks.

If you were not so smart the entire rest of the time, I would relish in how much of an idiot you are right now.

“It’s not a crow, Viago,” I pull Purpose back to my body and scratch at their little feathered cheek. “It’s a spirit.”

His expression shifts to one of seriousness, “Absolutely not. Get it out of the house.”

No,” I answer, “You haven’t even said three words to them.”

Yes Juno, because I would like to avoid possession and demons for the foreseeable future,” He reaches me in an instant, flicking my forehead hard, “As should you, you’re a mage!

“I have no interest in taking her form,” Purpose speaks once more, looking up at Viago. “I do not need her form to be corporeal.”

Viago looks down at the bird, then back to me, “You see? It doesn’t even need your body to be able to kill you.”

“I would never hurt Juno, Juno is why I am here.” Purpose answers, shifting in my hand until it’s freed itself enough to flap up and rest on my shoulder. “She has found her purpose for existing and is chasing the path to fulfill it. She needs support. I will not leave.”

I always had a bit of an inkling as to why Purpose hung around, but those words really cemented it. My purpose-- my want to fulfill it-- brought Purpose here. They had all but said it back in the shed-- they could hear my heart sing, whatever that meant. Human emotions have always drawn spirits in, and mine were so complex and so loud I drew in a spirit that hardly ever existed outside of the fade-- and what’s more, it was uncorrupted by the world around it, despite being full of curiosity for it.

“When we were away,” I interrupted, “Purpose caught someone trying to take messages from my messenger bird. This letter thing is a deeper problem that you know it to be, Viago. Purpose took the letters from the messenger bird and hid them away until I got home. Hold whatever outdated religious belief you want-- Purpose is my friend, and if you also claim to be mine, you’ll lighten the fuck up.”

I brush my cheek against Purpose, delighted by the soft feathers tickling at my skin. Viago huffs, crossing his arms and waiting to see if I’d relent, before --after only a few beats of silence -- tossing his hands up in the air and rolling his eyes.

“Fine, fuck it, we have a spirit now, but if that thing becomes a demon, you’re taking care of it by yourself.” I snort at his dramatics.

“You’d be my favorite demon,” I whisper, making little kissy noises at the bird.

.

.

.

When night time fell over Treviso, I had received my responses from Thea and Viela, very eager ‘yes’ from both girls, who were quick to add that they were simply happy to get out of the Crow barracks. I made sure to inform Viago to place out the conscription request before also mentioning I’d be stepping out to meet Lucanis, which was met with a half glare and twitching eyebrow.

“Leave the elfroot at home.” He demanded, and I simply waved him off before trotting back to my room to escape out the balcony.

It felt good to be able to trek the rooftops again, I suppose it took a week away to be able to appreciate heights and ziplines once more. Stepping into the attic of the Diamond felt like stepping back into a single normal moment amidst the last few weeks of chaos.

His lap always looked so inviting when he crossed his ankle over his knee whilst sitting back on the couch. Had I no restraint at all, I’d show him that I could put in just as much work to love making as he did-- but really, right now-- all I want is to be held.

No sex, no sweat, no pheromones.

Just existing in his arms and breathing against his skin and hearing his heartbeat in his chest-- I needed Lucanis simply as he was.

And gods, he was beautiful.

“Hello, my love,” I greet him, pulling his attention from the book in his hands and earning the sweetest, softest smile. His dress shirt was the softest blue, maybe a shade or two away from the color of Purpose’s birdy eyes-- but even before Purpose, I’m almost positive that color belonged to him. Much in how purple was my color, this ethereal blue was Lucanis’.

“There you are, my missing peace,” Lucanis sets his book down and stands to greet me, his delightful play on words also a reference to his sweet love letter earlier. “I wish I had more of a reason for calling you here other than simply missing you but...”

His cheeks seem to flush a little as I reach up and place a kiss on his cheek, “You don’t need a reason to see me, I’m quite happy just knowing you wanted to.”

Lucanis lets out a content sigh before gently taking my hand and pulling me down to sit on the sofa with him, “I had to see you before, well-- tomorrow-- Teia has asked for Illario and I to tag along as intel for her, so I won’t be around for a few days.”

“Oh,” I let out a surprised laugh, “Uh, yeah, actually I imagine I’ll be heading out with Viago very shortly as well for the same reason. It seems the Fifth and Seventh talons are still going head to head in trying to gain favor among the houses, we’re in a sprint to see who gets named successor first.”

“They’ll both be announced at the same party, I don’t know who they think they’re fooling,” Lucanis shakes his head with a sigh, “The life of a talon must be so stressful, having to constantly worry what everyone else thinks.”

That thought made me laugh, boiling it down to simple ego and vanity sure made it a hell of a lot less scary.

“Do you think that will be you someday? Fretting over whose approval you have?” I lay my head on his shoulder, threading our fingers together.

“With any luck, Illario can take on his dream mantle of First Talon and I can tell everyone’s approval to pound sand.” Lucanis rests his cheek against the top of my head, his thumb brushing lightly over the knuckle of the hand he’s holding.

“For what it’s worth,” I offer, “I do think you’d be a great leader. You may dislike the formalities of it all, but you do have an undeniable charm and presence.”

“That is all a show,” He chuckles, his chest rumbling against my ear, “A deliberately crafted one to hold your attention.”

“It works,” I murmur, letting my eyes drift shut, “If it’s all an act, it’s my pleasure to view.”

He thought peace felt like my head on his chest and his fingers in his hair-- but it’s more than that. It’s his thumb rubbing little hearts into my knuckle, the security of his shoulder holding my head up, and the content sigh that he has whenever he remembers just where he is.

Peace, for Lucanis, was with me-- and peace, for me, was with Lucanis.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 54: Little Bird Listens

Notes:

8 minutes until 2am.
Dang, I really was trying to get more written to post earlier. Maybe I'm just not as inspired until it gets close to the witching hour.
How are my little birds? Are you all doing as okay as you can be?
If not, that's okay too, you can still tell me about it. Let's not let each other get lonely, it's too dark without any little lights in our lives.
Love you birdies.

The art I put in here is just freaking amazing. Meg really slam dunks with everything she makes. I'm gonna eat her art.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



If Viago wasn’t here, this would be prime time for some girl talk. This is, however, Viago’s mission that he is leading-- so we play by his rules. And even though he truly LOVES gossip, it’s not happening on his watch, especially not involving his brothers in any romantic capacity.

It made for a relatively quiet carriage ride to Minrathous.

“I anticipate that this should not take us more than 2 nights once we’re within the city, so long as we’re able to get the information we need within our first evening,” Viago nods towards Viela and Thea across from us in the carriage, “I will be depending on you three, but if at any point it seems as though the guardsmen grow suspicious, halt the questions. There is no intel worth compromising the entire mission. Should it come down to it, I can get information by other means.

Spoken like a true Crow.

“Should be easy enough,” Thea twists a small bold bead on her necklace around in her fingers, “Though I don’t see why we’re going undercover in a brothel when we could just skip right to taking the information by force.”

“I didn’t bring on an intel team looking for brutes, and not every mission you take on as a Crow is going to be solved with action,” Viago furrows his brow as he stares at her, “Crows are more than assassins, they are spies-- and good spies get the information and vanish without a trace.”

Thea and Viela seem a bit startled by his answer, and I simply shrug when they pull their eyes to me. That’s just how he is, really.

“Whatever floats your boat,” Thea sighs, “I was trying to avoid you having to see your precious sister dressed in skimpy clothes.

Viago’s facade falls for a moment, before he crosses his arms and pulls the mask right back on, “This is a brothel in Minrathous, not some dingey whorehouse in the slums,” His leg shakes a little, trying to avoid the impatient foot tapping he’d usually do when he was annoyed, “The girls wear more clothes than you’d think.”

“And how would you know that, exactly?” Viela can’t fight back the smirk when she asks, and Viago’s face flushes despite his annoyed look.

“Because the client gave me all the information they could to ensure the completion of the contract.”

“What he means is; he didn’t want to go in the brothel originally and the client had to talk him into it.” I add, Viago’s face snapping to me and making myself the target of his ire, “Last contract I had like this, I wasn’t really supposed to be able to book clients the first night anyways. A girl’s debut night in a brothel is all show, all to gain interest, so that the men come crawling back the next day.”

“Seems ineffective for getting all the answers.” Thea replies. She was treating this as business as usual.

“I don't really feel like sleeping with strangers tonight,” I respond, quirking a brow at her.

“That's a first.” Viago grumbles from beside me, and I drive my elbow into his side, earning the quietest groan of pain from him, as though he were trying to appear tougher in front of the two elves from other houses.

Now that I think of it, he may have his guard up because he doesn't know where they stand on the current state of the Crows, or the future of them, for that matter.

“Can I request something?” I ask, looking over the two women across from me, “We are going undercover for Viago's mission, so that is our primary focus... but, if you happen to hear anything, even a hushed whisper about something called ‘The Order’, please tell me.”

Viela's demeanor shifts, and I see her contemplating her next words carefully.

“Is this for a contract?” She asks, and I shake my head. Viago might not be ready to trust them with the chessboard, but they had asked me once before if I was with the Crows against my will. They even told me they keep an eye on the newest recruits. There was no way the enslavement of our people didn't bother them as much as it bothered me.

“No, quite the opposite,” I answer, “I owe them. They, whoever ‘they’ is , I guess, lost a good man because of me. I'd like to do what I can to make up for it.” I clear my throat to prevent from choking up, remember Leo slitting the Elf's throat directly in front of me. “They help elves escape slavery, and a mission I had a hand in ensured that an elf was forced to stay enslaved. I can't live with that. I won't.”

Viela looks to the floor of the carriage, the mood shifting drastically.

“... The Order,” She begins, “It's not a ‘ they ’.”

“What?”

Viela shifts in her seat before sitting up straight, looking particularly haunted, “It's not an order of people, not really, it's people who follow an order given-- At least, that's what I heard back when I was taken. You don’t join anything, it’s not like the Crows, and the people contracted out are one time only volunteers, that’s why so little is known about The Order. Never the same volunteer twice.”

I had an inkling, from the Dalish markings on both the elves’ cheeks, that they were not a Crow of their own volition, but this cemented it.

“It's hard to find contacts who actually know the elf in charge, more often than not you're getting info from a rat or exposing your plan to escape,” Her eyes look as though they might water, but she tips her head up higher to steel her resolve, “But it's real, and I know of people who made it out of enslavement.”

“It goes beyond Tevinter, no matter what anyone tries to tell you,” Thea adds, “If you aren't being hunted down by the authorities, you're being forced into repaying a debt, forced to work off someone else's freedom or--” Her fingers reach up, and she grazes the pad of her middle finger over a scar on her neck, “Or being forced to comply by any means necessary, blood magic included.”

“From what I recall, those that are rescued are first brought to the Emerald Graves, and then transported from there. Even in the graves, you only ever speak with one of the leaders. Rumor has it, there’s two of them, but most don’t know their real names, and never find out before they leave.” Viela takes a deep breath, her eyes shutting and clearly forcing herself to calm down. Whatever happened involving this order-- It still hurts her. Did they fail her?

“I’ve only ever heard whispers,” Thea admits, leaning forward to rest her elbow on her knees, “When I was taken, it was pretty evident there was no ‘ getting out ’, not unless someone... well,” She looks to Viago, then back to me, and it’s clear she doesn’t quite fully trust him either. “To end a blood magic curse, you’d either have to have a mage who specializes in blood magic remove it-- or the person who cursed you would have to die,” Her blue eyes meet Viago’s, “Not that it’s going to happen anytime soon, the Fourth Talon is of good health .” She’s saying it to cover her tracks, but she’s not good at disguising how bitterly it comes out.

Viago snorts, looking out the carriage window, “How we all long for the day he isn’t .”

A satisfied smile plays on Thea’s lips as she draws her attention back to Viela, who finally seems like she’s ready to speak again.

“I thought I had a good contact once, for The Order. I had written a letter trying to get this younger girl out of the Fledgling dorms before her innocence was gone entirely but,” Viela’s shoulders drop, and her eyes now seem more angry than the sadness they carried before, “The contact was no good, just a spy for House Nero. There to crush all hope. Not only was I punished, but they sent slavers to take her away. I have... no idea what became of her.”

This was that seedy underbelly of the Crows coming back to haunt me. Viago was right, there were talons apart from Matteo that were just as bad, if not worse. One household with one good talon would never be enough to reform the crows-- would we even get half of what we want done with three in alliance? Will Viago, Teia, and the Dellamortes be enough of an allegiance to rewrite the Crows from what it is now?

“I stay for her,” Viela confesses, “That is my punishment. That’s how I atone. But I will never give up searching for her-- and if she needs my help then, I’ll be strong enough that no ‘ order ’ is needed.”

“Every good person builds themselves skyward from the mistakes they made rather than remaining in pieces,” I offer Viela a smile, “You took regret and forged it into a motivation. I respect that, deeply.”

“For the longest time, I saw myself as a bad person,” Viela takes a deep breath, “You have no idea how much it means to me to have the De Rivas look at me and see the good.”

I look to Viago, who seems, underneath that mask, to have been moved by Viela’s tale as well-- though he’d never admit it out loud. Was all this enough? Would he invite them to the chessboard? Was it still too soon to say?

“I know it’s not much to go off of, about The Order, but that’s everything I know.”

“So, even though elves are brought to Southern Thedas when they’re rescued, and clearly ‘ they ’ operate out of there as well, you know people who were rescued in Northern Thedas,” I bring a hand to my chin, “So I guess I won't be able to just go running out to find them on a mission. That’s... frustrating.”

“Sorry to give you bad news,” Viela sighs, leaning her head against the wall of the carriage, “But if I hear anything else, you’ll be the first to know.”

“The sun has sunk quite low,” Viago notes, reaching up and tapping on the roof of the carriage, a small sliding window opens behind Thea and Viela’s heads, “Let us stop here for the evening, I’d like to set up tents before darkness covers the area.”

Once you’ve done it enough times, putting up a tent is nothing. It’s second nature now, crazy to think it was ever something I struggled with. I didn’t even need Viago’s help. By the time Viago’s tent is up and he’s started a fire going, I’ve got my tent up and be bedroll unrolled.

“Juno,” Viago approaches me, looking over to make sure Thea and Viela were still preoccupied with setting up their sleeping arrangements inside their tents, “Do you suppose you can... do something about the cooking? Admittedly, I’m not much good at it, and frankly; we didn’t have the budget for buying extra supplies with only getting paid half for missions.”

“I’d be happy to,” I respond, my eyes sweeping over the surrounding forest. Wild chives, willow bark, dandelion greens, milk thistle-- Oh? What is THAT ?

I approach the trees, staring at the unique looking shelf mushroom adorning the bark. For once, I had no idea what I was looking at. It didn’t look like a chicken of the woods mushroom, nor a wood ear mushroom-- this must be something unique to Northern Thedas.

“What is it?” Viago asks, approaching from behind.

“I’m not sure,” I say, reaching out to grab the mushroom to take a spore print, “Only one way to know if it’s edible.”

My hand is smacked away from the tree rather swiftly.

“There are MULTIPLE ways that do not involve you eating a random mushroom,” Viago scolds, “Absolutely not. Pick something else.”

You’re no FUN, Viago.

With a roll of my eyes, I bend down and collect some wild chives, scanning over the ground for any other goodies that might be available. I spot some wood nettle and collect some leaves, they’d make for a better flavor than dandelion greens would. I take a closer look at the milk thistle I spotted, only to realize it was a juvenile burdock plant. I hand Viago the herbs I collected and sink to my knees, digging into the earth beneath the thistle covered plant.

“I’m beginning to regret having asked you,” Viago make a face as I dig and I roll my eyes before reaching down to pull a few roots from the ground, being sure not to take so many that the patch of plants dies off.

“It’s a root-- you wash the dirt off then saute it. It’s good, I promise.” I stand again, stepping over to a nearby stream to scrub away the earth. “Why don’t you go slice up what I gave you while I rinse this off? Make sure to put oil in the pot before anything goes in so nothing sticks to the cast iron.”

“Oh, you weren’t going to ... cook?” He looks nervous, and I sigh.

“I will cook, Viago, but I still expect you to help.”

“R-right, I’ll just... go cut these up.” Viago scurries back off towards the fire pit and I use my fingernails to scrub at the root, not wanting to risk biting into any dirt later on.

The thought of the sensation sends a shiver up my spine.

My eyes wander as I look around, falling back to the mushroom on the tree bark. I look back at the campfire to see Viago preoccupied with trying to chop up vegetables. Really? You use knives for a living and yet you can't cut up some leaves into an even dice?

Wait, is he using a work dagger to cut the food? Dammit, Viago, is that even sanitary?

Actually... this is Viago we’re talking about, that blade probably got soaked in alcohol the moment he got home from using it last. And the sheathe in traveled in.

What I am gathering-- he’s distracted.

And just like that, I’m one mushroom richer and Viago is none the wiser. Score 1 for Juno, Viago a big fat 0.

He’s lucky we’re on a deadline or I'd be using him as my test subject.

I suppose that could wait until we were home.

Unless I just took a bite now?

“What are you doing?” The voice breaking through the silence has me ripping my hand out of my pocket. Thea is behind me, and I’m sure to her it looks like I’ve just been staring down into the stream for a hot minute.

“Got lost in thought for a minute there,” I chuckle, turning back to face her with a grin. “Guess I’m hungrier than I realized.”

“What’s on your mind?” Thea asks, seeming a bit nervous as she fiddles with the sleeve of her crow uniform. “I’ve been told I’m a good listener if uh... well, if anything’s bothering you.”

If you had asked me my first impression of her, I would have told you that Thea was quiet, cunning, and brave. She seemed focused on getting things done as accurately and swiftly as possible, with no time for pleasantries or fun. But, if you asked me what I thought of her now; surprisingly cute. More timid than she lets on, sometimes clueless even though she might act like she knows exactly what she’s doing. If it’s not related to a job, she seems a bit more awkward, like she has a hard time opening up.

It’s sweet to think Arlo dragged that side of her out, I imagine, kicking and screaming.

“Honestly?” I look up at the sky, an appreciative smile coming to my lips, “Mortality, poisons, potions-- nothing too deep,” I joke, rolling my head to look at her to make sure the joke lands. Thea smiles and rests a hand on her hip.

“Nothing deep, huh?” She shakes her head, “I guess that makes sense, you said you were learning to make potions from Viago, right? You seem to have enjoyed foraging for wild plants to add to crow’s feed before-- you’re good at it.”

“I appreciate that,” I turn the burdock root in my left hand over, inspecting in what light was left for any remaining dirt. “Sometimes you learn things out of necessity and they wind up sticking with you forever.”

“You learned foraging out of necessity?” Her brow furrows a little, and I curse myself a bit mentally. Just another lie I’d have to craft to cover up my damn loose lips.

“We weren’t made of money,” I shrug, and it bugs me how easily I can lie about it. No , I want to scream, I learned to forage to find roots to help my mother overcome the pain of the taint.

But I don’t.

“I guess it never occurred to me to do that,” Thea frowns, seemingly mulling over the idea, “Sounds way easier than stealing, actually.” She mutters, and I let a laugh die before it reaches my lips.

Yeah, she was surprisingly cute sometimes.

“A necessity became a passion,” I start back over to the fire pit, “And I guess a passion became a profession, in a way.”

“It’s good to find your own little light in a very dark organization,” Thea gives an approving nod, “Not everyone does.”

I raise an eyebrow, a smirk playing across my lips, “Seems like Arlo did too, good on you, LIttle Light.”

Even cuter when her face was red.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 55: Little Bird, Showtime

Notes:

Hello my little birds.
I had to include Meg's art for this chapter, isn't it absolutely gorgeous? We talked a bit about how we really thought Tevinter would dress up brothel girls in sort of like... "high class" lingerie instead of just scraps of clothes-- they'd look expensive, because they want you to spend your coin on 'higher class' girls. I think she nailed the designs.

I know sometimes it probably seems like I'm going nowhere, or just dragging you around in circles around a plot point and never hitting it, but I promise big things are coming. I've been plotting this fic out for so long, I'm so excited to finally get to some reveals.
I love you, you are important, and you matter. <3 Thanks for sticking around another day, thanks for sticking around for another chapter.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Viago was no joke when it came to lying through his teeth; he executed a perfectly crafted lie to the brothel owner about trying to catch the culprit kidnapping elves from brothels so seamlessly that I’m not sure I could even see any obvious tells on his face.

Was I as unwavering as he was when I lied? Did I hold my composure as well as Viago did? Would I be able to tell from seeing my own face that I was a liar?

We were allowed to use a room upstairs to get ready, talking over once more what our plan was for the evening. Viago, for both his own comfort and for our cover story’s sake, would be watching over the brothel from the rooftops outside. He didn’t technically need to be there for the intel gathering part of the mission, but something tells me he’d be completely bored all night if he couldn’t be involved somehow. From the rooftop, he could also see the gated-in manor of Magister Mareno Vadis. It wasn’t a perfect view by any means, but he could at least take note of simple things; when were the candles on the sconces blown out? What lights stayed on later? How did the external guards look over the estate?

That left Thea, Viela and I to adorn more suitable attire for working in a brothel and perfect our hair and makeup.

“Tevinter is more high class,” Thea explains, pulling a stunning forest green color lip color over her pouty lips, “You should look more like a trophy than a lady of the night, that’s what the men prefer here.”

I pull my hair up into a bun, wrapping a braided section around the center and pinning it in place, “Our targets are the ones wearing the crest with the moon on it, according to the client, they should have it on the back of the uniform and on the sleeve as well, as long as they haven’t changed before they come in.”

“I imagine they won’t,” Viela sighs, “Probably itching at any opportunity to make themselves seem more important than they really are.”

“Not sure why they’re itching to impress girls who really don’t have any other choice than to talk to them, but whatever.” I scoff, staring at my reflection in the mirror. I decide the look is not complete until I have eyeliner on, but I don’t think my usual style is what’s needed here. When I dip my brush into the creamy liner, I also pull a throwing knife from my bag, lifting the flat edge to my eye and holding it firm at a slant; the perfect stencil for perfectly straight eyeliner. "Stick to the plan-- If one of us is aggressive with questioning, the rest back off. We don't need them getting suspicious. We don't know anything about what the first questions start there, not straight to intel."

“Can you go five minutes without doing something that risks damaging your body?” I hear Thea coyly jest from the other side of the room as she watches the knife drop from beside my eye.

“You can date my older brother, but you don’t have to nag me like him too.” I rise from my chair, patting my lips together to spread around the mauve color one final time before clipping on the small hair accessory that matched the rest of my purple outfit, looking at both the elves with me as they finish their makeup. “They said they’ll do some kind of announcement when we’re ready, I guess they do it for every girl’s debut; but Viago gave us fake names, so we just roll with it.”

Easier said than done when your “undercover” names are so gaudy.

“Introducing, their first night in The Vinter Palace, the lovely Juniper, Thevitia and Viminaria,” I stop my eye from twitching as I start down the stairs-- I swear to god the only thing ever on Viago’s mind is poison and poisonous plants... and maybe Teia. “Get your introductions in now, these girls will be on the floor all night, no bookings on debut night.” The Madame of the brothel calls out over the crowd, and there’s eyes on us from every direction-- this was no Antivan brothel. This place was bustling with people, including working elves.

Gods, I hate Tevinter.

“Showtime,” Viela whispers, nodding to a group of gentlemen sitting by the fireplace. I didn’t see it at first, but their arms had a code of arms embroidered on the gambeson-- Viela had managed to spot the targets for the intel mission and their eyes were already on us.

Thea, the one most used to seduction missions, flashes a small smile to whichever of the guards she had locked eyes with before lowering her eyes and looking away playfully. I had to take a page out of her book sometime, but for now, I settled for raising my nose and looking down my nose at the group. If not a single one of them was into a dominant woman, then I was fucked, but I get the feeling that these are men that like to chase their prey, since they have no qualms about the use of elven slavery in the brothels. Viela’s tactic seems to be holding the gaze of a guard, a small smirk playing on her lips; hopefully a girl to cater to each of whatever weird kinks they have.

The one in a staring contest with Viela seems to give a gesture inviting her over first, so she grabs both of our attention in a dramatic fashion and leads us over to the crew around the fireplace. There are six men in total, with one already occupied with another worker sitting on the arm of his chair chatting.

“Ladies, what a pleasure,” The guard who had called Viela over gestures to the empty loveseat, and I perch myself on the arm so Viela and Thea can sit. Knowing Thea, she’ll lean forward on her elbows to show off her assets-- It’s all part of the game, and damn, is it a fun game to watch.

“You’ll have to tell us who’s who, with such unique names, I’m not sure I’d be able to guess,” One of the guards teases, and Viela and Thea share a small laugh at his joke. I maintain a neutral face; he wouldn’t be the one I pick. No, I need a headstrong one who’s ready to brag. He needs to want to impress me, or I wont get anything from him.

“Viminaria,” Viela responds, pulling her bottom lip in between her teeth.

“Thevitia,” Thea curls a loose strand of hair around her index finger, eyes sweeping over the gentlemen to see who she’ll focus her attention on.

“So that makes this one,” The man across from us points to me, “Juniper?”

“Obviously.” I give only the smallest hint of a polite smile to him, drawing my attention to the fireplace to show that I had already grown bored of the conversation. I can hear him scoff at my response, but a few of the men beside him chuckle. Good, it would become a game for them. Who could charm who?

“You know,” One of the guards closer to the fireplace starts, “I’ve heard Juniper berries make some of the sweetest jams-- but if you eat too much, they can be toxic.”

He looked more hardened than the other men, with a large scar across his cheek. Maybe in his late 20’s, but not much older than that. Whatever he had gone through in his lifetime, he wore it in his demeanor; up for a challenge, eager to win and unstoppable. He’s the one.

“The finer things in life are best enjoyed in small doses,” I reply, leaving my eyes half lidded as I looked him over, “Fine wine, rich chocolates... late evenings that spill into early mornings.”

The corner of his mouth twitches, and he brings his hand up to rub at his chin and cheeks, “I suppose I can’t argue that logic, though I have been known to indulge a time or two.” His green eyes follow my silhouette, tracing down my curves to take in my details before sliding back up to my face. “Can’t say I’ve ever had Juniper berry jam before.”

“It’s not for everyone’s palettes,” I quip back.

“I’ll never know unless I try,” He chuckles again, leaning forward to engage me, “I can be a complex man with complex tastes.”

“You’ll have to forgive my asking, but I can’t help but notice you’re all in uniform,” Viela breaks the tension, “Are you all knights, perhaps?”

“Private security,” Her target answers, “We serve one of the more prominent magisters in Mirathous.”

“How heroic,” Thea croons, leaning forward on her knees with her elbows, as anticipated. “But if you’re here, who’s watching over the estate now? That’s not very guard-like of you.”

Nice.

“We work in shifts, our round gets off at eight pm, we swap out before coming over here-- we’d never leave our Lord without protection.” One of the guards crosses his leg over the other, letting his hand holding a pint rest on his leg. Excellent, the one who’s drinking might be prone to having loose lips. Clearly Thea thinks the same, as she turns her entire body to face him and gives him a delighted smile. She was laying it on thick.

“Oh, my apologies sir, I didn’t mean to imply anything by it, simple jests,” She rests her hands on the edge of the loveseat as she sits up, “I’m positive you’re all fantastic at your jobs, they give you such fine robes and adornments to wear, clearly a man of your lord’s wealth would only hire the strongest, most capable men.”

Okay, maybe a little too thick.

And yet, all of the guards sat up a bit straighter at the compliment.

Maker, were they all so simple minded? So easy to please?

“Thank goodness they don’t make you work the late shift,” Viela continues on with Thea’s innocent probing, “I can’t imagine not being in bed by midnight at the latest, let alone waiting for someone to fall asleep before my work can be done.”

“That is not how guards work, my dear Viminaria,” I respond, and Viela plays dumb just as we had planned, “They still have to patrol even if their Lord doesn’t fall asleep until late into the night, they’re meant to protect the manor round the clock.”

The guards seem delighted by Viela’s feigned innocence, and another speaks up, “It certainly would be nice if everyone could be off duty by the time our lord goes to bed, then we could have this place full of guards at 10! Though I fear we might all be vying for you lovely ladies’ attention and might not get to know you as well as we’d like.”

“That’s true,” Thea brings a hand up to her cheek, “I could probably handle only a few men at one time, not much more, that’s more Juniper’s expertise.” Her blue eyes squint a little in delight as she glances over at me. She’d pay for that one later.

“Oh?” The guard closest to the fire sticks his tongue in his cheek at the innuendo, “And just how do you handle so many men, Juniper?”

Fine.

“With both hands and my sharp tongue, sir,” His pupils dilate a bit at my response, “I’ve found I can juggle my attention quite thoroughly, if the right people catch it.”

“You grow more enticing every time you speak.”

Now? Now I could strike. Now he was invested.

“Then tell me more of you, sir,” I rise off the edge of the loveseat, choosing to perch myself on the arm of his chair instead, my legs leaning my body back over his right thigh, “Entice me, too.”

“What would you know of me?” He asks, looking up at me, his eyes sweeping over my painted lips. “My heritage? My hobbies?”

“Anything interesting,” I give a small shrug, “I tend to get bored quite easily, so I’m always interested in stories.”

“Stories?”

“Yes sir,” I place a hand on his shoulder, giving a small squeeze, “A guard like you must surely have some heroic tales, no? Have you ever had to fend off intruders? Were you a mercenary before a guard? A templar?”

“Do you think a templar would find himself in a place such as this?” The man leans in to my touch, and I can hear Viela and Thea chatting away with the other guards behind me. I had this one’s full attention.

“Anyone can fall into temptation, if tempted enough,” I smirk, sinking from the arm of the chair onto the man’s lap. “If not a Templar, surely something with adventure,” I reach up, running a finger along the scar on his cheek, “Those of us with scars don’t earn them doing nothing,” My fingers trail all the way to his lips, sliding over his bottom lip before dropping my hand into my lap.

“If you must know, I was indeed a mercenary for some time,” His dark eyebrow raises, and he looks down at my hands before reaching out to hold the one that just fell into my lap, “That was a long time ago, however, and I was hired by my Lord and promoted to head of the guard by the time I was 25.”

“Your lord sounds like a generous man,” I reply, both complimenting his lord while lightly implying he was undeserving of the role of head of guard, “Does he care that his men come here wearing his family’s crest on their clothes? It almost seems risky for you, perhaps you ought to take everything off.”

Whatever playful irritation he gained from me insulting him, he lost immediately at the suggestion of him stripping.

“Given that he openly frequents this establishment as well, I have no concerns,” He lifts my hand with his and presses a soft kiss to my knuckles, “Besides which, he’s long asleep by now. He takes his nightly wine and is fast asleep long before this hour.”

“Nightly wine?” I giggle, “How luxurious.”

“Truly,” The man answers, sharing in my laughter, “He keeps the finer bottles upstairs in fear that it may be stolen otherwise, keeps them to himself to have a glass or three before bed. Usually has one of the servants put a whole bottle on ice just for that. I’m not sure there’s enough healing spells to fix a liver that’s spoiled from that much alcohol.”

That’s exactly what I need to hear-- the piece we were missing.

That’s how Viago can sneak the poison in.

That was everything he needed and more; what time the shifts switch, what time the Magister will be in bed, and as a bonus; the best way to poison him to get the job done.

And the rest would just be killing time, playing out the facade overnight that we were hunting for whoever was taking elven girls from brothels. The guards would leave at closing time, stating their excitement about returning tomorrow to see us, unknowing that come the morning, we would be gone from this brothel altogether.

I made sure to give Viago a swift punch in the arm for shitty undercover names, and he made sure to thank Viela and Thea for their hard (and successful) work. The bonus information about the magister having wine prepared each evening was certainly an added bonus he wasn’t expecting, and suddenly the job itself didn’t seem so difficult anymore.

We wouldn’t be able to get to the crow’s operation center in Docktown until the morning for rest and planning the following night’s mission. While we weren’t to be directly involved, no blade contact as they say, we would be the eyes who get to determine if Viago succeeded or if he didn’t manage to make it out alive.

Not that it was a concern at all, Viago may be the first person I notice in a room, but he’s nothing if not remarkable with his stealth skills.

Everything would go according to plan, no doubt about it.

 

Right?

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 56: Little Bird With Missing Intel

Notes:

How am I sick again? Like, how is this happening specifically to me? I'm a good bird, I put a mask on when I go to the grocery store, I work remotely, I'm not kissing strangers or licking handrails-- WHY AM I SICK AGAIN?
Don't answer that. I already know.
Look, it's midnight and I'm posting then going to sleep, I'm a good bird. No 2am posting time for me.
Have some more plot. I'm cooking something here. Next chapter is the mission and back home to Treviso again, whether they fail or not!

Look at this crazy art Meg made for the girls doing their makeup. She started it before I posted the brothel chapter, but I just wanted to show that I absolutely used that knife eyeliner scene because she inspired me to. I do NOT have enough grasp on perspective to be able to do reflections, so I think this is absolutely amazing work and wanted to be sure I bragged to everyone about it.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Admittedly, I found it hard to sleep in the Crow operations base in Docktown. We may all be crows, but that doesn’t mean that I trust them, or they trust me, for that matter.

Not to mention it’s hard to sleep outside of normal hours. Sleeping when the sun is coming up felt weird, even if we were in the basement part of this base. Needless to say, the sleep I got was brief, if existent at all. While the girls and Viago still slept, I got up early to occupy myself and make a cup of coffee to get me through what remained of the day. I decided to occupy the space in the kitchen upstairs, first to make coffee, then secondly to boil down the mushroom I had plucked off the tree the other night.

I’m sure it seems silly to Viago, to be so interested in the effects of plant and fungi and herbs, but he hasn’t lived the life I have-- where you’re always teetering on the brink of disaster and hoping you can find some other new poultice or potion to stave off the taint consuming your mother. You’d think a guy who makes poisons for fun might have an interest in a toadstool or two, though. Especially one you couldn’t instantly identify.

I keep a close eye on the pot as it boils away on the stove, the water turning from clear to a dark murky brown as it boils away, rivaling the darkness of my coffee. I didn’t bring any activators with me, so I couldn’t say for sure if it was poisonous right off the bat, but I had a hunch just based on the color of the water alone. It’s rare to find a plant that, when boiled down, looks like a swamp but ISN’T poisonous. Coffee is, of course, a surprising exception to this rule.

I sip on my coffee as I shut off the stove, letting the rolling boil come to a halt. Thankfully, I did have a small empty potion bottle I could fit all the liquid inside of. I find a fork in the kitchen drawer and use it to mash what was left of the mushroom into the compound first. If nothing else, maybe Viago could use this strange mushroom in something back at home after we test it to find out exactly what its effects are.

Thea is the first to pull herself out of bed, joining me in the kitchen with an intense resting bitch face; though it was evident from her squinting eyes that it was mostly that she wasn’t quite awake yet. I was squeezing the mushroom liquid through a cheesecloth into a jar when she approached, the sound of her grumbling pulling me from processing the plant.

“That’s not coffee,” She mutters, rubbing at her eyes.

“I’m afraid not,” I chuckle, squeezing the last bit of liquid through the cloth before tossing the remains in the waste bin. “There’s still ground beans in the jar in my bag though, you’re welcome to brew some more. Just maybe use a kettle and not the pot on the stove there. I need to clean that.”

“What’s the muddy stuff?” Thea paws at my bag until she reveals the jar with coffee grounds, and a mug, bringing it to the stove. She lifts the pot I used to her nose, giving it a couple sniffs. “Smells like tree bark and dirt.”

“Yeah,” I mean, it’s a fair assessment, that is basically what all mushrooms smell like, “It’s a mushroom I broke down into a bisque, basically, though I’m not sure it’s edible,” I tip my head to the side, bringing a hand to my chin as I stare at the newly browned potion bottle, “Well, everything is edible at least once , but I don’t think it will make anyone feel good.”

“No, I think that qualifies as inedible, Juno.” Thea scoffs as she searches for a source of freshwater. I gesture to the canteen on the countertop and she grabs it to dump the water into her kettle.

“Better triple whatever you’re making, I’m sure the smell of coffee will have our fearless leader rising from bed soon.” I get to work scrubbing down the pot I borrowed, making sure no mushroom mush remained.

“What am I, a maid?” She responds, and I give a small shrug.

“Well, you certainly aren’t paid for this mission, so yeah-- basically.” I finish rinsing the pot out using some of the water in the wash bucket before drying my hands.

“Unbelievable,” Thea scoffs, prepping the coffee grounds before leaning against the windowsill and procuring an orange from a fruit bowl on the counter. As the scent of orange hits my nose, an idea sparks in my mind.

Acid-- that’s an activator.

“Thea, would it be alright to borrow a slice, or rather-- maybe just a piece of a slice?” The brunette elf looks at me like I completely missed her tangent about being a maid just a moment ago, and I give my best innocent smile. “Please?”

“Overworked and underpaid,” She grumbles, cutting a slice in half with her pocket knife and handing it over. I pull another vial from my bag, tipping some of the processed mushroom juice into the clean vial and then topping it off with a squeeze of orange juice.

I flick at the base of the vial and watch as small bubbles begin to form in the muck. Soon, a foam is forming on the surface of the liquid. Sure as shit, it was poisonous.

I guess it was a good thing Viago stopped me from eating it.

“You should really try taking up some hobbies,” Thea comments as she removes the boiling kettle from the flame, and I toss a narrow eyed look over my shoulder at her. “Like knitting, or something.”

“Very funny,” I comment, capping the foaming vial and placing both that and the mushroom bottle in my hip pouch, “I don’t recall you complaining when you were borrowing my healing salves to remove hickies.”

“You offered --”

“--and you accepted. Drink your coffee, this argument is pointless,” I sigh, placing my road equipment back into my bag before pulling it shut, “I like learning about plants, and it helps me with a specialization within the Crows. Win-win.”

There’s a familiar set of footsteps that reaches my ears, and I glance over to Thea to see her finishing preparing coffee just in time. I fetch another mug from my bag and hand it to a similar resting bitch faced Viago as he practically slumps against the stove, reaching for the brewed coffee. Thea and Viago drink the burning liquid in tandem, a matching sigh escaping their lips once they finish their first taste.

Yeah, she fits right in with the De Riva’s.

I procure a third cup from my bag and pour some coffee in it, deciding to traverse downstairs to see if Viela had yet to wake. As I round around the bottom of the stairs and peer into the dim light of the basement, I can see a mess of fiery red hair poking out of blankets in the cot in the far corner of the room. She’s fast asleep, and I’m honestly unsure if she’ll hear me approaching, but I walk up to place the mug down on her bedside table regardless, hoping to soften the blow of having to stir into the waking world after a long night.

Her expression is much different from Thea or Viago’s as she pulls into consciousness. She’s much softer, more innocent, like she may have had pleasant dreams or wasn’t on edge as she slept. From the stories she’s told, it seems like most nights, she was accustomed to sleeping with a dagger held tight in her fist beneath her pillow-- but this face read more like an innocent fairy blinking to life than a vicious assassin.

She must have been more comfortable traveling with us than she was at home.

That’s both sad and sweet at the same time.

“Good morning,” I say softly, nodding to the mug on the nightstand, “I brought you coffee. Feel free to take your time, everyone else is awake upstairs. I imagine we’ll hit up the bath houses before it gets too late.”

“Thank you,” Viela yawns, stretching as she sits up in the cot. She reaches for the mug as I step back towards the stairs, and I watch as she takes a sip of coffee, then lets out the same sigh that Thea and Viago did. Perhaps that was just universal language for ‘Fuck, I needed that’ , or perhaps that’s what too much time around De Rivas does to you, makes you pick up their habits. Did I do that when I took my first sip?

Upon returning upstairs, the entire vibe in the room had shifted. Viago was at the center of the room, holding a Crow by the collar of his armor.

“What do you mean ‘went missing’ ? How does a piece of paper go MISSING?” He shakes the Crow a bit with his fist.

“It was on the board last night awaiting your arrival, and now it’s gone-- that’s all I know , De Riva.” The Crow fires back, his brow furrowed as he fights against Viago’s grip.

“Who has been in this base in the last 24 hours that would have taken someone else’s contract information? It’s not their damn hit!”

“If I knew that , I would tell you!”

“Viago,” I step up, urging him to release the collar of the Crow, “What’s happening?”

“Someone took the target intel poster made up from the client’s information. I have no sketch, no weight, no age-- Everything the client provided is gone because some bonehead took the wrong damn poster down.”

“It's okay, Viago. We know the location, you figured out where the bedroom was based on the lights in the windows-- everything we needed we gathered last night. What else could that poster give us that we would need?” Viago drops the Crow, who hurries away from him, muttering under his breath about Viago's rage. “It will be okay,” I offer, and Viago brings a hand up to pinch the bridge of his nose.

“I do not wish to kill the wrong person, Juno. What if there's an attendant who prepares the room first? What if there's someone else in the manor and I picked the wrong bedroom?” Viago crosses the room to collect his coffee cup once more, “There should be no more deaths than necessary to complete the contract, that intel was important.”

“I'm sure it was an accident,” Thea inputs, “I mean, I don't think there's any crows out there looking to sabotage your contract.”

You're wrong. 

Oh.

No really, you're wrong .

Viago and I lock eyes, a chill settling on my spine.

No way. Leo couldn't be here, right? I feel like someone would've noticed if a guildmaster was in the base, especially from a house that has an active contract right now.

“We continue with the mission as planned. If we have to adjust later, then we adjust. I might need you all to keep a closer eye on the manor than I initially thought.” Viago scratches at his goatee and I shake my head.

“What would stealing the intel even do ? He can't steal the contract, you're the one who signed.”

“I'd have to be dead for him to take it over.” Viago answers, and an unsettled silence falls between us.

“You were asleep in an open room last night... if it was him, he could've killed you then-”

“Who are we talking about right now?” Thea interjects, but Viago ignores her and continues.

“I'm willing to bet it's not him, just someone acting on his orders to trip me up.”

“So he's just trying to make you fail?” I ask, and Viago gives a stern nod. “What was on that poster that would change that much about our plans?”

“I have no idea,” Viago mutters before slamming his hand down into the counter, “Damn it. I can't believe I let him get the upper hand.”

“Who has the upper hand?” Thea interjects once more, waving her hand between Viago and I.

“The fifth talons oldest son, Leonardo De Riva,” I answer, “The only person who would be dumb enough to fuck with Viago's mission. The one person who doesn't want to see him succeed because Viago will be named successor for his work here.”

“Is he... he's the one who was in charge of punishments at the fifth talon's estate, right?” Thea's voice drops low when she asks, and I give a solemn nod in response. She grips her mug a little tighter, “Fuck him.” She whispers.

It wouldn’t surprise me if her and Arlo had discussed the true origin of his scars by now. It’s a great example of Leo’s true nature anyways, regardless of what masks he puts on out in public.

“Fuck him,” I agree. I place a hand on Viago's shoulder to cement him back in reality, once lost in his own thoughts, “We don't need it, Viago. We've got this. The information we needed, we gathered last night. Besides, Tevinter magisters exude asshole energy, I doubt you'd confuse one for any civilian or servant.”

“A master bedroom is a master bedroom,” Thea adds, “Biggest bedroom in the house belongs to the biggest dickhead. That's how you know.”

“Let's leave earlier than we anticipated, just in case,” Viago adds, “I'd rather be able to scope the place out one more time before I'm trying to kill anybody.”

Silence settles between us for a moment, before I find myself once again trying to understand Leo. I guess I get it, if Viago fails his induction mission he won’t be brought in to the Crows, and even more than that, if he fails this mission, he’s not named successor. Leo will more than likely be named successor in Viago’s stead; but that's the exact opposite of what Matteo has been very vocal about wanting. Choosing to fuck up Viagos mission puts Leo himself at risk of losing Matteo's favor, so why risk it? Granted, things have seemed more tense lately between Leo and Matteo, maybe all the love that was there is finally lost? Maybe Leo's just finally snapped? But why bother forging those accounting ledgers for Matteo then?

“Viago,” I pull myself from my thoughts to look up at him, picking at my lip, “I know Leo is Guildmaster, but he has a specialty, right? Why have I never trained under him?”

“His specialty is rare,” Viago looks upset I brought him up again, “It's almost not worth trying to train anyone else in it because no one will be as good as him. He's got perfect memory.”

“That's not an answer.”

“It's forgery,” Viago shrugs, as if it were obvious, “Exactly what you saw him doing with those accounting books, but more than that. Royal orders, fraudulent contracts, deeds, employment records, signatures--”

“Signatures?” I stop pulling at my lip, “He can forge signatures? Convincingly?”

“Like I said, it comes with perfect memory. He only needs to see it once.”

A thought dawns on me.

“Has he ever forged letters?”

“I'm positive he has,” Viago pauses mid thought, our eyes meeting in silent agreement. “We will look into this further when we return home.”

Right. Except my brain will be running through those thoughts every moment until I know for sure. Could Leo have been forging letters to my parents? Does he have my signature on anything? No, I mean, every letter has been sent via bird or handed directly since I arrived at the De Riva estate.

Well.

Except for the first one. The one Matteo was initially wary of. The one he said he would send out for me. I know it made it to Kieran, but is it possible Leo got to look at it before it was sent out in the mail? Would Leo have been able to forge my signature? I guess I should be grateful I only ever signed my first name in my letters, so he at least wouldn’t be able to forge my full name on anything. I don’t think my parents would know the difference, though, if Leo was as good as he sounds. There’s definitely a chance he’s been intercepting letters to me, or Matteo, or both of them, frankly. What good comes out of me losing contact with my parents? They have me in the crows permanently? Is that really what they want?

If that is the case; then why? I get that Matteo was interested in the mage knife skills, and he needs more women in the Fifth Talon household, but was it really that simple? He doesn’t seem the sort to be above simply buying and raising orphaned or slaved children like some of the other houses, why focus so much on me? Was this revenge on Papa? Was he making it seem like I never wanted to see Papa again? Did Papa believe that?

It aches like an unscratched itch in my brain, trying to claw its way in to decode some puzzle and find any sort of conclusion or answer-- but I won't be able to find answers until I’m home again, and that’s assuming I’m not sent off on yet another mission right away.

When Viago goes home and gets inducted, I’m next.

I’m expected to work and get sworn in next.

Was I even ready for that?

Was I ready to bloody my own hands?

 

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 57: Little Bird, Changing The Tide

Notes:

Wow, posting at 9pm? Who is she? (I stayed home all day because I got snowed in, and also because I'm sick so I was bound to post early... tell me I'm a good bird anyways, I love praise).
I originally had some other art here, but I'm going to move it back a chapter because this one felt more fitting for this chapter. The sky is so freaking pretty.

I think this chapter is pretty cute for what it is-- and the pieces I've been setting up are finally making it to the board. And the next chapter I have MUCH MUCH MUCH planned.
The uh-- little plot twist I put in here was honestly something I came up with while driving home the other night. Was NOT planning on using Juno's weird hobby in that way, but it suddenly hit me that it should be important and-- yeah Idk this is just how it played out.
If anyone wants to throw more music at me, it's always appreciated. Love you birdies <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



You can tell I’m not a full fledged assassin yet from the way my heart pounds in my chest, seconds away from erupting from the nerves at any given moment. Any elf within a five mile radius could probably hear the way my limbs shake as I watch Viago head off into the darkness towards Magister Mareno Vadis’ estate. While I had the utmost faith in Viago, I couldn’t shake the fear that something would inevitably go wrong.

Leo was an asshole , that much was true, but I would give him that he was smart . He knew something on that intel sheet would trip Viago up if he didn’t have access to it; so what was it ? What could be so important about the man’s physical description that it could make or break the mission?

“If you do not stop nervously tapping your foot, the building owner will begin to suspect there are wild animals on the roof,” Viela reaches over and holds down my knee, stopping my mindless tapping in its tracks. “There is nothing to be done but wait, Juno.”

“I’m not so good at the waiting part, I’m afraid,” I sigh, wiping my palms on my leathers, “Sorry, the whole ‘missing intel’ thing has me a bit jumpy.”

“About that,” Thea chips in, “How is it you two are so sure that this whole thing was intentional? I mean, not to be that person-- but crows do fuck up here and there, it is possible someone just accidentally grabbed the wrong information.”

“I wish I knew how best to explain it,” I start, keeping my eyes trained on the manor and watching the shadows to see Viago slip into a window between guard rounds. “It doesn’t take knowing Leonardo much at all to see how much he hates Viago-- he wears it on his sleeve like a badge of honor,” I can’t seem to pull my eyes away from watching the windows, waiting for any sign that Viago had done what was needed. “And lately, the air around him feels colder, his eyes feel vacant and burning at the same time-- he’s too quiet. He hasn’t laid a hand on anyone in the manor, barely takes the time to speak to anyone. You may not know him, but it’s extremely unlike him to be so silent. Something is going on and I’ve got no idea what .”

Thea and Viela look to each other, I can tell they’re trying to find the right words to say to make me feel better, but truth be told, I’m not sure there was much they could say.

“Believe me, I want to be wrong , but I’ve learned a lot in my time around Crows. Just when you get comfortable-- that’s when things go wrong.”

I look over at the two women, considering my next words carefully, “Do you know why Viago took this job? Why this contract in particular?”

“A chance to stab a magister?” Thea jokes, and I feel the corners of my eyes crinkle just a bit.

“Not a bad guess,” I respond, dragging my eyes back to the manor, “Viago took this job not because of who the target was, but what they did to deserve it.”

“Being a magister isn’t enough to deserve it?”

I roll my eyes. Thea sure wasn’t quiet on her opinions of rich men, but I could appreciate that about her.

“This magister disowned his daughter for wanting to marry her elven lover,” I cast a glance over my shoulder once more, “She placed this contract so that her father wouldn’t try to kill her future bride first. This isn’t about killing a magister for the sake of killing a magister-- It’s about killing a man who would sooner abandon what family he has left than consider an elf an equal. That’s the kind of person Viago is,” My eyes fixate on a second floor window in the manor, where I see the window slide open, but no one steps out. Viago was using his rogue stealth to conceal his body. This seemed far too soon, “You might not see it, but I think he will make a wonderful talon. As will Teia. They have the passion and empathy to redefine what it means to be a Crow, but they need the support-- and right now, with Leo muddying the water, that’s what he lacks.” I rise from my seat on the edge of the roof, “He’s coming back. Something is wrong.”

Thea and Viela join me at the edge of the roof, watching as Viago pulls out of stealth to scale a nearby building before joining us on the rooftop.

“I need everyone’s supply of poisons-- Now.

The three of us look between each other, hands digging into pockets to search for any vials on our person.

Thea produces a single small vial of what appears to be deathroot poison, Viela retrieves a sachet of light purple powder-- foxglove? In a powder form?? That’s brave . I hold out a vial of soldier’s bane and a paralytic. Viago’s eyes dart over each vial before he takes a sharp breath in and snaps his head to the side, his brows carving sharp lines into his skin and bringing an unfamiliar darkness to his eyes.

“It’s not enough.” Viago mutters, seemingly running calculations in his head.

“What do you mean ‘ not enough ’? What is he, a qunari? This is enough deathroot to kill a fully grown man!” Thea shakes the vial at Viago.

“And if he’s the size of three fully grown men?” Viago snaps, his blue eyes nearly glowing against the light of the moon. “That’s what was on that damn intel page, the fact that the man is nearly 300 pounds and any fat soluble toxins would be rendered entirely useless against him!”

“Even if you use all of these?” Viela looks over all the vials, trying to compare their potency.

“These aren’t compatible,” I groaned, “Deathroot would be somewhat effective, if it was enough for a man of that size. That foxglove might slow his heart if it wasn’t already completely surrounded by fat. Soldier’s bane might knock him out at best...” I bring a hand up to my forehead as I try to think. “ Fuck.

Viago shakes his head, “He knew. He knew I’d be relying on poison,” Viago’s bitter laugh rings through the air, cursing at Leo who wasn’t even there to hear it “He’s hedging his bets on me not going through with the hit otherwise.”

“We can go buy more poison,” Viela suggests, but Viago holds out a hand.

“There’s not enough time before the Magister retires to bed. I have no choice,” I see Viago’s throat bob, a sign of nervousness that he wouldn’t let slip out of him at any other moment. “It may mean that the client doesn’t see any inheritance, but if I do not take out the target...”

“But that’s not what the client wants!” I snap, and Viago loses his angry expression in an instant. He just looked... sad, remorseful, even.

You think I don’t know that ?” Viago takes a few steps towards me, his frown carving into my heart, “You don’t think the abandoned bastard prince has any empathy to give to another damned noble? You don’t think I want to see her take her father’s title?”

“Viago--”

“What happens to your future if I don’t get named successor, Juno?” Viago looks to Thea and Viela, “What happens to theirs ? Do you think Leo will offer them any kindness should he rise to power? Do you think he will look to you as equals?”

“You were... trying to help his daughter take his title as magister?” Thea asks, and Viago looks back out to the manor. “That’s why you didn’t want to use your knives?”

“The less racists in power, the safer Thedas can become,” Viago sighs, “I can try to make the wound as discreet as possible, but any coroner worth their weight will find a fatal stab wound.”

“Viago--”

“I’m sorry, Juno, truly... I had picked this mission for your sake. I wanted to give you something to be proud of, even though I was supposed to take another’s life” He places a hand on my shoulder, “I was so focused on how much was going right that I didn’t anticipate anything going wrong. I was ill prepared, and now I must be much the same as every other crow. I didn’t want to show you bloodied hands...”

“You're not,” I spit back, “You’re not like any other crow-- You’re not like anyone else!” I reach up and lock my hand down on his, pushing his gloved hand into my shoulder. “You’re the one hope I have, the hope in the mystery that has kept me going throughout the chaos of nearly two years.” My chest shakes a little as I breathe in, “So do not question whether I will view you differently for doing what you have to. You can come home with bloodsoaked hands and you will still be Viago. Viago, who believed in me before anyone else-- who stitches my wounds, who tells boys my favorite flowers, who lets me take over half of his lab--”

Viago’s eyes soften measurably, and I think I stop breathing altogether.

That’s right.

“Viago, who stops me from eating poisonous mushrooms,” I state, my hand ripping from his to dig down into the pouch on my thigh. I procure the bottle of swamp colored water, and look from the bottle to him. “Viago... mushrooms... their toxins aren’t fat soluble, right?

“No,” His breath is a bit unsteady as he stares at the bottle, which was substantially bigger than the other vials of poison we carried. “You took that damn mushroom off the tree anyways?”

“Yeah,” I let out a breathy, nervous laugh, “Mainly because you said not to.”

“You’re such a brat,” He brings a gloved hand up to rub at his eyes, the other one held outstretched. I place the bottle in his hand, “You’re positive it’s poisonous?”

“It reacted to acid--”

So it will be activated the moment it’s in the wine.” We say it together, and Viago pulls his hand from his eyes to look at me with an unbridled affection.

“Should I be grateful for how much of a troublemaker you are?”

“I believe that’s the wise thing to do, yes ,” Viago’s relieved sigh matches the grin on his lips as he dips his forehead down to press against mine.

“Thank you,” He takes another stabling deep breath before rising and stepping to the edge of the roof, looking back at Thea and Viela before clearing his throat, a pink color prominent on his cheeks. “You two... saw nothing .”

He jumped from the roof in an instant, leaving Thea to choke out something between a laugh and a sound of awe.

“Was that really the same man who lectured the entire camp about smoking?” She asks, her eyes following his form through the shadows of the streets.

“The one that called you a cat in heat , for that matter?” Viela jokes.

“He’s called me worse,” I respond, my heart surging once more as I notice the determination in his strides. “But he’s also said much nicer things, if you listen close enough.”

“Yeah, you didn’t need elf ears to hear all that ,” Thea reaches up and wraps her arm around my waist. “I think I get it now... why you want him to be the next fifth talon.”

“The De Rivas... you certainly are a whole other breed of Crow,” Viela joins me on the other side, her cheek pressed against my head as she leans into me. “I hope this works out, for his sake, for yours... for all of us.”

There’s depth to those words. She means it more than just ‘I hope this mission works out’, she means ‘I hope the future you’re working for is possible’-- and that means everything to me. Because if they want the same things I do, the same things Viago does-- then the chessboard has even more pieces coming into play. I think I can finally bring it up with Viago, if he hasn’t already been thinking about it himself, which I assume he has. Always ten steps ahead, like he said.

Does he know, I wonder? Does he know that everyone sees a light in the dark because of him? Does he know that when his mask falls, and people get a glimpse at who he truly is-- that people root for him? That they believe in him? That they want to see him excel and succeed? Does Viago have any idea how amazing he is?

 

The wait, though long, seemed less scary now. The unknowns were now known, and above all else, I knew Viago had more confidence the second time he disappeared into the manor. That would be enough to calm the erratic heartbeat that plagued me the first time I had to wait. Even the caring touches of the two other elves grounded me, reminding me that nothing I would face would have to be done so alone.

When Viago finally pulled himself back through the window and returned to the rooftops, it was evident by the calm pace he took that he was successful. It was very difficult to not leap from the roof to congratulate him on a job well down, I had to settle for climbing down the side of the building as quickly as I could manage.

Viago’s lips curled up at the edges, and we were able to have a wordless conversation in facial expressions alone. I shook my head in disbelief, having to contain my laugh in the quiet of the night as I launched myself into his arms, “You did it,” I whisper, “They won’t be able to tell it was a hit?”

“Not unless they’re going through the effort to pump the man’s stomach to test for toxins-- I imagine that would take more time and effort than they see worthwhile,” Viago pats my back a few times before pulling away, “From the outside looking in, it should appear that he choked on his wine.” Viago held up his gloved hands, twisting them around for me to see, “And not a drop of blood to be found , aren’t you so proud?”

“Idiot,” I chuckle, pushing at his hands.

“Jerk,” He responds, his teeth showing just enough that his pride outshines any mean words he could say. Seeing Viago this way, after so long of what feels like immense pressure on his shoulders, it was like being able to breathe again.

“Excellent work.” Thea approaches, crossing her arms as she looks at Viago, “I’ll be honest, I really thought you were full of shit when you gave me that whole ‘ Crows are more than assassins ’ speech, but I see what you mean now.”

“I never... Well, I never expected someone to pick a contract over morals, let alone try to fulfill that contract in a way that benefits people that most would look down upon,” Viela tucks her hair behind her ear, “When Juno said you’d be the best talon the crows had ever seen, I really thought she just respected you out of necessity. I never imagined you were...”

A good person?” Viago jokes, and Viela cracks a smile.

“A good human, they seem to be in such short supply, even now,” She shakes her head and sticks her hand out to him, “I look forward to seeing the Talon you become some day.”

“As do I,” Thea holds her hand out in turn, and Viago stands a bit straighter as he shakes both of their hands. “You’re not what I expected, Viago, and for that, I am glad .”

Viago glances over to me, and I give a small nod-- we were on the same page, as always. It was time.

“Let us hail a carriage and return to Treviso, I believe we are due for a long carriage ride home, and an even longer conversation,” Viago strides ahead of us, heading to the stables, “Tell me ladies, have you ever played a game of chess?”

 

Adrenaline was a bitch, because to go from hearing your heart ringing in your ears to feeling like you can’t even hold your head up in such a short matter of time was cruel. Is it entirely my fault that I got so worked up in the first place stressing over Viago? Perhaps. Could I instead place the blame on Leo and thus avoid accountability for my actions? Definitely. Sounds easier, even.

“You’re hoping to reform the crows with the next generation of talons?” Thea repeats Viago’s own words back to him, trying to let them sink in. “But... not every Talon is ready to name a successor yet, isn’t this just hinging all hope on three successors?”

“Three successors and their connections,” I responded with a yawn, leaning my head against Viago’s shoulder, only to get a rough poke in the cheek from his pointed leather armor. Ugh . “You saw the way Neri and Noah fawned over Viago, I have no doubts about their support for him as a talon. It’s not just about who rises, it’s about who will be in their corner.”

“Four houses still isn’t a majority,” Viela notes, and I give a small shrug.

“A minor setback,” I look over Viago, trying to find a safe spot on him to rest my head. “If you’re so sure we need more, maybe you should be aiming for talon.”

“Are you on drugs?” She replies.

“Right now, or in general?”

“No, don’t answer that,” She sighs, leaning her back against the seat of the carriage. “I don’t think I’m cut out to be Sixth Talon, nor would I have any support within my house or any other.

“You’d have mine,” Viago offers, “But only if that’s truly what you wanted.”

“I’ve never considered it,” Viela shakes her head, “I don’t think any elf assumes they’ll ever work up to being a talon. Teia is a remarkable person, so her obvious future as the talon’s selection didn’t come as much of a shock in that aspect, but for the 7th Talon to have chosen an elf did send whispers throughout the houses.”

“Not too many,” Thea remarks, “Caterina’s obvious favor for her has a tendency to shut people up,” She snorts, “Still, it’s a lot to consider... a life in the crows where you pick ALL your own contracts; it sounds like a dream. No guildmasters subjecting you to life as a honeypot... Do you really think it’s possible?”

“I do,” Viago answers, and I finally find the perfect target to lay my head across, his lap. “With the chessboard stacked as we have it now, I have no doubt that this game is ours to win.”

“And that’s your rook?” Viela gestures to me as I lay my head in his lap, I stick out my tongue in response. “That little bird? You think she can change the tides of this game?”

“Well,” Viago places his hand atop my head, pulling his fingers through my hair, “You saw her all but save this mission tonight. She stopped disaster in its tracks simply by being herself,” I let my eyes flutter close at the feeling of his fingers in my hair, practically melting into sleep at his touch, “If that isn’t changing the tides, I’m not sure what more you’re looking for.”

“She is something else,” Viela remarks.

“Love you too,” I mutter, the shared laughter in the carriage being the last noises I hear before drifting to sleep.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 58: Little Bird And The Intruder

Notes:

It's 2am again. Ugh. Who let me back here. I'm supposed to be asleep.
I just really wanted to get this one out. There's a lot I needed to include so it definitely took me a long time to make sure I put it all in.
Here we go, ready for the wild ride bit?

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Clearly I missed something wonderful, and it’s a damn shame. When Viago and I returned to the estate and were called into Matteo’s office to report on our mission, I received the most invaluable present of my lifetime. The cherry on top of a mission well done, truly.

Matteo had a black eye. His cheekbone was scraped a bit, clearly a spot where a knuckle had landed.

Who punched Matteo, and how do I shake their hand?

How do you not stare directly at it when it’s like a hand painted masterpiece?

“I take it you were successful,” Matteo appears to give me a warning glare for staring at his bruise for too long before directing all his attention to Viago, “Will our client be satisfied? The funds from this contract are most needed.”

Matteo has a black eye. Who punched Matteo? Who was here? Was it Arlo? Did Arlo hit Matteo for something? Was it the auditor? Did he come back?

“Indeed,” Viago steps forward, presenting a ring with the magisters family crest on it, “there were some unexpected complications, but those were swiftly overcome.”

Matteo looks over the ring before placing it back in Viago's hand with the ghost of a proud smile, “And the intel team? Were they worth bringing along?”

Viago gives a small nod, “This will be included in the report I draft but I feel it's important enough to mention-- without Juno's supply of poison, it might not have been such a quiet job. The client wanted it done discreetly, but failed to mention I'd need three times the lethal dose of any poison to get the job done,” Viago tosses the ring up in the air once before catching and pocketing it, “Not to mention her intel team was able to figure out the guard rotation, the hour the magister went to bed and that he takes chilled wine before bed each evening-- I cannot stress enough how invaluable she was to the contract.”

“This is excellent news,” Matteo narrows his eyes, the smirk tugging at the corners of his mouth, “I knew you'd make a fine intel seductress the moment I laid eyes on you. The fifth house needed this boon.”

Viago's eyes widen a bit and his gaze flicks over to me, but i can't bring myself to meet his gaze.

Yes, what Matteo said sounded fucking terrible, especially considering i was 16 when he first laid eyes on me. We didn't need to dive any deeper into how uncomfortable that was.

“Very well, Viago draft up that report and Juno can look it over before you submit it to me. I will send in the formal notice for the next induction ceremony,” Matteo returns to the chair at his desk and gestures vaguely to the door “You are dismissed.”

“Sir,” I interject, shooting an apologetic look to Viago, “Could I stay a moment and have a word?”

Matteo seems to ponder over my words, either suspicious or paranoid, but raises his eyebrows and admits defeat, “Very well, Viago, you're dismissed.”

Viagos mouth twitches, I can tell he wants to argue and pull me out of the room, but he resigns as well, choosing to give me a knowing look before silently storming out of Matteo’s office. I know after Matteo says some shit like that, he probably doesn’t want me alone in a room with him, but I’ve got work to do-- and things to find out.

“Be quick, I’ve reports to review.” Matteo picks up a piece of paper off his desk and looks down his nose at it.

“Honestly, Sir,” I begin, taking a seat in the chair across from Matteo’s desk, “I didn’t have anything in particular I wanted to say, I mostly just wanted to check in with you... Your eye looks... rather uncomfortable,” I look over his bruise one more time, ignoring the urge to smirk, “You don’t appear to be getting enough sleep either. Would you like some healing salve? A tonic for sleep?”

I reach into my side pouch and procure my elfroot healing salve, popping open the tin and showing him with a test swipe on my arm that it wasn’t poisoned. He watches with a suspicious eye before sighing.

“Very well, help me get rid of this damn bruise before I meet with the other houses,” I quickly rise from my chair, coming around the desk to Matteo’s side.

Every move is towards an end goal. Every move is a play. It means nothing.

I hop onto Matteo’s desk, tin in hand, and swipe some salve up with my finger before placing the tin down to lock my free hand down on the arm of his chair. His back presses into the chair, moving only a hair away from me as I lean in to bring my finger up to his cheekbone.

“Did someone do this to you? Shall I ... I don’t know, light their house on fire?” I grin a little, pressing just a bit too hard onto Matteo’s scraped cheek, he hisses and I retract my finger, “My apologies, looks like it’s worse than I expected.”

“It’s just a bruise, nothing serious,” Matteo grumbles, his eyes closing to let me bring some healing salve up over his eyelid.

“Was it the auditor? Did Caterina send him back?” I pull away, inspecting my work as Matteo’s dark brown eyes reopen and stare up at me, seemingly slightly less irritated.

“No,” He’s cautious, but he’s caving. Fine. I bring my hand up once more to brush my thumb over his cheekbone, and he raises his head just a little higher into my touch. “Leonardo has just been a bit...” Leo? “Disobedient. His promotion has gone to his head.”

“Leo did this to you?” I’m not sure I do quite a good job covering the shock on my face, “Does this have to do with Viago becoming successor? He seems to be taking that quite,” I wrack my mind for the right word to say, “personally?”

Matteo clicks his tongue, “You may think me a fool for selecting Viago, but I am simply what is doing right for this house. Leonardo is incapable of thinking in long term goals, his hunger blinds him,” Matteo stands from his chair, now placing his hands on either side of my legs to lock me into the space between himself and his desk, “Leo simply has to learn that I’ve never been one to give in to temper tantrums, you might have been the only exception to that rule,” He reaches a hand out and tucks the hair that frames my left cheek behind my ear, “Though I have no intention of letting it happen again.”

I fight the urge to retract myself from his touch. Every spot his skin touched mine felt like poison coursing through my veins, “No? I think I can be very persuasive.”

Matteo’s mouth edged towards a smile in response, a chuckle rumbling somewhere out of the back of his throat, “Was there something else you needed, little bird, or are you willing to leave my office peacefully?”

“I suppose,” I whisper, sliding under Matteo’s arm and past his body boxing me against his desk, “I can be convinced to leave, your persuasiveness could use some work, however.” I step backwards towards the door, “Last chance; I could still burn the house down-- at least his room?”

“I’ve had enough property damage from your flames, Juno.” Matteo sighs, falling back into his chair.

“Your loss!” I sing, stepping out the door and starting down the hall. Once out of his sight completely, I pick up my pace to make a mad dash for my room.

Thoughts flooded through my brain like a windstorm.

Leo punched Matteo. LEO. PUNCHED. MATTEO. And Matteo said Leo wasn’t thinking about long term goals. What does that mean? Is this just about Viago being an influential talon? What am I missing here? How could Viago becoming fifth talon benefit Leo in the end? I would think the chances of Leo getting kicked out of the crows altogether is more likely under Viago’s lead, so what’s this end goal that Matteo sees that Leo doesn’t?

The only thing Matteo wants is power. I’ve heard it-- from pretty much everyone in every house since I got here. Matteo is power hungry. I was told that putting Viago as his successor might garner some goodwill with the King, as it’s his son-- but what good is that? Yes, the king uses the crows as his personal army; indisputable. But the Talon that will always be at the forefront of the crows, the highest ranking-- is Caterina. The First Talon rules the crows, I have my doubts even the king himself has the power to change that.

What am I missing?

The king doesn’t care enough about Viago, or even the Crows in general for that matter, to elevate any status or give any crow special treatment. So if this isn’t about the king, what is it about? And how would Leo get anything that he wanted?

All Leo wants is recognition from Matteo, and, as far as I know, to be Fifth Talon-- Well, probably a talon in general, I imagine he’d settle for any talon at this point.

Any talon.

My feet stop in their tracks in front of my bedroom door.

Leo doesn’t see the long term goals. Leo can only focus on Viago being named Fifth Talon successor. Matteo is doing what is right for The Fifth House.

So what about the other houses?

I know Matteo and Caterina have grudges. I know Matteo doesn’t even necessarily get along with the head of the seventh house-- they’re always competing. If Matteo had his way, the 7th house wouldn’t be naming their successor at the same time he was naming his.

But what if he didn’t want the 7th house naming a successor at all? What if he was hoping that seat would stay empty so the First Talon would have to pick a successor for the 7th House? Surely, he doesn’t think he’d have any sway in who Caterina chooses...

Unless Caterina was no longer the First Talon.

How long have I been standing here? 

My hands shakily grab onto my bedroom door and swing it open, but I feel like just a ghost haunting this body as I glide into the room. There were no lights on, and I wasn’t exactly in the headspace to have the thought to turn them on. All I could think about was sitting back down.

Does Matteo want Leo to become successor for a different house? Is that this magical long term goal he was hinting at? But even two talons isn't a majority-- Viago and Leo wouldn’t be enough to elevate his rankings within the Talons. 3 out of 8? Not likely to win a majority vote. And how exactly would I even come into play in all this?

Unless I was... meant to be 4 out of 8. That’s half, still not the majority.

But there’s also Javier and Arlo. Javier said himself that Matteo was unlikely to ever let him leave. Was this why Matteo forced his children to all join the Crows? I thought it was just by proximity, but this almost makes more sense. The torture tactics, the scars-- He made his children into weapons. Weapons that obey him, that don’t question him. He made future Talons.

But for someone to become a Talon, the last one either has to step down or...

Or die .

A wave of nausea swept through me.

Was Matteo going to murder other talons? Was he going to murder Caterina? Would he murder Teia if it meant putting someone else in that Talon’s seat?

And even more than that; how far into this long term goal was he? Could it be stopped? Could I find out more? How do I stop him from taking complete control?

Who would even believe me?

My legs give out as I reach my bed, my heart felt like it was beating out of control in my chest. This could be nothing, right? I could be wrong. I still have no idea what the deal is with Leo, Magister Renata, ‘LEONV’ or why Matteo wants me here in the first place. It could be unrelated... or it could be even more complicated. Besides which, how likely is it that he would actually be able to kill Caterina? Can anyone get their hands on the First Talon? You’d either need to be able to fight back an entire guard squad of elite assassins, or somehow manage to poison her with something she isn’t already immune to-- and she’s the god damned First Talon-- What ISN’T she immune to? 

And what happens if Caterina were to die before naming a successor? Would Lucanis automatically be named the next First Talon? Would Illario? Would there be a vote?

It’s too late at night-- I can’t do anything with these thoughts right now. I could call a chessboard meeting, but I have my doubts about any of the board being awake right now besides maybe Viago.

Matteo’s long strides down the hall are haunting in the otherwise silent house. He had ascended the stairs and made his way to bed himself, I suppose. At least he would be in his room until the morning. I let my head lay down on my pillow, but I’m still caught up in my thoughts as the night ticks on.

Right. He’s not doing anything right now. Just breathe, Juno. The only thing he’s focused on right now is Viago being inducted in and being named his successor for when he steps down or dies. If he had any plans for the Cantori Successor, he would have already made moves against Teia before she went on her mission.

Given that Viago hasn’t burned this city to the ground, I’d say she still walks the mortal plane. As long as I can get in touch with her tomorrow, then she wasn’t his target. Perhaps if he realized Viago and Teia were an item then he switched his focus to another house. 7/8 is better than 6/8, after all.

I cannot get my brain to turn off. I feel like I’m blinking in and out of consciousness-- I was still exhausted from bad sleep in that devastatingly long carriage ride. What hour could it be now? 2 am? 3 am?

I almost didn’t hear the voice at first.

“Get off me, you damn bird!”

Familiar, but distant. Why did it sound so familiar? Where was the voice?

I reach into my pocket and arm myself with a throwing knife, slowly rising up off the bed. There’s a rattling noise, followed by a hiss of pain, followed by another mumbled voice.

“I swear, I used to be better at this.”

My balcony door.

My eyes flash to the door in the darkness. It was dark, the kind of dark you would often get at the start of fall-- a nearly full moon in the sky, casting light over the tops of trees and illuminating the world in a silver glow. The outside was light-- my room was dark.

The person outside my balcony door could not see me staring from my bed.

Something falls, no-- something dives at them. They reach their hand up to swat it away, cursing under their breath. Definitely a man.

There’s another dark flash that swoops at him-- Purpose? Purpose was dive bombing the intruder. Who would even bother trying to break in my room? Who had I pissed off?

That certainly wasn’t Lucanis. I knew the shape of his body even in the dark-- no, this was someone else. Their crow armor was... unique. A sharp beaked mask, looking almost more like a plague doctor mask than the Antivan Crow mask shaped like wings I was used to seeing. Their clothes were darker, maybe black, maybe just the lighting-- but certainly not the blue color I was used to seeing.

And he was trying to pick the lock on my door.

I reach down to my thigh-- mage knife was still in the holster on my thigh. Never know when you might need it. All I could do was either sit and wait for him to make it in... or face him head on.

I think we all know... Mama didn’t raise no bitch.

I unlock and throw open the door faster than I thought was possible, drawing my knife to the throat of the intruder, who was still kneeling in the same position with lockpicking tools in hand. He slowly raises his hands in surrender, and I watch as Purpose lands on the railing of the balcony, looking on with glowing blue eyes in the silver moonlight.

“What pervert tries to sneak into a lady’s bedroom at this hour?” I whisper, but it still falls out harshly from my lips. It was a joke, but just barely. I needed to know their intention. I needed to know if I also needed to worry about being murdered.

“Well I couldn’t very well show up during the day,” He responds, his voice slightly muffled against his mask at this angle, but he slowly tilts his face up with my knife still pressed against his neck, “My daughter is more of a night owl than a crow, you see.”

His mask may hide his eyes and nose, but that grin? I’ve known that grin my whole life.

My eyes flash once more to the railing. That was definitely Purpose on the railing. So... in front of me right now...

“Papa?” My grip on my knife tightens, and as I raise my knife it catches on the mask’s beak as I’d hoped, lifting it off the man’s face.

There was that familiar facial tattoo. Those golden eyes.

“Hello, Chiquitita,”

That familiar voice. The one that felt so distant in my memory.

“Papa,” My knife slips from my hand, but he reaches out and catches it before it can clatter on the balcony floor.

“Let’s try not to wake anyone else, princesa, I believe we’re overdue for a conversation and I’d rather not be interrupted at the moment.”

Papa.

He’s here. He’s in front of me. It’s not a trick from a spirit. It’s not a hallucination.

It’s Papa.

And I can’t think of a single thing to say.

My eyes flood, my hands reach out and grab at his arm. He’s real. He’s really real. His eyes soften as he focuses on me, whatever look I had on my face must have been quite overwhelmed with emotion-- He looked at me the same way he always had when I cried.

He held out his arms in the same way he always did.

And I fell into them in the same way I always did.

But the way I held onto him? The way I kept him close to make sure he couldn’t disappear on me? The way I shoved my face into his chest to smell his familiar scent-- home. Leather, spices, armor polish-- Smells I hadn’t smelled in so long. Comfort I hadn’t felt in... so long.

“I’m so sorry,” He whispers, patting at the back of my head while I wept in his arms. “I am so sorry, Juno.”

I can’t manage to get out that I forgive him. That I’m just so relieved he’s alive, that he’s here. That I get to see him. I can’t even blubber out that I love him.

Staying quiet while I choke on my tears takes up every corner of my mind.

And I’m okay with that.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 59: Little Bird, Little Lies

Notes:

Hi birdies <3 Sorry for leaving you hanging on that last one. Here's the papa talks you've all been waiting for.
This is a very plot heavy chapter, and I think it will answer a lot of questions you might have, so pay close attention.
There's also something that I added in that... I think speaks to how Rook deals with trauma. I'm big on parallels, after all.

If you'd like a song to listen to for this chapter, I can't Breathe by Bea Miller was a good inspo for this chapter. Death of a Hero by Alec Benjamin (particularly "I threw my youth in a casket"), and Defining Me by Motherfolk (All on the Little Bird Playlist on Spotify! https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=9ae9cce8881a4026
You can watch my slow descent into madness as I add songs to this playlist lol.

As always, I love you birdies, I'd love to hear what you think of this chapter. Off I go to update the tags again.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Papa,

 

Things are still progressing slowly here, but I am working hard. The Fifth Talon said I’d make an excellent crow and I fully intend to become one. I understand your concerns about this that you mentioned in your previous letter, but I have no intention of changing my mind. You needn’t come for me, I’m doing just fine.

 

I promise I will tell you if I need you here, or if I want to come home. For now, I’m thriving.

 

Love,

 

Juno

 

For what it was, short and to the point, it was a pretty convincing fake letter. Even the curl inside the ‘o’ of my signature was a perfect match to what I was used to writing. I’d have to give it to Leo, this was an identical copy of my handwriting.

“You have to understand,” My father whispers, gesturing to the letter in my hands, “These were coming in response to any letter I sent, I had no reason to believe these weren’t from you, even if it did seem like you were being a stubborn brat.”

I feel my mouth twitch a little, not wanting to smile at this situation but still halfway to the moon to have Papa in front of me once more. I keep staring at this letter, and it keeps throwing my brain back into a nightmare of thoughts.

Why me? Why lie to keep me ?

“So you were corresponding with who you thought was me... via normal mail, as in using a courier?” Papa nods, taking the letter back and folding it to put back in his pocket, “How did you know to come see me?”

Papa runs a hand through his hair, pulling the long blonde strands from his head as he nearly rolls his eyes, “Juno, you may as well have dispatched an army. First, we’re met at the edges of Northern Thedas with a group of Qunari who say they’re on direct orders from Arishok Sten to have us return to Antiva to our daughter or die fighting, then on our way back to Antiva, I get both a letter in port from Isabela letting me know Kieran is telling her my daughter thinks we’ve died AND a visit from his enraged raven mage mother who had half a mind to peck my eyes out if I didn’t ‘pick up the pace’ to go see you,” He shakes his head, “Simply amazing that the friends your mother and I acquired on our journeys together immediately believe we are the worst parents in the world and purposefully abandoned our child. You save the world, still no loyalty. Typical.”

“Sten actually dispatched Qunari?” My eyebrows raise, honestly not what I would have expected. Really thought I’d get a letter back detailing how I’d be stronger without them or something-- ‘ Qunari are separated from their parents at a young age so as to not grow dependent ’ or whatever.

“--And threatened to kill us, best not forget that part. Clearly, he picked a favorite Arainai.” Papa had been gesturing pretty wildly as he spoke, but he locks his arms across his chest at this, tapping his fingers on his bicep. “I still do not understand what happened here, these letters, if they were not from you, then who?”

“I can say who, but I’m not sure about the why, to be honest,” I gesture to the small table set on my balcony and Papa joins me at it to have a seat. I keep my voice low as we speak, “Matteo’s oldest son, Leonardo. I’ve been told he specializes in forgeries,” I lay my palms flat on the table, “I imagine, based on that handwriting, that he’s been writing responses to you, in order to keep us apart-- in order to keep me here, I think,” I scratch my fingernails lightly over the top of the table, “But I don’t get why. You and Matteo were friends, weren’t you? Why would he come between us?”

“I’m not quite sure I have an answer for that either,” Papa sighs, reaching out to place a hand on top of mine so I stop scratching at the table, “Matteo was one of the only crows that did not send people after me once I left to help your mother. He had only just barely become Fifth Talon, but we had years of missions together before then. When he agreed to look after you for a while, I thought it was his way of thanking me for taking his place on the mission that left every other crow dead. I never suspected he would be trying to keep you from me.”

“Why did you choose Matteo to look after me? Why here in Antiva?” Surely, if nothing else, Papa had to know that being with the crows wasn’t safe, even if he didn’t know what a monster Matteo was.

“You may not know this, Juno,” Papa leaned forward, his brow furrowed, “But Matteo saved my life once as well. Yours, too.”

“What?” Matteo ? Creepy, storybook villain , has an evil moustache Matteo? THAT Matteo--saved MY life? Saved Papa’s? “How?”

Papa removes his hand from mine, pointing his index finger down on the table to gesture along with his story, “When you leave the Antivan Crows, you don’t really leave. You die or you run away and die shortly after, there’s rarely any success when it comes to ‘getting out’. I knew when I chose to give up that life that I would likely be hunted for the rest of my days. For whatever reason, this betrayal became an even bigger problem than just within House Arainai. The First Talon sent her entire family to have me killed in my sleep-- the only reason that you, your mother or I was not killed the very night they came for me was because Matteo tipped me off that they were coming,” What? “He betrayed the crows to save my life, that is more than I can say for most friends I have made in this lifetime.”

I go to speak again, but the sound of footsteps in the hallway hits both mine and my father’s ears at the same time. I cast a glimmer around his chair in what has to be a record time for me, and I hear the knob on my door twist open as two small knocks echo against the wood.

“Juno? Are you still awake in here?” How like Viago to open the door before knocking-- any uncomfortable situation he will ever witness will be his own doing. His eyes scan over the bed, then my desk, before drifting to my balcony to see me standing in the doorway. “Why on earth are you up so late? I can hear you through the window. If you’re going to talk to yourself, at least try to cover it up.”

I sweep across the room, placing a hand over Viago’s mouth as I breeze just past him to peek in the hallway. Good. No one else. He struggles against my hand over his mouth for a moment while I shut the door, then I place both my hands on his shoulders.

“Do. Not. Freak out. Okay?”

Viago’s eyes narrow, and I can’t even begin to imagine what he thinks I must be up to, but as I let my glimmer dissipate, and Viago’s eyes focus on the balcony, I watch any semblance of a thought leave his mind.

“Viago... my dad came back,”

His eyebrow arch, then furrow, then he shakes his head-- like he’s dreaming, or sleepwalking, hallucinating maybe?-- Then his eyes return to mine.

“I really think we need to have a conversation, would you like to sit with us?” I ask, hoping in the deepest parts of my heart that he’ll say yes, and I can introduce him to my dad.

“Not here,” Viago whispers, his eyes flashing back to the door. “Let’s go to The Diamond. Quietly.”

“Right--” Viago breezes past me and out onto the Balcony, stopping before my father.

“Please, let’s talk somewhere more secure, I have a spot.”

Papa looks from Viago, to me, and I nod quickly, going to the edge of the balcony, “He’s safe,” I add, “And not a crow, not yet, anyways. He won't sell you out.”

That seemed to be enough for Papa, and he slid his mask back onto his face without argument, tailing after Viago and I as we made our way out into Treviso, sticking to the shadows and rooftops as much as possible. Papa may be wearing a mask, but I’d much prefer he stays entirely out of sight.

“I couldn’t help but notice,” Papa leans towards me as he speaks in hushed tones, “That you put up that glimmer without your mage knife. Did you get a new one, or was that without a conduit?”

It’s funny, sometimes even the slightest acknowledgement can make me feel like I’m just a kid again, doing something to make Papa proud. My grin is tired, but genuine, “No mage knife required.”

“Oho! So you have been training,” Papa chuckles, patting my head, only his mouth visible under his mask. “I don’t know whether I should be surprised that the crows managed to teach you something not even Morrigan could-- perhaps her good looks were her best feature after all.”

Ah. There’s my papa.

“Don’t blame Auntie, we’re pretty sure it’s all stuck to emotions-- and I’m pretty sure that’s something she’s never really had to struggle with. She’s one of the most level headed people in the whole of Thedas, how would she know how to help a child control their emotions?” We step up to the final zipline, and I give Viago a nod to take off ahead of us. “I think you and I both know that the Antivan Crows is where you go to forget about your past, and hanging onto it too tightly only leads to more mistakes.”

I can’t see his eyes, but I can tell from the way his lips tug into a grimace that my words probably hit too close to home.

“Did you? Forget about your past?” His fingers twitch and he curls his hand into a fist at his side.

Idiot.

“Never,” I practically laugh, “I just learned to turn my attention to the moment I’m presently faced with. Lamenting over mistakes doesn’t work the same way taking action does-- writing letters to anyone who could see you, who knows you, well... It appears far more productive than sleepless nights wondering where you were.”

I can see Papa’s shoulders loosen, he had tensed up like he had still expected me to be angry. For a while, I suppose I had been angry; but eventually anger turns to grief, and that grief turns to aching-- and then after that, you grow past it. You grow from it. And just like that, anger turns to forgiveness, which turns into just being glad to be here, in the now.

“It devastates me to imagine you thinking your mother and I would ever abandon you,” He reaches for my hand, and I place mine in his. Even with the leather of his gloves-- his hands were warm and could easily encompass mine, “You will always be holding a part of my heart, no matter the distance between us-- and I will always find my way back to you because of it.”

“If it makes you feel even a bit better, I was convinced that the only reason you weren’t responding had to be that you and Mama had... well, gone to the deep roads.” I swallow a knot building in my throat, “I couldn’t fathom you not coming back for me-- I thought perhaps you just chose to... go with her, into eternity.”

“Oh,” His voice is soft, and he steps to me quickly, pulling his arms around me once more, “Maker, Juno.. I would, I would tell you if I ... well,” He sighs, leaning his cheek upon the top of my head, “I suppose you probably thought I had no way of telling you... I promise, we would not leave you in the dark about such a thing.”

He presses a kiss into my hair, and I feel a sigh leave my lungs that I didn’t even know was building inside me, “How is Mama?”

“Perhaps this is a conversation we can have sitting down? I did walk all the way back to Treviso-- rather quickly, I might add.”

“--Right, right. Sorry,” I pull myself from Papa’s arms and grab onto a passing bar on the zipline, riding it to the balcony of The Diamond.

Try not to think about his avoidance of that question-- it could just be that he really is exhausted. Mama could be fine. Just focus on right now.

I lead my father to the attic of The Cantori Diamond, trying to avoid looking at the couch and what history it has as we cross the attic into the separated space where various unused tables and chairs from the casino sat collecting dust.

“We should be able to hear if anyone comes in, and should they, I will make sure they do not come back into this space-- but it is generally unused space, especially at this hour.” Viago pulls out a chair for me before eyeing my father for a moment-- then hesitantly puts out his hand. “Viago De Riva.”

Papa slowly lifts his mask up, a bemused smile on his face at the gesture from Viago, but reaches out his hand to shake his nonetheless.

When they break, Viago gestures to an empty seat across from me before he takes a seat between us, “I am relieved, for Juno’s sake, that you are still breathing.”

“You may be one of the few people in this city to say such a thing,” Papa chuckles, pulling down his dark hood. “Viago, the youngest De Riva, no? I recall Matteo mentioning he had a son around Juno’s age before I left.”

“Indeed,” I respond, “He is also my favorite person, if you must know.”

“Oh?” Papa leans his elbows on the table, “Kieran must be devastated. Poor boy.”

“He’s fine,” I narrow my eyes, “Let’s get back to the subject at hand, please: How is Mama?”

“Alright, alright,” He raises a hand in defeat, “If you must know, she’s still doing well as long as she’s taking the Brona’s Bloom potions-- we were on our way to Lavendel to try and retrieve more when we were found by Sten’s warriors.”

“You're running low?” I sit up a bit straighter, “Does Mama have enough right now?”

“--Yes--”

“Do you need more?”

“...yes--”

“I have some in the lab, I can give them to you to give to her.”

“--Juno--”

“--Just make sure she’s taking enough, and if she starts to seem like she’s not getting better you have to tell me, okay?”

Papa’s mouth forms into a firm line and he stares for a moment before speaking, “Am I to take it you aren’t coming with me?

I can hear Viago’s knuckles crack as he clenches his fingers into a fist.

Right.

I could fight now. I could go home, or at least go with them. He had always planned to come back for me. How could I forget that?

I could go back to Juno Tabris Arainai. I could go back to a life of full freedom. I could go back to sleeping in until the afternoon, focusing all my time on studying herbs and potions. I could go back to helping Mama cook each night and helping Papa find leads each day. I could go back to helping find a cure-- being more of a help now than I was before. I could protect them.

But...

Who would protect Viago? Teia? Javier, Arlo... Lucanis?

If I go back with Papa, what will become of them? Do I fool myself into believing Matteo wasn’t making moves against Caterina? That the chessboard would be fine without its rook? We’ve only just made a few steps forward... how far would my absence set them back?

“Juno?” I had been staring at Papa’s face, but I’m pretty sure my eyes had unfocused the moment he asked me that. I may have stopped breathing as well. I look over to Viago, who despite trying to wear his usual mask of composure-- had the most devastated look in his eyes. I knew my answer at that very moment. I could leave, and go with my family...

Or I could stay, and be with my family.

“I don’t think I’m ready to leave Treviso, Papa,” I reach out and place my hand on top of his, and even though it rattles in my chest and my stomach twists itself into knots, I give him my very best smile. “There’s too much at stake for me to leave right now.”

“Juno,” Viago’s breathless, but he almost seems angry at my response, “You can go with him Juno, you don’t have to be a part of this. You could be free--”

“--But I wouldn’t be happy,” I interrupt his spiral, letting him sit with that statement for a moment. “I would only be wondering and worrying about you. I’d be missing working across from you in the lab, I’d be missing watching you succeed, watching you soar-- I cannot leave you, Viago. I believe in you, and I’d like to see you become Fifth Talon.”

Viago’s adam's apple trembles for a moment in his throat, but he doesn’t let any other emotion show, “Are you sure?” He asks, his voice low to prevent it from breaking.

“Positive," I turn my attention back to my father, who had brought his other hand to sandwich mine between, “I’m sorry Papa, do you think you could wait a little longer for me? I still have work to do.”

“Here I was thinking you were dying to get home because you were sending letters out to the whole of Thedas,” He jokes, and I feel my lips tip up at the edges, “Of course, Chiquitita, I would never force you. Afterall, even though you’ll always be my little girl in my eyes, you are a grown woman now, you needn’t ask my permission for anything.” He pats my hand, his eyes crinkling at the edges as he looks at me fondly, “I’m relieved, to be honest, that there was no urgent matter you needed my help with. I would’ve been wrecked to have shown up too late.”

Though, there was still things I needed to know-- so many. I wouldn’t let him leave me just yet.

“Papa,” I take a deep breath, “The night you said Matteo saved your life, the night the First Talon house came after you,” How do you even ask? How do you ask something you already know the answer to, even though it will just hurt as much as the first time. “Did you... kill the Dellamortes? Is that why you can’t come to Antiva without a mask?”

“Indeed,” He says it like it’s nothing, and maybe it isn't to him . But to me, it makes me feel like I may puke. I had wanted to deny it for so long, but there was the answer. “Matteo let me know that, in the struggle for choosing the First Talon Successor, most of the Dellamorte descendants would be coming for my head-- that whoever brought it back would be named the next First Talon.”

“Matteo warned you?” Viago asks.

“Sent a letter, in fact. Let me know what date they’d be leaving, how long it would take for them to arrive-- told me they would not stop until someone returned successful. He listed off damn near every Dellamorte by name, even. Well, except for one.”

“What do you mean?”

My father sighs, finally releasing my hands to lean back in his chair, “I still feel quite guilty over this but, I do not believe Matteo knew that Rosaline was included in the power struggle,” Rosaline. Lucanis’ mother. “I knew he was in love with her, I knew he was trying to convince her to leave her husband and marry him instead, anything to get her away from her family. They were corrupted with greed for the first talon seat--but so was Rosaline, and her husband, for that matter. Whether he came in hope of getting the First Talon seat himself, or was doing it for Rosaline’s sake, I’m still not sure.”

Matteo didn’t know Rosaline would be coming after Papa?

“He wrote every single Dellamorte heir down that was determined to kill me, but her name was missing. Imagine my surprise when I had to take down 5 crows instead of 4.” Matteo wanted Rosaline to give up on becoming successor, he loved her... but he betrayed her? He wrote to Papa knowing damn well Papa could and would kill them. Would he have sent the letter if he knew Rose was going?

“What exactly did his letter say?” I ask, my mouth suddenly feeling rather dry. “Did you say the struggle was for choosing an heir? As in: Caterina gave the order for your head?”

“That’s what the letter said, yes,” No . “My success in leaving the Crows was causing turmoil within the organization, and the fall of the 8th house along with the Crows that died by my hand put a stain on their history, and I had to be eliminated.”

“But that’s not true!” I interject, pulling both Viago and Papa’s attention to me, “I spoke to Caterina-- She said she never ordered anyone to go after you, that her offspring came up with the idea themselves.”

“You had a conversation with Caterina Dellamorte ? And you’re still alive?”

“She knows not who I am,” I wave away his comment, “Papa, focus. Matteo definitely said that Caterina gave the order?”

“Yes!” He reassures, but there’s not one damn thing reassuring about it.

“Matteo lies to you about why the Dellamortes are hunting you, he betrays the Dellamortes by telling you when and how many will be coming to kill you, but he leaves out that Rosaline Dellamorte, who he was in love with , would also be coming to kill you.” 

He didn’t know Rosaline would go. He didn’t expect Rosaline to go. If she stayed, she’d be named the successor automatically, right? She’d be the last Dellamorte left in that generation, even her husband would be dead.

“Oh gods,” It made sense now, “Matteo set it up. He did all of it.”

“Surely he wouldn’t--”

“Think about it,” I stop my father before he can speak, holding up an impatient hand, “If he could get all of them to go on a mission where they’d surely wind up dead, all except Rosaline, she’d no longer have a husband or a power struggle for the First Talon seat-- you being the person he sent them after is no coincidence . You helped Mama take down an Archdemon. You killed every crow that came after you-- If you were in touch enough that he knew where to write to you-- he knew how many died by your hand, and he knew the disgraced Crow would be the perfect person to pin it all on; he knew exactly where to send the Dellamortes to die. Papa... Matteo used you.”

A silence fell. It was chilling, haunting even.

They knew I was right.

Papa’s elbows propped onto his knees, he brings his hands to his face, letting out a deep sigh-- and I wonder if maybe he’s just sick of the Crows, or sick of fairweather friends-- or just tired of running altogether.

But he surprises me with his words.

“How do you expect me to leave you here after you say things like that?” He lets out a frustrated groan before bringing his gold eyes up to meet mine, “Is this why you think he’s intercepting our letters?”

“I... have some theories, but most of this is a new revelation,” I look over at Viago and clue him in to what happened after he left Matteo’s office. “Matteo was talking about Leo needing to see long term goals when it came to naming you successor. It got me thinking, what long term goal could there be that would benefit them both-- I landed on... Well, I think Matteo might try to kill Caterina.”

Viago opens his mouth to speak, but then shuts it immediately, letting the thought roll around in his head for a moment. It’s like I can see him falling through my thought process from hours earlier.

“And with what I’ve just discovered, I can’t help but wonder if he might try to pin it on you, Papa. I just can’t figure out why else he would be stealing letters and faking correspondence to my parents.”

“But why keep you? Why make you a crow?” Viago asks.

“I haven’t figured that out yet,” I pick at my fingernails, still caught up in theories in my brain. “I don’t think it’s as black and white as he makes it seem. This isn’t about the mage knife or loyalty. Do you think... Do you think Matteo could be trying to make each De Riva take over a talon seat? Do you think he’s trying to make me help with that?”

Viago’s jaw tenses, and he brings his hand up to his chin as he thinks, “I do not mean this to offend you, Juno, but I do not believe Matteo wants any elf taking over a talon seat. He has not been quiet about his distaste for Teia taking over the Seventh Talon seat. He has much to say about controlling elves in general-- I do not believe he is capable of respecting one enough to believe they are deserving of the position, whether they are his pawns or not.”

Which leaves... what exactly?

Where am I in all of this? Bait? Something to drag Papa here when Matteo finally decides it's time to begin the slaughter?

“It could be he’s just... weirdly obsessed with you,” Viago offers, a grimace immediately hitting his lips, “Sometimes he says things that don’t sit quite right with me.”

“What exactly,” My father’s voice is louder than it has been this entire evening, it drips with a poison I never knew him capable of, “Does that mean, Viago?”

Viago looks to me, then to my father, like he’s unsure if he should say anything at all, “He’s a bit vocal about how Juno is a perfect... honeypot... for the crows. Just today, he said something like ‘he knew she’d be a perfect intel seductress the very first moment he laid eyes on her’, but... she would’ve been just 16 the first time he laid eyes on her.” Viago squints a little, his face in a clear cringe, “It doesn’t sit right with me.”

“Juno,” And suddenly, Papa’s voice is quiet once more, but the poison is still there. “Has Matteo De Riva... done anything untoward to you?”

“No,” I answer quickly, probably too quickly. I wouldn’t believe myself either.

“I need you to take a deep breath, and think--” Papa stands, stepping up to me and placing his hands on my shoulders. “Really, truly, think about my question. Because since your childhood, you have had quite the habit of not thinking about when bad things happen. To the point where I’m convinced that you have forgotten them altogether. Like it’s a response to trauma you can’t control,” His grip on my shoulders grows a bit tighter, “So I’m going to ask you one more time, and you are going to think before you answer me... Has Matteo De Riva done anything untoward to you? Has he put his hands upon my daughter?”

I know he’s not wrong. I know I’ve always done that. I always have to be reminded of the truth well after it happens. I did it when Kieran scared me, pretending the old god inside of him took his body over and I lost control of my magic. I had pushed down the bad memories, the ones where I hurt him, leaving a scar on his forehead forever-- and the ones where I had accidentally set fire to cabin we were staying in. How I sat in a burning building, too scared of the flames to move. I pushed down the memories of how horrible it felt to see Kieran get yelled at for something that was my fault in the end. I pushed down the memories of having to cover our tracks so that I wasn’t deemed dangerous and forcibly brought to the circle or turned tranquil.

I pushed down every memory of Matteo. I know it’s there, I know it’s in that unopened box in the back of my mind. The box that holds the memories of the way his hands falling over the curve of my ass the night I stabbed a knife into his pillow, or the memory of feeling just how much he enjoyed the way I had straddled him while threatening his life. There’s memories of the things he told me he wanted to do to me the night I stood beside him at Javier’s induction ceremony. The things he does when he dismisses the servants and locks the sitting room doors.

It’s all in that box. If I leave it open, if I remember for any longer than I have to, I will break . So I keep that box sealed tight for a reason. 

Right now, the reason is that I can see murder in my father’s eyes.

So I do the thing I’ve become devastatingly good at. I lie.

“He hasn’t done anything to me, Papa,” And just one more, for good measure, “I’m okay, really.” Because I can’t have him just go kill Matteo, not when Viago hasn’t been inducted. Not when he hasn’t been named successor. 

Not when I haven’t had the chance to fucking ruin Matteo myself.

“Alright,” Papa responds, his brow furrowing as he brings a hand up to his chest and lets out a sigh of relief, “Really thought my blood pressure was going to make me have a stroke for a minute there.” He returns to his seat at the table, and I take a few steps towards him, trying to bring the conversation back around, away from Matteo and his lingering hands entirely.

“If he’s just keeping me here to get to you, Papa... then stop writing letters, to the De Riva residence, at least,” I stand from my spot at the table and pace for a moment, “Let him think you’re dead and gone, let me see what he does when he loses that control over us.”

“But you will be in the dark again,”

“No, I have ways of getting correspondence out by bird that he cannot touch, besides, you don’t need to write to me as my Papa. Even if he found the letters, let’s make sure he couldn’t tell they’re from you, write to me as someone else.”

“Oh, I have always loved a good subterfuge,” Papa raises his gloved hand up to place it over his chest, “Who is it that you would like to receive letters from? Arishok Sten? Divine Victoria? Perhaps, the King of Ferelden?” He bats his eyelashes at me and I can't help the ugly snort that comes out.

“No, I don’t believe Uncle Alistair would appreciate you impersonating him. It needs to be someone a bit more subtle than that,” I cross my arms as I look at my father, only one name in particular coming to mind. “Why not use Varric Tethras? I think he’d get a kick out of getting to be a part of a failed assassination, regardless of only being included by name.”

“Here I was thinking I’d get to impersonate someone rich or powerful,” Papa scoffs, “Alright, we shall only correspond with you as Varric Tethras. Still, I know it was your habit to keep your old letters, but perhaps you should burn them after, instead.”

“Worry not, I have my ways of keeping letters safe, truly. If you get regular mail from me, it’s not me, and you musn’t believe it,” I take a deep breath, now comes the hard part. “Once you leave Treviso this time, you must not come back until I tell you it is safe.”

“What are you planning, Juno?” Viago rises from the table to meet me in the center of the room.

“I think this is exactly what we’ve been needing, Viago. Something to expose Matteo for, something that would get him removed from his seat as Fifth Talon early.”

Viago gives a small nod, if this all worked out, it could truly be enough.

“I’m going to prove the Dellamortes’ deaths were planned by him, I’m going to stop him from making any further attempts on the Dellamortes that are left,” I look over to Papa, whose bright eyed proud stare was warming my soul, “And I’m going to redeem the Arainai name.”

“I’m with you, whatever you need but,” Viago places a hand on my shoulder, “Where will you start?”

His blue eyes looked hopeful for the first time since we stepped into this room.

“Papa, I picked up that habit of saving letters from you, didn’t I?”

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 60: Little Bird Planning

Notes:

It occurred to me as I wrote that I haven't shown y'all what Leo looks like, nor done the best job describing it (I swear at least 3 of your were convinced he was stinky and ugly simply because you hate him lol), so I've included Meg's lovely illustration of Leo as a point of reference for this chapter.
Y'all are pretty quiet after all those reveals I made last chapter, everything okay? Did I get too convoluted there? Plot points are falling into place.
Originally, I thought I could finish up act 2 tonight because I really don't have much left for this act, but there are a few things I'd like to include before we jump into act 3 so maybe after this chapter, I can write the next chapter and put act 2 to bed.

As always, I love you-- your comments are appreciated and help keep me mostly sane. There are definitely nights I stay up far too late plotting and not enough time letting my brain rest. Thank you as always for your patience while I work <3 <3

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Goodbyes are far less scary, and far less heartbreaking when the future isn’t a bunch of unknowns. Papa would be leaving Antiva before the sun had fully risen, returning to Mama with an entire satchel full of potions to relieve the symptoms of the taint. I could rest easy knowing they had what they needed to continue traveling and get in touch with me via carrier bird, and they could rest easy knowing that there was never a version of me that didn’t miss them or wonder how they were.

With proper channels to contact each other through, or intermediaries to accept mail on their behalf, we would make this work. There would never be a distance great enough to come between us again, and I could focus my time and attention on putting Matteo De Riva in a checkmate. But despite all my grandiose plans, despite a new wave of confidence in finally being able to have a way to take Matteo down, despite knowing that my parents were just fine and they hadn’t abandoned me entirely--

I’m still their daughter. I’m still the girl Papa dropped off here nearly two years ago, though I may have grown older... He’s still my father.

I still cry whenever we part. That’s just what love is-- missing someone to pieces whenever they aren’t around.

“It’s not too late, Chiquitita,” Papa grins, looking down at me with the soft fondness only a father could have, “You could save yourself the tears and come with me now.”

I don’t even know what to say at first, but my heart’s just burning brighter from getting to hear that he’d even bring me with him after all this time.

“I know I could , Papa,” I look over my shoulder, where Viago had put enough space between us for me to have a final moment of privacy with my father before his departure, “But even though all of this crow business is bigger than me, I still have the opportunity to change things for people I care about-- for you, too,” I tilt my head as I look up at his warm golden eyes, seeing the pride he had as he listened. No feeling could compare to that. “Treviso was your home first, I'd like to make it so that perhaps you could return again someday, without needing an antiquated mask and uniform.”

Antiquated?” Papa scoffs and shakes his white beaked mask at me, “Something being older than you doesn't mean it's antiquated, princesa, some fashion pieces are timeless.”

“Your leather practically creaks when you walk, Papa, you're a stealth nightmare.” I tease.

“Oh, so they've turned you into a rogue now? An expert in stealth? I'll have you know I have many MANY more years on you, fledgling, and more stealth skills than you'd know what to do with.”

“And yet you could not pick a simple lock,” I chuckle.

“That was the fault of your damn bird swooping at me,” Papa places his mask on his forehead but doesn't pull it over his eyes just yet, “A wise man once said ‘ swooping is bad’ , perhaps it ought to be a lesson you teach that pesky thing.”

“You think I should teach my bird ... to let intruders break in?”

“You and your mother share the same sharp tongue,” Papa sighs, “I miss when you used to agree with everything I said and revered me for the simple things.”

I place a hand on his arm, giving him a comforting pat, “I think it is high time I do some things to live up to your legacy, no?”

I notice his chest puff out just a slight bit more, but he gives me a wink, “Good luck, big shoes to fill, you know?”

I roll my eyes before crashing into his chest and wrapping my arms tightly around him, “Te amo, Papa.”

When his lips plant atop my head again, I'm very grateful he had yet to pull his mask down over his face just yet, “Te amo, Chiquitita,” Papa squishes me just a bit tighter in his arms, “You don't have to do anything to live up to any legacy. I am already so proud of the young woman you have become. You continue to do what your heart is telling you to do, and I shall be rooting for you. Always.”

“I've found my purpose, Papa. I'll follow that through til the end, whatever it takes.” I pull from his arms and give him my best smile, but feeling my eyes brim with tears at the thought of him leaving once more. “Take care of Mama. Tell her I miss her.”

“Of course, Juno. There is no force in this life or the next that could stop me from caring for your mother,” Papa lifts a gloved thumb up to wipe away a stray tear that spilled over, “Be a good girl for me, okay?”

“Papa please ,” I can't help the eyebrow that raises to challenge him, “I am your daughter, afterall.”

“Ah, that's my girl. Burn the world to your heart's desire, princesa. You can be good, but never be too good. Leave them guessing your next move.” He takes a step back, one last look over my face before pulling his mask down over his eyes. “Should you ever need help, you just tell ‘ Varric Tethras ’ and help will be here faster than you can say ‘I shall write to every person Papa’s ever met to find out where he is instead of waiting for a single reply’.”

“--Papa!”

“I’m merely joking, my love,” His mischievous laugh as he turns on his heel fills my heart with a warm comfort, “I shall be waiting for those letters. Goodbye for now, my dear Juno.”

And then that warm feeling starts to fade.

“Goodbye, Papa.”

And it aches again.

Why do goodbyes always ache?

Viago’s tucked his arm into mine, before he’s even looked at my face, before he can even see the way my eyes watch my father’s figure disappearing into the city-- he just knows, or he always seems to, anyways-- just when I need him most.

Leaving him would’ve felt worse than this, I think. No one would be there to place a hand on my bicep and ground me back onto this earth. No one would be there to hold me up when the feeling of my knees shaking got to be too much.

No one would hug me quite like Viago De Riva.

 

There were three things I wanted to get done this week before Viago and Teia’s induction into the crows. First, I wanted to check in on Teia (and Lucanis and Illario, for that matter-- who had joined her on her mission as intel). Secondly, I wanted to try talking to Leo-- Dangerous? Yes. Stupid? Maybe. But if I could find anything else out about their fight, maybe I could use it to my advantage.

Lastly, and the most difficult-- I wanted to tell Javier and Arlo about the past 24 hours. Everything. Not one detail left out.

Which also meant the truth about my past, about who I am, who my parents are. While it wasn’t quite as scary as telling anyone else, say the Dellamortes for example... It was still nerve wracking. The only thing I could do is trust that they will still choose to protect me, still care for me and still help me once they know the truth.

I can’t make all my plans work alone, I know that. But I still don’t feel like I can be honest with Lucanis and Illario, especially given that I hadn’t even heard from Illario since our return from bootcamp. There was a possibility that he had gone to bed that night and decided I wasn’t quite worth the effort afterall, and has simply chosen to not write to me rather than say it to my face. I guess really, it shouldn’t bug me, it should be a relief, right? Maybe he was never in love with me after all. He never said it to my face, so I guess for him there was no risk there.

Maybe I’m still over analyzing things.

Just find another box to shove it in for now, put that on a shelf for later. No heavy emotions. Right now-- right now it's brave face time.

Right now it’s time to talk to Leo.

I wasn’t very familiar with the official Crow base in Treviso, having never been there and never having needed to be there as I was still not officially a crow-- but I knew that’s were guildmasters were most days they worked-- which means it’s where I’d find Leo.

It was a surprisingly lively place, for being a building full of assassins. There were people in every inch of space available, assassins leaning over tables with maps rolled out over them, contracts posted to boards with several guildmasters reviewing the information on the board and voices carrying through the halls as my eyes danced throughout the space.

There were people filling the rooms-- all except one. One room remained eerily empty, except for the one lone figure sitting at a writing desk copying down a document onto another sheet of parchment.

“Well, isn't this quite the surprise?” Leo's eyes are fixed on me before I even entered the room, in a way that makes me wonder if he had heard me coming down the hall, “Now what's the little bird of the Fifth Talon doing wandering out of her gilded cage? Surely, she can't be coming all this way just to see me.”

I should've known this wasn't going to be an easy feat.

“Even caged birds need their wings clipped every now and then, otherwise they fly away,” I finally find the resolve to step into the records room, letting my eyes flit all about the room to take in exactly where I was standing. This is where all the mission reports for the Treviso crow houses go once completed. “Besides, I wanted a sneak peak at where my future offices would be when I reach guildmaster before 25,” It's more playful than taunting, something apparently even Leo can tell as he shuts the folder holding the documents he was copying with a slackjawed smirk.

“So ambitious, my father must love that about you,” Leonardo rises from his seat, and I'm reminded once more just how tall he really is, his deep brown eyes only alight with curiosity and apprehensiveness. “I'm afraid I'm not quite as naive as our dear Fifth Talon, so you might as well spit out whatever it is you came here for. I don't like to waste my time.”

He was nothing if not incredibly perceptive, I'll give him that. I'm sure I'm easier for him to read than most, given how long he watched me like a hawk when I first arrived here.

“Who wouldn't be curious after finding out you punched your dad in the face?” I offer him a small shrug before crossing my arms, “I wanted to see if you knew something I didn't or you just finally lost your mind, afterall.”

The laugh he lets out is somewhere between bitter and genuinely amused, “And what's your assessment of me, then?” His eyes are playful, head tilted with a brow raised-- but all beasts can be cute until they strike.

Undetermined ,” I answer, matching his head tilt, “I tend to reserve judgment until I know full details, or at least I try to. But perhaps you've proven me wrong, here I was thinking you'd just be Matteo's lapdog for the rest of your life,” I watch the muscle in his jaw twitch, some of that playful light leaving his eyes, “And here you are, lips unglued from his ass cheek. How bizarre.”

“I do not have the answers you’re looking for, unfortunately, there was nothing particularly riveting about the argument I was having with Matteo,” Oh. He’s Matteo to him now too? Not ‘father’? “I do not agree with his decision to name Viago successor, though I suspect you’ve known that for quite some time.”

“A simple disagreement led to your fist in his eye socket? Perhaps you have lost it, afterall.” Leo tucks his tongue in his cheek, his hand coming to rest on his hip as his bold stare continue to try and get me to back down. “A shame, really. Would’ve loved to see just what you’re capable of.” I shrug my shoulders before turning on my heel, fully content to leave the conversation at that.

“I’m quite sure you will, little bird. Someday soon,” His gaze on my back sends a shiver up my spine, “And Juno?” He calls before I can completely leave his line of sight. I catch myself on the doorframe and turn to face him, his eyes that mysterious hazel color in this lighting once more, “Make sure to check in on your elf friend, I heard her induction mission had some... complications.”

“It appears,” My knuckles dig into a tight fist as I turn my body back around to face him, “That you have mistaken my dislike for fights as an inability to do so, but let me make this abundantly clear -- If I find out you hurt Teia, even so much as spilled a drop of her blood, I will fucking destroy you with my own two hands.”

“And just how could I have done that?” Leo gestures around him, “You saw Matteo’s face. I’ve been here the whole time .” He steps up to me, his eyes leering down at me, instigating, “Who’s losing it now, Juno?”

Gods, I fucking hate him.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 61: Little Bird: Healer

Notes:

This one was getting too long, so I posted this. We somehow are STILL not done this act. Idk I get in the zone and a four minute idea turns into a 20 minute one, I guess.
But hey, it's 11:30 and NOT 2AM. Hot girl shit.
So impressed with how many people have mentioned theyre on their second or third read through. And then the people reading through the fic in like, a few days or less?! I did the math out yall, this fic is longer than Fourth Wing, and y'all are breezing through it in under 24 hours (Some of you anyways, So impressive fr fr).

Guess we know what's in the next chapter!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


Viago De Riva does not like to worry. Out of all the things in the world that he dislikes, I’d put worrying within at least his top 3, only topped by being embarrassed and tugging on the hairs of his goatee (which you are lucky if you’re able to do even once without getting your hands cut off entirely). So when I returned to Viago with word that Teia had trouble on her mission, as told to me by Leo, the pace at which he left the Fifth Talon Estate was nothing short of hasty.

He didn’t exactly invite me to come with him to the Seventh Talon estate, but he didn’t stop me from chasing after him either. I had never been to the Cantori residence, Teia had always made her way over to our house-- but it was truly breathtaking. She was quite the lucky Fledgling to be taking over this particular estate-- flowers, as far as the eye could see. Fitting for someone who looked like they could be an Antivan princess.

Viago regained his composure only for a moment before his knuckles rapped on the door to the estate. He gave me quite a serious look as the door opened, the attendant surprised to see such young guests at the door.

“Ser, Madame,” She gives a small bow to each of us, “What might I assist you with?”

“Greetings to the Cantori house, my apologies for the disturbance,” Viago clears his throat, nudging me in the arm to step forward, “You see, Juno here is a student of Teia’s. She hasn’t been responding to any letters sent, and it has poor Juno quite worried about Teia’s wellbeing. She simply insisted we come down and check on her--”

Wait, what? Me? I insisted? Sir, I think you hit your head.

“Would it be possible to call on the young miss for a moment, to ease her student’s troubled heart?” Ugh, gods, he makes it sound like a child who missed her mother.

Well.

I guess Viago was ‘dad’. Teia becomes ‘mom’ just by association.

“Let me check in with the young miss, please, come to the sitting room and I shall see if she’s available,” The attendant opens the doors wide for us, gesturing down the hall to a room with natural light spilling in from the large windows, and a couch and tea table in the center. I suppose that was something universal about Antivan homes, the big ones at least-- you always need a room for tea and coffee, separate from the dining room.

When the servant rounds the corner, I slap Viago’s arm, delighted at least in the fact that I could make him jump even if I knew it didn’t hurt him.

“What?!” He startles at the contact, and I make a face.

“To ease my troubled heart ? I’m her student, not her star crossed lover, stupid.”

“Oh I’m sorry, was my lie not convincing enough for you? What do you want me to do, waltz in here and demand to see the heir to the Seventh Talon seat, on the basis of a taunt from my own house?!” He gestures with palms up, somewhere between a shrug and throwing his hands up.

“A taunt with basis-- We know Leo did something to fuck up your mission, what would stop him from fucking with Teia’s? He managed to get someone to screw with your contract without even leaving Treviso-- He’s clearly not working alone,” I take a step closer to Viago, my words harsh but quiet on my tongue, “You’re right that I don’t know anything for sure, and I certainly can’t prove it-- But I wouldn’t rest easy without someone checking on her.”

“How sweet,” Her voice comes down the hall before I even hear her footsteps, and both of us hold our breath until Teia rounds the corner entirely, not even a hair out of place, “I had no idea your heart was so burdened when I’m away, Juno .” Her brown eyes practically sparkle as she enters the sitting room, her eyes flicking from me to Viago, clearly not buying the excuse given to see her.

“Told you it was dumb reason,” I mumble, leaving Viago’s side to walk over and assess Teia closely. She watches as I draw my eyes over any exposed skin-- no cuts, no bruises, no stitches. No harm to her at all. “I apologize, Teia... I was told your mission had some complications. We were hoping you were okay, we just wanted to be sure.”

“I am fine,” She says, but the emphasis on her words make it sound like not everyone was fine, “But there were complications.”

“What do you mean by that?” Viago joins me at Teia’s side, and she places her hands on her hips, a stoic look falling across her features.

“Things were going well, for the most part. But we found out the first night in that the intel the client gave wasn’t exactly solid,” Teia’s eyes narrow a bit as she seems to think through the events, “We found out, completely by chance, that the location the targets meet changes on the first of every month,” Right, and today was the 3rd, meaning-- “I went to the new location that intel gathered, and had the intel team scout the old location just in case the lead was bad. I was able to take down the targets-- but my intel team was ambushed by Venatori.”

Wait... but, her intel team...

“Lucanis and Illario managed to take them down, but they were pretty badly injured by the time I got word to return to the original meeting point,” I swear I see a hint of tears threatening to spill over in her eyes as she speaks, “I should have taken them with me, I should’ve known that the merchant prince would have the old locations watched for spies-- but I never expected them to make dealings with Venatori.”

“What do you mean by pretty badly injured?” I can’t decide if my heart is in my throat, or if bile is just rising up through my esophagus to choke me-- either way, it feels terrible. Like something is wringing my neck. “They came home, yes? They’re safe?”

“They are in the infirmary unit of the Treviso Crow Base, they were in no condition to make it all the way back to the First Talon Estate last night. I imagine they’ll be moved back home, so long as their condition is stable enough--”

“--Teia,” I warn.

“They both lost a lot of blood, Juno, and I’m certain Illario had broken ribs. Lucanis suffered burns from Venatori mages, he had slashes, probably stab wounds, I didn’t see much past the blood and--” She takes a deep, shaky breath, “They made it home-- They will be okay.”

“Will you?” Viago asks quietly, cutting the tension between Teia and I. If I was in any place to feel fondness, I’d say his words were sweet.

But I still feel like there’s hands wrapped tight around my neck.

“I’m relieved you’re safe Teia, truly,” I touch her arm lightly as I breeze past her, and I can hear Viago take a few steps after me.

“Where are you going?”

“Where the fuck do you think?” I don’t turn around to look at him, don’t even raise my hand to say goodbye. I’m just gone.

This damn Crow Base. I’m back in the fucking building again. This noisy, crowded, overwhelming place. And I know Leo is likely still here somewhere, lurking in the shadows or under bridges or whatever the hell he does all day.

I don’t know where the infirmary is, and the base isn’t exactly swarming with room labels or signs, but when I close my eyes and listen-- a different sense kicks in. I can smell elfroot. Where there’s elfroot, there’s healing. My nose leads me right to it.

And through those open doors, I can see Caterina Dellamorte right by Lucanis’ bedside, her hand resting atop his. She coos out words in old Antivan, and for a moment-- and only a moment-- she seems like a grandmother again, and not the ruthless First Talon who has tortured them their entire upbringing to prevent an untimely death. Perhaps it is the realization of their mortality that has softened her, just for now.

I linger in the doorway, unsure if this is a moment I should be interrupting or not-- Lucanis often seems like he longs for what a normal life would’ve been like. This might be the closest he gets. Am I really in any place to disturb that?

“Juno,” It’s not Lucanis who notices me first, though. The next bed over from Lucanis, in fact, is where my name rings out.

Illario is surprised, and then embarrassed all at once as both Lucanis and Caterina turn their attention to the doorway to look at me. I was sort of hoping to avoid making a scene, I was even considering waiting until Caterina left-- but he took the option away from me.

Not that I could be mad about it if I tried...

I could feel Caterina’s eyes on me, watching every step I took into the infirmary, but I mostly keep my eyes trained on Illario, pretending it didn’t bother me at all that the first talon was there. Illario was propped up into a sitting position, pillows stacked behind him, most likely to prevent him from moving his ribs too much. The bridge of his nose was bruised, there were small cuts across his face-- even his neck was bandaged. Whatever had happened, the Venatori did a number on him.

“I uh, swung in to speak with the guildmaster,” I give the most pathetic, most unbelievable excuse-- which was in part, a half truth, “He informed me that there were some issues on your mission. I just wanted to be sure that you were okay,” I finally look over to Lucanis-- oh gods. He looked bruised. Bloodied. In pain, yet somehow... relieved. His nose was broken, that much was clear. Both of his eyes had deep dark bruises underneath because of it. His lip was stitched over, maybe two stitches holding it together, dried blood caking over the top. “Both of you.” I swallow the lump in my throat, still burning like heartburn in my chest.

“Never better,” Lucanis’ lip twitches. I can see he’s tempted to laugh at his own joke, “Why, what did you hear?”

I want to cry, I want to laugh to make him feel better about his joke, I want to hug him... But I can’t find it within me to do any of it.

“I heard you’d... be okay, but you know how it is,” I shrug, and Illario scoffs.

“Yeah, never rely on intel. Always find out for yourself,” He’s somewhere between bitter and indifferent, also wanting to laugh at his own joke. These two would be the death of me.

I finally look to Caterina, a sigh falling from my lips as I attempt to join Lucanis and Illario in lightening the mood, “How you’ve managed these two for 20 years is beyond me.”

Her eyes widen at my casual comment, and I swear I see a bit of mirth in her expression, “Yes, they certainly have made a habit out of making me stress,” She places both of her hands atop her cane, assessing my presence here, “You have seen them now, they will be just fine. Perhaps it’s best to let them rest.”

Oh.

Okay. Right.

I forgot I’m... I’m still a nobody, and they’re still heirs to the First Talon.

“Yes, I agree,” I reach into my hip pouch, pulling a tin of healing salve from it and holding it out to Caterina, “They may heal better with this,” She finally holds out her hand, and I can recognize the scrutinizing look she’s giving the tin. Every Crow must be convinced things are poisoned. “It’s Elfroot, Embrium, Prophet’s Laurel and Amrita Vein. It’s more potent than anything in here-- I can only smell elfroot in the air,” I open the tin in her hands, swiping my finger through the salve. I take a step back, pulling my knife from my thigh holster and swiping it over my palm so she can see the blood. When she appears thoroughly horrified enough, I run the finger with salve over the cut, the cut turning from a deep red to a peachy skin tone in mere seconds. “Special blend. Expensive ingredients, but it works great on burns, too.”

I reach over once more and place the lid on the tin, bemused by Caterina’s silence.

“Happy healing, boys.”

“Juno--”

“Juno wait,” Lucanis calls out, looking over to Caterina with an expectant stare, “Return to your work, Caterina, we will be fine here,” Caterina glares down at Lucanis, who raises a hand in frustration, “Perhaps if you simply let her do the healing, we can be home before the sun falls. She does good work, she healed everyone at boot camp several times.”

I see her jaw set into a tight position before she steps over, placing the salve into my hands once more. She gives me a pointed look, then steps past me and out the doors to the infirmary altogether.

I swivel my head back around to Lucanis and Illario, who both let out a relieved sigh the moment Caterina is out of sight. Their similarities were almost comical, at times.

“Lecturing people in Antivan doesn’t make the lecture any less lecture-y,” Illario tips his head back into the pillow, “And after two hours, you’d think the old woman would run out of things to say-- it’s like she carries around an angry pocket thesaurus!”

“Did you know spontaneous Venatori attacks only happen when you ‘ aren’t careful ’?” Lucanis looks at me, the corner of his mouth tipped up into a grin, “Apparently Venatori base their entire battle plans on attacking ‘ clumsy, not even inducted crow recruits ’ on the basis of ‘ not being careful ’. Who would’ve thought?”

I look between the two Dellamortes, and their joking attitudes despite looking like complete shit somehow makes the choking sensation stop. I manage to bring a smile to my face and hold up the tin in my hands, displaying it as an offer.

“Him first,” Illario sighs, “I didn’t get myself stabbed, he needs it more.”

“Nobody brought their silver boots down upon my ribcage,” Lucanis tosses back, rolling his eyes as I uncap the tin of salve. “Not that you were paying enough attention to notice.”

“Terribly sorry I inconvenienced you with my staying alive,” Illario gives a similar eye roll, but there is no tension in the air-- This just seems like normal conversation, like normal circumstances to them. How is it that these two got ambushed, when all I’ve ever known them to be is ‘in a league of their own’? How tough are the Venatori?

“Teia filled me in for the most part,” I reach up and bring a salve-covered finger over the bruises on Lucanis’ face, using my free hand to reach into my pouch for the few vials of healing potions I typically carried on me. “Do you really think this was just something the target had set up to catch any potential spies? I didn’t take the merchant princes to be the kind to align with blood mages.”

“I’m not sure how else they would be involved in this,” Lucanis’ brow furrows as I place some more salve on his lip. I pause for just a moment, looking over to the infirmary doors just to be sure we weren’t being listened to.

“Your mission wasn’t the only one that was compromised,” I gently take a seat on the infirmary bed, lifting Lucanis’ arm as delicately as possible to inspect the burns. Thankfully, nothing the salve couldn’t make quick work of, “However, the fact that Viago was unharmed on his mission leads me to believe the mastermind was someone who had no intention of harming him, or perhaps, someone who has been explicitly told not to harm him...”

I let the herbal ointment rest on the top of his skin, it would work much better healing from the top down rather than putting Lucanis in pain just to rub it into the skin.

“What are you insinuating... do you think Matteo?--”

“--No,” I check the door once more as I rise to go to the other side of Lucanis’ bed, “Matteo needs Viago, he wants Viago as a status symbol. He needs to be the saint who raised the bastard son of the king... But there is someone who would benefit from Viago failing the mission he knew would have Viago named successor.”

Lucanis’ eyes widen with recognition, but he shakes his head slightly, still confused, “But, why Teia?” I feel my shoulders tense as I hear someone pass by-- just a medic. Too paranoid. Too many people here. Too many people who I don't know-- who I don’t trust.

“If I can get you healed up... let’s play a game of chess tonight,” I glance over to Illario, “Knights to E4, and all that.”

Illario’s expression shifted away from the playful smile it had been holding before, and he rather solemnly nodded. I imagine a vicious attack going from being a job hazard to having it be because of who you associate with feels more... personal.

“You expect me to ride the damn zipline with broken ribs?” Illario lazily rolls his head towards me, and I shake the two vials in my grasp.

“I said if I can get you healed, but if you prefer, I could carry you there myself,” I wiggle my eyebrows at Illario, who turns away from me with a groan.

“Pass.”

“Then I suggest taking these potions and sitting very still for a bit, the less things inside you feel moving and squishing back together, the better,” I uncork a vial and bring it to Lucanis’ lips, “Down the hatch.” His eyes lock on mine as he grabs the vial by his teeth a tips his head back, a low grumble rising out of his throat after he swallows.

“Eugh.”

“Yeah, well, beggars and choosers-- I don’t know where you were stabbed, but you’re gonna feel your skin move. Just let it happen,” I sigh and make quick work of covering the burns on his other arm, inspecting my work as I pull back, “Did they get you anywhere else?”

Lucanis shakes his head, “I used my arms as a shield to fend off the flames, Got through my gauntlets but nothing else.”

“I’d say that’s good, but that’s actually still terrible. Probably need to work on making crow armor out of less flammable materials, or at least coating it in something that can hold off the flames a bit more, mages are a dime a dozen these days.” I grab the empty vial from where Lucanis had dropped it onto his chest and make my way over to Illario. “You-- Potion first, salve after. Bones might take a bit longer than flesh wounds.”

“Just healing right? No uh... lingering bonus side effects?” Illario stares nervously at the vial in my hands and I huff at him.

“Royal Elfroot loses its aphrodisiac properties when it’s boiled down, if that’s what you’re insinuating,” I roll my eyes, and before he can say another word, I pop the vial right between his lips, “I’m trying to heal you, not hump you.”

Illario narrows his eyes and finished the vial quickly, clearly struggling with not showing his reaction to the taste and tossing the vial back to me, “How unfortunate for me, then.”

“Just a fair warning, if the medics haven’t already shifted the bones, you’re going to feel them--”

His gasp is sharp leaving his lip as an audible crack echoes out of his chest.

“--move... Sorry. Probably should’ve said that sooner. It will only hurt briefly.”

“Makers fucking BREATH, Juno--” Illario clasps at his chest, halfway to clawing it, “What is even in these potions, and WHY are you making them so potent?”

I... don’t really have an answer for that.

“It’s what I do,” I offer with a shrug, “I like helping.”

“I like a few days of bed rest!” Illario nearly thrashes off the bed in pain, and I flock to his side, dipping my fingers into the salve to tackle the cuts on him now.

“I know it hurts, but just hold still, it’ll stop once it can heal the internal issues,” I bring my hand up to his neck, watching his eyes flutter shut as I draw my fingers over the cut there to remove the bandages. The slash across his neck was disturbing-- had it gone much deeper, they might’ve hit a jugular vein. I was watching it seal in real time, healing from the inside to the surface. Once it looked like nothing more than a scar, I wiped the salve across the scar, making sure he was being healed from the outside in as well.

I hush him as I press bits of salve all over his face, his breathing slowing at the herbs continue to settle into his body, “I’m sorry, I’m so sorry. I didn’t know it would hurt that much...” I cup his cheek and rub my thumb across it, each bruise slowly starting to fade. I look over at Lucanis, who had his eyes also closed in discomfort, likely from feeling his skin move on its own, but whose bruised eyes had lightened back to their natural tone. It was working-- it just sucked. I’d have to see about making it more fast acting-- or maybe a numbing agent? Could you ingest a numbing agent and have it move all over your bloodstream like that?

“I never want to feel that sensation again in my life,” Lucanis breaks through the silence.

“Then maybe try not to get stabbed next time,” Illario responds with a chuckle, his long lashes still shielding his eyes a bit as he looks up at me. “And I’ll try not to get my bones cracked open like a walnut.”

The thought of that noise made my stomach churn.

“Do you feel like you can sit up?” I ask, stepping away from Illario and letting my hands fall from his face back to my sides. His mouth twitches as my hands fall, but he pushes off his elbows anyways, only looking slightly uncomfortable as he sits up.

A success, then. Albeit, a painful one.

But I think a few seconds of agony may be worth avoiding weeks of recovery.

“You’re a mad scientist,” Lucanis groans, lifting the infirmary sheet to stare down at his bare stomach, a scar all that remained of what was once a stab wound. “I’m coming to find that being around you subjects me to experiments by proxy. Unsure how to feel about that.”

“Hmm,” I step closed and swipe a bit of ointment over the scar, “Profusely turned on?”

“Something like that,” He laughs, bringing a hand up to rub at his face. “At least we’ll make it to Teia’s induction ceremony now,” He drops his hand, looking over at Illario before resting his eyes back on mine with a content smile. “Thank you.”

I should say ‘you’re welcome’ or ‘it’s no trouble at all’, perhaps even ‘happy to help’. But I don’t. My brain has a tendency to go fuzzy when he smiles like that.

“Always.” Is the answer I give. And while I mean it, truly-- it still feels embarrassingly intimate, especially to be saying out loud in the base filled with tons of other people.

I cap the salve and toss it into my bag, alongside the empty potion vials. Lucanis rises from his bed, stretching out his legs before grabbing his folded undershirt out of his pile of belongings on the bedside table.

“You going to head home?” I ask.

“I would like to shower somewhere that doesn’t smell of astringent,” Lucanis jokes, tossing his shirt over his head, “Plus, I want to make sure Caterina realizes you’re not someone to underestimate.”

My eyes crinkle at the edges as I shake my head, a breathless laugh escaping me, “Good luck with that, I’m sure she’ll be monitoring you for side effects of poison for at least an hour or so.”

“Good, let her waste her time,” Lucanis shrugs, pushing the rest of his torn armor into his bag and looking over to Illario, “Shall I wait for you?”

“You go on ahead,” Illario nods at Lucanis, “I need a moment of her time.”

Lucanis glances to me, and I give a nod letting him know I’d be fine.

“Later, then. E4.” Lucanis turns on his heel and leaves us both in the infirmary.

My nerves feel like they’re on fire.

How stupid. I’m sure he’s going to be kind about it-- this is the moment, right? He explains that he hasn’t been sure how to tell me, but after coming down off the royal elfroot, he realized he just didn’t like me that much-- that night was just a mistake. That’s fine-- that’s fine. It’s fine because I should only want Lucanis-- I should only feel things about Lucanis. It will be fine.

So why does it feel... not fine?

“Can you just tell me,” Illario starts, his brows knit together, “What did I do wrong?”

Wrong? What did he do wrong? In what way? What did he do so wrong that he ... had the unfortunate experience of sleeping together? Was it that terrible?

“I waited for days for a letter,” His throat bobs ever so slightly, the only sign on emotion he’s willing to give, “An invitation over, an invitation out, hell, I would’ve settled for a poem-- a rudimentary drawing,” He shakes his head slowly before looking up at me-- but I recognize the emotion now.

He’s hurt.

“You didn’t say a single word. Not one,” Illario pulls his gaze away from me, choosing to look at the wall across from his bed instead. “Did it... really mean nothing to you?”

My ass plants on his bed, my mind running blank for a moment, completely shutting down and coming back to life in an instant-- every neuron firing at once.

“You were... waiting for me to write?”

“More so waiting to come over but, yeah, yeah I was,” Illario crosses his arms, wincing a bit as his arms fold over his ribs. “I thought, after what you said on our way home-- I don’t--” He groans, his head falling back onto the pillow, “I just thought that meant you were interested in me, in being with me, in something ? I wasn’t ready for complete... silence.”

“I--” My breath in is sharp, I don’t think I breathed for a moment. “I was waiting... for you to write me,” His hazel eyes flick back to mine, and he’s scrutinizing my expression for a moment, before he realizes I am in fact, being honest. “I thought I.. was bad, or something, or that maybe it was just the elfroot-- that you’d come to... regret it.”

“Regret--” Illario holds up his hands, halting the conversation, “Regret it? Are you out of your mind?” He brings his hand up through his hair, clutching at the top of his scalp, “I regret not knocking Fletcher’s lights out. I regret not committing the scent of your skin to memory-- I do not, and will not ever regret being intimate with you. Even if you break me, even if you leave me to rot,” His hand drops onto his lap, and he shakes his head with the most bewildered expression, “You’re everything.”

How complicated all these feelings are. Choking for air all over again. But this fear is different from before, more possibilities-- more outcomes. More ways to fuck up. More ways to fuck up and have it be completely my fault.

“You didn’t do anything wrong,” I swallow, and it's hard in my throat, it’s stuck and it hurts, “I’m so sorry, I shouldn’t have assumed you’d write me first...”

Illario takes a deep breath, dipping his head down into his hands, “Maker, what do you do to me?” He lets out a bitter laugh, “I knew I should’ve just wrote to you. I should’ve just... shown up on your balcony when I wanted.”

Well. Depending on the timing, that could’ve been a very bad idea.

“I should’ve realized you might be feeling conflicted, I just assumed you put distance between us for a reason, maybe you needed to think,” I reach out, grabbing his wrists to pull his hands from his face, “I didn’t mean to hurt you, Illario. I really am very sorry.”

His posture softens as he looks at me, and if the timing had been right, I’d wonder if this would have been a moment where he told me what he had told Lucanis at boot camp-- if he would’ve come clean about his real feelings.

If he even still did truly feel that way.

But he doesn’t.

“I think we’re both colossal idiots,” He offers, the corner of his mouth twitching up, “Could-- I don’t know, could we just forget this conversation happened? Could I send you a letter tonight and we’ll pretend you never saw me acting a fool?”

“Yeah,” I laugh out, “Yeah, I think we can do that.” The lump in my throat fights me for a few more moments, and Illario lets out one last relieved sigh before pulling his feet over the edge of the bed.

“My chest feels lighter already-- Guess you don’t need potions to fix every wound,” He bends down to collect his items off the floor, throwing a wink at me when he catches me watching him.

Gods, he’s pretty .

I’m so fucked.

I’m back on my feet in an instant, backing towards the door, “I’ll see you later then, get home safe... don’t hurt yourself.”

I run away--run home-- fast enough to make my lungs burn.

I deserved to feel at least a little agony, right?

 

My Dear Juno,

 

Rivain is the most beautiful place, I can see why you loved your time here. The sun, the sand-- the women!? They say women age like fine wine, and let me tell you, Isabela has never looked better.

She says I’ll be earning my keep, I thought initially it was a more fun kind of proposition, but she apparently meant I’d be working on her ship. It’s called The Siren’s Call, it’s quite impressive, actually. I’m not much for hard labor, but if it keeps me here, I don’t think I’ve any room to complain.

I’ll be traveling by ship on and off. If you send letters, someone will be in Rivain to collect them for Isabela and I, but I may not always be able to respond right away if we’re out sailing.

Did you know she treasure hunts for a living now? Pretty cool stuff. Mostly ancient Qunari stuff from what I’ve seen, but if I find anything particularly elfy I’ll try to snag something for you and mom.

Do you think people will still hire me for gigs if I go by First Mate Kieran, or is that too goofy? I think if I tried to call myself Captain Kieran, I might get myself drawn and quartered-- or whatever the sea equivalent is. Walking the plank?

I don’t know, she might sooner just ship me back home to Mum. Or worse-- make her come get me.

I suppose, for a short while, I must behave.

Your father would be so disappointed in me.

How are you faring since I left? Obviously, devastated, but besides that?

Did you get in touch with your parents?

Shall I have mother go peck their feet until they get moving?

 

I miss you, but perhaps not quite so much when I get to look out at the sea. Hard to beat that.

 

Take care, and write soon,

Kieran

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 62: Little Bird Courage

Notes:

Hi my beautiful birdies <3 Do you guys still read these notes? I'm unsure. I hope you do, I have a lot to say tonight!

This one got pretty long, but I'm happily saying that I'm posting right around 1 am, so still earlier than 2.
If you find yourself going back through the fic at all, you might noticed that I've added banners at the start of each act, as well as more art sprinkled throughout the chapters! I felt like styling things up a bit and sharing Meg's art more. I figure if it makes me this happy, it's bound to make someone else happy too. In particular, it might be worth diving back to the Shed Saga to see a glimpse at Purpose's spirit form (I believe one chapter had two pieces of art, one at the start and one at the end, because they were both about events in that chapter), check out the Andruil's Hunt chapter, LOTS of art added to Bootcamp Saga. I honestly cant remember EXACTLY where I threw everything, so it's gonna be like a little easter egg hunt for anyone who goes back through the work.

Anyways, Alexa play 'Get The Party Started' by Pink.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


“No.”

Ugh. Typical.

“You didn’t even listen to what I was going to say,” I place down my hairbrush and glare at Viago in the mirror’s reflection.

“I don’t need to, you are not telling anyone, and that’s final,” Viago’s hands find his hips, a pose that has become all too familiar, a pose that reminds me of my mother, if I’m being honest. “Do you honestly think things have changed so much just because you went on a fun trip with your friends?” His blue eyes narrow, “It takes one person with a loose tongue to get you escorted to the gallows, and believe me, it will be gallows. The talons would make a spectacle out of killing Zevran Arainai’s daughter-- and none of us would be able to help you. None of us have any power right now, we are still playing someone else’s game, Juno.”

I feel my frown cutting into my face at his words. He’s right, I know he’s right... but lying, hiding the truth, keeping secrets... It hurts too . I’m at the gallows in my mind constantly, my guilt a noose waiting to be placed around my neck.

“Then-- Just Javier and Arlo. Please,” I breathe in, shaky but insistent, “I need eyes inside the house, as many as I can. I don’t know what Matteo wants from me, and I don’t want to find out when it’s already too late.”

“Do you recognize what you’d be asking them to do?” Viago sighs, “You’d be asking them to keep secrets from their newly kindled romances. You’d be putting them in exactly the same boat as you and I. Is that what you want ?”

Oh.

“I... hadn’t thought of it like that,” I glance down at the vanity table, fiddling with a makeup brush resting on it. No, I suppose I didn’t want to force Javie and Arlo into the same boat as me, that’s not fair of me. “Nobody should have to lie for me, I don’t think that’s worth the trouble.”

“Why do you get to be the person to decide that?”

The door. Viago left it open.

“Why do you get to decide what is worth the trouble for me ?” Javier repeats himself, his hand pressing the door open and revealing both him and Arlo in my doorway. “Why does Viago ? Why does anyone but me get to decide that?”

I almost wonder if Viago left the door open on purpose. I had mentioned speaking to Javie and Arlo to him once already on the walk home in the early morning hours...

“You have no idea the kind of secrets I’d be asking you to keep-- How much did you even hear?” I can’t help but shrink under their gazes, those brown eyes once soft and inviting now sharp with suspicion and confusion.

Arlo holds up the note I left on his desk, ‘ bishop to E4 ’, “Was just about to come get you when we heard our names,” Arlo casts his glance over Viago, who was eerily calm, “Keeping secrets is part of being a crow, part of being an assassin-- I didn’t join your chessboard to do things halfway,” Arlo looks back to me, his scarred eyebrow twitching as he watches my reaction, “If it helps you, I would do it. Whatever you ask.”

“You’re not just a stranger living in this house anymore,” Javier adds, “You are a De Riva, you are family-- And if it means Matteo suffers for it, then I’m in. Even if it didn’t-- I’d do it for you .”

His sincerity sends goosebumps flying over my skin, and my breath rattles in my chest.

How did I ever deserve the De Riva boys?

“Even if it means hiding this secret from your lovers? From the rest of the board?” Viago crosses his arms, standing eye to eye with Javier. He was waiting for an answer-- but this is Viago we’re talking about.

He knew the outcome of this entire event before it even began. Always ten steps ahead.

“Even if it meant keeping a secret from you ,” Javier rebuttals, not wavering away from Viago’s intense stare as he pokes a finger into his chest, “If Juno needs help, then she’s going to get it.”

Viago’s smirk was his silent resignation.

“Would you at least mind closing the door now?” I ask, turning in my chair to fully face the two older De Rivas. “I fear it’s nothing Matteo and Leo don’t already know, but I’d still like the opportunity to leave them out of this.”

Arlo’s foot kicks out behind him and shuts the door, leaving us in an awkward silence once the latch clicks into place. How do you even start this conversation?

“What do you know,” I take a breath out, trying to calm my racing heart, “Of Zevran Arainai?”

“I was young, but... I recall when he left the crows, Javier might’ve been too young, he was about 4-- But I was 7, I remember... well, I remember the Dellamortes’ funeral,” Arlo leans his back against the door and crosses his arms, “5 crows dead in one mission-- 5 heirs to the First Talon. Treviso was draped in black for days. It felt like it rained non-stop.”

“I don’t remember when House Arainai fell, but I know the name,” Javier gets a far off look in his eyes, “The one crow who made it out. Who got his freedom.”

This would either go very well or incredibly wrong.

But I’ve heard it said that courage is not the absence of fear, but rather the judgment that something else was far more important.

I could be honest now and be ready for what’s to come, or I could face things alone and put myself at risk for being blindsided by confrontation later.

I choose to be ready, no matter what the cost.

“Zevran Arainai used that freedom to travel with The Hero of Ferelden, stop the blight, defeat an archdemon... and have a daughter,” My throat moving is loud in my ears as I swallow hard, meeting Javier’s gaze with my own, “18 years ago.”

His eyes go wide, as do Arlo’s, but it’s only Javier who slowly sinks to a crouch, his jaw stuck ever-so-slightly open as he brings a hand up to cover his mouth, “Holy shit,” He whispers.

“To you, he’s the crow who broke free, or the traitor who murdered the Dellamortes... but to me, he’s my Papa. The one who kept me safe when the Dellamortes came to take his head back on a platter to Treviso.” I shift my eyes to Arlo, whose lack of a reaction had me nervous, “You should know this before you cast judgement... Matteo told my father the Dellamortes were coming for him. He sold out the crows, and I do not believe it was for my father’s benefit.”

Arlo’s brows knit together, and he reaches up a gloved hand to rub at his forehead, eyes closing as he continues to process.

“I’m not asking you to forgive him for the things he did... I am just hoping you will not blame me in his stead.”

“Why in the maker’s name would we blame you ?” Arlo holds out his hand, his eyes shooting open.

“Because those crows had to die to save me . To save my mother. They would not have stopped at Papa, and they never would’ve stopped trying to find him,” I shake my head, “I truly believe it was Matteo who sent the Dellamortes after my father-- he knew they wouldn’t come back, and he knew the traitor to the crows was the perfect person to take the fall for him.”

I’m even more convinced the more I say it out loud.

“I’m... hoping to prove that, but I really think I might need the help,” My eyes feel like they’re threatening to water. This feels like too much-- too much attention, too much admission-- too much everything . “With Viago being named successor, and with Matteo’s focus shifting to inducting me, I don’t know how much investigating I’m going to be able to do... But I know that Matteo was exchanging letters with my father, and if I had to guess at least one of the Dellamortes. I’m having my father return home to see if he kept the letter from Matteo all those years ago, but any help I can get looking around this estate would be appreciated,” Still silence. “If you still are willing to help me, that is.” I add, quieter, only able to find myself staring at the floor now.

I thought this was supposed to make me feel lighter... Liberated, somehow. But it feels heavy. The air feels heavy, heavy in my lungs, heavy on my shoulders-- heavy on my heart. It feels like throwing out an anchor hoping to slow a ship and getting caught in the rope, only to be thrown out to sea with it.

“I see now why you kept her so close, Viago,” Arlo pushes himself off the door, and it’s only moments before hit boots come into my line of sight-- against the floorboards. When I can’t find the courage to look up at him, he sinks to his knee in front of me.

I choke a bit on my words, “I’m asking a lot of you, and I’m asking it not knowing the consequences of it-- I don’t know if I can prove he did it, but I want to.” I look at his eyes, now softened as he watches me near tears. “Things could fall apart if I don’t start finding answers soon, I’m scared... I don’t want to take it all on alone.”

Arlo holds out his hand, waiting with an expectant gaze until I place my palm on his. He brings up his other hand to sandwich my much smaller hand between his, much like my father had done last night, so much comfort in such a simple gesture, “It's okay to not know what will happen today, tomorrow, years down the road--”

Oh, Arlo.

"There's hope in the mystery."

I don’t think he even knows how much I’ve carried those words with me this entire time.

Javier crosses my room to join Arlo, sinking down to his knees and holding out his hand in the same way. I let out a pathetic laugh and place my other hand in his.

"We are not opponents, Juno, never have been, never will be,” He presses a small kiss to the top of my hand, “We are family. Nothing you have to face will ever be done alone.”

If I release the breath I’m holding, I will cry. As simple as that.

So I give a sharp nod, and I shut my eyes, willing back any tears that threaten to fall.

I love you, little bird ,” Javier teases, I can hear the smile on his lips as he speaks. If I didn’t know any better, I’d say he wants me to cry. “I think the only thing that would’ve changed had I known from the start was I wouldn’t have been pushing you towards romance with any of the Dellamortes. In retrospect that... probably wasn’t the right romance to get tangled up in.”

Please ,” Viago speaks up for the first time in a while, “Andraste herself could not have ripped their paths apart. No one is to blame for that besides fate.”

“Yeah,” I finally open my eyes, letting out a sigh, “That’s... that’s a bridge I will have to cross when I get to it, I suppose.”

“As long as it’s not the bridge you’re burning , I’m positive we will figure it out. Together.” Arlo pats my hand once more before rising to his feet. “I think we’ve kept the rest of the board waiting long enough. I assume you have something else to say to them entirely?”

“Kind of, yeah,” I raise up off my vanity chair, pulling Javier up with me, “It’s unfortunately all very connected, but I think we’ve got enough to say about just Leo and Matteo that my father can be left out of the conversation entirely.”

“I’m not sure I can take too many more dramatic reveals tonight,” Javier jokes and I gesture to my bedroom door.

“You’re welcome to stay home, if you like.” I offer, and Javier stands slack-jawed.

“There’s more than what I just learned?”
“Unfortunately, yes.”

Por la sangre del Hacedor ,” Javier mutters, rubbing at his eye and placing his other hand on his hip, “Let’s go then, I’d rather not be in suspenseful anxiety any longer.”

Viago sweeps out his hand, gesturing for everyone else to head out to the balcony before him, making sure to send me a proud wink as I walked by.

God dammit, Viago. You did plan this, didn’t you?

I love you, stupid poison man.

As expected, the attic of the Diamond was filled with the usual suspects, along with our two newest elven additions. It was sweet to watch the eyes in the room light up as each De Riva walked in, myself included.

It squashed a lot of fears where they stood. This part-- that part Viago and I planned, discussed-- this part was all truths. No lies tonight, not here.

And yet somehow I still don’t know where to start.

“I’ll be honest,” Viago starts for me, “I wasn’t prepared for the things we’ve learned in the last 48 hours, but I do believe that if anyone can roll with punches, it’s everyone in this room.” He places his hand back on his hip-- in the way he always seems to do -- and the room is his. They have his full attention.

That’s what being a leader does-- it commands respect, but more than that; it earns it. How amazing it is to have watched the most recent members have gained that respect for Viago in such a short period of time. How amazing he is.

“Most of you may know this, but my contract mission in Tevinter was compromised,” Viago looks out over the chessboard, “Someone stole the contract details right off the board while we slept. It turned out to be no silly coincidence-- going into that contract without a physical description of the target meant I had no idea the full dose of poison I would need to take out the target.”

Teia’s eyes widen a bit as she takes in this information, clearly Viago hadn’t told her when I left him at the 7th Talon’s estate.

“Had I known in the daylight hours, I would’ve been able to procure more poison-- There are very few crows who know that my particular specialty is poisons. Even less outside of House De Riva,” Viago adjusts the gloves on his hands, seemingly more irritated just rehashing this experience to the group, “There’s one person who stands to gain from me failing the mission that’s intended to be used to name me successor-- and I have no doubts it was Leonardo De Riva who managed to hire someone to destroy those contract details.”

“When we arrived home,” I speak up as an unsettled silence had just begun to sink in, “Matteo had a black eye. Clearly been in a fight. It took some prodding, but he finally told me it was Leo who hit him-- they had some kind of argument, he said something like ‘ Leo can’t see long term goals ’,” I step over beside Viago, “It got me thinking about a lot of things-- Why Matteo wants Viago as his successor, what long term goals could he have, why he forced all his sons to join the crows... I think it will boil down to one answer,” I look to Illario and Lucanis, apologetic for what I was about to say, “I think Matteo intends to try and take out Caterina, and I think he will try to vie for the First Talon seat. And most likely, he will try to do it before Caterina can name a successor. If he can push his sons into a majority of the talon seats before Caterina can name a successor, he will have support from a majority of the houses should he try to take the First Talon seat.”

All that being said ,” Viago interrupts before I can start again, and really, I should be grateful for that, “Leo and Matteo clearly got into some sort of fight, likely tied to whatever happened during our missions-- I do not believe Matteo had anything to do with my contract details going missing, But I believe Leo did. And he implied to Juno that he had a hand in your mission troubles, as well. I suspect his dealings with Magister Zara Renata made him able to get in touch with Venatori to hire for an attack against you, Andarateia.”

“Why would he come after Teia?” Lucanis speaks up, his face laced with both confusion and frustration.

“He probably wanted to free up the 7th Talon seat,” I answer, “If Teia isn’t named successor either, that means two open spots. He’s playing Matteo’s game, but he’s rushing into it. He’s getting sloppy.”

“Isn’t Matteo’s game kind of... our game?” Illario asks, “I mean, we formed this group knowing at least three of us would be named successors in the future. Does he even know this was our plan to begin with?”

“No,” Viago answers, “He doesn’t know, and even if he did, it wouldn’t change his plans. You, Lucanis and Teia are not malleable to him. He cannot bend you to his will, so it’s easier to eliminate your talons before you’re even moved into a position of power. More than just choosing me as his successor for my relation to the king, I believe now he’s selected me because he doesn’t think I’d kill him to become Fifth Talon faster. I do not believe he holds that same confidence in Leo. He will use him still, likely try to put him in another house’s talon seat-- I think Leo was trying to expedite that process by hiring the venatori for a hit on Teia.”

“Bastard,” Teia mutters, her fists clenching at her sides. She was clearly still beating herself up about Lucanis and Illario getting injured in her place-- but I fear what would’ve become of her if it had just been her alone after all.

“Rest assured,” Viago’s voice is more determined than I had heard it before, “He will pay for the things he has done, but for now, it’s important to acknowledge that what we thought would be two enemies working together seems to be shifting to two enemies working independently of each other.”

“It will be of the utmost importance from here on out to have Viago and Teia’s backs-- Those will be Leo’s targets.” I lock my gaze onto Lucanis, “And Matteo, while he claims to be playing the long game, I still think it’d be best to watch out for Caterina as much as you can.”

“What can I do to help?” Thea pipes up, drawing the attention of the room, “Do you want me to try to get close to Leo? See if I can get any info?”

“NO,” I’m not sure who said it louder, Arlo or me, but at least we both agreed on the same answer. I let out a sigh of relief, “Matteo has implied that Leo has been a little... unhinged . He doesn’t back down, he’s smart, and he’s dangerous. As someone who has been tortured by the man, I promise that you don’t want to go toe to toe with him. He doesn’t care for rules, crow etiquette, general morality-- He’s rotten. To the core.”

“Tortured?” Viela whispers, and I give her my best brave smile.

“Like I said, rotten,” I look at Viago and he gives me a small nod. Time to wrap things up. “I know this was a lot to digest, and I know that this hit was hard to take-- but I think now that we know to stay on our toes, and we know that Matteo and Leo are working against each other in some aspects-- it’s only a matter of time until they slip up. We will stop them before anyone else is hurt, I promise you that.”

“You’re dismissed-- keep your guard up. Checkmate will come soon enough. I will see you all at the induction ceremony.”

Viago flocks to Teia’s side in an instant, placing a comforting hand on her back as he leads her to the door. I watch Javie gravitate to Viela’s side with his best attempt at a charming grin, and as the two pass by me, she gives me a knowing look “We will be discussing the whole torture thing at our first session, don’t think I’ll let that slide.”

“Goodnight, Viela,” I sing back at her, watching Javi practically drag her out of the Diamond in his excitement. He’d probably sweep her off somewhere to take her mind off that heavy meeting, stargazing, if I had to guess.

“--You don’t have to seduce everyone you deem a threat, you know,” Arlo’s deep voice is quiet, but hard to miss regardless. Thea pokes at the dagger in its holster on his hip, her bottom lip jutting out.

“It’s what I’m good at-- can’t blame a girl for trying. You handle the knives, I handle the dimwits who try to use any against you.”

“I’d rather you focus on handling me ,” Arlo murmured, again, not very quietly.

“Alright you two,” I speak up, raising my eyebrows, “Get a room-- find one, rent one-- I don’t give a shit, just stop subjecting me to your bedroom talk.”

“Bedroom talk?” Thea scoffs, but takes Arlo’s arm to lead her to the door regardless, “This was far too tame to be bedroom talk.”

Yeah, I don’t need to know.

And then there were two.

How were they feeling, I wonder? Did they have the kind of relationship with Caterina where this information would upset them? She was, afterall, still family. The only family they had left, for that matter. While Lucanis had no obvious interest in becoming First Talon, Illario had expressed his interest several times already. He had been working so hard.

To know that Leo and Matteo were working to take that away must be frustrating.

“He will not be able to get to Caterina to lay a hand on her,” Lucanis says, as if reading my thoughts entirely. I wonder if I often wear them on my face, or if he just happens to know me well enough to tell by now. “Caterina’s schedule doesn’t slow down or stop for anyone, he’d be quite lucky to have even a single moment alone with her-- and I doubt he could hire anyone capable enough of getting past the First Talon’s security.”

“Stranger things have happened,” I shrug, crossing the room to the Dellamortes, “Mages possessed by spirits blew up a chantry, rifts opened up in the sky and sent darkspawn and demons flooding out, Divine Justinia slayed by an ancient magister turned blighted beast. Never say never.”

“If anyone were to get their hands on Caterina, it would be very clear it was an inside job.” Illario adds, “The Talon Trial for that would become the most paranoid event in all of Thedas.”

“Talon Trial, why have I heard of this before? What is that?” I ask, wondering if I had read it in the Crow handbook a year prior.

“It’s official name is Eight Talon Trial,” Illario rolls his neck to crack it, shaking out his shoulders after, “Historically, if you’ve committed a grave enough offense against the crows, you are to stand before the Eight Talons on trial, where they decide your fate by vote.”

“There hasn’t been one in quite a while,” Lucanis adds, “If I’m not mistaken, the last trial held was to decide the fate of the Talon of House Arainai after their crow’s betrayal, though he killed himself before ever making it to the stand.”

“As he should have,” Illario scoffs, “His inability to handle a crow from his own house led to many deaths, more than just our family. The fall of house Arainai could’ve been fixed with one simple kill.”

I cringe. I can’t even help it, it just happens.

“You’re making Juno uncomfortable,” Lucanis chastises Illario, whose face falls as he looks at me.

“Oh, I’m sorry Juno. It’s a bitter subject.”

“It’s just...” Was this too much to say , “Isn’t that what your parents tried to do?”

The silence is too much.

Illario has a surprised, but slightly bitter laugh after a passing moment, “Yeah, I suppose you are correct,” He shakes his head, “Perhaps my parents weren’t quite strong enough-- or perhaps Zevran Arainai just simply couldn’t be killed.”

“If Matteo had never found their bodies, I’m not sure we ever would have known what truly happened,” Lucanis adds solemnly.

I guess I’d be learning a new piece of this puzzle every single day.

“I don’t think any of this will help either of you sleep tonight,” I try to steer the subject away from this for now, I did not want to lie today.

“No, but a nightcap will--” Illario leans forward, pressing his lips to my cheek and turning to smirk at Lucanis as he backs towards the door, “ Goodnight Juno !” He adds, just a bit too cheerfully.

“He wants me to get mad,” Lucanis sighs, watching Illario leave the Diamond attic altogether, “Yet the fool still leaves me alone with you.”

His eyes drag down my frame, an interested quirk to his brow and a grin growing on his lips. I laugh in spite of myself and bring my arms around his neck.

No point in fighting his gravity.

“What should I do with you, hmm ?” That ‘ hmm ’ slips out like a purr against my skin, his lips on my cheek and dragging down to his favorite spot on my neck, “How should I repay my favorite little healer?”

“I can think of a few ways,” I press my lips to his temple, using my hands to slide his face back up to mine, meeting his hungry half lidded stare with my own, “But all of them require that sofa over there.”

“Shall I make you recite poetry?” He jokes, and I shake my head as I pull him across the room.

“If you take your lips off mine again, you’re going to wish you had the breath to recite poems to me,” I say, and it’s a threat-- and I mean every word. It’s been a stressful couple of days, and I was absolutely going to take it out on him. Quite literally; on him .

Lucanis is wise not to speak again, instead choosing to fall right into my lips once more, like a delicious trap he needn’t bother trying to escape. A moan tumbles from his mouth as I pull his bottom lip between my teeth before launching myself back into his waiting mouth, making sure every corner of his mouth was explored and left panting from my ministrations.

His eyes remain closed for a few more moments as my hands find his pants, quickly pulling open the lacings to unwrap my prize.

“Eager,” Lucanis chuckles, and I raise an eyebrow at him before pushing him backwards gently to the couch.

Drink me in like a glass of the sweetest wine, ” I match his stare as I slowly untie my own britches at the waist, “ Every sip savored, like a promise on your tongue. ” I unbutton my top slowly, grateful for the decision to forego a chest wrapping before coming to the Diamond, just in case an opportunity like this happened to arise, “ Swallow me slowly, like you enjoy every flavor I have to give. ” I pull my pants off entirely but leave my shirt hanging off my shoulders, my breasts peeking out as I place my legs on either side of Lucanis’ thighs, my hand reaching down to thumb at the tip of his cock, “ Love me like the heat it brings to your cheeks, red and warm until sleep takes you over. Drink me, sip me, savor me-- like wine .”

He reaches for me, cupping his hand behind my head to pull me into a fervent kiss, seemingly blissed out on the poetry strip tease more than anything else. His other hand rises up my hip, traces over every rib, brushes a thumb on my nipple before settling just at the base of my neck, most of his fingers settling on the back of my neck but his thumb gently pressing at my throat, “You have no idea the things you do to me when you speak like that,” He breathed, his whiskey eyes locked onto mine.

I tighten my grip ever so slightly on his dick, the smallest gasp shaking out of him, “I think I have some idea,” He chuckles and moves his fingers off my neck into my hair, his lips pressing over where his thumb once was to soothe it.

“I thought you weren’t going to recite anything,” Lucanis admits, his tongue dancing down my torso to my breasts, his lips closing around my nipple and his hot tongue swiping over it again and again.

“How could I not when you’ve told me before the things it makes you think of?” I scooch closer to him, his lips popping off my breast as he gasps, his dick now pressed tightly against my core. His eyes look down between us, drinking in the sight as rock my hips against him, “You make it so easy to skip the foreplay, makes me feel awfully pretty.”

Halfway between a laugh and a growl, that beautiful Antivan purr he’s mastered, whispered into my ear followed by “Far more than pretty. Reverent, desired--” He moves his hips against mine, his shaft sliding against my core and it’s growing wetness, “Adored, yearned for, cherished,” I bring him into another kiss as I pull my hips up and off him, pushing back down to land with his cock pressing into me-- another beautiful purr from his lips, “Loved. So, so loved.”

“Is that so?” I whisper, my hands tangling into his beautiful dark hair while I slowly rise up off his dick once more, “I haven’t heard it in a while, I don’t think you mean it.”

“I love you,” His answer is immediate, matched with a thrust of his hips up into me, “To doubt that is a dire mistake.”

I grin, “Dire, how so?” My question fans over his ear as I bring my lips to his earlobe, gently tugging it between my teeth as I let myself fall back onto him once more, delighting in his moan.

“Because you’ll make me have to prove it,” Lucanis whispers, and I bring my nose back to brush against his.

“And I so love it when you do.”

He tries his best to look annoyed, but he isn’t, his playful nature wont let him be. He simply plants his hands on my waist and guides me to bounce on his cock, occasionally meeting me halfway with a gentle, perhaps involuntary, thrust.

“I hope you’re quite pleased, always getting exactly what you want.” He teases.

“That can’t be true, I was just thinking how I wanted you to fuck me harder, but you’re still going so slow--”

“Brat,” He pulls me down and thrusts in, his dick hitting something inside of me that even I didn’t realize was there, shutting me up all at once. “All you need to do is ask, you know?”

“It’s more fun when you're a little angry,” I laugh, pulling his head to my chest and presenting him with my breasts once more, “You don’t treat me like I might break then.”

“On the contrary,” he bites at my breast, and I let out a gasp followed by a shiver up my spine, “I treat you like that to break you.”

“Try harder then.”

~-~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 63: Little Bird Love

Notes:

I did it. AHHHHHHHHHH. AHHHH. I did it.
Yup. Here we go. End of Act II baby!
And I know you're going to get to the end and go HOW how could you POSSIBLY end the act there!?
SHHHHH. Shh I know what I'm doing. Have faith in me, birdy, this is all according to the plan I came up with in freaking November.
Reveals, reveals, enjoy them-- let's go.

Please enjoy this art that Meg made of Thea and Juno dancing which is my roman empire tyvm I love them so much, they are my everything and if anything ever happened to these two I would kill everyone in this room and then myself. Cool? Cool.
Edit: Totally forgot meg made me very specific art for this chapter because I was too busy crushin on Thea. Extra piece at the end!!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Seeing Viago in his full Crow uniform sparked something between pride and sadness in me. Sad that he was now expected to carry out the full duties of a paid assassin, but pride that he had made another move in this intricate game we were tangled up in. There was no denying the uniform added to his charms, but more than that it was a stern reminder that the innocence of our youth was behind us now. Viago becomes a full fledged crow tonight, and I would follow his path someday soon.

For now, we would not be equals on any contract. To show Viago any defiance, disagreement or disorder would be the equivalent to questioning his status as a Crow. While there is no doubt in my mind that Viago would never take anything I say that way, there was the added pressure of him becoming a future talon. He needed to garner respect and build a reputation-- which meant being soft in front of others, on a mission or otherwise, could backpedal any progress he’s made.

Tonight was about more than just being proud of Viago, it would be about coming to terms with the fact that things would change from here on out-- and learning to be okay with it. For his sake.

“If you shed a tear tonight, you will be the laughing stock of the party, Juno.” Viago adjusts the leather pauldron attached to his uniform, a playful eyebrow raised as he turns to face me, “Perhaps you ought to try biting down on your tongue every time you get weepy-eyed. It will save us all the trouble if you can’t speak after, anyways.”

“Ha-ha,” I offer a sarcastic laugh at his teasing, taking a calming breath and walking over to fix the strap on the crooked pauldron, “ Excuse me for being proud and scared and worried and excited, it gets to be a bit overwhelming.”

“What do you have to be scared about? I’m the one who has to pledge myself to evil incarnate.” Viago chuckles and I pat the strap down as I buckle it into the proper place, unable to bring a smile to my face.

“Things will change, after tonight,” I meet his ocean-eyed stare, “Does that not scare you ? All I can think about is how I have to put your reputation first, above all else-- above you being--”

Curiosity fills his eyes as I swallow back the lump in my throat.

“--being my best friend. My family. My hero,” I shake my head a little, still not crying but still feeling like I could at any moment, “I lose a piece of my Viago tonight, I guess I don’t know how to feel about it.”

“You always choose the most interesting things to overthink about, you know that?” Viago scoffs, “What on earth could change so much that would make you lose a piece of me?”

“You did this entire contract to prove you would be the best successor for Matteo,” I shoot back, almost as soon as his mouth shuts, “This isn’t just about becoming a Crow, you’ve proved you can be a crow-- now it’s about showing that you’re a leader .” I take a small step away from him, turning him to face the floor length mirror in his bedroom to inspect his uniform, “Your standing from here on out is important-- you want the respect from other houses, you want to show no one else can rightfully take this spot... you want to show that Matteo made the right decision.” I rest my cheek against his shoulder blade, pulling my eyes from his reflection in the mirror, “The future Fifth Talon shouldn’t be hugging their family mid mission, or holding them up on the hard walks home after saying goodbye to loved ones. He can’t be caught cuddling by campfires or waking up in the same bed after several terrifying nights of torture.”

It just takes one gasping breath in to break.

Everything would change.

“He can’t help me sneak out, or have drinks at the pub together--” My head goes down to my hands, and I hold my fingers at the corners of my eyes so as not to smear any of the makeup I had worked so hard on. Viago has turned to face me, but I cannot look up now or else risk losing it even further than I already have. “He c-” I hiccup, it stops the words in my throat.

“Can’t what ?”

Viago’s voice is so soft. I’ll miss this. I’ll miss this side of him.

“He can’t call me ‘ idiot ’ whenever he pleases.” I groan at how stupid of a thing it is to cry over, and I can hear Viago holding back his laughter with short breaths out. “Am I going to have to call you by some fancy title? Gods, not SIR , am I going to have to call you sir ?!”

His hands land on my shoulders, and I finally, pathetically, look up at him with a pout. He looks far too serious for how much of an absolute pansy I was being.

“I will have you know,” He starts, “That a talon can call whoever they want: whatever they want-- whenever they want. Idiot.”

“Jerk,” I let my head sink back down again with a whine.

“Would you knock that off? I know you just spent a half hour with a dull blade trying to get that eyeliner just right,” Viago scoops my chin with a gloved hand and forces me to look up at him, “Tell me, did Javier mistreat you once he was inducted? Did he shy away from you, shun you or scold you?”

“Well--”

“Do not say it is not the same ,” Viago drops my chin to cross his arms, “You know why Javier is not afraid of continuing to treat you just as he had before he became a crow?”

Because he’s not the future talon?

I give a small shrug and Viago tilts his head to the side, disappointed in my lack of an answer.

“Family always comes first. It is written so deeply into Antivan culture that not even the Crows can outrun that sentiment,” Viago pulls a handkerchief from his pocket before handing it over to me, “While I may have to be a bit more impartial with you on contracts, Juno-- you will never stop being my family. My best friend.

“Not your hero, eh?” I joke, grabbing the kerchief and dabbing at my eyes.

“You’ll have to put a bit more work in to earn that one,” He responds, a more solemn look coming across his features as he turns back to the mirror, “Maybe no holding you up to walk you home, maybe no getting shit faced at pubs -- But I’ll be damned if I let anyone tell me what I can do at the Estate I will soon be running. That’s a promise.”

“I guess I’m the one who has some changing to do,” I sigh as I toss the silk kerchief down on his desk, “I’ve got to get better at controlling my emotions. Too full of love, and all that sentimental shit.”

“Oh, you simply must knock that off,” Viago rolls his eyes, giving himself one final look in the mirror before looking to the door, and then me. “I’m only going to admit to this out loud once, so learn it and then never forget it,” Viago clears his throat, a small blush rising to his cheeks, “I don’t... remember much of my mother, I was booted from the palace quite early. But she taught me a gesture when I left, to say...” Viago brings a hand up to cover his mouth, and I can tell this subject is not just hard for him, but also incredibly vulnerable.

“To say what?” I whisper.

His blue eyes dart back down to mine, and as his eyes sweep over my waterline, he drops his hand and sighs, “to say ‘ I love you ’, without having to say it out loud. For when the words would be wrong , or too hard to say. When ‘ goodbye ’ doesn’t quite fit and nothing else would work in its place.”

Viago’s gloved hand lifts mine, looking down at it as he presses my fingers into a fist, he raises my hand to my sternum, just above where my heart rests inside of me, and gently taps my closed fist against my sternum. Once. Twice.

The hand that’s not closed around mine rises to his own chest, tapping once. Twice.

I love you.

When the words would be wrong to say.

“So--” He slowly releases my hand, which stays on my chest regardless because I’m a bit too in awe to put it down, “When you want to say it, when it’s not right to say-- or when you need me or need someone and nothing else will help--” Viago taps his fist against his sternum two more times, “Then I’ll know... and I will do everything in my power to make the time that you need. You may have to be stronger for me in front of other crows-- but you will never lose me.” His hand drops from his own chest and swings down to his hip, “Have I made myself clear?”

I’d tap that fist to my chest a million times if I could.

“Yes.”

“Yes?” He asks, a leading question.

“Yes... sir?” I offer, and that seems to appease him.

“Look at that, already halfway there,” Viago steps towards his bedroom door, opening it for me to step out first, “Wasn’t as hard as you thought, was it?”

“Jerk.”

“Idiot.”

I love you.

 

When the gondolas arrived this time, Matteo made no move to force me to ride with him a Leo, a relief after the last ceremony. After the emotional tidal wave I had just experienced, it was a welcome relief to be able to ride with Viago, Javier and Arlo-- and rest my head on Viago’s shoulder for the one final time in public I may be able to. His pauldrons were stiff and pointy and frankly uncomfortable, but I could handle it for a brief boat ride to the First Talon Estate. I wanted to engrain this in my memories.

“Will this be your first party with a date, Javier?” I wiggle my eyebrows at him from across the boat, and a somewhat proud look falls across his face.

“What can I say? I’ve just been so pure until now, no one could handle my purity,” He lifts a hand up to his chin and rests it on the side of the wall.

“No one could handle you, alright,” Arlo’s smirk is threatening to break into full laughter and Javier nudges him with a harsh elbow.

“Yes, because you have such an extensive past with the ladies, don’t you?” Javier tries to jest back, but Viago’s raising of eyebrows and lips pinched shut seem to give away more secrets than if he had opened his mouth at all. “No no, what do you know that I don’t?”

“Nothing!” Viago turns his attention to the window, choosing to look out it instead of back at his brother. “Nothing at all.”

“No,” Javier laughs, waving his hands in front of him, “No I know I’m not wrong, you’ve never come to one of these things with a date.”

“Correct, I’ve never come to one of these parties with a date,” Arlo nods, flattening out his tie.

“Oh,” I whisper, a small laugh spilling from my lips, “But you’ve left with one, have you?”

Arlo tucks his tongue in his cheek, giving me a narrow eyed grin.

“Oh my-- what? WHAT?!” Javier throws his hand through his hair, “I thought-- I thought the times you sent me home first was just because you were stealing snacks to bring home!”

“Well,” Arlo crosses his arms, giving a small shrug, “I did that too, I just usually had a snack for the road--”

“Arlo!”

“None that I was ever PROUD of!” He puts up his hands, “Nothing that ever mattered. It’s... never been like this before.” His eyebrows slowly raise, like he’s just coming to this conclusion, “I’ve never looked forward to one of these ceremonies before...”

I raise my head off Viago’s shoulder a little as Javier reaches over to pat his older brother’s shoulder, his look of betrayal vanished from him entirely and replaced with simple familial affection, “Me either,” He adds.

I suppose it was only me who was worried. Though, after last time, after how much changed after the last induction, could anyone truly blame me for the nerves?

I suppose it was time to leave that in the past.

Because we were here.

Viago’s head tips over to rest on top of mine as the gondola pulls into the docks, “Ready?” He whispers.

“Are you?” I ask in return.

“Of course,” Viago pats my leg, “You’ve got my back.”

 

The music is always lively up until the moment the Talons walk to the center of the room. As they ascend only a few steps and line up across the carpeted stairs, only their footfall can be heard echoing off the marble walls in the room.

Talon Cantori looked weaker than he had the previous ceremony, his age was certainly getting the better of him, but he looked more proud than anything else. Matteo, while holding a neutral expression, still seemed to carry that ‘holier than thou’ air about him. Not every talon was inducting crows tonight, so their usual order on the stairs was off by a bit. The first crows approached the second and third talons, Dante Balazar and Ezio Valisti. I didn’t know too much about them, outside of the Valisti family being a family of merchant princes and Balazar supposedly having a bit of a lyrium addiction. They were relatively imposing figures, as most talons were. Their fledglings brought to them what appeared to be a trade contract and jewelry, before swearing their loyalty to their talons, pledging to follow their orders unwaveringly and explicitly, and to place their talon’s life before even their own. Something about that pledge made me feel sick every time I heard it.

Perhaps it was having to picture myself one day saying those things to Matteo, knowing the sick satisfaction he would get from feeling that complete power over me. Knowing how helpless it would make me feel.

Emil Kortez and Bolivar Nero, the Fourth and Sixth talons, Thea and Viela’s talons, were the next to receive the offerings from their fledglings. Judging by the way Thea and Viela are fiercely protective over elves in their houses, I’d wager that the Fourth and Sixth talons weren’t exactly upstanding citizens. I’d heard that House Nero makes quite a living off their diving trade (often at the expense of those they sent diving), and that Emil Kortez’s opinion could be easily bought with enough coin. Like I said, upstanding citizens. When their fledglings finished their vows, and with no Eighth Talon (Caezar de Acutis, Neri and Noa’s Talon) recruits being inducted, it was time for Viago and Teia to step forward.

From how it was explained to me, once the crow has given their oaths, the respective talon will remove their cape and place it over the shoulders of the crow, signaling their selection as successor. While a successor wasn’t traditionally chosen at induction, the symbolism of the Talon’s ceremonial cape has been constant throughout time.

“I, Viago De Riva ,”

“I, Teia Cantori ,”

“Do hereby pledge my loyalty to the Fifth Talon,”

“Do hereby pledge my loyalty to the Seventh Talon,”

“Vow to follow his orders unwaveringly and explicitly,”

“Vow to follow his orders unwaveringly and explicitly,”

“And place my talon’s life before my own.”

“And place my talon’s life before my own.”

And just as the crowd raises their hands to clap, hushed whispers fall over the room all at once-- as the two talons remove their capes from their shoulders.

“I had speculated-- but at the induction ?!”

“He selected the bastard over his own son?”

A little ice magic down the back of their shirts wouldn’t be against any rules, right? Certainly not if anyone didn’t notice the twitch of my fingers casting the spell in the first place.

Once the capes were placed over their shoulders, Viago and Teia stood, turning to face the crowd beside their Talons. Just like that, one step closer to a checkmate.

“How touching,” His voice is like poison in my ears.

“Green was never a flattering color on you, Leo.” I turn my gaze to my right to see the oldest De Riva had chosen to sneak up behind me, leaning in to speak directly into my ear. “I’m surprised you even chose to show up tonight, do you not hear them whispering about you?”

Leo scoffs, somehow having already gotten his hands on a champagne flute despite none being served yet. The crowd eventually finds its way to applause once Caterina Dellamorte starts the gesture for them, but it’s still dull enough that I can hear Leo over the noise, “Not all attention is bad attention, Little Bird. You just have to know who’s attention you’re trying to get.”

Hmm.

“I’ll bite,” I turn to face him entirely, the crowd at the center of the dancefloor begins to clear and the band begins to start up, signaling the beginning of the party, “Whose attention are you trying to get?”

Leo quickly finishes his champagne glass, setting it down on a full tray of a servant walking by and confusing them as they had only just started walking around and yet he somehow had an empty glass, “Let’s start with... you.”

“Me?” I snort, but am surprised when he reaches a hand out to me, signaling his intent to ask me to the dancefloor. “Why?” I ask, now more suspicious than anything else.

“Because I’m the one who can see behind you to the look on Matteo’s face right now, and I bet it’ll really piss him off,” He offers a hint of a devious grin, “And perhaps it’s the champagne, but I’m feeling rather generous this evening to answer those burning questions I know I left you with after our last little... dance, shall we say?”

I don't want to dance with him. I don't even want to think about him, let alone stare in his eyes for an unforeseen amount of time-- but. Something tells me, by the way he's looking at me, that for just one dance, he might actually give me answers, that it might not be all talk.

So, though Matteo is glaring with a look most disapproving when we turn around, and though every bone in my body chills when my hand lands in his, I let Leo lead me to the dance floor.

We’re not the first people to the dance floor by any means, but we’re the first of the Crows that I know and recognize, which means if any of the chessboard would turn and look now, they’d see me-- center stage with the enemy. Dancing.

I imagine that’s going to piss quite a few people off.

As much as it pains me to admit, Leonardo De Riva was quite a good dancer. It was almost like he knew the next steps by heart, before the beat even changed he was on to the next step in a way that blended each move so flawlessly you’d think he’d trained on this for years and years.

“Since when are you chomping at the bit to piss off Matteo?” I inquire, keeping an eye on Leo’s face for any telltale signs of a lie as we sway.

His thoughtful hum had me wary, but when he spoke the answer became more obvious, “I never said I was the one looking to piss Matteo off,” His dark eyes look down at me, a sparkle of mischief bursting forward in them, “I was just giving you an offer you were unlikely to refuse. My goal was to piss someone else off entirely.”

Leo gestures his head to the side, and spins me just enough so I can look up the stairs to see not just one fuming Matteo De Riva, but beside him, a vicious looking Viago De Riva.

“You are cruel,” I sigh, “But I doubt this bothers him as much as you’d like to believe it does.” I shake my head as we move in tandem, his arm reaching out to spin me once more.

“Oh, I’m aware-- you were just closer than Teia Cantori. I’m sure I can ask her next,” I can smell the champagne on his breath as he laughs to himself.

“First you try to kill a girl, then you try to dance with her? You’re an egg short of a dozen, Leo, I think you need medication.” I raise an eyebrow and Leo barks out what sounds... like a genuine laugh. Why is he so... jovial tonight? It’s unnerving.

“Welcome to the Crows, Juno... Well, not just yet. Not for you, anyways,” He rolls his eyes and his hand grips a little tighter on my waist as we dance, “Death and Romance go hand in hand here, you of all people should know that, right ?”

His voice sinks into a whisper, but it still feels like the room is quieter around us in my paranoia. Here was certainly not the place to be cracking jokes about my family.

“You don’t know anything about me,” I warn, and Leo’s smile gets only a little wider, a little too intense.

“Oh, you’re wrong about that one, Little Bird,” He presses his cheek against mine, we’re chest to chest as we dance and he whispers in my ear, “I know everything about you. About your family. About what they did,” His lips are nearly brushing over the tip of my ear, “I even know about your little spirit friend that keeps on stopping by. How many of your little friends know you’re playing with spirits, hmm? Viago ? Lucanis?”

I struggle against his chest for a moment, trying to push back, but Leo holds me against him tightly.

“Now now, quit trying to fly off, the song’s not even finished,” He leans back a bit to observe my face, putting some space between us, “I’m not going to hurt you, or your little bird friend. Besides which, Matteo’s word is final.”

“--Except when you punch him.” I interject, and Leo scoffs.

“Punch. Singular,” He tilts his head, quirking an eyebrow, “Don’t you think if I really wanted to send a message I would’ve done more than hit him once?”

“Then why didn’t you?”

“Indeed,” Leo dips me back, bending me in a circle before pulling me back up, “What stopped the second punch?”

“You’re a coward?” I offer.

“Let me ask you something, Juno--” Leo looks up at the crowd around us, making sure to smile wide as he makes eye contact with Viago once more, “You meet everyone your parents made acquaintances with on their travels?”

“... Most, I suppose.” I answer, looking around at the other dancing couples to make sure no one was listening in.

“The abomination then-- well, both of them, I suppose. Bad people?” Abomination-- Anders? Who was the second... Did he mean Wynne?

“Wynne was not an abomination,” I practically spit at him, but have to even my temper before I get too loud, “Not all spirits are demons, and not all spirits are bad.”

“I agree.” Leo answers simply, holding my gaze.

What does that mean?

“Not all abominations are bad people,” He reiterates, “Not all spirits are demons.” The music slows, but I remain holding Leo’s guiding hand as we come to a stop.

“What do you mean , Leo?”

“There’s no need to panic, Juno,” Leo’s gaze is now intense, too intense, “That’s what the blood magic is for, to control it. To control me ,” He looks over to Matteo before giving me a small bow, “As long as Matteo has that phylactery, I can’t do anything he doesn’t want me to do. Unless I’m out of his sight, that is, or if I’m lucky-- out of earshot .”

Abomination.

“Which one?” I say, but it dries my mouth up instantly.

“I think you already know,” He rises from his bow, “Contrary to what you might think, green is an excellent color on me.”

Envy.

Envy.

It was never a pocket watch Matteo got from Zara Renata that night, it was a fucking phylactery. It was a means of blood magic to control the bond between Leo and an Envy demon .

LEONV

Leo Envy.

It was always right in front of our faces.

“Thanks for the dance,” Leo takes one step back, “If you find yourself in need of more answers, you only have to get me alone.”

Alone. With an Envy demon .

Holy shit.

Viago.

Viago now.

I know he’ll flock to me if I brush past him, because it’s not within Viago’s nature to give up an opportunity to lecture me-- so I just have to find a space where there’s no one else.

Balcony.

He practically throws the doors shut behind us, and as he raises a finger to begin his lecture I throw a hand up over his mouth--

“--Leo is possessed.”

His anger vanishes as his face pales, but I keep my hand pressed over his mouth.

“If I’m being honest, I don’t know a lot about the process of binding a demon to someone who isn’t a mage, but I do know that most magic can be amplified with blood magic, and Leo said that Matteo has a phylactery, which means he’s the only thing holding that demon back.”

Viago pulls my hand from his mouth, “Take a deep breath, and then tell me what you know.”

I spill everything I had learned in the span of a single dance-- from the ledger clues to the ‘green is an excellent color’, to dancing with me just to piss Viago off-- It even made sense why Leo would sometimes get that odd flash of light in his eyes. It was a demon.

“Either Leo is waiting until Matteo has no eye on him to make moves behind Matteo’s back, or Matteo is calling more shots than we anticipated,” I rub at my temple as I lean back against the railing, “If Matteo can control him with that amulet looking thing, how did Leo ever land a punch on him?”

“I imagine a demon can make you move a little bit faster. It’s just a matter of who can lay their hands first,” Viago sighs, stroking at his goatee, “What we should be asking is why did he tell you all this?”

“He sounded like he wanted me to believe he wasn’t a bad person, like the demon wasn’t actually a demon, or something,”

“How would he benefit from showing his cards like this?”

“Does he want me to believe we’re on the same side?” I suggest, “... To try to get the phylactery away from Matteo?”

“If that phylactery got damaged, would the demon be unbound, or would Matteo just lose control of the demon?” Viago looks like he might start sweating. I suppose he didn’t exactly get too comfortable with the idea of spirits when I introduced him to Purpose, either.

“I honestly don’t know,” I shake my head, “But I... I do know someone who knows a bit about blood magic, I could try to get in touch with her?”

“If I catch you so much as dabbling in blood magic--”

“No! Gods, no-- I don’t want that. She doesn’t even do blood magic anymore she just... studied it for a while, to understand it.” I raise my hands, “I trust her.”

Viago groans, “Why does this keep getting so fucking complicated?”

“Greed? Isn’t that what it’s been boiling down to from the start? Greed and revenge?” I look up at the stars, noting how peaceful the night sky was despite the entire world tipping upside down around us.

“Let’s not say another demon name, lest we summon one before us,” Viago sighs, pinching the bridge of his nose before reaching for the doors, “Get back inside, we will warn the others on another night. Clearly, Leo has no intention of causing a scene at this party or he would not have warned us,” His hand rests on the small of my back as he guides me through the doors, “We will speak later. Enjoy what you can, for now.”

“Yes,” I say, but my confidence wavers.

“Yes, what?”

Tsk. Jerk.

“Yes, sir .”

Viago gives me a rather stoic wink before crossing the room, leaving me alone by the balcony doors. How do you attend a party knowing there’s a ticking time bomb in the room? How do you drink the wine and dance the dances knowing the only thing stopping that time bomb from going off is the world’s most oblivious talon?

How do you be normal?

How do you smile?

“Hey,” My head turns, in what feels like slow motion, to Thea and Arlo who approach from the right, “What the fuck was that?”

Gotta love a girl who isn’t afraid to curse while at a fancy party, and dressed to the nines, at that. Even the scars on her neck looked prettier in this lighting.

Now that I think about it...

“The start of a very long story I will have to tell you later,” I shake my head, reaching over and plucking Arlo’s wine glass from his fingers. I down the red in one large swig and hand him back the empty stem glass, “Do you wanna dance, Thea?”

“Do I...” Thea’s eyes widen, she looks to Arlo, who shrugs, then back to me, “Sure, Juno. We can dance.”

I lead her down to the dancefloor, but as we stop at the bottom of the stairs, it occurs to me all at once that I’m not really too sure on how to lead.

Welp.

Winging it is what crows would do, right?

“You do know I’m with Arlo, right?” Thea jokes as I take her hand, and I roll my eyes as we start to step in time to the music, “Not that I’m not flattered.”

“You know damn well I just wanted to talk,” I raise an eyebrow, “Not that the view’s bad, I’m not complaining.”

“Yeah yeah, you know-- You suck at leading, put your hand on my shoulder, you’re embarrassing us both here.” Thea quickly rearranges us so she’s leading in our dance, and it feels better like this-- She was admittedly the taller elf, and rightfully should be leading this dance, “Start talking, I’ve got a hot date to get back to.”

“Hypothetically speaking,” I lean a little closer to her, away from prying ears, “If I were looking into how to counter or remove blood magic spells, would that be something you’d have any interest in?”

Her eyes widen just the slightest, and she spins me with a thoughtful look on her face before pulling me back against her, “I’d certainly have open ears to the topic,” She pauses for a moment before narrowing her eyes, “Why?”

“I seem to recall you thumbing over a scar while referencing the subject, and given the watchful eye you tend to keep over girls coming into the Crows, I have an inkling that wasn’t just an offhand remark.” I suggest, reading her expression for any tell.

“I cannot speak to that.” She states.

“Do you not trust me?”

“No-- Juno I.. I cannot speak to that,” She takes the hand holding mine to guide us and casually reaches over to scratch at her neck, “Physically.” I watch as the scar on her neck ever so slightly changes color, a red glow beneath her skin.

So it was blood magic.

Or rather, it is . Whatever it does to her, it’s still doing it.

“Okay,” I answer, not wanting to provoke anything further. “I understand. I have someone I know who I think could help, but I don’t think she’ll know what kind it is unless she can look at it so... we’ll just have to meet her.”

“Why do you know a blood mage?”

“She isn’t a blood mage,” I answer, “And she’s not a bad person, either. Helping people is what she does, it’s what she’s always done.”

“Who is she?” Thea whispers, her eyes warily darting around the room.

“Her name is Merrill,” I offer Thea a smile, the first to break this tension, “And she is both smarter and kinder than most would give her credit for-- but more than that, she is a friend.”

“If--” Thea shuts her eyes for a moment, and when they reopen, her eyes look a bit watery, “If she could fix me, that would change my entire life.”

A raw vulnerability, for the second time this evening, from another person entirely. All I want to do is hug her, just as I wanted to for Viago.

“Then it’s settled, you will meet her.”

Relief washes over Thea’s features in an instant, and in place of her weepy expression blooms a most wonderful smile instead. As she dips me back, I can’t help but laugh at the newfound determination she holds.

“Perhaps my hot date can wait a song or two longer,” She suggests, and I laugh again.

“Yours might, but I fear mine will not,” I give her a bow as the gentleman partner would in a dance, and we both slip away from the dance floor.

I suppose even the parties where things went to shit still had their highlights.

“You must be parched from all that dancing,” A relieved smile finds my face as Illario approaches, two glasses of wine in hand, “Are we all just supposed to ignore whatever it was that happened with Leo, or?”

“A worthy discussion for a more private setting,” I answer, happily taking the glass of chianti from his hand. He gets a bit of a lopsided grin as he swirls his own wine glass.

“Well, it is my house, I happen to know a perfect private setting or two,” I cough a little on my wine as he slides that flirt in so easily, unable to stop himself from laughing after, “Sorry, you walked right into that one.”

“Indeed I did, not what I meant at all, for the record.”

“Well, the offer still stands, should you feel so inclined,” Illario reaches down, taking my hand in his and pulling it up to his lips, placing a gentle kiss atop my knuckles, “I’ve heard the dances feel far more intimate from behind closed doors.”

Physically, I’m here.

Mentally, I’m stumbling down the stairs with wine glass in hand.

“Who are you and what have you done with my Illario? So bold tonight, my goodness.” I fan at my pink cheeks with the hand I pull from his, giving Illario an opportunity to reach up and rub at the back of his neck.

“Sorry, sorry, I have needed to practice, I was serious when I said I was going to aim for successor. I’ve been training really hard, especially in the areas Lucanis lacks. He may look the part, but he lacks the charms or the confidence to succeed in seduction. I don’t have to practice too much to stand out against him there.”

“Is that what I am to you?” I joke, “Practice?”

“No--” Illario clicks his tongue, before throwing back a flirtatious glance, “You could be--”

“--Pass,” I sip at the wine again, watching him roll his eyes, “Tonight’s about Viago.”

“So tomorrow night?”

“Mythalenaste! You are incorrigible!” I laugh.

“And soft on the eyes.” Illario offers, his playful spark both charming and like playing with fire.

“Yes,” I sigh, “That too.” I yield.

Illario’s smile is one of victory as he sips his wine, only fading slightly as a hand comes to rest on the small of my back.

“You certainly are the life of the party tonight,” Smooth. Soft. Silky.

Coffee and Antivan Leather.

My heart.

“Hello Lucanis,” I turn my body towards him just slightly, nearly melting in the look he gives me when our eyes meet, “How are you? Hopefully less tipsy than Illario appears to be.”

“I am not tipsy. This is only my third glass.”

“Only?”

“It’s not a party unless you don’t remember a fair portion of the evening,” He scoffs, “It’s not a crime to enjoy yourself, you know.”

Illario passes his glass to Lucanis, who meets Illario’s challenging gaze before finishing off the glass.

“There, you see cousin? Now you might be able to loosen up a bit.” He pats Lucanis on the back, “Now why don’t you see about loosening up our Juno a bit, hmm? She seems far too tense.”

“My thoughts exactly,” Lucanis answers, and Illario gives an approving nod only until Lucanis holds out his arm to me, “Would you care to walk around the gardens? The air might be a bit chilly, but the flowers are still in bloom.”

“I’d be delighted,” I take Lucanis’ arm, my eyes immediately searching the room for Matteo. Much to my surprise, he is looking at me-- but his gaze is not as fiery as it once was, despite the fact that I happen to be arm in arm with Lucanis. He seemed more upset earlier when I was dancing with Leo than he is to see me on the arm of a man he once told me to stay away from entirely.

Perhaps I wouldn’t be the only one changing after tonight.

“One step closer to the goal,” Lucanis holds open a door for me, leading me back into the crisp fall air outside, “It almost doesn’t feel real, like it was too easy.”

“This was easy for you?” I scoff, “You got stabbed!”

Que sera sera ,” He shrugs, “You live this life, you either do the stabbing or you get stabbed. Or both, if you must.”

“You could lean toward Viago’s preferred methods and dabble in poisons instead?” I offer, and Lucanis waves a hand in front of him.

“And destroy the purity of food? No, stabbing is a more merciful death,” He insists, and I let out a breathy laugh as we begin our stroll through the gardens.

“Some would disagree,” I look over to him, admiring the way the silvers and blues of the moonlight really accentuate just how handsome he was, “Though I suppose none of us know food quite like you do, perhaps there’s some secrets we’ve yet to uncover.”

“I cannot believe I still have not properly cooked for you,” Lucanis laments, his brow knitting together, “I will have to find a way to have you over sometime, perhaps Caterina will have a business trip at some point--”

“You want to sneak me into the First Talon Estate? How risque!” I gesture around us, “I would certainly never be allowed there.”

“I-- okay, yes, I see what you mean, but that’s not what I meant,” He sighs, “Caterina... I’m not sure she’d consider wooing to be an acceptable pastime at the moment.”

“Ah, are you wooing me, Dellamorte?” I tease, and he gives me a daring look.

“I certainly hope so,” He releases my arm, bending down to pluck a coreopsis from the garden bed before handing it to me, “I’m afraid I have no knives to present you with at the moment, so I hope this will do.”

“Certainly,” I whisper, but before I can take it from him, he reaches up to tuck the flower into my hair, “Oh yes, ardently .”

“What do you suppose comes next in all of this?” Lucanis asks, holding his arm back out for me to latch onto. A cool breeze drifts through the air, sending a small chill up my spine.

“Well, I know I’m meant to join the crows. You are as well, I imagine. I’m honestly surprised you haven’t already. What is Caterina waiting for?”

“Ah, well,” He sighs, looking up at the night sky, “If I had to guess, she wanted to do exactly what the Fifth and Seventh Talon did tonight, but she’s finding it most difficult to accept the fact that I do not want to be the next First Talon.”

“Wait, did she choose you?”

“Essentially, yes,” He answers, “But she cannot impose on me something I will not take. I keep telling her to give it to Illario, and she keeps fighting me on it. She’s acting like it’s such a punishment to not make me a full fledged crow if I won’t accept being her successor-- I rather like being intel. It’s simple,” He furrows his brow, “Though unpaid. Relying on the coffers of the family alone is not ideal.”

“Does Illario know this?” I ask, and Lucanis shakes his head.

“No, and I ask that you do not tell him. If he gives up his interest... I fear she may force me into the role regardless.”

“This might seem like a silly question but... If you became first talon, could you not just step down whenever you wanted? Hand the job over to whoever did want it?”

“Yes,” Lucanis answers, but I can tell there’s a ‘but’ coming, “But I would be incurring the ire of Caterina, and regardless of my feelings towards how she raised me, she is still family. I do not want to lose what little of it I have left.”

Ah. Always back to that.

Damn these parties.

Highlights and lowlights.

“What do you think is next then? For you, anyways?” I ask, and Lucanis gives me his best comforting smile.

“I do not know,” He answers earnestly, “Supporting Illario as best I can, supporting you as best I can. Convince Matteo De Riva to let me hang around you so I may escape the confines of my own home?” He adds, and I squeeze his arm against me.

“There’s always the Diamond,” I add.

“That is true,” Lucanis gets a bit of a dazed look in his eyes, “And I love it there, do not get me wrong but... There is something to be said about getting to be somewhere truly alone with you without having to sneak around. Something normal, domesticated , even.” Lucanis leads me by the hand under a vine covered pergola, much like the one on the Fifth Talon’s estate. His body presses into me, and his hand comes up to rub a thumb over my lip in the low light, “I love you, Juno. I want to be able to love you in the daylight, in public, out loud... It can be so hard to hide just how much my heart calls to you when I cannot speak it.”

Oh.

When you want to say it-- but it’s not right to say.

“You can never tell Viago I showed you this-- so don’t you ever let him catch you doing it or I will be skinned and tanned like a halla hide,” I grab his hand from my lips, curling it into a fist much like Viago had shown me before. I press it down to his sternum, just below the knot of his tie. I lift, and then I press his fist into his chest. Once. Twice.

His brown eyes stay fixed on mine, searching for any meaning in the gesture but unwilling to pull his gaze from my own.

“To say ‘ I love you ’, without having to say it out loud. For when the words would be wrong , or too hard to say. When ‘ goodbye ’ doesn’t quite fit and nothing else would work in its place.” I lift my own hand to my chest, tapping twice slowly to emphasize the emotion. “I love you.”

“This isn’t what I had in mind,” He chuckles, that sweet low Antivan purr that’s always music to my ears, “But I’ll take any and all ways to show you just how much I mean it.”

Once.

Twice.

I love you.

I love you.

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 64: Little Bird, Prized

Notes:

Let's do the time warp agaaaainnn!~
It will be mentioned in here, kind of subtley, but Juno is 20 as of this time skip.
Oh man I don't really think any of you are prepared for the things I have planned. If the banner images are any indicator of how this act is going to go-- well, I hope you all are prepared for a wild ride.
Hey, do you guy remember when you started this story and there was a description of what was supposed to happen right at the beginning? We're finally heeeeere!
Did you think I just forgot?
No no, I've had this planned since November. I just get a little caught up in the smaller details.

Also, let's give the most crazy shoutout to Meg who, in 4 short days, made all the art featured in this new banner? What an absolute LEGEND. Honestly, of the images, I think Viela and Leo might be my favorites, the things Meg's been doing with lighting in her art lately is just stunning. I really admire her.
I hope you'll all let me know what you think of this chapter, your predictions, your impressions of what to expect from the banner images (usually sneak previews of chapters to come), and the crazy hint in here about who to expect in some upcoming chapters! <3 I love you birdies. Thank you so much for all of you that have been sticking around despite this taking a while to get to Veilguard. I promise you it'll all be worth it.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Juno, Nono, Town Trollop, Spirit Sister,

Other various names.

 

How are you? I’m aware I ask you every letter, but I fear the day I do not may be the day you finally lose it, and I will rot knowing I could have prevented it. I also may or may not have a constant lingering fear in the back of my mind that you will be slaughtered in your sleep by the demon that inhabits your housemate, but who is to say?

 

I pray that by the time I receive the next letter from you, you will have heard back from Merrill. It was a blessing that ‘ Varric Tethras ’ could track her down for you so you could send a letter in advance.  Have you figured out how you’ll get to her if she’s still in Southern Thedas? Isabela said she’s still willing to put out a contract with the crows for you if push comes to shove, just give us time to get to Antiva.

 

Speaking of Varric Tethras, The Siren’s Call pulled into Kirkwall’s port not too long ago, Isabela claimed to have business in the city for a few days. No complaints from me, anyways, playing in The Hanged Man had long been a dream of mine. So there I was , chasing the high of a night of perfect tales and tunes, nursing a beer at a table far to the corner of the room-- when an angel appeared before me.

 

I can hear you now, Juno -- ‘Kieran, an angel? Please, you’re no man of faith’-- to which you are correct, but I find no worldly explanation for the beauty of the woman who approached me that night. If not an angel, a goddess, if not a goddess-- some cosmic being there to shatter my image of reality. Had I not been positive I was awake and disappointingly sober, the events of that night might've only stuck in my mind as a drunken dream-- but alas, I have her cloak to prove that the kiss she shared with me was indeed one of actual flesh and not fable.

 

She kissed me, and then she fled-- into the night, like some fae thing flitting back off to its realm. She kissed me and all I got was this cloak to remember her by. It feels quite like those old fairy tales you used to read, the one where the woman runs off but leaves a shoe behind for her prince charming to find her with. Though, with a face like hers I doubt I’d need to drape a cloak over the shoulders of every elf to be able to pick her out of a line up.

 

Do not judge me for being enraptured with an elf. I can feel you rolling your eyes, Juno. It’s not BECAUSE she was an elf, do not compare me to every other human man.-- she was just ethereal. 

 

And now she’s gone.

Do you think it was my devastatingly handsome face that scared her off, or my massive...

Personality?

 

Such is life. It’s hard to be the bard.

 

Weep for me,

 

Kieran



The snort that emits somewhere between my throat and nose is one I often made when reading letters from Kieran. While he usually would crack a joke or two at my expense, it was instead the comparison of his story to that of Cinderella that had tiny laughs threatening to bubble up out of my chest.

“You snog one girl in a bar and suddenly you’re prince charming?” I whisper to myself, tossing the letter down on my vanity and unfolding the next. True to Kieran’s prediction, Merrill had finally written back.

 

Dearest Juno,

 

It is such a delight to hear from you and your family. Truth be told, you were on my mind here and there whilst the Inquisition rose to power and contained the breach. I thought of your little pigtails bouncing when you ran through the streets of Kirkwall way back when, wondered how your parents were and whether or not you were safe. It brings me great relief to hear from old friends once more.

 

About your friend; in earnest, I haven’t touched even a book that has spoken whispers of blood magic in ages, as nothing good ever seems to come out of it-- but if what you wrote is true, and you’re looking to break a blood magic spell or curse, then I may be able to help you depending on the strength of the magic. If I can look at the markings, and get a feel for the flow of magic in her, I may be able to figure out how to remove it.

 

Come to the forests of The Emerald Graves. It is something of a special place for our people, and I’ve spent much time here. Follow the ruins, eventually you will find Din’an Hanin. Ask for Daisy, be sure to not speak of my real name-- I can explain further when you’re here.

 

I look forward to seeing the woman you have become, gosh, you have to be in your 20’s now, right? Or about to be? I’ll still see the little girl with pigtails chasing Anders around the marketplace. Safe travels, dearie. See you soon.

Merrill

 

“How convenient ,” I mumble, my eyes reading over ‘The Emerald Graves’ a few more times, “Everything always comes back to The Order, doesn’t it? It’s like it's haunting me.” I decide to throw both letters in the lockbox Viago gifted to me before setting off downstairs to wait in the garden for Viela.

Early mornings had become our meditation time. Her voice had a way of washing the anxiety from my veins and it did wonders for my magical control. Some days, we’d stretch and do breathing exercises, some days we’d just sit quietly in the sun and she’d guide us through visualizations.

I usually forgo morning coffee until we’re done, so that she can sit for a chat until Thea arrives for my lessons with her. Since Teia was inducted into the Crows, her attention has (rightfully so) had to shift from our previous teachings. Thea has kindly stepped into the role as my seduction teacher, and the teaching arrangements have given them reasons to be away from their respective Houses should they have small... Rendezvous after class.

Not that Arlo and Javier haven’t kept busy themselves. The success of the boot camp held in Rivain sent word around about all those who participated, and by the suggestion of Neri and Noah in House De Acutis, both Javier and Arlo have weekly teachings at the Crow base in Treviso with the newest groups of Fledglings. It fed both the pacifist in Javier, and the old wise man in Arlo. It also kept them home more often than not, which I know both Thea and Viela appreciated.

Being away from the people you love is difficult, I can attest to that.

The familiar sound of the front gate swinging open reaches my ears, and I make it out to the gardens just in time to see Viela rounding the corner of the house.

“Good morning, Juno,” Polite as always, with a smile that matches her perfectly calm demeanor.

“Good morning to you too,” I matched her pace as we made our way over to the patch of untouched grass by the greenhouse, where the sun always hit just right in the mornings, “Any updates?”

“Unfortunately, no.”

I was referring to our shared goal, the induction into the Crows. She had been training for far longer than I, and it still surprised me that the Sixth Talon had yet to promote Viela into the rankings.

Surely, it had to come soon, right?

“I’m beginning to think Bolivar might just be sexist,” I remark, and Viela lets out a delightfully breathy laugh.

“Honestly, surprised it took you this long to notice,” She answers, taking a seat in the grass and gesturing to the spot beside her, “Let’s leave that conversation for later, I’d rather he not be on my mind while we meditate.”

Yeah, that’s fair.

“Get comfortable, and let’s begin...” I take a seat in the grass beside Viela, she always says not to cross my legs, but it’s always the most comfortable position for me to sit, “Take a few deep breaths, in through your nose and out through your mouth...”

Morning meditation always just gave me time to detach. For a short while, I didn’t need to be me. This wasn’t my body, I wasn’t in Treviso-- my mind could be anywhere. Even Viela’s voice was soft enough to not be Viela’s anymore, just a voice in my mind; guiding.

“Imagine a warm light, gently floating in front of your face. Notice the color of this light-- Maybe it’s even your favorite color.”

Blue. Lucanis blue. That sort of icy almost periwinkle blue that seemed to shine in the dark. The color of my favorite dress shirt of his. The color of the wild statice flowers that grew in the hills outside of Denerim. The color of Brona’s Bloom.

“When you look at this light, notice how it makes you feel. Maybe it makes you feel happy. Maybe it just makes you feel calm. With your next breath in and out, I want you to imagine just a little bit of this color traveling into your body.”

It feels like peace. Like home, like security-- like being frozen in a moment, safe.

“Imagine that nice, warm color filling up all the muscles in your face and letting all of them relax. Notice your eyebrows softening. Notice your jaw loosen. Even notice your tongue releasing from the roof of your mouth.” I never notice just how tense my jaw is until I force it to relax, “As you breathe deeper, that warm light slowly fills up your body, starting to travel to your neck and letting your neck relax. Then traveling across your shoulders, letting your shoulders soften away from your ears and gently down your back.”

Is it that blue light traveling across my skin, or is it Lucanis’ soft lips? The blue just makes me think of him. Is it the feel of his stubble dragging across me after that velvet feeling of his kisses?

“Then that warm light slowly, gently fills in all the muscles in your back, softening anything tense. Imagine that warm light filling up your arms, your elbows, your forearms, all the way into the palms of your hands and each finger, one by one.”

Kisses chasing after every goosebump, pressed to the top of every knuckle like he so often did. Even with my eyes closed, even with my mind off-- it was always still filled with him.

“Next, that warm light travels into the base of your throat, swirling around. Let that warm gentle light travel down to your heart, and into your belly, letting all the muscles around your belly relax.”

Maybe this meditation is doing more to rile me up than I thought it would.

“With your next breath in and out, notice the light traveling down your legs, your knees, your calves and shins, all the way into your feet and your toes. Feel that warm light throughout your body, letting everything relax and smooth out.”

Ah, well... I guess it skipped over the most fun bits. So. Back to reality.

“Remember: you can always come back to this warm space anytime you need to. You can always feel this warmth.”

At least there’s coffee waiting.

“How do you feel?” Viela asks, as she did at the end of every session when we both opened our eyes up again.

“Warm,” I answer, though she really didn’t need to know all the details to that particular response, “Ready for coffee, also.”

“As am I,” She chuckles, and we make our trek back to the gazebo, “Have you heard back from your friend at all? About Thea’s... predicament?”

“I did just this morning, actually,” I pull out a chair for her as we reach the gazebo, the table having already been set by an attendant as we did our meditation, “She thinks she might be able to figure out how to remove the blood magic if she can see its effects for herself. She’s asked that we make the trip to The Emerald Graves to see her.”

“The Graves!?” Viela’s eyes widen, before her brows knit in despair, “How are you ever going to get all the way down there?”

I reach over and grab the kettle from the center of the table, pouring her a cup of coffee before filling my own, “I have a few ideas,” I respond, “I have an outside third party that would be willing to fake an intel contract, and worse case scenario, she could always specifically request me,” I place the kettle back down and pass Viela the sugar, “But beyond that-- I realized something.”

“What’s that?” Viela gently spoons sugar into her cup, only stopping when she hears the next words that fall from my lips.

“The Emerald Graves is where you heard The Order operate out of,” Viela remains staring at her cup, immovable, “If we were able to locate The Order... they might be able to locate that girl you’re looking for, they might be able to tell you if she’s safe-- or help her, if she isn’t.”

Viela remains transfixed on her coffee, only seemingly coming to life again to slowly swirl her spoon in her cup, “Do you really think you can find a way to send us down there?” Her voice is quieter now, almost broken in her throat.

“I’m confident in it,” I answer, reaching my hand across the table to rest on hers, “And I would like to make it happen-- For you, for Thea... You’re important to me. You both deserve to have your lives be your own.”

Viela’s violet eyes soften as she finally looks up at me, perhaps touched at my words; but I meant it with every fiber of my being. Our people have lived nearly their entire existence in service or servitude for others-- all of us, every single one, deserves a chance to carry only their own burdens, to have their world shaped only by themselves.

“Must you make me weep over morning confections?” Viela huffs, quickly pulling a pastry onto her plate and taking a bite before she lets herself be emotional. I had grown on her since our mission with Viago, and while she has her moments, she does occasionally choose to open up and be vulnerable. I’d like to think I played a large hand in that, but I imagine Javier has played more of a leading role in opening her heart.

“I’d say I’m sorry, but that would imply I regret anything I said,” I grin as I take a matching pastry, “And I simply do not.”

Our eyes meet once more as the familiar squeak of the front gate rings through the air again, and it's not long before Thea joins us at the table in the gazebo.

“Would it really be such an inconvenience to have these lessons a bit later in the day?” Thea groans as she takes a seat, “A girl really does need her beauty sleep, you know.”

“Then perhaps you should take that up with the man keeping you up all night, rather than the ones feeding you in the morning,” I counter, enjoying the small embarrassed grumble that Thea responds with.

“You try telling him no...” She whispers, a pout on her lips as I pour her a cup of coffee.

“It’s actually quite easy-- he asks to throw knives, I now say no because he thinks moving targets are more fun and I’ve learned my lesson,” I take a sip of my coffee and practically melt into my chair in the warmth, “Quite easy to do.”

“Yeah well, you’re immune to his charms,” Thea indignantly lifts her coffee to her lips, “And I’m not sure you’re in any position to be lecturing me about getting enough sleep, need I remind you what I walked in on at the Diamond a few weeks ago--”

“--Not here , Thea,” I sing through gritted teeth, “Especially not on the day when Caterina Dellamorte is expected to show up.”

“--Woah”

“What?!”

Both the women place their cups down rather quickly at this admission, and I let my shoulder drop.

“Yeah, I have no idea,” I reach my hands up to rub at my temples, “I know Matteo’s been feeling the heat recently, he was just bemoaning the other day about not making enough coin off of contracts due to higher Crow dues. Maybe he’s invited her over to bitch her ear off about that?”

“Sorry to absolutely leave you hanging, but if I even get a whiff of her, I’m out of here,” Viela visibly shivers, “That woman is terrifying.”

“The older she gets the more scary she is, honestly.” Thea adds.

“She’s not so bad,” I offer, “I got to speak to her once about her children. She seemed... a little more human at that time. Not so stoic.”

You had a conversation with Caterina Dellamorte ?”

“And you’re still alive ?”

Why does everyone keep saying that?

“She obviously can’t be that bad, you’ve spent enough time around Lucanis and Illario-- they’re not monsters.” I sigh, finishing off my cup of coffee.

“No,” Thea purses her lips, “But I’ve also seen them fight, and I can only imagine what they had to go through to get to that point.”

Well... yeah, and then there’s that.

From the things I did know, Caterina Dellamorte was no saint, either. I just found myself hard pressed to dislike her or fear her in the ways most did. All I can picture is a woman doing whatever she can to protect her family, just... ultimately sucking at it.

She’d hate to hear it, but she’s a lot like my father in that regard.

“Anyways, yes I suspect she’ll be over soon, so I wouldn’t blame you if you took your tea to go. The boys are at the Base anyways.”

“Why Juno, do you think we come over here just for the De Riva boys?” Thea puts a hand over her chest, but her smirk gives her true emotion away.

“We come here for you, my dear! Those two are just,” Viela pauses, her eyes drifting up as she searches for the right word, “An enjoyable side benefit.”

“Yeah yeah, benefitting their dicks in your--”

“My lady!” A familiar voice calls out from the side yard, and Illario approaches with a grin, “You’re being summoned to the sitting room!”

“My lady?” Thea teases, her eyebrows wiggling, “I suppose we shall take our leave then, you must be off to your suitors! I shall delay our lesson for another day, Little Bird!”

“Perhaps one of these suitors shall become your betrothed! Perhaps they come looking for your hand!” Viela joins in the teasing, both women rising from the table and leaving me with rolling eyes.

As the two step away from the gazebo, I finally pull myself from my chair to meet Illario halfway. He tucks his hands behind his back as we walk in step, “In truth, I had something I wished to discuss with you, so I offered to retrieve you instead of one of the maids.”

“By all means, I’m all ears , as we elves say,” I joke, and Illario looks up at the sky with a rather endearing smile.

“I was able to come across some information recently while on a mission, and I think you’ll be quite pleased to hear it,” I look over at him, admiring the way his dark hair glows a warm color in the sunlight, “I believe I’ve discovered the full name of The Order, the one you’ve been so curious about since that mission at the brothel.”

“Full name?” I ask, stopping short of the back door, “What do you mean?”

“Well,” Illario rubs at the back of his neck, “Initially, we heard it referred to as The Order , but after speaking with some elven women, I’ve come to find that it’s not the full name. You had mentioned Viela spoke of The Order being an order given, not really an organized group. Well, it turns out it’s an order given by a someone , when a rescue mission is initiated-- they say its ‘ By The Order of The Blue Wraith’ .” Illario gets a rather proud look on his face as he watches for my reactions, “It’s apparently a well kept secret because you can’t even get in contact with The Order without calling it by the full name: The Order of The Blue Wraith. So, I don’t really know what to do next but... I think it will help.”

“Your timing,” I breathe out, “Could not be more perfect, really.”

“Thank you, I get that quite often,” Illario jokes, his canines prominent in his smile, “I assume you’re making some sort of plan?”

“Indeed,” I answer, turning to open the back door to head inside, “I’ll have to catch you up on the details later, I’d rather not leave Matteo waiting.” I pause before stepping in, turning back to face Illario. “Thank you,” I say quietly, realizing now just how long he’s been searching for some scrap of information for me, “Thanks for not giving up... and for searching for me.”

Illario’s smile fades into mostly surprise, before I notice his cheeks flush just the slightest, “Anytime, really.”

“You may regret that someday, you know,” I tease, finally heading into the house.

“I highly doubt that.”

We follow the halls down to the sitting room, where Matteo, Caterina and Lucanis have already taken a seat. Matteo gestures to the spot beside him on the couch, and I feel my shoulders tense a bit as I make my way over. Illario is seemingly less tense as he sits to Caterina’s right, with Lucanis flanking her on the other side.

“I thought it only fair that I include you in this conversation, Juno, as it pertains to you as well,” Matteo places his hands in his lap before meeting Caterina’s intense stare. “First Talon... No, Caterina ,” He begins, and I watch as one of Caterina’s eyebrows raises in surprise, “I recognize that since... Well, since Rosaline’s passing, I have not regarded you with...” Matteo’s brow knits, and I can tell he’s struggling for words, “With the respect you deserve.”

Woah.

“My impertinence has driven a wedge between our houses, where a bond once was,” Matteo looks to me briefly, “While I recognize that I cannot take back the things I have done, and the mistreatment on my part, I recognize now that the distance between us is my fault and my fault alone.”

Sorry, no--really, sorry? Did the very earth we rest upon freeze over? Was Matteo... apologizing ?

“I would like to apologize to you, Caterina. For taking my emotions out on your family, and for disregarding yours when we both were sharing the same grief.” Matteo pauses, letting Caterina sit in the silence following that rather surprising apology.

“What brought this on?” Is all she can seem to ask, seemingly unready to accept any apology from Matteo, not that I blame her. She didn’t even know the full truth behind the things he’s done. Could he really be feeling guilty about this, after all this time?

“It has not escaped me that the youngest of our houses get along well,” Matteo gestures to Lucanis and Illario, “Your grandsons have always been kind friends to Viago, and they extended that friendship out to Juno when she arrived, as well. Our history did not define their ability to maintain positive relationships, something I’ve come to find quite commendable.”

Oh gods, this is... this is actually kind of embarrassing. I don’t need you to act like my dad here, and I certainly don’t like how you’re making it sound like I’d have a hard time making friends otherwise.

“More so than that,” He continues, “I’d be remiss to not mention that their closeness often appears to extend beyond friendship, as I’m sure you’ve noticed as well. It seems these fledglings flock to each other at every Crow Ceremony, and they make quite a spectacle on the dance floor.”

Shut up. Shut up. Shut up I hate you. Ohhhh my gods why is this happening?

Lucanis and Illario look just as mortified as I do. Matteo directs his attention directly to Lucanis for his next words.

“I would just like to-- formally , give my blessing should the future first talon decide to court the youngest of my flock.”

...

What.

“De Riva!” Caterina is abhorred, to say the least.

“Why do you look at Lucanis when you say that?” Illario pipes up, “Caterina has not selected a successor, and I happen to be the only Dellamorte with interest in the position.”

“Oh,” Matteo’s eyebrows nearly reach his hairline at Illario’s sudden boldness, “My apologies, I just assumed--”

“Most do,” Illario interrupts, “And most would be wrong ,” His hazel eyes move sharply over to me.

What the fuck are you doing?

“But I would be most pleased to have your blessing.”

Whhhaaat the fuck are you dooooing?

“Now, just a moment,” Caterina holds her hand out in front of Illario, and I can see Lucanis sit a bit straighter on the couch.

“As would I,” Lucanis looks to Matteo, “Your blessing would be most welcome.”

No no, do not join in on this.

“I believe he said his blessing was to the future first talon ,” Illario’s eyebrow twitches as he snaps his attention to his cousin, “And as I recall, you’ve said several times it’s not a position you want.” Caterina watches both of her grandsons closely, so closely that I can almost see the gears in her brain turning.

“Well,” Matteo holds up a hand, “Obviously, I would extend my blessing to--”

“Might I speak, gentlemen, if you’re done with your incessant chattering?” Caterina taps her bejeweled cane twice against the floorboards, effectively silencing the room.

Thank fuck, someone can finally talk some sense into these idiots.

“You are correct that I have noticed the... unusual bond between our youngest,” She begins, her sharp gaze looking over my features, “And her talents for recruiting, and especially her healing abilities, have not gone unnoticed by any means either. She brought these two back from the brink of death in just a few hours, and I have not gotten the opportunity to commend her for that,” Caterina dips her head to me, and I sink back a bit into the couch, “All that being said... It appears that both my grandsons have an interest in becoming her betrothed. First Talon and Wife to a First Talon are big shoes to fill, and none of these Fledglings are even full Crows presently. I’m not sure any of them are in any position to accept such a blessing.”

Thank you thank you thank you thank you---

“However,” Caterina looks to Illario, then to Lucanis, “Should a fully fledged crow ask for my blessing in a marriage, I may just be willing to give it-- to the future first talon .”

You witch . You absolute nightmare woman.

“But--” I interject, but Caterina holds up a hand to stop me.

“I am aware of your eagerness,” uh, no actually I did not fucking say anything about that, “But the matters of the First House should come before all other more trivial pursuits. Illario is correct that I have not chosen my successor, but if this is the motivation for them to finally put real effort into the role, then I see no harm in offering my blessing as a prize.”

No, say what it really is.

You’re offering ME as a prize.

“Does Juno get no say in this at all?” Lucanis sounds a bit bitter, and rightfully so; Caterina just spelled out her intentions loud and clear-- She wants Lucanis to accept the role she picked him for some time ago. “This is her future, too.”

“Of course she does,” Caterina tuts, and gives me her best smile, which felt more forced that anything else, “I’m also sure she understands that this organization has always operated under House Dellamorte-- Marriage processes are usually complex and earned through hard work and reputation, something you all currently lack,” I’m beginning to understand why no one likes you, Caterina , “For me to be willing to give my blessing to someone lacking any sort of standing, and no notable background within the crows for that matter-- It would be quite a generous feat. If this is the motivator you all need to become something greater, then so be it,” She lets out an impatient sigh, “I shall give my blessing to the engagement of Juno and the future first talon, when-- and only when-- they are inducted and the successor is announced.”

The room is quiet enough to hear both Lucanis and Illario’s hands ball into fists at their sides.

“Most excellent news,” Matteo pats the hand I have resting on my leg, “Continue on your current path, and I have no doubts you will have the makings of an excellent wife to the First Talon.”

What’s the purpose of this , I want to ask, why me? Why me when you know who I really am? When do you know what my father did? When you once fought so hard to keep me away from them? What changed?

“Quite,” Caterina looks me over once more before turning her attention back to Matteo, “I appreciate your apology, De Riva. I’m glad we may finally move past... well, the past, ” I’m not. Go back to hating each other. “I’m afraid I have other meetings to attend, but,” She stands, looking at both of her grandsons, “I’m sure we will all be seeing much more of each other in the meantime. I can’t imagine these two will stop their courtships just because there’s more at stake now.”

Lucanis and Illario rise from the sofa and follow Caterina out the door, both giving me glances as they go-- both drastically, devastatingly different glances.

Illario looked pissed.

Lucanis looked broken.

The front door closes, a familiar click of the knob setting back into place.

Maker help Matteo De Riva, or he may die by my hands this very instant.

“Well,” Matteo chuckles, “That went better than I anticipated.”

What exactly is the punishment for killing a talon, I wonder?

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 65: Little Bird Nightmares

Notes:

I don't know if I have much to say in the notes for this one, I think my brain is shut off for the evening. It's 12:45 right now, posting before 2am still so I'll take it as a win. This chapter may seem a bit innocuous or irrelevant-- It's not. Just add it to the conspiracy string board and ruminate on it for a while.

Art by the lovely Meg as always. Our lovely Chessboard in act 3, some changes in looks and style for our beloved Crows and their Fledglings.

Love you birdies.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



“Five minutes,” Viago’s fingers squeezing at the bridge of his nose is an all too familiar sight, “I leave you alone for five minutes and you wind up engaged?”

“--not technically,”

No no , you let me finish speaking--” Viago sighs, dropping his hand from his brow, “Romance should be the very last priority right now.”

“It’s not like I made this decision! I didn’t even get two words in before Caterina shut me up and decided to treat me like a trophy for the boys!” I throw my hands up in defeat before falling back onto my bed, “And those two IDIOTS went along with it! It’s like they lost all reason the moment the possibility of Caterina’s approval for a marriage was on the table.”

“Unfortunately,” He steps to my bed and sits beside me, laying down beside me so our heads touch as we look up at the ceiling, “That’s not that surprising, in truth. With a family like the Dellamortes, who have held their power within the Crows for this long, marriages are more political and contractual than ever really done for love. I’m sure both Illario and Lucanis recognize that fact.”

“That’s all well and good, but can it not be something they try to go after when the other party is actually READY for marriage?” I lift my forearm up and place it over my eyes. “I’ve had quite enough of the men in my life getting to decide what my future shall be.”

“So don’t accept their proposal,” Viago says simply, “You are allowed to say no, you know. You don’t have to be engaged to anybody.”

“Has any man you’ve ever known been kind after a rejection like that?” I scoff, and let my hand fall off my eyes as I turn my head to face Viago.

He purses his lips for a moment, then shrugs as he answers, “Well, if you don’t want to marry them, what should it matter if they’re kind?”

“I--” I stop my sentence short, “I would still have to interact with both of them, Viago, it’s not like I can tiptoe around the First Talon if my future is in the Crows.”

“Perhaps not always, but I will always be your talon,” Viago gets a twinkle in his eye as he turns his head to look at me, “Try as they might, they still have to get through me first.”

“They have, in fact, gotten through, around and over you on several occasions.” I remark.

“Only because I let them, Juno. Only because I let them.” Viago brings his arms up behind his head to cradle the back of his skull, “And I only did that because it seemed like it was what you wanted. Perhaps if you’re not looking for anything serious with either or the Dellamortes, you should tell them that.”

Well. That’s not...

“I didn’t mean it like that...” I mumble, turning my head back up to the ceiling to try and make shapes in the stucco, “It’s just a bit... fast, is all. I don’t like not having control, and I don’t like that I have to somehow earn Caterina’s approval for anything!”

“Ah,” Viago sits up, chuckling as he places his elbows on his knees, “So that’s what this is-- you don’t think you’re good enough.”

“What? No, that’s not it--”

“You’re scared you won’t earn her approval, you’re scared of what that means for your relationship-- you’re scared if you don’t succeed the first time, you’ll never get another chance.” Viago’s blue eyes peer over his shoulder, “You’re scared they’ll choose someone else when you fail.”

“Now you’re putting words in my mouth!” I sit up, irritated with the sudden onslaught of accusations poking at insecurities. “No marriage should balance solely on one person’s approval anyways.”

 

“Or is it that you’re afraid the wrong one will win?”

“Fuck you.” I spit, my blood turning to ice in my veins, “You don’t know anything about what I want.”

“Neither do you, it seems.” Viago stands from the bed and turns to box me against the mattress, his eyes darkening as he dips his head down to my level, “And what will you do when that turns to bloodshed? When only you’re to blame for the lives lost for your hand?”

“They won’t--” I would say ‘they won’t kill anyone for this’, but that’s not true, is it? You have to kill to become a Crow, they have to become a Crow to be First Talon, and they have to be First Talon to get Caterina’s approval of our betrothal. “I would never ask either of them to kill for me.”

“You would never need to ask,” Viago scoffs, “That’s what makes you so powerful.”

“What the fuck is wrong with you?” I shove Viago back, his face once more appearing in the candle light-- and that’s when I notice it; the tell tale sign I’ve been asleep this whole time. That this was just another nightmare in a constant string of them since the day Viago was inducted.

His eyes were glowing green.

“Wake up.”

My eyes snap open, and my heart rate is enough to make my head spin-- but as always, my trusty bird has arrived to pull me from my terrors.

“Thank you, Purpose.” I say, but it comes out more like mumbles in my sleepy haze.

“You are still having night terrors,” The bird tilts its head as it speaks, “Still about the demon.”

“Yes,” I sigh, rolling onto my back to stare at the sunbeams just barely creeping in through the window. “I’m not sure anyone has gotten a full night’s rest since we found out, let alone gone a single night without sleeping with a knife under their pillow.”

“A simple knife won’t kill a demon,” Purpose remarks.

“No,” I sigh, pulling my feet over the edge of the bed-- clearly I will not be going back to sleep if Purpose is awake, “But if I stab it through his foot it will sure as hell slow down the vessel.”

“Do you know how to kill a demon?” Purpose flies over to my dresser to perch as I search for clothes to wear.

“Not yet, I’m... working on it.” I rip some casual clothes out, “Unfortunately, my small expanse of abominations is limited to people who only had spirits in them, though I imagine it would work all the same -- You’d have to get the demon out of the person first, get it vulnerable. It’s still a spirit deep down in there somewhere, it still possesses magical qualities to heal its vessel.” I pull my hair from its bun to powder the roots and braid it, my fingers twisting as I spoke, “No vessel, no protection... No more demon.”

“It would still take more than just a knife-- you should really work more on your mana’s connection to the fade; nothing will hurt a fade creature more than the fade itself.”

Like it’s so simple to master rift magic...

It’s not as if I hadn’t been training-- I had. Training with Viela has given my magic stability, making weaponless incantations easy. AND I’ve also been digging deeper into stronger magic, older magic-- harder magic. Mostly storm magic, admittedly, but Rift magic too. I’m just not as adept at it-- it requires more mana potions than I can craft in a day.

The alternative would be... well, lyrium.

And it’s not like refined lyrium is in high abundance here, let alone sold from anyone reputable. Considering if it’s improperly refined, it can be deadly for a mage; I wouldn’t dare put my hands anywhere near it. There are also many who become addicted to it, mages included. It just simply isn’t worth the risk to get that extra power boost. As far as I know the only beings capable of being unaffected by lyrium are spirits themselves.

A shame that I can’t exactly rely on Purpose to be casting spells.

“I’m doing the best I can,” I settle on, stripping of my pjs and settling into new clothes for the day. “Yesterday I got a little side tracked, won’t happen again.”

Whilst forgetting about the shit show that was that entire meeting with Caterina seemed impossible, I am and likely always will be an expert at avoiding my problems-- so time to work on different matters. More pressing matters.

I open the canister of imported nuts on the table for Purpose and the messenger birds to peck at if they’re brave enough to come inside, then set to work at my vanity.

 

Isabela,

 

I hope this letter finds you well, and I pray Kieran has not driven you completely mad to the point where you’ve dropped him into the middle of the sea to swim home (do not consider that, please). You hold the power to shape him into a real man (not like that) and I can’t wait to see who he becomes after his time with you, and your... Lords of Fortune, was it?

 

In truth, I’m writing because I have a favor to ask. I need to get down to The Emerald Graves to meet with Merrill, I believe her knowledge will be able to assist my friends in several problems we are facing or have yet to face. Given that we are all in training to become crows (and not even fully fledged crows, at that), this makes traveling particularly difficult.

Kieran had mentioned that he had discussed with you the potential to place a contract with the Crows. For this to work, we’d need several things to align; the type of contract you’re looking for would very specifically need to be an espionage or intel contract-- That’s the only type of mission I could spearhead for the crows, as I am not yet an assassin. Secondly, we’d need a target you’re looking for intel on-- I think Merrill is an easy enough target; you could say you heard word of her traveling through The Graves and you’re looking for someone to confirm before you make the costly trip to Southern Thedas from Rivain. If you were feeling particularly nosy, you could ask us to report back what exactly she’s up to. Third, and perhaps most importantly, you’d have to post the contract directly with Matteo De Riva and express your interest in having me carry out this contract.

 

My fear is if you don’t ask for me directly, he will send someone else. The Fifth Talon is... a bit attached to me, to say the least. But for the right price, he’d let me go. I will give you my savings for this, or whatever it takes for you to be willing to make the trip to Antiva-- This is important to me, it involves people who are important to me. If Mama, Papa and Yourself have taught me anything in this life, it’s that I must always do what I believe is best for the people I care for.

 

If you think this is something we can negotiate together, I’d be most grateful. I miss you dearly, nights without hearing the sounds of you all sharing glasses of brandy at the kitchen table don’t feel the same. I know you were never one for sentiment, but I do still love you like you are family. I hope you’re living your best life in Rivain, and think of me fondly when I happen to wander through your mind.

 

Your Treasure,

 

Juno

 

There. Another step down.

I sit at my vanity for just a few extra minutes, feeling drained as I look at my reflection. I look tired. Of course I look tired, I barely sleep-- but more than that, I look exhausted. Drained. When did the weight of this all fall so heavily onto my shoulders?

Well, if I’m going to devastate the world as we know it, first things first; do my makeup. Every successful troublemaker starts her day with makeup and jewelry-- Thea taught me that.

“Are you awake, Little Bird?” A voice just above a whisper comes from the other side of my door, and I feel myself smile as I let Javie know to come in.

“Good morning,” I greet him before turning back to my mirror to swipe on eyeshadow, “Rare to see you up this early on purpose, plans today?”

“Nothing in particular,” Javier crosses the room to sit on the chaise beside my vanity, watching with curious eyes as I do my makeup, “I heard you talking to yourself in here, though. Just didn’t know if you were conscious this time or not.”

Yeah. Then there’s that. Before Purpose had started coming in to keep an eye on me, the lack of sleep had led to some minor hallucinations or sleep deprived delirium. If I did sleep, I usually woke up in a panic. There were a few nights I snuck into Javier or Viago’s room to sleep on the floor just for some sense of comfort, though (and I’m sure this was their doing) I usually woke up alone in their beds in the morning.

When they started to look too tired, I asked Purpose to watch over me in my sleep-- a plan that Viago did not particularly approve of on account of ‘being vulnerable to possession’. Honestly, if Purpose could stop the nightmares, my body is theirs (also a joke that Viago does not particularly approve of).

“Sorry, I was planning out a letter,” A lie, just a new lie in my lifetime of lies. “I didn’t mean to be too loud. Did I wake you?”

“Nah,” Javier scratches at the back of his head, “Honestly the fledgling schooling wore me out so much I fell asleep before the moon rose last night. I was bound to wake up early with a schedule like that.”

“How is that going, by the way? Do you like it?” I uncap a small jar of creme eyeliner and dip my brush in.

“It’s not as bad as I thought it would be,” Javier crosses his arms, leaning back in the chaise and kicking his feet up, “Don’t get me wrong, battle tactics are still battle tactics so teaching them isn’t always light hearted-- but at least the fledglings have things to be proud about that isn’t killing people.”

“I think you’re an excellent teacher,” I respond, smiling as I swipe the brush over my eyelid, “It’s easier not to give up when I know you’re rooting for me. There aren’t too many people like that in the Crows, you know.”

“Flatterer,” Javier chuckles, his eyes shutting as he lounges, “It’s easy when your first student is a natural, anyways. Now if only there was a way to get you into the Crows to showcase my talents.”

“Hey,” I warn, pausing my makeup, “I’m not the one holding me back and you know that.”

“I know, I’ve put in my recommendation for your first mission several times-- Talking to Matteo about you joining is like talking to a wall.”

For a guy who was so keen on making me join the Crows next, Matteo sure is dragging his fucking feet, that’s for sure.

“If I could get back to Denerim, I could expedite this entire fucking process,” I mumble, capping my eyeliner and moving on to lipstick, “But Matteo is so god damn clingy, I feel like I can barely leave the estate without him calling for me like a lost child.”

“What’s in Denerim?” Javier asks, peeking an eye open to look at me.

“My childhood home,” I answer, my eyes sweeping to the door to make sure Javier had closed it behind him-- he had. “My dad mentioned he may still have copies of Matteo’s warning letters to him in a chest in the house, but my parents haven’t been able to leave Lavendel for a while-- my mom’s symptoms from the calling have been particularly bad lately.”

“Lavendel to Denerim? That’s a long haul, anyways. Not exactly a trek you can knock out in a few days' time.”

“I know,” I take a deep breath, dragging the purple color over my lips, “Unless I can get a contract out there, I’m fucked-- and from what I heard, contracts in Southern Thedas are few and far between.”

“Yeahh, that’s... kinda your dad’s fault.” Javier gives a sympathetic smile before pushing up off the chaise, “We’ll think of something, just focus on what you can do right now.”

“Leaving so soon?” I ask, watching as he trails to the door. Javier turns on his heel to shoot me a wink as he steps out.

“Places to be, people to talk to,” He answers.

“Yeah yeah, always like a star-- Distant and gone during the day,” I huff, watching his figure leave my room to trek down the hall-- likely to bother Arlo, as he so loved to do. “Gotta be up at night if I wanna see a damn glimpse of you.”

His laugh echoes a bit in the empty hall before it quiets down entirely once more.

One last glance in the mirror, and I was ready to take on the day. It starts with yet another letter, as I had a rather important conversation I needed to have with two particular idiots-- neither of whom were De Rivas.

 

Lucanis,

 

What, pray tell, the fuck?

 

I recognize that there are no gods currently walking this plane to observe our sins, but that does not mean that they are not still sins. What in your right mind made you think that agreeing to treat me as a prize was the correct solution to Matteo’s bullshit suggestion?

 

With all due respect, which is none, Caterina would not have accepted Matteo’s offer at all if you hadn’t expressed any interest in it. She wouldn’t even humor it! She wants you as first talon, and now she’s using this entire scenario against you to get what she wants-- not only did you disrespect me with your actions, but you disrespected yourself. I don’t know which to be more upset about.

 

We would’ve figured things out-- you and me. I’m scared of what the future holds now.

 

Write me back or face my wrath.

 

Begrudgingly still yours,

 

Juno

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 66: Little Bird and The Box

Notes:

Hi Birdies, sorry this took me a few days to get to, I had a lot of plans that took up my time and I struggled on this one, not really sure why.

Anyone else find it easier to listen to rain sounds to draw than music half the time? I swear it's the time I get the most work done.

I know the title might give away some of the contents.

As always, I love you birdies. Thank you for your comments, it makes me keep coming back even when the writing is a struggle. <3

Chapter Text


Of the many life lessons I have learned from Viago De Riva, how to make the most furious, unimpressed glare is by far the most important. I may not have the icy eyes he does, but what I lack in ice, I make up for with fire.

And man was I fucking heated.

It started with Matteo’s bullshit explanation earlier for his rather sudden and rather suspicious ‘change of heart’, where he claimed something like ‘ watching me grow into a respectable young woman reminded him fondly of Rosaline, and he didn’t want to hold me back from love the way that she was in the past ’, as well as ‘ the tension between the houses could be fixed if this did come to a fruition, and perhaps his coffers would stop paying the price of Caterina’s wrath ’. He called the whole ordeal mutually beneficial, but it still seems too weird to be innocent.

And now, there’s the man in front of me.

Lucanis can barely look me in the eyes. If I wasn’t frustrated before I got here, his big brown puppy eyes would probably work on me, but alas, I have only wars to wage.

“Lucanis,” I warned, “Say something or I will turn around and leave you sitting on that couch alone.”

“I’m sorry,” He manages to blurt out, followed by a scrunching of his brow that would seem to imply he was frustrated having to say it, “I don’t know if I have more words to say than that.”

“Find some,” I cross my arms and take a seat beside him on the couch, “Because I’m still mad.”

“You think I am not?” Lucanis lifts his hand to gesture to his chest, “You are absolutely correct that I fell right into Caterina’s hand, that conversation could not have gone any better for her unless I demanded to be First Talon Successor at that very moment.”

I sigh, feeling my anger quietly dissolve as I look at his troubled face, “What happened?”

“I just--” I watch his head roll back as he brings his hands up to rub at his face, “The way Illario immediately claimed Matteo’s blessing to marry you, it just sparked something in me. Rage, I suppose.”

Well, that makes two of us, at least.

“Believe me, he’s also on my shit list at the moment,” I roll my eyes, tapping my fingers against my arm impatiently, “But it sort of sounded like Caterina was going to shut the conversation down up until the moment you expressed interest, surely you had to have noticed that?”

“Is it a conversation that should be shut down?” Lucanis drops his hands to look at me with cautious eyes, “Is that what you want? Because I can’t imagine it’s a conversation she’d ever have twice,” He sits up a bit straighter, his eyes drifting to the attic floor in front of us. What did he mean by that question? “If that was ever something you wanted, you’d have to get her attention on the first try-- That’s how she sees the world. That’s how she picked my mother’s groom, how she picked Andarateia out of the jail to be brought into the crows... how she picked me over Illario for First Talon successor. Once her eye is set, it never wavers, no matter how hard you try to shake it or pull it elsewhere...” Lucanis sighs, turning his body to me to place a hand on my knee, “If she were to decide she wanted me to be wed one day, and you were not the first to catch her eye-- you would never receive her blessing at all.”

“And what you want doesn’t matter?”

“--It never has before.” The pain behind those words gnaws at my heart. “I’m not sure what future seems more devastating to me; giving in to what Caterina wants and taking the role of First Talon just as a means of keeping you by my side, or denying the role knowing full well I will never be allowed to marry the woman I love.”

The gnawing turns into aching-- like bleeding internally, the heat spreading under my skin,

“You are devastatingly romantic sometimes,” I mumble, bringing my hand up to my cheek to feel the heat blooming there, “Is there no future to be had where everyone is happy?”

“I think it would take Caterina changing fundamentally,” Lucanis laughs in spite of himself, “Her being willing to let Illario become First Talon, letting her control slip over both of us, and letting any of the remaining Dellamortes marry for love... I’d have to be in my grave for that to happen, I fear.”

“You...” It’s hard to even ask, it dries my mouth like I haven’t had water for days, “You want to marry me, truly?”

“Do you honestly find that so surprising?” I can’t read the tone in his voice this time. Confusion? Perhaps, annoyance? Exasperation?

“I’m not--” Anything. Anybody. Honest. Deserving. “--worthy.”

And I’m back there again-- 16, broken, degrading myself like it’s some excuse.

“You have quite a history with calling yourself lesser,” Lucanis reaches up and strokes his knuckle over my facial tattoo, “But I meant it when I said it as teenagers, and I still mean it now. You have grown so much, accomplished so much, shaped yourself into someone who can captivate anyone with your spirit alone-- You are worthy, not just of me, but of anybody. Everybody,” His hand grabs at my chin and forces me to look him in the eyes, making my breath stop short in my lungs, “You have no idea the light you bring to my world, Juno.”

I love him. Isn’t that just so devastating and so beautiful all at once? Every fiber of my being wants to give him everything he ever asks for, hell, more than that-- I want to give him everything period. Everything ever. If he asked for a dance, I’d dance until my feet bled. If he wanted fresh flowers, I’d build him a greenhouse. If he hungered, he could devour me whole-- and as I bled out I’d still be in awe of how someone so incredibly perfect would ever want a damn thing to do with me. I didn’t know it was possible to love someone so deeply you’d let them destroy you, but it is, and I do-- and he can.

“It’s... it’s not marriage I’m upset about,” I admit, though it seems twice as embarrassing to say, “It’s that you were so quick to give up on the future you wanted for yourself, for me.” I groan, bringing up a hand to grab Lucanis’, “You made it clear even before we were... together, that you had no interest in being First Talon. You shouldn’t have to change that for me, and you wouldn’t have to, I --” Just say it. It’s no secret. “I wouldn’t accept anyone else’s marriage offers.”

Gods, what would Papa say if he heard me talking about marriage right now?

What would Viago say?

Even though it made my cheeks burn, even though I was once again putting myself as putty in his hands, even though it showed a weakness for him once more-- It still seemed to be exactly the answer he wanted to hear.

The way his knit brow unfurled, the way his eyes softened and gained a light and the way his hand tightened around mine as if not wanting to let go of the moment... it was clear it wasn’t the words he was expecting, but ones he wanted... No, needed to hear.

“You wouldn’t?” Lucanis barely spoke above a whisper, as if standing before a precipice and my words would be the deciding factor with which he would leap or not.

“Do you honestly find that so surprising?” I want to make a teasing little joke while using his words against him, but his lips are on mine before I can continue with any jests or jokes. It’s not the kisses I’m used to, there’s no exploration or wanton forcefulness. We don’t pull apart just to meet in the middle over and over again. No. this is just his lips finding mine, holding me in place, in this moment-- like he was quieting me down just to take in my answer to his question. I struggle to find my breath for a moment, pulling my head back for air just for him to flock to my lips again, pulling his body from the couch to kneel in front of me on the floor. 

When our lips leave one another this time, he’s got that all too familiar look of reverence-- only these aren’t the lustful eyes of a man looking to taste a god. These are the eyes of a man utterly devoted. So soft, so captivated... so beautiful.

“I love you,” He shakes his head ever so slightly, “I’m sorry I lost myself yesterday. In truth, I think I snapped imagining you being betrothed to Illario because I can’t bear the thought of you spending the rest of your life with anyone else. I didn’t take into account your feelings, and I certainly didn’t ask when I should have.”

I reach out my hands to place on either of Lucanis’ cheeks, my whole body pulsing with the sheer vulnerability of this conversation, but not regretting it just to be able to see him like this.

“Are you still mine, Little Bird?”

Of all the times to call me by that name...

“Begrudgingly so, yes,” My lips purse a little in my annoyance, but I squish his cheeks in my hands, “Though I may drop the adjective if you keep your wants in mind, as well. I shouldn’t be the only part of the future you focus on.”

“But you are the one part I look forward to.”

Everything. Ever. Anything he wanted.

I love you.

“I look forward to seeing you happy,” My thumb soothes over the part of his cheek I had just squeezed, “The kind of happy that doesn’t require sacrifices of your wishes to make me happy,” I lean down, giving him a small, chaste kiss on his lips, “Do not be First Talon if you do not wish to be, Lucanis. Caterina is older, but even if it took waiting 30 more years before she passed or finally caved in and gave her blessing, I’d wait around for you, Lucanis. You’re worth the wait.”

His breathless laugh as his head dropped to my knees sent goosebumps racing across my skin. I truly loved watching him unfold, someone so strong and respected that half of Treviso thought he’d become the most powerful Talon in the organization-- and yet they never would see this side of him. The man on his knees professing, melting for love. This was my Lucanis.

The sound of the zipline closest to the Diamond Balcony caught both of our attention, and Lucanis was quick to rise to his feet as the sounds of footsteps echoed up to us.

The other Dellamorte had found his way to the Diamond.

“Pardon the intrusion on... whatever this is,” Illario looked over at me with a quiet disappointment before turning his gaze back to Lucanis, “I was told to retrieve you, Caterina wants us both home for dinner.”

“Of course,” Lucanis answers, but I can hear a bit of bitterness in his tone, “I suppose I’ll head back then,” He turns to look at me once more, giving me a soft smile, “I’ll write after dinner.”

“You better,” I warn, but return his smile anyways, to soften my vague threat. “As for you,” I stand and cross my arms, tipping my head around Lucanis to look at Illario. “Stick around for a minute, we need to talk.”

Lucanis doesn’t protest at this, simply giving Illario a nod before stepping out of the attic altogether. Illario doesn’t take a step forward, likely because he too, knows that I’m pissed at how the conversation derailed yesterday.

“Would you like to begin, or shall I?” I ask, bringing a hand to my chest knowing full well if he even opens his mouth I’m going to talk over him.

Clearly, he knows as well, because he looks to the floor with a meek “You first.”

“What the fuck were you thinking?” Is that a harsh way to start? Good. “Let’s ignore the fact that you even humored Matteo’s idea to begin with-- You also snapped at him and shifted the entire conversation to treating me as a prize to be won. Lucanis at least tried to bring me into the conversation-- you didn’t consider me or my feelings at all! You acted like becoming First Talon meant you were entitled to me!”

“I am not entitled to you,” Illario asserts, “And I was wrong for grasping at the idea so quickly, I can admit that... However,  you are the only one who has ever believed in me, who told me I was capable of not only becoming First Talon, but being a good one-- You have no idea what that means to me.” Illario fists clench at his sides, but his hazel eyes are strong when they meet mine, “Do you know how exhausting it is to work your entire life for something, and have it be handed to someone who doesn’t even fight for it time and time again? To not even be considered as good enough by an entire organization because you can’t manage to best your own family?”

Illario’s jealousy came at me like running full speed at a concrete wall-- He’d always seemed the playful flirt, especially since our last chat in the infirmary... But it’s real now. Illario is jealous of Lucanis, which for the most part, I understand. It must have hurt to have Lucanis suddenly seem like he would compete for the successor role after a lifetime of telling Illario he wanted him to do it.

But I never should’ve been a part of the jealousy.

I did that to myself, I suppose, by not letting him go when I should have.

“ I have no intentions of letting you down; as first talon, or as your future husband,” His voice is surprisingly firm for how emotional he looks while he speaks, “So be mad, be upset and fight this if it’s what you want-- but for the first time in my life the things I want completely align: I want to be first talon, and I want to be yours. There is no better future I could imagine.”

Would he ever even be given the successor role by Caterina, or would she drag this on forever? She seems a very patient woman, and as Lucanis had mentioned, one whose eye didn’t waver.

“Can you please say something?” Illario’s voice is even softer now, broken in an instant.

And that gnaws on my heart in an entirely different way.

“My future is focused entirely on the Chessboard right now,” I answer, as diplomatically as I can. There had to be a way of saying this without... Without destroying him. “I don’t know what overcame Matteo into thinking I wish to be wed off, but that’s not something I’m interested in right now. I want to support Viago, I want Matteo to suffer for the things he’s done, I want to know more about the Order, I want to help Thea and Viela--”

“You heard Caterina, she wouldn’t even give her blessing until we’re all fully fledged Crows, anyways. This isn’t something that’s happening tomorrow, it’s not like I’m on my knees asking you to marry me-- I just--”

“You were focused on you , I get it,” Was a real apology so difficult for him? “But if you expect me to just go along with this quietly when it’s so very clearly another one of Matteo’s fucked up tricks, you’re out of your mind.”

Illario pauses, as if finally finding a shred of reason for the first time.

“You think he didn’t mean what he said?”

“Do you honestly think that the man who wanted her dead suddenly had a change of heart over seeing us all dancing ?”

Matteo. The monster behind closed doors. The man who would slaughter an entire family if it meant being able to wed the woman he claimed to love. The man who paid to have blood magic artifacts to control his possessed son. The closed box tucked away on the shelf in the back of my mind.

Do not open the box.

“You don’t know a damn thing about Matteo De Riva, but you’re a fool if you think he’d let me leave his grasp, especially for a Dellamorte.”

Do not cry. Do not open the box. Do not think about the box.

Stop crying.

Stop.

“Juno,” Illario’s voice is in front of me, but my vision has slipped. Tears. “What has Matteo done?”

I can’t close the box anymore.

“Go home, Illario.” I whisper, brushing past him as I make my way out of the attic.

“Juno!” His voice calls after me, and I feel my chest heave sharply.

“I said go home,” I answer, my voice cracking as I speak. “If you aren’t willing to apologize then this conversation is done.”

I grab onto the next passing handle of the zipline and make a quick escape off the opposite rooftop, bounding down at a speed I can only hope is enough to create an immense distance between us-- one great enough he won’t follow me.

If I run and run until my lungs feel like they just might collapse, will the pain of the air stinging through them push away the memories I kept tucked in that box? Will I be able to forget about the 16 year old girl who buried her youth the moment she recognized she was helpless at the hands of a much older, much more powerful man? What amount of pain to myself could cover that box, burn it and make me forget everything I had kept inside, avoiding for this long?

How do you move past the things that haunt you?

Especially when you keep flying home to this gilded little birdcage, so expertly crafted to keep you locked up forever?

“You should really be more grateful that I took you in,”

Stop.

Not everyone is willing to take such a hands on approach for their fledglings, even if they are as... tempting as yourself.”

Please. Please close the box.

“You’d have to learn sooner or later, seduction isn’t as simple as batting your eyes or dressing the part. I’m doing you a favor.”

If you can’t close it, please-- just let it burn.

My feet don’t bring me into the estate. For once, the thought of facing any De Riva was frightening. I couldn’t be comfortable at The Diamond, I couldn’t be comfortable in my own room... what was left?

In the corner of the grounds, almost against the fence around the estate, just a small foundation now-- where a shed once stood.

I’d take those memories over the ones currently plaguing me.

I sit down in the center of the foundation, my breath jagged as I look down at the charred remains of the floor where a chair once sat. Permanently charred, forever changed-- dark. It was like looking in a mirror.

As much as I wanted to forget, to block out the memories of Matteo De Riva’s lingering, terrible hands, lips, words...

They were the fire that changed me, the flames that brought me down to a crumbled, charred foundation.

A foundation I’ve been trying to rebuild ever since.

And it will only be something greater than a stupid burnt shed the day he’s finally forced to pay for the things he did. So as incredibly difficult, and fucking lonely and awful as I feel, staring at the content of the box in the back of my mind-- the best thing I can do for myself is persevere.

Leave the box open.

“Juno?” His swift footsteps are recognizable anywhere-- perhaps I could handle exactly one De Riva right now. “Why are you--”

“Viago,” I croak out, looking up at him from the floor of the crumbled shed. He seems to understand with just a look that I won’t be able to find the words, so he does the best he can do, and he takes a seat beside me on the foundation.

“Do I need to poison somebody?” He asks after a beat, wrapping an arm around my shoulders as I weep into my hands. “I do still have a vial of Wyvern poison, should we require it.”

I shake my head, trying to take a deep breath as I lift my head towards the sky, glaring at the stars as if it was the night itself that did this to me.

“I lied.” I whisper, and Viago processes this for a moment before looking over at me.

“To... Lucanis?” I shake my head again, “To me?”

He shouldn’t need much more explanation beyond this, but I’d wind up telling him anyway.

“To my Papa,” I squeezed my eyes shut, burning with the tears that flooded them, “I lied so that he wouldn’t try to kill Matteo, because you weren’t named successor yet... I lied--”

His arm tenses around me.

“--when I said Matteo never put his hands on me.”

His other arm wraps around me, pressing me against him in a way that makes it so I can’t see the look on his face.

I don’t need to see his features to know he was angry. I could feel it in his arms. He shook at a different intensity than I did. I shook from tears. Viago shook from rage.

“Please don’t tell anyone,” I whisper to him, finally able to hold myself together enough to speak coherently. “Nobody can know.”

“Juno--”

“They’ll blame me, Viago,” I pull from his arms, meeting his gaze to let him know how serious I was, “That’s what happens-- especially to an elf and especially to one trained in seduction... and if it’s not blame, it’s worse-- it’s pity, and I don’t want that either.”

“What do you want?” Viago asks, a measured calm to his voice that you only hear when he’s seething inside.

“I want the same thing I did before,” I answer, “I want to ruin him with my own two hands.”

I want to use the contents of that box to build the pyre I’d burn him on.





My Darling Treasure,

 

You caught me back at base, and just your luck, in between explorations. If there’s anything I’m good at-- it’s lying to men, so count me in on your little plan.

 

I’ll be in Treviso in a few days time, take me to this fearsome talon and watch him crumble at my fingertips. I will get you to The Graves even if it means kidnapping and sailing you there myself.

 

I can’t wait to see how much you’ve grown.

 

See you soon,

 

Isabela

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 67: Little Bird, Treasure

Notes:

I can't even begin to describe the week I had, lol. Just know, the AO3 curse will always strike when you least expect it-- but I will always bounce back.
Next week, I have both an award to accept in my industry and the following day is my birthday (April 17th, Aries babies rise up!). Hopefully that can brighten my spirits, maybe?
I just was stuck in an emotional pit since last chapter, hard to claw my way out.
But I've been waiting a long time to start the Emerald Graves chapters, so eager to begin that little saga.

How have you been, birdies? Are we all still hanging in there? Do you have a comfort food you crave when things seem a little gloomy?
I made scallops tonight and had a nice glass of cabernet after, that did a lot, actually lol.

I put this stunning art in from Meg of the Chessboard enjoying coffee in the Gazebo. She included so many neat references within the actual chessboard that I adore, curious to see if anyone has any predictions for that based on the pieces. Meg's grasp on lighting and plants has really made me want to work on art more. Every day she makes something new and every day I want to learn more from her. That background? Stunning. Do I want to be Meg, or be on top of her? Idk. You tell me.

Let me know what you're craving, birdies, I'm open for some filler chapters.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



Juno, 

 

Calling myself an idiot would be far too generous. What I am is self centered, and oftentimes blind to reason when it matters most. I could sit here and write you pages of excuses, but no matter how that makes me seem, it doesn’t change the fact that I hurt you-- and disregarded your feelings when I shouldn’t have. I was so ready for an ideal future that I hadn’t dared to ask if it would be your ideal future as well. Picturing our views aligning has just always seemed easier than accepting that you might not feel the things I feel for you. I thought at one time it was just optimism, but I’m coming to terms with it being closer to delusion than anything else.

 

I don’t think I was clear enough the other day, so let me restate it to you: becoming First Talon would give me everything I have ever wanted. I would have Caterina’s respect, I would have defined myself outside of Lucanis, and I would have the power to be able to provide you with anything you have ever wanted-- that is, truly, what I want more than anything else. I want to be able to give you the resources when you decide to chase down secret organizations, craft intricate potions or interrupt missions to rescue children. I want to be able to make you feel worthy to stand beside anyone in this organization-- I want to watch you fly, knowing I did everything in my power to support you on your way. More than anything in this lifetime, I want to see you happy.

 

That does not have to be by my side if that’s not what you want. I will still fight for the role of successor, because regardless of what you do or don’t feel for me, I will earn the power to make sure no one can ever hold you back.

 

I would never force you into marrying me, Juno, but the offer will always be there should you decide you felt the same. I will spend the rest of my life lifting you up, supporting you-- protecting you.

 

For as much as you looked at me and saw my potential, I see it limitlessly in you.

 

Yours,

 

Illario

 

I guess it wouldn’t be a letter from a Dellamorte if it didn’t make you question every decision you’ve ever made in your lifetime.

He was sweet.

He was so devastatingly, world endingly sweet. I want to call him a sycophant; claim he’s just pretending to feel this way for some secret gain-- but that’s just it; I’m nothing. I’m a nobody. For all he knows, my parents handed me over to the Crows willingly. There’s nothing to gain by pursuing me apart from just me.

And what am I? Just some coward who’s too scared of what we’ll be if I try to tell him I could never marry him. Sure, he says he’ll always support me, but when does that kindness end? When does he get sick of me? Would he truly just be okay with how things are going now,  forever?

Would I be okay with that?

There’s no denying the way he pulls at my heart. It’s a fate I’ve known all along, but it just constantly still manages to slap me in the face; I like Illario. He doesn’t know me in the ways Lucanis knows me, and I don’t know him in the ways I know Lucanis-- but the Illario I do know has never been anyone I feel inclined to shy away from. He’s bold, he’s determined and he’s not afraid to say what’s on his mind. I respect that immensely. I can’t say I love him like I love Lucanis, but he does have a way of making my heart flutter all the same.

I suppose, in the end, it doesn’t matter much. I’m sure once the Dellamortes are aware of who my father truly is, nobody will be approving anybody’s engagement-- Their parental figures, or mine.

Not that I’m needing Papa’s approval, his ideas of what makes a significant partner are... non traditional, to say the least.

It’s a nice daydream to have, picturing a fairytale future and getting married -- but I just don’t think it’s possible with how deep I’m in with lies already. If that future is possible at all, there’s a long road in between me and that happy ending-- and limitless paths where either Dellamorte could branch off and leave it, and me, behind. They might branch off the moment they know my last name.

So the focus is one future at a time. One goal, one step.

And that starts with Isabela.

 

 

“Surely that emerald eyed beauty at the edge of the docks is not my darling treasure, I don’t recall giving her permission to grow up so quickly--”

My arms find her waist before she can finish her sentence.

Isabela always felt like home, even though she’d never be locked down to an idea of ‘home’, I think our family home in Denerim is the closest she’s ever gotten-- and her perfume has always smelled like home to me (or perhaps, our home smelled of her perfume).

“Tersora-Bela!”

“Tersora-Juno,” She was never one for hugs-- but she always caved in the end when it came to me. A privilege I shall forever cherish. “Look at you, you look more like your father every day, I swear.”

“Coming from you, I’ll take that as a compliment,” I snort, pulling back to look up at the woman who had always been something between a third parent and a badass mystery relative. It’s no secret to me what her and my parents get up to when they’re together-- the only thing strange about it is her refusal to ever put a title on it. If they all loved each other, why not make it work?

But-- That’s just Isabela, or so I’ve been told. It’s rare for her to stick around for anyone. The Champion of Kirkwall was lucky she hung around to help for as long as she did, because she had wandering feet and a lust for adventure.

“Well, you certainly could look worse,” She jokes, “Speaking of, I’ve been shaping up that shiprat you call a best friend. You’ll have to come visit soon, I’ll have him looking more of a man and less of his mother in no time.”

“Good, work his ass to the bone, and by that I mean-- make him do some heavy lifting. He could use a muscle... or five.”

Isabela’s joyful laugh makes my eyes crinkle at the edges-- I love her.

“Nobody becomes a Lord of Fortune without some biceps at minimum-- worry not. Though, from what I hear you have found finer muscles elsewhere.” Isabela wiggles her eyebrows suggestively and I hold back a sigh.

Kieran, such a fucking loud mouth. He’d always thought Isabela was pretty, I imagine getting him to talk was as smooth and easy as a glass of Cabernet.

“I don’t know what he’s told you, but disregard everything he said because you will not be meeting anyone like that while negotiating,” I nod my head for her to follow after me, and we set off towards The De Riva Estate, “To set up a contract, you’ll be meeting Matteo De Riva, the Fifth Talon, and possibly Leonardo De Riva and Viago De Riva, the Guildmaster and the Fifth Talon Successor, respectively.”

“And this contract, I’m requesting just having you gather information on someone, yes?” Isabela steps in time with me, tucking her smooth tanned arms behind her back.

“Right, I would recommend disguising it as trying to locate someone, find out plans or just intel. I don’t want him trying to send any assassins out on this mission-- we only need to justify why you want me to go. Preferably without mentioning any connection to my parents.”

“We need a cover story on how I know you?” Isabela taps her chin thoughtfully, “Let’s just say Kieran recommended you, then. He’s with the Lords, now, I’d say that’s as good a cover as any. I’ll just say I trust his recommendations implicitly.”

“That’s the boldest lie I’ve ever heard,” I smirk, “It’s perfect.”

“I’m just going to have you looking for Merrill, easier for you to write up some bullshit report after if it’s not mostly a lie, anyways. I’ll say she’s got quite a gambling debt with me-- which she does, for the record-- and that I’m going to get her myself, once I know where she is.”

“What will really seal the deal is if you’re asking for discretion, because the Fifth House needs untaxed income and if they can keep it a secret from the First Talon to avoid that, they will. Use that as your bartering chip,” As we near the gates to the Estate, I give her a final warning, “No matter what, don’t let him talk you into anything more than intel-- This is an entire organization of assassins and they won't hesitate to get their hands dirty for coin, Matteo especially.”

“My darling, please,” Isabela rolls her tongue over her teeth, “Since when have I ever let a man manipulate me ?”

And you know what? Fair. Totally fair.

I lead her through the front gates into the estate, watching her curious eyes sweep over every piece of furniture as we approach Matteo’s office. I look to her, and we share a nod before I raise a fist to knock on the door.

“You may enter,” Matteo’s voice come from the other side of the door, and I step in to see him sitting behind his desk-- and to my dismay-- Leo behind the desk to the right of the room as well, “Juno, is there something I can do for you?”

Do for me? Ha. Sweet nothings coming from him. Though he’s already seen I’m not alone, so that’s clearly part of the facade.

“I believe my connections have gotten us a new client, sir,” I gesture to Isabela, “My friend Kieran has most recently joined the Lords of Fortune out of Rivain, and from what she tells me, she’d like to use the Crow’s intel skills to find someone for her.”

“You were discussing a contract without a guildmaster or talon present?” Leonardo speaks up from his desk, his eyes narrowing on me.

“No, actually, I asked why she needed to speak with the Crows and she didn’t hesitate to tell me. I brought her here to discuss a contract, since I’m in no position to be negotiating one-- That’s why I brought her to Matteo,” I moved my gaze back to The Fifth Talon, “Besides which, I wanted the credit for bringing in new clientele.”

“Well, new clients are quite an important matter,” Matteo rises from his desk to sweep across the room, his eyes sweeping across Isabela as she stands patiently by my side, “I’d be most pleased to discuss this with you. I’ll have the servants bring out coffee-- Juno, would you mind bringing our guest to the sitting room? I’d like to have Viago observe negotiations, I shall call for him as well.”

“As you wish,” I answer, bowing my head ever so slightly before leading Isabela to the sitting room down the hall.

Gods, how I hate this sitting room.

But at least Isabela is here, as would Viago be shortly.

I won't be alone with him .

“Are you alright?” Isabela’s voice pulls me from glaring at the loveseat, “You got lost in thought for a moment there, I think.”

“Nothing worth troubling yourself over,” I answer, taking a seat on the chair so as not to be on either side of the negotiating, “How is Kieran, if I might ask? Is he fitting in well?”

“He hasn’t managed to piss anyone off to the point of killing him, if that’s what you mean,” Isabela jokes as she leans back on the couch with a lazy grin, “Dare I say, he’s even made friends.”

Kieran? Made friends? Friends that aren't me?

I mean, I figured he was capable, he had just never seemed all that interested before.

I’m... kind of proud of him.

“You promise it’s not just him talking to himself? He does that sometimes, you know.”

Isabela’s chuckle seems more knowing this time, I’d almost say she looks a bit like a proud mother if I knew she wouldn’t cut my tongue off for it, “He fits right in with the youngest of the crew. It’s not to say he doesn’t still get up to the shenanigans you both were known for, but he’s seemed to grow out of his tiny little world now. I think giving him time and space away from you and Morrigan has done him well, allowed him to learn to rely on himself-- and let others rely on him in return.”

A lot proud of him.

“I always knew he would do bigger, grander things. The world’s his oyster now that I’m not his anchor.”

“You will always be his anchor,” Isabela corrects me quietly, “But he needed to learn how to set sail on his own, chart his own course. I’d argue there’s no better way than learning to hoist the sails on his own-- literally and metaphorically.”

“I’m happy for him.”

“As am I,” Isabela gives me a wink, “But I’ll have your head if you ever tell him that.”

“He doesn’t need the ego boost,” I snort, my ears catching the sounds of Viago’s footsteps coming towards the sitting room. “Isabela, I’d like to introduce you to Viago De Riva, successor to the Fifth Talon,” Viago steps into the room just as I finish my sentence, and I give Viago a sly grin, “Viago, I would like for you to meet Isabela, Queen of The Eastern Seas and leader of the Lords of Fortune.”

“A pleasure,” Viago gives a respectable nod, taking a seat on the couch opposite of Isabela, “I’ve been informed you’re here to negotiate a contract, I’m pleased to hear our reputation remains a respectable one in Rivain.”

“Yes, my newest recruit had many fine words to say of the organization that took in his dear friend, and many fine words to say about her as well-- I would be remiss if I didn’t at least try to use such an expansive network to accomplish my goals.”

“Contracts can be dreadfully boring,” Matteo’s voice fills the room as he enters just before a servant carrying a tray of coffee and accoutrements, “Goals, however-- Those are most interesting things worth negotiating for.”

“Isabela, might I introduce you to Fifth Talon of the Antivan Crows: Matteo De Riva,” I gesture to Matteo as he takes a seat beside Viago. “Matteo, this is Isabela, leader of the Lords of Fortune. The childhood friend I often write to recently joined up with the Lords, and he recommended our services to his captain, here.”

“Juno seems to be quite the good luck charm when it comes to recruiting crows and now gaining clientele,” Matteo chuckles, his eyes narrowing as he lets a cat like grin settle on his face, “Please, if you don’t mind, tell me what it is you were looking for the Crow’s assistance with?”

Isabela is almost too natural of a perfect actor, a minor scowl coming on her lips before she speaks, “I’m looking for someone-- I’ve been looking for someone, and it’s taken up far too much of my time. I’ve been sending my crews out to raid dragon hoards, meanwhile I’ve had my eyes peeled for a slippery little elf who has evaded me at every corner. If I didn’t know better,” Isabela sighs, leaning forward on her elbows, “Some sack of shit on my own crew is warning her before I even come knocking. So I need a quiet investigation, I need someone tracked down, and I need to make sure she’s none the wiser for when I come collecting her debts.”

“And this elf, any ideas as to where she might be hiding?” Matteo asks, a curious brow raised.

“Last I heard, she was in The Emerald Graves. I haven’t dared to go out just yet because I’d rather not have to drag my ass all around Southern Thedas to find her.”

Matteo lets out a noise that showcases he was deep in thought, pouring Isabela a cup of coffee before serving himself one next. Viago was sure to pick up the pot shortly after to serve himself, and then me shortly after. The epitome of well mannered men.

Who was the real liar in this room?

“It’s not often we accept contracts in Southern Thedas, let alone one as far as The Graves. Are you sure you’re willing to accept the high cost such an expedition would raise?”

Ever the business man. He knows damn well this mission wouldn’t call for any paid assassin. Transport and supplies would be all that was needed.

“We are called the Lords of Fortune , you know?” Isabela scoffs and takes a small sip of the bitter drink, “If anyone has coin to throw at the wall, it’s my organization. As long as the contract stays a secret, I’m quite willing to share the wealth.”

“Quite a length you’re willing to go just to chase after some elf with debts,” Matteo remarks, and I notice a muscle in his jaw twitch. He was suspicious. Shit.

“She made it personal,” Isabela challenges him right back, though. A woman with a spine of steel, truly. “I don’t like to fail my treasure hunts, and I refuse to let it happen again-- Find her, tell me where she is, take my coin. It doesn’t have to be any more complicated than that.” Isabela looks to Viago, then back to Matteo, “Unless there’s another Talon I can be making this request to? Honestly, the recommendation to use the Fifth House came from my subordinate, but where there’s 5, I’m sure there’s bound to be 4,3,2 and 1-- Shall I go ask for them instead?”

“That won’t be necessary,” Matteo interjects, backpedaling his initial suspicions in hopes of keeping the coin within the house, “You just give me the info on who I’m looking for, and I will assign out the contract--”

“I want her.” Isabela points to me boredly, “She’s the one who was recommended, she’s the one who’s been quiet this whole time-- If any little mouse can find my treasure, it’s this one.”

“Juno is--”

“She is an intel only fledgling, at the moment ,” Viago interrupts Matteo before he can reject the idea. “And I can think of no one better to keep this... particular arrangement nice and quiet, so as not to further tax our coffers.” Viago chooses his words delicately, but anyone in the know can see he’s implying that I’d be useful for keeping the true amount paid to the house a secret-- whereas any old paid assassin may not be so gracious. “She also has other fledglings apart from the First House to take as intel, so the First House doesn’t need a whiff of this contract or coin.” Viago looks to Matteo expectantly, and Matteo clears his throat proudly as if it had been his idea and intention all along.

“Juno is a perfect fit for this contract,” Matteo places his coffee cup down on the tray in front of him, “She will be missing quite a bit of her coursework for this, so I must ask that you compensate us handsomely for her teacher’s sakes.”

My teachers don’t get paid.

Business deals suck.

“No problems with that at all,” Isabela places her own cup down, drained of black coffee, “Where do I sign?”

.

.

.

 

Whatever I wrote, I had to make sure if anyone else found it, the intentions couldn’t be misconstrued. Thea has mentioned before that living within the Crow dorms could often have people spying on or straight up stealing mail. I wanted her to know I was following through on the promise I made her, but that wasn’t something I could just write...

 

Thea,

 

Expect Matteo to be reaching out to your talon shortly. We’ve got a contract.

Be sure to pack enough supplies, we’ll be heading out to The Graves.

We’re going looking for Merrill.

Intel only, no assassins required.

 

See you soon,

 

Juno

 

Now, another to Viela, then to bed. This was going to be a long journey.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 68: Little Bird, Eternal

Notes:

Hi birdies! I survived birthday week, but I am almost asleep again already, I swear. I'm so dang tired.
I'm not even sure I can think of any notes to put here. I have to go through comments ;u; im gonna have to do that tomorrow, I need to sleep.
Thank you to everyone who wished me a happy birthday, and to everyone who MADE it a happy birthday. I love all my buddies.
Rora wrote this cute little Fields of Mistria x Little Bird crossover fic that was both cute AND steamy, Shelby made me a Love and Deep Space x Epic The Musical one shot, and Meg made me 20. pieces. of. art. She's a machine. She's on another level. She's such a BADASS. <3

I've got. Like nothing in my brain right now idk. Ready to begin a new fun side quest arc? There's so much content to write, hopefully I can fall back into the swing of it. I am puppysitting this next week so writing might be sparse until the weekend, idk. @_@ Depends on how he behaves.

I decided to include these stained glass pieces I did of Thea and Viela, just because I felt like sharing em. The girls are so pretty. I may be a tad obsessed.

brain no work.

Chapter Text



 

Dearest Ran,

 

I heard from a little bird that you made f r i e n d s.

How did that happen? I thought you were Mr. Solo Bard, travel the world, ‘never let a person tie you down’ kind of guy. Friends!!

 

I’m really happy for you. I hope someday you’ll trust me enough to meet them. I want to hear everything about them, and everything about you from them.

 

Everything went well with Isabela, so I’ll be traveling to The Graves for a while. We have to prepare quite a bit since the journey can take a hot minute. I'm both excited and anxious. I can’t wait to have access to Southern Thedas’ abundance of herbs again. I’m going to bring back so much fucking elfroot.

 

I’ll send you a message after we’re done traveling to let you know how things went.

 

And Kieran?

I’m proud of you.

 

I better still be your best friend, though. You don’t get to replace me.

 

Yours,

 

Juno

 

I’ve felt on edge for days. Since fighting (could it be called fighting?) with Illario, it felt like my heart was in my stomach. I can barely force myself to eat. I just feel awful-- and I shouldn’t. But I do.

That’s kind of what anxiety is, right? Unwarranted guilt? The fear that you’ve done some terrible, irreversible thing that will haunt you for the rest of your life?

Illario’s initial letter did calm me down but... I haven’t written to him. I’m not even sure what to say. It just feels like it’s an issue more easily handled when I get back from The Graves. For once, I’d like to focus on the things I feel confident and capable of rather than lingering on those in which I don’t.

Let’s just start with finishing packing.

I slide into the familiar laboratory and let my fingers drag along the work station as I walk by. Did I need to bring empty containers for potion making? No, I probably had enough of everything here.

Was I going to bring some anyways?

Of course I was, we’re going to the fucking Emerald Graves. The greenery there is nothing short of legend-- so tongs to hold vials over fire, empty potion jars, pressing paper for greenery and herbs, reagents for testing and of course-- a few antidotes and antivenoms-- just in case I try something I shouldn’t.

Looking over the shelf, I feel a small smile pull onto my lips at the Wyvern antivenom, remembering Viago’s offer to use it on whoever made me cry. He really is such a dad sometimes.

“If you insist on collecting samples, at least make sure to bring clippers and gloves,” Speak of the dad, and he shall appear, “I’ve heard of plants with venom in the thorns, and though I can’t stop you from licking the damn thing, I can at least prevent you from pricking a finger.”

“I’ve heard that pricking a finger is how princesses find their better halves,” I countered, retrieving a pair of clippers regardless. “All I’ll need to cure me is true love’s kiss.”

“You will get the kiss of death, perhaps.”

“You say potato, I say po-tah-to.”

“Juno--”

“--I’m kidding!” I wave the clippers in the air before tucking them into the pouch on my waist with a pair of tongs. “The last thing I need is any new ‘prince charming’ trying to take my hand.”

“Don’t even waste your breath on the subject, you’re not getting married right now. You haven’t even been officially courting anyone.” Viago busies himself with cleaning up his work station, “I should hide vipers in their closets for even considering the idea.”

“Whose?” I raise an eyebrow, “Matteo and Caterina? Or Lucanis and Illario?”

“Yes.”

Snort.

“I can’t marry anyone Dad doesn’t approve of!” I joke, collecting each vial and tucking them into a leather carrying case I pulled from the shelves.

“Damn right,” Viago places a few jars of herbs back on the shelves in their labeled locations, “I’ll deal with your little nickname if it means keeping you focused and alive-- but don’t pretend I’m your only daddy issue.”

“Okay, tone it down, King. I’m still sensitive,” I tie up the leather case tightly and cross my arms before turning to lean on the workstation, facing Viago, “Listen, I think it’d be best if you hung around Matteo while I’m gone. I’m a bit worried Leo is planning something, or whatever is in him is planning something. He’s way too quiet.”

“I’ve noticed that, as well,” Viago brings a hand up to rub at his chin, “With Matteo’s shift in behavior, it feels like something is brewing between both of them. I’ll stay close.”

I collect my items from the workstation and head towards the door, “Keep Purpose company at some point too? They get lonely.”

“I don't recall agreeing to Demon Daycare--”

“-- still not a demon!”

I let the door to the lab shut behind me as I make my way back to my room with my spoils, playing each item carefully Into my pack. My braid flops over my shoulder as I lean down, dangling my hair clip in my field of vision and making me smile once more.

It would all be okay.

If I someday had no one else, I still had Viago, always.

Gloves, makeup, soaps-- all set. I think this was everything. Now all I needed was to swing into the marketplace to get rations for the road-- at least to the port, and we’d be good to go.

My mission. One that I get to lead. Almost like I’m a real crow.

Wild to think about.

“What’s the word, little bird?” A voice sings from my doorway, and I’m quite delighted to see Javier grinning as he leans on the doorframe, “You finished packing already? Trying to leave me behind?”

“I’ll have you know, if I needed a deadly assassin to accompany me, you’d be the very first one I’d pick!”

“Why, so you could die and be let down all at once?” Javier raises an eyebrow at me.

“No, because you’re the only one not infantilizing me, obsessing over me, or trying to make me out to be some damsel in distress.”

“You’re a damsel that causes distress, how could anyone see any different?” Javier jokes.

“And you’re a big old pacifist-- yet somehow still a Crow. How’d that happen?”

“I’m a pacifist all right,” Javier shakes his knuckles at me, “About to pass a fist across your face, turd bird.”

I giggle and side step a half hearted swipe at me from Javier. I forgot how fun these little moments can be, I really needed to spend more time with him when I got home.

“I have to go to the market to pick up travel food, are you free? Would you like to come with me?” I ask, and Javier shrugs.

“Why not? I’ve got nothing on the agenda for the day.”

“Ah, no hot dates?” I tease, and Javier sighs in his usual dramatic fashion.

“No, some little thief is stealing away my shooting star for a week, I’m afraid I won’t have any hot dates for quite some time.” Javier gestures to the door and I step out, walking backwards to watch his usual theatrical performance while he speaks.

“However will you manage?” I roll my eyes and start down the stairs, “Maybe ask Viago for tips to remain busy, seems like Teia and him are at each other’s throats again.”

“I’m sure that will change before you even get home,” Javier jokes, taking longer strides to get to the front door before me (he may be a shit head, but he is still a gentleman), “I’m willing to put coin on it, in fact.”

“No thank you,” I say, “I don’t place bets on relationships, unlike someone I know.”

“It came from a good place.”

“That good place being?”

“My wallet.”

“Typical.”

 

The market is bustling, as always, but we stay towards the side of it that has specialized food vendors, selling produce and grains and breads rather than the side preparing hot foods. I didn't have anything particular in mind, just hopefully anything but plain rice and onions-- I'm sure Thea and Viela will appreciate that. There’s a couple stalls to purchase dried meats, dried fruits, nuts-- all appropriate travel snacks. But more important than that-- stalls for spices, beans and cheeses.

That’s the ticket.

“You ready for some heavy lifting?” I ask Javie, patting his arm, “Because I need the muscles to carry the bags of beans and rice home.”

“We can’t just get it delivered?” Javie whines.

“I leave tomorrow, Javie, no I can’t just get it delivered-- there’s no guarantee they’ll be able to make the delivery in time and on top of that, I’m not exactly swimming in funds here. So carry my bags, or I’ll tell Viela you’re too weak.”

“I will not have you slandering me!” Javier huffs, picking up a bag of beans and a bag of rice before lifting his nose high in the air, “I’ve been working on these muscles for years, thank you very much.”

“Such a shame to see you losing them,” I mumble.

“What did you just say?!”

“I said ‘Wow, Javie sure is strong!’.”

“Yeah, that’s what I thought,” Javier narrows his eyes, readjusts the bags, and we continue walking through the stalls. I purchase some smaller containers of spices, cumin, paprika-- some dehydrated chilis-- It was no onions and rice, that’s for sure.

We step in silence for a bit through the stalls, making some final purchases of smaller snacks for the ride to the port in Ostwick. The plan was to ride by carriage to Ostwick, get aboard a ship traveling through the Waking Sea and Shining Sea, and disembark in Emprise Du Lion. From there, it was a short trip to the Graves.

“So,” Javier starts, “Even after getting a contract out to Southern Thedas, you still won't be able to trek over to Denerim, huh?”

“Not this time,” I responded, “But maybe if this goes smoothly enough I can convince Matteo to let it happen again.”

“What’s Denerim like? What’s your childhood home look like?”

“It’s... well, kind of dreary for most people, better off if you’re wealthy,” I play with the spice jars in my hand as we walk back towards the estate, “Mama grew up within the alienage, which is... pretty typical of the elves there, if I’m being honest. She moved out of the alienage after the blight since she had earned coin, moved into a nicer part of town but, well, you can save the world but you can’t make people love you.”

“People were rude to the Hero of Ferelden?”

“Well, at some point you stop being a hero if you aren’t actively... heroing, you know? She became less and less ‘The Hero of Ferelden’ and more ‘Lathena the elf’. Money can buy you a nice home but it can’t buy you nice neighbors.” I kick at a pebble in the cobblestone while we walk, “The King did make a nice placard for the front door though, so any solicitors knew not to mess with Mama.”

“The King of Ferelden made a placard for your family home? Like for the front door? What, does it have your family name on it?”

“Yeah... He did fight alongside my parents, it’s not that weird.” Javier’s silent for a moment while he thinks about that response, before countering me with:

“I can’t believe we aren’t utilizing that connection more.”

“Auntie always said ‘ You can’t stick a flower in an ass and call it a vase, and you can’t stick a clown in a castle and call him a king. ’.” Oh Auntie. “I’m pretty sure that means ‘ don’t count on him for shit’ .”

“He can’t even go look in a house to see if there’s a letter inside somewhere?” Javier raises an eyebrow in disbelief, and I shake my head.

“Can’t and won’t are two very different things--Let’s just say he saw way more than he bargained for on the journey with my parents. I don’t think he’d step inside any tent, cabin, house or mansion owned by them ever again.”

“You’re kind of making your parent’s sound like perverts.”

“--weellll,”

“Say no more,” Javier shakes his head slowly as we reach the gates to the estate, “You are your parent’s child, I suppose.”

“What’s the phrase? Nature vs Nurture?” I open the gates for Javier to walk inside, “I am both a product of my upbringing and of the enablers around me. And youuuuu love it!”

“Most grievously,” Javier jokes, “I don’t understand how I lost the title of ‘most flirty De Riva’ to some tiny stray we brought in.”

“I’m just built different.”

“Yeah, like... incorrectly, or something.”

“You’re starting to sound like Viago and it breaks my heart.”

“Perhaps you’re just quick to dismiss anything that doesn’t encourage you to do whatever you want.”

“That too.”

And just like that-- it was one sleep away from hitting the road. The morning would start with meeting Viela and Thea at the city’s gates, carriage loaded and bags packed. A few days on the road to Ostwick, then a quick trip by boat to Emprise Du Lion. All we need is smooth sailing from here.

It’s time to learn about this Order of The Blue Wraith, once and for all-- and to help Thea rid herself of whatever blood magic has got her in a chokehold. And if, by chance, this order can help Viela find her missing connection--

Well, then everything will have gone according to plan.




Juno,

 

I’ve thought a lot about our conversation the other night, and it occurred to me, finally, just everything that you are to me. You are the flickering flame of the candle I expected to burn out overnight but endured til morning. You are the shells still clinging to the sands when the tide pulls everything else around you out. You are the lingering taste of sweetness on my tongue long after I’ve finished my wine.

 

You are everlasting. You are unbreakable.

 

You are eternal.

 

And I love that the most about you.

 

You are strong, so I won’t tell you that I’m praying for your safe return home-- I know you’ll come home safe. Instead, I’ll just simply say: I’ll miss you.

 

Come home soon.

 

Most ardently still yours,

Lucanis.

Chapter 69: Little Bird On The Road

Notes:

I can't believe I'm on chapter 69 and it isn't a smut chapter, tf is wrong with me, that's poor planning. You know what. I will put a spicy little piece of art from Meg at the end of the chapter too, so fair warning, the end of the chapter will have NSFW art. If you're here for The Blue Wraith, I think you'll like this particular piece ;) All of us who have seen it are collectively losing our shit over it.

Anyways, one more week of puppysitting and I will have normal sleep once more. I've seriously gotten 20 hours of sleep in the last two days that I've had a break from puppy. His owner is going to Italy on Wednesday and then I'll be watching little Tucker until the following Tuesday-- then back in my loving bed once more.
I wanted to make sure I got a chapter in, been writing on and off sporadically, probably going to have to rely on writing on my phone while I'm over there, but I have the inspiration to write so I'll get some good work done.

In other news, I'm moving into a new townhouse on may 17th, very exciting.

The trip to The Graves has begun, and many exciting plot points gotta be hit in this arc, though I anticipate it being shorter than bootcamp was. I'm not going to put everyone through reading anything mundane about traveling on the ship, so carriage talk then Graves, save us all some time and tired eyes.

Meg has made so much good art in the past couple a weeks, I was pretty conflicted on what to put in here, but If I have to shove a few extra pieces in the graves chapters, i will. Gods, she just keeps me fed so well.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA
--------------

Chapter Text



“You look like you’ve been standing at the Fade’s doorstep,” Thea quirks an eyebrow at me, her eyes dragging over my form, “Are you sure you should be making this trip?”

“You’re not going to puke all over the ship, right? If you puke, I’ll puke,” Viela adds.

“I’m not going to puke,” I sigh, dragging a hand down my face, “I’m just exhausted. Emotionally. This trip will be good for me,” I throw a bag onto the back of the carriage, leaning against it for stability, “I have so much to tell you about the last week.”

“Bad things?” Thea asks.

“No, not necessarily,” I answer, pulling open the door to the carriage to let them both in, “Well, not bad for you, anyways.” I hop into the carriage after them, taking a seat across from them. The carriage bench felt oddly empty without a De Riva beside me. “But, instead of talking about me right away, I wanted to check in with you-- How are you? How’s things with Arlo going? Are you happy?”

“Why?” Thea’s brow furrows a bit.

“What do you mean why,” I reel my head back a bit at this, “Because you are my friend? Because I care how you’re doing?”

“Because you’re jealous that my relationship is stable?”

“Woah-- I don’t know where this is coming from, but I was truly asking because I care about you--”

“Or is it that you just don’t feel right without every De Riva wrapped around your finger?” Viela adds, “Do you enjoy watching an entire House crumble at your feet?”

“Just like your father.”

Oh. This again.

Their eyes twist in front of me, a glowing green emitting from them as they taunt me. But it’s not they. It’s never been Thea and Viela.

“Do you ever intend on letting me get a full night’s rest, Envy?” I ask, watching Thea and Viela’s faces mirror grins.

“You’re the one teaching yourself all this fade magic, communing with spirits is one of the consequences of old spirit and rift magic. You’re practically an apostate. A hedge mage, even.” Their voices come out in tandem, but with a deeper, more sinister tone in the background.

“Do not belittle me,” I roll my eyes, “Not every non-circle mage is a hedge mage.”

“No,” Envy speaks, coyly, “But every hedge mage goes insaaaaane .” It’s practically singing at me.

“That’s what no sleep does to a person, not magic.”

“We’ll just see, won’t we?”

 

Ugh.

Waking up from that one somehow felt worse than normal. Every time they feel closer and closer to reality-- and it was only just recently that Envy finally revealed themself as actually being in and causing my nightmares. It’s been a nightly song and dance of fall asleep, nightmare, wake up, repeat.

Either stay in the nightmare and deal with the demon torture, or force yourself to stay awake.

But what I said in my dreams still rings true; this trip would be good for me. I’d get away from that fucking demon and get some sleep. I really don’t care what bullshit Leo was trying to feed me-- not all spirits are demons, but his definitely is. It’s a demon and it’s also a bitch.

And that’s not just the lack of sleep talking.

 

I made use of the lush De Riva bathhouse before leaving the estate, meeting Thea and Viela at the gates of town, much as I had in my nightmare.

“You look like shit,” Thea comments.

“Yeah, that sounds more like something you’d say,” I yawn, throwing my bag into the carriage.

“What exactly does that mean?” She asks.

“I’ll tell you on the way, let’s just get the fuck out of Treviso.”

I allow the two women to step into the carriage before me, shutting the door behind us and knocking twice on the small window behind me to let the carriageman know we were ready to head out. No fanfare, no big goodbyes-- just a normal trip for a normal mission.

As long as that’s what Matteo thinks, all will be well.

“How did your meeting go with Caterina?” Viela asks, adjusting to get comfortable for what would be a long ride in the carriage.

“You know how mabaris look at sausage links?”

“Uh... yeah?”

“That.”

“Oof,” Viela’s brow bends in concern, “What happened?” I take a deep breath, leaning against the back of the bench as it lurches forward to begin our trek.

“Matteo apparently was looking to make amends with Caterina, apologized and everything. It was... something else, to say the least, and still somehow not the weirdest part of the conversation,” Thea and Viela lean forward, clearly eager for some hot gossip on this carriage ride, “He told Caterina that he’d give the future first talon his blessing if they decide to... court me.”

Thea snorts, automatically taking it as a joke, but as the silence settles in the carriage, her eyes widen, “Wait, actually? You’re not joking?” She lets out another nervous laugh, “You’ve literally slept with both of them, who needs a blessing?”

“He means in marriage,” Viela nudges Thea with her elbow, “Courting comes before marriage in these fancy pants societies, sleeping with each other is ... well, it’s supposed to come after all that.”

“He wants you to get married?!” Thea’s eyes nearly bulge out of her skull, “Isn’t that like... against everything The Crows stand for?”

“Unfortunately, not for the direct households,” I sigh, “For the families to continue to hold their talon status, they need heirs.”

“The Dellamortes have heirs,” Thea clicks her tongue and I rub a hand over my eyes again.

“Yeah, for one generation of talon...”

Another silence settles in the carriage.

“Oh god,” Thea clutches at her arms, “He’s trying to hand you over as--”

“Yeah, please don’t say it,” I fight back the bile threatening it’s way up my throat, “It’s probably the only thing of use that could be offered of me to Caterina, so I guess I shouldn’t be surprised that’s what it came down to.”

“How did Lucanis react?” Viela asks, trying to steer the subject into something that would make me look and feel less ill.

“He didn’t, at first. Illario was the first to react, and poorly is the best way to put it.” God, if I wasn’t in this damn carriage I’d be lighting up my pipe. “He basically unabashedly accepted the blessing, which made Lucanis get angry and also accept the blessing-- which encouraged Caterina to make it like... some sort of competition-- Ugh,” I bury my head in my hands, “I couldn’t get a word in edgewise, it was a nightmare-- but thankfully, Caterina at least had the sense to say she wouldn’t give her blessing to anyone unless they were full fledged crows.”

“So... they’re both vying for your hand in marriage now?” Viela slowly shakes her head and I let out a pitiful laugh.

“We talked... sort of... maybe I mostly talked at them,” I tap the heel of my boot against the floor, still uncomfortable with thinking how I’m leaving things with Illario, “But I think I made it clear enough I’m not looking to get engaged right now, or whatever the hell else comes with that.”

“And they’re both okay with that?” Thea folds her hands in her lap, “I mean, excuse me for saying so, but they don’t exactly seem like they’re willing to let you go anytime soon either.”

“We didn't end things, I just-- I want to focus on the Chessboard. There’s been a lot going on lately, there’s a demon in the house and he’s giving me nightmares--”

“Nightmares?” Thea interrupts, raising her hand up to stop me, “The demon is talking to you in your sleep?”

Fuck, I probably shouldn’t have said that.

“It’s kind of normal for mages with a handle on spiritual magic and fade magic to communicate more with spirits and demons, I’ve read up on it for a while now.” I offer, but she simply narrows her eyes again.

“Why do you suddenly have a handle on fade magic? Are you being taught to be a rift mage?”

“Uh,” Shit, have I ever asked what they thought about learning magic outside of the circle? Am I digging a grave here? “I’m not being taught anything, per se.”

“You’re teaching yourself? Is that not dangerous?”

“It’s not like I’m tearing holes in the sky, I’m just getting in tune with the fade,” I swipe a hand over my thigh, making sure my mage knife was in its holster in case my emotions get the better of me. Please don’t yell at me. “I’m reading, and in turn, I’m learning. You can’t pull a demon from someone’s body without learning fade magic.”

Much to my surprise, she looks less angry now and more impressed.

“I didn’t know there was a spell for that,” Thea crosses her arms, “Do you think you can do it? Pull Envy from Leo?”

“Not right now,” I shake my head, “I don’t have the mana for it. It’s old magic, from a time where mages as a whole were more in touch with the fade and the power flowing through it. There might be ways around it but-- Well, I’ll cross that bridge when I get to it, I suppose.”

“Do you think Leo is a different person without the demon?” Viela asks, her voice softer than normal, more pensive, “Like, is the person inside salvageable, is he worth trying to save?”

That’s a hard question to answer.

On one hand, the Leo I first met was cocky, and arrogant to boot. But he was the first De Riva to make note of my presence, and the first to try to take me under his wing. On top of that, he was the first to give me my nickname.

Little Bird.

But-- It was also only Leo who put that knife in my leg. Only Leo who opened the lab windows so Viago could hear me cry out in pain. Only Leo who stalked me like prey-- That was all before Envy.

“I think he was too far gone too long ago,” I answer, “From what I lived through, and what Javier and Arlo have told me-- Even taking a demon out of Leo wouldn’t change the fact that’s he’s rotten down to his core. Matteo wanted a weapon for a son, and he sure made one.”

“Is it wrong to be glad that Leo was the eldest son?” Thea asks.

“No,” I whisper, “No, I know what you mean. If Arlo wasn’t as strong as he was, I don’t think any of the De Rivas would’ve turned out half as well as they have. Leo wouldn’t have done that, had he been in Arlo’s shoes.”

“What do you think will happen with Leo if we can pull Matteo out of power? I mean, ideally speaking, if he didn’t have a demon bubbling inside of him, where does he go then? Would he even stay a loyal crow under Viago?”

The carriage bumps a few times as we continue along the path, the sun still rising in the sky as we head out of Treviso’s sight entirely.

They were fair questions, just... ones I didn’t know how to answer.

In an ideal world, what happens to Leo? Banished from Treviso? Is that really the best outcome? Would he be able to stay away when Treviso is all he had ever known? Even Papa sneaks back here, who’s to say Leo wouldn’t try to creep in at night and slaughter Viago in his sleep-- or any other talon, for that matter?

The better question is what lengths would Leo go to get what he wants? If what’s happened thus far is any indicator... then in an ideal world, Leo wouldn’t be in it at all.

“Are we even going to have enough time to get the others into Talon positions before Matteo and Leo make a move? This plan is great in theory, but things progressed really quickly the moment we found out Leo was possessed. Is there really no way to expedite this process?” Viela brings a hand up, thumbing at the scar on her chin thoughtfully.

There was a way. I just needed to get to Denerim to get it.

But I’m not about to say that out loud.

“Well, if we catch Matteo in a lie, it might be enough. A grave enough offense against the Crows or the first house and he’d be on the chopping block,” Thea shrugs, “From what I heard it doesn’t take too much to get executed within the organization, even little lies can be a big offense in the eyes of the first talon.”

There’s that bile in my throat again.

This was going to be a long ride to Ostwick.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

*NSFW BELOW, DO NOT SCROLL PAST HERE IF SOMEONE CAN SEE YOUR PHONE THAT YOU DONT WANT TO SEE NSFW CONTENT*

 

awooga.

Chapter 70: Little Bird in The Graves

Notes:

Hiiiii birdies <3 I'm back home in my own bed, no longer puppysitting. It felt good to get a full night's sleep last night.
I move to my new place next weekend, very exciting!! That's about the only real life update I have.

Welcome to The Emerald Graves. Idk why exactly, but this place always felt really magical in Inquisition, maybe it's just because I always played a Dalish Elf Inky? The Lore of the Graves is just really cool, and I love to lean into that in my writing.

Art piece by Meg as always, she made this absolutely stunning piece specifically for these chapters (well, she's made quite a few actually, you'll see), and I just love the detail here. You really see everyone's personality shining through, and the warmth of the fire really adds a lighthearted feel to it despite the figure lurking in the night.

Ready to dive back into my writing sessions, sorry I've been away for so long my lovely flock. Rest assured, I'm nowhere near done with Little Bird yet. Love you <3 Leave me some words of encouragement to whip my butt into shape!!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



If you’ve only lived in the city your entire life, The Emerald Graves can be a harrowing place. To call the brush dense is an understatement, to call the terrain wild is lacking. The Graves are one of the most densely forested regions in all of Thedas, even more so than Arlathan itself. Many have tried to conquer and claim the lands, and many fail-- believing it to be cursed by the many ancient elves buried there.

What I know of the Graves is vastly different.

The Graves are where nature reclaims its property. Wolf packs hunt those who dare to step too far into the unknown, great bears can appear at a moment’s notice and take down an entire fleet and giant spiders inhabit crevices in the rocks waiting for the next unsuspecting meal. Nearly every flower and herb you can find in Southern Thedas grows in The Graves-- Rashvine, Elfroot, Embrium-- even the more exotic ones like Crystal Grace, Arbor Blessing and Prophet’s Laurel. Royal Elfroot grows if you’re brave enough to traverse out to find it.

The Dales were a place of historical significance for Elven kind. To be in The Dales, especially within The Emerald Graves, felt like coming home-- even to the most well adjusted city elf.

It was easy to see that both Thea and Viela felt the same magnetism to the land the moment we arrived. Their eyes held quiet awe, their breaths often caught in their throat anytime we stumbled across some monument or murals upon the rocks. Every tree carving had a finger brushed over in admiration, every forgotten elven artifact studied over with curiosity. The land hummed beneath our feet, every footstep we took into The Graves lighter-- as if welcoming us home.

To an elven mage, the veil was thin here-- magic flowed through the air in a constant stream, as if carried on the wind itself. A well attuned mage didn’t need to do much to sense the presence of spirits in abundance within the forest-- both malevolent and benevolent. Despair, Pride, Rage-- but also Hope. Wisdom. Perseverance-- Not hard to tell why that particular entity was drawn here. With the recent withdrawal of Orlesian Nobles from the land, perseverance seemed an understandable entity to be lingering around The Graves. That is all to say-- The Emerald Graves felt like ancestral grounds; not quite home, but not quite not home either. Like we were drawn to these lands as a sign that one day we may wind up back here when our time comes. And what a beautiful place to die it could be.

Our first day here, barely a word was exchanged among us. Thea and Viela relied on my navigation to get us through the forests, and scarcely said more than each other’s names to call each of us over to view our newest findings. There was a peace in that silence, however, one that acknowledged that we all felt the pull of The Graves. One that acknowledged that it didn’t need to be talked about, that we all somehow just knew.

We had stopped within a cave-like clearing that night, setting up a simple tent and sharing our bedrolls; deciding it was easier to share body heat and blankets than to try and rely on the fire to keep us warm all through the night. Viela chose to get a closer look at the ancient Dalish murals painted upon the walls, Thea read a letter she had tucked in her pack for the journey (something she seemed to do nightly), and I took the opportunity to collect a few samples of the fungi growing on the walls of the rocky cavern-- knowing full well it was likely Ghoul’s Mushroom (Or Deep Mushroom, as those in the herbalist business often labeled it), poisonous if prepared incorrectly-- delicious and hallucinogenic only if you knew how to handle it.

“I believe I was specifically tasked with making sure you put gloves on before you handled any plants, Juno dear,” Thea called out from across the cavern. With a forlorn sigh, I trekked back across the cavern to my rucksack to collect my gloves and trimmers.

“Viago is not your talon, you know, you dont have to listen to him.”

“While that may be true, the consequences of disobeying him would remain the same for both you and I, so put on those gloves before you touch something we'll both regret.”

I suppose the biggest consequences of an ever growing family is that you will always have someone new to nag you.

“Quit grumbling and go get your mushrooms, nature nerd.”

“It seems like the elves here an eternity ago had quite an affinity for the dreadwolf,” Viela remarks, and I approach her while sliding my gloves on.

This particular mural was quite large, and depicted more than just a wolf-- it showed everything that lived within the forest. Spirits, giants, elves-- dragons.

“The Emerald Graves were named for the Emerald Knights-- it’s their graves that fill this land,” I remark, lifting a finger to point to an armored elf depicted in the mural, “When the Exalted March occurred, and the elves tried to protect this part of The Dales, both the elven warriors and nature alike banded together to stop humans from encroaching on the land-- That isn’t the dreadwolf you see depicted, that is a knight’s guardian. The wolves of these lands lived harmoniously with the elves-- fought with them, ate with them, guarded them in the night-- They had as much a claim to this land as the elves did. It wouldn’t surprise me if for every warrior’s grave, there was a knight’s guardian memorial or grave beside it.”

Viela’s mouth opens a bit in surprise as I speak, and I offer her a small shrug. “You know quite a bit about this area,” She remarks, “Is there significance here for you?”

“I grew up on the other side of the Frostback Mountains,” I answer honestly, “But I did spend some time at a place up by the Temple of Sacred Ashes. As you come down the mountains on this side, it’s impossible not to be enamored by the sea of green forests below,” I reach up, inspecting the ghoul’s beard growing down in a canopy over the mural, “I know you feel it too-- the pull this land has. It’s almost like being haunted, but not in a bad way. Just a lingering sense of familiarity. I’ve heard every elf has the same feeling when they come here-- it’s similar to Arlathan Forest-- but the Veil here feels thinner, like bits of the past are leaking through at every turn. It’s a remarkable place.”

“Is that why your... Contact is here?” Viela let’s the moss she pulled back fall from her fingers as she drops her hand to her side, “They were pulled here by the very same feeling?”

“I’m not sure,” I bring my clippers up and snip a sample of the moss, “Merrill is Dalish, and has always been quite proud of that, but she’s also always been interested in The Fade and more ancient magic-- it wouldn’t surprise me if she came here for all those reasons.”

“And who exactly is this Merrill to you?” Thea finally folds her letter up and places it back into her pack, her brow tucking into a furrow as she looks over at me, “You still haven’t explained why you know someone who dabbles in blood magic.”

I knew this would be coming-- there’d be no way to dance around it once I met up with Merrill anyways. If I can’t give them the whole truth-- maybe I can give them half. That way, if talk of my parents comes up, I can at least make the context make sense.

Swallowing a lump in my throat, I trek back across the cavern to the fire, sitting on a log across from Thea. Viela joins us shortly after, and both look to me for answers. Long overdue answers.

“Merrill was a traveling companion to The Champion of Kirkwall, as was Isabella, the person who put this contract in place for us,” I take a deep breath in to give them a moment to digest that information, “As it so happens, Isabella and Merrill are both quite close with my mother.”

“You know the Champion of Kirkwall?” Viela’s eyebrows raise in surprise. “Launched us into the mage rebellion, that Champion of Kirkwall?”

“You mean halted the Qunari invasion-- THAT Champion of Kirkwall,” I respond, a bit more sternly than I intended. “The Champion of Kirkwall who, while yes started a rebellion, began a future where mages like myself could live free of the Circle and the abuses offered there. To you, maybe it was just another pointless war-- but to me, to a mage, it was the long battle that offered me the freedom to be who I wanted to be, to learn how my mother wanted me to learn. The Inquisitor choosing to align with rebel mages in her efforts to close the breach cast a new light on mage-kind in Southern Thedas. The Champion of Kirkwall was more than just someone who pissed off the chantry.”

“Sorry,” Viela whispers, eyes still wide from my revelations, “I-I guess I didn’t realize how much changed after the rebellion.”

“It’s alright,” I give a tight lipped smile, “I just don’t think it’s fair to speak ill of the dead, especially someone as accomplished as Hawke was.”

“Was? They passed?”

I suppose the truth was more complicated than that... but I didn’t need to go into the grim details tonight.

“Yes, some time ago now. She was...” A memory plays through my mind, their grandiose figure leaning against the patrol paths to Skyhold, elbows resting on the edges of the allures. “A truly incredible human.”

“So you met The Champion because your mother shared connections? What was your mother like?” Thea holds her hands out to feel the heat of the fire, and as I look over her lips curling into a content smile, my heart begins to feel at ease with the revelation I was about to give her.

It’s a half truth, but it would make my heart half lighter.

“My mother is the Grey Warden who stopped the Fifth Blight.”

Silence.

And then stares.

“You’re not joking, are you?” Viela whispers.

“No,” I cast my eyes over both of them, “Viago asked me not to tell you, on account of a complicated history between The Crows and my mother, but... It’s not fair to you to drag into my world blindly, or to expect you to trust me on my word alone. The connections that I introduce you to, the people you meet through me-- They’re worthy of your respect, and they won’t waste your time. They didn’t waste my mother’s.”

The fire cracks the fir log sitting inside it, splitting the piece in two before us. Another silence lingers in the air, and I feel my nerves working back up.

“If you choose not to associate with me after this because of my mother, then that’s fine-- but please, for your own sakes, finish this mission. See if Merrill can help you, Thea. See if we can find The Order to help you find your friend, Viela. These people may not hold as much status in Northern Thedas-- but here? In my homeland? They’re heroes.”

“What do mean by complicated history ?” Viela pipes up, “I didn’t think the crows operated in Southern Thedas.”

“They had a contract to take out The Grey Wardens. Clearly, they underestimated my mother. They failed that contract.”

“Was that house Arainai’s contract?” Thea asks, “I heard that house fell just before House De Acutis took over.”

Too close. Too close to a full truth.

“Maybe? All I know is they didn’t try to hard to send more crows after that, and the person who placed the contract didn’t exactly fight for his money back. Would you believe me if I said it was Kieran’s father who took the contract out on my mom?”

The two women reel back at this statement, “Sorry, what?”

“Yeah,” I snort, reaching over to grab my pack and pull out my canteen, “He also helped stop the fifth blight so, guess she forgave him in the end.” I take a sip of my water before shifting in my seat, begging for someone to just say something . “Should I not have said anything? Did I... Did I ruin our friendship by revealing all this?”

And it’s like I just revealed a new secret all over again-- shock, confusion-- maybe anger.

“What?” Thea snaps, “Are you stupid? Why would I end our friendship over your mom being a badass?”

“Yeah, after that whole speech back there about the history of this place, I guess I just assumed you were smarter than this,” Viela crosses her arms, “It’s not like it affected any of us directly, and if your house took you in then surely they’re aware of your lineage?”

“Matteo is,” I answer quickly, “But no other talons. It’s a concern that I might get kicked out of Treviso entirely, if not outright killed as an attempt to complete a contract.”

“Well,” Thea crosses one leg over the other, leaning her elbow on her knee, “It’s not like it matters, now. You’re a De Riva. As far as I’m concerned-- that’s your family, and anyone else isn’t my business.”

It’s amazing how sometimes the most simple words can cause your heart to swell and your eyes to threaten tears.

“Thank you,” I whisper, dragging my gaze down to the fire, “Maybe you can meet her someday... My mom, that is.”

“I’m surprised your mom is... well, if she’s a Warden, has she not...” Viela struggles to find the right words, and I pat her leg forgivingly.

“She’s fighting the taint, if that’s what you’re asking. There’s potions to alleviate symptoms-- and she’s out looking for a cure. That’s why I was left in Treviso.”

“She really is a badass,” Thea remarks quietly.

“She is,” I pick up a twig and toss it into the fire, watching it crackle as the bark burns off the sides. “I hope I can be half the woman she is someday.”

“I don’t think you’re too far off,” Thea smiles, “Maybe no arch demon slayer, but certainly a hero nonetheless.”

“Who the heck am I a hero to?” I scoff.

“Me,” Thea responds.

“Me too,” Viela nudges me with her arm.

“We don’t even know if this trip will pan out guys, I don’t think you should hedge your bets on me just yet.”

“Even before then,” Thea smiles, leaning back on her log, “You brought me into a new perspective-- invited me to see hope in the future, in more ways than one.”

“You believed in us, and our potential-- brought us into the chessboard,” Viela lets out a content sigh, “And you reminded me what friendship really is-- I think I had lost sight of that before you.”

“You guys,” I groan, bringing my hands up to cover my eyes, “Don’t make me cry before bed time, I’ll have a hard time waking up in the morning.”

Their laughs bounced off the walls of the cavern, finally snapping the tension that lingered in the quiet of the night air around us. For the rest of the night, things were peaceful-- though I had no idea what was to come in the days ahead-- or just who was keeping an eye on us in the dark forests of The Graves.

Chapter 71: Little Bird and The Wolves

Notes:

I wanted to show how serious I was about getting back into the swing by posting again in quick succession, plus I have a lot that I wanted to get through in The Graves so I figure I might as well keep swinging. Anyone else listening to Sleep Tokens new album on constant replay?

When Meg first found out about the Emerald Graves, she made this piece for it, which I adore. I feel like it does a great job expressing the mystery of The Graves whilst also highlighting the lush and dense forests that make up the Dales. I contemplated putting two pieces in here, but I think I'll save it for next chapter. Megs made a lot of very specific art for upcoming chapters that I want to make sure I share with you all <3

Happy to be writing again, happy to be with the flock. Love you birdies.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA
--------------

Chapter Text



 

My Beautiful Dove,

 

Aww. What a cute way to start a letter.

 

I know that this trip will be the longest we’ve gone without seeing each other since our days in Rivain, which truly may be more difficult for me than it will be for you-- but I’d regret it if I didn’t tell you how much I’ll miss you, and how I’ll be waiting every day for your return home.

 

“Juno, what are you doing?”

 

She can be a handful, but keep an eye on Juno, I worry about the trouble she’ll get into without Viago’s watchful eye on her. If she gets to be too much to handle, a well thrown knife in her direction can whip her back into shape.

Well that’s just rude.

“Is that my letter? Put that down!

 

I hope this trip helps you, and that you find the voice to be able to open up with your friends. I think the time away from Treviso will be good for you, far from the stress of Crow life. Just know, no matter what time of day it is, no matter how far apart we are; I’m thinking of you.

 

“Who knew he could be such a romantic?” I dash just out of Thea’s reach as she tries to grab her letter from my hands.

You certainly weren’t supposed to, because that letter is for ME , now give me that!” Thea growls as I dip out of her arm’s reach once more.

When night falls, and my bed is cold, it will be the thoughts of you in it that keep me warm. Those thoughts will be the air in my lungs as I touch my --- OOP. Alright, done reading the letter.” I let out a devious laugh as Thea finally snatches the letter from my hands, her cheeks flaring a bright scarlet color.

“You’re so nosy!” She huffs as she returns to her pack and folds the letter before stuffing it back into her bag.

“You’re the one who left it just sitting around, who am I to deny myself good reading material?” I quiet my laughing fit and collect my own bag off the ground, tossing it up onto my shoulder. Viela has secured the tent pieces and carried that in her pack, each of our bed rolls wrapped tight and hanging below our packs. If nothing else, we’d have tighter shoulder and back muscles at the end of this trip from lugging so much stuff around.

“So which way are we heading?” Viela looks at our surroundings in the cavern once more, and I repeat her movements.

“She said to ‘follow the ruins’, and that’s kind of it, so...” My eyes trail over a crumbling stone column, “This way, I guess?”

“Why is it always follow the creepy decaying stuff?” Thea sighs, and Viela snorts.

“Yeah, why couldn’t it be ‘ follow the butterflies ’?” She throws back sarcastically.

“Knowing Merrill, it wouldn’t surprise me if she could make the butterflies lead us to her,” I remark as we start on our journey for the morning.

“Oh? Is she like... a druid or something?” Viela asks.

“No, more like a fairytale princess-- she’s just got this aura about her that kind of draws everyone and everything in.” I drag my fingers over the crumbling ruin as we pass it, heading towards another that decayed under years of roots and ivy vines. “You’ll see what I mean, she’s like sunlight and home cooked meals.”

It isn’t too long of following ancient paths through the forests before I sense eyes on us. The real question was; what kind of eyes were they? My dabbling into fade and spirit magic has made me most unfortunately more in tune with beings of the fade, and not being able to see anybody in my line of sight had me worried I was dealing with something that could either disguise itself well or was hiding just beyond the veil, waiting to cross over at any moment.

“Stop,” I whisper, holding an arm out. I try to focus my hearing, see if there’s any footsteps, talking-- anything at all, but the birds in the forest make it nearly impossible to focus on any other sounds. I can hear the leather of Viela’s gloves creak as she curls her hand into a fist behind me, I can hear Thea rest her hand on her dagger as her belt dips slightly under the weight of her hand-- but I hear no intruder.

It feels like my eyes have swept over every bit of the forest around us, nothing in my line of sight-- that is, until I lower my gaze.

It’s there, unmistakably, in the thick of the leaves of an elephant ear plant and ferns-- eyes. Bright yellow. Stare unmoving, unblinking.

My breath catches in my throat.

“Wolf.” It falls from my lips without even thinking. Was there more? Was it alone? Was it hunting?

I really didn’t want to have to kill a wolf.

“I can try to get it with an arrow,” Viela offers, but I swat my hand back at her.

“No, no. Just... wait a minute. If it wanted to attack outright, it would have,” I hope my gut is right on this, because to be honest, I couldn’t say for sure. “The wolves here... they might be different than what we know.”

I cautiously take a step forward, gesturing for Thea and Viela to hold their positions. I inch closer to the bushes, watching the eyes stay locked onto me with each step. As I get fairly close, the wolf stands, revealing itself to be much taller than I initially anticipated. I guess all those statues were more true to size than we realized.

“Hello,” I whisper, looking over the dark furred beast. No wonder I had only been able to make out his eyes, the rest of his fur was such a deep black that it allows him to tuck into the shadows seamlessly. One thing, however, stuck out like a sore thumb.

A very familiar green scarf, one from my distant memories.

“Can you take me to Daisy?” I ask,  feeling my heart hammer in my chest as I’m almost eye level with the biggest wolf I had ever laid my eyes upon. One bite could take my head off, no problem.

And yet, it looked more like it was observing me, reading me, than it was sizing me up for a meal. Its head leans forward, and my breath catches in my throat as its nose dips to my neck. The sounds of its sniff fills the air, and I can feel that Thea and Viela are just as tense as I am in this moment.

The nose drags up my neck, stopping just in front of my own so I am, now closer than ever, staring into the wolf’s eyes once more. One long exhale from its snout brushes over my cheeks, but I resolve to hold my ground, too far in to back out now, lest I become its next meal.

And just like that, it turns around and begins to head into the forest. I manage to breathe out finally, my muscles finally releasing. Before the moment is entirely gone, the large wolf turns its head over its shoulder and stares at me once more. I tilt my head, and I swear I see its eyes roll. It lets out a short bark, and I look back to Thea and Viela, giving a shrug.

“I think we’re following the wolf.”

“Are you fucking kidding me?” Thea asks, incredulously.

“You’re the one who said you didn't want to follow the creepy decaying stuff,” I shift my pack on my shoulders once more and begin walking after the wolf, who seems to give an approving look before continuing its trot through the greenery.

“Because I’m not dying to enter my ‘fuck around and find out’ era!” She snaps back, “I know they say ignorance is bliss, Juno, but I find yours to be rather concerning.”

“I often find out without ever fucking around,” I grin at her over my shoulder, “In my defense, I was left unsupervised. Besides, what’s the worst that could happen?”

“We could literally be being led to the wolves’ den, where we will all be brutally torn apart by these freak beasts that are nearly as large as an adult human.” Thea offers, and I purse my lips in consideration of her statement, before waving the thought away with a hand and continuing to follow the dark furred beast into ancient elven ruins.

“It’s not an adventure if you never venture! Live a little!”

“I AM TRYING--”

“Shh,” Viela holds a hand over Thea’s mouth as we come into a clearing in the forest. The canopy above us has opened up, and it’s clear that these ruins have done a far better job of withstanding time. The wolf looks back at me once more before slipping down a set of stone steps and into the belly of the ruins, but I give us a moment of pause outside to admire the scenery. There’s wolf statues, but these in particular feel different. These don’t feel like the knight’s guardians, and when I think back to my reading-- it's much clearer-- this was a Dread Wolf statue.

How strange, that he shows up in this place. Did the Dreadwolf himself cause the connection between the wolves and the elves here all that time ago?

“What is this place?” Viela looks enamored as she steps further towards the ruins, inspecting each carving and mural that decorated the building.

“This is Din’an Hanin,” A soothing voice says, and I watch as the large wolf trots out into the clearing, a familiar elf in tow, “The place where glory ends.”

Merrill.

Her warm smile makes my heart burn with fondness as I approach.

“My, look at how much you’ve grown,” She coos, reaching a hand out to rest on my arm, “I’d recognize those eyes anywhere though. Just like yer mother’s. The greens of the wilds.”

“It’s good to see you again,” I stop myself before saying her true name, recalling she specifically asked me not to in her letter, “Though admittedly, this is not exactly where I pictured I’d be finding you.” I gesture to the ruins around us, and Merrill gets a proud grin on her lips as she looks around, like she’s taking it all in again for the first time.

“I had no idea I would wind up here either, to be honest,” She admits, “But after, well... After Kirkwall, I didn’t feel like I could stay there anymore. I-I wanted to go somewhere to study, get my mind off...” She trails off, but she doesn’t need to say it.

Anders.

He was the unspoken elephant in the room for everyone who travelled with Hawke. Isabela can only carry on merrily if no one around speaks his name. I can recall Varric and Hawke getting far off looks in their eyes if the name was spoken in Skyhold. Even Papa grew quiet at the name for a long time after.

“It seems like a peaceful place to be,” I remark, “I see you’ve befriended the local fauna, as well.”

“Oh! Yes, I met Sniffer here one of my first weeks in The Graves. Don’t let his stare fool you, he’s a big softie,” Merrill chuckles, pulling her hand from my arm to reach out and ruffle the wolf’s fur.

“Sniffer?” I quirk an eyebrow.

“Yup! There’s another inside-- Scratch, we call him.” She named her dogs Scratch and Sniff? Yikes.  “Well, I call him that. Wraith usually just calls him ‘ hound ’ or ‘ dog ’ or ‘ you ’.”

“Wraith?” My heart skips, “Wraith as in Blue Wraith ?”

“Oh, yes!” Merrill claps her hands together, “That’s why I asked for you to not use my real name, I’m sorry-- I should’ve started there. Dearie, welcome to the base of operations for The Order of The Blue Wraith.”

Do you know that feeling in the air right before a thunderstorm? Where the air smells thick and earthy, and the pressure can be felt deep within your skull?

It felt like lightning could strike.

“I ask that you and your friends here,” She drops her voice down to a whisper, “Refrain from calling Fenris by his real name as well, if you could.”

Fenris... Fenris?

The Blue Wraith was... Fenris.

“I’ll explain more inside, but for now, let’s get those packs off your backs and you settled in with a drink, I’m sure you girls are parched,” Merrill waves Viela and Thea over, leading us down the stairs into the ruins of Din’an Hanin.

Under any other circumstances, I might be relieved to find Merrill and Fenris at the helm of the secret organization that was helping elven kind escape slavery-- but the unsettling feeling, the fear crawling around deep in my gut-- that part of me knew I’d have to not only tell the guy who can punch holes through people that not only was my organization of assassins looking for him hoping to kill him, but had also caused a casualty of one of the members who was just trying to help a girl forced into prostitution.

And I was not looking forward to that .

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 72: Little Bird Blood Magic

Notes:

3 updates in a week? Wow, who is she?
And this one over 6k words, no less?
Hot girl era.

I move this weekend, so I wanted to make sure I fed all my birdies on the off chance I got super busy this weekend and didn't find the time to write. You guys have waited so patiently for Fenris, and I'm so happy to finally bring him into the big picture.
Also, me? Making another BG3 reference? Yes, Yes I am. And NOBODY can stop me.

I also made sure to include two very lovely pieces from Meg, including Merrill looking like an absolute disney princess flourishing in the beautiful glowy light Meg has perfected, and a second image, further into the chapter, which will have to be a surprise when you see it.

Love you birdies!

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA
--------------

Chapter Text



Fuck. Fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck tits fuck.

I thought Viago had piercing blue eyes, this fade green glare feels twice as shattering.

Fenris was scary when I was 6, okay? His eyes covered his hair when he got angry, he hated when everyone told him to watch his mouth around me, and he hated even more that I hung around Anders like a stray cat--- and now?

Now his hair is swept up out of his eyes and his stare is more intense than any silent Viago eye-lecture I have ever received. His eyes were so green they practically glowed, and his eyebrows weren’t covered by stands of white hair anymore, so I could see the distaste in his expression when he looked at me.

He never liked me.

Fuck, am I kind of into that?

No, shut up.

... Weeeeelll.

--Knock it off, Juno.

“Why are you wearing a Crow uniform?” His voice is as low and gravely as I remembered, not quite Sten but not quite Anders either. Testosterone filled and pleasing.

“If you want to get technical, it’s a Crow trainee uniform,” I offer, but he remains unamused at my words, choosing to remain silent with his displeasure, “Fate works in mysterious ways?”

He’s even less amused at that.

Fenris’ sigh is sharp as he brings a hand up to pinch at the bridge of his nose, “We spend all that damn time saving your useless father from Antivan Crows on his trail, and yet his daughter somehow winds up joining their ranks? I don’t know if you’re brave or just stupid.”

“Why can’t it be both?”

He growls in response, not bothering to open his eyes.

Hot.

Shut UP , Juno.

“Why exactly are you here ?”

“Oh, quit your brooding,” Merrill swats Fenris on the shoulder, setting down some glasses at a table with log benches and pouring some wine into each, “I invited her here, she’s looking for help, you don’t need to lift a damn finger.”

“Don’t act as if trouble’s not on the horizon every time a Tabris comes wandering back around,” Fenris grunts and quickly grabs a wine glass off the table, “I suppose I’m just relieved it’s not your mouthy father.”

Yeah. And then there’s that.

Fenris was never the biggest fan of Papa’s... flirtations with, well. With everyone, really, but I think him hitting on Hawke was what really pushed his buttons.

“That’s quite enough,” Merrill scolds him, “You’re either here to help or you’re harassing, so stay and be nice or beat it and brood.”

There’s a quiet stare down between the two before Fenris tosses his empty cup onto the table before storming off into another part of the ruins. Everyone in the room seems to let out a collective held breath at his absence, Merrill and I at the table, and Thea and Viela who were busy giving Sniffer belly rubs.

“I’m really sorry, dear, you’ll have to try and forgive him,” Merrill picks up her wine cup in both hands and runs her fingers over it absentmindedly, “I know he seems a brute, but really, he’s sad under it all. When everyone sort of fell out of contact... Well, he took it a wee bit personally, to say the least. Hawke’s absence, especially.”

I feel my brow furrow at this, how could he possibly take Hawke’s absence personally ?

“They were quite close,” She continues, “Most of us thought, well, we assumed they had something going on but-- According to him, nothing ever panned out, and then they stopped reaching out to him altogether. I think our dear wraith just gets angry when he gets confused. I really do wish he’d just go find Marian if he wants to see her so badly.”

... they don’t know.

“Were you in touch with Varric Tethras at all throughout the years?” I ask, my throat drying a bit as I anticipate the worst.

“Here and there, yes,” Merrill takes a small sip of her wine after swirling it in the glass, “He had questions to ask for the Inquisitor every now and then, but it certainly has been a while since I’ve heard from him. Why do you ask?”

Oh gods, why did I have to be the one to know?

I look down at the part of the ruins where Fenris scurried off to, just to be sure he wasn’t still lurking in the shadows while I prepared myself for this.

“The... The Champion of Kirkwall chose to stay behind in the fade and take on a demon to give The Inquisitor the opportunity to escape... It’s been years, I’m afraid.”

Her hand slowly rising to her mouth, the way her eyes line with tears-- it breaks something in me. She is the last person in all of creation I would ever want to see cry, but she deserves to know the truth. I have no idea why Varric wouldn’t tell her other than maybe he just couldn’t handle it himself.

“Oh gods,” Merrill chokes out, placing her wine glass down entirely. “D-did they...”

“There’s no way of getting back into the fade,” I whisper, “And it’s been... almost six years now? Even if we could-- I’m not sure that Hawke...”

“Don’t say it,” Merrill shuts her eyes tight, “I get it.”

“I’m sorry, truly. You shouldn’t have to hear this from me ,” I take a deep breath, “I think maybe Varric just took it too poorly to share with anyone else.”

“Poor Varric,” Merrill wipes at her eyes, “Poor Hawke.” She shakes her head in disbelief, “She was always far too good for this world. No one ever appreciated all she did for Kirkwall.”

I did, ” I reach out and place a hand on Merrill’s, “I grew up without concerns of being thrown in the Circle because of their support for mages, you know.” I bite my lip for a moment, considering my words carefully, “What happened... to the Kirkwall Chantry-- it was horrible, and I get why you wouldn’t want to think about it and why you’d pack up and find somewhere else to be. But it started something big for all mages, and I hope you can, at the very least, find solace in that. Good bloomed where fires burned-- It doesn’t wash the sins away, but the world kept spinning.”

“You’re quite wise for yer age, y’know that?” Merrill lets out something between a chuckle and a huff, dabbing at her eyes once more. “I know that time can heal the wounds, some of us just... aren’t ready to let them heal yet.”

Thea and Viela join us at the table as Sniffer comes up to rest his head on Merrill’s shoulder, nuzzling his forehead into her hair.

“Enough about my troubles, dear. How are you faring?” Merrill’s eyes twinkle a bit, still shiny with tears but hoping to take her mind off the topic, clearly.

“Much better than when I first tried reaching out,” I give her a soft smile, “Got in touch with Mama and Papa, got to see Isabela before I came here,” Merrill’s eyes crinkle at the edges, she was always quite close with Isabela in their travels I heard, “She took Kieran on as a shanty singer for her ship, so he’s traveling with her for now.”

“Oh! Little Kieran, gods, what a troublemaker he was,” She chuckles and places a hand over her heart, “Those two must get along like peas in a pod.”

“I think they enjoy each other’s company more than either of them care to admit,” I joke, I take another breath to continue, but we’re stopped short as a male elf practically stumbles over his own feet into the large room we occupied.

“Pardon, Miss Daisy,” The elf’s eye scan over Merrill, then me, then to Thea and Viela, “I don’t mean to interrupt you, but I just wanted to inform you we got word that the last liberation was successful, and we can expect about 15 in the next day or so. They secured passage across the Shining Sea.”

“Thank you, Amelhan, I will be sure we have accommodations prepared.” Merrill gives him a curt nod and the elf curiously scans over us once more before realizing he would not get answers any time soon, and retreats from the room.

“I still can’t get over that you run The Order...” I shake my head slowly as I look at Merrill. Sweet, kind, soft hearted Merrill. Smuggling elves-- but, in the good way. Maybe that is the Merrill I know.

But Fenris?

Fenris doesn’t rescue , he... well, he liberates I suppose...

Maybe I should’ve known all along.

“It was a bit of an accident, if I’m being honest,” Merrill picks up her cup once more and sips at her spiced wine, “Our dear Wraith was just looking to kill slavers and magisters imprisoning elves and turning them into mage-killers. He never meant for it to become a ‘thing’ , and I suppose, he still doesn’t treat it like it is.”

“How is it that no one has ever discovered who you really are?” I glance over to Thea and Viela, who finally come to join us at the table and sip some wine. “I mean, I’ve known you for most of my life and I had no idea.”

  “None of this really started until after Kirkwall. Wraith wandered for a while, just enacting a bitter revenge. It just so happened that in doing that work, he gained a reputation, a bit of a following, and was rescuing more elves than he realized.” She shrugs her shoulders with a laugh, “Most of those in the order are rotated-- so that they’re not traceable, so that no one dares to wander back to Emerald Graves after our teams. Those that do, those who look for revenge, are buried in the earth beneath our feet.”

She says it so nonchalantly, in such a sweet tone, that it sends a chill up my spine.

“I was here first, to be fair, he just came waltzing into the ruins one day with a few youngins following in his footsteps like little baby birds chasing after their mother. He looked so miserable,” She laughs again, and I find myself smiling at the thought of Fenris being unwillingly followed by several younger elves in his shadow, “He gave me a single look that just screamed for help, we relocated those kids and... it just sort of kept happening. Others who were freed offered to help, go out on missions and liberate others, relocate them-- the rest is history.”

“And the whole ‘order’ thing?” Viela chimes in, and Merrill puts on a rather stern look.

“I order you to stay. Put.” Merrill snorts at her own impression of Fenris, “He’s always bossin’ everyone around, no surprise that one stuck like sap.”

“You’re telling me that the organization I’ve grown up hearing tales about was made basically entirely by accident?” Viela stares at her wine, dumbfounded.

“That’s kind of always been our thing, yeah,” Merrill remarks, “Accidentally thrown together the first time, somehow thrown together again after time apart-- I expect we’ll meet again beyond the Veil at this rate.”

Fate does seem to have a way of bringing people back together time and time again.

“Now then,” Merrill sighs, looking over at Thea, “You must be the one with the blood magic curse-- I can feel it on you.”

Thea swallows, the attention being brought to her a sudden surprise. Merrill leans forward, looking over Thea. Her eyes rest on Thea’s neck, tracing over her scars with her pupils.

“That’s no ordinary blood magic,” She says, as if any blood magic was ‘ordinary’ at all, “The mana moves like it's humming, like it's dormant up until the very second it isn’t,” Merrill meets Thea’s gaze, “Do you know what it did to you?”

Thea’s doe eyes almost look as if they might water, but she solemnly nods her head. Her scars seem to redden at this, and Merrill holds out her hand.

“Don’t say a word,” She insists, watching in silence until the color fades, “It’s definitely still active, whatever it is.” Merrill leans back in her chair, lost in thought for a moment. “The more I know about what it did, the better I can identify it-- but Juno says you can’t talk about it... That’s new,” She sighs, “Let me read for a bit, now that I’ve got a grasp on how the mana works, I might be able to look it up.”

“R-Right,” Thea lets out the breath she was holding, her shoulders slouching in relief, “Do you think you can identify it?”

“We’ll find a way,” I reach towards Thea and pat her bicep, “I promise.”

Thea shoots me a halfhearted smile to show she was comforted, but still uneasy.

“Why don’t you girls settle in? There’s a waterfall out of the far side of the ruins that’s good for washing up, there’s plenty of food in storage, I’m sure Scratch and Sniff wouldn’t mind a good walk if you wanted some extra company.”

“Where is Scratch, anyways?” I ask, looking around, not seeing a second wolf.

“Wherever Wraith goes, he follows,” Merrill rises from her chair and retreats up the steps of the ruins. I look off toward the darkened path that Fenris took, no torches lit that hallway but he probably preferred it that way.

I suppose I owe him a few truths as well.

“Would you two mind occupying yourselves for a bit?” I look over to my teammates, “I think I should probably go tell tall, dark and broody about The Champion as well.”

“Take your time,” Viela nods, giving a sympathetic smile, “I think that’s a conversation best not rushed, from the way Daisy reacted.”

“Right,” I rise from the chair and turn to face the dark halls, “If I’m not back by sundown, assume I’ve died.”

“He doesn’t seem that bad,” Thea remarks.

“Pretty good to me, even.” Viela smirks.

“Pretty good looking ,” Thea crinkles her nose as she grins.

Incorrigible.

I love them.



It turns out, the hallway wasn’t lit up with torches because bioluminescent cave mushrooms grew from cracks in the foundation, lining the halls in a glowing blue light. Though there were several rooms that branched off to the sides, I could feel in the air that Fenris was all the way down the long hall-- like, despite not being a mage, he radiated with a connection to the Fade that sang all the same.

The room at the end of the hall was deteriorated significantly, cracks and crumbles from the ceiling not only poured trickles of light, but it allowed for seeds and pollen to drift in, lining the entire room in a diverse ecosystem of plants. Moss grew in every bit of the ruins, but in this room, it flourished. Mushrooms were in abundance, the spores twinkling in the shadows every time a breeze drifted through the room. What was once stairs was now covered in ferns and lichen, ivy wrapped around deteriorated columns, and what may have once been a bench on a pedestal in the center of the room, was now entirely covered in soft carpet moss. There was some sort of structure in the center of the room, surrounded by pond on nearly every side-- whether that was intentional or a symptom of the deterioration was unknown, but the peeper toads made their pleased presence known in the silence.

Atop the moss covered bench was one ‘tall, dark and broody’. My judge, juror and executioner-- unknowingly waiting for my deliverance of bad news after bad news. By his side, a pure white wolf, sitting silently and still-- statuesque in company. That must be Scratch.

Courage is not the absence of fear, but rather the judgment that something else was far more important -- I’d never forget that.

“You might as well come over here, I can hear you breathing.”

Right.

Right...

“I was working up the courage,” I remark, stepping over the small footbridge to come to the center island, approaching the bench and keeping my sight on Fenris. “You’re not exactly the king of being approachable.”

“Could’ve fooled me,” I watch as he raises a bottle up, pressing it to his lips before leaning forward on his knees, “It’s a rare thing to find any peace and quiet these days.” I take a seat on the bench beside him, tucking my hands between my knees.

“I wouldn’t be disturbing you if I didn’t think it was important,” I offer, and his green eyes drift over to me, his side eye somehow less intimidating than taking on the full force of his gaze.

“Is this about whatever help you’re asking for?” Fenris asks, and I shake my head as I draw my eyes down to the pond below.

“I sort of got tangled up in something a while ago, at a brothel--”

“--I already don’t want to hear it,” He sighs.

“No! Just listen, not like that ,” I intertwine my fingers, afraid I’ll start fidgeting nervously with my gloves otherwise, “There were rumors about kidnappings and murders happening in brothels all over Northern Thedas. The Crows were brought in to find the murderer and snuff him out-- but we were wrong. Nobody was being killed. Nobody was even being kidnapped.”

“...When was this?” His face remains unchanged, unmoved.

“Two years ago,” I feel my face heating up, the memories of that night still haunted me a bit. Leo’s knife in the elf’s chest, blood sputtering from his mouth and creeping down his Vallaslin-- spitting forward onto my cheeks. “There was a brothel in Treviso, and that night, I took the room of an elf named Talli in order to find who was kidnapping women. That was the night I learned about The Order, I-I met someone who was supposed to be there for Talli--”

“Did you kill him?”

My heart hammered in my chest.

I might as well have. It felt like I had.

“No,” My voice nearly cracks, “Fledglings aren’t allowed to engage in combat of any kind. But I... I know that whoever he was, he died at the hands of a Crow that night.”

His silence speaks volumes. It’s like you can feel his rage without even looking in his direction.

“Why,” He takes a deep breath, I’m assuming to calm him down, “Are you trying to join that maker forsaken assassin cult? What is wrong with you?”

Many things, to be honest.

“I’m trying to help fix it-- change it. I didn’t exactly go to Treviso willingly but,” I shrug my shoulders, “I won’t leave until it stops being an ‘assassin cult’ and becomes something more of a reputable organization.”

“You’ll be there until you draw your final breath, then.”

“Then so be it,” I counter, “You think you’re the only one who gets to murder for the betterment of the world? Like your sins somehow weigh less than mine?”

His face snaps to me, wanting to challenge me on this, but I give him no space to argue.

“You think you’re the only person in the world who went through shit? One of my friends has a blood magic curse on her and the other had most of her clan slaughtered by slavers-- We may not all be in the Crows of our own volition, but we will be changing the organization by force, if necessary. And no big tough elf guy with shiny swoopy hair is going to bully me into changing my mind.”

His jaw clicks in clear frustration, before he shuts his eyes and breathes out a laugh.

“You’re just as stubborn as Hawke,” Fenris remarks, lifting his wine bottle up to take another swig as he stares up at a crack in the ceiling, “I suppose you’re right, though... I can’t claim deaths at my hand are any more or less sinful than a paid assassin’s. I don’t do what I do for coin, but I can’t pretend it isn’t partially for me, either.”

“I’m sorry... about the elf that died that night. If it’s any solace, I’ve never forgotten a thing about him since that night. I’ve been haunted... truly.” Fenris looks over me before, seemingly regrettably, holding out his wine bottle to me.

Who am I to pass up a second hand kiss with a handsome man?

I take a slow sip of the wine, familiar cherry notes mingled with the flavor of plums only found in Tevinter. A surprisingly not dry wine for a particularly dry elf.

“His name was Theneras,” Fenris held his hand out for the bottle, and I placed the green glass back in his fingers, “A regular rotating member. He knew the risks, he insisted on going alone anyways. Idiot...”

“As someone who has been on the receiving end of the blade of the man that did kill him, he was at least blessed with a quick death.” I breathe in, trying to calm my nerves. This was going well, too well, even.

But I had yet to get to the worst of it.

“I have to tell you something else,” I start, twisting my thumbs around each other, “And it’s not fair that I have to be the one to tell you because I shouldn’t be, but it’s also not fair that you don’t already know-- you deserve to know--”

“It’s alright,” He chides, “I’ve had enough wine that I wont take it out on you, regardless.”

I almost wish he would, it’d seem... less sad, that way.

“... It’s about Marian.”

The wine bottle nearly slips from Fenris’ hand, but he steels his grip at the last second. The look on his face has shifted entirely. He was no longer reminiscing, no longer mourning-- he looked entirely different.

He looked empty.

“They were helping Inquisitor Lavellan, back before the breech was closed-- From what Auntie told me, the Inquisitor and their team got cornered in the fade. There was a giant demon, and the only way out was around it or through it-- and around it wasn’t exactly an option.” I swallow, the saliva thick and suffocating in my throat. 

I don’t know Fenris in the ways I know others from my parent’s travels, everything I remember of him was sort of in passing, he never chose to interact with me-- but right here? Right now? I feel every ounce of his pain.

“Marian insisted on distracting the demon while The Inquisitor escaped.”

His eyes snapped shut. His brows clenched down just slightly. I heard his jaw lock.

“Because of her, because of that decision-- the rest of the team made it out... but Hawke...” A stray tear fell from my own eye, why did it hurt so much more telling him? “They stayed. In the Fade.”

The bottle finally slips from his grasp, and I watch the remnants of the dark red wine spill onto the moss by our feet.

“Why you?” Fenris asks, pressing his eyes shut more so that he doesn’t open them and show me just how much this was affecting him, “Why am I finding out from you?”

“If I had to guess,” I cross my ankles, eyes fixed on the pool of red, “Because Varric couldn’t find it in him to tell anyone else.”

“He should’ve looked a little harder, then,” Fenris snaps, his eyes finally opened and betraying his intentions. It was like looking at a wolf backed into a corner.

“Would you have been able to?” I ask, “Would you have found it in you to reach out to everyone else and tell them?”

“It’s different, I--”

“You loved her,” I interrupt, finishing a sentence I knew his pride likely wouldn’t let him finish anyways, “And so did Varric.”

The anger and fear melted off Fenris’ face in an instant.

“Varric Tethras was in love with Marian Hawke. So in love with her, in fact, that he got himself tangled up in the Inquisition's bullshit just so that Hawke wouldn’t have to-- and she still found her way there anyways. She still did exactly what he was afraid of. She still gave too much.” I can see him connecting the puzzle pieces in his mind, but I offer him one final solution, one final answer to his years of unanswered questions, “And she did it for him, because she loved him too.”

He puts his head in his hands slowly, like if he moves too quickly the world around him may shatter. I know that feeling-- like everything you’ve ever known has crumbled around you, like every memory feels like a lie.

“Love can be a cruel thing,” I look over to Scratch, still waiting patiently and silently at Fenris’ side, his eyes now fixed on Fenris’ hunched frame. “You read in poems and stories that the truest forms of love are fixed, permanent and come only once in a lifetime. Everyone chases after these fairytales because everyone wants what is easiest to handle-- but love isn’t like that.”

He doesn’t say a word, he doesn’t even move, but I know he’s listening.

“Love flows like water. You can ride smooth currents, you can swim against it’s pull, or you can be dragged downstream struggling the whole time. It’s not fixed but it’s not constant. Riverbeds can dry up, droughts can leave sources barren-- but it’s not impossible to bring it back. It’s not impossible for it to flow two ways, either. Streams can run from the same source, completely parallel.”

I know that from experience, don’t I?

“I’m certain she loved you, too.”

“I don’t need your pity.”

“If I wanted to pity you, I wouldn’t need your permission,” I bend down and lift the wine bottle from the moss, placing it up upright at his feet. “I’m only telling you what I know to be true. I can’t say for certain why it wasn’t you in the end, you’ve always been handsome, anyone with eyes could tell you that,” He sighs as he sits up, making sure to keep his gaze away from me, “But I do know what it’s like to fall for two people, and to have to make a decision to hurt one isn’t easy at all. Marian probably thought it was easier to run away than to see you hurting, in the end.”

Fenris shakes his head, lingering in the silence for a bit, before breaking it with, “I refuse to remember her as a coward.”

“Not a coward,” I offer, “Just not entirely fearless.”

Fenris wraps an arm around the wolf at his side, fixing his gaze at the walls of the ruins and refusing to look back over at me. I’d let him process, if that’s what he needed.

As I sat up from the bench, he speaks up, “Did you just call me handsome?”

Fuck.

“I wasn’t making a pass at you or anything--”

“No, no-- Maker, no , I just-- I always thought you had a thing for Anders?” The look of disgust on his face after he says Anders’ name was oddly nostalgic. “You used to stick your tongue out at me whenever him and I argued.”

“I can appreciate beauty in its many various forms.”

“What was his? Rat form?”

“He was handsome too, I’ll have you know-- and sweet. Kind--”

“I think your father’s DNA just made you desperate.”

“Rude!” I choke out a laugh, “I have standards, and so did Papa!”

“I’d say the standard was ‘breathing’, but honestly with your father, I could never really tell,” Fenris chuckles at his own joke, standing up from the bench as well. He looks down at me, but his gaze feels less sharp now, far less scary. “Thank you. For, well, all of that.”

“You deserved the truth,” I nod, “I’m glad at least that it wasn’t over a letter.”

“I guess you aren’t all bad,” Fenris stretches, pushing together shoulder blades as he swings out his arms, “For a kid who was into rats.”

“I was into wolves too,” I joke, “But they had a tendency to bite, so I stuck with the nicer beasts.”

“Your mistake,” Fenris shrugs, starting his way out of the deteriorating room.

“Yes, yes it was.”



There were several sections of the ruins that had fallen apart over time, leaving entire rooms without ceilings. That was the perfect spot, as it turns out, to place tents and make campfires. Merrill sat at a desk at the front of one of the larger tents, studying over several scrolls and books with a pensive gaze-- likely studying texts on Blood Magic. Once she had a goal in mind, Merrill was unstoppable, you didn’t have to travel with her for years and years to know that.

Viela, Thea and I sat around the campfire, finishing off what remained of the night’s meal of rice and beans, seasoned to perfection by yours truly. Mushrooms that tasted surprisingly like chicken added familiar flavors to the dish, and it brought a smug smile to my face to see both of the women happily finish their plates.

Crow’s feed would be a thing of the past, so long as I was there.

“Do you think she’s made any progress?” Thea asks, looking longingly over to Merrill’s tent.

“Well, it might be easier if we knew a little bit more about what exactly this magic does to you,” I chew my lip as I stare at Viela. “Can you really not talk about it?”

Thea’s entire face falls, and she absentmindedly thumbs over the scars on her neck, shaking her head.

“Maybe we can try to figure it out,” Viela suggests, “Use what we know of magic to make an educated guess!”

“Not a bad idea, Viela!” I look over Thea for a moment, tapping my chin, “Okay, so I know the scars glowed when you were saying you can’t talk about it, which tells me if you get too into detail, something happens.”

Thea nods a couple of times, keeping her lips pressed together.

“I’m trying to think about what I even know about blood magic,” I crack my knuckles impatiently as I root around in my memories, “They don’t have the same connection with the fade. The magic is impure. Ancient magisters used it to enslave the Elvhen people, but I’ve also heard stories of it being used to heal others... but blood magic's most potent and dangerous ability is to influence, and even take control of, the actions of other beings.”

Thea’s eyes lift to mine at this, and it’s obvious I’ve touched on something.

“Okay, don’t worry-- I see it in your eyes. So... You’re being influenced somehow. Compelled to do something?”

She slowly shakes her head, the scars on her neck faintly glowing.

“Okay,” I bring a hand to my chin.

“Wait--” Viela holds up a hand, “What about to not do something?”

Thea’s breathing becomes a bit more unsteady as her neck glows a bit brighter. I pat Viela’s shoulder.

“Okay, yes, excellent work,” I remark, but notice how Thea’s breathing is a bit labored, “Let’s calm down for a second, I’m a little worried about what’s going to happen if those scars glow any brighter.”

“Sorry, right, I got too excited,” Viela sighs, her shoulders falling a bit as she looks over Thea, “It’s like a riddle, except the answer will help my friend, so it’s twice as satisfying to solve.”

“Well... it’s no saviour, but I can give you a few riddles to solve,” I smile, “What has one giant eye, but no sight?”

“Oh, that one’s easy-- A storm,” Viela lolls her head to the side to grin at me.

“Alright, alright. Then how about this-- What is easy to lift, but impossible to throw?” A classic, truly.

“Your spirits?”

“So smart!” I tap my finger to my chin, “Okay, what can hold hundreds of words, but only has one letter?”

Viela pauses, her lips twisting as she thinks. She stares at the first for a bit, before shrugging her shoulders, “I don’t think I know this one!”
“A messenger bird!” I giggle, “I’ve always loved that one.”

“I swear I used to know one that was like... Come guess me this riddle, what beats pipe and fiddle--”

“What’s hotter than mustard and milder than cream?” I sing back to Viela.

“Yes!!”

“What best whets your whistle? What’s clearer than crystal?” I continue.

“Sweeter than honey and stronger than steam?” A soft voice sings back. Merrill takes a seat beside Thea at the fire.

“What can make the dumb talk? What can make the lame walk? What’s the elixir of life and philosopher’s stone?” We sing in tandem, and Viela seems to pick up and join in by the next line, “And what helped Mr. Brunel to dig the Dales tunnels? Sure wasn't it whiskey from old Denerim? So stick to the cratur the best thing in nature; For sinking your sorrows and raising your joys. And Maker, I wonder, if lightning and thunder was made from the plunder of whiskey me boys.”

“That brings back memories,” Merrill laughs, clapping her hands together. “What are we doing over here? Campfire songs?”

“We were trying to help Thea,” I respond with a smile, glancing over to Thea “But we got a little distracted with riddles and--” Thea.

Her throat was RED. Blood red.

Tears pooled in her eyes.

“Thea?” I launch from my seat and slide on my knees in front of her, watching a tear slip down her cheek. “What was it-- the riddles? The sin--”

Oh.

“Thea,” I read over her eyes, they’re open and looking wild, but pleading at the same time, “Can you not sing?”

Her eyes squeeze shut, and she tries to breathe out, but her neck lights up at this, stopping a sob halfway in her throat. She struggles with it, but I can see-- it’s choking her. The veins in her neck are prominent as she coughs.

Thea couldn’t sing due to the blood magic put on her, and talking about it choked her using the scars on her neck.

Who the fuck does that to someone?

“Merrill!” I call out, unsure how to help Thea as she struggles.

“Oh goodness, okay-- Thea, you have to calm down, I see it now, I see what it does.” She places her hands firmly on Thea’s shoulders, and I scramble to my feet, “If you keep focusing on it, it’s going to keep happening, so you have to clear your mind, okay?”

As if it was such an easy thing to do!

“Juno, you need to do something here or she’s going to choke to death,” Merrill kicks at my ankle and I frantically look around, “Distract her, dammit!”

With WHAT?!

“U-Uh today I found wild broccoli sprouts and I put them in my mouth before fully identifying them because I was hungry.” Really thought that one would work.

Thea clutches at her neck as she sputters and coughs.

“One time, I tried making jelly out of pinecones but apparently picked them way too late in the season, and while it made a good jelly it made a far more potent laxative.”

Surely that?? No??

“I bet that Wraith has a fucking massive cock!” I spit out.

Oh GODS why did I spit THAT out?

Thea’s bewildered eyes stay transfixed on me, and all at once, she’s gasping for breath and finally pulling air into her lungs.

Of all the things to work at taking her mind off of her curse...

“... Did you just say you put plants in your mouth without fully identifying them?” Merrill asks, glaring at me as she looks over her shoulder.

“She has a bit of an oral fixation,” Viela shrugs.

Yeah, she does,” Thea jokes, her voice ragged but not ragged enough to stop her from roasting me. “Maker’s breath, Juno, you’ll just say anything that comes to mind these days.”

“It certainly comes in her mind, anyways.” Viela adds, and Thea raises an arm to give an air high-five across the campfire.

Why did I bring these two along again?

“I’ll try to take it as a compliment,” Oh shit , “Let’s not make a habit of yelling these things in a big, echoey ruin though, shall we?” Fenris remarks as he enters the room and steps past the campfire, “I don’t need that coming to anyone’s mind.”

Was there a blood magic curse on me, or was it just simply my turn to turn bright red?

Shut UP, Juno.

~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 73: Little Bird and The Cost

Notes:

Bet you thought you'd seen the last of me.
BUT NO!
Just once again plagued with the Ao3 curse. Moved into the new place, IMMEDIATELY caught the flu. Partner had car troubles, had to drop $1600 on it to fix them, cat had extreme trouble adjusting to the new place-- Just. Way too much. A lot. All at once.

But-- I am settled in. We have the basics, we have a couch-- I have a desk. Can't complain.
It feels really really good to be here, even if I am sick.

I had a lot of trouble getting this chapter written, I'd pick it up and then put it down and then I'd get a fever and delerium write for twenty minutes and pass out at my laptop-- but today I said NO MORE-- And I'm serious I was writing from noon until now, which is 8:30. Some chapters just come easier than others, I guess,

Art for this chapter was provided by Meg, another delicious Fenris piece to satiate all our desires. I do be drooling. Anyways-- I'm here, birdies. <3 Thanks for waiting for me.
**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



You could tell by the way that Thea fell asleep holding both Viela and I’s hands, tears still prickling the corner of her eyes, that she was relieved in a way she hadn’t felt in a long time.

Being cursed is a burden in and of itself, but not being able to tell anyone about it? To have it physically destroy you to talk about it?

I can’t even imagine the personal hell that is.

It made my own grip on her hand tighten as she slept.

And speaking of personal hell, these nights without nightmares have been polarizing, but also peaceful. It’s interesting how once you’re out of proximity from a demon, they can’t have much of an effect on you anymore. I wonder if Envy lets Leo rest, or if he haunts his dreams as well.

Do demons sleep? Do spirits?

I seem to recall that the Inquisitor had friends who were spirits that took on physical form, but it wasn’t until they chose to embrace “humanity” that their bodies required things like sleeping, and eating. But Envy isn’t a spirit that took on physical form, he’s a spirit that took OVER a physical form-- a willing host.

Did Anders ever sleep?

Maybe that was a question for Merrill at an hour more reasonable for speaking.

What time even is it? I feel like the sun surely must be rising by now.

 

As quietly and slowly as I could manage, I pulled myself free from Thea’s grasp and crawled my way out of the tent, eyes adjusting from the darkness to the dusky light of morning peeking into the ruins. It was still too early for even the birds to be awake, but it wouldn’t be long before the yellows of the sun’s rays began to cast streaks across the landscape, waking up the world around us.

The entire trip still felt surreal, but more so than anything else, accidentally stumbling into an answer as to what blood magic curse has been plaguing Thea was the most surreal thing of all. Merrill asked that we give her the night to read up on it, said she'd rather be absolutely positive before we put ourselves into any dangerous magical situations-- but I could tell from the face she made that the answer wouldn't be an easy one. Whatever it would take to free Thea, it would likely come at a cost.

It's a cost I'm willing to pay, regardless of what it is. If time has shown me anything, it is that Thea, and Viela as well, are just as imperative to the chessboard and of the crows as any other member I hold dear-- and ones that I hold dear hold them in high and loving regards as well.

This wasn’t just about Crows or the chessboard anymore-- this was about family.

And I will always take care of my family.

 

With a newly finished campfire coffee in my stomach, I finally chose to wander deeper into the ruins once more. My agenda may or may not have included taking samples from the bioluminescent mushrooms and hanging mosses in the large room I had sat in with Fenris the night prior, but I’m not a particularly picky woman-- I grab samples from anything curious looking as I pass through the rooms. Do ferns have any medicinal qualities, or are they just tasty? Never know until you experiment!

... nobody tell Viago I even thought that.

Much to my luck, and maybe partially my un-luck, Fenris was once again occupying the bench of the rained in section of the ruins. I had another goal set for once I found the order-- and I found it, so I guess I need to do the harder thing now.

I need to ask its leader for help.

“Must you always lurk like a creature in the shadows?” Fenris, always aware of his surroundings, speaks loud enough for his voice to reach me.

“Would you prefer I yell at the entrance when I walk into every room?” I counter.

“...perhaps not.”

“Perhaps not, indeed,” I approached the moss bench once more. He had no wine bottle in hand this time, but the air around him was still heavy-- his emotions, though seemingly unreadable on his face, were felt in his silence and solitude. “Did you sleep?”

“What are you, my mother?” Fenris challenges quietly, though it lacks the heart of a true joke.

“Just a compassionate third party,” I shrug, “I could get why it would be hard to sleep, though you seemed like you drank enough to knock you out at an early hour. No judgement on that, either.”

“I slept fine ,” He asserts, in a tone that spoke volumes urging me to stop with that line of questioning. “It was Merrill you should be harassing about staying up all night.”

“You don’t call her Daisy when you’re here?”

“Not anymore,” Fenris’ jaw flexes slightly, “That was someone else’s nickname for her. I don’t want to hang on to any pieces of him, not after... No, I don’t call her Daisy-- or any other nickname for that matter. It's Merril. If she has a problem with it, she can leave.”

I see he’s handling everything... well .

“I don’t think it’s... fair to hold a grudge against Varric for Hawke--”

“--When you have so called friends lying to you for years, perhaps I’ll consider your insight,” He sighs, “Until then, you’ve done more than you needed to--  So please, drop it.”

Perhaps he was right. It truly wasn’t my business, and it never should’ve been my burden in the first place. Sometimes things just fall into place in all the wrong ways.

“Message received,” I cross my leg as I sit down beside him, listening to the sounds of water trickling in from somewhere, “Not what I came in here for, anyways, just worried about you.”

“You don’t even know me.”

“I could, though. If you let me,” I bend down, picking a small flower pushing up through the mossy floor and retrieving a vial from my pack to place it in, “I could help your order-- I am training in stealth, afterall.”

“Sounds a bit like your organization is working against what I’m working for, aren’t they?”

“And I’m working to change that,” I look over at Fenris, quirking a brow, “You’ve met my mother, do you honestly think mindless murdering for coin is something we stand for?”

“I’ve come to find most people I thought I knew weren’t all they cracked up to be,” Fenris pauses, looking me over briefly, “Though, admittedly, I could say that’s a positive for you.”

“Ah,  I graduated from ‘rat lover’, have I?” I grin.

“Partially--” He notices my grin get wider, “Barely, even.”

“You liiiiiike me,” I tease, earning something between a scoff and a snort back.

“I would say I appreciate your maturity, but you just ruined that.”

“Maturity?” I sit up straighter, “Absolutely not. Not me, not ever. That’s a serious accusation to make, you know.”

“Well, you certainly handle responsibility better than people I know twice your age. I suppose some would mistake that for maturity.” He cracks the slightest of smiles, somewhere beneath that brooding gaze, but I see it. I’ve learned a lot about people’s mico-expressions-- and Fenris was certainly the king of them. “Owning up to something you feel guilty about... it’s respectable.”

“There’s plenty of things I feel guilty about in this lifetime that I haven’t owned up to yet.”

“You’ve got time,” He remarks. I do. I have time-- but how much time does it take for the owning up to seem disingenuous? How much time before it all catches up to me ?

“I suppose I do,” I answer. “Do you?”

He stops breathing, I hear it catch.

“I’ll let it go after this, but I will say one final thing, If I may,” I wait to see if he responds, but Fenris says nothing. “Communication, it can be a two-way street. Sometimes when you wait around for an answer, you forget that you were never asking the question in the first place. You put yourself in a void, looking out to the dark hoping for a light to flicker in-- it's hard for someone to shine a light if they don’t know where to look. You can’t just stumble on everyone you know sitting in abandoned ruins.”

He purses his lips, then tips his head to me, “I mean... it’s been 2 so far--”

“Stop that,” I laugh, “I came here to see Merrill, I didn’t even know you’d be here.”

“If I say I see your point, can this conversation end?”

“When are you going to admit you enjoy talking to me?”

“Never, actually.”

I push my tongue into my cheek and shake my head, rising up from the bench, “Fine, be that way. I came here to get my samples, so that’s what I’ll do-- then I will leave you be, lone wolf.”

Fenris watches as I collect my gloves and trimmers from my pouch and cut a sample of the carpet moss, peel some of the bark from a tree that’s pushed through the wall of the ruins, and jump up to grab a handful of moss dangling from one of the stone pillars.

“What exactly are you doing with those?” He asks.

“I make potions,” I respond, happily tucking away my newly filled vials. I scan my eyes over the floor, looking for anything else sticking out, “Well, potions, poisons, salves, ointments-- a bit of everything, I guess.”

“And you do this for... fun?”

“No,” I respond, bending down to pick some wood sorrel and feeling my braid brush against my cheek, “I do it for Mama.”

Once again, his silence tells me everything.

“I may not be traveling with them right now, but I’ll keep doing what I can to find a cure, or at least manage the symptoms,” I stand back up, twisting the wood sorrel a few times in the light before meeting Fenris’ gaze, “It’s all I can do, to not feel useless, I mean.”

His eyes widen just a little, before he brings a hand up to rub at his eyes and lets out a deep chuckle, “I was wrong.”

“Yeah? About what this time?” I tease, stalking over to the wall to grab a few mushroom caps.

“I said... I said you were like Marian, but you’re not...” Fenris shakes his head as he pulls his hand away, “You’re more like me.”

“I’ll try to take it as a compliment,” I repeat his own words from the night prior back to him, earning another breathless laugh. “I didn’t dislike you, for the record-- when I was a kid, I mean. I just didn’t understand you.”

“And you do now?” He challenges, but truly, he has no idea what I see.

When I look at him, his broody nature, his want for answers, his truly, genuinely good heart surrounded by a complete shit show -- I see Viago.

And I’d argue I know Viago better than anyone by now.

“You just said I’m like you, I’d say I’ve got more insight than most.” I tuck my last vial into my pouch and hop back across the gap to Fenris’ perch. “I picked at your icy walls until they started to crumble, just a little bit.”

“Like a rat--”

“Like someone who cares,” I interject, “Because I do. Regardless of what you may think of yourself as, you have always been a hero to me, and to everyone after me, and to everyone else you help. That’s why you have so many people willing to follow your orders. That’s why they reach out for help.” I take one step closer, making sure he has to listen when I say it, “You’re a good person, Fenris. Bad things can happen to good people, but it doesn’t make you any less good.”

He doesn’t have a response, not that I expected him to. He sits in that silence, and as the sun begins to just trickle through the holes in the roof, I give him a pat on the shoulder.

“I was going to go looking for The Order myself, if I hadn’t accidentally stumbled upon it. Even I need help sometimes, you know? I guess that’s our big difference. You may see you in me, but I know wolves are pack animals. They aren’t meant to live in solitude.” I pat him once more, “I hope you go looking someday.”

I leave him at that, heading towards the exit.

“Hey,” He calls out, and I turn on my heel to see Fenris has stood from the bench and turned to face me, “What were you coming to ask for help with?”

I pull my lips into a grin, “Maybe we can talk about it over breakfast? There’s some people I’d really like for you to formally meet.”

I see his shoulders fall, like he’s dejected at even the idea of being more sociable, but he begins to walk towards the doors anyways--another icy wall crumbled.

 

If not staring was a game, Viela and Thea would lose it. Instantly. Humiliatingly.

I mean, I can admit that it did feel weird to be sitting down for a meal with someone who seemed like they wanted us dead yesterday, but stranger things have happened and frankly they’re of little faith if they think I can’t pick a man apart until he yields to me.

“I don’t think I’ve had true cumin spice in, well... years and years, to be honest,” Merrill sighs contently, “What else did you put in this? This is delightful.”

“Mushrooms, wild onions and garlic, a tomato that had been preserved, a dried chili pepper,” I tap at my chin, “Yeah that’s basically it, the rice is just plain.”

“Northern Thedas certainly has some flavors that can’t be replicated here,” Fenris gives a small nod, “Can’t say I miss everything, but these for sure.”

“Being back in Southern Thedas is a small treat, though. I plan on collecting a jar of Ferelden molasses at the port before I go, it doesn’t seem like they make any of it up north, though they do process sugar cane for sweeteners.” I place my spoon down and look over to Viela, who manages to pull her gaze away from Fenris when she senses me looking in her direction. I give her a small nod and she reciprocates before I clear my throat, “Since we’re all together now, I’d really like to introduce Thea and Viela to you. They’re also training for The Crows, but more than that... They're helping with the plans to change the organization. They are,” I take a breath, looking them over, “Two of the finest people I have ever met.”

Fenris looks from me, over to the two women, who sit up a little straighter under his gaze.

“And Viela, specifically, I think could use a little help from The Order, if you think it’s possible.”

“Oh?” Merrill leans forward over the table, “If you’re a friend of Juno’s, you’re a friend of mine-- and The Order’s,” Merrill looks over to Fenris, “Isn’t that right?”

He almost looks like you couldn’t torture an answer out of him. Almost.

“Sure,” He answers, plainly. Just admit you like me, prickly bitch.

“So we’d be more than happy to help,” Merrill asserts with a proud nod.

“It’s a shot in the dark, if I’m being honest,” Viela busies her hands with her mug, staring down into it like it might hold answers or courage for her, “But there’s a girl, an elf, that I knew a while ago that I’d like to find, if possible. She was sold back to Tevinter slavers from House Nero, and I lost her after that...” Viela looks up at Fenris, a new determination in her eyes, “But I can tell you every little detail about her, down to words she always had trouble pronouncing and the exact style of her Vallaslin. I know it’s not a lot to go off of, but if you think there’s even a chance--”

“What’s her name?” Fenris cuts Viela off, and Viela’s breath catches in her throat.

“Miravaras, her name is Miravaras.”

“Then that’s where we’ll start,” Fenris leans back in his seat, picking up his mug and swirling its contents, “Looking for an elf in Tevinter, or Northern Thedas, by name of Miravaras. If you think you can write up a description for me, I’ll have eyes scouting on every mission going forward.”

And just like that, she lets the breath she was holding go. Like she’s just breathing for the first time in years. “Thank you,” She manages.

“Oh, dearie,” Merrill reaches her hand out across the table, not quite touching but just resting it on the table top, “It’s no trouble at all... it’s what we do.”

Viela, though on the brink of tears, gives Merrill a smile that could soften the hearts of the world-- certainly the heart of a prickly old wolf.

“Now then,” Merrill turns her attention to Thea, “Would you like to hear about what I read up on last evening?”

Thea, like a spooked halla, has the widest eyes as she nods to Merrill.

“Furtum dicio,” Merrill speaks it and Thea’s breathing increases just a moment, her neck glowing, “Old Tevene-- Theft of control,” Merrill pulls her hand back and twists the fabric of her glove in her hand, back and forth, “It was used on slaves, most notably and unfortunately on the elvhen people. There are two ways known to break this type of curse...”There’s that look again, the one from last night. The one that says the answer won't be easy. The one that says it would come with a price. “The person who placed it on you can either take it off themselves,” Merrill seems to have trouble holding eye contact with Thea, so she looks to me instead, “Or you wait for them to die.”

And there it was.

A cost.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 74: Little Bird, Not Alone

Notes:

Had to fit a chapter in-- I think I'll try to squeeze some in mid week if I can, we just lost a worker to maternity leave so the rest of us have taken on a lot more to make up for it.
But hi! I'm still here-- still plotting. Love you!

Chapter Text

The answer was clear, when I really thought about it. The thing about resolving to kill someone is that you have to just accept that part of your morality has shifted. The part of me that was once rooted in complete morality? She’s gray now, dull-- faded.

Because the part of my heart that carried compassion, love and empathy? She glows. Brightly.

So yes, I have spoken aloud my resolve to kill a blood mage, but it’s a blood mage who hurt someone I love. Papa killed plenty of people for Mama, and Mama for the sake of the world. She loved this maker-forsaken earth so much, she pushed small morality aside for a greater good.

I’d like to think the world with one less blood mage in it, just might be a greater good.

“I said I’ll do it,” I reaffirm, looking Merrill straight in the eyes, “They just need to die, right? No caveats?”

“Juno!” Thea protests.

“Well, yes-- but if you don’t even know who did this-”

“Thea does,” I look over to the cerulean eyes pleading with me from across the table, “It shouldn’t be too hard to find out.”

“I don’t need you to do this for me, I’m fine.”

“We want to join the crows, Thea. Surely, you recognize that at some point we have to--”

“But not now ,” Her bottom lip quivers a bit, “Not you. Not for this.”

I feel my fist tighten a little bit, my knuckles pulling at the leather of my gloves, “Does Arlo even know? Does anyone else even know? How long have you been dealing with this curse alone?” I watch her shoulders sink a little in response to my questioning, “How many years will you let this person have control of a part of you? Small as it may be, it’s a piece of you that’s missing... You don’t deserve to live like that.”

Viela, though quiet, says enough when she places her hand atop Thea’s.

We’re in this together.

“You’re not alone anymore,” I place my hand atop Viela’s, our hands stacking in a comforting trio, “You shouldn’t have to figure this out alone, either. We’ve got your backs.”

Thea’s eyes shut, and I watch her struggle to swallow-- a familiar sign of shutting back tears. One I knew all too well.

“Then... Let me do it,” Thea lets out a breath, steeling herself as she opens up her watery eyes, “Just be with me. That’s all I need.”

I look to Merrill’s wide eyes and feel my heart drop to my stomach, “Do you think less of me because of this?” I whisper, but her resigned sigh is an instant relief.

“No, you loon,” She shakes her head slowly, “Just... seeing the way you all-- well, I just... got a bit nostalgic, that’s all.”

Fenris, who has remained quiet since the conversation of blood magic came up, looks over at Merrill with a softer expression than I had seen from him before. If no one else were around to witness it, I imagine he’d place a hand on her shoulder, no words-- just solidarity.

“I’ll find a way to get it to be a contract, we just need to convince your talon to let it be your induction mission.” It sounded flawless, sure, but it means I’d have to find someone willing to put out a hit-- and the money to front it. I don’t currently make funds on intel missions, everything I have has been what was brought with me or what I managed to sell when crafting potions and poisons within the organization.

It wasn’t enough.

But, something tells me-- If a certain De Riva assassin knew the truth of the curse afflicting his lover, he’d help find a way to put up those funds. All I’d need to do is make sure he didn’t take the damn contract himself before Thea had the chance to.

“But that means we need to know who did this--” Viela starts, but Thea quickly interrupts her.

“Magister Venezio Urathus,” Her neck barely glows as she speaks his name, concentration deep on her face, “My former master.”

I can hear Fenris’ fists clench, and it feels like all the air in the room has stilled.

A magister.

Of course it was a magister.

Do I even know anyone who would dare to rise against a Magister? Contracts are meant to remain anonymous, but by the time one is placed, targets usually expect to see someone coming. The only people that go after Magisters, apart from Fenris, are other magisters.

I don't even KNOW anoth--

Oh.

Oh.

I take that back.

I know exactly one other magister.

Not incredibly well, mind you but I imagine he must owe Auntie at least a favor or two. That’s at least somewhere to start.

“I guess that settles it then,” I bring my hand back to my lap, “We’ve got a cure, we’ve got contact with the order-- and we found the illusive Daisy. All we need to do is draft up a little report, and we’re good to head home.”

“Report?” Merrill cocks her head to the side, “A report on what?”

“Oh,” I laugh, “Did I forget to mention we were on a contract to find you? Oops.”

“A contract!? Who put out a contract to find me?!” Merrill squeaks.

“A lovely pirate queen who wanted to help me get out of Treviso as inconspicuously as possible,” I wiggle my eyebrows, “Isabela sends her regards.”

“You could have LED with that,” Fenris grumbles.

“What’s life without an occasional good scare?” I grin, watching as Fenris narrows his eyes. “I’ll write down where to send your bird, I think she’s expecting a lengthy letter or two.”

I look over to Thea and Viela, who seem both relieved and exhausted by the conversations we’ve had this morning. In their defense, it was exhausting. It was scary, and promising and terrifying. But it was hope. Hope; that I think they've been missing for quite some time.

“Why don’t you two head out to the falls and wash up? I’ll join in a minute, just tying up some loose ends.” I nod to the doorway in the ruins that led towards the back exit, where Merrill informed us earlier of the river close by.

“That sounds nice,” Viela sighs, patting her hands on the table once before looking to both Fenris and Merrill, “Thank you, for all of this.”

“Truly,” Thea adds, “You have... no idea what this means to me.”

Merrill’s eyes crinkle at the corners as she smiles, “This isn’t just a favor to Juno, you know. The order, we help any elf in need-- that’s a promise.”

I get the feeling their hearts swelled the same way mine did.

We watch the two women leave the table and once I’m sure they’re well out of earshot, I look back to Merrill. Talking about this in front of Fenris might be risky, but... I still have questions.

“I know I’m picking at a festering wound, but I need to know if you know more than me,” I place my hands up on the table, interlocking my fingers so that I don’t nervously pick at my gloves, “Since... Anders, have you come across anything that might be able to,” I watch Merrill wince at his name, but that’s not even the worst part of the questions, “Pull the spirit from him?”

“Why the fuck do you want to know that?” Fenris is quick to get heated, which was expected I suppose.

“Anders is a lost cause, Juno-- even if you found him, separating him from Justice--”

“It’s not for Anders,” I shake my head, “I know, I know he’s... he’s not who he was before, not anymore. I’m not asking for him,” Be brave, Juno, “Is it possible to pull a demon out of someone? To separate it from the host? In a way that might not need as much mana--”

“What the hell are you tangled up in?” Fenris slams a fist down on the table, “First, you come in here getting her wrapped up in blood magic research, now you’re asking about DEMONS?”

“Because I want to kill it!” I snap back, “I want to kill the demon-- but I ... I don’t know if the host is gone, or if it’s even my place to take him out-- I just want--”

“I can promise you, even if there was an ounce of good in him before, it’s corrupted now,” Fenris rises up from his chair so quickly it nearly topples over to the floor, “You’re better off killing them now, before you get dragged into their slaughter, too.”

He turns on his heel and is gone from the room before I can even protest. I’m surprised Merrill stayed, if I’m honest. It’s not as if I understood everything that happened between them and Anders, and it’s clearly still something that haunts everyone involved with the Kirkwall Champion-- but you’d think, that if it could even help one person... maybe they’d have looked into it.

“It’s not like I haven’t looked into it,” Merrill admits quietly, and I focus my attention on her. Something between hurt, anger and fear lingers in her expression, “Anders wasn’t a stranger, or a rotten person, he was-- he was my friend ,” She sighs, longer than I’ve heard her sigh before, “There is no magic you or I alone are capable of using to pull spirit or demon from its host. The magic exists, in theory, but it would take a mage with power that this world simply has not seen in millennia. The veil itself would have to fall and pour magic back into the earth for you or I to be capable of compiling enough mana to use the fade magic required.”

“Not even blood magic?” I whisper, and her expression shifts to something emptier, devoid of emotion entirely.

“Juno,” Her green eyes are eerie when she’s not smiling, almost unsettling, “You’re a smart girl, I know you know what blood magic needs to be cast effectively.”

“Yes,” I answer, “It takes blood.”

“Let’s set aside exactly how much blood it would take to cast powerful magic, and consider this; blood magic inherently fuels demons, the magic itself can make the mage more susceptible to possession. That much blood, that powerful of magic, combined with trying to use it against a demon?” She shakes her head slowly, “One slip up, and you’ve made a demon who doesn’t need a bomb to level a building. You might as well have brought another blight upon the earth.”

I suppose that was, realistically, my last ditch effort. It’s not within my means to be able to pull Leo and Envy apart. When they die, they may just have to die together.

“Thank you for indulging my questions, regardless of how dark it may seem,” I take a deep breath, “I’m relieved, in a way. Resorting to blood magic isn’t something I’d want to do anyways, I just know the mana needed for it was far less cumbersome than fade magic,” Merrill sinks back into a familiar expression, no longer scared of the conversation or haunted by memories, “This particular demon... he’s in an Antivan Crow, and I get the feeling things will only grow worse and worse the longer Envy inhabits his body. I was just hoping there might be a way to remove the demon without murdering one of the organization-- I’m trying to keep my ass out of hot water.”

“Well, that doesn’t sound like any Antivan Crow I’ve met,” Merrill cocks an eyebrow with a smirk, “As far as I know, you all thrive in it. Crows and Grey Wardens, for that matter.”

“Yeah,” I chuckle, “I suppose they do.”

There’s a peaceful silence that falls between us, and I find myself fighting the urge to chase after Fenris.

“Will you, uh, I mean...”

“I’ll talk to him,” Merrill answers, following my gaze to the doorway Fenris last stormed through. “Don’t worry your pretty little head about it, once he’s done being mad he usually realizes he’s made a fool of himself and finds a way to apologize-- without actually apologizing, I might add.”

“Sounds about right for Mr. Lone Wolf,” I rise from my chair and gesture to the back entrance to the ruins, “I think after we wash up, we may head out. I’m sure the sooner I return, the better it looks for my team come report time.”

“And what will your report say, exactly?” She asks, collecting the plates from the table.

“That I located the target in an abandoned mansion, she was drying herbs and researching the history of the land,” I wink at her, “No order, no Lone Wolf, no fancy ruins-- They don’t even know your real name, that was never part of it. As If Bela would let you gain notoriety. Please, she’s a professional.”

“I appreciate it,” A relieved sigh leaves her lips, “Not that I dont think I cant take down an Antivan Crow or 6 if I really needed.”

“I’d be offended if I was a real crow, but not quite in the ranks yet,” I stretch before stepping away from the table, heading towards the exit, “Sounds like we’re due for a duel when I make it to the big leagues.”

Merrill barks out a laugh that tells me she thinks it wouldn’t even be a fight, and that’s enough to have me slinking back to the river with a grin on my face.

Someday, someday I’ll show her just what I’m made of.




“I just need to make a quick stop, it won't be more than like 20 minutes.”

“In the creepiest city in all of Thedas?!” Thea shivers, looking out the carriage at the wealthy folk wearing masks. “That still feels like it’s too long.”

‘I think when you meet Auntie, you’ll change your opinion,” I open the door and step out, holding out a hand to help Thea and Viela down and out of the carriage, “And don’t worry, she’s not into the masks.”

“A welcome reprieve,” Viela notes with a grimace, “It feels like everyone’s staring.”

“Emprise Du Lion people stare openly, they turn their whole heads to look, I promise if they aren’t facing you, they aren’t staring.”

“They ARE facing me.”

“Oh,” I shrug, “Then yeah, they’re staring.”

I lead the two women to a cafe near the port, delighted when I can see a figure draped in wine red, black, and most importantly-- feathers.

Kieran was spot on when he let me know where his mother likes to get her special imported tea..

“What has two hands, a warm smile and endless excitement to see the prettiest advisor in all or Orlais?” I ask, putting my hands over the eyes of the seated woman facing away from me.

“Only Orlais?” She muses, “Perhaps a niece that doesn’t wish to see me at all.”

“All of Thedas, I meant, obviously!” I chuckle nervously as her hand raises up to pull my fingers from over her eyes.

“No,” She gasps, “My Juno? My spry little dove, all the way in Emprise Du Lion? This city has never been so blessed.”

I’m in her arms before either one of us can get another word in.

“I missed you,” I say, breathing in her familiar scent of incense and fern, “I’m not sure I’m meant to go this long without seeing you.”

“And just whose fault is that, hmm?” She pats my shoulder, pulling me back to get a good look at me, “Gods, who let my babies grow up? You were meant to stay small forever.”

“If I stayed too small, I’d still be traveling with Mama and Papa and you’d have to miss me even more!” I counter.

“Ah, touche my dove, touche,” Aunty Morrigan finally notices my two companions, raising an interested brow, “I see you have crows following behind you, my love, do you need rid of them?”

“Ha ha, very funny,” I pull from her arms entirely and gesture to Thea and Viela, “These are my friends! Thea,” I point, “And Viela! We’re just coming back from having met with Merrill-- Oh, and Fenris!”

“Are you on a Kirkwall Champion world tour?” Morrigan chuckles, holding a hand out to the two women with me, “I think you’ll find yourself unable to locate every single member, in that case.”

“Auntie!” I scold, rolling my eyes, “Thea, Viela, this is my Auntie Morrigan, advisor to Empress Celene and the greatest teacher I have ever had!”

I can feel their eyes sweep over me, my golden skin, my elven ears-- and then sweep to her-- alabaster, dark hair, human.

“She’s... my best friend’s mom-- not-- not by blood.”

I can see the ‘oh’ on their lips before I hear it-- yeah yeah, found family again, so sue me.

“To what do I owe the pleasure of this visit, my love?” Morrigan strokes my hair, and I can only find it in me to give a small shrug.

“Just missed you, no real reason,” She quirks an eyebrow at my response, “On our way back to Treviso, and a little birdy told me you buy imported teas from here every Sunday. Couldn’t resist.”

“Well come,” She gestures to her table, “I can surely spend a few minutes indulging you with what I come here for, and you can tell me all about your little reunion tour.”

Taking a seat beside her, in an unfamiliar table even, still felt like home.

Home before home, Auntie-- and then Treviso.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 75: Little Bird Unsettled

Notes:

Things are heating up-- back to Treviso we go. Has anyone else been emotionally devastated by Mack Loren's cover of Let Down in the past week? Gonna have to listen to that anytime I need to get stuck in my feels while writing. And believe me, there is going to be a LOT of that coming up.

Act III will not be sunshine and rainbows-- but you knew that coming into this.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


I’ve always loved the way that Auntie laughs-- like she knows something you don't, like she’s full of secrets and wisdom beyond her years. I love the way her eyes twinkle with affection, which I’m sure is a trait she’d hate to have just anyone point out. I love the way her fingers always seem to be lifted, like she’s just stopped playing an instrument, or set down a cup of tea or wine. While most I know talk and assume wild gestures with their hands, Auntie has always had softer, less chaotic, sweeping gestures-- like she’s directing a choir or giving a bow at the end of a show. She’s graceful in her movements, a characteristic Kieran adopted naturally and I’ve attempted  to adopt and failed miserably every time.

I never have been able to shake talking like Papa-- It used to drive Auntie crazy, but she seems to have found it endearing over time.

“I see, so you were tracking down Merrill for her insight on a blood magic curse. Not any easy feat to break, so I’ve heard,” Auntie swirls her teaspoon around in her cup, eyes flitting over Thea, then to me.

“It appears the only way to end it is the caster chooses to end it, or they die,” I give a small shrug and sip the tea that had been offered; mingling flavors of mint, silvervine and chased after with a sweeter vanilla bean.

Morrigan hums amusedly, “I get the feeling both would end the same way, would they not? I’ve never known a blood mage to be the type to simply let things go,” She scoffs before sipping at her tea, “Most, in fact, are high and mighty magisters gripping onto their wealth and supposed possessions with knuckles so white you’d think their bones were popping out of their skin.”

“Precisely,” Thea remarks with a sigh, “Even if he chose to remove it, I’d still want him dead.” Her neck scars glow faintly, but the light dissipates as she follows suit taking a sip of her tea, clearly calmed from the flavors.

“I am glad to see Juno is in such good company, then,” Auntie looks over both the women traveling with me with a fondness in her gaze, "Righteousness and piety have their place in the world, but some things cannot be changed, no matter how we may try to shape them,” she places her teacup down gently, lifting her hand up to lean her cheek on right after, “Blood mages represent the worst of what magic has to offer, Tevinter slave-keeping blood mages even more so. You’d be doing the world a service, truthfully.”

Thea and Viela seem surprised at Morrigan’s response to this, perhaps in their minds her position as royal advisor might have made her seem like she’d prefer a hierarchy or ruling class-- like she’d find some value in keeping elves at the bottom of the food chain-- but that couldn’t be further from the truth.

If anything, I’d say she almost prefers elven people to humans at this point. Our history, our magic, our language-- She manages to find the beauty in all of it, an appreciation most city elves left behind long ago.

“It’s a means to a few ends, anyways,” I add, “This will be the perfect induction mission for Thea into the Crows.”

Auntie knew from my letters my intentions with the Crows, how we’re going to change the organization from the inside, but I don’t think that has changed her distaste for them at all. This was likely from all the uh... assassination attempts on my mother in their time traveling together. She wears that distaste in the rise of her brow and small twitch of her eye, but she doesn’t speak on it, bless her.

“Revenge is much sweeter when it fulfills another purpose,” She remarks, leaning back in her chair and choosing to change the topic entirely, “Enough on those goals, little dove, how do you fare? How is your magic?”

“No knife required.” I state simply, and I watch the smile spread across her lips in pride.

“Simply spectacular.”

“I’ve dabbled a bit in fade magic, just here and there trying things out, but my storm proficiency is still leaps and bounds ahead of anything else,” I press my fingers together and conjure small sparks between my fingers, morphing it and keeping it contained in the space between my fingers and thumbs, “Which, I guess was to be expected.”

“Like mother like daughter,” Morrigan chuckles, “You two were always like wild forest thundershowers; there and gone in a flash, leaving everything around feeling nourished and full of life.”

“The Hero of Ferelden was a storm mage?” Viela interjects, clearly interested in hearing more about my family. Morrigan gives me a wordless look, as if asking if I wanted to tread through this conversation or promptly end it, and I give a small nod.

“She makes my magic look pathetic,” I chuckle, “I can only hope to be half as badass as the role models I’ve had in my life, Auntie included.”

“What magic do you specialize in?” Thea ponders, looking at Morrigan as if her appearance will hold some clues, “You did train Juno, did you teach her any of your magic?”

“Ha!” I choke out, “Morrigan’s magic is...” I search for the right word. Ancient? Forbidden? Legendary?

“It’s shapeshifting,” She chooses to answer for me, "Existence denied by the circle for years, and yet, here I am.”

“Mastering shapeshifting has only been accomplished by a few in history,” I note, “Just to learn it requires a well of mana I don’t quite have yet-- Kieran-- Auntie’s son, he might be able to, though I think he tends to steer away from that kind of magic.”

“I’ve heard of keepers learning such magics, though I thought them to just be rumors,” Viela whispers, clearly in awe. Something tells me that, despite her impressive physical prowess, she is fascinated by magic. With the stigma mages have faced in nearly the last ten years.

“It is a marvel to see,” I look to Morrigan, who simply observes her surroundings before slowly shaking her head. Damn, she won’t transform here.

“Perhaps another day, my dove, far too many eyes here,” Morrigan taps her fingers lightly on the table, “There have been some unexpected visitors I believe may be working with... well, certain apostates that weren’t exactly fond of me.”

Solas? Does she mean Solas?

“Do you need help?” I whisper, and she simply rolls her eyes with a smirk.

“Please, who do you think you’re speaking to?” She straightens out her shoulders, “No, though I think for now, we find a topic less interesting. The more mundane, the more likely they are to tire and leave.”

Mundane? Hmm.

“Juno is set to be engaged,” Thea remarks, closing her eyes as she sips her tea.

Yooooou. You. Are so in for it, brat.

“Excuse me?” Morrigan’s tone is deathly void of amusement.

“Not of my own volition!” I say, but that’s not exactly what I meant  either.

“Excuse me?” She repeats, now just deathly sounding in general.

“A-As in, I’m not actually engaged, and I have no intentions to be!” I frantically hold my hands up to Auntie. I imagine if she was the last person to find out about me being betrothed, she’d send me to the chantry herself to become a sister as punishment for my oversight. “The Fifth Talon seems to think he can join with the First Talon family through myself and one of the sons in that house-- but that is not going to happen,” I laugh nervously, watching some of the anger melt off her face.

“Not for lack of interest though,” Viela whispers, then suddenly finds the sky to be the most interesting thing in sight as I snap a glare in her direction.

“Gods, not another brilliant mind lost to a damn Antivan Crow,” Auntie groans, pinching at the bridge of her nose, “I understand that their flattery is charming, but can you not see it’s simply pointless drivel to get you in their beds?”

I want to say ‘ Mama seems fine to me’ , I want to say ‘I don’t think you hate Papa as much as you pretend to, you know’ . But that would be me admitting to Thea and Viela that my father was once an Antivan Crow. I don’t need that conversation opened up right before a long ship ride home.

So I settle for “What’s so wrong with a little company in bed?”

And just like that, all the pride in her eyes is gone. She may as well be saying ‘Like father, like daughter’ with the expression on her face.

“I pray for your sake the idea of engagement falls through and is forgotten entirely,” She sighs, “You’ll find any goals in life hard to accomplish when weighed down with a man.”

“I’m not getting engaged,” I affirm, “The Fifth Talon is just as delusional as he is useless.”

“My offer still stands to tear down the gates of the estate myself, should you ever need help,” Morrigan reminds me, reaching over to pat my arm.

“I’ll hold you to that.” I lean forward, interlocking my fingers as I rest my elbows on the table, probably a faux-pas here in fancy pants town, but when have I ever been known to be polite, “More interestingly, Auntie, I received the most interesting letter from Kieran recently. I believe he said he met an elf who ‘shattered his reality’ with her beauty, or something to that effect.”

“Oh? He neglected to tell me this,” Morrigan narrows her eyes deviously, “And what became of them?”

“She kissed him and ran away, that was the last I heard, anyways.”

“He was always attached to the ones that flew away,” She remarks, a knowing look on her face that makes sweat form on my skin, “I’m not too troubled, I’m sure Isabela will keep him focused on work.”

Do I tell her he supposedly made friends?

Nah.

She’ll keep her secrets, I’ll keep mine-- and Kieran’s.

“Ah, and just like that-- our visitors have left,” Morrigan notes, eyes glancing to a staircase across the market, “I suggest you three head out before you become tangled up in inquisition nonsense.”

“Inquisition?” Viela nearly drops her cup, “Like-- Closed the breech, that inquisition?”

“How sweet,” Morrigan purrs, “So you’ve heard of us, then?” Morrigan stands slowly from the table, enjoying the stuttering mess Viela becomes as she tries to piece together the connections.

“Must you work them up before I leave? I’m the one who has to fix the fallout, you know,” I groan, standing up from the table and pushing in the chair, “I haven’t mentioned The Inquisitor at all, for the record.”

“How am I supposed to know what secrets you do and don’t divulge? I’m apparently too insignificant to hear about your betrothels at this point,” She places a hand to her chest as if wounded by the very thought, sarcastic witch.

“I’m not betrothed!” I argue, “And I wont be! Gods, I’m leaving-- Be safe, or whatever.”

“Love youuuu,” She teases.

“Love you too,” I grumble, her soft hand patting my head our final words before heading off to the port.




Returning to Treviso felt... different. Something in the air felt charged. The market was too quiet, not bustling with the usual fervor we had expected to see. My skin prickles, much in the same way it did when I was too close to spirits or intense magic.

“When you return to your houses,” I scan over the empty streets, “Speak nothing of this trip, only divulge what’s needed about the contract. Something is... different,” Even the shops had their doors closed, as if to discourage people from entering altogether, “I will write up reports for your talons after I check in with Viago.”

“Be safe,” Viela nods, before starting in the other direction with Thea, backpacks rustling and clacking being the only sounds echoing across the cobblestones.

I pay the remainder of the coin to the carriage driver and had him deliver the chest of spoils from the trip to the estate, the majority being far too heavy to carry.

The silence of outside collapses once my foot is in the threshold of the De Riva estate. Matteo's voice cracks like thunder, echoing through the halls.

“Do not argue with me boy, you will put on the proper dressings and you WILL show up with the rest of the family.”

I can’t hear the response, but I can tell from the taunting tone alone that it’s Leo. I take a small step towards the direction the voices came from, trying to get a better read on what was being said.

“Don’t,” A hand falls on my shoulder, and it takes a moment to return to my skin after I nearly jumped out of it, “Now is not the time to get in between those two.”

Viago’s eyes are intense-- and ringed with sleeplessness. How many nights without sleep? Had Envy been haunting him in place of me?

“What’s going on?” My eyes drift down his form, he was dressed from head to toe in black, void of the usual blue tones he preferred to wear-- and on top of that, this was far more uniform looking than anything we typically wore around the house, “What are you wearing?”

“Viago!” Matteo’s voice comes from down the hall, and we both turn to see him step out of his office, halting when he sees me, “Oh, Juno. You have returned. Excellent timing, there’s an extra funerary uniform in storage, I’ll have an attendant grab it at once.”

Funerary?

“Viago, I expect you at my side at all times, this is an excellent opportunity to show that you’re a strong and fearless leader-- Death is part of the job, do not let this phase you.” He pats Viago on the shoulder before passing by us both to head upstairs, and we watch in silence as he hurries down the hall.

“What the fuck did I miss?” Worry clouds my mind. Funerary? Funeral. Someone died. Who died? What does that mean, death is just part of the job?

“There has been an incident,” Viago keeps his voice in hushed tones, eyes glancing to Matteo’s office to see if Leo comes storming out after Matteo, “What is suspected to be murder, actually.”

“Who?” Who was it? Who died? Who killed them? Was it someone I know? Someone I care for? Why are we showing up?

“The Eighth Talon. Caezar de Acutis,” Viago crosses his arms, “I can’t prove it, but I imagine you have the same suspects in mind that I do.”

I didn’t know all too much about the Eighth talon, but I knew enough to know he was far too young to have just died of natural causes-- far too young to have even named a successor.

“The funeral is today, but the vote will take place tomorrow night.” Viago nods his head to signal we should head upstairs, his eyes still narrowed and staring at the entryway to Matteo’s office.

“What vote?” I follow his lead and head upstairs, arriving at the door to my room just as the attendant arrives with funerary outfit in hand.

“The vote for the next Eighth Talon, since there was no successor chosen,” Viago closes the door after the attendant hustles out, “A forum is held where nominees can be suggested, and then voted upon. Each nominee needs at least 3 people suggesting the nomination to be considered in the running, and then a vote is held by all attending crows.” Viago sighs, bringing a hand to his temple, “You won’t be able to vote, but I imagine Matteo will still parade you around with the rest of us circus monkeys.”

Was that intentional, I wonder? To have the vote occur before most of the chessboard was official members of the crows? So that we had no option to vote for the next Eighth Talon?

Was the plan to make Leo the next Eighth Talon?

We can’t let that happen.

“Do they have enough supporters in the crows?” I ask the looming question, and Viago pulls his lip between his bottom teeth.

“I do not know,” He answers, “But we must not let him be voted in, no matter the cost,” Viago steps to the door, turning to me one last time, “Its best you get changed now, and don’t fuss too much on makeup, you’ll still have to wear the mask.”

The door closes shut behind him, and I look at the folded outfit on my bed, entirely identical to the one Viago was wearing. Resting beside the pile, a black mask. There were no eyeholes, though the fabric seemed to be some sort of mesh in the small slits that would rest on the eyes-- the sides framed the forehead, stretching out like wings. It reminded me much of funerary veils that were oft seen in funerals held by chantrymen, but this appears to be something each attendee was expected to wear-- perhaps out of respect. It put all attention on the dead, making it more memorial than any kind of social event. It felt more respectful that way, really.

The outfit fit rather well, the long coat actually felt lighter than I had expected, and the leather was much softer inside than it looked. I suppose, if you were to dish out expenses on anything, it only seemed appropriate it would be something that would be used countless times.

Death was part of the job. I get it now, but it feels wrong all the same. Surely, it wasn’t just part of the job to someone . Did anyone care for Caezar de Acutis? Anyone at all?

If Matteo died tomorrow, who would weep for him ? Would Leo? Would any of the De Rivas?

I don’t know anything about the Eighth Talon, but if he didn’t have a bad reputation within the crows, wouldn’t that mean that someone could have cared?

A life lost shouldn’t just be part of the job. Life should still be honored, even if it's The Crows who are taking them-- if anything, we should be the most attached to life. If a Crow fails a contract, their own life is forfeit. Half of these contracts aren’t personal, it’s a fight for your own life.

Re-braiding my hair to look slightly more presentable, I step out to the hallway to find most of the De Riva family gathered at the door. More than Viago looks tired-- Arlo and Javie wear dark rings around their eyes as well. How much damage has Envy done in my absence?

“Black suits you,” Leo’s voice remarks from behind me, and goosebumps cover the skin on my arms, “You look much nicer with all the life sucked out of your colors.” He brushes past me and heads down the stairs, and a chill runs up my spine at that particular choice of words.

Was he really just referring to the clothes? Likely not.

“Ah, excellent, everyone is ready,” Matteo steps down the hall, adjusting his black leather gloves as he gestures to the stairs, “Come Juno, ride in the first carriage and give me your verbal report of the mission. Viago, ride with Arlo and Javier, I’ll need you by my side when we arrive, however.”

Viago looks into my eyes, waiting to see if I need him to interject, but I give him a small shake of my head to let him know I could manage. I follow Matteo and Leo to the first of two carriages and sit across from the two men, steeling myself under the eyes of two very different types of predators.

“You weren’t expected back this early,” Matteo starts, leaning his elbow on the back of the carriage seat, “I take this to mean you located the target?”

“Yes,” I fold my hands in my lap, just casual enough to not raise suspicion, but showing no signs of being comfortable, “Located, collected intel for two days-- they’ve clearly set up camp in an abandoned manor left by Orlesians of some sort, I don’t think they’ll be leaving anytime soon. The intel is good to give the client. I will write up a report upon returning to the estate and have it on your desk by tomorrow.”

“And what of the crate delivered to the estate?” Matteo raises an eyebrow.

“Leftover supplies, which can be used for another mission, as well as ample potion and poison crafting supplies collected along the journey-- which can be used in house or sold within the organization, if you prefer.”

Matteo seems pleased with this answer, “You have a business mind, Juno, you’ll be good for the coffers,” He looks out the window at the darkening skies, “I’m sure Viago filled you in, but this is a funeral service for Eighth Talon Caezar de Acutis. Just follow everyone else’s lead, keep quiet and be respectful-- we wouldn’t want Caterina withdrawing her offer for her blessings.”

Already back on this shit, are we?

“Of course,” I respond.

Sit still. Look pretty. Same song and same dance.

“Only the talons and the closest in their houses will attend this event, mourning hours for the small fry is tomorrow morning,” Leo smirks at me, “Try not to cause a scandal.”

“Quite enough, Leo,” Matteo warns, “If you know what’s best for you, you’ll keep that smart mouth shut for the entirety of this event.”

 

The carriages pull to a stop in front of a cathedral, but instead of entering, we’re led behind the building to a courtyard enclosed by tall hedges and ivy covered walls on each side. In the dull light, it was quite a beautiful space, everything muted-- even the attendees.

I follow Matteo’s lead and pull my mask on before exiting the carriage, choosing to stay by Javier’s side as Viago dutifully follows after Matteo.

“You’d almost think Leo and Viago get along, when you see them like this,” Javier whispers in my ear. I can’t see his eyes, but I imagine they still have a twinkle of mischievousness even under the mask.

“Only because you can’t see the daggers they’re glaring at each other,” I reply, watching the corner of Javier’s mouth twitch up in response.

“How was your trip?” He asks, leading Arlo and I to some seats while we waited for the courtyard to fill with attendees.

“Enlightening,” I respond, “There’s much work to be done, but I have a place to start-- and friends to help,” Javier nods slowly as he interlocks his fingers, letting his elbows rest on his knees as he turns his gaze to the ground. I could tell he was exhausted. “Did all of you have nightmares while I was gone? Those dark circles were... prominent.”

“Guess we can’t keep anything from you,” Javier sighs, “Yeah. I guess when his favorite toy is missing, he has to find several to fill his time with.”

I hate that.

“Maybe it would benefit you to... join someone on a contract?” I suggest, “I know it’s not ideal, but you could always just be back up, just get out of the house for a little while, you know?”

“You know,” Javier leans back, shifting his posture in the chair, “Maybe that’s not such a bad idea, just to get a good night’s sleep for once,” His smirk falls back into place, “If you think you can handle taking the reigns for a few nights, that is.”

“Oh, I slept like a baby while I was gone-- I’m due for some late night foolery,” I counter, enjoying the bright white of Javier’s teeth as he stifles a laugh. Some days he really just glowed. “You could always spend a night in the Diamond, too. At least then the only late night foolery you’d have would be Teia and Viago.”

“That’s a different nightmare entirely,” He shudders, “I’ll figure it out, don’t you worry your pretty little head.”

I shift my body in my seat, turning my attention forwards as the courtyard fills with more and more people.

“Juno?” Javier pulls my attention one more time. I wish I could see his eyes, “I’m happy you’re home.”

“Me too,” I whisper, “I missed you. Clear nights and starry skies made me think of you.”

Javier sits for a moment, seemingly shocked by my words, before he slips back into his usual sass, “I’m touched,” he jokes, wiping a fictional tear from the eye slit of his mask, “I bet you tell all the guys that.”

“Nah, just the annoying ones,” I bite my lip to hold back a laugh as he nudges me with his elbow, “We have some stuff to catch up on later. Maybe we’re due for a starry sky session.”

“I’d like that.”

 

The funeral was as expensive as anything else in Treviso, though it was clear that the death of a Talon was meant to be a time of mourning not just for that particular house, but the entire city. It was no secret that The Crows were the might of Treviso-- the punished those that dare to cause harm to the city, because it was their city-- so the passing of a prominent figure in The Crows was like losing a staple to Treviso. The world around us was quiet, and while the Chantryman reads their verses, not a single cough or sniffle dared to interrupt the silence.

Something about it still felt... void of emotion. There was respect there, but it didn’t feel like compassion. Was it that no one cared for Caezar after all? Was there no one to mourn him?

In the silence after the Chantryman finished speaking and lit the first memorial candle, I took stock of those that filled the room. Teia was easy to spot, I knew those curls like the back of my hand-- so Talon Cantori must be the man beside her-- masks can make it hard to tell. Caterina sat towards the front, and it was quite obvious from the backs of their heads that Lucanis and Illario sat to either side of her. Behind them, however, I couldn’t quite place the figures. They looked somewhat familiar, judging by their hair and posture-- where had I seen these two before?

As I’m analyzing, looking over the two figures, it hits me rather suddenly-- and in that revelation, I watch as the smallest drop slides down the exposed part of the cheek all the way down to the chin, falling onto the dark leather they wore.

Someone did mourn Caezar de Acutis, it seems.

Noa de Acutis shed the only tear in the room for the Eighth Talon.

And beside her, the hand that raised to rest on her shoulder-- her brother, Neri de Acutis.

That brought me, for some reason, a sense of peace. Not every Crow is left unmourned. Life in a way that matters is still possible in this organization.

 

When it’s time to stand, to light the mourning candles, I make a point to stand beside Noa as I light mine. Perhaps the real reason masks were worn during Crows funerals was so that less vulnerability is shown-- the eyes are a window to the soul, afterall. A trained eye could see that Noa de Acutis lingered just a bit longer at the mourning candle, prayed a little longer than others-- her eyes didn’t need to be exposed to see that she was affected by this loss.

“My people have a saying,” I remark quietly, capturing her attention away from the candles, “ Falon’Din enasal enaste . In your words, it’s something like ‘ May the gods guide you peacefully through the afterlife ’,” I clear my throat, “I know we’re in a chantry and all, but I think the sentiment is the same-- I pray he rests peacefully,” Noa is silent, her mouth only slightly open as she contemplates a response, “Sorry for your loss.” I give her a small nod and find my way back to Javier and Arlo.

“Making friends?” Arlo remarks, taking post as a wallflower on the edge of the courtyard.

“Reintroducing myself, I suppose, but also just... bringing some compassion into such a dreary event,” I sigh, “Are all Crow funerals like this? It’s so quiet I’m afraid to walk too loudly.”

“Yup,” He crosses his arms and lets his head fall back on the building he leaned on. “Even when they pick the next talon, they won’t be given their mission for at least another week. The city might as well be shut down until The Crows find a reason to celebrate.”

“Hard to believe there’s enough power here to make the world stop turning for a week,” I remark.

“There’s enough power in this week to silence a city by force, if necessary.”

Perhaps that was the most unsettling part of this entire ordeal.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 76: Little Bird Breathe In

Notes:

Holy crow, hope y'all are ready for a lengthy meal (chapter) that-- by some grace of some god somewhere-- I finished at 10:30 and not 2am.

I got through like the busiest week of work I think I've ever had, and thankfully we just hired someone else on so I will FINALLY be able to breathe again, so im due for some relaxation. Wanted to make sure I got another chapter out, I never like to leave you guys hanging, and I've been itching to dive into this chapter for a while, which is probably how I managed to get it done so quickly.

Nothing else fancy really to say, drop a heart if you're still here, I always love seeing my favorite birdies come back for more. Not sure if I have art I want to include with this chapter, might update later, for now it's bed time. <3 :> caw caw

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA
--------------

Chapter Text

Nono,

 

You won't believe the month I’ve had.

Do you remember how I told you the tale of that ethereal elf who kissed me and ran away with my heart? Would you believe me if I told you she came to stay with the Lords of Fortune shortly thereafter?

 

It was like a blessing, truly. Until it wasn’t. She acted like she didn’t even know me initially, which-- certainly, after kissing me, would not be the case. When I confronted her in private, she played it off as some excuse about ‘handling business’ and needing a ‘momentary distraction’. Whatever helps her sleep at night, I suppose.

 

I give it two months at most before she’s begging for the taste of my lips once more. I may not have been raised by your father entirely, but I know a thing or two about seduction from his masterful ways.

 

When she begs for my hand in marriage, pray tell, should I plan a wedding in Ferelden or Rivain? Probably Rivain, easier for you and your family to get here, Mother will simply have to make due for a long journey.

 

Isabela has since returned to Rivain, so I expect fair news on your front. I look forward to hearing how our dear friends are doing.

 

Take care, Nono-- Stay out of trouble.

 

-Kieran

A laugh that almost sounds unfamiliar escapes my throat. Gods, how I missed my best friend. I see so much of his personality in Javier, but Javier never seems so serious about his looks. I do genuinely think Kieran thinks he’s a master of seduction-- something both hilarious and concerning.

He’s got his mother’s beautiful face, but also her dreadful lack of social awareness. He doesn’t have the years working in a royal court to shape him up-- all he has is bard school and, well, pirates, now. I don’t think that will lend much to making him a gentleman, but I pray to every god there is that I’m wrong about that.

Who knows, maybe Kieran will surprise us all someday-- Me, his mother, Isabela-- and whoever this mysterious elf girl is that has his knickers in a twist.

The familiar wrapping of knuckles on my door has me leaping away from my vanity with a grin-- As expected, Javier had arrived with wine bottle in hand, ready for another night of stargazing.

“You sounded like you were enjoying yourself far too much without me,” Javier notes, stepping inside and softly closing the door with his heel once inside, “Couldn’t have that. Ready for the privilege of my company?”

Yeah, he and Kieran would simply be two peas in a pod. Not alike in EVERY way, but alike in enough ways. I think they’d make each other laugh in ways I never could.

“I refreshed myself on constellations, so I could regale you with the stories of old-- as long as you’re willing?” Javier quirks an eyebrow at me as we step onto my balcony.

“Always and forever, my dear brother,” I gesture to the sky, “Nothing would please me more.”

“Excellent, this is great practice for my next date with Viela,” Javier hands the wine bottle to me temporarily before using the table on the deck to step onto the roof, as he reaches down for the bottle first, his skin pales, “Maker, what would my shooting star think if she knew I had to practice my romantic speeches in advance?”

“She’d think you’re sweet,” I answer, grabbing his hand after he places down the wine, “And she’d also tell you there’s no need to practice.”

Javier’s breathy laugh fills my ears as he pulls me to the roof, “True as that may be, I’d want to be nothing less than perfect for her, for that is who she presents to me each day.”

“Just... say that,” I shake my head with a sigh-- he was clueless as to just how romantic he truly was, “I promise you-- that is perfect.”

“I’d be a fool to dismiss your advice,” Javier swiftly opens the wine bottle with a knife he procures from his pocket, “You, after all, have managed yourself two suitors as opposed to one. Surely, the work of a master of romance.”

“I have my doubts about that,” I confess, reaching for the bottle the moment it’s open, “Honestly, I have an unread letter from Illario sitting on my desk. I’m afraid to open it.”

“Oh dear,” Javier tuts, “Trouble in the future first talon household?”

“I don’t even know what to do anymore,” I pass Javier the bottle after taking a sip that was, admittedly, longer than it needed to be, “Have you ever felt like your heart was tugging you in two directions at once?”

Javier scoffs, taking a swig of the wine before passing me back the bottle-- a vintage Rivaini, with notes of dragon fruit and pineapple mixed into the grape, “More than you’d even know.”

“Some days it’s so easy, so simple.” I dig my palm into the hard tile of the roof, “Like the answer is the one that’s always been there, always Lucanis-- and then some days this feeling creeps in, like, is it worth putting Illario’s feelings aside just to chase after one fleeting dream? Illario-- he wants to be First Talon, he wants to take over this organization-- whereas Lucanis... he wants out,” I run a hand through my hair, sweeping my bangs out of my face, “Shouldn’t that be the ideal for all of us? An escape?”

“You don’t even sound like you believe that,” Javier chuckles, “I know my answer, as I’m sure you do too... but is leaving the Crows once it’s reformed truly your end goal?”

Is it?

Is that what I want?

“I don’t know,” I answer, earnestly, “I don’t know if, when that time comes, my opinion will have changed. What will we be, then? Who will be leading? Will Viago be happy? Will Arlo? Will you?” I shake my head slowly, “How could I ever know the answer with so many variables?”

“You’re telling me,” Javier starts, “That your deciding factor whether or not to stay in the Crows has entirely to do with everyone else’s happiness? Not yours?”

I find my eyes falling from the skies to look at him with an incredulous stare, “Of course it does,” I shake my head, “What else would it be?”

Javier is silent for a moment, then his face softens entirely, and he lets out a laugh. It reminds me of bells, soft, or like birds in the early hours of the morning. It’s not disturbing, not unwelcome-- just something you never realized you should appreciate until you do.

“I see... so much of myself in you, you know?” Javier starts, placing the wine bottle down between us and turning his head to the sky, “But your heart-- that compassion-- that’s a rarity. I’d hate to see it disappointed in the same ways I have been, Juno.”

Javier-- The one who wanted to leave from the start. Javier, forced into joining the Crows, forced into murder, forced into training the next generation how to do that same. Javier, soft, lovely, kind Javier. While I’m sure he’s comparing our optimism, I’m not sure there’s much else there that would be similar. Javier is of wonderfully sound morals, he is the first to try to lighten a mood and always putting a smile onto his face when it seems impossible.

Javier-- There’s no one quite like him.

Not even Kieran.

“You see right up above us, that cluster of stars that’s almost in a curved cross?” Javier lifts his hand, pointing to a section of the sky off in the distance, “That one is Tenebrium in common tongue, but I’ve heard the Elvhen people refer to it as Falon’Din,” He looks to me nervously, and I give him a nod of encouragement, “Uh, honestly, I’ve been studying a bit on, like, the Elvhen Pantheon, learning about the gods of the Dalish. So I know that Falon’Din had a brother, Dirthamen, who he was separated from at some point, despite being practically inseparable from the moment they were born into the world.”

“That is true,” I note, “They were separated when Falon’Din decided his path was to guide souls to the afterlife, whereas Dirthamen was on a quest for knowledge.”

“Right,” Javier lets out a breath of relief, “Until finally one day, they were separated no longer. The constellation, an owl, is sort of representative of them both-- a bird for guidance, a symbol to look to the skies, but an owl, to represent the wisdom and the quest of Dirthamen,” Javier grabs the bottle once more, seeming a bit proud of himself as he takes a sip, “Even the closest of siblings, when driven to different paths in life, reunited when the time was right. There’s a lot of lessons in that one, but...” Javier presses the wine bottle into my hands, patting my knuckles gently, “I think that, even two people who view the world in two drastically different ways, if driven apart, will find their ways back together. If you’re worried about affecting Illario and Lucanis’ relationships, don’t be-- they are adults, as loose as that term is with those two. They can figure out their own differences,” Javier leans back on his hands and looks out to the sky, “For once in your life, my sweet sweet Juno, why don’t you focus on what makes you happy?”

I snort, driving my elbow into him much the same as he had done to me the day before, “And what if what makes me happy is everyone else being happy?”

“Then you are far too kind for your own good,” Javier chuckles, digging his elbow right back, “It would do you good to be selfish every now and then. Perhaps you’d make decisions easier. Faster, even.”

“I am done divulging information to you,” I reply with a scoff, “I do not take suggestions, I barely take orders.”

“Ah, how foolish of me,” Javier wraps an arm around my shoulder, “My fault, I simply should have known better. I digress, no more scholarly tales with a questionable allegory-- how was your trip? Was getting out of Treviso simply divine?”

I lean into his shoulder, letting out a content sigh-- Javier radiated warmth, both in his personality and from the very core of his body.

“The world is a far less scary place when you take being a paid assassin out of the equation,” I begin, “I learned so much in such a short time. I always had sort of an inkling about Thea, but did you ever pick up on her having a blood magic curse? Is that only something mages feel?”

“Woah, a what?” I can feel the way Javier’s head tips back in disbelief, “I don’t think I feel magic the same way as you-- at most, it’s hairs rising, or skin tickling-- I don’t think I could pick out what’s a curse and what isn’t.”

“Ah,” I respond, “Well, it’s hard to describe I suppose, but the mana involved in a blood curse and, for example, regular fade magic is vastly different. Mages feel the pull of the veil, we know where it’s thin and where demons could break through. Blood magic, it feels like mana, but without the pull of the veil. It feels... empty. Where normal mana thrums with the pulse of the veil and life itself, blood magic mana is... it feels synthetic, like a cheap imitation. It took a long time for me to recognize that in Thea, but when you study magic for long enough-- that emptiness, it somehow stands out more.”

“You make it sound barbaric,” Javier whispers.

“It is,” I answer, “The amount of blood required to cast a curse... It would far outweigh what’s available in one body,” I hope that’s enough for him to catch on to what I mean, and his silence is enough of an answer.

“So what conclusion did you come to?” He asks, finally.

“It’s both a simple answer, yet horribly difficult at the same time,” I sigh, “Kill the magister who placed the curse on her.”

“That... doesn’t sound simple,” Javier pats my shoulder with the hand that rests on it, “Even if you get the ‘how’, the ‘why’ when you’re in the Crow ranks is difficult-- no contract, no coin, no killing.”

“I’ll find a way,” I shrug, “That’s what matters-- keep Thea’s hands clean as much as I can. If there’s subterfuge, or underhanded contracts-- that’s on me. In the end, all that should matter is that I’m bringing coin into the organization. I’m sure it’s not the first time a crow has paid for assassinations out of pocket.”

“All I hear is the same little bird putting everyone else’s needs before her own--”

“What needs have I, Javie?” I rest my head on his shoulder, “What more could I possibly want in this life? I have you, Viago, Arlo-- I have good friends, good company, good drink--” I wiggle the wine bottle in my hand, “Nothing else achievable by me matters. This is what I’m capable of, what others need-- What settles my heart. I’m... happy.”

“Are you?”

I can picture the wine bottle shattering in my hand, though it does not.

“Yes,” I answer, “As happy as I can be right now. As happy as possible.”

“And if it wasn’t impossible?” He whispers, “What else would you accomplish?”

Old thoughts, old wishes. Thoughts and wishes I threw away when I agreed to become a rook.

“I don’t know... maybe, a cure for my mother?” I sigh, “Get Matteo out of my life out of my... head. Remove Leo as a stalker, a creep, a demon. Like who I want, without external forces putting pressure or giving opinions-- experience love the way it’s supposed to feel. Open the boxes of feelings I’ve tucked away on shelves, telling myself I’d deal with them later-- I’d deal with them. I’d confront them. I’d...”

I’d cry.

Really cry.

“It sort of sounds like, with every root we uncover, we find we have to drift further and further from home to find an answer. A Tevinter magister? Those contracts... they aren’t cheap, Juno. Matteo knows that, even if you raised enough for the contract alone-- the travel involved? The supplies? The men needed? That’s a big expense.”

“I know,” I look up at the Tenebrium constellation again, my mouth curving into a small smile, “But if it’s meant to happen, it will. And no matter how far we travel away in the process, we’ll always come home-- find each other, like Falon’Din and Dirthamen. No distance scares me anymore, the only enemy we have is time-- if that escapes us, well, then Matteo and Leo may best us yet.”

“That simply won’t do,” Javier rests his cheek on my head, “Speak of the literal devil, has Viago said anything to you about the vote tomorrow? Do we have any plan whatsoever to stop Leo’s nomination?”

“He’s at a loss,” I sigh, “If he stands up at the ceremony tomorrow and presents someone for nomination, there’s no doubt he will suffer for it. Apart from that, who on earth would he nominate? We still have barely an idea of who to trust within the organization, and if he were to present you or Arlo, Matteo could very well fight the nomination.”

“It’s so hard to determine who in the Crows can be trusted,” Javier grabs at the wine bottle and impatiently takes a sip, “How do you determine who does and doesn’t have a heart in an organization where death takes center stage?”

A heart...

“Javier,” I sit up a bit, knocking his head off mine, “Gods, you may have just given me the answer.” I turn to face him, “Promise me-- tomorrow, no matter what I stand and say, you do not second my nomination--”

“What? But how do you expect it to pass without a secondary--”

“I mean it, Javie.” I place my hands on his shoulders, “If you, or Arlo or Viago for that matter, second any nomination I make, Matteo will ice us all out. It has to be me-- and only me.”

“Why?” His eyes search mine, wholly concerned and desperate for an answer.

“Matteo won’t throw away his control over me-- and I think I might just know someone  well respected and with enough heart to replace Caezar De Acutis. So promise me-- when I stand up tomorrow, let me do this alone.”

His brown eyes flick back and forth between mine before finally, with a reluctant sigh, he concedes, “Fine-- But only because there’s no fucking shed in the yard anymore. I wouldn’t be able to bare picturing you going through another round of hell in that thing.”

“Thank you,” I whisper, falling back into the comfort of his shoulder.

If only the shed was the worst of the shit I endure.

If only I hadn’t burnt that damn thing to the ground.

 

The building where the vote was to be held was less of a meeting house and more of a court house. Its white marble facades and large mahogany doors told tales of both times long passed and wealth long shared. Most of the seating in the room was equal leveled, and plenty of it, like a viewing spot for whatever trials may be held. Then, higher up to the right of the room, was seven seats, almost thrones in their own right, well cushioned and padded as if they needed to be the most comfortable spots for lengthy talks and decisions.

And then there was the seats in the center of the room.

Two tables with two chairs each, a podium at the center of the room. Facing that, high above, one single seat. If any chair could be rightly compared to a throne, it was this one. I imagine that chair alone was worth the salary of at least six assassins, if not more. And beside it, to the left, and lower--- a sparse, plainly looking chair.

Where those accused of a crime might sit to face the crowd to answer questions-- or face their fate.

To think, they vote for the future of the Crows in the very same room they vote to end the lives of them-- it’s haunting.

Enough so that I find myself stepping out of the room before everyone had filed in.

Nothing---NOTHING would be as bad as the punishment I was sure to face from Matteo for my actions today--- but the thought of Caterina, one day finding out my identity, and sitting in that very throne, sentencing me to my death?

It certainly shook me.

“Juno?” Honey. Like the color of amber taking over my vision. “You’re home.”

Illario.

“I am, though admittedly, things have been quite busy since I’ve returned,” I press my hands to my side as he approaches, steeling myself for a conversation I still wasn’t quite sure how to have. “I see much has happened since I left.”

“Is that really all you have to say to me?”

Blood in the honey.

“Illario--”

“You didn’t even tell me you were leaving,” Illario stepped forward, and though he wasn’t boxing me in, my back still pressed lightly against the marble wall behind me, “You didn’t respond to my letters... You’re avoiding me,” He whispers it like it’s a sudden revelation, like he hadn’t considered it until that moment.

And then the hurt spreads across his face.

“Not intentionally,” I feel my face burn, ashamed with my own cowardice, “Truly, I just... had no idea what to say.”

“Anything,” He whispers, “Anything is better than nothing at all.”

“I don’t know how to manage my feelings and the chessboard at the same time,” I admit, my voice low as to keep our conversation between us, “I feel horrible. I feel like I owe you answers that I can’t yet give you-- That I am supposed to be able to juggle both romance and our goals at the same time, but I’ve been doing such a piss poor job,” I shake my head, lost in the way his brown eyes shine in this lighting, “I can’t think about things like marriage right now, Illario. I can’t look you in the eye and tell you I’ve considered you earnestly when I’m so close to the finish line. You want more than I can even daydream about right now.”

“You treat my feelings as if they’re some paper thin straight line,” Illario answers, and I struggle to swallow down the lump in my throat, “My entire life has been walking a fine line of compromises and negotiations-- and my feelings with you are not so shallow that I can’t manage a little flexibility.”

“Illario,” I try to interrupt him, but he presses his index finger to my lips.

“If you need, or even want me to back off, then that is what I shall do,” Illario shakes his head, his frown drilling holes into my heart, “I thought that was so obvious, Juno. I thought I expressed that quite thoroughly. I will always support you, always support your goals, and no matter of time can change how I feel about you. Time is not our enemy here, but distance-- that is. So please, don’t ice me out.” He drags his thumb off my lips and tilts his head as he regards my face, “We were friends before anything else, can you no longer even offer me that? Is it so hard to continue on with me in any regard?”

No , I want to say, it’s hard to continue pretending like you don’t take up significant residence in my heart. It’s hard to pretend like it won’t kill me that the very same sentiment you offer me now will vanish the moment you find out who my father is.

“You’re right,” I say, but it feels fake falling from my lips, “I don’t know how you managed to take such complicated things and simplify it down to a single answer-- but you’re right. I’m sorry, Illario.”

It’s a white lie... right?

“Perhaps, as difficult as though it may feel at times, we best solve our differences face to face, from here on out?” Illario seems relieved, holding out his arms to me.

“Yes, that would be best.”

His hug, genuine in comparison to mine, was admittedly... perfect. His body seemed to radiate a heat that my body had missed in my time away. His chest and neck smelled of leather, though he wore none. The familiar scents of cinnamon, vanilla, and anise hit my nose in waves-- each a reminder of just how comforting he truly was. It’s as if he knew exactly what I needed in that very moment, what sort of hug would calm my nerves, what words could calm my heart-- what gesture would soften my gaze, and offered it to me like it was any other day.

He was absolutely right.

If nothing else, if never anything else, Illario was my friend.

Even if that changes, even if it molds into something ugly down the road-- right now, when my knees give out sitting in the same courthouse where they hold Eight Talon Trials-- right now, it is lovely. It is a safe haven.

“Thank you,” I mumble into his shoulder.

“Of course,” His arms wrap just a bit tighter, and his lips press a gentle kiss to the top of my head, “Always.”

The hallways around us become quieter, and Illario pats my back one final time, “Come, I think the nominations are set to begin shortly.”

Right.

Time to be brave again.

The seating for the lower Crow rankings is filled to the brim. Even Thea and Viela are in attendance, though seated across the room with other Crows from their household. Matteo sits in the row of seats for the Talons, high above to the left, while Leo is left in the stands below. There is a noticeable gap between him and the Crow seated beside him, as if they inadvertently can feel his haunting energy without outright recognizing he is possessed.

“Settle down,” Caterina begins before she even takes her seat at the front of the room, “I recognize it has been quite some time since we’ve had a need to meet here, and the reason for meeting feels unprecedented,” She looks to the empty chair among the Six other Talons, “There are those in this room who do not believe Talon De Acutis passed by natural cause-- and those that believe there should be no replacement until the answer is found,” Caterina drags her eyes across the room, “But the longer we go without order in the houses, the more likely we are to lose more of our people to those who would see us fall.”

She brings her attention to the talons, “So I ask of you, on what I fear is short notice, to consider the nominations set before you today with great care, and select an 8th talon fit to face a trial and become the next great leader we so desperately need,” Caterina taps her cane against the floor, and the sound of it echoes through the room-- everyone was either scared into silence, or completely captivated, “That being said, I will now open the floor to nominations.”

Right.

It’s time.

Time to be brave.

When I stand, there’s a million whispers around me. It’s dizzying, disorienting-- so I just stay focused on Caterina, I wouldn’t let her see my fear.

“A trainee, not even inducted?”

“Isn’t that the stray from House De Riva?”

“Surely, she won’t be nominating a De Riva for the seat--”

“Is Matteo that desperate for power?”

“Juno, of House De Riva,” Caterina begins, her eyes narrowing and a sharp brow raising at my boldness, “You have a nomination you would like to put forth?”

“Yes,” I take a settling breath. Do not look at Matteo. Do not look at Viago. “I would like to nominate Noa De Acutis for 8th talon.”

Silence. And then more whispers, faster whispers.

“She nominated someone from House De Acutis?”

“Do they even know each other?”

“I mean, it’s a fair pick, but how do they even know one another?”

“Do you think she paid her to nominate her?”

Silence.” Caterina taps her cane to the ground once more, and all at once, the whispers stop,

“Before I ask for any secondaries, I’d like for you to explain your reasoning for the nomination.”

Right. That’s okay. I practiced for this.

“I first met Noa De Acutis during a training camp, the first of its kind, for future Crow inductees, and for those who needed training to step into the role of Talon one day-- Noa and her brother Neri, took on the job of running the camp.” I look over, out of sheer nervousness, and make eye contact with Noa. She’s stunned, her mouth slightly ajar. “While she worked more closely with the inductees who had the privilege of moving on to talon positions, her talents did not go unnoticed. I am privileged enough myself to know several of those chosen to move into talon positions in the future, and they all came out of that camp stronger, determined and ready to take on anything.” Caterina’s eyes, if I’m not mistaken, lost their disdain, and in its place, twinkled a new light of fondness, “And that speaks nothing of her recent efforts against the Antaam as they continue to try and hold footing in Treviso. Truly, I can think of no one better suited to lead the Eighth house forward into the future.”

She lets the room sit in silence for a moment more, and I swear I see the hint of a smile threaten her lips before she speaks up again, “Would anyone care to second this nomination?”

“I second the nomination,” My eyes find his across the room--- Illario. He said he’d always support me, I guess... this is how he chooses to prove it. Notably, Caterina looked to Lucanis beside him, with a face that said nothing more than ‘stay silent’. Like she cared not for Illario’s reputation whatsoever, and only cared that Lucanis remained impartial in this particular nomination.

“And I will most gladly be the third,” Much to my delight, Teia stands up in the crowd, “I believe that is enough for an official nomination, is it not?”

Caterina does little to hide her smirk when it comes to Teia’s bold words, I suppose, should I ever hope for her favor, I should carry myself in the same manner Teia did, “It is indeed. Noa De Acutis will be added to the ballot.”

My knees nearly give out beneath me, falling back into my chair. I don’t know why I do it, but I do-- I feel his eyes on me. I look up at the Talon seats.

Matteo regarded me with fury in his eyes.

I can only hope that was enough.

“Are there any other nominations?” Caterina looks about the room.

“Yes,” And there he is, fury aside, doing exactly as we thought he would, “Though I selected Viago to be my own successor, in the time since, Leonardo has proven himself a valuable asset to the Crows. I would like to nominate my son for Eighth Talon, a role I’m certain he would take head on and launch the Crows into an era of success.”

Any whimsical look Caterina once held has vanished, “Is there anyone who wishes to be secondary to this nomination?” Something about it sounds vaguely like a threat.

“I will second that nomination,” Another Talon-- Emil Kortez-- Thea’s talon. The one rumored to be easily bought with coin. Did the coin from my mission to the Graves fund that nomination?

“And I will be the third,” Most surprisingly, this backing came from Dante Balazar. Was this a matter of simple coin? Did Dante’s lyrium addiction play a hand in winning his support?

Or did they truly, simply, just like Matteo? Did they all have the same ideals in mind?

“That is... enough to put the name on the ballot,” Caterina says, though the excitement in her voice was gone. If she was at all trying to look impartial, she failed, miserably-- though something tells me, when you’re first talon, you don’t need to be impartial at all.

“Barring any other nominations, that is enough to vote,” Caterina looks about the room, but it is silent now. No one dares to put forward another name, “We will have a brief recess to prepare the voting ballots.”

The question is, if I run to the hall, will it spare me from Matteo, or make me an easier target?

When I remain seated, he remains seated as well. At least in the hallway, I’d be free of his lingering gaze. I find my way to a quiet hall outside the courtroom, resting my hand on my chest.

Breathe in. You can handle this. Breathe out.

Breathe in. He’s done worse. Breathe out.

Breathe in. You can put the box back on the shelf after. Breathe out.

 

“You useless fucking trash ,” Breathing becomes hard when Leo’s hand wraps around my neck, lifting me up against the wall as if I weighed nothing-- as if I was nothing, “Do you think you’re funny? Do you think the opinion of a fucking runt carries any weight in a guild of paid killers?” Leo laughs, though it’s bitter-- He won’t admit it, but I can see it in his crazed eyes-- he’s nervous, which means I have no regrets, “You’re going to wish all I was doing was stabbing knives into your stupid fucking leg by the time I’m done punishing you for your insolence. I can’t wait to get the fucking go ahead from Matteo-- I’m going to make your life so miserable, you’ll kill yourself before I even get the chance--”

“That is enough, Leonardo,” Somehow, Matteo’s voice is a mercy in this scenario, “There has yet to be a vote and you’re causing a scene in the halls? Do you honestly think killing the person who nominated your rival will bode well with the vote?” Leo, though mouth twitching in fury, drops me from his grasp around my throat. He’s gone in an instant, storming down the hall back to the court room, leaving me to face Matteo alone.

“You didn’t consult me at all before making a nomination,” Matteo pulls his gloves down further on his hands, “Do you know how disrespectful that is? What exactly were you trying to do, sabotage Leo’s chances?”

Gods, I am so sick of this.

“If you truly wanted Leo in a position of power, you would have made him your successor,” I rub at my neck, trying to press away the feeling of Leo’s fingers, “You weren’t accounting for this, were you? Leo went rogue-- literally.”

“How dare you--”

“It doesn’t take a better mage than me to see that he is possessed.”

If he was angry before, he was fuming now. The look in his eyes was almost lifeless.

“Perhaps it is a good thing there aren’t many mages among the ranks of the crows,” He takes a step towards me, and though every bone in my body tells me to step back, I hold my ground, “And a good thing this one wont ever dare to speak out of turn again.”

“--And it doesn’t take more than a pair of eyes to see you’ve lost control of him.”

His precession on me halts, and he regards my words for only a moment.

“Then I’ll just have to blind them all myself, won’t I?” A shiver creeps up my spine, “It won’t take more than a knife to gouge them out myself.” His threat is a play on my own, dancing around the same issues but choosing a different solution. “I expect to see you in my quarters at 9pm. Acting out of your rank does not go unpunished.”

At least he recognizes it’s a punishment now.

As Matteo finds his way back to the courtroom, I grasp at my chest once more.

Breathe in. You revealed what you know, but its fine. Breathe out.

Breathe in. He’s more likely to reveal his hand the more nervous he gets. Breathe out.

Breathe in. No matter what he does to you, you will still be you at the end of the night. Breath out.

Breathe in--

“I’m sorry,” Smooth, like drizzled chocolate over a pillow of whipped cream. Lucanis. Voice like comfort. Voice like peace. Voice to pull me from my thoughts. “I would have stood to be the third for your nomination but-- Caterina, she’s so caught up in diplomatic--”

“No need,” I put a hand up, “I saw the look she gave. Yikes.”

“Yikes indeed,” Lucanis sighs, “I would have thought she preferred our involvement in not bringing another De Riva to power, but it seems she was doing her best to have the first house remain impartial. I’m sure Illario will be punished for his involvement later.”

“That was impartial?” I chuckle, “She looked like the cat that just ate the canary.”

“Yes, well--” Lucanis grins, “Hard to remain impartial when you watch a revolution happen, especially against a common enemy.”

“Do you think she still sees Matteo as an enemy, even after his apology?” I ask.

“Are you joking?” Lucanis crosses his arms, “She may be a woman but she’s not so quick to change her feelings after a few prettied words. She’ll keep her enemies close, as she has always done and will always do.”

“And her vote? Do you think it will be in favor of Noa?”

Lucanis raises an eyebrow, smirking as if I already knew the answer before I asked.

“I’m sure she’d love nothing more than to see another of her handpicked orphans rise to power within the crows. That’s why it was so fitting for Teia to be the final nominator-- That’s two of Caterina’s precious chosen. She’ll have half a mind to think you were trying to get in her good graces.” Lucanis tilts his head a bit, his hair falling over his shoulder as he looks over me in thought, “You werent... trying to get in her good graces, right?”

“Does she even have good graces?” I joke, “No, I was making a decision-- maybe risky, maybe not. Won’t know until I see her be a talon, will I?” I cross my arms, “This may be a silly reason, but I saw her crying at the funeral yesterday. Not openly, in fact, I think she was trying quite hard to hide it-- but I saw. I saw that there’s a heart in her. Every other eye in the room was dry, but not hers. If she cares so much, then this is about more than just the coin for her. I think she could prove to be a valuable ally.”

Lucanis considers my words, nodding slowly as he chuckles mostly under his breath, “Did you know Matteo would nominate Leo today?”

“Call it a hunch.”

“What you did was risky, it could indeed put a target on your back-- from more than just Matteo,” Lucanis puts a hand on my shoulder, “That being said, I still think you made a fantastic nomination. I may not have been able to back your nomination, but rest assured, all of House Dellamorte will be voting in favor of Noa in that courtroom.”

He’s so beautiful when he comes to realize he underestimates me, I’ll never get sick of that look.

“Come, I believe this recess is about to end,” I follow Lucanis back down the hall to the courtroom, and when I return to my seat, I find Arlo has taken up the empty space beside me.

“You are one brave little bird, I’ll give you that,” His voice is like pouring brandy over ice, familiar, comforting, relaxing-- home. “When Javier told me I couldn’t get involved with whatever you had up your sleeve today, I was expecting the worst.”

“Just didn’t want you to get in trouble in the ways I will,” I shrug, “Besides, I knew things would work out without De Riva intervention.”

“I’m sure if there was nothing but silence, Thea would’ve stood up on your behalf.” Arlo remarks.

“I know. I know she would,” I look across the room to Teia, who happily chats away with Neri and Noa as if there wasn’t even a possibility of Leo winning the vote. “But now I’m a bit concerned Matteo has bought the votes of two houses.”

“The majority will vote for Noa,” Arlo states, a smirk on his face.

“You don’t know that,” I counter.

“I do.”

“How? How can you be so sure anyone will vote for her? She’s a woman in an organization of assassins, predominantly MALE assassins with predominately MALE talons-- She’s got almost no sway over even her own house!”

“That’s just it,” Arlo leans down, his voice low as he whispers in my ear, “They’ll vote for her because she’s a woman. Above all else, power hungry men will always underestimate a woman and assume they can take advantage of her. In the same ways Matteo empowers you in ignorance, they will empower her.”

“They’ll... vote for her because she isn’t a threat, as opposed to Leo who is one?” I ask.

“Precisely.”

Incredible. He’s... so right. He’s so right. I knew Arlo was intelligent, but I fear even I am guilty of underestimating just how smart he can be. Why would anyone, especially those hoping to gain some influence in the Crows, vote for the nominee who creates a bigger, unified power to tip the scales?

Leo is fucked.

There’s no way he will win.

“The voting process will now begin, please step up to the podium, complete the ballot and place it into the prepared box. Once everyone has returned to their seats, the ballots shall be counted.” Caterina’s voice comes from the center of the room, where she, First Talon, places the first vote.

 

The room is electric. What was once hushed whispers and murmurs is now thunderclaps of voices bouncing off marble walls. My leg won’t stop shaking, but my heart seems more at peace since talking to Arlo.

“Attention,” Caterina begins, as usual tapping her cane against the floor, “It is with great satisfaction that I present to you the nominee who shall take on the the mission to become Eighth Talon...”

Breathe in.

“Noa De Acutis”

Breathe out.

 

Maker--Andraste--Elgarn’an, Mythal, FenHarel-- Whichever one is out there, whichever one blessed this courtroom today-- Thank you. Thank you.

I don’t look, but I can hear Leo’s hurried footsteps leave the courtroom, a sound I’m sure few were listening for. I feel the corner of my lip twitch upward.

“Should all go well, we shall reconvene for her succession party. Everyone is dismissed,” Caterina rises from her chair, and is the first to give a smile of congratulations to Noa, rare though it may be.

“You’re insane,” Viago, voice like eyerolls, frogs croaking and babies crying, “But that was some spectacular quick thinking, crazy genius.” Voice like weightlessness, like fingers running through your hair-- like a pat on the head, well earned. “Let’s get home, I’ll have sweets prepared to celebrate-- in secret, of course.” 

As I stand, a voice calls out.

“Juno, wait--” Voice like a song, like a teacher, like a single tear on a cheek. Noa. “Sorry, before you go, I have to know-- why?”

“Why?” I repeat, holding back the grin that threatened to steal onto my lips.

“Why me? Why did you pick me? Y-... You barely know me at all.” She presses further, and she’s right to-- I truly had no reason or right to nominate her.

“Because you wept,” I answer, and her reaction is more surprised than relieved, “All I’ve heard since starting my training is that death is part of the job, that it’s expected, you have to get used to it-- and maybe. Maybe they’re right,” I give a small shrug, finally letting the grin hit my lips, “But that one tear I saw-- that secret tear you didn’t think anyone would see... I saw hope in that tear. A hope that the future might change how the Crows treat death. Nobody should go unmourned.”

Noa doesn’t speak, and its best she doesn’t, if anyone else were to hear the conversation, they’d think her weak for her tears. The look in her eyes told me another story though-- I just lit a fire inside her.

“You will be an exceptional Eighth Talon.” I remark, giving her a small nod before turning on my heel.

“Thank you,” She says, finally, “Will you... face trouble for this? For going against your talon’s nomination?”

I look back over my shoulder, “Maybe. But you’re worth it, I can already tell.”

The look in her eye-- it almost matched the look Caterina gave me. That amused twinkle in her eye, something to behold.

I wonder if my eyes looked the same.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 77: Little Bird, Che sarà, sarà

Notes:

This chapter is mostly a love note to all the girlies who live in Viago hell with me. How ya doin? We surviving? Would you like some food?
I fear not many people picked up on all the hints of things in the last chapter, which means the next couple could be a bit shocking when you finally realize why certain things came up. I guess we'll see-- maybe you'll forget about all the little moments by the time the big ones occur. Maybe you'll miss the more subtle things.

Anyways, here's wonderwall. ( I'm about to throw a bunch more songs on the official playlist ). ALSO GO LISTEN TO MY LOVELY ELIZA HARRISON SMITH'S NEW SONG METEOR ON SPOTIFY, SHAMELESS PLUG.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA
--------------

Chapter Text


Breathe in.

The door closed behind me. It was done now.

Breathe out.

Could I walk? Sure. It was painful, though. Not just for the obvious reasons, I think I was bruised everywhere. I think he marked me anywhere he could. If the grip of his jaw wasn’t enough to leave a mark, the grip of his hands surely was.

My bones felt bruised.

Still...

Breathe in.

The worst of it was over.

Breathe out.

Until a door opened down the hall, and fierce blue eyes met mine. I never wanted him to see this-- it had always been later, happened... later, when he was asleep. It was easier when he wasn’t around to see the damage before I could craft up salves and potions in the lab.

Easier when I didn’t have to see the way his fist clenched when his eyes scanned over my wrecked figure. Easier when I didn’t have to feel the pity.

Breathe in.

I stepped past Viago with a newfound strength, ignoring every burning aching part of my limbs and insistent on making it to my room before he could be bothered to speak up. I could feel the lecture before it bubbled out of his slacked jaw-- why didn’t I say how bad it was? How did he never notice before? How long had it been this bad?

Because it was nothing until I acknowledged it. Because it was easy to hide-- and it was always. Always bad. I just never chose to look at that box on the shelf before. If you don’t see it, it doesn’t exist-- but the moment you look, the moment you open pandora’s box-- it’s open forever. It can’t be undone.

I prepare for the lecture-- but the lecture never comes . He does loom behind me like a ghost, haunting my shadow, but he doesn’t yell-- doesn’t get mad, doesn’t even speak, at first. For some reason, that was scarier to me.

“Pick out your nightclothes, I’ll get some herbs so you can get a bath drawn,” He says it like he’s going to leave the room, but he stays behind me for a moment, choosing not to move until I pull myself over to my wardrobe.

He’s gone around the corner.

Breathe out.

My legs give out beneath me just as my fingers grip onto a nightdress, collapsing to the floor. I didn’t realize I had forgotten to breathe that entire time. Dammit. It hurts.

I stay there, gasping for breath, until Viago returns. Several expressions cross his face, but he settles back to that familiar quiet indifference, kneeling beside me.

“Can you stand?” He asks, and I feel my jaw shake as I slowly shake my head, “Okay... can you hold these?”

His fingers, for the first time in so long not covered in gloves, handed me a healing salve and three smaller bottles I couldn’t name just by looking. I pulled them against my body alongside my nightdress and, just as swiftly as he always seemed to move, Viago snuck his hands behind my back and under my knees, lifting me as he stood. He’s come quite a long way from the skinny 17 year old I first met when I came to the De Riva estate. He was taller, more filled out with muscle, and was actually, finally -- sort of growing out that moustache he seemed to be skirting around for years. Despite constantly having a furrowed brow, he did manage to keep his worry lines away. Despite how much of a child he could manage to make me feel; the truth of it all was that we had grown up long ago.

And yet he’s still here; taking care of me like I was incapable of doing it myself.

Truthfully, I think I’d miss this some day.

“The green one is for healing, that one you take last,” Viago sets me down as we reach the bath house, kneeling shortly after to turn on the faucet to fill the basin, “The white powder one goes into the bath, it will... sting a bit, I apologize, but it is effective.”

“And the clear liquid?” I ask, holding the bottle up to the light.

“Anti contraceptive,” Viago answers.

Ah.

That one goes first, he didn’t need to explain any further.

“I’ll wait at the door, if you still can’t stand after you’re done--” He steps to the door, but I call out before he can vanish.

“Viago,” I close my eyes, my eyes stinging. If I couldn’t take the healing potion for a bit, for the other to kick in first, I wouldn’t have mobility, flexibility, “There’s... There’s marks I can’t reach.”

He returns to my side after a moment of hesitance, his blue eyes scrutinizing over my exposed skin.

“Where?”

I felt pathetic. Why did his eyes reduce me to nothing ?

I can’t find an answer, so I simply turn away from him, pulling my shirt up over my head to show the various bites, bruises, scratches and marks down my back. I hear him taking a steadying breath-- He’s doing his best not to lash out. I’d have to thank him for that later.

“I’m sorry but... could you at least help with the obvious ones?” I whisper.

The silence is unsettling, and when I finally work up the courage to turn my head to look over my shoulder at him, that indifferent mask has faded entirely. Shock? Disbelief? Disgust?

“Mierda,” Viago chokes out, so quietly I almost don’t hear it, closing his eyes altogether, “Okay.... okay, just... get in the bath first. Salve can come after,” He pinches the bridge of his nose, his other arm crossing his chest, searching for something to grip onto and turn his knuckles white.

I strip the rest of my clothes off and leave them in a pile-- one to hopefully burn later -- and step into the filling basin. I uncap the larger bottle, filled with powder, and dump it into the basin. It smelled of sea salts and iodine, more of a wound disinfectant than a potion.

Viago rests on his knees at the edge of the tub, tapping my shoulder with the smaller vial, filled with the clear liquid. Right. They taste like shit, but-- necessary.

Bitter, full of rosehips and lightly poisonous ground flower seeds, with a lingering texture that sticks even after chasing it down. Even cringing too hard pulls at parts of my skin that feel too damaged to move.

Viago’s upset. It’s hard to tell if it’s at me or if it’s at Matteo, but his eyes have resentment in them either way. He pulls a cloth from a shelf behind him and dips it into the water, tucking my hair to the side to get another glimpse at my back. His hand works slowly as he drags it over a particularly deep wound near my shoulder blade. A bite, if I recall correctly. It wouldn’t surprise me if that one did actually manage to break the skin and bleed. The flinch that happens when the salty water slides into that one is involuntary, but the shaky breath out after was to keep me grounded enough to tolerate the pain.

“Your back is,” Destroyed? A mess? Irreparable? Purple.”

Yeah that... doesn’t actually surprise me .

“I’ll have some elfroot after the potion and salve, works every time,” I say, trying to clear the awkwardness in the air.

“Every time?” Viago mutters, “It’s... It’s always like this?”

Don’t,” I sigh, “It’s really not that bad, it’s not a big deal--”

“I can see where his teeth were,” He snaps, not particularly loudly but absolutely out of patience, “I can see where his fingers were. I can see where his tongue smeared your blood over your back. You have wings of welts, Juno. Scratches for feathers,” His hand drops back into the water beside me, and I can see the light pink stains dissipating in the water, “If it's like this every time...”

To deny it would be a lie. I don’t want to lie to him. Never him. Not anymore.

But the silence does hurt. It hurts us both.

“Dammit,” Viago whispers, his fist clenching tight onto the cloth sitting in the water, “No more, Juno. Not again. Not after this.”

“Don’t involve yourself in this, Viago,” I plead, “We’re so close to throwing him off his fucking throne. We can’t lose this progress--”

“No more,” He asserts, “How could you possibly expect me to see this and not intervene?”

Well. That answer was a bit more simple.

“You were never supposed to see,” But he hates that answer, I know he does, “If you do anything now, we will lose everything we’ve worked for.”

How could he not see that? We are on the cusp of everything-- I can find a way to pull that demon from Leo and kill it for good, we successfully blocked a rise to power for Leo, we have a new talon that is a powerful adversary, when Papa is able to return home, he can look for those letters-- its not a long wait at all. We can do this. I can handle this.

“I’m done being useless,” Viago lifts his hand out of the water finally, cleaning the filth from my back, “I don’t have to directly oppose him to make a move, and you don’t have to be his toy for us to progress.”

“Viago--”

NO,” His hand stops, and I can feel the saltwater pouring into one specific wound. He’s angry-- no, more than that, his voice sounds like he sees red-- but when I turn to look up at him-- it’s not fury in his eyes.

It’s guilt. It’s agony. Tears.

Viago De Riva, whose trials in life have rivaled my own in so many ways, cries for me.

“I’m moving plans forward,” He’s quick to wipe them from his cheeks, but I saw them fall, there was no denying it. Viago cried. For me. “Since you so willingly kept me in the dark, I’m afraid you’ll have to sit these plans out. It’s better if you know nothing, since you seem to make decisions all by yourself when you’re well informed.”

Ignorance? As a punishment?

How very Viago.

“Right,” I sigh, turning my head back away from him, “I guess I deserve that.”

“No,” Viago sighs, scrubbing over my shoulders once more, a bit more firmly than I’d like, but no doubt to his standard of sanitary, “You don’t deserve the things that happen to you, but I’m hopeful that for once, I can keep your hand from the fire,” He places the cloth down, and I hear him uncap the healing salve, “Please allow me that, at least.”

“I can try my best,” I lean into his touch, grateful to finally feel the numbing salve hit my skin, “I’ve never been very good at staying out of trouble, though.”

“I’m well aware,” His voice is gruff, tired-- exhausted, maybe-- yet he still finds it in him to fuss over me. How sweet. “So I will keep the trouble away from you.”

“Such a gentleman,” I sigh, but it's hard to fight the smile struggling onto my lips, “Thank you.”

He has no answer for my sincerity, but I can tell that particular answer was at least satisfactory, because he places down the salve, wipes his hands, and stands once more.

“Ten more minutes, then take the healing potion,” His footsteps recede behind me, but his voice echoes even as he exits the bathhouse, “If you still cannot stand after, call for me, I will be outside until you’re ready to leave.”

Viago. My Viago. How was I ever worthy enough to deserve you?

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Andarateia,

 

I never got the opportunity to thank you for backing my nomination the other day. Truly, from the bottom of my heart, thank you for putting that faith in myself and my selection. We will have much to discuss the next time I see you, but your instant support in a moment I feared I would stand alone was so comforting. Thank you.

I fear I may have put Viago through much undo stress over the past few days. I worry about his health, because I most certainly am bad for it. Would you be so kind as to check in on him at your earliest convenience? I fear he may be lacking sleep and in need of a proper tongue lashing for his insistence on staying up when there was truly no need to do so.

 

My eyes look over his sleeping figure on the chaise beside my vanity; I’m not sure who he thought he was protecting last night-- Matteo does not have the stamina for more than one round a week, let alone an evening.

Still...

 

I speak poorly, but I simply mean to say he is far too compassionate for his own good. Please extend your come-passion to him has well, since I have my doubts he’d accept anything of the sort from me. And make sure he gets proper rest after. Maybe some water?

I’ll leave the finer details up to your loving hands.

 

Yours,

Juno

 

Hopefully, she doesn’t let him read this later. I imagine he’d smack the back of my head at his next given opportunity if he does.

I fold my letter and give it to the carrier bird without another thought, turning with crossed arms and a sigh to look over at the sleeping little prince. Stubborn, impatient, loving Viago. What on this gods forsaken earth would I do without him?

At the very least, I owed him a coffee. Lessons wouldn’t resume until the party following Noa’s successful one knife talon mission, so everything remained at a stand still. I had time-- catch up on letters, read up more on fade magic and banishing demons-- time I wouldn’t have normally.

So I was able to slink downstairs, quiet as a mouse, and retrieve two cups of espresso, which I held delicately under Viago’s nose until the scent woke him up.

Truly, it didn’t take long at all. Like a hound with fresh meat.

“Buenas,” He grumbles, barely keeping his eyes open as his fingers take the cup from mine.

“Ciao, mio sole,” I chuckle, responding to his new fangled Antivan in the old Antivan I was raised on. I can hear Viago’s tongue click, probably in annoyance at being called ‘my sunshine’.

“Nobody talks like that anymore,” he asserts.

“And yet, you understood!” Without Lucanis watching over me to scrutinize, I quickly down the espresso-- I know, I should really enjoy the flavors, but there is work to be done. Things to do. Coffee is not my priority. “What’s on your agenda for today? Will you still be working with Matteo?”

“Unfortunately,” Viago grumbles, “Though we are not to dispatch anyone for contracts until Noa’s ceremony, we’re still expected to be accepting them and assigning them out.”

“Isn’t that usually up to the guild master?” I ask.

“Yes,” Viago opens his eyes, finally adjusting to the world a bit as he sips his coffee, “Leo took everything up until last night, when Matteo asked that I start assigning out assassins. Either something happened yesterday that has Matteo nervous, or...”

“Or?”

“... Or he expects Leo will try to retaliate, and doesn’t want to lose any of his other pawns.”

Yikes. Right. That makes sense.

“Do you think it would be possible for...” I place down my coffee cup and sit at the end of the chaise, straddling it as I face Viago, “For you to send Javier out on a mission? A maybe... not violent one? Just to help him clear his head? I’m kind of worried about him.”

“If I recall correctly,” Viago raises a brow at me, “He’s already accepted a mission-- alongside Arlo, for that matter. It’s a rather large operation, they will be raiding an Antaam base with about 20 other of our finest.”

“Oh,” I blink, I guess Javie really took that advice to heart. “That’s... good? Maybe he won’t have to actually... do much.”

“Perhaps,” Viago shrugs, taking another slow sip of his espresso, “He’ll be fine as long as Arlo is there.”

“Right,” I nod, “I know.”

I do. That much was always apparent-- those two always took care of each other. Unstoppable, Inseparable, infinitely.

“I’ll be with Matteo for most of the day, so use this time for anything you may feel you won’t be able to accomplish under his watch. That being said, keep an eye out for Leo... I’d honestly feel better if you kept someone with you today, if you’re staying home, stay with Arlo.” Viago rises from the chair and retrieves the empty cup I sent down, “And if you’re not staying home,” He looks at my smile and his face falls, “At least keep your guard up.”

“Of course.”

I didn’t need a reminder.

I could still picture exactly where Leo grabbed me by the neck. I could still practically feel it.

“Be safe,” Viago asserts, finally leaving me alone in my room for the day.

Do I dare look in the mirror?

Be brave. Breathe in.

Oh. It wasn’t.... Really that bad anymore. Maybe a bruise here and there-- but no open wounds. Nothing obvious. I could’ve just been beaten.

Breathe out.

I make sure to grab my pipe before finding my way to Arlo, who after some searching, was in the most obvious of places-- outside. Particularly, leaning on the railing of the gazebo out back.

“Shilling for your thoughts?” I joke, watching his head sink down in a laugh from behind, “Whatcha thinking about?”

“Maybe something, maybe nothing,” How insightful, “Mostly maybe none of your business!” Arlo quirks his brow, the one with a giant gap in the middle that he put there, as opposed to the one with a gap from his scar, “To what do I owe the pleasure of your company this morning, little bird?”

“I’ve been meaning to talk to you for a few days, actually, just never got a chance to catch up,” I take up a spot beside him, leaning on the railing. Had the roses been in bloom this time of year, it’d feel almost like our very first heart to heart, “I’d ask if Thea told you what happened on our trip, but I fear I know she simply couldn’t,” I press my chin into my arms with a grin, “Thank goodness, I’m here.”

“Yes, how very unfortunate we’d all be without your presence,” Arlo rolls his eyes, turning his attention out the greenhouse when he spoke again, “Tell me.”

I look up at him, taking in his expression carefully-- just to be sure he wouldn’t do anything crazy in response-- but that’s just simply not Arlo. Arlo doesn’t react on a whim, and certainly not out of anger. Arlo remains collected, probably after years and years of giving Leo exactly the reactions he wanted-- he had to learn how not to, in an effort of self preservation.

Truly, he was remarkable in that regard.

“You know those scars on her neck?” I ask, watching as a muscle in Arlo’s jaw tenses, “Did you know what they’re from?”

“She... doesn’t really talk about them,” He answers.

“No, I expect not,” I rise up after a nice stretch, looking out over the garden with Arlo, hoping to gain even a portion of his patience and level headedness, “Mostly because she can’t talk about them.”

“What does that mean?” Arlo brings his almond colored eyes back to me, but I keep my attention out to the garden.

“She cannot talk about them, because if she does talk about them, the blood magic spell that was cast on her begins to slowly suffocate her,” I finally turn to face Arlo, his eyes only a bit wider than before. “If she even thinks of it too hard, you can see her scars glow with a despicable red mana.”

Arlo is silent. So silent, I can hear the faint rustle of leaves in the trees on the property line, and the flow of the water out through the canal down the road. Deadly silent.

“Who did it?” And suddenly, that calmness was eerie.

“A magister,” I answer, pursing my lips, “One we intend to kill.”

Who.”

He’s more insistent the second time he asks-- if I were looking for a break in his demeanor, I’d see it right there. Leo would eat that opportunity right up.

I guess Arlo wasn’t immune to everything. Thea was his weak spot.

“Magister Venezio Urathus, if you must know,” I shake my head, “But that’s not why I’m telling you-- Thea wants to do it herself. If he dies, the magic dies with him. She doesn’t want anyone else to take that from her-- you included.”

“Then why tell me at all?” Arlo puts his hands back down on the railing of the gazebo, clearly frustrated with not being able to do anything.

“Because I didn’t want you thinking she would keep things from you,” I answer, “Because I know you talked about your scars before, and I imagine you were probably hoping she could open up the same way some day.” I place my hand on top of his, patting it gently, “Because I do actually need your help, if you’re willing to help?”

He looked at me like I grew a second head, then slowly shook his head at me, not to say no, but clearly stopping himself from giving me some sort of lecture, probably akin to ‘Are you a fucking idiot?’ and ‘Why didn’t you lead with that?’ -- “What do you need?” He asks, out of breath or out of patience, I’m not entirely sure.

“Honestly? I need help with funds. I can get someone to help with a contract, but I’ve got no shot at funding this, and I think asking someone who barely knows me to both place a contract on a fellow magister AND put up the funds for the hit may be a bit much.”

“Hold on,” Arlo stops me, “ Fellow magister? You’re going to use a magister to put out a contract on a magister?”

“Obviously?” I raise an eyebrow, “Not many other people put out contracts on magisters unless they’re more powerful, or ready to die.”

“How do you even know one?”

“I told you I know the King of Ferelden, and you’re hung up on me knowing a magister?” I question, and Arlo wait for my answer. Okay, maybe he was patient afterall.

“Inquisitor had a friend, can’t say he super loved hanging around kids, but he knows of me and I’m almost positive he owes Auntie a few favors--” I shrug, “Is it a shot in the dark? Yeah, but it’s the best I’ve got.”

“And you’d trust a magister simply because they were friends with the Inquisitor?”

“No,” I look up to Arlo, offering him the same look he gave me, “I’d trust him because he’s a good person.” I pull my pipe from my pouch and light some elfroot in it, taking in a well deserved mouthful.

Arlo snorts, almost in spite of himself, before seemingly giving in to my whims.

“Okay,” He says, “Not like I use money for much else anyways. Just... go with her, when she takes on that mission, yeah?”

“It’s like you don’t know me at all,” I sigh, "There's no reality that exists where I wouldn't-- and besides, if they're dealing with blood magic, they're going to need a mage."

“This magister, the one you’re going to ask to help... who is he?”

Finally, asking the right questions. If he’s going to look into anyone’s background, I much prefer him to have the same faith in this particular magister that I do. It’s not every day you see a Magister who opposed the Venatori to save the world, afterall.

“Dorian,” I smile, “Magister Dorian Pavus.”

Unforgettable, ever charismatic, not-so-great with kids-- Dorian Pavus.

Those kids were quite forgiving though-- Kieran and I never took it too personally that he tended to stay away, as he told Auntie, he was ‘never really the best influence on children’ . Really, I think he just didn’t want to be held accountable if we learned any words we shouldn’t repeat.

Funny. He always thought he taught us those Tevene curse words on accident.

He never realized The Iron Bull was teaching us them in secret.

Che sarà, sarà , as Papa would say.

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 78: Little Bird, Handled

Notes:

Hello my favorite flock <3 I've been trying to keep consistency with at least posting once a week, and I think it's working out. It was honestly a week from hell again, lots of family stuff that just left me feeling... idk, antisocial I guess? Do you guys ever get so overwhelmed you turn into a hermit? I also just feel like my shit mood can make everyone close to me suffer too, sometimes it's just better that I stay quiet and keep my head down. I think this next week just might be that week for me, my heart hurts, my head hurts, I feel like no one wants to talk or be around me-- I'm old enough to know it's just my brain feeling down, but it's hard to shut those voices off sometimes. It's hard not to blame myself when I'm the only one around to blame. It's yucky.
Anyways. Enough about me.

Meg probably didn't know when she drew this art that I'd turn it into an entire scene, but you're god damned right I did-- because it's cute and funny and I love it and we all know I worship the ground Viago walks on. Plus, I will take any opportunity I can to have to funny banter-- when my mood's like this I feel like I can't write light hearted stuff. Hopefully I did the drawing justice.

Also, y'all listening to Alex Warren's new album? 'Everything' is my personal drug choice atm. That whole album is peak, though.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA
--------------

Chapter Text



 

Magister Dorian Pavus,

 

I send this letter to you with the hope you may remember me. I was quite young when we met, and as I recall you found that as reason to avoid me thoroughly, but I remember you quite vividly. Who could forget such a face, afterall?

You may find it odd that I’m having Morrigan deliver this letter, but that is simply to prove that I am who I say I am -- something she will attest to. You might recall Morrigan’s own son running about Skyhold, I was the one always by his side. I believe, on more than one occasion, you referred to us as “sexually transmitted dependents” and “pint sized dictators”.

As absolutely hilarious as that is now, I fear I am reaching out for a less humorous matter. You see, I’ve been informed that there is a magister in the imperium that has been putting blood magic curses on the slaves he purchases. Particularly, one on a dear friend of mine that slowly chokes her to death should she so much as talk about its effects.

As a mage yourself, I’m sure you’re well aware of how blood magic works, but after conversing and researching further with a friend to the Champion of Kirkwall, we have found that there are only two ways to break the curse. Said caster can either remove the curse themselves, or it will fade after the caster passes.

I know you may not be interested in what became of me after Skyhold, but I have found myself in Treviso, working in the ranks of the Antivan Crows. I’m sure that name is whispered like a curse in Tevinter, but I can assure you, I am not writing to inform you of any targets of the crows.

It’s quite the opposite, actually. I’m writing to ask you to help me create a contract. You see, to become a full fledged crow, one must take a particular contract with permission from their talon to have it become their induction mission. The friend that I mentioned, I want to create this contract for her to be able to use as her induction mission. As bitter as it sounds, truly, there is no taste sweeter than revenge-- and I believe she deserves to have that. I also believe one less person casting blood magic curses would help heal all of Thedas.

I have the funds for the contract, but I am not allowed to place one, especially considering I am not a fully fledged crow myself, and I’d be asking a different Talon for the contract. I need a mediary-- someone who is a third party, someone who would not appear suspicious to be putting out such a contract-- and as you know, the people most likely to place hits on Magisters are other magisters.

What I am proposing to you, Dorian Pavus, is that you come to Treviso. I meet you, give you the funds required, introduce you to the Fourth Talon, Emil Kortez, and have you negotiate a contract for the life of Magister Venezio Urathus. What I can promise you is that the death of this Magister will not be traced back to you. Even if it was traced back to my friend, who shall take on the deed, it will simply look like a former slave getting their well deserved revenge.

And, if it has any sway on your opinion of the matter-- I have heard directly from said former slave that Magister Urathus has been in league with The Venatori for quite some time. If I recall, you have a complicated history with them on top of everything that occurred while working with the Inquisitor. If there happens to be any around while we’re on the contract, I can promise you there won't be by the time we’re done.

Of course, should there be anything I could do for you that would sway your answer in my favor, please know I shall do whatever you require. This is more than just a job, for me and for my friend. I care for my people, I care about our freedoms, and I care about making sure that those who fall in line with the Venatori never rise to great power.

If you choose not to reply to me at all, please know I do wish you well. I have many fond memories from spending time at Skyhold, and your assistance when I tried to reach for books placed on shelves too high for an elf of my stature was always appreciated. As disinterested as you tried to act, you were never unkind-- and any person who The Iron Bull could love so dearly could never be a bad person.

Stay safe, stay well, and above all-- stay kind.

 

Regards,

 

Juno

 

My pen stops short on the parchment-- I had very nearly signed my whole name just for context, but the whole point of having Auntie deliver the letter was so that my full name wasn’t signed. I don’t care if it came back to the Crows one day that I asked someone to place a contract, but I would care if they had proof of my identity.

With a second note attached for Auntie, I send the messenger bird out towards Orlais. She can probably get to Tevinter and back faster than any normal bird I could send out, if she uses her magic, but mostly I just needed her to prove I wasn’t some random crazy person asking a Magister for favors.

My reflection captures my attention in the mirror-- finally, it appears that most of the bruises have faded entirely. The only thing left would be the memories, though I imagine it would probably take far more time to heal from those. Though I suppose I could try to place my faith in Viago for now, I’m not sure I can say for sure he’ll be able to prevent any further harm from Matteo but... If I were to believe anyone was capable enough, it would be him.

The swift knock on the door just before it opens hints to the urgency of the conversation I’m about to have, as does the solemn look on Viago’s face.

“Nothing is ever simple in this maker forsaken house,” Viago crosses his arms with an aggravated sigh, leaning back on the door to shut it behind him, “I’ve just been informed that while Arlo and Javier are leaving for their mission, Matteo is dragging me to negotiate a rather tight-lipped contract with the Prince of Starkhaven to investigate an attempted hit on his life.”

“Woah,” I shake my head, “Someone tried to murder Prince Vael?”

“Apparently so,” Viago’s foot taps a bit impatiently, “And because of the disbanding of the Inquisition, the Prince apparently doesn’t feel like he has a quiet enough organization to investigate with out attracting significant attention, thus he’s turning to the crows-- for enough coin, all secrets are kept.”

“I suppose that means the support he garnished from Kirkwall is still looking for the man who launched the assault on The Chantry,” I truly believe Anders is smart enough to be able to live life on the run, but the thought still makes my heart ache a bit, “From what I remember, the Prince is a devout man. If this is a contract Matteo wants to negotiate well, I highly suggest being patient, letting him finish talking, and not suggesting anything that would make him feel like he’s sinning just for hiring a group of assassins.”

“You’re missing the point of why I bring this up at all,” Viago clicks his tongue, “I don’t give a damn about the contract, I care that the house will be empty apart from you and the demon down the hall.

Ah. Yes. That could prove to be a problem.

“The very much still angry at me demon down the hall,” I add, and Viago’s eyes narrow-- probably not helping by saying that, “Do you think Matteo is aware?”

“He’s damn well aware now ,” He responds in a huff, “I suggested sending him out on his own contract, but clearly Matteo has become wary of other people discovering exactly what’s going on since you revealed what you know.”

Whether that in itself is a good or bad thing has yet to be seen.

Probably shouldn’t have done that. Oh well !

“If he doesn’t find somewhere for Leo to go, I may very well have to send you somewhere else just to be sure you’re safe,” Viago lifts a hand to run it through his hair, “Perhaps to the Cantori estate?”

It’s very clearly troubling him, and weirdly enough, instead of feeling the fear that I should about the prospect of being left alone with someone who wants me dead, I’m instead just comforted by the sincerity of Viago’s concern. It burns deep inside my chest and forces a smile to my face.

“It won’t do you well to fuss about it right now,” I reach out and place a hand on his shoulder, “We’ve got a few days, let’s see if Matteo figures something out. If not, I’ll find somewhere to escape to,” I shrug as I pull away, “Besides, I’m not exactly lacking in contacts now, I’m sure I can find somewhere he won’t be able to single me out.”

“I’m more worried that he won’t bother with singling you out... I’m sure it would take much more than one person to take down a demon. He knows that as well.”

Before he can bring his fist to his chin in thought, I step into his space and wrap my arms tightly around him. He very nearly takes a step back, but freezes entirely at the first sign of contact.

“Thank you for thinking of me,” It’s muffled into his chest, but I’m sure he understands all the same -- It’s not a thank you for just right now. It’s a thank you for the last few days. It’s a thank you for making me feel incredibly less alone, “I know we’ll figure it out, no matter what.”

“Yes, well...” Viago clears his throat, and I pull back to look up at him, his avoidant eye contact and lightly flushed cheeks a welcome respite from his frustrated seriousness he wore only moments earlier, “I wouldn’t leave you entirely helpless.”

“Oh?” I laugh, “Is that what I am without you here? Hopeless?”

“Absolutely,” He answers, no hesitation, “I’m going to have to call in favors to have people check on you just to make sure you aren’t ingesting unidentified mushrooms and fungi.”

“Man, you never let me have any fun,” I drop my hands and pull away, “I retract my hug.”

“Maker forbid I look out for your body,” He retorts.

“Get in line pal, you aren’t the first and certainly won’t be the last--”

“That is NOT what I meant--”

“One little peek in the baths have got you addicted, aye?” I tease, watching in utter delight as Viago’s brows curl down and his cheeks flame even brighter.

“You are impossible,” He turns and quickly grabs for the door handle, “Idiot.”

Oh no, I’m not ending the fun here.

I reach past and press my hand into the door, shutting it just as he opens it a smidge. He turns on his heel, only to be caught by surprise at how close I’ve stepped to him.

“I don’t have to be,” I lean in, placing my other hand on my hip with a smirk, “I could be so incredibly easy, if you’d prefer. If you beg--”

Oops.

It’s almost impressive how quickly he’s behind me, slamming my body into the door instead. He doesn’t box me in very tightly, but the initial impact with the door makes a whine leave my mouth.

“This is exactly why I have to worry about you,” The frustrated exhale out his nose is gravely, annoyed, but not actually angry, “You’re such a brat.”

“Isn’t that what you’re into?” I joke, “I figure Teia has to be acting like a bigger brat since you split up this time around, you can’t even handle lil ol’ me?”

His chest presses closer, pushing mine forward into the door, his tongue clicks quietly as his breath tickles over my ear, “I could handle you all too well ,” His hand reaches up and gently drags his fingers up the outside of my ear, sending a shiver up my spine, “If I wanted to.” He quickly pinches the tip of my ear and yanks down before pulling away altogether, leaving me yelping in pain against the door, “Now get out of the way and stop messing around, go find something productive to do.”

“Jerk,” I mumble, thumbing at the end of my ear and stepping aside to let him open the door.

“I think you liked it,” He smirks as he steps out, promptly closing the door behind him.

Damn him.

Clearly Viago wants me out of the manor for the day, meaning he and Matteo are likely going to step out for business as well. I suppose I had a few places I could stop today, I had intentions of stopping in town and picking up some pastries-- maybe place a future order if I can expect to be hosting company in the coming days.

Hopefully the shops have been allowed to open after the funeral-- maybe not the usual hustle and bustle, but at least some glimpse of humanity in the market.

I still find it more appropriate to wear black out, just in case, so I do appear to be in mourning with the rest of the crows.

Thankfully, as I reach the city center, there are the faint sounds of people active in the market. I would not stick out like a sore thumb whilst walking the streets. Outside seating has still been placed away, but shops have opened-- not openly advertising or inviting as they usually are, but I am able to place pastry orders and grab a coffee without any resistance.

As I leave the pastry shop, bag of sweets in hand, I spot a familiar head of curly hair across the market plaza. As if he could sense my stare, Chance looks up from his own shopping spoils and gives a gentle wave. It had been some time, it was nice to see him.

“Why hello there,” I greet as I approach, “How have you been, Chance?”

“Can’t complain,” He answers, a smirk forming on his lips under his mustache, “Saw you steal the show the other day, pretty bold.”

I laugh, “So I’ve heard-- I thought I made a great nomination.”

“As do I,” Chance crosses his arms, raising a brow, “Though I can’t imagine you went unscathed after that, based on the look your Talon gave you.”

“I’ve no idea what you mean,” I give a coy smile, “Do I look hurt to you?”

He looks me up and down, searching for any sign of bruising on my skin, “I suppose not.”

“Precisely,” I nod to the purchase in his hands, “Those look a bit small for you, don’t you think?”

He lifts up the pair of boots in his hand, clearly in children’s sizing.

“Dareth outgrew his damn shoes again, and I can’t have him working barefoot in the stables.”

“You jest! Dareth is working in the stables? He’s old enough to do that?”

“He’s old enough to complain, he’s old enough to work,” Chance answers, nodding to me to follow him, “Need something to keep ‘em busy during the afternoons while Heir and I are training and their schooling is out, plus the stablemaster is patient, something rarely found in this city.”

“Are they still going through the youth Crow training?” I ask, though I’m fairly certain that’s what he’s referring to when he speaks of ‘school’.

“That they are, fairing quite well in that from what I hear as well. Though Gareth is coming up on the age where things will get more... well, crow-like.”

We reach the stables, and Chance stops outside so as to not disturb any work inside.

“How old are the boys now?” I ask.

“Dareth is 13, and Jacobus only just turned 11,” Chance leans on the wooden fencing, “Still act like they’re little kids from time to time though, just to keep us on our toes.”

I reach into my newly acquired parchment bag and retrieve two caramels, handing one to Chance, “You’re a good man for not just leaving their fates up to... well, to chance,” I laugh, “Young men with great role models can become great men as well, I’ve heard.”

As I unwrap the candy in my hands, I notice a set of eyes staring up at me.

“Speak of the devils,” Chance chuckles, popping his caramel into his mouth, “Brought your new shoes, Dareth, take those ratty ones off.”

“Thank you!” I look over in front of Chance, where a taller boy than the one in front of me stands, which means the smaller one in front of me...

“Hello Jacobus,” I greet him, his brown eyes widening as he stares at me.

“Woah, it’s Juno--” Dareth’s eyes widen in recognition, “Good to see you!”

Who let these two get so tall? Gods, humans grow so quickly.

“You as well, my how you’ve grown,” I remark, and when my eyes sweep back over Jacobus, I realize he’s staring rather intently at the wrapped caramel in my hand. “Ah,” I grin, holding it out to him, watching as his eyes glitter in the light as he takes the candy, “For my favorite fledglings, of course.” I grab another caramel and hand it to Dareth.

“Thank you,” Jacobus speaks, barely above a whisper, entirely different from the bold and brave boy I had rescued long ago.

“Are you finished with work?” Chance asks, and Dareth nods, chucking off his old shoes and slipping into his new boots.

“We’re all wrapped up--”

“Wait!” Jacobus nearly shouts, whipping around to Chance, “I-I have to feed one more, I’ll be right back,” He goes to step away, but stops short before whipping around to face me, “Would you like to see one of the horses!?”

His determined face is cute-- how could I say no to that sparkle?

“Why not?” I answer, and his hand quickly grasps around mine to drag me into the stables, past every filled stall, all the way to the end-- where standing inside is a horse that sticks out like a sore thumb in the crowd of dark quarterhorses.

“I... don’t really have to feed him, but, I like to give him some extra treats before I go,” Jacobus admits, pulling some form of baked pellet treats from a shelf to give to the horse, “Nobody else can really get close enough to give him snacks, but I don’t think that means he shouldn’t have them.” Jacobus reaches out with a pellet in hand, to which the horse steps up slowly, hesitantly, and takes from his hand gently.

“Is he not broken in?” I ask, to which Jacobus shakes his head.

“And he bites,” He chuckles, “Well, bites everyone else, anyways. Not me.” I found myself grinning at his proud face.

Truly, it was a beautiful horse. Some form of Palomino coat, with light colored hair nearly the color of hay, and light colored eyes that were uncharacteristic for horses in this region.

“Does he have a name?” I ask, crossing my arms as I lean against the stall to watch him feed the horse a few more treats. Jacobus’ face flushes, and he mutters a reply barely above a whisper, “What was that?” I ask.

“I said I named him... Elote.”

Elote?

I feel my shoulder shake and Jacobus instantly sours, turning to me with an even brighter blush across his face.

“Don’t make fun of me!” He snaps, and I hold up my hands in defense, “He’s the same color!”

“I’m not teasing you, I swear!” I can’t help but laugh at the sudden snap of emotion, “I think it’s a cute name, very fitting-- Besides,” I tug lightly on my braided hair, “I’m not really in a position to be making fun of things the color of corn, am I?”

Jacobus seems to calm a bit, though a pout still remains on his lips as he side-eyes me, “Exactly, he looks like you. That’s why I wanted to show you. Maybe he’ll like you, too.”

“Hmm,” I respond, turning my attention back to the horse, “What do you think, big guy? Are we pals?”

Couldn’t exactly expect an answer from a horse.

I unwrap a caramel candy and place it flat in my hand, holding it up over the window in the stall door, which after a moment of hesitation and sniffing, is scooped up into the horse’s mouth.

“I’ll take that as a ‘maybe’,” I joke.

“No no, even Dareth can’t do that without getting bit,” Jacobus grins at me, “He definitely likes you. I knew he would.”

“I’ll have to come visit again, then, won’t I?” I pat Jacobus on the head and nod to the door, “Ready to go now?”

I see Chance and the boys off to the edge of the market before bidding farewell, sensing eyes on me before I see them. Where-- behind? No. Beside?--

“You forgot an angle.”

Ah, how silly of me. He is where he always is. Above me-- like some sort of angel.

“To what do I owe such pleasure?” I ask, grinning up at the balcony above, where Lucanis leans on the iron railing.

“I found myself with free time, and an urge for something sweet,” He answers.

“You’re in luck,” I answer, holding up the parchment of caramels, “I may be able to satisfy that craving.”

“How fortuitous,” Lucanis chuckles, leaping over the railing and landing beside me, “Not exactly what I had in mind, however.” His dark eyes flit over my lips before dragging slowly up my face to my eyes, “I am pleased to see you remain in one piece.”

I snort, “As am I?” I shake my head, “Apparently everyone feared I was to die at Matteo’s hands after the other day, I fear none of you give me enough credit for getting myself out of troublesome situations.”

“Do you find yourself in troublesome situations often?” He teases, “Perhaps that’s something you ought to stop doing.”

“Oddly enough, I find myself in one now-- I’d argue these situations find me, often on balconies and rooftops, actually.”

I give it right back to him, but his pupils blow out as he smirks, and he eats up every bit of the flirtatious banter.

“Then perhaps it’s best we relocate, I’d hate for you to be bored with a repeat scandal.”

“I agree, let us find a new rooftop to stir up trouble on.”

 

I couldn’t tell you what building exactly we were on top of, in fact, I’m not even sure I could remember my own name at the moment. There’s something about being with Lucanis that always seems to blur out the rest of the world around me-- his scent consumes my senses, his voice dances into my ears and blocks out the rest of the world-- he’s just all consuming. His lips on my neck as his hips grind into me, pressing me into the eaves of a building. If this was how a few days apart left him, perhaps I should consider leaving more often.

“You have no idea how much of my mind you take residency in,” He whispers against my ear, and the sensation feels entirely different from how Viago’s whispers felt this morning-- This felt hot, burning, improper-- just how I liked it, “Not being able to contact you for days, not knowing where you are-- it eats away at my mind.”

“You could just say you missed me,” I laugh, and he presses his hips tighter against me.

“That would be an understatement, mi amor,” His lips find mine again, a relieved sigh leaving him as he nips at me, “I was afraid I would have to set out before you returned.”

“Oh?” I pull away, “Are you to set out soon?”

“Unfortunately,” Lucanis groans, “Caterina is so suddenly eager to have Illario and I inducted, something about how it’s in true tradition to become a crow first and choose a successor from a fully fledged crow-- She thinks it was offensive to tradition for Francesco Cantori and Matteo to have skipped over that particular tradition,” He lifts a hand and rubs it over my bottom lip, “Though I suspect had it just been Francesco, she’d not be so offended.”

“So you’re to set out on an induction mission then? That’s... kind of a big deal,” I respond, and Lucanis pulls away to lean back against the eave with me, “Is it just you, or...?”

I didn’t want to directly bring up Illario, but I had my hopes that Caterina wouldn’t leave him out of this entirely.

“It took convincing on my part, but she’s settled on having us take on a two part contract for us to take together.”

“Together? Is that even allowed?” I ask, to which Lucanis shrugs.

“Two targets, I assume so, not that anyone would argue with her about it.”

“Fair point,” I reply, “Do you feel, I don’t know... ready for that?”

“I’m not sure it would matter whether or not I felt prepared, but if you mean do I feel like I can kill someone,” He takes a sharp breath, “She’s raised me for this my entire life, I’m not sure I could think that much more deeply about it, even if I wanted to.”

Right. He was born into this.

A completely different world from me.

“She may not have been very maternal, but Caterina did raise both Illario and I with the instincts and abilities to survive. This is no different. It’s about survival.”

It’s a harsh reality, one that makes my heart ache for him.

“Would she really not let you just... not join?”

“Certainly not,” Lucanis shakes his head, “If she weren’t to have us killed outright, I suspect she’d at minimum abandon us entirely, banish us from Treviso. We’d be no better than traitors.”

I reach over to him, squeezing his bicep, “Lucanis, I don’t think I like your grandmother,” I respond, “Is that okay?”

He laughs, either at the admission or in spite of himself, “I’m positive you aren’t alone in that feeling. However,” He soft, light handed as he flips me around, pressing into my back to push me against the eaves once more, “It might make it a bit difficult for you to marry me, down the road, you know?”

“I’ll take my chances,” I huff, and I feel his shadow of a beard brush against the skin of my shoulder. He’s so delicate, treating me so gently, that I don’t entirely notice until it’s too late that he’s peeling down the top of my shoulderless blouse.

“Juno,” His breath catches in his throat, and it drags me back into reality. The worst of the wounds-- it was on my back. What did it look like now? Was it healed? Did it... still look like the outline of teeth? “This bruise.”

“It’s nothing,” I answer, “Just a bruise.”

“What on earth happened?” Lucanis drags his finger over the skin, which is still a bit tender to pressure, “Was this because of the vote?”

What do I do?

“Did he hit you?” His voice sounds angry, “Did something break? It’s such a dark color.”

“Nothing broke,” I answer, “I just haven’t tried healing it-- hard to reach.” I go to tug up my blouse, but Lucanis holds my arm down, leaning down to my shoulder and placing a gentle kiss on the damaged skin.

“Still, the force behind this... entirely unnecessary,” He sighs, “I don’t know if it was Leo or Matteo, but regardless, if it’s ever too much, you can tell Caterina. We train assassins, but punishment for fledglings is meant to be extra duties, free work-- never violence this severe.”

“I can handle it,” I respond, “Besides, I’d rather he continue to underestimate me. It makes his shock that much more delicious.”

“Promise you will speak up if it's more than you can bare?”

He asks it of me, a promise. How terrible. Why a promise? Promises feel worse than lies.

“Of course,” I answer. Is an agreement still a promise, or is it not a promise unless I whisper that exact word?

“Good,” Lucanis presses his face into my neck, “I’d hate to see you suffer.”

Somehow, that hurts far greater than the bruise.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 79: Little Bird and the Roamer of The Beyond

Notes:

Okay, admittedly, this chapter took me a long time to write... and I think, when you read it, you'll understand why. There's... hm, there's a lot, to say the least.
I want you to know that what we're about to dive into has been one of my earliest plot points created, and a lot weighs around these next few chapters.
Everything--- EVERYTHING is happening for a reason and with good reason

That being said, AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH, It's okay to scream. And definitely ready for the tomatoes that are going to get thrown my way.

Chapter Text


Dear former sexually transmitted dependent,

 

I have yet to decide if you’re brilliantly devious or just simply insane. Regardless, your credentials are legitimate and your words are rather convincing.

 

Though I suppose what is most convincing is the sheer coincidence that I happen to hate the bastard you’re trying to kill.

 

I’ll go along with your plan, and I’ll hold onto that favor for a rainy day-- you never know when you’re going to need the assistance of an Antivan Crow, but I wager if the grand Hero of Ferelden made one useful, I should be able to as well.

 

I’ll be there in two days’ time. Look for the handsome, perfectly groomed moustache-- it’s hard to miss.

 

I’ll be waiting.

 

Dorian Pavus

 

Yeah, sounds like he hasn’t changed a bit. That’s not a bad thing-- quite the opposite, in fact. I could use a bit more of the bold sass in my life.

Especially with Javier packing up to leave today on that mission.

I found myself in the downstairs hall, watching Arlo and Javier haul out and load a few small bags into the carriage out front that they’d be taking to the outskirts of Treviso. They wouldn’t be far, but certainly too far to walk, and having horses to get away on if the raid went south was never a bad idea. They’d set up camp not far from the Antaam base (apparently in a cave system just outside the city borders), patrol for a couple days, then raid and clear out the base before the Antaam could prepare another attack on Treviso. Their foothold in the city was becoming far too big to be comfortable, it's no surprise that missions like these were becoming more prevalent-- and what’s more, it had houses working together. The priority was on ensuring that the Crows still ruled Antiva, something the Antaam’s presence was certainly threatening. In theory, it was an easy mission-- but in reality? Those Qunari were pretty big, and pretty buff. The legends that they descended from dragons didn’t seem so far-fetched when you looked at these particular Qunari, hulking statues of muscle.

Javier seems so much smaller in comparison. It set my nerves alight.

But physical traits aside, Javier was smart, and he was agile-- and he had Arlo. The inseparable brothers, just like Falon’Din and Dirthamen. Even if he got caught in a tricky situation, I had faith Arlo would get him out of it. Just seeing the two of them share a knowing, confident smile between themselves was enough to calm my heart once more.

That ease, however, came to an abrupt halt the very moment I watched Leonardo stalk down the hall and toss a packed bag onto the carriage alongside the boys’.

“What is that?” Javier asks, pointing a finger at the bag Leo had hurled onto the carriage.

“My bag,” Leo clicks his tongue once before stepping into the open door of the carriage, “My mission now, too-- Dad’s orders.”

“What?” Arlo shakes his head, almost in disbelief, “Since when?”

“Since now,” Matteo’s voice comes down the same hall Leo had just appeared from, “Leo’s not needed for this discussion with Prince Vael, I believe his talents would be better suited elsewhere.”

Bullshit.

He just doesn’t want the chantry ass-kissers seeing the man possessed by a demon.

My eyes snap behind Matteo, where Viago follows behind in his shadow. He meets my gaze, and I hope to every god out there that he can see how pissed off I am-- He did this. He convinced Matteo to get Leo out of the house, and at what fucking cost?

“Whatever,” Javier rolls his eyes and turns his attention to me, catching onto the look I was giving Viago. It takes only his hand on the top of my head to soften my eyes and pull the intense look off my face, “Hey, it’s all good. I might get paid a little less thanks to the addition, but it’s nothing I can’t handle.”

That’s what he says, but I can see the hint of nervousness in his eyes. A mission is the last place you want a demon to be haunting your dreams-- last place you want to be too tired and caught off guard.

“Don’t go,” I whisper, but it’s not what I want to say. I want to say save yourself, this won't help you now, there’s no point -- but I don’t, I just say “I’ll miss you.”

I’ve seen the pained expression he gives me before; when adults have to explain something difficult to a child, something they’re not quite sure a child would understand. But I’m not a kid-- and when have I never understood? But that look. So conflicted. So concerned.

So unlike him.

“Why don’t you take the time that I’m gone to put that constellation map to good use? I heard the skies will be clear the next few nights. Look up, and know that I’ll be looking up, too.”

“You’re such a sap,” I chuckle, holding out my arms to give him a hug, and despite most of the family still watching, he hugs me anyways. It’s comforting, it’s tight, the kind of hug I just really need when things feel like they’re all way too much to handle. A hug to tell me everything is okay. “Be safe.”

“Who do you think you’re talking to?” Javier scoffs as he pulls away, “Besides, I don’t hear you giving Arlo the same warnings.”

“I’m fairly confident Arlo intentionally chooses not to be safe in every situation,” I respond, looking over at the older De Riva, “It would simply fall on deaf ears.”

Arlo, who had been twirling an unsheathed knife in between his fingers, pauses at the sound of his name, “What?”

“Case and point.”

“Noted, I’ll be safe enough for the both of us,” Javier takes a deep breath before giving me the brightest smile he can manage, “You take care, too. Don’t be afraid to go talk to Viela if you get lonely, okay? I know this estate is dreadfully boring without me in it.”

“Alright alright, anymore chatter and I won’t be able to miss you at all,” I shake my head and give him a little shove towards the door, “Go bring home the bread, I’ll be waiting.”

Javier gently flicks the brooch on my collar, the first gift he ever bought me, with a fond smile before heading off to join his brother. Arlo gives me a nod across the room before leading Javier into the carriage out front. It’s a long silence while I watch the carriage leave the estate, but when it’s finally out of sight, I step back inside with Matteo and Viago.

“Another carriage should arrive in the next half hour,” Matteo slides his gloves further onto his fingers, “We shouldn’t be gone for long, just a simple contract negotiation in Starkhaven, three days at most. Staff will still be here should you need assistance, I expect that you’ll stay put while we are away-- Do not do anything that could damage the De Riva name, yes?”

“Yes,” I answer, trying my hardest to hide the challenge in my voice. Matteo’s eyes narrowed on me briefly, before he turned and took off down the hall towards his office once more, his cape floating behind him.

Once he had fully disappeared into another room, I was quick to throw a hard punch into Viago’s arm, to which he hardly reacted with more than an ‘ oof ’.

“What the fuck , Viago?” His blue eyes roll as he prepares for the scolding, “I would’ve been fine, you went and put Arlo and Javier on an out of town mission with that asshole?! They were supposed to be going out to get AWAY from the demon!”

“Leo can’t make a move against those two in a sea of other crows, there’s simply too many potential witnesses. Here, however? Alone with you ?” Viago’s sharp eyes locked onto mine, “You’d be dead and gone and we’d be lucky to find any trace that anything ever happened. I couldn’t risk it.”

“I could’ve gone somewhere else--”

“He would have found you,” Viago shakes his head, “I just don’t trust him, Juno. Even if I sent you to Teia, I doubt he’d have any qualms about taking out another future talon. This was the best solution I could get, Matteo will not take Leo to Starkhaven.”

“Maybe it should’ve been a sign not to make deals with chantry loving freaks,” I mutter, and Viago quickly lifts a hand to flick my forehead. “Ow, fenedhis !”

“Just sit tight for a few days and don’t do anything stupid, okay?”

“It’s like you don’t even know me at all.”



The first night was quiet. Eerily so. I mostly spent the evening in the bathhouse, probably would’ve been bored out of my mind if I didn’t have Purpose by my side.

“The more I look into it, the more it feels like it could be the solution,” I take a drag of my pipe while staring at the intricate ceiling in the bath house, “Mana potions aren’t potent enough or instantaneous enough to be the well of power that I need to pull Leo’s demon from him-- but raw lyrium? The regenerative properties that have been studied show real results, it has potential!”

“You said that the test subjects in those experiments all passed away,” Purpose tilts their tiny bird head, and though they have no particular expression, it still feels judgmental.

“Well, yes, but that’s likely because the mages running those experiments were testing on slaves and didn’t much care for keeping them alive,” I place my pipe, nearly empty at this point, down on the edge of the bath, “But the tests were done on adult elven mages, which gives me a general idea of body mass, and they did mark down how much raw lyrium the mages were exposed to-- a bit of math, and I should be able to determine what amounts were lethal. Besides which,” I dunk my hair back into the water, “I have someone I can observe to study how much Lyrium they take-- they’ve had prolonged exposure, and they’re still generally healthy.”

“Are they similar in stature?”

“Well... no,” I ring my hair out before grabbing some soaps and oils, “Technically speaking, they’re also a human and... not a mage, but the major consequence for mages is mostly just that they can get temporary insanity from the lyrium, so really, I just need to focus on what dosage does or doesn’t kill someone.”

“I believe this is what your poets refer to as ‘famous last words’.”

“Hey!” I swat at the bird, “Keep that negativity outta here, I’ve got this!” I finish with washing my hair and pull myself from the bath, “I wouldn’t take anything without supervision anyways, someone to watch out for me if shit gets rough. You also always start with small doses of anything, as a general rule of thumb, so no dying. Besides, I already had Illario ask around to find some, I can’t very well ask him to return it.”

“I’m sure you’ll find something suitable to help you on your journey,” Is all Purpose responds before flying out of the bathhouse for the evening. I’m a bit worried I may have upset them, but I do wonder if spirits really feel complex emotions such as worry or frustration.

I dress myself, and as I walk down the hall I can’t help but notice that the door to Matteo’s study was propped open. He had been gone for hours, there wasn’t any risk of him returning, so there is no harm in snooping-- As if I needed to justify it, anyways.

Disappointingly, the drawers to his desk were all locked. Had I the want or attention span, I suppose I could have picked the locks, but I didn’t want to risk potentially breaking them. I was a mage afterall, not a rogue-- lockpicking wasn’t really my forte.

So I choose to focus my attention on the many bookshelves in the room, filled with gilded spines of fancy books, likely just made to look extra pretty for the extra rich. An entire shelf was completely composed of ledgers, accounting books-- likely the ones Viago now regularly goes over with Matteo. Searching there would be a waste of my time, Viago would already have what’s important.

Really, that left every other book. History books, books specifically on the Antivan Crows, books on royalty, religious tomes-- Every spine my eyes read over seemed more and more mundane-- Matteo was truly a dreadfully boring person, I could see why women weren’t chomping at the bit to marry him. He was underwhelming in many, many aspects of his life.

That’s why, when there was a spine with no writing on it at all, one that was worn at the folds and looked old as time itself, it stopped me in my tracks. Simple brown canvas stretched over a small frame, innocuous in every aspect of the world-- boring if you didn’t know better... purposefully non-threatening, if you did.

My thumb hooks into the pages, pulling open a random one to skim over the contents. Oddly enough, the contents were on healing spells, at least this particular page was-- but there was unfamiliar language all throughout it, spells I had never even heard of. It wasn’t until I started to see things measured in ‘liters required’, and flipped through various pages that read the same, that I realized just what I was reading.

This was a book on blood magic.

I found myself flipping the book over entirely to quickly get back to the front cover, but paused as a handwritten note inside the cover caught my attention.

‘Looking forward to a beneficial partnership.

-Z ‘

 

It didn’t take much thought at all to decode that one-- a gift directly from Zara Renata. It’s no accounting ledger, but in a mountain of evidence it may be something needed to just tip the scales. Why gift Matteo this book at all?

That was answered with a simple look in the index -- Phylacteries.

How to control Leo-- Or Envy? Perhaps both, since one inhabits the other’s physical form. Would there be anything here about separating them?

I took the book back to my room, choosing to read in the comfort of my own bed. Each page was both disturbing and enlightening. According to this particular book, the reason blood magic wielders were more susceptible to demonic possession had less to do with greed and inherently sinful personalities, and more to do with blood being a direct connection to a body. It made sense, in a way-- Anyone can be a power hungry freak and not have a demon in them, look at Matteo. However, should he become incapacitated, should his blood spill, it leaves an opening-- a direct pathway.

That’s why most blood magic users don’t use their own blood.

That particular line made me nauseous.

The years of slavery, of needless killing-- the things we interrupted on the dock the day I first met Dareth and Jacobus-- I know now that those were Zara Renata’s slavers that day. Were all those people going to be just... ingredients for a spell?

My head throbs.

There were kids . I hate myself for thinking it at all but... that’s not as many liters of blood as say, an adult human. So what was the point of taking kids? Was it just whoever was available? Did she need that much blood? What kind of magic was this woman doing?

Seemingly innocent spells twisted into darker territory the more I read, healing spells from curing illnesses to repairing limbs-- to things far darker. ‘Restoration spells’ they were called, but in essence, it was more like stealing vitality. Stealing energy. The amounts of blood needed for those?

Astronomical.

It’s a double edged sword. The magic itself was powerful, but to do so ethically, would come at great costs to yourself. You wouldn’t need to rely on mana or a connection to the fade, but you’d need the proper amount of blood to work the spells and, more often than not, it was more than just anyone had lying around in their own bodies. Getting enough out to cast even the simplest of spells was at least enough to make someone pass out.

It explains entirely how blood magic gained the reputation it did-- it was damn near perverse the sheer amount of blood needed for each spell-- and the thought that someone had to have been the first to test those amounts, to decide a specific number.

To decide which spells should cost a life.

It was despicable. How many people died just for the content of this one book? How many of my people died for it? How many children died for it?

From the book’s contents, I could determine that, should the blood magic user have a phylactery filled with the subject’s blood, they could exert control over a being. Below that, notes were penned in.

Mixed subjects require blood both pre and post joining. Multiple phylacteries possible, though less powerful when in smaller amounts.

What did that mean for Leo? Were there multiple phylacteries? Is that why Matteo was losing his control over Leo? Or was it that the demon was simply becoming too strong to be controlled by Leo’s body and blood alone?

Further reading proved to be fruitless, there was nothing, not even in the chill inducing handwritten notes, that made any mention of separating demons from a host body. Countering blood magic with blood magic, sure, but that appeared to be mostly in combat. Nothing on using blood magic to undo what was, presumably, blood magic. I should’ve known better than to doubt Merrill.

Almost as if, like the people used to fuel the spells, those that were joined were done so merely sacrificially, with no intentions of ever fixing them.

There was no blood magic that could pull a demon out of someone.

With a frustration, and a splitting headache, I tucked the book under my mattress and went to sleep, no further than I had been before I picked up the cursed object.

Dreaming for me, as it was for most, was usually uneventful. There was a general understanding by most species in Thedas that one entered the Fade when they slept, and that your consciousness roamed the fade unhindered by your physical separation with the veil. A dream was simply the fade shaping to your will, whether you realized it or not. A place where spirits roamed free and where, truly, anything was possible.

The fade tonight, undisturbed by Envy, was simply a cliff for me, looking out over an expanse of a quiet canyon. If you looked too hard, you’d notice trees not rooted in anything, waterfalls flowing into thin air-- but I never looked that hard. Not while sleeping.

I was as frustrated in my dreams as I was awake.

“You are bitter,” A voice rings in my ear first, then a spirit steps into my vision, “You long for wisdom, truth-- justice.”

“Answers,” I reply, crossing my legs as I sit towards the edge of the precipice, “I’m longing for answers. Solutions. Maybe even divine intervention, at this point.”

“What answers do you seek?” The spirit asks.

“How to separate a spirit from a human, humanely,” I sigh, “Regardless of how the bond itself was formed, there must be a way to separate the two. If I can do it for Leo, I could do it for...”

But I don’t speak his name. Not here.

“Well, others. I could help them, help the spirits corrupted by mortal emotions.” I look up at ‘sky’, though I’m not sure I could call it that here, given that there was seemingly no ground, only the vastless beyond.

“Impossible,” A voice says, but no matter how quick I turn around or sweep the field of vision, the source of the voice remains unclear.

“It’s not-- I know it’s not!”

“For you,” It replied, “Impossible for you. Tiny, weak, lacking. Your connection to the fade is barely tangible, you do not hold the powers required to pull a being of the fade from a mortal anchor. Your connection to the fade would need to be stronger than theirs-- thus, impossible.”

“That’s not fair to the spirit,” I shake my head, “They were spirits first!”

“They crossed the veil on their own accord.” My fists clench at this response.

“How could they have known the corruption was to occur?”

“Because it always. Does.” The last words seemed akin to shouting in my ears, but there appeared to be no temper behind the words. More like stressing a point than actually meaning to scream. “The warnings have been there since the dawn of creation, the ignorance of ignoring them is the consequence of free will.”

“You think I should just give up on both parties just because they made a dumb mistake?” I scoff at the empty air and turn back to the canyon, “What are you, the spirit of cowardice?”

The silence in response made another bitter laugh fall from my lips.

“Guess I’ll have to be brave enough for the both of us then, coward.” I practically whisper it, but the sudden gust of hot air on my neck lets a startled gasp out that was repeated by the air of the canyon below. It wasn’t a breeze-- more like...

Well, and I say this as someone who had been around them recently, the exhale of a large dog.

The real question, was this wolf the creation of the fade around me, or the Roamer of the Beyond, himself?

I was never much of a believer in any faith, but the readings I had done certainly led me to lean into the older faiths-- and the Elven Pantheon seemed the oldest around, bastardized and gentrified by every other faith, stories meant to teach turned into weapons.

And then of course, there was the connection I felt to the Dread Wolf’s tale in general. Stuck in a seemingly pointless war, lying to create a solution to end it once and for all... becoming the ultimate traitor because of it. Only interacting with the Elven people to impart cryptic wisdom or seemingly dark advice-- the Elven people too afraid of disrespecting his status as a god, erecting shrines even in his name...

And I just directly insulted him.

“Forgive me,” I whisper, not daring to turn around, “I assumed not being able to see anyone meant no one with a corporeal form was talking to me.”

“You speak of wanting to help spirits, and yet you’re willing to openly mock them?”

“It’s hardly mocking,” I argue, only to feel another gust of air, “It’s more like teasing! From a place of companionship, friendliness!” There’s a low grumble, and I squeeze my eyes shut, “Do you not know that feeling? A friend comfortable enough with you to be able to joke? To be vulnerable?”

The long, unbearable silence was excruciating.

“I had a friend, someone I cared for deeply, in fact, who let a spirit inhabit his body,” I clench my fists, “He was kind, compassionate-- a healer,” I pull my bottom lip under my teeth while I wait to see if there’s any response at all. Silence. “Even when the spirit was corrupted, even when their goals shifted, I don’t believe it was either the spirit or his fault that he turned out the way he did. I think the intense emotions of the spirit mixed with those deep innermost thoughts, the ones you never speak out loud-- I think together, those are what shaped who he turned out to be. If they could have been separated--”

“You will martyr yourself trying to play with magic you can’t even comprehend, and you will harm those involved should you fail,” I flinch at the sensation of his breath once more, though he sounds calmer than he did previously, “Perhaps it escapes your notice, but spirits can be corrupted without any mortal vessel at all, simply being around complex emotional beings can shape them into corrupted beings. Love can become lust without mortal intervention, justice to wrath-- wisdom to pride. Pulling a spirit from a vessel will not cure its affliction.”

“What will?” I ask, though it feels like arrogance on my part to continue to ask about magic beyond my comprehension. “Can nothing truly be done?”

He’s silent again, either surprised, annoyed, or frustrated with me-- something I’m sure most who chose to stick around me could relate to nonetheless.

“Returning to the fade... may help. It may not,” The sound of footsteps retreating behind me makes my heart leap, “How to get them back to it is the question you should be asking.”

“Then, how do I get them back?”

“The same way any of your people return to the fade,” He answers, his physical form distant but his voice still somehow ringing in my ears, “Let them die.”

And then the fade washed away altogether.

 

What had felt like mere minutes of a dream was the entirety of night in the waking world, and this dream that, had it been a simply natural one, would normally slip from my conscience-- instead lingered. Echoed. Brewed.

It was all I thought about while I brushed my hair, while I got dressed for the day, while I sipped on morning coffee-- if a being as old as time, one revered as a god, tells you that death is the only way to bring everything to a compassionate end... do you accept that answer?

Do you accept it from the entity whose entire parable revolves around lies?

Did The Dread Wolf even benefit from lying to me about this? Do I give the greatest liar in history the courtesy of believing him?

Moreso, was that truly The Dreadwolf, or was that my brain searching for answers in an empty void? Did I suddenly believe in an entire religion from just one dream? Did I give myself an easy answer so that I’d stop pushing so hard? Stop subjecting myself to gut wrenching books on blood magic or fade magic that I was unpracticed in and failed to regenerate the proper mana for?

There was no sense dwelling on it when there was an important day at hand, I was to meet Magister Dorian Pavus, assumingly, at the gate of Treviso. Luckily, directly next to those gates happened to be a humble stable, with two very precious stablehands working.

“You came back!” The sparkle in Jacobus’ eyes brought a smile to my lips despite the sleep still not having left my own eyes, “Did you come to see Elote?”

“I came to see you, silly,” I respond, but Jacobus seems displeased with this answer, “Okay, I wanted to see Elote too, but he’s just a perk of coming to see my favorite stable hands.”

“We’re the only stable hands,” Dareth reminds me boredly, grabbing a rake to clean a stall.

“Isn’t it great to have no competition?” I joke, tossing them both another wrapped caramel I kept in the pouch on my left hip, “Quit backtalking and let me pet a horse.”

Jacobus is already running across the stall to the very back, where the untamed stallion resides. The horse appears to acknowledge the new presence with a glance up, but returns back to chewing the hay available as if I wasn’t worth his time to fixate on.

Bitch. I have candy.

The sound of it unwrapping pulls the horse’s attention back up, and its sniffing comes in long huffs-- sending a shiver up my spine as I remembered the sound of the one in my dreams.

“Only one candy, too much sugar will fatten him up to the point where they’ll never tame him,” Dareth shakes his head, “And with him being one of the very few available horses right now, we really need him ready to ride sooner rather than later.”

“Where are all the others?” I ask, only now noticing the emptiness of the stalls around me.

“Out on a mission at the border,” Jacobus answers casually, “Thoroughbreds are built for speed, they’re great horses for the crows. Guess that’s why nobody’s rushing into taming Elote,” Jacobus sighs at this, “But I think they’d be surprised if they just tried-- His coat is palomino, but he’s a mustang! He was wild into adulthood, he had to be quick to survive!”

“I’m surprised at how much you know about horses, Jacobus,” I purse my lips, giving a small nod of approval, “You must really like them.”

“W-well,” The younger boy quickly crosses his arms, his cheeks flushing, “They’re cool, and they’re fast-- plus I work with them so... it helps to understand them.”

I pat his head gently before holding out my opposite hand to Elote, a caramel offering for the supposed untrainable beast of a horse. His lips flap as they search for a good hold on the caramel, not using his teeth to pick it up until he can tell exactly where it is. I’m no expert like Jacobus, but I’d say that any horse trying that hard not to bite can’t be all bad.

I test my luck-- and it pays off. I’m able to press a hand to his snout, patting down the coarse fur of the horse’s face. His eyes are on me, but he’s too preoccupied with the candy to take a bite at me-- guess the sticky caramel was a good pick on my part.

“I told you he likes you!” Jacobus practically radiates with joy beside me.

“He’s not so bad, either,” I pull my hand before I regret those words, stepping back from the stall, “Alright boys, I’m heading out, just wanted to make sure I said ‘hello’ while I was around.”

“Thanks for coming by,” Jacobus barely says it, suddenly shy all over again-- but elf ears hear even the quietest of whispers.

“Take care, you two!” I step out of the stable and search around the gate-- if Dorian had made it to town, he wasn’t in this crowd. Not a handsome moustache in sight. Stepping out of the gates, however, proved fruitful-- a handsome stranger who wasn’t really a stranger, atop a steed that was clearly perfectly bred and cost a fortune, and most importantly-- a well groomed moustache.

“Long time no see, handsome moustache,” I joke, looking up at undoubtedly, unmistakably-- Magister Dorian Pavus.

“The Pint Sized Dictator,” Dorian chuckles as he dismounts his steed.

“In the flesh!” I grin as I take him in-- His hair was maybe slightly longer, his eyes maybe a bit more tired, but still a picture of youth otherwise, “Thank you for coming all the way here.”

“I’m sure it will turn out to be well worth my while,” Dorian looks me over, “Unbelievable, when did you become less pint-sized? Who allowed this?”

“For someone who was hell bent on not being in the same room as me when I was a kid, pretty bold of you to get upset I grew up.”

“Ugh,” He dismisses the thought with a click of his tongue, “It’s not being upset that you grew up, it's the implication that I must have as well.”

“Oh, no, that simply isn’t true,” I shake my head and lead him towards town, “I heard Vints age like fine wine.”

“Some don’t age at all, if they have no moral backbone,” Dorian chuckles at his own joke, as cryptic as it may be, “Tell me, can I trust the city stables to watch my horse for a few hours?”

“Oh, absolutely,” I scoff, gesturing to the stable I had just left, “Run by some of the finest people I know!” I knock on the edge of the stable and the two boys poke their heads out, running out eagerly when they see I have a horse in tow.

“These are children,” Dorian responds, a bit of disdain in his voice.

“I prefer to call them ‘Cooterlings’,” This earns a laugh from the Magister.

“What’s a cooterling?” Jacobus asks, and I turn him around and push him gently back towards the stables.

“Nothing, and don’t repeat that. Heir will have my head.”

We give the boys some coin for the boarding, and I head towards the Diamond-- The location I agreed to meet Thea at for her to bring us to the Fourth Talon, Emil Kortez.

“This has to go well,” She whispers as we finally approach, “I don’t have the same connections you do, and if it turns out I wasted the Fourth Talon’s time--”

I hold the bag of coins Arlo had given me into the air, filled to the brim with what remained of my own coin, and shake it for emphasis.

“I don’t think he’ll say no.”

“Still-- I’m not much to this organization,” Thea frets.

“That just means he’ll be even more convinced to send you on this mission,” I respond, placing a hand on her shoulder, “Besides, he’s getting a contract from a Magister, if you weren’t seen as valuable before, you certainly will now.”

Thea lets out a steadying breath, and I pat her back gently before gesturing to Dorian.

“Thea, I’d like for you to meet Magister Dorian Pavus-- I know you might not be too fond of magisters at the moment, but this one-- maybe just this one-- he’s a good one,” I beam up at the man, “He helped seal the breech, you know. A member of the Inquisition.”

Thea regards him warily at first, but seems to lower her guard the more she looks at him, almost as if she could sense just by looking at him that he meant no harm.

“If he’s your people, then he’s good people--” Thea turns on her heel and leads us towards the Kortez estate, “You’ve more than proved that to me by now.”

I can’t wipe the fond smile off my lips even as we step into unknown territory. Emil Kortez could hate me, in retrospect. He did second Leo’s nomination, but I still have the faintest inkling that he had been paid off by Matteo.

The staff was expecting our arrival, Thea had arranged an appointment for contract negotiation the day prior, explaining that a very wealthy client was looking to hire. While he seemed quite pleased to be introduced to a Magister, inviting us all to sit in the parlor, he still seemed wary of the interaction altogether.

“Forgive my asking, but why is it exactly that a member of the Fifth Talon’s household is escorting a magister to negotiate a contract with my house? Do you not see how suspicious this might look?”

“If I may,” I interrupt, placing a teacup down on the table beside me, “The Fifth talon is away on business with the successor.”

“And your guild master?” Emil raises an unimpressed eyebrow.

“On the mission at the city’s edge, as I’m sure you know, the Fourth house has many men out on that mission.” I cross my legs at the ankle, doing my best to seem the picture of polite, “I assumed that rather than the magister waste a trip, I take him to the house closest with my own, with the most reputable Crows available.”

Was it frivolous flattery? Maybe.

Would it work on a man like Emil Kortez? Absolutely.

“I see,” Emil looked to Thea, “It appears your time in training with the Fifth house has done us favors, well done, Althea.”

“This contract,” Thea speaks up, her voice determined, “When I heard about it, I knew it was meant to be mine, Sir.”

“Yours?” His eyebrows shot up-- Thea had never been one to care too much about the politeness or standards-- straight to the point, as it should be.

“You will too, when you hear who is to die.” She remarks, and I watch her fight down the glow of the marks on her neck. Emil cautiously turns to Dorian, who is lounging in a manner far more casual than anyone else in the room, though somehow perfectly suited to his character.

“Just who exactly is the hit to be carried out on?” The Fourth Talon asks, and Dorian grins, far too pretty for someone who was ‘paying’ for a murder.

“Magister Venezio Urathus,” Dorian lets the name linger in the air for a beat, “Heard of him?”

Emil seems to chuckle to himself, like he was descending into madness, before running his tongue over his teeth, “Yes, quite familiar with him, actually,” He looks over at Thea, “When he couldn’t be bothered to pay his debts, my house had to take some of his property as collateral--” He shakes his head, “Some, apparently, more precious to him than others. He made sure the things that made them the most valuable would be missing, let’s just say. I have warriors with severed dominant hands, cooks who lack a sense of taste, and performing girls with no ability to perform,” He sips his own coffee, “I’ve been looking for a reason to put that bastard in his place, but I don’t spill blood without pay.”

“Speaking of,” Dorian pulls the coin pouch I had been holding until merely a few minutes ago, dumping the contents onto the table, “Will this suffice?”

Kortez’s greedy eyes swept over the pile of gold, a pleased smirk rising to his face.

“This shall be enough, yes,” He thinks for a moment before his eyes sweep over to Thea, “And you think you’ve got what it takes to take down the same Magister who once held you captive?”

Thea, not visibly irritated by his taunting, responds with “I didn’t have the years of training under The Antivan Crows back then. I didn’t have the will to live, let alone fight.”

“And now?”

“And now,” She pauses a moment, “I have someone to live for. Someone to die for.”

Kortez takes this to mean him, as a Crow’s oath includes pledging your life to your talon-- but I knew better than that. She always held the same look in her eyes when she talked about Arlo-- it’s the same look I saw in my father’s eyes when he talked about my mother. Undying, unyielding, everlasting love.

“Very well then,” Emil nodded, “We shall formally draft this contract, with the intent of having Althea use this contract as her official entrance into The Crows.”

Formality after formality, while it did take hours, led to exactly the outcome we were hoping for-- an official contract, with Thea’s signature of acceptance right at the bottom. I’d say the hard part is over, but this is a Magister, one of the most powerful mages in Tevinter, and he uses blood magic, a very difficult magic to counter, especially considering the power he already has over the person contracted to kill him.

“I didn’t think we’d get this far,” Thea admits, after we saw Dorian to the stables and watched him ride out of town, “I never thought he’d let me take the contract.”

“He’d look like a fool if he didn’t let you, considering you’re the reason the contractee was there,” I shrug as we head to the Fifth Talon Estate-- I offered for her to spend the night given the house was empty.

“I wasn’t though,” She laughs, a bit breathless, “Gods, I can’t thank you enough, Juno. Truly.”

“Thank me when it’s over,” I shake my head, “We’re not through the woods just yet.”

As we head into the estate, I slip past my room and continue down the hall, much to Thea’s confusion.

“Where are you going?”

“I just need to replenish my Elfroot stash-- preferably while Viago is gone,” Truthfully, he’d likely notice some missing anyways, but at least by the time he did it would probably be gone.

“The hornyweed?” Thea asks, looking around the infirmary and then the lab as we enter. “You planning on wining and dining me first?”

“Ha-ha,” I say, sarcasm dripping in my voice, “You know, if you use it recreationally, you build up quite a tolerance-- So despite how much I’m grabbing,” I pull a box from my hip pouch and pack it full, “I wasn’t intending on giving any to you, unless of course, you’d also like to build a tolerance?”

“Pass,” Thea laughs, “Though if you think you could infuse a wine with it, I’d be game.”

Huh. Now that’s a thought.

Just as I ponder the possibilities, the door to the lab flying open pulls our attention.

“Ma’am, there’s children at the door, they insist on seeing you,” The attendant seems out of breath, though her eyes are wide enough with worry that I hurry out of the lab to the front door. There are only two people I know that are young enough to still be considered children, and would even think to come to me for anything.

Jacobus’ chest was heaving as he saw me approaching the stairs, and I nearly tripped with how quickly I ran down them to get to his side.

“Hey, Hey, what’s going on, what’s happening?” My hands hovered just over his face, which seemed rattled with fear.

“Heir sent us to get you,” Dareth speaks up, “They need all potion experts and healers at the city’s border.”

“What?” I ask.

“Why?” Thea asks, hurrying down the stairs.

“The base--” Jacobus’s gasps again, I couldn’t tell if it was from running here or from fear, “The cave system collapsed, with Crows inside.”

The implications of that sentence had me shutting my eyes-- taking a steadying breath.

“How many injured?”

“All of them.”

“Impossible,” Thea shakes her head, “There were nearly 80 Crows raiding that base-- Crows from every house, every rank --”

“ALL OF THEM!” Dareth snaps, somehow the most composed of all of us in this moment, “So gather what you need and then get on a horse and get to the border.”

“I don’t have a horse here, all the horses were taken out by the other members of the house.”

“Take Elote,” Jacobus snapped his head up to me, his eyes brimming with tears, “Just bring him, and Chance and Heir home after. If you promise that, you can take him.”

I nod, slowly, realizing I’d have to grab as many supplies from the lab as I could before heading out.

“Okay,” I whisper, “I promise.” And I mean it, because I intend on keeping that one. “Thea, help me pack my medical supplies very quickly, and then come with me,” I say, knowing damn well she’d insist on coming regardless.

“We need to get to the cave in--”

“We won’t be any help without potions, Thea. Focus.” I know her mind is on Arlo. I know it is because my mind is wandering there too, and it’s dangerous. It's dangerous to focus on the ‘what ifs’ when we need to focus on the right now-- and right now, to be useful, we need healing potions, and I need mana potions.

Fuck. 80 Crows. 80.

I need more than just mana potions.

When the bag is packed, I scrawl a quick note and choose to give the message to Purpose rather than my usual messenger bird-- because Purpose had more determination to assist me than the other birds, and I knew just how loud and annoying they could be. I needed Purpose to be that, as loud and annoying as possible, just in case there was a chance my message recipient was asleep at this hour.

 

Illario,

 

80 injured. I need the thing we talked about. Get it to the border.

Lives are depending on it.

 

-Juno

 


 

Chapter 80: Little Bird Crushed

Notes:

Heeeeey. hello. Uhm. You guys promise not to be mad at me, right? Like super promise?
>_> EVERYtHING Is FiNe OK!?

We got this.

We're on chapter 80. Isn't that crazy? That feels crazy to me.

Meg, as always, has created so much beautiful, and also slightly terrifying, artwork for the next few chapters. For how little direction I actually gave her, she's been absolutely spot on with her illustrations. I fucking love you, Meg. Thank you for adding the visuals. I am nothing without your work, I stg.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



In the moments where it feels like time is the most important factor, do you count that time in minutes? Seconds? Strides taken? Landmarks passed?

I’ve always found it more helpful to count the time by breaths taken. The world feels slower then, everything less urgent if you’re only focusing on the rise and fall of your chest rather than the beats of your heart that won't slow down. It feels easier than counting the distance from my current position to where I need to be-- something to ground me to this world when my heart feels like it could sink through the earth below into the lowest chasms of the deep roads.

Elote was indeed a fast horse. It took longer to get Thea up behind me on the horse than it did for me to get him to start running. For a mustang, it must have felt like a moment of freedom in an otherwise boring life. For me, it felt like there was no pace to take that would’ve been urgent enough for the situation at hand. Every tremble of Thea’s form behind me was a reminder that this was bigger than just me healing someone I cared about.

You wouldn’t have been able to tell you were coming upon the scene of the collapse until you were essentially right on top of it. Dirt kicked up into the air and hazed the sky, making firelights close to invisible from more than 30 yards away. What was visible was the crew standing atop a pile of rubble in the center of the makeshift camps- shouting orders left and right. Most notably, Teia, Heir, and Noa and Neri De Acutis. Someone is already at our sides the moment we arrive to take Elote to a hitching post away from the danger.

The air smelled of dry dirt, embers, and the unmistakable coppery smell of blood. It was clear from a pile of bodies in the distance that people were beginning to be dug out-- and though some injured were being escorted to tents and cots all around, not everybody was lucky enough to have made it out alive. Coordinated yelling in the distance; a sign that people were still actively being dug out-- both Aantam and Crows, by the sounds of it.

“Juno, thank goodness,” Teia stepped down from the pile of rubble and approached me with a serious look on her face, “Please tell me you raided that lab of every supply you could.”

I slide my bag off my shoulder and nod to Thea, who also raises a bag of supplies.

“Give me everything that can be used by anyone with basic first aid. The supplies needed for more serious injuries... I need you to use as you see necessary,” She gives a nod of appreciation as I gesture to Thea to hand over the second bag, filled with mainly healing salves and potions, “I won’t make this sound easier than it is-- injuries range from minor fractures to collapsed lungs to impalements from stalactites. Take whoever you need for assistance, whenever you need them. Until you give word, everyone else is digging.”

“Wait,” This can’t be right, “Am I the only person with medical knowledge here?”

“No,” Teia frowns, “But you’re the only magic user we have. If there’s someone beyond what we think a surgery or potion can fix...”

“Then we will be counting on you,” Noa De Acutis joins Teia’s side, giving one last sweep of the scene before looking down at me, “I know that you have a personal stake in this, but we need you as a mage first, and a De Riva second, understood?”

That made it abundantly clear. Even if one of the boys is found, stay where you’re needed.

I’d have to rely on Thea to give me updates, then.

“Thea,” I place my hands on her shoulder, and she jumps at the contact, still very much in shock from the scene around her, “I need you to be my eyes on the dig, okay?”

Her blue eyes are wide, trying to process the information but clearly lost somewhere in her worries.

“You decide-- do they come to me for healing, or do they go to the field nurses? I need that from you, okay?” I rub her shoulders, trying to shake the shock out of her, “And if you find a De Riva, you tell me no matter what, okay?”

“Okay,” She finally whispers, a small nod before Teia leads her over to the dig site.

“The tents, those are for the patients with... well, the injuries that need the most work,” Noa nods to the three tents surrounding a large bonfire. The moans of pain coming from the tents could reach my ears even if I were human. “Should you need anything, send someone my way with the request. I can send people back to town if we’re missing anything.”

She gives me a final once over before turning her attention to a new dispatch of crows arriving at the dig site, and shortly after them on two black steeds, Illario and Lucanis arrived as well. As we always seem to do, Lucanis’ and my gaze connected in an instant.

“We’re here to help,” Lucanis looks me over, as if trying to decide whether to ask if I’m alright or if it will break me, “Have they...”

“No De Rivas yet,” I answer the question he’s too afraid to finish, “Please, please find them.”

“Of course,” Lucanis hands off his steed’s reigns to someone to be hitched, and he looks to Illario with a stern expression, “With me, then.”

“Actually,” This may look bad, I’d have to explain later, I needed the lyrium, I can’t risk him losing it in the rubble, “Noa hasn’t given me any assistants yet, and I could really use Illario, if you don’t mind.”

Watching Lucanis’ expression turn was painful, both confusion and suspicion with only a few simple words.

“You’re far stronger, cousin, they’ll need you more for moving rubble than they’ll need me,” Illario backs me up.

“Just for a short while, I need to get the most vulnerable stable,” My eyes plead to Lucanis, please, please just let this go for now. I will give you whatever answer you want when the site is cleared.

“As you wish,” His answer is curt, but he reads my eyes for just a moment longer, locking me in to a silent promise-- he would get answers out of me, he didn’t need to say it out loud to insist.

Lucanis turns on his heel and heads out towards the cave in, leaving Illario at my side.

“Come with me,” I lead the way into the first tent, where there are a few nurses tending to some more serious wounds, though only holding off bleeding as best as they could and disinfecting areas for sutures. Assessing the wounded in front of me, it was quite clear who needed my attention first, “Shit,” The curse fell from my lips the moment I laid eyes on him-- Chance, with a 6 inch hole in his chest. I only noticed it when one of the nurses lifted the bloodied cloth to swap for a new one, watching the man struggle in pain from the release of pressure.

I slide my glove off my hand in an instant, joining the nurse at Chance’s bedside, “When I start this spell, I need you to remove the pressure or we risk the cloth getting stuck in his muscle and skin as it reattaches, understood?”

The woman shook her head, “He will bleed out--”

“He will bleed out if I don’t close his wound-- I start glowing, you lift your fucking hand up--”

“But--”

“That wasn’t a question,” I snap, “I don’t need any answer besides compliance.” I bring my hand up to pull open Chance’s mouth, if he was conscious, he was just barely hanging on. I shove the leather glove I had just pulled off my hand into his mouth and shut his jaw around it, “You bite down, you scream if you need to, just don’t get up out of this cot,” I whisper to him, but he’s silent, the shaking of his body the only real indicator he was even still alive.

Healing magic was, at its core, fade magic, rift magic. Healing magic relied so heavily on one’s connection to the fade and the ability to receive energy from the benevolent spirits that reside there. With any magic that has close ties to the fade, it also can attract the attention of demons. At the rate of injuries I’ve seen here tonight though, I imagine the demons would be drawn to this area regardless.

Thankfully, as soon as my hands started to glow, the nurse pulled the fabric from Chance’s wound. He was bleeding. Heavily. She wasn’t wrong about that, but all I needed to do was make my spell quicker than he could bleed.

I held my concentration, staring at his chest while I watched the wounds melt themselves shut-- muscles finding strands to attach too, skin growing out and over the tissue in an instant. Chance was sputtering, coughing blood around my glove as he awoke with a start and let out agonizing cries of pain. It nearly broke me, but the thought of Dareth and Jacobus losing what was essentially their foster father pushed me to push my magic further. The green glow of my hands was soon the dominant light in the tent, and though I knew it would drain me of mana faster, I pushed the spell even faster still.

When the wound was finally closed, my hands dropped with a sigh of relief. One down.

“He’s not breathing.”

What?

My fingers race to his neck-- fuck-- she was right. The blood must’ve been able to drain from him faster, after all.

“I told you this would happen--”

“Move,” I throw a hand out to swat hers away from Chance. You are not going to die, Chance, not today, “Do not touch him or me until I say so,”

“What the hell are you going to do? He’s dead!”

“I’m restarting his heart,” I meet the nurse’s eyes as I hold up a hand, lightning crackling around in my palm, “So Don’t. Touch. Him.”

My hand is on his chest in an instant, his entire body jolting with the connection of the electricity. I checked his pulse-- Nothing. So I shock his chest again-- digging the lightning magic further towards his heart. Not enough to heat his body, but just enough to make a heart chamber pulse in response. Nothing again. Once more.

Third time does it. His mouth opens, gasping like a fish out of water-- but breathing. Chance was breathing. Bloodied, with a burn on his chest in the shape of lightning, but breathing.

My knees want to give out. I hold firm.

“Get him a healing potion for anything I might have missed,” I order the nurse, and for once, she has nothing to say back.

“Maker’s breath,” Illario mutters, “Remind me never to die in front of you.”

“As if I’d let you,” I let out a breathless laugh, halfway to tears somehow, “Do me a favor and dig out the suture kit, I’m pretty sure I’m going to be stitching the next guy.”

Kit in hand, I approach the bedside beside Chance, this Crow is awake, and terrified.

“I do not want the healing spell, do not do that to me,” His eyes are wide and wild, “I don’t want any mage working on me. That spell was unnatural!”

Was I... actually being criticized right now?

“Not sure what you mean by that, but fine, you can have a potion instead. I will, however, be stitching this leg up. Cry about it.”

“You don’t understand, he shouldn’t have been able to live through that-- he was right next to the explosion! I saw what it did to his body!”

“Explosion?” Illario’s brow furrows, “What do you mean explosion?”

“In the caves,” The man grits his teeth as I pour sterile alcohol over his skin, “There was some sort of bottle thrown, it hit the wall right in front of him and blew up the support beam,” He groans again as I start a stitch, “It took everything down.”

“Where did it come from?” I ask, trying to distract him from the next suture.

“We couldn’t see, it was a cave, it was dark--” His head tips back against his pillow and I worry for a moment that he’s passed out until I hear him finally gasp for breath-- he had been holding it through that last stitch, “Intel wasn’t even supposed to be part of the raid, we were just following orders.”

“Whose orders?”

But it’s almost like I didn’t even need to be told, like I already knew the answer before he said it. It was the awful sinking feeling in my gut I had felt since I watched the De Rivas leave.

“The Guild Masters,” I knot the stitches closed and the man practically melts into the cot below him, “All three of em, but they were convinced they needed all hands on deck, said there was more Antaam than we anticipated inside.”

“Is that what intel concluded? That there were too many of them?”

“No,” The crow shakes his head, “The opposite, in fact. There weren't nearly as many as we thought inside the base.”

I turn to look at Illario, whose expression remains mostly neutral to the outside eye-- but it’s clear we were thinking the same thing-- this sounded like collusion from the involved Guild Masters. Crows don't put intel in danger, and certainly not in fights-- at least not any good one. This had Leo’s name written all over it.

“Has anyone found the Guild Masters yet?” My question was more so to everyone in the tent, but only silence followed. No sign of the traitor yet.

One severed limb. One serious head wound. One eyeball that needed to be pressed back in (almost lost Illario when he came close to blacking out at that). Crushed bones everywhere. The majority of injuries from the collapse were serious, if not already fatal. Recovery tents were starting to run out of space, available Crows began having to take those stable enough back to the base infirmary just to make space for triage.

My mana was depleted so quickly it was almost embarrassing. I may have learned control over my emotions enough to not have to rely on my spell blade, but I still lacked any real power. How would I ever take down a demon when I can't even heal properly?

I pulled Illario behind one of the tents, resigned to this fate. He could tell by the look in my eyes what I was asking for.

Now ?” Illario’s eyes flit about the scene, “Juno, I don’t know if this is the best time to be testing out something so dangerous.”

“I’m out of mana,” I respond, “Not just low-- Out.” I gesture towards the dig site, “And we are not even halfway through pulling all of our Crows out. A mana potion can restore, but it won’t regenerate, not at the rate I need.”

“You don’t even know how much is lethal,” He shakes his head, “What if it kills you?”

“You’ll watch me,” I answer, “If I look like I’m going to faint, you’re going to stick your fingers as far back into my throat as you can manage and you won’t stop until I puke.”

“Juno, this is insane--”

“I don’t have eyes on a single De Riva,” My breath shakes a bit, by my tone is vicious, “And if you think for a fucking second that I’m going home without them, you’re more insane than I am. So get it out, watch me, and don’t you dare leave my side.”

I would fight him, if I had to. I would search every pocket on him to ensure that I had enough magic for the moment Arlo and Javier were pulled from the rubble. Each time I’m pulled into living through another nightmare, I die a bit inside. What survived might not be kind, but it's still me. I know that fear is ruling my actions right now-- but regret hurts far worse than fear ever will.

“Okay,” Illario resigns, “Just please-- please start small.”

“That was always the plan,” I answer, watching as he pulls a nondescript cloth pouch from his pocket. There wasn’t much there at all, just by visual, but by knowledge, it was plenty. I looked about one last time, before grabbing the pouch and pulling just a pinch out onto my fingertip. My finger tingled under the contact, and even though it was no longer tied to the earth itself, the raw lyrium still seemed to hold its glow.

One shared glance, and then the powder was on my tongue.

Sometimes, when you swallow something particularly dry, it's almost as if you can feel it slowly slide down your throat. Lyrium felt like that, except, more than just feeling it slide down, I felt my insides absorb it. It was pulsing, humming-- like electricity in my veins. Not painful, not unwelcome.

It was like what stronger mana would feel like. What rapid regeneration would feel like. A close tie to the fade. I understand entirely what made it so intoxicating. When I looked down at my hands, I could summon lightning freely, control it in ways I had never imagined possible. I could shape it-- tame it. Something as wild as storms, beckoning to my will.

“Are you... okay?” Illario asks, and I drop my hands slowly as I look up at him.

“Yes,” I answer, “better than I thought possible.”

“Do you feel faint?”

“No,” I answer, “I feel ready to heal.”

 

Patient after patient, I could feel that nearly as instantly as I used my mana, it regenerated just as fast. In the midst of the chaos, Thea appeared at my current triage tent, entirely out of breath.

“A De Riva--” She gasps for air.

“Which one?” I ask, standing from a kneel, ready to run in an instant.

“Not--” She shakes her head, “Not one of the ones you’re hoping for.”

Not to heal, anyways.

“Dead or alive?” Would it be too cruel to be hopeful?

“Alive,” She finally catches her breath, “Suspiciously well, in fact.”

Damn.

“Then I don’t need to see him,” I respond, “Thank you for telling me.”

“Juno, do you think...” Thea looks uneasy, “Should we send for Viela?”

It may seem cruel to Thea, and in the end, likely cruel to Viela as well, but bringing her here to face this mess with us felt just as cruel.

“When we find Javie, perhaps, but for now-- let her sleep. They’ll need able bodied people for another shift once this team has exhausted themselves.” I shake my head at her, and I can see she’s visibly disappointed in that answer, “For when you are too exhausted, Thea.”

“I won’t rest until Arlo’s back,” She answers, and I know that to be true, but.

Those dangerous little what ifs always come creeping in.

“Go help dig, don’t even bother yourself with Leo.”

The takes back off to the collapse, and I return to my work. As much as I could heal, I did. If anyone kept a close enough eye on me, and knew enough about magic, they’d know that I was overexerting what should be capable for a mage. Thankfully, this was essentially a mageless organization, and amidst all the chaos it was damn near impossible to focus on any one person for too long.

Unless you’re Illario.

I’d have to properly thank him later. When I asked him to keep an eye on me, it was like having every movement analyzed, every trickle of sweat followed, every swallow deciphered. He kept such an intense, close eye on me that I honestly wouldn’t be surprised if he tried to cut me open and live inside me just to be sure he could make sure my organs were all in working order.

As the hours ticked by, the buzzing stopped. The electricity faded. The humming of my blood inside my body became a memory-- and the lyrium’s effects faded.

I was almost entirely out of mana again.

Fuck.

And then, a sound more gut wrenching than I thought possible; Thea’s scream echoed through the area. How I knew it was her was beyond me, but the moment it hit my ears it was entirely obvious-- Arlo was found.

And he wasn’t in good condition.

When you come down from an adrenaline rush, it feels a bit like looking up at a light through a tunnel. I had taken off toward the dig site, I knew that, but every ounce of blood seemed to drop from my head the moment I laid eyes on Arlo. It didn’t even look like him.

I wobbled, but Illario is quick to hold me up.

“Juno,” He warns, but I hold my hand out to stop him. He thinks I might faint from the lyrium. In truth, I might faint from Arlo’s injuries.

“Illario,” I whisper, “Not what you think. Just need to calm down.”

“Do something,” Thea’s voice is wrecked, and I feel like throwing up just from the fact that I was missing the majority of my mana at the time that it was most important.

I couldn’t keep my eyes on Arlo-- too much blood. Too many things crushed. Visible bones. Visible muscle. There were still people around, others getting actively pulled from the rubble. I needed to do something.

“Illario, I need--”

“No,” Illario is firm, “No, you have no idea what it--”

“Illario,”

“NO, Juno.” Illario shakes his head, “I don’t know a lot, but I know that it can kill you and it doesn’t take much.”

“I have to do something, Illario, Arlo is--”

“Why does it have to be you?!”

“LOOK AT HIM!” It rasps out of me, dry heaving out of my lungs in a way that sounds more animal than elf, “There’s no fucking potion to fix that much damage.”

“What use will you be to anyone dead?” His voice is harsh, but hushed, “No more. We can figure this out. Surely, people have survived without magic before. We just need to get him to a tent, maybe there’s a travois around we can borrow-- let’s focus on that instead of mana. Maybe you’ll regenerate some by the time we get him to the tent. I imagine we’re in short supply of improvised stretchers here but-- let me look.”

My eyes fall all around, pliable to the suggestion, but all I can see around are dead antaam. Their wounds left spilling blood, flowing in large pools around their bodies. If anything was in short supply, it certainly wasn’t blood.

Oh.

My heart started pounding in my ears once more. Illario dashes off towards the triage tents, and I look from the antaam to Arlo.

Thea was draped over his chest, her fingers dirty and bleeding, nails broken at the ends.

“Thea,” I whisper, kneeling down on the other side of Arlo and placing a hand over hers, “I need you to back up.”

“No,” Her head snaps up to me, and the tears pouring from her eyes kill me just a little, “I won’t.”

“Thea, please,” I take a deep breath, “This won't be pretty.”

Please. Please move. Let me put up a glimmer so you don’t see what I’m about to do. Not you.

“I don’t care,” She chokes, “I can’t-- I can’t get up.”

Please.

I look to Arlo, who, despite the extreme extent of these injuries, is alive but entirely unconscious. That amount of pain would knock anyone out, I’m sure.

“I’m sorry,” I whisper, lifting my hands and casting a glimmer around us at every angle, “I need you to understand that I don’t know what I’m doing. This is the only option I have.”

“What?” Her breath is in short bursts between her sobs, “What are you even talking about?”

“I would do anything for Arlo, you know this, right?”

Her head shakes, clearly entirely confused at what I meant-- it didn’t take long for her to catch on.

My understanding of blood magic was limited, to say the least, but at its core there was one key component that made it different from the rest; it did not rely on a connection to the fade or mana to cast. Everything else, in essence, was the same-- but you relied on blood as the fuel for the magic. Instead of weaving mana to cast healing spells, regenerative spells, curing spells-- you wove blood.

The aantam could at least prove useful for one thing.

It felt wrong how easy it was; to think that a lifeforce could be manipulated so easily as if it were simple magic, and didn’t inherently involve multiple bleeding or dead bodies to cast. I didn’t need to look up at Thea to know she was horrified. The crying stopped all at once, not even the sound of a gasp or a whimper. Just silence.

But if I focused on her, I could lose concentration on the magic in front of me, and that was the last thing I needed. While blood magic was easy to control, without the connection to the benevolent energies of the fade, healing relied on my knowledge of anatomy alone. I was made for potions and poisons, not bones and ligaments. There’s no guarantee that everything would be fixed by this magic, but I could, at the very least, get him stable.

I don’t know if I could piece together the bones in his arm right now. I’d have to hope I could brew a potent potion the moment I returned to the lab. I needed the time to do so, and I could only hope that I didn’t heal it back with this magic in a way that would leave that arm permanently damaged.

I don’t know what damage there is internally, I can only fix what I know is damaged and what I know how to fix, but I can stop the bleeding-- I can close the wounds. That would have to be enough for now.

With the last wound on his neck sealing, an imperfect scar on his skin, I finally drop my hands. I slide a finger to his pulse point-- he was still with us.

And then, for whatever stupid reason, I look up at Thea.

And it looks like she wished it was me crushed in that tunnel.

And so did I.

 

“Juno?” Illario’s voice calls out into the darkness, and I can see him at the edge of my glimmer, travois in hand. I bring down the magic, revealing our figures to Illario in the darkness.

“Put down the Travois, we need to get him back to the estate.”

Illario is clearly suspicious, seeing the sloppily healed wounds on Arlo’s body, but his close eye on me as we slowly pull Arlo’s body onto the stretcher is enough to convince him I’m fine-- whatever I did to suddenly get enough mana, he would have to lecture me about later.

“Thea, can you go with Illario to bring him home?” I meet her gaze again, watching her eyes flick from Arlo, to me, clearly in a war with her feelings, “Thea ,” I say her name in a way that makes her flinch, “Deal with me later. Get him home. Go into the lab, bandage anything that looks like it might bleed, look in Viago’s cabinet for the vial labeled ‘Die Another Day’. Do what you have to to get him to swallow-- rub his throat, kiss him, I don’t care. Stop focusing on me and help him.”

Her jaw trembles, only for a moment, before she nods, choosing to leave my side without saying a single word to me. In a way, that’s what I deserved right now. I could handle that.

But now I was alone.

And I still haven’t seen Javier anywhere.

In the chaos around me, my eyes can only watch as Illario calls for aid getting Arlo into a carriage to be transported. I’d have to go home, if nothing else to at least monitor him until Viago was home-- but how do I leave? How do I leave when I’m still missing a piece of the family?

It feels like the one time I was left alone to handle things, the world collapsed around me. I could go home now, and be a failure, or I could wait it out here and hope I have enough mana by the time they dig Javier out.

Those two were inseparable, so why has he not been found yet?

How many were still left inside the tunnels?

And how long do I wait?

“Juno,” I’d almost think it was a god, the way it dragged me back to reality in an instant-- but my heart knew his voice like it had been forged alongside it from the beginning. Lucanis approached, something wrapped in his fist, “Correct me if I’m wrong, but this was...”

His palm held out flat, the silver gleamed in the light. It was warped, bent out of shape from what I can only imagine was rocks crushing it, and missing the bottom half entirely, but the etching that was visible made it evident what it was. A blackbird resting on halla horns. The cover to the compass I had bought Javier years ago.

“Where did you find this?” My voice is hushed, a whisper that didn’t quite want to come out, expecting an answer I wouldn’t want to hear.

“It,” Lucanis sighs, “It was sticking out from underneath... there’s a section of granite too large for us to move right now. There isn’t enough people, it’s too big-- It will take pickaxes to even break apart.”

“Okay,” I put up a hand, the other one coming to rest over my mouth so I can keep myself from throwing up, “Okay.”

“Juno, I don’t know for sure--”

“Thank you,” I respond, ending that conversation before it can begin, “I-I need. I need to get home. I need to finish healing Arlo.”

“Juno we don’t know he’s under there, he could,” Lucanis struggles to find words, any words, that could make any of this any better-- but the truth is, there is nothing. There is nothing that could make any of this feel anything less than some abysmal mess, “I won’t stop looking.”

“I’ll come back, Viago should be home tomorrow. I’ll have mana. I’ll move the damn thing myself,” I take a deep breath and curl my fists into my palms, the sting planting me back into stability, “Thank you, Lucanis.”

“Can I do anything?”

Gods above, he was so gentle. It could both wreck a woman and make them light as a feather. I never imagined myself in a predicament where I needed to be saved, but somehow, some way, it felt like he saved a piece of me every time he spoke. Everything that tries to destroy me would never have the same strength as him, and never the power over my heart that he did. Gentle, perfect Lucanis.

“Not right now,” I raise a quiet hand to my chest, my fist knocking once. Twice. I love you.

His silent return of the gesture was all that was exchanged before he went back to the rubble, leaving a mangled cover to a compass in my hands.

Tomorrow. Tomorrow Javier, I promise.

 

~-~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 81: Little Bird With Secrets

Notes:

Shout out to everyone who commented last week, with things ranging from 'were you possessed by a demon when you wrote this' to 'you're ruthless' to group hugging in the comments instead of giving me the hell I deserve (Don't worry, it had me laughing all the same).
I wanted to make sure I got this out this weekend, I was away at a wedding for most of the week but I was able to spend all day writing, thankfully.
Sorry for leaving you on that cliffhanger, but also like, lowkey not sorry, it had to stop somewhere-- that chapter was LONG.

This chapter is blessed with two artworks from Meg today, One that's been haunting Viela's narrative for a while now and one that was just so visually stunning I'm beginning to wonder if Meg is ascending to godhood altogether.

Let me know how you're feeling, little birds. I love you dearly.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text



There’s a ghost looking back at me when I gaze into the mirror. She looks like me, she has the same eyes, same face-- but she’s a version of myself that died yesterday. She wanted to fix everything, to be everything for everyone around her. She never did anything that she knew would upset anyone, because being needed was the closest thing she could feel to being loved. When her world was falling apart around her, she kept giving until there was nothing left, until she had nothing more she could offer. And when that version of myself was backed into a corner, between losing two people she loved or just one, she made a choice that would upset people-- but at least no one would die. The only casualty would be the perfectly tailored version of me that could do no wrong, the martyr at the start of the collapse of my life. Who I was now was not the same person, and I don’t think I’ll ever go back to being her.

Thea’s silence stung. It’s not that I wasn’t well aware that I deserved the pregnant silence, it was the way she would shield Arlo every time I walked into the infirmary, like I was there just to hurt him and hadn’t broken a part of myself to save him. The old me would’ve tried to justify it, argued with her to explain why it was just a one time thing-- but the person I am now is just tired . The person I am now had stopped Illario before he went home to take another pinch of lyrium (two, in reality, but I pocketed the other in a waiting vial), just to be able to have enough mana to heal Arlo normally.

Her teal eyes watched every movement of his body, and kept glancing at my hands to make sure it was a familiar green glow of magic rather than a more sinister red. I could hear unstable fractures popping back into their places, echoing out of his chest and out his open mouth while Arlo remained unconscious. Thankfully, Viago had potions to keep people asleep, something that I’m sure would do him well in the long run so he didn’t have to feel the healing magic at work. I winced at the sight of his arm, his dominant hand, in one piece, but at what cost? To heal his arm was to take the bones apart bit by bit again, hoping the amalgamation from the spiritual energy would fare better than the impromptu blood magic patchwork. My hands dropped from their work, deciding on letting Thea administer potions she would actually trust rather than continue to stare at me like I was just waiting for an opportunity to kill the person she loved-- forgetting, it seems, that he was someone I love too.

I pull two more potions from Viago’s cabinet, placing them on the table beside her and turning on my heel, “One in an hour. The other in two.”

“Where are you going?” It’s the first time she spoken to me in four hours.

“To wait for Viago,” I answer, finally pushing open the door for the lab. I let it close fully behind me before I stopped in the hallway, my heartbeat filling my ears. The floor swirled in spirals as I stared at it, darkening at the edges like it would collapse beneath me. I didn’t go to my room, or even to the front door. My hands paused only for a moment over the handle to Javier’s door, the image of the destroyed silver compass flashing in my mind. I step inside and quietly shut the door behind me, staring at the room lit by only the moon creeping in the balcony doors. His room was always so organized, every inkwell capped, quill in a holder, bed always made after he got up in the morning-- he had a routine, it was evident from the sheer tidiness of his items.

My fingers traced over the edge of his desk as I stepped further into his room, heart struggling to cope with the bizarre emptiness it was feeling. It wasn’t just the fact that he wasn’t home yet-- it was the fact that he wasn’t with Arlo, and the fact that Leo was fucking fine and that it seemed like whatever occurred last night was more than likely Leo’s fault. It was the fact that I couldn’t kill him with my own two hands that very fucking moment. Would a pinch of lyrium even be enough? Would that have the mana I needed for proper rift magic?

Would Matteo even let Leo die if it was exposed that it was his fault? Did his other sons ever matter beyond Leo? What face would he wear when he came home and saw Arlo? Would he weep if Javier...

Would he weep if Javier didn’t come home at all?

I wouldn’t be able to take another silent crow funeral. I wouldn’t be able to act like it was all just a part of the fucking job. There’s the rest of the organization, and then there’s the De Rivas. There was no point to any of it without them. What difference would changing the crows make if Javier never got to leave on his own terms?

My mage knife clattered to the balcony floor, my boot scuffing as I kicked it inside the door to Javier’s bedroom. When the lightning started around me, I wasn’t surprised at all. Just disappointed. Every bit of control lost in a single evening, my emotions once again the downfall of my magic. I’m not even sure I had it in me to be scared of it anymore, just so so tired. It lashed at my skin from every angle, connecting with a familiar buzzing that left my nerves numb. My eyes trailed over the field of mana around me, invisible to non-mages but always sensed by those familiar with magic. It was like every edge of space was filled with storm magic, a perfect reflection of everything brewing inside me.

The stars were visible, out past the field of lightning around me, just like Javie said they would be. It’s almost enough to calm things down a bit, almost . It was certainly enough to make it so that I missed the balcony door opening, only noticing someone was there at all when a hand lifted mine and placed my mage knife back into my palm.

Sometimes, it felt like Viago wasn’t real. If I woke up one day to find that he was just a figment of my imagination created to get me through the worst moments of my life, it wouldn’t be all that surprising because somehow, he just always knew what to say.

“I’m sorry I wasn’t here.”

I don’t think it registered in my brain that I was crying until his arms were wrapped around me, no more lightning numbing my skin and no more magic surging out from within me. Just another night where I became a wreck in Viago’s arms.

He gives me my moment, one hand pressed to the back of my skull while I cried into his shoulder. He doesn’t speak, he doesn’t move; he just lets me fall apart.

“I need you to heal Arlo,” I take a stabilizing breath, “It should just be superficial stuff left, but Thea hasn’t slept at all, and she needs to.”

“What about you?”

“I’m going to go back to the cave in,” I pull the small piece of silver from my pocket and hold it out to Viago, who looks visibly shaken as he stares down at it, “Javier wasn’t with Arlo, and there’s a 1200 pound piece of rock between me and answers. So I’m going to move it.”

Viago’s concern is visible, but whatever he thought to say died before it left his mouth. I didn’t want to tell him, but if I didn’t tell him, would Thea? Would he have to find out from someone else?

“Viago,” I shut my eyes again, not wanting to see the look on his face, “I ran out of mana, back at the triage site. I ran out before they got Arlo out.”

“How bad is his condition?”

“I think I managed to stabilize him with magic before they took him home,” I swallowed down the lump building in my throat.

“You just said--”

“I used blood magic.” My eyes betrayed me by opening to watch his reaction.

His jaw snaps shut, and for a moment, I can’t tell if he’s frightened, impressed, or pissed off. His head tips back a little, looking up at the sky instead of making eye contact with me.

“Did it work, then?”

The breath that I was holding fell slowly from my lips, “Yeah, well enough, I think.”

Viago’s nod is slow, taking in the weight of that action-- a forbidden magic, at least it was outside of Tevinter. A forbidden magic that I used to heal Arlo.

“Thea saw,” I add, quietly. Viago winces at this, it was no secret from Viago the lengths I was going to to free her from her own blood magic curse, almost none of my life was a secret from Viago anymore.

“I’ll speak with her,” Viago sighs, straightening out his posture, “Go do what you feel you have to, Juno. I’ll take care of things here.”

“Viago?” I stop him before he heads back inside again, “Don’t trust anything Leo has to say.”

“I never would.”

 

Just me, a lyrium high, and a 1200 pound slab of granite-- And Viela.

Who did not look well.

Not that I could blame her, waking up to a world on fire was one thing, waking up to find out your boyfriend is among the missing was a living nightmare. She was frozen to one spot in a panic, hands clutching at her sides as tears flowed freely from her eyes. This might be the one time where any authority within the crows would find tears acceptable, any mass casualty incident was sure to rattle anyone, nevermind fledgelings.

I hadn’t really even considered what magic to use until I got there-- elemental magic covered everything else, but not stone, not earth. I could try creation magic, but reshaping the stone into something else didn’t really meet the criteria of moving it from the site entirely. I had a general idea, but I wasn’t sure it was really a spell I could even manage. Fade magic was mana-costly.

Better to do it on a lyrium high than any other time, though.

Pull of The Abyss, was, in essence, the creation of a vacuum rift. It sucked in anything close by. Thankfully, I had gotten the people using pickaxes to clear out of the way long before I assessed the stone. It was do or die trying, and honestly?

I was already a little dead inside .

I was surprised to see a rift form when I raised my spell blade, even more surprised when I focused the vacuum energy towards the granite slab and began to watch it move with the pull of the rift. My head was buzzing, but I couldn’t place it down just yet, I didn’t want to risk it landing on another part of the cave. I summoned another rift, quickly closing the other when its pull started to affect the granite. I summoned again and again until the slab was a safe distance from the cave in, finally letting it settle on the ground and closing the last rift with a snap of my wrist. Fade magic.

I managed to do fade magic .

“Site’s clear, evacuation crew in!” A voice called, and crows piled into the site to retrieve anyone from what had been blocked off by the granite slab.

Viela’s eyes passed over every single person.

My eyes looked for any flash of silver.

We were both disappointed.

“Juno,” Teia’s voice pulls me from my stupor, she’s holding out a handkerchief to me, “You’re bleeding.”

Blood? Where?

I inspect each part of me, confused as to where I could have injured myself. With a sigh, Teia lifts my hand, pressing the cloth underneath my nose. I felt the liquid soak into the fabric against my skin immediately.

“You’re pushing yourself too hard,” She scolds, letting her hand drop now that I had a firm placement of the cloth to my nostril, “You can’t do everything. At some point, you need to rely on and trust other people.”

“Other people are relying on and trusting me,” I responded, checking the cloth to see just how much I was bleeding. A lot, evidently. “Who do they turn to when I give up?”

“The Crows. We are not so helpless without a single mage, Juno. We’ve managed before,” She crosses her arms, a particularly concerned look on her face as she glances over my features, “You’re going to work yourself to death at this rate, and I refuse to let you do that to yourself. It’s time to sit back, if you insist on staying at the site, go find a place to lay down. You’re running on fumes.”

“We haven’t found Javier,” I plead, but her arms remained crossed, her feet firmly planted-- she wouldn’t change her mind.

“Would he want you here, or would he want you taking care of Arlo? Taking care of yourself, for that matter?”

Teia was always too smart for her own good, with a tongue like knives that knew just where to strike.

And so I sat, waiting, watching the sun move its position across the sky-- healing where needed, advising when I could. But the news I was waiting for never came, and the total number of crows found was reaching the number that they had left with-- both in people present and accounted for, and bodies identified. No Javier in sight.

Viela was a mess when I got there, but now she was in pieces. Her hands clutched at her head, it only took one look to know she was spiraling. I hooked my arms under hers, pulling her unwilling form to her feet. I started to lead her away from the dig site, over to Elote. She thrashed as she realized she was being taken from the cave in, words too frantic to quite understand, though I could make out a few elven curses as she fought against me. 

Despite the height difference, and the sheer difference in arm muscles, she was too broken to fight back with everything. She couldn’t stop shaking enough to use her legs in the way she was meant to. I got her into the barracks without another incident, like she gave up the very moment she was on a horse riding away. I tucked her into her bed, knowing it was unlikely she would actually go back to bed unless she wore herself out, but hoping it might happen regardless.

“I promise, the moment I know, you’ll know,” I whisper, rubbing her back one more time before stepping out of her room and heading back out of the base. It just felt empty. An empty promise, empty words, empty life. How dare any time move at all without him here? How dare anyone find any comfort when one of the largest sources of mine was missing?

Jacobus and Dareth weren’t at the stables when I brought Elote back to his stall, so it fell on my shoulders to make sure he got his regular feed and treats that would normally be given by an enthusiastic Jacobus.

How was Chance after all that, I wonder? Had he made it back home, or was he still in the infirmary somewhere? Just how many made it home, and how many never even made it out of the cave? And why, of all people, was Leo one of the ones to survive?

There was a time I considered trying to see if his life could be spared, like maybe it was the demon that had him so incredibly fucked up that if I just pulled them apart, he wouldn’t be so malicious.

And now I couldn’t care less.

Now I just wanted his head on a silver platter.

The walk back to the estate was heavy, and I’m almost certain I blacked out for part of it, but the sound of the front door closing caused a flurry of bootsteps to echo across the upstairs hallway. Viago’s frame appeared over the railing of the staircase in an instant.

“Get up here.”

Fearing the worst, my feet moved faster than I had thought possible for someone who hadn’t slept a wink through the night. I could see Viago disappear into the lab down the hall, and I was bracing for impact before I even walked in the door. I could hear Viela crying--

But by some miracle, Arlo was awake .

Bruised, sure, concussed, quite possibly-- but awake. Alert.

“Thea,” Arlo’s voice is tired, like he swallowed the rocks that he had been dug out of, or like I absolutely fucked up in repairing his vocal chords with fucked up hedge magic, “I need to talk to these two.”

Her head shakes, and she clings tightly to his chest. Arlo reaches out, his dominant hand appearing to move normally, and he pats the top of her head gently.

“Just a few minutes, okay? Go wait in my room.”

You would think gravity was fighting her with how long it took Thea to pull herself away from Arlo, though I imagine it was more akin to her own adrenaline crash finally weighing down on her. Viago gently peeked out the door to listen for the sound of Arlo’s bedroom door closing behind her, his shoulders visibly relaxing when she was finally out of earshot.

“Hey,” Arlo’s head tipped back into the pillow as our eyes met, a smile that tore me apart to see.

“Hey yourself,” I surge forward, still gentle with my touch as I pull his hand to examine his injuries, bending his fingers at each and every joint to make sure they could, in fact, still bend, “I was scared,” I admit quietly, finally clasping both hands around his tightly. My forehead falls against the back of my hand as I sink to my knees. Had I been a religious elf, you might’ve thought I was lost somewhere in prayer.

“I know.”

“You were basically dead, Arlo.”

“I know.”

“I--” It chokes out, “I had to use blood magic to heal you.”

His smile fades, but I finally feel his fingers move against mine, each one in working order as they press into the spaces between mine.

I know.

I shake my head slowly, still not sure if any of this is real or if I had just passed out on my walk home, “Do you hurt anywhere?”

“Nah,” Arlo chuckles, “Viago numbed me up real nice.”

“Good,” It comes out something between a laugh and a sigh, with a few tears to top it off.

“Juno?” Arlo moves his pointer finger just enough, forcing my forehead to tip up and face him, “Thank you, for doing what you did.” It was crushing, “You saved my life, little bird.” It was like a choking hug around my heart.

I was so tired I couldn’t keep my eyes open anymore without crying.

“Did you two still manage to go through with the plan?” Viago’s voice breaks through the silence, through my small sniffles and shaking shoulders.

“Has anyone found him?” Arlo asks.

“No.”

“Then he did it,” Arlo answers, “I’m sure that was a good enough distraction, albeit an unplanned one. If he didn’t take advantage of it then, he wouldn’t have gotten another chance.”

“What are you talking about?” I ask, pulling my head up to look between Arlo and Viago, who seemed conflicted for only a moment before Viago nodded.

“This mission-- Javier didn’t just take it to get out of the house for a few days,” Arlo answers, “He wanted to help you, help all of us, really.”

“I don't understand,” I shake my head, rising to my feet once more, “What does that mean?”

“He’s going to Denerim,” Viago answers, “At least, that was the plan. We weren’t anticipating Leo trying to cause a mass casualty incident on this mission.”

The hints hit me like bricks.

 “We’ll think of something, just focus on what you can do right now.”

“Leaving so soon?” I ask, watching as he trails to the door. Javier turns on his heel to shoot me a wink as he steps out.

“Places to be, people to talk to,” He answers.

He might as well have been telling me the whole time.

“So,” Javier starts, “Even after getting a contract out to Southern Thedas, you still won't be able to trek over to Denerim, huh?”

“Not this time,” I responded, “But maybe if this goes smoothly enough I can convince Matteo to let it happen again.”

“What’s Denerim like? What’s your childhood home look like?”

Just how many times had he spelled it out?

“Even the closest of siblings, when driven to different paths in life, reunited when the time was right. There’s a lot of lessons in that one, but...” Javier presses the wine bottle into my hands, patting my knuckles gently, “I think that, even two people who view the world in two drastically different ways, if driven apart, will find their ways back together.”

Even right before he left...

“Don’t go,” I whisper, but it’s not what I want to say. I want to say save yourself, this won't help you now, there’s no point -- but I don’t, I just say “I’ll miss you.”

I’ve seen the pained expression he gives me before; when adults have to explain something difficult to a child, something they’re not quite sure a child would understand. But I’m not a kid-- and when have I never understood? But that look. So conflicted. So concerned.

So unlike him.

“Why don’t you take the time that I’m gone to put that constellation map to good use? I heard the skies will be clear the next few nights. Look up, and know that I’ll be looking up, too.”

I know Arlo and Viago are saying something when I walk out of the lab, but their words escape me. It started as a hurried walk, then a full blown run. I ripped the doors to my bedroom open, my eyes catching on the open balcony door as I stepped over to my vanity, my constellation map leaning against my mirror. I wasn’t sure what I was expecting, a note attached to it maybe, some sign that he was here. But there’s nothing. It’s just propped up in a spot that I hadn’t left it.

I stepped out onto the balcony, looking around to make sure there was no one else here. I had no idea how long it had been open, I hadn’t stepped into my room since the morning before the cave in. No one was waiting on the balcony, just moonlight kissed stone and the quiet sounds of cicadas in the air. There was one particularly bright constellation, right next to the moon. I wasn’t positive, but I was pretty sure that was the constellation Javier had pointed out not too long ago. I lined the moon up with the proper placement, lifting the glass up above my head to see what constellation was listed at that particular angle.

It wasn’t until the moonlight hit the glass just right that I saw the message that had been scratched into the surface, and it was only a moment that I saw it before my eyes watered over entirely.

Be back soon.

My gloved hand, likely still covered in blood and dirt and gods know what else, clasped over my mouth. Finally. Finally I could breathe again. Only half his compass was found because he needed the other half-- navigating Southern Thedas without one would prove damn near impossible. I don’t know why the relief made me cry more than the waiting, why the freedom from the guilt was heavier than being blinded from the truth-- but I would let myself cry-- Just like I told him I would.

“We weren’t going to tell you, originally,” Viago’s voice comes from my balcony doors, but I just clutch the star map tighter to my torso, “The more people who seem calm, the less likely anyone would believe it. Matteo would send someone after him-- He’d be slaughtered.”

“It’s okay,” I gasp for breath, shaking my head at him, “It’s okay. I get it. Secrets are key.”

“Yes,” Viago begins, kneeling down to meet me at eye level, “And that’s why you and Arlo will not be telling anyone, Thea and Viela included.”

“Vi,” I shake my head, “No, you can’t ask that of me.”

“You don’t think Matteo’s taken notice of her? Do you think he won't be suspicious if she’s just fine with Javier being gone?” Viago places a hand on my shoulder, “He is our only shot at getting those letters in a timely fashion, Juno. You’ve seen how much things have escalated, do you honestly think it stops here? That Leo won't try anything else ?” I try to stand, but Viago keeps my legs pressed to the ground just by the sheer weight of his hand on my shoulder, “He just tried to kill both of them in one fell swoop, and he didn’t care who he took down with them. This is non-negotiable, Juno. You do not speak of this to anyone.”

Every heroic image I had built up of Viago shattered in a single conversation. How could he sleep at night knowing Viela would be in pieces over this? How was he just okay with asking me to lie when he knows how much it already eats at me? Every secret I have was at his command, for his plan-- would he just add more and more until it broke me?

“You weren’t going to tell me if the cave-in didn’t happen, were you?” His blue eyes widen ever so slightly at the accusation, and a muscle in his jaw flexes as he pulls his arm from my shoulder.

“No,” He answers, “And he knew that too.”

And he did everything in his power to tell me without directly telling me. He knew I’d blame myself for suggesting he get out of there, he knew I’d be lonely without him to stargaze with.

“Then why tell me now?” I ask, no more sniffles or sobs, just loose flowing tears and exhausted eyes. I was beyond any reaction befitting of the shit show around me.

“Have you looked at yourself?” Viago asks. It's not meant as a sleight, it was the same thing I had been hearing from Illario, from Lucanis, from Teia, “You would’ve kept looking until it killed you.”

I nodded, feeling my nose begin to drip again. When I raised a hand to wipe at it, I realized it was blood dripping onto the ground in front of me, my nose bleeding again.

“Vi,” I pull my gaze up to him, the walls behind him distorting in a way that had me shutting my eyes, “I took raw lyrium.”

“You what ?”

“Make me throw up, Vi. Keep me awake and make me throw up.”

My vision stopped spinning.

And then everything went dark.

Chapter 82: Little Bird Regrets

Notes:

Really didn't anticipate taking a full week off of writing, but then again I never do imagine myself taking breaks. Just been working myself maybe a little too hard at my real person job that I lost any motivation to write for a hot minute.

We back on it, though. I know I've spent quite a bit of time devastating and maybe not enough time making it better-- one thing at a time birdies.

We still holding on out there? How's everyone else doing?

Love you always.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

Chapter Text


The Fade feels different when you’re dragged there against your will. It’s not like a peaceful awakening after you fall asleep, nothing like dreaming and settling into a comfortable section of the ether that can be shaped to your will. This was more like someone ripping my soul from my body and cementing me into a nightmare.

“For someone so attached to a spirit of purpose, you seem to be running full speed on your Din’anshiral. You won’t achieve anything if you’re dead, Da’len.”

And of course, The Dread Wolf was waiting.

“Yes, well, without any gods stepping in for some divine intervention, sometimes we take calculated risks to achieve the best outcome ourselves.” I force myself to sit up, my back having been laid flat against the ground in the veil. This was not the usual section of the Veil I visited when I slept, this was dense. A forest, lined completely with trees.

“And did you?” His voice is deep from the thicket of trees in front of me, “Achieve the best outcome?”

What would be the right answer to that? ‘Yes, I took an illegal substance and was able to cast rift magic’ or ‘No, I took too much of an illegal substance and potentially doomed myself to madness, permanent injury, or death if I don’t manage to wake up’?

“That remains to be seen,” Is what I settle on, “I can’t measure every success without noting my failures, nor every failure without acknowledging my success. I achieved things I hadn’t thought possible-- but everything comes at a cost.”

“How fortunate you managed to learn such things so early in your life,” As my vision focused, and I stared into the expanse of trees, I could make out gleams of green light-- No, not light. Eyes. 6 of them, “Has this revelation led you to abandon your fruitless ambition of rift magic?”

“Careful now,” I quirk an eyebrow, “It hasn’t been fruitless.”

“Ah, I see,” The glowing eyes in the shade of the trees slowly vanish, as if they were closing, “So being thrown violently into the Fade is the fruits of your labor? Your connection is particularly strong, I expect you’re barely clinging to life on the other side of the Veil. This was a success for you?”

“Like I said,” My eyes remain fixed on the trees, “Calculated risk,” I bring my legs up to cross over one another, settling into the grass, “So, what, you can just tell how close I am to dying because of my presence in the fade or something?”

The green eyes opened once more, and though I was quite a distance, I could still tell there were no pupils at all-- just glowing, piercing light.

“Every mage is measured in their connection to the Fade. The last time I saw you, I could cast you out of this realm with just a thought. You are rooted this time, despite lacking an actual physical form, and whilst I could probably still force you awake, doing so might end your healing process entirely.” The eyes seem to narrow in the darkness, “Just how much are you willing to do to try and rescue spirits and fools?”

“Whatever it takes.” It wasn’t an answer I had prepared for him, but rather, for Viago. If I did wake up, it was him I would have to face-- and somehow, his wrath seems scarier than the one of the god in front of me, “I’d do whatever it takes to help the people I care about.”

The silence creeps in again-- I’ve noticed now that when The Dread Wolf has nothing at all to say, he’d rather only silence remain, never interested in filling the awkward pauses. I guess that must be a trait linked to mortality, unable to handle the emptiness.

“Those who try to handle magic stronger than them wind up broken at best,” I can hear the sounds of brush moving, and his eyes vanish from my sight, as though he had turned around, “Dead at worst-- and yet you lie somewhere between...” There’s a gust of air, as though the wolf had sighed before walking away, “Dirth ma banal. Mar solas ena mar din.”

It burned. It lit a fire inside me. My pride will be my downfall. What would he know of that? The stories say he marches around the fade laughing in glee at all he’s done to the Evanuris-- what is that, if not pride?

“Lasa ghilan!” It rips out of my chest, bouncing off the tree trunks around me. That's all I hear, he gave no response. “Guide me,” This time it comes out as a whisper, “Help me...”

But The Dread Wolf does not respond, if he’s even there at all-- if he was ever there to begin with. I am alone, confused, and painfully aware of the reality of the last few days.

Leo tried to kill Arlo and Javier, and he didn’t care how many other people he took down with them. I ran out of mana, replenished by taking raw lyrium, ran out again, used blood magic, ran out again, took more lyrium. Lost control of my magic without holding a conduit, something I had been working on for years. I looked like I picked Illario over Lucanis to Lucanis. I did blood magic in front of Thea. I didn’t bring Javier home for Viela. I can’t tell them what I know about where Javier is because Viago’s worried Leo will find out and go after him when he’s alone.

And then my body started shutting down from the raw lyrium, and I had to tell Viago what I had been doing-- and I’m hanging on by a thread assuming he can figure out a way to stabilize me while HOPING that he isn’t just alright with letting me die for the trouble I’ve gotten into.

Part of me thinks he should.

“What a delectable storm you are,” A voice from the fade, with a tone anything but sincere, “So distraught, so remorseful. I could just eat you up.”

When its figure walked into the clearing, every inch of my skin prickled-- goosebumps shooting across the smooth surface in an instant. That was no Dread Wolf.

That was a demon.

“It must be so exhausting holding onto all that guilt-- I can feel how torn up you are,” The figure slinks closer, all eyes and teeth and scaly legs, like something only a nightmare could create, “Maybe you could’ve done something different. You could’ve tried harder. Could’ve asked for help. Look at what a mess you’ve made.”

Fear? Pride? Terror?

“You don’t deserve to slip back through the veil. Not after all you’ve done.”

No. Regret. Only regret hurts worse than fear.

“You don’t get to be the one who decides that.” I answer, watching as the demon skulks closer.

“Neither do you... It won’t eat away at you if you just give yourself to me, you know,” The demon’s voice loses its edge, sounding almost gentle in comparison to a moment ago, “If you go back, you have to live with all that you’ve done. Here, you can be free of seeing the consequences. Here, you never have to know what they think.”

The closer you get to spirits, to the fade, to demons-- the easier it is to understand why anyone would permanently tie themselves to one. They feel everything you feel, they know what lies at the root of those feelings because they can tap into those emotions, it was always in their nature to do so. They can pick at wounds, both new and those scarred from long ago, and they can use those insecurities to offer honeyed words, idealized visions and seemingly brighter futures.

But even the most benevolent of spirits can corrupt. Tied to a mortal? It corrupts them too. The most valiant of men, twisted into something horrendous, fueled by that evil. They lose themselves.

There is no one who wasn’t scarred by the events that unfolded around Anders and Justice, the mark left upon this world by their actions is one still festering to this very day.

So as tempting as it is to not face Viago De Riva and his anger, there isn’t an offer I could think of that would make me hand myself over to a creature of the fade, be it demon or spirit.

“I am nobody without their opinions,” The familiar feeling, like air leaving my lungs-- I was either waking up, or dying, “Just a sad little elf in a small little world. With them? I’m somebody. I matter.”

“Until you don’t.”

 

Gasping turned to choking. Consciousness was difficult when your body wanted to give up so desperately, but there were hands on me in an instant, lifting my back and turning me over so the bile I was choking on would fall out and into a bucket rather than suffocate me in my sleep. I coughed until it felt like knives grew from the scratches in my throat and chest, until air felt both cold and stinging hot when it was swallowed into my lungs. I coughed until I could focus.

Until I was awake.

I could think of a million things to say, but nothing would form on my lips. I was awake, but my brain was firing away at nothing. My entire body needed to reset.

“Are you conscious this time?” A gloved thumb rests on my cheek bone, just below my eye. A touch this soft makes me wonder why I ever let anyone in the world touch me any other way at all. Cinnamon eyes, in this lighting, wide and sad. I don’t think I’d ever get used to those soft, sweet eyes. They pulled at some unknown puppet strings in my heart every time he looked at me. They looked at me with enough compassion that I could still convince myself I was worthwhile to someone.

“Pretty.”

I didn’t even realize I was so close to saying it until it fell from my lips in a shattered voice. Pretty man. Lucanis. So pretty.

The feel of his sigh of relief caressed over my cheeks as his hand seems to cradle my head further, the tiredness now apparent in the spaces under his eyes.

“Viago,” If there was anything that would pull me entirely into consciousness, it would be that name-- as sobering as an ice bath. If I pretended to be brain damaged, would he still kick my ass? “She’s awake.”

The flurry of footsteps made my heart race, but I was cemented to that bed. It wouldn’t surprise me at all if Viago had been giving me a paralytic to make sure I couldn’t move in the event that the lyrium did make me go insane.

“Do you know where you are?” He steps into view, hair a mess and fury in his gaze, that familiar icy stare now finally something that threw fear into my bones.

The twitch of his eyebrow told me I had less than three seconds to answer.

“Infirmary.”

“And do you know why?” That was a trap of a question if I ever heard it. How much did Lucanis know? How long had I been out? Did Viago find out where I got the lyrium? Did I still have time to cover my tracks? “Let me answer for you, since you seem to have suddenly lost your tongue.” Viago leans forward, roughly pulling at my arm and lurching my body to the side as he first checks my pulse, “You decided to take raw lyrium. You, completely unprompted and unadvised, decided to administer a drug to yourself that has killed people three times your size.” Viago pulls a band from the side table and wraps it gently around my bicep, though I feel very little of this action. I was definitely numbed with something, and that either did the paralyzing, or I was administered a paralytic on top of that.

“I can explain.”

“I don’t want an explanation,” Viago had to fight against the urge to grit his teeth as he reached over for a syringe from the bedside table, “You could not offer one that would make any of this okay in any capacity.”

“Arlo and Javier--”

“Enough,” Viago warns, pushing a needle into my arm, “I’ve made myself clear.”

“But I only--”

“I said enough, Juno.”

“You won’t even let me--”

“Because there’s no point.”

YOU WERE NOT THERE, VIAGO,” As he pulls the needle from my arm, I can feel the warmth spreading back to my limbs, and I rip my arm from him as if that’s what my brain had been trying to do from the start. Viago’s nostrils flare as he takes a breath, “I couldn’t have been advised, I couldn’t have been prompted-- You were gone. Arlo was gone. Javier was...”

“Do you earnestly believe any one of us would have told you to take lyrium?” Viago’s voice is only slightly less sharp, more exhausted than bitter.

“Do you earnestly believe I would just give up without bringing them home?”

He could try and argue that they would’ve come home regardless, but he knew two things to be true. The first being that I wasn’t made aware of that until it was too late. The second, if he said that here, Lucanis would know, and that means someone in the first household would be aware of a Crow abandoning their duties and leaving their post. Whilst I can’t picture Lucanis telling Caterina, it was better to not have him implicated in this. Should things go south, the likely future first talon might be the only one who could save us all from execution.

“No,” Viago sighs, “I just thought you were smarter than this.”

Part of me wished I was back in the fade.

“How many casualties were there?”

“What?”

“How many people died in that cave-in? What’s the number?” Viago shakes his head but I sit up a little taller, “Tell me how many people died, Viago.”

“20,” Lucanis answers for him, “We lost 20 Crows.”

“And how many were involved?”

“Nearly 80.”

“So that’s 60 that survived, 60 injured crows that survived a cave system collapsing on top of them, I’d say most due to medical and magical intervention--” Viago clenches his fist, the intensity in his stare practically burning a hole through me, “You’re welcome.”

Coming out of a long sleep, it’s often hard to be perceptive. I hadn’t noticed there were others in the room with us at all, and that’s on me. The way I would defend myself to Viago would not be the same way I’d defend myself to anyone else. Viago understands the weight of decisions when pushed to the brink, he’d made toxin solutions, antivenoms and various remedies under a ticking clock for my sake before, he knew that ultimate safety was often the goal, and some things in the short term may suffer for that. Viago could be reasoned with, with sharper words than most.

Viela was more like a wounded dog backed into a corner. No stern command would settle her nerves, she was bound to snap eventually. There was too much hurt inside her and around her for it to not bite back.

Her knuckles connecting with my cheek was the only reason I ever realized she was there. That action brought back most of the sensation in my upper torso quickly, most unfortunately for me. Her chest shook with her breath, her violet eyes wide and angry and cursing-- there was a lot that could be said with that single look, it made me wish I wasn’t so adept at reading expressions.

“How much loss do I need to suffer for you to recognize that it kills me inside?” The hand that didn’t punch me is wrapped tightly around my shirt collar, shaking with an intensity I had never seen out of her, “One was already too many.”

Viela’s hand releases my shirt, dropping me back onto the pillow before she turns and swiftly exits the room, my gaze following after her. The audience by the door was evident now. Arlo had an arm around Thea’s waist, but both of their heads were turned to the door, then to each other, as if deciding whether or not to go after her.

“You self destructed more in a single night than I’ve seen capable of drunkards, addicts, and fools alike,” Viago seems eerily calm, likely because Viela had done the one thing he had been considering doing this whole time, “I will not thank you for nearly killing yourself.”

Viago steps away and back to the far corner of the infirmary where his lab resides, shutting the  separating door being him.

Thea’s eyes meet mine, and it felt as though I was now the dog backed into the corner.

“Want to get your licks in, too?” I offer, “Might as well get your anger out while I’m down.”

Arlo’s fingers seem to clench just a little tighter around Thea’s waist, but she shakes her head solemnly, the action soothing his fingers back into a gentle grip.

“I’m not angry with you, Juno.”

That seems like a lie.

“I’m scared of you.”

And that didn’t.

“Going on this contract with you makes me so nervous I’ve felt like throwing up for days,” Her voice is both gentle and wounding at the same time, like poisoned wine, “You did blood magic like you had been raised on it. You glowed the same crimsonI saw the day I--” She seems to pause, swallowing as if it would stop herself from crying, “If you mess this mission up for me, then I will show you anger. So no, I am not mad at you right now, but I do fall asleep holding my knife, because I can’t rewrite the fear that’s been carved into my neck.” A tear falls down her cheek, the watery film over her eyes making them a new impossible shade of blue, “You brought Arlo home, and that will have to be enough of a start to rebuild my trust. I suggest patching yourself up before this mission, because regardless of who you are or are not getting along with, you’re coming on it.”

Only Arlo spares me another glance before the two leave the infirmary, and I finally let my eyes close after the intensity of those confrontations.

I’m not sure I could quantify the guilt if I tried. It’s no wonder I had attracted a demon of regret. I didn’t even know how I was feeling until I had to feel the full force of everyone else’s emotions first.

The familiar, gentle hand cradles my cheek once more. If this conversation ended anything like the others, the despair just might pull me into the earth’s soil and lay me in an early grave.

“You are good for more than just dying for a cause, Amore,” Lucanis whispers, and though I had just stood my ground so much against so many people, the moment he spoke, all the bravery in me vanished, “I know you feel as though there is only love you’d kill for, and love you’d die for,” He leans forward, his nose brushing against mine, “But there is also love that you live for, that is what you are failing to see. Nobody wants to be so loved, they lose you.”

“I’m sorry,” I’m weak once more, just a hardened shell of a person trying to look brave and falling apart to the touch of someone who manages to pull me apart with his words every time he speaks, “I just wanted to do as much good for as many people as I could--”

“You did,” He hushes me, pressing a small kiss to my lips to soothe me, “For everyone but yourself. You needn’t explain why, we all know why,” Lucanis leans back, his thumb running over my bottom lip as he looks pained by his own words, “Everyone’s anger is a reflection of their own guilt. Until they’re free from their own burdens, until they feel like you wouldn’t do the same thing all over again, you’ll have to deal with their regrets alongside yours.”

Lucanis looks behind him, then back to me, nodding gently to Viago’s laboratory in the corner, where Viago is still visible through the glass window. He’s trying to pour one vial into another, but there’s an obvious shake to his hand. A bit of the liquid slips out and misses the vial entirely, and Viago’s eyes shut tightly before he takes the vial and throws it across his lab, the faint sound of glass shattering still audible through the walls. He fists a hand into his hair and slumps against his work desk, now facing away from the window entirely, probably well aware that anyone still in the infirmary would’ve heard that outburst.

“I’m sorry I hid so much from you, Lucanis,” I tear my gaze away from Viago, knowing that, if he loved me enough to let this eat at him and make him lash out, Lucanis must love me quite a deal more to love me and not lash out at all, “It’s not an excuse, please know this, when I say that I just wanted to bring everyone home. I was doing what I thought was best at the moment, and I should’ve considered everyone else’s feelings first.”

Had I told Viago from the start, he might’ve told me about Javier’s plan sooner. I might not have felt like I didn’t have a choice. I can’t blame Viago-- I should’ve been honest. He’s the one person I shouldn’t lie to.

No wonder he’s so hurt.

“I only wish I had made it so you trusted myself over Illario in all this.”

“I--” Gods, would this make it better or worse? “I knew he wouldn’t stop me. I knew he would trust me without asking too many questions. You wouldn’t have let me.”

“And why do you think that?” Lucanis rubs at the bridge of his nose, seemingly smiling in spite of himself.

“You care for me far more,” It’s hushed like a secret, but it's a secret we wear on our faces every time we look at each other-- something that escapes no one, “You wouldn’t let me do anything that puts myself in danger like that.”

“I had thought, previously, that losing you to someone else was my greatest fear,” Lucanis’ eyes dart to the doorway, as if to be sure no one else was listening in, but upon second glance, its abundantly clear that he was just struggling to get the words out, “It turns out, that you clinging to life by a thread? The possibility that this entire forsaken world loses you? That fear is far greater than any I have ever known.”

It is said that guilt stains you like blood, never quite washing off and clinging to everything like rot. I feel like the knife, the wounded, and the blood in this matter. I hurt, I am hurt, and that hurt won’t wash away. I never wanted this. I just wanted things to be how they were. I wanted nights stargazing and secret meetings and birthday cakes, I wanted drinks and silly games and training camps. I wanted an eternity of time standing still. I would have given anything for that. Everything.

How foolish to not realize I would’ve been the one missing all that, had things gone even more wrong. My eternity nearly faded, lost to lyrium and empty hopes.

I was supposed to be the rook, I was supposed to keep the king in play on this chessboard. I was the piece pivotal to protecting Viago’s every move... and I nearly just burned it all to the ground.

“I won’t do it again,” I say, but it feels empty now, it feels too late, “The lyrium, the blood magic--- keeping things from you. I won’t do it again.”

“I know,” Lucanis pulls my hand to his lips, choosing to rise from his chair, “We’ll all be doing a better job at keeping an eye on you from here out anyways, I’m sure.”

“Lucanis wait,” I try to sit up more, but my legs still feel weakened from whatever Viago had been injecting me with, “Please, I have so many things to tell you, so many things I need to tell you--”

“And you can, and you will,” He places his hands firmly on my shoulder and pushes me gently into the infirmary bed, “After you’ve recovered. We will have plenty of time and less audience, once you’re done being bed bound.”

He places a final kiss to the top of my head before leaving my bedside, stepping out of the infirmary altogether. The silence was worse than anyone’s anger.

I’d have to start the apology tour somewhere-- and though my legs took a few seconds to warm back up to walking, I managed to cross the infirmary to the lab and open the door. Viago seemed shocked at the intrusion, having just picked up glass shards from the floor and thrown a rag on whatever solution shattered and spilled onto the floor.

“I cannot do this right now, Juno, please,” Viago shuts his eyes, turning to face the wall and away from me, pretending to busy himself with wiping off his gloves.

“You weren’t home, Viago,” I say, and watch as his shoulder tense.

“You think I don’t know that?”

“I didn’t finish speaking,” I stop him, taking a step closer to his back, close enough to reach out and touch, “You weren’t home, and it is not your fault that you weren’t.”

And then his shoulders fall, and his head tilts in just that way that I know my words hit something inside.

“You are not my keeper, Viago,” My forehead hits the space between his shoulderblades, “You will not always be able to protect me. That’s not your responsibility.”

Viago is fighting a war against himself, I can hear the way the leather of his gloves flex, feel the muscles in his back twitching-- he is losing that war.

“I’m tired of having failed you time and time again,” To anyone else, he’d sound entirely collected, level headed under stress. To me, he sounded defeated, “I thought if I just kept you out of this one, you’d be better protected if things went sideways. That if Matteo found out anything, you wouldn’t be the one punished. I couldn’t have--”

The break in his voice broke something in me. My arms wrap around him, and though his breathing is staggered as it comes out, he pats a hand on top of mine, a silent signal that his anger wasn’t directed at me.

“How dare I let you become my biggest vulnerability,” Viago’s scoff is bitter, “I can’t even work in this space knowing it wouldn’t have been our shared lab had you not woken up.”

“Yell at me,” I say, but it's almost muffled against his back. I turn my head to the side but still hold my arms tightly around him, “If it’s easier, yell at me.”

“It’s not,” He turns in my grasp, finally facing towards me and looking down with a gaze that was bordering on distressed, “Most unfortunately, the only thing I find easy to say right now is that I care for you so much that it terrifies me the things I would be willing to do to keep you out of death’s path,” His arms finally lock over me, pulling my head against his chest, “Don’t you ever scare me like this again.”

“I won’t,” I don’t know why I cry, sometimes it just feels like my eyes haven’t betrayed me enough in one lifetime, and it's their final act of rebellion. Sometimes emotions well up out of me like some sort of tear fueled geyser. Sometimes, especially now, it’s just that the weight of being loved is a heavy burden to bear, “I’m sorry, Viago.”

“I’m sorry,” His chin rests on top of my head, “I should’ve--”

“No more,” I whisper, “No more ‘should have’. What’s done is done.”

“Some days,” Viago sighs, dipping his head down to rest his cheek in my hair, “You can be a wise little bird.” Viago steps back and looks me over, whatever he’s assessing, I must get his approval, because he continues with, “I hope that’s the side of you that you choose to bring on this upcoming mission, because your friends are still counting on you, despite the uh, well, the punching.” Viago steps to his concoction cabinet and pulls a simple healing potion from the top rack-- I hold up a hand, shaking my head.

“I think I need to let this one sink in,” I lift a hand to my cheek, wincing a little as I press into my cheekbone, “Wouldn’t want to miss the lesson.”

“Might be the best decision you’ve made in days,” Viago places the potion back in his cabinet, looking over his collection, “Huh,” He drags a finger over an empty space, “Did you take one of the vials of Wyvern poison on a mission?”

“No,” I scoff, “That’s a bit of an overkill-- not necessary.”

“Strange,” Viago closes the cabinet, “I know Javier took some extra supplies, I guess I’m just surprised he’d pick that one.”

“Well, when you give every vial some funny name, the normal folk are kind of winging it in terms of figuring out what they do-- I’m sure he just grabbed whatever sounded lethal.”

“Excuse you, ‘Pearly Gates’ was a fantastic name for that poison, it was white and practically shimmering!” Viago shakes his head, “You’d think the self proclaimed poet could appreciate a good play on words.”

“Hey, I’m just saying if everything sounds like death, how do you pick one poison over the other?” I shrug, “Good on him for accidentally grabbing the rarest one. No way is someone’s body trained for dealing with that.”

“He shouldn’t need to use it anyways,” Viago steps to the door and holds it open for me, “I’m surprised he took any poisons at all-- He’s only going to Denerim and back. Shouldn’t be gone very long. Shouldn’t run into any trouble.”

“Yes, well,” Viago gestures for me to step out the door while holding it open and I lead the way out of the infirmary, “Unfortunately, I think the name De Riva and trouble sort of go hand in hand.”

“Perhaps, if all goes well, we can change that soon.” Viago shuts the door to the lab before placing a gentle hand atop my head, “So long as we can keep our rook safe.”





Dear Juno,

 

Viago will not let me enter the infirmary, which I suppose is fair all things considered. When he confronted everyone, I knew I had to come clean about how much I had seen you dose. There was simply no way to tell him without telling him everything.

 

I imagine you likely would have told him everything upon waking up anyways, but I’d rather you know everything I know. That’s how things should be between friends.

 

All I can do is sit and wait for news, and hope Lucanis is benevolent enough to let me know how you are. He punched me, for the record. As did Viago, that was more so the punch I was expecting. I imagine whatever favor I had with Viago prior to this instance has faded entirely. I can only hope I’m not banished from the estate grounds.

 

I thought... well, I guess I don’t know what I thought. I just wanted to have faith that you knew what you were doing, and for a while, you were doing it quite well. I know it must have been that extra dose. I should have stopped you. I will regret that moment for the rest of my life. I knew better, and yet I thought that by giving you what you wanted, I’d be earning your affection. Perhaps you knew that as well. I imagine that’s why you asked me in the first place, rather than anyone else.

 

I may be a fool, Juno, but I am not blind.

And I am a fool who loves you still, despite all that.

 

I pray you make it through this. There hasn’t been a moment you haven’t been on my mind.

 

Yours,

 

Illario Dellamorte

 

~-~-~-~-~-~

Chapter 83: Little Bird in Silence

Notes:

If you can tell that this was the most difficult chapter for me to write, please lie and say you can't I am fragile.
It took me a month. A monnnth. Who am I anymore?
I don't know how to get back on the horse that booted me off, but I'll keep trying.
Hang in there for me, this mission had to get done and things had to be set up, it was not something I could skip.

also pls pray to the writing gods for me.

Meg has made so many beautiful pieces for the finale section of this act, I have to include them. No art left behind!! Especially not the particularly haunting pieces, those are my favorite.

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA
--------------

Chapter Text

Little wolf,

 

No updates about the elf girl your friend is looking for. We’re still looking, too.

Isabela reached out. I assume that was your doing.

You don’t need to fix things you didn’t break.

 

A new plant sprouted in the ruins after you left. I’ve included a dried sample of it for your potions. Merrill says this plant is aquatic and can improve the potency of potions. She called it Spindleweed. I won’t pretend to know anything about it, I just know you didn’t get a sample while you were here.

 

We’ll be in touch if anything else comes up.

 

He didn’t sign it, but the blunt writing couldn’t be anyone else except Fenris. It's funny, the way the note was a bit of a mess almost made it look like the bottom section was written first, and then he scrambled to write the top bit after the fact. Like he didn’t dare send a message that was just a gift, he had to find something to complain about at the top.

Plan failed, big guy. You sent me a present and I will never let you live that down.

Spindleweed as a potency inducer, interesting. Could this be used for Mama? Perhaps an extension of the effectiveness to the already known potions for the taint? ‘Improve the potency” is so vague-- can it speed up reaction times? Does it make potions last longer?

Really, there’s only one way to know for certain.

Just a little test couldn’t hurt, right? Maybe not a test for duration, as I unfortunately have places to be-- but a reaction time test is feasible. One poison, two potions-- one the base antivenom, and the other, with the spindleweed brewed in.

I suppose now was as good a time as any to finally brew up the antidote Auntie had given me the recipe for, considering Javier took one of the vials of wyvern venom with him. Andraste’s mantle, drakevein, and winterberry-- with a new addition, Spindleweed. Such a curious looking plant, like a red seaweed that grew extremely brittle when dried. It would blend into the winterberry seamlessly, nothing about the antidote’s color would change except perhaps being a bit darker shade of red.

It was a simple enough brew, barely needing any water added due to the juices from the berries creating moisture. It was almost scary how easy it was, considering how dangerous wyvern venom was known to be. If I recall correctly, Auntie had said the venom activated in mucus membranes or wet surfaces. I didn’t exactly feel like dumping a known potent poison I’ve never seen in action into my eyeballs or mouth, so I settled for pricking my finger and placing a drop of blood onto two glass sample dishes.

Three pipettes- One for poison, one for base cure, one for cure enhanced with spindleweed. From the first drop of poison, the blood in the trays began to sizzle, bubbling in an unsettling way. Not too surprising, the ratio was essentially 1 to 1. The first drop of the base cure, it took a moment for the sizzling to really simmer down, only a few seconds in reality-- but enough time that the acidity of the venom ate through the glass of the dish and began to sizzle on the bare countertop.

“Shit,” I mutter, quickly administering the enhanced cure-- and just like that, the poison was neutralized in an instant. At least one thing was true about the spindleweed, it doubled the speed of the reaction time of the base.

I made sure to bottle up the enhanced antidote and place it on my personal shelf, with a label inspired by Viago: ‘Back from the Brink’.

Cleaning up the space, and collecting a few healing potions freshly brewed following the cave-in, I make my way out of the house, giving the door one final glance before I set off to meet Thea and Viela at the city gate. Each step felt heavy, I was afraid of the confrontation that I knew would happen.

The mission would be short, at least. A trip to Tevinter and back. Magister Urathus was spotted back in Tevinter at his primary estate after being away to the Hissing Wastes for quite some time. Travel would still be more than a day, but it wouldn’t be a week of tension, at the very least.

A week of not telling Viela the truth.

Curse Viago for that stipulation. It was hard enough being worried about him, but now I had to be worried about him whilst also acting like he died? In front of my very dear friend who loved him to pieces...

More guilt stains me. More blood on my hands.

Things might as well have been back to the beginning, back when they were just two more strangers at bootcamp. They didn’t even look at me for more than a second, like my very presence haunted them.

Maybe it did.

How do you comfort someone in this scenario? Where the person they loved the most was lost, or where they saw you commit the thing they despise the most in this world? When someone they both cherished was barely clinging to life days prior of her own volition? How do you move on from that? There’s no casual conversation that can fix those wounds.

Lucanis’ words of wisdom floated through my mind.

“Until they’re free from their own burdens, until they feel like you wouldn’t do the same thing all over again, you’ll have to deal with their regrets alongside yours.”

I may not be able to help Viela’s grief, or make Thea any less scared... but I could at least apologize. I could at least assure them I wouldn’t go back to dabbling with danger.

“For what it’s worth,” I keep my eyes trained on the window, as the other two women in the cart had done from the moment we stepped inside, “I am sorry. Not that I got caught, and not because I want to relieve myself from guilt--” I look to Thea, “For making you relive something awful,” And then Viela, “And for almost losing myself in the process. You didn’t deserve that stress, or any of my messes. I’m sorry I put you through any of it, and more than that... I’m sorry I didn’t tell you before I tried anything dangerous.”

There’s still nothing but silence in the cart. I guess I shouldn’t have expected anything else.

It's hard to hold yourself accountable. It’s hard to not want to say a million things to defend your actions or to try and get them to see your point of view-- but if I put myself in their shoes, if it was Thea who nearly killed herself trying to save Arlo, or Viela doing drugs to access more power... I’d be a bad friend to not be upset.

So I can sit in the silence. I can handle a cart ride filled with tension. Because if there was no tension, if they were fine, it would mean I never meant anything to them at all. I would take anger because of love over indifference any day.

It didn’t change the fact that they still waited for me to make changes to dinner at the campfire to make it more appealing. It didn’t change the fact that we only packed one tent. The silence was there, and it was heavy, but it wasn’t nothing. It was heavy with emotion. I’d take any one of those I could get.

Eating was silence. Going to bed was silence. Even my dreams remained remarkably empty.

But I still woke up when I heard soft footsteps in the grass outside. A quick survey told me Viela had stepped out of the tent, and when I looked out for further inspection, she was cross legged in the grass staring up at the sky.

That was the only silence I wouldn’t let her have, because I knew better than anyone what was on her mind when she gazed up at the stars.

She didn’t move when she heard me approach, nor did she look down as I sat beside her. There wasn’t any sage wisdom to offer, just companionship.

Though I suppose, I could do the one thing that brings me comfort, and hope I can give her some comfort in turn. It wasn’t an original, but it was one that made me look at grief differently when I needed it the most.

 

Do not stand at my grave and weep,

I am not there; I do not sleep.

I am a thousand winds that blow,

I am the diamond glints on snow.

I am the sun on ripened grain,

I am the gentle autumn rain.

When you awaken in the morning’s hush,

I am the swift uplifting rush--

Of quiet birds in circled flight.

I am the soft stars that shine at night.

Do not stand at my grave and cry,

I am not there, I did not die.

 

Viela’s eyes shut, and a weary tear streaks down her face as the poem comes to an end. I reach a hesitant arm up, rubbing at her back gently-- not forceful, not insistent, just present. Just a grounding force in a world that still felt unreal.

“If they had found a body,” Viela whispers, sniffling as she wiped the sides of her face, “At least it would’ve been an answer. Some closure, you know?”

“I know,” I answer.

“But nothing? To be left with nothing-- to know nothing,” Her head shakes slowly as she points it to the stars once more, “It feels worse.”

How many people had to hurt for one plan to work out?

I can only hope Javier makes it home safely, and soon.

“He had always said he wanted to see the world,” I take a deep breath, gazing up at the constellation of Falon’Din, still prominent in the sky, “I’d prefer to think he just got away, you know? Got out of the assassin business for a bit.”

“And leave me behind?” Viela scoffs bitterly, “I don’t know if that feels better to me or not.”

“Not even if he brought back souvenirs?” I offer, “Bootleg liquor, fine teas from the farthest coast-- A tiny figure of Andraste in a grass skirt that wiggles its hips?”

The smallest, breathless laugh-- like music to my ears.

“Do you always try to find some silver lining?”

Javier’s own words echo in my mind.

 

"You have this infuriating and adorable way of breaking up everyone else's dark storm clouds, you know that?"

 

“I try not to let myself forget there is a bright side somewhere, even if it’s dim,” I let my hand fall off her back and rest in the grass behind us, “And-- even if you can’t see some silver lining or look at any bright side, that’s okay too. I’ll just be sitting with you, here in the dark.”

And this time, when the silence settles in, it’s comfortable.

We stayed out until the sun was rising, and when dawn’s early lights danced across the horizon, I made sure breakfast was ready before Thea even awoke for the day. I didn’t push her, I let her enjoy the meal in peace, and it was Viela who spoke first instead.

“When we get back,” Viela glances over to me, “I convinced Talon Nero to let me win a contract for induction. I’ve signed, so I will likely head back out immediately when we return.”

“Wait, you’ve already chosen assassins and an intel team?” Thea places her bowl down in her lap, “Why didn’t you say anything?”

Viela shrugs, but her face is still a bit indifferent, “I can’t request you as an assassin yet, and, honestly-- I can do some things alone. I’m capable.”

“I never said you weren’t capable,” Thea frowns, “I just thought, well... that we were in this together. That you’d always let me have your back.”

Viela gently sighs, “I’ve unfortunately learned that nothing in life is permanent, Thea.”

“Love is,” I reply, “You love someone even when they’re gone. You can love someone even while you absolutely despise them.”

Thea looks over at me, giving a short nod, before turning her whole body to face Viela.

“And I love you-- We love you,” Thea picks her bowl back up and takes an indignant bite, “So try as you might, you don’t get to push me away. Neither of you get to push me away,” Her blue eyes look up to me, the smallest hint of hurt in them.

“Lesson learned,” I answer.

“Good.”

She wouldn’t let me off easy, that was for sure. 

“What’s the plan with this Magister?” I ask, trying to fill the silence.

“Get in undetected, get out undetected. We don’t need to be causing a scene-- Contract is for the magister, and I’m sure your friend doesn’t want us making a scene in Minrathous and getting his name somehow dragged in. Get in, kill the guy, get out.”

“Easy enough, Viago’s plan was always to find the bedroom to pinpoint them when they’re alone. So we slip in under the cover of night?”

“You got it.”

.

.

.

And that plan would have been flawless, had it been any other evening.

Tonight, however, the manor was flooded with venatori.

It was no surprise we didn’t learn about it beforehand, blood magic was one thing but being openly involved with Venatori was a bit more shameful-- so any sort of gathering was generally kept hush hush. The only saving grace for this Magister was that there was a fair share of other Magisters in Tevinter in cahoots with the Venatori, so plenty of people willing to keep secrets.

Seemed like there was more and more every day.

All over a fucking dead religion. Unbelievable.

Trying to find a bedroom window would prove to be difficult with so many people wandering the property, it became more of a ‘find any unoccupied window’ scenario. Which is how we wound up in a hallway, and not at all in a bedroom.

We could barely hear the conversation being had in the hall from up in the ceiling rafters, but Viela seemed to perk up when one of the Venatori below spoke what I could only assume was a name. It wasn’t one I recognized, but from the way her face paled, she knew it immediately.

I didn't even have a moment to ask her what was happening before she was making her descent-- unprompted, undirected, and absolutely to Thea’s surprise.

The first punch with her spiked knuckles made a cracking sound echo through the air, like lightning had just struck. Thea and I had no choice but to scramble our way down from the rafters to back her up, but even as Venatori screamed and yelled and alerted of an attack, and more filled the halls, she just continued punching her way through the crowd. It was like watching moths that had flown into a fire, cascading down in a flame of red. Except the red was blood. And it was everywhere.

There was magic being cast, ice projectiles being flung, shouting at every corner-- but not a single person could lay a hand on Viela, whether that be from her taking them down first, or Thea’s knives and my magic. Viela was a woman unhinged, bridled with rage and grief and willing to do anything to get it out of her system.

The carpets weren’t maroon when we first entered this hallway.

But they were now.

And as Viela turned, seemingly ready to move on to the next room and find Thea’s target, she looked drained. Not tired, not exhausted, more like someone whose soul was sucked out of their body. I suppose that’s what heartbreak and loss can feel like.

“Viela, this was NOT part of the plan,” Thea steps over a body to reach Viela’s side, crossing her arms to make a point, “This was supposed to be quiet!”

“Yeah, I really didn’t want to leave a pile of bodies to potentially get traced back to the man whose doing us a FAVOR,” I cringe as I lift my boot and see the once silver toes and now also muddied with blood, “I hate Venatori as much as the next elf, but this is going to get you in trouble--”

“He was my target for my contract.”

Huh.

Viela steps past us, back to the very first person she took down, somehow still alive and groaning as she lifts him by his cloak off the floor and unmasks him just to get a grip on his hair, “Adeodatus Laurentius, are you not?”

When the man only groans and doesn’t respond, Viela shakes him.

“I heard him say your name, no point in hiding it now.”

“Fuck... you,” Some blood pools at the edge of his mouth as he speaks, and Viela lets out a surprisingly collected sigh.

She reaches into the pouch on her hip with one hand, still holding the bloodied and bruised man by his hair as she uses her leg to gently unfold a piece of parchment. She ponders for a moment, then lifts the paper up beside the man’s face.

And I’ll be damned if that wasn’t the bloodied man before us on her contract information sheet.

She folds the paper back up, gentle as ever, and places it back in her pouch before turning her head slowly back to the man in her grip.

“As my people say, the crows send their regards.”

Her final blow was to his carotid artery, the spike of her knuckle planting firmly into the blood vessel on his throat. For a moment, he was a fountain. A gross, human fountain.

“Anyways,” Viela drops the man, searching his person before settling on a necklace she finds, ripping it off his person, “Saved me a trip.”

Thea is bewildered, I can see on her face that she is both impressed by the efficiency and pissed that her stealth mission was now... not stealth.

“I only brought you two because I was only going to kill one person, Vie...” Thea rubs at her temples, “There’s no way the ones who got out of the hall didn’t alert Magister Urathus!”

“You don’t have to kill more than one person,” Viela shrugs, “Let me handle the rest.”

“This is not a healthy coping mechanism,” I add.

“And what would you know about being healthy?”

“...touche.”

“I have to write this up in my report, Vie!” Thea grabs one of her knives from a Venatori chest on the floor.

“So do I!” Viela mimics her tone back to her, “What’s the big deal? It's Venatori.”

Juno isn’t on a contract mission--” Thea whips her head around and for the first big show of emotion I’ve seen from her in days, glares at Viela, “You’ve just had her engaging in combat, she can be punished for this!”

Viela seems to gain life back into her eyes as this realization hits her. She looks to me, a bit of panic in her eyes, and lets out a barely audible apology.

“Can we... Can we lie?” She asks, which has Thea gesturing to the room of dead Venatori.

“And say WHAT exactly? That is was just me and you? That dude has burn holes from lightning in his fucking chest, Viela!”

“It’s fine,” I interject, “You don’t need to lie.”

“I don’t want you to be punished for this Juno, this will hold back your progress.”

“Really, it’s fine,” I hold up my hands, “Viago has big things planned, I’m not going to sweat the ‘becoming a crow’ thing right now.”

Besides which, every punishment had been the same since Leo was taken off punishment duty, and it’s not like I even needed to do anything particularly wrong to be punished that way.

I imagine it would be the same outcome had I behaved perfectly fine on this outing.

Matteo laid his hands on me whenever he pleased, unfortunately.

“Whatever,” Thea looks to the door at the end of the hall, clearly the entrance to a ballroom or dining room judging by the sheer size of the doors, “I’d just appreciate if you could follow my fucking lead next time and not undermine my damn contract.”

Viela is decidedly silent as we do, in fact, follow Thea’s lead. Thea places an ear to the door, hoping for some sign of what or who or how many remained past them, but when she pulled away, she seemed unsure. All there was to do was enter, it was just a question of how we wanted to do it.

She looked to me, fire in her eyes, “When I open this door, you be ready to hit whatever's behind it with lightning, got it?”

I casually flip my knife in my hand, “Who do you think you’re talkin’ to? I’m always ready.”

Admittedly, it felt good. Like, really good to be able to knock four people back with lightning so hot it seared their skin. Red was a color of reflex now, you see it, you strike. Thankfully all Venatori members all wore the same dumb red coats, like matadors facing wild bulls.

And it just felt... good to be the bull. I hadn’t been able to use my magic like this in so long, I hadn’t felt actually productive in so long that I almost forgot what it felt like to engage in real combat. And even though there was death, and screams and blood and violence-- it didn’t feel wrong anymore. Venatori scum, but beyond that, Venatori scum in legion with the man who stole Thea’s voice away. All because he wanted her to lose her “value”? No. No, they wouldn’t leave this room tonight.

Her rage was my rage.

Magic was everywhere-- Fire, Ice, Lightning, Blood-- projectiles, exploding glyphs, wards-- Nothing was held back. There were dead coming back to life on the ground, rising up into some twisted blood magic creature. Whenever someone's hands began to glow that familiar bright red, it was time to strike, and strike we did.

Thea’s enraged scream had my head on a swivel, a large shard of ice sticking out of her hip and a still bubbling burnt piece of flesh on her shoulder, but it didn’t slow her down for a moment. She only had one target-- and if his circle of protective Venatori at the center of the room didn't give him away, the way Thea’s throat glowed brightly as she approached did.

Viela gave me a curt nod, and we flanked either side of Thea, sweeping in to take down the left and right mobs of Venatori that began to target her specifically. I was sweating, I was out of breath, but somehow, above all else, I was eager.

She’d be free of her curse, free of him entirely.

I would kill whoever stood between her and that moment, I would take whatever punishment was lingering on the horizon for me, and I’d lay my head down every night at peace with that.

Until there only stood one. One man. One pitiful, despicable, disgusting man.

Thea was a mess, still bleeding from her hip, still charred at the edges of her clothes, jewelry long torn off and likely scattered to bits on the floor-- but something about her still looked so angelic when she pulled the pin keeping her hair up out from her locks entirely, revealing that it was a weapon this entire time. She held a knife in both hands, and a hatred so deep in her heart that you could feel it in the air around us.

Magister Urathus began to speak, but Thea was quicker than him. She was behind him before he could even form a word, and stabbing her smaller knife into his shoulder. His scream only echoed through walls of a now empty manor.

“You stole my voice,” She too, sounded a bit hollow when she spoke, “It’s time for you to lose yours.”

She uses the pressure from her smaller knife and a swift kick to Urathus’ knees to bring him to the ground, using the same knife to tip his head back and force him to watch her final blows.

Her knife slides across his neck, and she pulls the knife from his shoulder only to jam it straight back into his temple, her moves akin to someone drawing a bow across a viola, a symphony for one.

Her neck glowed so, so brightly, before it faded entirely.

And she gasped.

Because she knew. She felt it.

It was finally gone.

She pulled back her knives, watching Urathus fall to the ground, completely lifeless.

This silence was different than the ones in days prior-- this one with an unspoken hope, anticipation and awe. She knew we were waiting to see, so she opened her mouth.

And what came out was the most beautiful sounds I had ever heard.

Ormai resto qua,” She let out something between a sob and a gasp at the sound of her own voice, “Non voglio andare via.

It was quite surprising to hear that she knew any Antivan at all, but here she was, singing fluently and without thought.

Thea crumples to the ground, just barely missing landing on the magister she just killed, and as she sat on the ground and wiped at her face that any new tears that dared to fall, she still sang her song as best she could, clearly moved that she had finally, finally gotten back what was quite clearly her truest talent.

And as she wept, and found comfort in her voice, Viela and I chose to sit with her, each with an arm wrapped around her, basking in the bright side.

Chapter 84: Little Bird Rewarded

Notes:

I ... actually think I'm going to hide at the END of the chapter to leave notes this time lol DO NOT SCROLL DOWN UNTIL YOU'RE DONE READING THE WHOLE CHAPTER

**Unless otherwise stated, all art included in this fic belongs to and was created by megankotkeart: megan.kotke on instagram, specifically for Little Bird With A Purpose. Please do not repost art elsewhere. The only thieves we support are Antivan.**

You can find the official Little Bird Spotify playlist here:
https://open.spotify.com/playlist/4dGQSCHebMmrZTvk98IxKl?si=KpKHiD6IT5Wvl_ws3yAsLA

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text



When you’re expecting harsh punishments, the last thing you expect is to be rewarded-- and that’s why I was hesitant to trust the day. After reports had been submitted, and it had been disclosed that I did in fact engage in combat during Thea’s mission, I had anticipated a harsh punishment. I expected to be told that I was making a fool of myself, that I’d never move up in this organization-- that I was weak. That I was bringing shame to the fifth talon household.

So... why was I sitting in the courtyard, across from Lucanis Dellamorte? Why were we sharing tea and told that an occasional courtship “date” was permitted? Why was I being granted more freedoms rather than being restricted further?

“This is... weird, right?” I asked him, watching as he disdainfully poured some tea from the decorative kettle into my cup, “That Caterina sent you here, especially after word got back to her about me engaging in combat?”

“I can pretty much guarantee you that the moment you start expecting anything from Caterina, you will be sorely disappointed,” Lucanis remarks, reaching for the separate kettle that held freshly brewed coffee, “I have no idea what she wanted to speak with Matteo about, but she seemed quite pleased when she sent me out here to sit with you.”

“Sorry to ask,” I interrupt, “But she didn’t bring Illario today?”

“No,” Lucanis finishes pouring himself some coffee but pauses before setting down the kettle, “I imagine that’s because she knows we haven’t been getting along remarkably well.”

My eyes soften as a grimace pulls at my mouth, “That’s also because of me, I presume.”

Lucanis doesn’t answer, but lifts his coffee to his cupid’s bow and takes in the aroma, his eyes fluttering closed, “Illario’s own choices play just as much a part.”

I’m no fool, that’s really just code for ‘both of you could stand to learn a thing or two’-- but at the very least, he was here with me, sitting across from me, pouring me tea. He didn’t hate me, even if I did test his patience.

I don’t know if I can really put a finger on when the lying to Lucanis really became something that felt like it rots me to my very core. On one hand, he is one of the only people I feel I can tell everything to, but on the other hand, I can never take away what my father did to his parents.

“For someone so horrible at raising children, she certainly does know how to handle Illario,” Lucanis chuckles, finally taking a sip of his brew, “She may have failed my parents, but perhaps I haven’t been giving her nearly enough credit for how she can put my cousin in his place.”

“Oh?” I nearly choke on my own words, “I thought you were hoping he’d become Caterina’s favorite and save you from First Talon?”

“I do,” His brown eyes flick up to mine, a knowing softness in his gaze, “But he also needs to grow up and stop blaming everyone else for him not getting what he wants.”

“Hmm,” I narrow my eyes, “Sounds like this is about more than just the first talon again.”

“It is,” Lucanis places his coffee cup down and reaches over the table, his hand settling over mine, “But please, I didn’t come here to talk about Illario.”

“I know,” I nod, “And I’m sorry-- I don’t want him to be the focus either, I just wanted to make sure I didn’t fuck up your relationship with him permanently with everything I’ve done.”

“It would take far more than him not ratting you out when you came up with dumb ideas for me to hate him, amore. He is still family,” Lucanis tips his head slightly as he chuckles mostly to himself, “For as much as I’d love to pretend that doesn’t mean something, I don’t get the luxury of thinking that with what little family I have left.”

“You can always make more,” I offer, but as Lucanis peeks over from the corner of his eye, a dangerous smile tugging at his lips, I realize the implications of those words.

“Oh? Is that what you’re hoping for?”

“I--” I hurriedly picked my teacup off its platter with my free hand, “I meant that your friends are your family! New family! Like Teia became a Cantori after impressing the 7th talon!”

Lucanis leans forward, his thumbs stroking over my fingertips, “You never get less entertaining to fluster.”

“You!-- Ugh,” My cheeks flush with both heat and color, trying to ignore his lingering gaze, but like the silky soft honey mead color they are, I slip right back into his gaze like a bad habit, “You’re lucky you’re so damn pretty.”

“And you are lucky I love you so deeply,” His fingers suddenly clenched over mine, pulling me forward to meet him halfway across the table, “Otherwise I’d never stop trying to see your cheeks stained with such a lovely wine-red.”

“--nis!” Just barely audible over our own breathing, Caterina calls for him.

“You should go,” I whisper, “Sounds like Caterina is done speaking with Matteo.”

“Go where?” His lips curl up over his canines, and he leans in closer, his breath hitting my ear, “Here?” His lips trail down to my neck, “Or here?”

How is it that my knees still shake at his touch?

“Perhaps lower?” His chuckle is barely a threat, and more like an appetizing promise.

“Lucanis!” Caterina is suddenly at the back door, an eyebrow raised as she looks over the two of us, “Come along, we shall return later,”

“--later?” I ask quietly, a chill running down my spine as Lucanis pulls his face from my neck.

“What do you mean?” Lucanis stands, lifting my hand to place a gentle kiss on my knuckles before retreating to Caterina’s side, “We’ll be back?”

“Yes,” Caterina seems to warm just the slightest, a hint of a smile on her face, “We will be back later for dinner.”

It made my head spin, just the slightest. Why dinner, why here, why later? What even is today, why is it so different? Was this all the build up before the pin drop? Was I being lulled into a false sense of comfort?

“Farewell for now, Juno,” Caterina’s sharp eyes draw over my form before she turns on her heel and leads Lucanis off the property.

I manage to finish my tea, trying not to get too lost in thought, but the sound of the chair across from me scraping as it was pulled out once more dragged my attention back to reality.

“To what do I owe this,” My lips purse as I search for the right word, “Delight?”

“We’re long past formalities, aren’t we?” Leo crosses one leg over the other, staring at me with his usual smug expression, “You know things, I know things-- Really, this relationship could be mutually beneficial if you’d just let it be, Little Bird.”

“The thing is,” I laugh, placing my teacup back down and folding my hands on my lap, “I don’t make deals with demons-- that’s for the weak.”

“Oh?” Leo leans forward, his eyes wide with excitement, “Would you like to find out just how weak I really am?”

“What do you want, Leo? Why are you coming to me again? Was going after Javier not enough for you? You just going to keep pecking and pecking until you’ve plucked every other De Riva from the house?”

“Not a bad strategy,” Leo remarks, “But really, I don’t have to do anything at all,” Leo looks to the doorway to the house then back to me, “Once Matteo does what he’s been planning to, the rest will fall into place. Viago, stepping down... Arlo, stepping into line-- and then you,” Leo laughs, “Dead.”

I hate Leo. He’s not just an arrogant prick, he’s an arrogant prick that I can never tell if he’s lying. The problem with getting so comfortable with a demon is that his human emotions have all but faded, and the only thing left of him was the initial envy that made the demon choose him in the first place. Leo could be bluffing... but he also could be telling the truth. It’s not like I had never considered it--- Matteo had always treated me like a pawn-- and it’s not like his ill will towards Papa made the resentment any less.

“And what exactly does that plan entail then, Mr. Know-it-all?” I tap my fingers on the tabletop, half expecting him not to respond to me at all.

“How about this, I tell you, but you agree to do me a little favor in return,” Leo holds up his hands, “And as a show of good faith, I’ll even let you in on some details before you need to make a decision.”

Whatever it was Leo wanted, he wanted it bad... or perhaps, he was at the point where he hated Matteo enough to turn on him.

I wave my hand at Leo, gesturing to him to go on.

“It was never about you, Juno, I’m sure you know that by now,” Leo reaches across, taking my teacup and filling it for me with a relaxed smile, his eyes calmed from their previously wild state, “Barely about your dad, even. It was always Caterina-- always her fault,” He makes like he’s going to hand me the cup, before quickly pulling back and taking a sip, another smug smile on his face, “So how do you remain in power while enacting revenge on the one person you hate the most?”

My skin prickles with goosebumps.

“You find a pretty little sacrificial lamb,” Leo places the now empty cup back in front of me, the tea leaves sticking to the bottom of the cup in an unappealing way, “And how lucky is he that one just shows up on his doorstep? From the very man who destroyed his plans in the first place?” Leo slowly shakes his head as he raises an eyebrow, “He gets you to kill Caterina, and he takes none of them blame-- because your daddy-dearest is a defector, a traitor. And you’re just the loyal little bird obeying daddy’s orders.”

“I wouldn’t dare act against Caterina,” I responded, trying to keep my tone level despite my heart racing. Part of me secretly wishes Viago was spying from somewhere, listening in since even before Leo sat down, “So that’s not going to work, is it?”

“Perhaps,” Leos shrugs and leans back  in his chair, folding his arms over each other, “Unless the evidence is stacked against you.”

“--Spit it out, Leo,” I finally snapped, regretting my impatience as I saw the wild look in his eyes return, “You know more, so what do you want?”

“I can’t stop him if he’s controlling me, Juno, I told you this once already,” Leo tilts his head to the side, “If you can get the phylactery from him, I can show you everything. I can give you everything he plans to use against you.”

“And how do I know I can trust you? How do you even know about all these secret plans?”

“Because when you’re done being the lamb, I’m next,” Leo’s jaw clenches, “Why do you think he put this demon in me in the first place? It isn’t giving me power, it’s about giving him power without taking any of the blame. He will use you, and then me, and then Viago, and then Arlo,” Leo’s voice drops low, “And when he finds Javier, he will use him too.”

He knew. He knew this whole time that Javier wasn’t dead. He just never went after him.

Or maybe... he couldn’t go after him.

“Just how much control does Matteo have over you?” My voice is barely above a whisper when I ask, cautious but curious.

“If his eyes are on me, and that phylactery is in his hands,” Leo scoffs, “It’s like fighting a god.”

There’s a pregnant pause between us. I stare at the tea leaves in my otherwise empty cup, contemplating what the right words to say are. Do I think I could get the phylactery from Matteo? It seems... unlikely, but there are times his guard is down. Especially lately. Especially when his attention is fully on me. If he sees me take it, would his plans launch into immediate action? Would he find a way to get me into trouble?

“I can protect you from him,” Leo adds, “If you get that phylactery, and you hold onto it, you can make sure I don’t hurt you. He won’t be able to make me hurt you.”

“You hurt me before you were a demon,” I remark, and Leo shrugs.

“Yeah, well, you were arrogant and I liked knives, what can I say?” Leo clicks his tongue, leaning forward on the table, “I’ve got bigger fish to fry, and I really don’t think you’d stop me anyways. Not after the things he’s done to you.”

It was time for the conversation to come to a close.

“I’ll consider your offer,” I reply.

“Better consider quickly,” Leo responds as he rises from his chair, “Caterina will be over for dinner tonight.”

Any other time, I wouldn’t think much of that comment... but if Matteo wanted to take Caterina out, and I was the sacrificial lamb-- well... there’s a chance she could die tonight.

And apparently a chance that it could be my fault somehow.

And I couldn’t let that happen.

 

I convened with Viago later in the day, wanting to speak about the things that were revealed but not wanting to seem alarmed or desperate should Leo be eavesdropping from somewhere.

“Something about this feels off,” Viago strokes at his chin, “I could believe that Matteo still holds disdain for Caterina, yes, but he’s spent far too much time trying to have us gain influence within the houses to throw it all away. Leo might be on to something about tonight, but I don’t think you should trust him.”

“I don’t,” I assure Viago, “But I also think there’s no harm in trying to get that phylactery-- if for no other reason than to just have control over Leo.”

“Juno,” Viago looks at me with that troubled expression I’d come to know so well, “You cannot separate him from the demon, you know this now, yes?”

“I know,” I answer, and there’s no ‘but’ this time, “He knows Javier is alive, I won’t have him going after Javie. I’d rather we have control.”

“Leave it be,” Viago shakes his head, “Tonight, just keep your eyes peeled. I will stay close to Caterina, and you keep an eye on Matteo. Arlo can keep up with Leo, those two won't be invited to dinner anyways.”

“What? Why?”

“They failed their last mission,” Viago steps around his desk, fiddling with some astringents, “Tonight is supposed to be about celebrating your recent successes, afterall.”

“It... is?”

Viago quirks a small smile as he looks up over his work at me, “Seems your healing abilities have been making waves throughout the organization,” Viago seems pensive for a moment, “Granted, they don’t know about the drugs or the blood magic... I won’t rain on that particular parade. Being on Caterina’s good side would do you well.”

“So... it’s a... what, a reward?”

“It’s a recognition,” Viago clicks his tongue, “And for all you know, that could be enough to get you assigned your first contract, so I’d take it and remain humble.”

“Hmm, what is it that is says in the seduction training manuals? ‘Be seen and not heard’?” I remark.

“Funny,” Viago chuckles, “It says the opposite in the assassin manual.”

“Says to be neither in the espionage manual.”

“And yet you were raised to do both.”

“Jerk.”

“Idiot.”

“Mhmmm,” I bite back a laugh, “Gods, where would I be without you?”

“Dead, most likely,” Viago purses his lips as he swirls fluid in a vial, jotting down the color in his notes.

“Speaking of,” I walk over to the shelf and tap on the tiny vial of Wyvern anti-venom, “A friend of mine sent me spindleweed saying it could increase the potency of a potion-- So I gave a little test using some of the wyvern venom,” Viago’s eyes widened, “On a piece of glass, not my skin!”

“Mierda,” Viago breathed a sigh of relief.

“--I don’t know about potency specifically, but the reaction time of the antivenom was almost instantaneous with the spindleweed. I think it’s worth investing in any you can find in the market.” I pick up the tiny vial, “It was incredible actually, it neutralized almost instantly whereas the other venom burned through the sample dish before it neutralized. That’s why this one's labeled special-- ‘Back from the Brink’, because damn did it snap back fast.”

Viago gives an approving nod at the name, “Not sure how I feel about you stealing my trademark naming conventions and using it for healing remedies instead of poisons, but hey, I can at least appreciate that imitation is a form of flattery.”

“Oh and how I do love to flatter you,” I pretend to fawn over him before sliding my hand down his desk and heading to the door, “I’ll see you at dinner, then?”

“Indeed,” Viago looks me over, “And do try to dress up a bit, this is the first talon coming to visit. I better not see that red napkin you call a shirt--”

“--Oh my gods, okay Dad, thank you!”

 

Sitting beside Matteo, after hearing what Leo had to say, felt more unusual than ever. Not being able to show any other emotion beside polite gratitude on top of that was surreal. Viago was correct, Caterina made sure to note recent events over dinner.

“Your diligence in healing everyone at the cave in did not go unnoticed,” Caterina sits across from Matteo, her hands folded in her lap, “Both Andarateia as well as Talon De Acutis remarked about your dedication and abilities. You saved a great number of Crows that day,” She nods her head to me, “We owe you a great deal of gratitude.”

My gaze flicks over to Lucanis, who remains quiet but acknowledges my stare. He wouldn’t speak of the things he learned, for my sake, but I still wanted to acknowledge that I knew I didn’t deserve Caterina’s regards.

“All the medical team worked hard-- Illario included,”

“Yes,” Caterina interrupts, looking down at her plate and deciding her words carefully, “And so soon after a successful induction mission as well. If he could keep that mouth of his in check, perhaps he’d be here at dinner with us tonight,” Caterina forces a smile onto her face, “For now, we will enjoy the victories we have. Lucanis will be inducted to the Crows shortly, and, per my recommendation, I believe Matteo would like to move you up before the next ceremony as well.”

I turn my head slowly to Matteo, who nods once to Caterina before turning slightly to regard me, “I see no better time to do so. The next ceremony will be quite large, it’s not just an induction ceremony, but also a promotion for your friend.”

“My friend?” I ask.

“Talon Cantori will be stepping down shortly due to his declining health,” Lucanis answers, “Andarateia has been preparing for this for quite some time now.”

“Oh,” I suppose it should’ve been obvious, Francesco Cantori did look quite frail the last time I saw him, but that would also mean--

“Andarateia will be the youngest Crow to ever step into the Talon role,” Caterina had a certain pride in her gaze, “She is an excellent friend to keep, I recommend continuing to make your abilities well known to her. Perhaps she may even make a Guild Master out of you some day.”

“You’d give away my future finest to the seventh talon?” Viago jokes from the other side of me, “You wound me, First Talon.”

“Perhaps it’d do you well to keep your finest to yourself then, I know for a fact it's not just the soon to be Seventh Talon keeping a close eye on the youngest De Riva.”

“Let us not forget she needs to pass an induction mission first, yes?” Matteo chuckles, “Come, let us retire to the sitting room for nightcaps, we can toast in a more intimate setting.”

The Fifth Talon leads us out of the dining room and to the sitting room just past the front door, and though Lucanis has gently had a hand on my back to lead me there himself, my legs stop short of entering as I look up over the railing.

My bedroom door was open.

I didn’t leave my bedroom door open.

“Excuse me for just one moment,” I whisper, gathering my dress in my hands to head cautiously up the stairs. As I peek around the corner to my room, my heart leaps to my throat as I see Arlo on the floor. I rush to his side, and his eyes find mine-- He’s alive. From what I can see, he isn’t bleeding.

He flicks his eyes to my dresser, and my body stands on its own as I notice my decorative chest, the one rigged with a paralytic, has been forced open.

I feel my brow furrow as I look down at Arlo, who was clearly facing the effects of the paralytic, before hurrying down the stairs to the sitting room.

“So sorry,” I cleared my throat, “Viago, I need your assistance momentarily.”

He’s confused, but he stands and follows me up the stairs anyways.

“I need you to fetch whatever solution will undo the paralytic you rigged my letter box with, it appears Arlo has been paralyzed by it.”

“Arlo?” Viago nearly trips, “What? How?”

“It’s been pried open.” I answer, gesturing to the box on my dresser.

“Juno, is everything alright up there?” Matteo’s voice calls from the bottom of the stairs. I shoo Viago to the lab as Matteo starts heading up the stairs to my room.

“Just a small surprise, nothing urgent,” I try to stop him before he steps into my room, but Matteo sees Arlo on the floor and brushes past me.

“By the Maker, what did you do to him?” Matteo leans down, checking his son’s pulse.

“I didn’t do anything, he forced open a rigged box--”

“Rigged? Rigged with what?”

“A paralyzing agent, obviously,” I snap, “He went digging around and got caught.”

Arlo groans from the floor, his eyes wide but he’s unable to move his mouth.

“Its fine,” I sigh, “Viago has the stimulants needed to get him moving again.”

“Why do you have a box with a paralyzing agent?” Matteo turns back to me, his gaze a bit darker than before.

Ah. There it is. That distrust that had been missing for so long. Worn like an old coat.

“Because I’ve been told certain individuals were trying to steal my letters from the carrier birds,” I cross my arms, matching his dark gaze, “And with that issue taken care of, I wanted to make sure no one could steal them after the fact either.”

“Why would anyone want to steal your letters?” Matteo stands from beside Arlo, looking at the decorative box that had been filled almost to the brim over my time at the estate.

“You tell me,” I responded, “You started it, didn’t you? The very first one you read, the ones to my father, you never sent out. Just how many never made it to the intended person, Fifth Talon?”

The recognition that danced over his features, the way his eyes widened-- he never knew just how much I knew. 

“It was never like that, Juno,” Matteo holds a hand up, “I just had to make sure no one else found out who you were--”

“Because you wanted to use her.”

Leo’s voice broke through the silence, his body having been previously his by the open door. He presses it shut, the only light in the room now the moon peeking in from the windows.

“Why not tell her the truth, since we’re all having such a celebratory night?”

“Leonardo, now is not the time to be acting up,” Matteo slowly reaches into his coat pocket, pulling out the pocket watch-like phylactery, “Plans change, people change--”

“Yeah, they sure do,” Leo takes a step towards Matteo, his eyes glowing a bright green in this lighting, “And what made you change, I wonder? Was it the guilt?” He takes another step forward, “Guilt about turning your son into a demon? Guilt about letting mom die as soon as she gave you just enough kids?” Leo’s eyes flick to me, “Or was guilt about her? About all the terrible things you’ve done to her while fighting your own demons?”

Leo knew. Of course Leo knew.

Gods, and now Arlo would too. I almost wish the paralytic knocked him out entirely.

“You watch your tone with me, or I will have Zara dispose of you in an instant.” Matteo warns, and the phylactery in his hand gives off its own red glow.

“You would’ve done it already if you really wanted to,” Leo’s eyes flick to the phylactery, “Perhaps you felt guilty about failing all of us. Every De Riva to walk these halls has been cursed by you one way or another.”

Matteo is struggling in the silence, but his fist remains clenched around that phylactery, presumably holding Leo in place and preventing him from stepping forward any more.

“You wanna know how he was going to do it?” Leo asks, locking his gaze on mine.

“Leo--”

“A contract,” Leo continues before Matteo can interrupt further, “But not from the Fifth House-- No. Someone familiar with what a contract would look like, though. Someone who had signed a few that remained in the archives.”

Papa.

“Juno, please, do not listen to him--”

“I’m sure you understand my specialties within this organization by now, don’t you?” Leo lifts his hand and flicks it several times, as if he were signing a page, “Forgeries, signatures especially. Identical matches. Just need one example. One little peek at a contract signed by Zevran Arainai, one stolen letter sent to your parents... It’s pretty easy to make a contract with those.”

“That was before--”

“Before what?” Leo laughed, a spiteful, sarcastic noise pooling low in his throat, “Before you grew fond of her? Before she became your pet? Your pretty bird in a gilded cage?” Leo gets a look of disgust I had never seen him wear before, “Do you think she’s fond of you? Of the things you’ve done to her? Do you think she puts up with your shit for any other reason than the sheer fact that she has to to survive? Stop kidding yourself, she will never forgive you for the things you’ve done.”

Matteo is finally able to look away from Leo. His eyes look tired as he turns to me, worried-- hurt? No. Scared. He looks scared. The person who has made my life one of torment for 5 terrible years. He looked at me like he’d beg for my forgiveness.

It was written all over his face-- Leo wasn’t lying. Matteo did everything, had Leo do all he did, to paint a target on my back. On my father’s back.

I stepped toward him, keeping my eyes on his.

Fond of me? That’s what changed everything for him, he grew fond of me? Was it that he grew fond of me, or that he grew fond of my body? Was it that I was the only woman who didn’t fight tooth and nail to get away from him? Because as I recall, Rosaline Dellamorte never wanted him either. What would’ve become of her, had she been the only Dellamorte to not go after my Papa that day? Would she have gone through the things I have? Would she have suffered at Matteo’s hands in my place?

Perhaps death was a kinder fate, afterall.

“What changed?” I ask, keeping my voice soft, and my eyes innocent. He loved when I looked innocent.

“I-” His breath hitched, and I raised my hand to his cheek, “I didn’t want to hurt you anymore.”

I follow Teia’s guidance, I look to his left eye, his right eye, then his lips. Matteo leans into my touch.

“I was trying to let you go, give you the life you wanted-- you had been so good, so dedicated, so--”

“Pliable,” Leo interjects, “So easily influenced. So gullible. Am I missing any other adjectives?”

“Please,” Matteo shakes, his eyes locked onto mine, “I was a fool.”

“Yes,” I rub a thumb over his lip, “You are.”

The phylactery slips from his grasp so easily.

And the next events happen in such quick succession, I never would’ve been able to stop them.

It starts with Leo at my bedside table, pulling my mage knife into his hand.

He moves behind me, his arms wrapping around my frame, and he plunges the knife into Matteo’s chest with expert precision, throwing the weapon to the ground shortly after. As Matteo clutches his chest and begins to crumple to the floor, Leo procures a document from the open letter box on my dresser, tossing it at my feet.

“He’s not the only fool, hope you get to try the wine still, I heard that vintage is to die for.” Leo whispers gently into my ear, and before I can even react to Matteo coughing up blood, Leo has ripped the phylactery from my grasp and vanished out the balcony door.

I could go after him, but in a formal dress the efforts would prove futile. I sit down on the floor, watching as Matteo grabs at his chest and chokes on his own blood. I look to Arlo, whose head is turned and watching wide eyed as his father struggles.

There were many things I could have done. Many things I should have.

But perhaps it was Leo who knew me best of all. Leo who knew what I would do, what I wanted to do. He hedged every bet on it, in fact.

And he was right.

I reached over to Arlo, turning his face away to look at the feet of my dresser rather than at Matteo.

“I apologize,” I whisper, “It’ll be better if you don’t watch.”

“Juno,” Matteo gasped, reaching out a hand to me. I released my hold on Arlo and turned to look back at Matteo. With a disappointed sigh, I sit on my knees, watching Matteo collapse even further onto the floor. I pull his head onto my lap, looking down at him as his eyes frantically search mine.

“Please,” He struggles to form words, “I thought-- I thought that if he never had to struggle to rise to power he’d be better off, he wouldn’t have to live the ways I had.”

“You put a demon in your son,” I respond, my fingers playing with the hairs on the back of his head.

“I didn’t want anyone to take the things he wanted in life away,” Matteo leans up a bit as he coughs this time, spit and blood sliding down his chin, “I wanted that for all of them, but the longer you’re in this organization, the more it destroys you. Every plan had to change, even--” He coughs again, but his eyes fall to the paper Leo had thrown to the floor, “Caterina.”

I reach over, picking up the forged contract from the floor, my eyes falling to a rather impressive imitation of my father’s signature at the top, and one of mine at the bottom.

But something in the middle stops me cold.

Poison.

The contractee is to administer a rapid and deadly poison to the target, resulting in a swift and painful death to the First Talon of the Antivan Crows.

I look back at Matteo, my words shaking as they fall from my mouth, “Did you open the wine?”

He was fading.

I could heal him.

I could...

The door bursts open, and Viago has a vial in his hand for Arlo, but he doesn’t move as his gaze falls over the scene.

“The wine, Viago,” I look to him, my eyes tearing up a bit, “Get Back from the Brink and go to Caterina now,”

He hesitates.

“NOW!”

His boots running down the hall pull me back into the reality of this situation. Many things have fallen into a particularly damning crime scene.

The Fifth Talon is dying in my room, in my lap, of a stab wound from my very unique knife. There is a contract on the floor with very convincing signatures of both mine and my father’s names ordering me to poison the First Talon. There is a bottle of Wyvern Venom missing, and I have just sent Viago to retrieve an antivenom and administer it to the First Talon immediately, showing that I was privy to the exact antivenom needed to cure Caterina. Javier De Riva is presumed dead by the organization, Arlo is beside me on the floor knocked out by a paralytic trap from a box that I own, and Leonardo De Riva has now vanished into the night.

And trying to fix one thing wouldn’t undo the rest. No matter which piece you removed from this equation, I was still the perfect sacrificial lamb.

“Are you even sorry?” I ask, throwing down the fake contract and looking to Matteo in my lap.

“Yes,” His voice is raspy, his fight for breath has dried his throat and yet blood still pours from him, “I’m sorry, Juno. I’m so sorry.”

I lean ever so slightly closer, “I do not forgive you,” I move some hair gently off his forehead, “If I see you in the afterlife,” I press a hand onto the wound on his chest, applying just enough pressure to remind him of the pain, “Run.”

Because let’s face it, his plan worked. Even if he did try to stop those wheels from turning, it would never stop a demon from going after what it desired. All Leo had to do now was implicate the rest of the family in this, and he’d get the position he wanted all along. Matteo had concocted quite a brilliant plan, and Leo perfected it.

I would be executed for this. I'd be lucky if I even made it to an Eight Talon Trial.

If not for the death of a Talon, maybe two, for the sheer fact that I was my father’s daughter. I couldn’t run from the truth anymore, just as much as Matteo couldn’t run from death.

His last breath happened just before Lucanis arrived in the doorway. He had no words as he dropped down to administer the stimulant to Arlo, likely being directed by Viago.

“Did Viago get to Caterina in time?” I ask, taking in what very well may be the last sight I get of Lucanis Dellamorte, “Did she drink the wine?”

“She didn’t drink anything,” Lucanis turns his attention to Arlo, helping him sit up to spread the stimulant through his nerves. Lucanis pauses as his eyes fall to the floor beside me, stopping as he reads over the paper, “You--”

“It’s fake,” Arlo sputters out, “The contract is forged.”

He’s sweet, for the effort he puts in on my behalf.

But that’s not what Lucanis is stuck on.

“Your last name... is Arainai?”

“Maker’s breath,” Caterina’s voice in the doorway doesn’t pull my eyes from Lucanis’. His confusion turns to hurt, to betrayal, to heartbreak-- and I force myself to watch all of it, “Viago, contact the other talons immediately--”

Words like ‘arrest’ and ‘trial’ and ‘traitor’ were lost in the noise. Everything I heard was like trying to listen from underwater. The only clarity in my life had ever been Lucanis Dellamorte, and he couldn’t even bring himself to say anything. Not when Caterina directed crows in, not when they placed cuffs around my wrists that blocked my magic, and not when they dragged me from the estate to wait in a cell until my fate was decided.

It didn’t matter how many truths I had ever told him in this lifetime. Every truth held less value when weighed down with that one little lie. Every life I had saved just days before, stamped out by last name, by a contract...

And blood on my hands.

Notes:

You better have actually read the chapter first instead of jumping down here to my notes >_> You don't want the spoilers, trust me.

Sooooooooo.
That happened.
And yeah, every mention of the Talon Trials has been building up to this.
You guys kept telling me he had to go, so, here it is, in all its glory!!!
Whose really getting rewarded this chapter? Ehh?

Isn't the shift from the art at the beginning to the art at the end so alarming? God I love Meg. Do I say that enough here? I love Meg. She only had vague ideas of what is happening when I'm saying like 'oh art for this scene would be good' and then she has to sit patiently on those spoilers until I'm ready to write. She's been so good <3 I cant wait to write the next chapter.